





HSPi 



111 1111 



fflriunnH 




Class 


va 


Z ( 1 1 




Book 




m 








i<m 


a 



BOOKER'S 
OTTO'S FRENCH READER. 



A Collection of Progressive Extracts from French 
Literature, with Annotations, by Prof. Ferdinand 
Bocher. 12mo. $1.40. 

Although the grammatical references in this Reader are to 
Otto's French Grammar, it will be found suitable for use with 
any sj^stem. 



SPECIMEN COPIES WILL BE FORWARDED TO TEACHERS FOR 

EXAMINATION, ON RECEIPT OF ONE-HALF 

OF THE RETAIL PRICE. 

HENRY HOLT & CO., Publishers, 

New York. 



***Any one discovering an error in any of Messrs. Henry Holt & Co.'s publi- 
cations, toill confer a great favor by reporting it to the publishers immediately. 

If the teacher using the book in which this notice is printed will have the kind- 
ness to notify the publishers of the fact, he will confer a favor on them, ana 
enable them to send directly to him information of new books in his department. 



THE BOCHER-OTTO FRENCH COURSE 

FRENCH 

Conversation-Grammar 

BY 

DR. EMIL OTTO 

REVISED BY 

FERDINAND BOCHER 

Instructor in French at Harvard University 
WITH FULL VOCABULARIES, BY L. PYLODET 

THIRD AMERICAN EDITION 




right, *<rA 






NEW YORK 



HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 

F. W. CHRISTERN 
BOSTON : CARL SCHOENHOF 



TCfc\W 
0% 



J 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1864, by 

S. R. URBINO, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts. 

Copyright, 1875, by 
HENRY HOLT. 

Copyright, 1884, by 
HENRY HOLT & CO. 



PUBLISHERS' NOTE 

TO THE THIRD AMERICAN EDITION. 



The present edition was stereotyped in 1884. It closely 
follows the original American edition of 1864, which 
appeared in 1875 as a new edition because of added vo- 
cabularies ; but, during the long intervals, almost every 
time that the book has gone to press some little correc- 
tion or suggestion from some intelligent and conscien- 
tious teacher has been embodied in the plates. 

Thanks are due to all of those who have thus promoted 
the book's efficiency, and especially to M. Leonce -Rabil- 
lon, L.D. of the University of Paris, and Lecturer at the 
Johns Hopkins University, who has read the proofs of this 
third edition, superintended the index, and made many im- 
provements which, while too minute to disturb the para- 
graphs, are too important to pass unrecognized. 

New York, February 4, 1884. 



PREFACE 

TO THE ORIGINAL AMERICAN EDITION. 



The first edition of Dr. Emile Otto's " FRENCH 
Conversation Grammar" appeared at Heidelberg in 
1859. A second edition was issued in 1863, upon which 
this first American edition is based. The present editor 
has not hesitated in making such changes as he deemed 
in the body of the work, abandoning, among other things, 
the names of the Latin cases, genitive, dative, etc., which, 
although they may be of help to the German student, can 
only confuse the American learner. The names of the 
tenses have also been changed, and, it is hoped, simplified. 
A few lessons have been added to Part I., and the chap- 
ter upon the Past Participle has been re-written. The 
preliminary lesson upon Pronunciation is also entirely 
new, and an English and French Vocabulary of the words 
that occur in the Themes has been added. 

Boston, August, 1864. 



Vl 







ti 






V 




^ 



l\> 



^ 



CONTENTS. 



PRONUNCIATION. 

The Alphabet 13 

Division of Syllables 14 

Syllabic Accent, or Stress 14 

Accents — Orthographic Marks 15 

Simple Vowels 15 

Compound Vowels 18 

Diphthongs 18 

Nasal Vowls 19 

Consonants. General Rules 21 

Consonants. — Special Rules 22 

Linking of Final Consonants 26 

Observations on E mute 26 

PART. I. 

I. The Article 28 

II. Formation of the Plural 30 

III. Case — a — de 33 

IV. Prepositions 36 

V. The Partitive Article 39 

VI. Further use of de 42 

VII. Proper Nouns 44 

VIII. Conjugation of avoir, to have — affirmatively 48 

IX. Idiomatic use of avoir 51 

X. Conjugation of etre, to be — affirmatively 54 

XL Negations. — The Negative and Interrogative forms of the 

Auxiliaries cy 

XII. Demonstrative and Interrogative Adjectives 61 

XIII. Possessive Adjectives 64 

XIV. Cardinal Numbers 67 

XV. Ordinal Numbers 71 

XVI. Indefinite Adjectives 75 

XVII. Adjectives. — Formation of the feminine and of the plural . 78 

XVIII. The place of Adjectives 82 



!b CONTENTS. 

XIX. Degrees of Comparison 86 

XX. Regular Verbs. — First Conjugation. — Donner 88 

Reading Lesson : Le chameau et le chat 95 

XXI. Remarks on the Orthography of some verbs of the First Con- 
jugation 96 

XXII. Second Conjugation : Finir IOO 

Reading Lesson : Le Moineau et ses Petits 104 

XXIII. Third Conjugation : Vendre 105 

Reading Lesson : Le roi de Perse no 

XXIV. Disjunctive Personal Pronouns „ no 

Reading Lesson : Le Rosier 113 

XXV. Conjunctive Personal Pronouns „ 1 14 

Reading Lesson : Suite de Rosier 118 

XXVI. Demonstrative Pronouns 119 

XXVII. Interrogative Pronouns 122 

XXVIII. Possessive and Relative Pronouns 125 

XXIX. Indefinite Pronouns 129 

Reading Lesson : Puissance de la Concorde 132 

XXX. Passive and Neuter Verbs 133 

XXXI. Reflective Verbs 138 

Reading Lesson : Le Sansonnet 144 

XXXII. Impersonal Verbs , 145 

Reading Lesson : Productions de divers climats 150 

XXXIII. Formation of Adverbs 151 

XXXIV. Adverbs of Place and of Time 155 

XXXV. Adverbs of number, of Quality, of Negation, etc 158 

XXXVI. Conjunctions 162 

Reading Lesson : Lafitte 166 

XXXVII. Conjunctive Phrases 167 

XXXVIII. Irregular Verbs.— First class 170 

XXXIX. Irregular Verbs. — First class continued 1 74 

XL. Irregular Verbs. — First class continued 177 

XLI. Irregular verbs. — First class continued 180 

XLII. Irregular Verbs. — Second Class 183 

XLIII. Irregular verbs. — Third Class 186 

XLIV. Irregular Verbs. — Third Class continued 189 

XLV. Irregular Verbs. — Third Class continued 194 

XLVI. Defective Verbs 197 

Alphabetical List of Irregular and Defective Verbs 199 

XLVII* How to render do, did, shall, will, etc 201 

Supplementary Tenses --.------......„... 203 



CONTENTS. ii 



PART II. 



Elision 205 

I. On the Gender of Substantives 206 

II. Plural of Nouns 214 

Reading Lesson : Le Castor 216 

III. Use of the Article 218 

Reading Lesson : Demosthene . . .' 226 

IV. Special use of de and a 228 

V. Peculiarities in the use of names of Countries, Towns, etc. 235 

Reading Lesson : Charles XII 238 

VI. Possessive Adjectives 239 

Reading Lesson : Eudamidas 242 

VII. Numerals 244 

VIII. Adjectives 246 

Reading Lesson : L'elephant 253 

IX. 1. Personal Pronouns 255 

2. Particular use of en and y ' 258 

3. The supplying Pronouns le, la, les 260 

Reading Lesson : L'elephant {continuation') 262 

X. Interrogative Pronouns 263 

Reading Lesson : Servilius se defend devant le peuple 266 

XL Relative Pronouns 267 

Reading Lesson : Suite de " Servilius," 272 

XII. Indefinite Pronouns 274 

XIII. Indefinite Pronouns, continued 278 

XIV. Adverbs 284 

Reading Lesson : Le ConneHable de Bourbon et Bayard . . . 288 

XV. Syntax of Negations 289 

Reading Lesson : Le Constable de Bourbon et Bayard, 

(Suite) 295 

XVI. Remarks on some Prepositions 296 

XVII. Different uses of the Conjunction que 307 

Reading Lesson : Le Connetable de Bourbon et Bayard (Fin) 311 

XVIII. Use of the Tenses of the Indicative 313 

Reading Lesson : Alexandre Selkirk 324 

XIX. The Subjunctive Mood 325 

Reading Lesson : Alexandre Selkirk (Suite) 336 

XX. The Infinitive 338 

" " preceded by de 342 

" " preceded by a 347 

" " preceded by other Prepositions 354 

Reading Lesson : Alexandre Selkirk (Suite) 355 



12 CONTENTS. 

XXL The Present Participle 357 

Reading Lesson : Gesler conduit Tell a Kusnach 360 

XXII. The Past Participle 363 

XXIII. The Participle Absolute 369 

Reading Lesson: Gesler conduit Tell a Kusnach 371 

XXIV. Government of Verbs ^73 

XXV. Idiomatical Expressions 380 

French-English Vocabulary 385 

English-French Vocabulary 439 

Index - 473 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



PRONUNCIATION. 



THE ALPHABET. 



i. The written French alphabet is the same as the English. 
w and k are found only in words borrowed from other languages. 

The names of the letters are given below in the French spelling as they 
are of little or no value to the beginner. In the new names the e in be, ke, 
de, gue, etc., is only sounded enough to allow the utterance of the consonant 
that precedes it, as in glo&?, ca&?, ma^, fati^-z^y /is sounded as s in pleasure. 
The vowels have their normal French sounds. — £Fwhen spoken of is called 
double V. 







Old Names. 


New Names. 






Old Names. 


New Names 


A 


a 


a 


a 


N 


n 


enne 


ne 


B 


b 


be 


be 


O 


o 


o 


o 


C 


c 


ce- 


ke (se) 


P 


P 


pe 


pe 


D 


d 


de 


de 


Q 


q 


ku 


ke 


E 


e 


e 


e 


R 


r 


erre 


re 


F 


f 


erTe 


fe 


S 


s 


esse 


se (ze) 


G 


g 


ge 


gue (je) 


T 


t 


Xh 


te 


H 


h 


ache 


he 


U 


u 


u 


u 


I 


i 


i 


i 


V 


V 


v6 


ve 


J 


J 


ji 


je 


X 


X 


ics 


kse 


K 


k 


ka 


ke 


Y 


y 


i grec 


i 


L 


1 


elle 


le 


Z 


z 


zede 


ze 


M 


m 


emme 


me 











14 PRONUNCIATION. 



DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. 



2. Words are generally divided as in English ; but whenever 
it is possible a syllable must begin with a consonant. Hence, 
verbal and other terminations beginning with a vowel must be 
joined to the consonant that precedes ; thus ai-mer, but ai-me-rai; 
chan-ter, chan-te-rai, chan-te-rons. 



As to x, equal to gs, cs, its compound nature prevents its separation from 
the vowel that precedes : hence the following division ex-em-ple. 

In writing, silent h apparently begins a syllable, as in in-he-rent; but in 
the spoken syllables, silent h has no value whatever; and a consonant be- 
tween a vowel and a silent h is separated from that vowel in the spoken 
though not in the written language ; hence the following divisions. 

Written. Pronounced. 

in-hu-main i-nhu-main 

in-ha-bi-le i-nha-bile 

in-he-rent i-nhe-rent 

bon-heur bo-nheur 

If these words were pronounced according to the written divisions, they 
would begin with a nasal sound ; but they do not. (See Nasal vowels, 37.) 



SYLLABIC ACCENT, OR STRESS. 

As compared with English, French is generally said to have no syllabic 
accent. Such a stress of voice as is heard in the words ac'cent and accent? 
does not occur in French ; but the following rule explains the uniformity of 
the English accent on the la^t syllable in words newly introduced from the 
French, such as barouche, surtout, machine, fatigue, etc. 

3. In French each syllable of a word must be pronounced 
smoothly, the voice resting upon the last, unless it ends in e 
mute, in which case the syllable before the last is slightly accented, 
Ex. constitution, indubitable. 



ACCENTS.— SIMPLE VOWELS 15 



ACCENTS,— ORTHOGRAPHIC MARKS. 

4. Three orthographic marks, the acute (6), the grave (6), and 
the circumflex (6), have received the name of accents. 

These marks never affect a syllable ; they can only modify the sound of a 
vowel over which they are placed. Sometimes they have a mere ortho- 
graphic value. They must never be neglected in writing. 

5. The Acute (6) is used only over the vowel e {e), which then 
has the sound of a in date. Ex. ete, donne. 

6. The Grave (6) or open accent is used principally over e (e), 
which then has the sound of e in ebb or of e in there. Ex. five, 
pere. Over a and u it is only used to distinguish words other- 
wise similarly spelled, and does not affect the pronunciation. 
Ex. la, the ; la, there y a, has y a, to y ou, or y ou, where. 

7. The Circumflex (6) is used over all the vowels, which are 
then long. Ex. dge, cote, sur. 

The circumflex denotes that a contraction has taken place ; thus dge and 
sur were formerly spelled aage and seur. Often an s has been dropped in 
modern French which still remains in the English word taken from the old 
French. Ex. ile, is ley hate, hastey foret, foresty temp6te, tempest. 

8. The Cedilla is placed under the c (f) when it has the 
sound of s before a, o, u. Ex. facade, garfon, regu. 

9. The Dleresis (6 Trema) is used over e, i, and u y in which 
case these letters do not coalesce with the preceding vowel, but 
begin a new syllable. Ex. hair, Noel, aigue, are pronounced 
ha-ir, No-el, ai-gu-e, (the last e is silent). 



SIMPLE VOWELS. 

A. 

10. A long has the sound of a in far. Ex. ame, soul y pate, 
paste y cas, case. 

11. Short a differs from long a principally in quantity. It has 



x 6 PRONUNCIATION. 

the sound a in the Interjection ha! pronounced quick. Ex. la, 

the; patte, paw. 
A is silent in Saone, a6ut, Curacao. 



12. E unaccented, when it ends a syllable in the middle of a 
word, and in the monosyllables ce, de,je, me, ne, que, se and te, 
has the indistinct sound of e in battery. Ex. lever, to raise ; re- 
gard, look. 

13. E unaccented final is mute. Ex. table, table. 

14. E with an acute accent (e) has the sound of a in date. 
Ex. ete, summer j donne, given. 

E unaccented takes the sound of / {a in date) before final d, r, z, mute, 
also at the beginning of a word before a double consonant. Ex. pied, foot; 
donner, to give; assez, enough; effet, effect; et, and, is always pronounced/. 

15. E with the grave (e) or with the circumflex accent (e) is 
more or less open, varying between e in ebb, and e in where. Ex. 
reve, dream ; pere, father ; foret, forest ; apres, after. 

E unaccented takes the sound of e (e in ebb) when preceding c, f I, r, s, 
t, or x in the same syllable and in the middle of a word before any double 
consonant. Before r, the sound is more open than before the other letters. 
Ex. fer, iron; dessert, dessert; terre, earth; tendresse, tenderness; sonnette, 
bell; chef, chief; mes, my; est, is; esprit, spirit. In the last words the e 
is pronounced by many persons very nearly like /, especially in rapid conver- 
sation. Even e often loses its broad, long sound. 

1 6. E takes the sound of French a in fcmme, solennel, indzm- 
niser, and in all adverbial terminations in emment. 

17. E is silent between g and a or 0. Ex. pigeon, pigeon; 
mangeons, (we) eat ; mangeant, eating. In these words the e 
merely serves to prevent g from having the hard sound of g v&go. 

For further observations on e mute, see page 26. 

I. 

18. I has only one sound, that of*' in machine; — long in vie, 
life; rire, to laugh ; — short in fini, finished ; ici, here. 



SIMPLE VOWELS. 17 

o. 

19. 0, when long, has the sound of in rose. Ex. cote, sides 
dose, dose. 

20. O short has a sound between the in rob and the u in 
rub. Ex. : Rome, robe, mode. 

21. O before final r<? or r and a final consonant has the sound 
of in lord. Ex. aurore, dawn; alors, rifowy bord, border. 

O is silent in Laon, paon, faon, and taon. 

u. 

22. French u has no equivalent in English. To acquire the 
sound, place the lips as if about to whistle, leaving the aperture 
very small; keeping the lips in this position, try to utter e as in 
me. Ex. murmure, murmur. 

U may be long as in mur, ripe; or short as in vertu, virtue. 

23. U is silent after q and between g and e or i. Ex. guide, 
guide j question, question ; quatre, four / fatigue, fatigue. 

Exceptions. — U is sounded when the vowel after it is marked with the 
diaeresis, as aigue, acute; also in arguer, to argue; aiguille, needle; aiguiser, 
to sharpen; etc. Qu is sounded as in English in a few words directly de- 
rived from the Latin. These words are alike or nearly alike in French and 
English. Ex. Equateur, Equation, quadrupede, etc. In Equitation, ubiquity, 
and a few other words, u retains the proper French sound. 



24. Y, initial, or between two consonants, has the sound of 
French i. Ex. style, style ; y, there. 

25. Y between two vowels is equivalent to ii, the first i form 
ing a diphthong with the preceding, the second with the following 
vowel. Thus,, essayer, to try ; royal, royal ; appuyer, to lean ; 
are pronounced as if written essai-ier, roi-ial, appui-ier. (See ai 
and oi.) 

In pays, country; paysage, landscape; paysan, peasant; ay is equivalent 
to ai-i. 



ig PRONUNCIATION. 

COMPOUND VOWELS. 

AI and EI (ay). 

26. Ai and ei are equivalent sometimes to e, sometimes to 6. 
Ai final is always like e ; in other cases it takes the sound of e, — 
whenever e unaccented would have that sound. (See under E. ) 
Ex. reine, queen ; j'aimai, I loved ; j'avais, I had ; lait, milk. 

Ay, followed by a vowel, is equivalent to ai-i. Ex. rayer. 

Ai in the present participle of the verb /aire and in the corresponding 
syllables of all the forms derived from it, has the indistinct sound of e in 
battery. Ex. faisant, je faisais, tu faisais, il faisait, je defaisais, bienfaisant, 
etc. These forms were all written formerly as they are pronounced : fesant, 
je defesais, etc.; compare the future of the same verb, which isjeferai and 
not fairai. 

AIL 

27. Au and eau sound like o in note. Ex. haut, high ; beau, 
handsome. 

EU GEU, (oe.) 

28. Eu (oeu) has no exact equivalent in English ; it is some- 
what like the u in fur. It is longer in jeune, fast, peur, fear, 
coeur, heart, than in jeune, young, feu, fire, and ceuf, egg. 

(E has the sound of eu before liquid /, — as in ceil, eye. 

Eu, whenever it occurs in the conjugation of the verb avoir, to have, has 
the sound of simple French u, so that j'eus, tu eus, il eut, etc., must be pro- 
nounced as if written j'us, tu us, il ut, etc, 

ou, 

29. Ou has the sound of 00 in poor. It is long in roue, wheel / 
boule, ball; short in mou, soft's cou, neck. 



DIPHTHONGS. 

30. The vowels /, u, ou, o, preceding a vowel sound, may co- 
alesce with it and produce a diphthong. 

These vowel sounds {i, u, ou, o) are the only ones that can be initial in 



NASAL VOWELS. 19 

a true diphthong ; i. e. one in which two yowels are heard but coalesce into 
one syllable. 

31. In French diphthongs the first vowel (1, u, ou, o) is uttered 
quick and short and the voice rests upon the second vowel ele- 
ment. The diphthongal combinations are : i-a, i-e (i-ai), — i-o 
(i-au), i-eu, i-ou, — o-a, o-e, o-i (wa), — ou-a, ou-ai, ou-e, ou-i, — u-a, 
u-e, u-i. The e in these combinations is not the e mute. 

By paying attention to the above remark the diphthongs present no diffi- 
culty, as each vowel retains its proper sound, the first being very short; oi 
is the only exception. 

OI. (oy.) 

32. Oi is nearly like wa in water ; more accurately oi is equiva- 
lent to French a preceded by a w sound. The a (ah) is more 
prolonged in voir, to see ; poire, pear ; than in roi, king; moi, 
me. 

Oy, followed by a vowel, is equivalent to oi-i. Ex. royal. 



NASAL VOWELS. 

^. M and N, following a vowel in the same syllable, lose 
their power as consonants, and form with that vowel a nasal 
sound which is in every respect a vowel. 

34. The nasals form four groups, viz. : — 

A. E, AI. O. EU. 

an, am. ain, aim. on, om. eun. 

en, em. in, im. (ym.) tm, um. 

To acquire these sounds the organs of speech should be kept in the same 
position as they are in uttering the simple vowel that is to be nasalized ; the 
back part of the tongue being raised enough to close the passage between 
the mouth and the nose. The same is done in English in such words as 
anger, ink, want ; but in English the nasal sound is not detached from the 
next consonant, while in French it is. No m or n consonant sound must 
be heard. To avoid this, the tip of the tongue must be kept motionless and 
the lips disposed to articulate a vowel. French a thus uttered, will give 
an; — / (ai), (not i in machine) gives in (ain); — o gives on; — eu (not 
French u) gives un (eun). 




20 PRONUNCIATION. 

The nasal sounds may coalesce with a previous i, u, ou, or o, 
and form a nasal diphthong, to which all that has been said of the 
other diphthongs is applicable. 

35. The following list presents the nasal combinations. 

N. B. — The English equivalents of the French nasal vowels are all neces- 
sarily imperfect, as no consonant m or n must be heard in the French sound 
they are meant to explain. 

!dans, lance, manger, vanter. 
camp, ambre, ample, lampe. 
en, enfant, mentir, dent, 
temps, empire, membre, trembler. 

is equivalent to i viande. 

i-an \ patient. (See special rule for ien.) 

f pin, crin, vin, rincer. 
impie, importe, imposer, imbu. 
thym, nymphe, symphonic 
sain, bain, saint, crainte. 
faim, essaim, daim. 
sein, peindre, feindre, ceinture. 

ien is equivalent to i-in, rien. (See special rule for ien.) 
oin " " " w-in, foin, coin, point, moins. 

on ) on'm ( non, conte, chanson, ronde. 
om J song \ nom, comte, plomb, compris. 

ion is equivalent to i-on, action, passion, question. 

un } no equivalent ( un, brun, tribun, chacun. 
um > in English, French 1 parfum, humble, 
eun ) eu nasal ( a jeun. 

The nasal diphthongs ian, ion, are the simple sounds an, on, 
preceded by a short French ij oi?i is in preceded by a w sound. 
All other combinations may be decomposed in the same manner, 
as on-i?i, ou-en, etc. 

36. Ien final, and in verbs in enir, is equivalent to i-in or yin, 
(ya?i in yankee). Ex. chien, bien, viendrai, tiendront ; in other 
cases, when followed by a consonant (not n), it is equivalent to 
i-an (yan) nasal. Ex. science, audience, patient, and all words in 
ient. 



in 


) <T 


im 




ym 


an in 


ain 


angQi 


aim 




em 


\ 



CONSONANTS. 21 

REMARK. In compound words, as bientot, chiendent, ien retains the sound 
of the primitive words bien, chien. 

37. M and N are not nasal when double or when between two 
vowels or a vowel and a silent h. Ex. annee, innocent, homme, 
une, inou'i, inutile, inhumain. 

Exceptions. The nasal sound is heard in ennui and its derivatives ; in 
emmener and all words beginning in emm; in enivrer and enorgueillir. 

38. Ent in the third person plural of verbs is silent. Ex. ils 
aiment, they love ; ils unirent, etc. In other cases ent final is 
equivalent to nasal a?i. Ex. content, contented ; president, presi- 
dent j — while in the verbs, ils content, they relate, ils president, 
they preside, ent is silent. 

39. En and em in a few foreign names have the sound of in, 
nasal. Ex. Benjamin, Memphis. Em final, and sometimes am 
and im in foreign proper names, are not nasal. Ex. Jerusalem, 
Abraham, Selim. Urn in words that still retain their Latin form 
is not nasal, u having the sound of o. Ex. album, triumvir. In 
many other foreign words m and 11 final are not nasal. Ex. Eden, 
Hymen, amen, etc. 



CONSONANTS. 

GENERAL RULES. 

40. Final consonants are silent except c, f, I, r. Ex. etait, 
apres, croix, pronounced as if written etai, apre, croi. 

Remark. When several consonants occur at the end of a word with no 
vowel after them, they are all silent except c, f, I, r. Ex. est, /aits, its, 
dards, pronounced as if written e, fai, it, dar. 

Exceptions. In foreign proper names the final consonant is generally 
sounded. Ex. Brutus, Job. 

41. A double consonant is pronounced as one letter. Ex. 
abbe, frapper, pronounced as if written a-be, fra-per. 

42. B, c, d, f, 1, m. n, p, (ph,) q, v, and z are pronounced as 
in English. 



22 PRONUNCIATION, 

Exceptions to the above general rules will be given under the various let- 
ters. 

43. In English, consonants in the middle or at the beginning 
of words are often silent, as p and / in psalm ; g in phlegm ; I in 
calm. In French, consonants in a like position retain their 
proper sound. Thus in psaume, flegme, calme, the p, the g, and 
the / are fully sounded. 



SPECIAL RULES. 

B final is pronounced in radoub, rumb. 

C has the sound of^-'in second &nd its derivatives. 

44. Q is pronounced as c infagade. Ex. gargon, legon. 

45. Ch has the sound of ch in machine. Ex. chaise, chercher. 

Ch in many words derived from the Greek and in several proper names 
has the sound of k. Ex. chaos, chceur, Michel-Ange. But ch has the sound 
of sh in Achille, patriarche, archeveque. It is silent in almanach. 

Cc before e, i, and y is equivalent to k-s. Ex. acces, accident. 

C final is silent after n. Ex. banc. It is silent in accroc, broc, clerc, 
estomac, lacs, tabac. 

D final is heard in sud. 

Dd. Two d's are heard when ad precedes a syllable beginning with a d. 
Ex. addition. 

F final is silent in clef, chef-d'oeuvre, bceufs, ceufs; though sounded in 
chef bceuf ceuf F is silent in neuf nine, only when the next word begins 
with a consonant ; before a vowel it has the sound of v. Ex. neuf ho??imes. 

G before a, o, ti, sounds like g in game. Ex. gargon. 

46. G before e, z, and y, sounds like s in pleasure. Ex. genre, 
gibet, general. 

47. Gn has a liquid sound something like ni in union. Ex. 
agneau, magnifique. This sound is produced with the body, not 
with the tip of the tongue against the roof of the mouth. 

G is hard before n at the beginning of a word. Ex. gnomon; also in stag- 
nant, inexpugnable, and in several words in eg and ig that seldom occur. 

Gg. Two g's are heard in stigg/rer; the first hard, the last like s in 
pleasure. 

G final is sounded in j'oug. 



CONSONANTS. 



23 



48. H is said to be mute or aspirate. When mute it is entirely- 
disregarded in pronunciation, and the vowel that comes after it 
is pronounced with the preceding consonant, or causes the pre- 
ceding vowel to be elided as if no letter intervened. Ex. Phomme, 
deux habits. 

49. When h is aspirated no real aspiration is heard as in Eng- 
lish ; but the vowel that comes after it is pronounced strongly. 
H aspirate prevents linking and elision. Ex. le heros, deux heros. 

50. There are about 300 words beginning with h aspirate. 
These comprise many marine terms, foreign words, and the words 
in the following list, and their derivatives. 

Remark. The derivatives of heros — heroine, heroique, heroism, — are not 
aspirated. But hableur, haine, hausser, etc., follow the analogy of their 
primitives habler, hair, haut, which alone are given in the list. 



habler 


hameau 


hargneux 


hennir 


hache 


hanche 


haricot 


Henri 


hagard 


hangar 


haridelle 


heraut 


haie 


hanneton 


harnais 


herisson 


haillons 


hanter 


harpe 


heVisser 


hair 


harangue 


harpie 


heron 


haire 


haras 


hasard 


heVos 


hale 


harasser 


hate 


herse 


halle 


harceler 


haut 


heurter 


hallebarde 


hardes 


have 


hibou 


hallier 


hardi 


havre 


hideux 


halte 


hareng 


havresac 


hierarchie 


homard 


houblon 


houx 


humer 


honte 


houille 


huche 


huppe 


horde 


houlette 


hu£e 


hure 


hors 


houppe 


huguenot 


hurler 


hotte 


housse 


huit 


hussard 



51. J is pronounced like s in pleasure ; it is never silent nor 
double. Ex. deja, joujou. 

L when not liquid sounds as in English. Ex. livre. 

52. Ill not initial, and //final, have a liquid sound somewhat 
like // in William, brilliant. This sound, still prevalent in the 



24 PRONUNCIATION. 

southern and central parts of France, has been softened down to 
nearly a y in the north and especially in Paris, so that there, ill 
in tailleur is scarcely more audible than i in paten. Ex.fille, 
famille, gentille. 

53. The vowel that precedes liquid /// or il retains its proper 
sound and does not coalesce with the i ; ue and ce. are then 
equivalent to eu. Ex. muraille, patrouille, orgueil, ceil. 

54. 77/ is not liquid, that is, / retains its proper sound, in words 
that begin with il. Ex. illustre, illisible > also in mille, ville, tran- 
quille, pnpille, Achille, osciller, vaciller, etc. 

77 is not liquid in mil, fil, civil, profit. 

L final is silent in baril, chenil, contil, fournil, fusil, gril, gentil, sourcil, 
persil, outil. It is also silent in soul, pouls, fils, and in the terminations 
auld, ault, ould, oult. 

M and N, when not nasal, are pronounced as in English. Ex. manier. 

M is silent in damner, automne, and their derivatives. 

P is silent in bapteme, sept, compte, dompter, exempter, sculpter. 

Q is always followed by u except in coq and cinq, when it sounds like k. 
(For qu see u, 23.) In cinq before a consonant it is silent. 

55. R is rolled, but with less force at the end than at the be- 
ginning of a syllable. Ex. grand, sceur ; rr and rh are generally 
pronounced with more force than r alone. Ex. arriver, rhume. 

In the future and conditional of the verbs acquerir, to acquire, courir, to 
run, mourir, to die, the two r's must be distinctly heard to distinguish them 
from other forms that have but one r. Thus nous courrons, vous acquerrez, 
Us mourraient, must not be pronounced like nous courons, vous acquerez, 
Us mouraient. 

R final is generally pronounced, but final er is equivalent to /. Ex. par- 
ler, aimer. In monosyllables in er the r is sounded. ILx.fer, cher, mer. 
It is also sounded in amer, enfer, hier, hiver, and in a few words of foreign 
origin, as magisier, etc. R is silent in monsieur. 

56. S is generally sounded as in English; but in words ending 
isme, asme, etc., it has not the sound of z. Ex. prisme, miasme. 

57. S between two vowels has the sound of z. Ex. rose, base, 
Vase. 

S has also the sound of z in words compounded with the Latin preposi- 



CONSONANTS. 



25 



tion trans followed by a vowel. Ex. transitif, transition. It has the same 
sound before b, d, v, and after /. Ex. presbytere, svelte, balsamique. 

As s initial has the hissing sound as in English, — when a word beginning 
with an s takes a prefix, the s, though between two vowels, retains its hiss- 
ing sound. Ex. vraisemblable (compounded of vrai and semblable), mono- 
syllabe. 

Sch is generally pronounced like sh. Ex. schisme. It has the sound of 
sk in a few words. 

S final is sounded in words that have been taken from Greek and Latin 
without any change of orthography. Ex. atlas, blocus, gratis, etc. S is 
also sounded in cens, en-sus, mats, mceurs, vis, Rheims, Jils, sens (in some 
of its meanings), lis (not in Jleur-de-lis), tons (when used without a noun). 

T is generally sounded as in English. 

58. In words corresponding in form to those in which t has in 
English an sh sound, it has in French the sound of ss. This 
occurs in tial, tiel, tier, tion, not initial or preceded by x or s. 
Ex, partial, essentiel, initier, nation. But bestial, bastion, mixtion, 
have the pure t sound. 

59. T has also the sound of s in words in tie, that have in Eng- 
lish cy, or tia, in which / sounds like sh. Ex. prophetie, democra- 
tic, minutie, initier, — also in balbutier. In other words in tie and 
tier, t retains the proper sound. Ex. moitie metier. 

Th is never pronounced as in English, but always like / alone, as pathe- 
tique. 

T final is heard in brut, chut, correct, dot, direct, deficit, fat, exact, net, 
suspect, strict. In sept and huit, t is silent only when they precede a noun 
commencing with a consonant. Ex. huit gargons. In Christ, s and t are 
both pronounced; but in Jesus-Christ they are both silent. In vingt, /is 
pronounced only in the series between 20 and 30. Ex. vingt-cinq. 

X has the sound of gs in words beginning with x or ex before a .vowel or 
an h mute. Ex. Xavier, exit, exhumer. 

In a few proper names x has the sound of ss. Ex. Bruxelles, Auxerre; it 
has also this sound in soixante, — and in six and dix when standing alone. 
In dix-huit and dix-neuf, x sounds like z. 

X in other cases has the sound oi'ks. Ex. luxe, Aix-la-Chapelle. 

Z is pronounced in gaz. When final in proper names it varies; 
in Suez it is z, in Metz it has the sound of s. 



26 PRONUNCIATION. 



LINKING- OF PINAL CONSONANTS. 

60. The final consonant of a word, closely connected in sense 
with the next word beginning with a vowel or silent h must general- 
ly be carried over. In that case s and x are sounded like z; aHike 
/, and g (seldom linked) like k. Ex. un grand homme, vous avez, 
Us ont, mix crnnes. 

No general rule can be given embracing all the cases in which a final con- 
sonant must be thus linked. In poetry and in impressive reading, the link- 
ing must be made in many cases where it would sound unnatural and af- 
fected in daily conversation. It may be stated in general terms that the 
more closely connected the words are in sense, the more imperative it is to 
link them together in pronunciation. Certain words, such as et, riz, clef, 
plomb, loup, etc., can never be linked. Words ending in a nasal sound are 
seldom linked, except short words that recur frequently, such as on, en, un, 
mon, ton, son, bien, bon, etc. When a nasal n is linked, either the nasal 
sound is heard and an additional n pronounced before the next vowel, or 
the nasal is dropped altogether, thus un homme, on a, as if written un 
nhomme, on na ; or tt-nhomme, o-na. In rapid speech the nasal sound almost 
always disappears ; many omit it altogether. In some combinations, such 
as bon homme, bien heureux, it is never heard. 



OBSERVATIONS ON E MUTE. 

We have seen that e unaccented when final is mute, and that in the words 
ce, de, je, le, me, ne, que, se and le, and when it terminates a syllable not 
final, it has the indistinct sound of e in battery. In rapid utterance, however, 
even this feeble sound is not heard whenever the articulation connected with it 
can be distinctly uttered without it. 

Hence the following rule : — 

61. E unaccented ending a syllable is silent whenever the con- 
sonant before it can be pronounced either with a vowel that pre- 
cedes or one that comes after it in the next syllable or word. 

Practice and oral teaching only can make this law of euphony perfectly 
clear. In the following examples the e's printed in italics are not pro- 
nounced. 



OBSERVATIONS, ETC. 27 

Voila le chimin de fer. There is the railway. 

Je le sais. I know it. 

Je ne te le donn^ pas. I do not give it to thee. 

Beaucoup de monde. Many persons. 

Je vie me le propose pas. I do not propose it to myself. 

Etre attentif To be attentive. 

Nobk? ardeur. Noble ardor. 

In the last two examples the r and / that precede the e are virtually car- 
ried over to the next word as if no e intervened, and tr and bl were final. 

Note. Care must be taken not to pronounce tre, dre, ble, pie, ere, etc., as 
they are in English, that is as ter, der, be I, pel, etc., in order, temple, noble. 
In French the / and r must not be separated by any intervening sound from 
the consonant that precedes. Ex. ordr^, aimabk, quatn?, nacn?, peuphr. 

o. 

19. O, when long, has the sound of in rose. Ex. cote, side ; 
dose, dose. 

20. O short has a sound between the in rob and the u in rub. 
Ex. Rome, robe, mode. 

21.O before final re or r and a final consonant has the sound 
of o in lord. Ex. aurore, dawn ; alors, then ; bord, border. 

U. 

22. French u has no equivalent in English. To acquire the 
sound, place the lips as if about to whistle, leaving the aperture 
very small; keeping the lips in this position, try to utter e as in 
me. Ex. murmure, murmur. 

23. U is silent after q and between g and e or i: Ex. guide, 
guide ; question, question; quatre, four ; fatigue, fatigue. 

Y. 

24. Y, initial, or between two consonants, has the sound of 
French i. Ex. style, style ; y, there. 

25. Y between two vowels is equivalent to ii, the first i form- 
ing a diphthong with the preceding, the second with the following 
vowel. Thus, essayer, to try ; royal, royal ; appuyer, to lean ; 
are pronounced as if written essai-ier, roi-ial, appui-ier. (See ai 
and oi.) 



I. PREMlfiRE LEfON, 



THE ARTICLE. 

i. In the French language there are only two genders, viz., 
the masculine and the feminine. This distinction applies also to 
inanimate objects which are either masculine or feminine. 

2. The definite article has a peculiar form for each gender : le 
before a masculine, la before a feminine substantive ; les is the plu- 
ral of both genders. Ex. : — 

Masc. Le roi, the king. Fem. La reine, the queen. 

le pere, the father. la mere, the mother. 

3. Le and la in the singular lose their vowels and take the apos- 
trophe (/') before a noun beginning either with a vowel or h mute. 
Ex. : — 

Masc. L^ami, the friend. Fem. L'amie, the (female) friend. 

Vhomme, the man. Vhistoire, (the) history. 

4. The indefinite article, answering to the English a or an, is 
un for the masculine ; une for the feminine. Ex. : — 

Masc. Un roi, a king. Fem. Une reine, a queen. 

un pere, a father. une mere, a mother. 

un ami, a friend, une amie, a (female) friend. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le livre, the book. un chapeau, a hat, bonnet. 

le pain, the bread. la rose, the rose. 

le cheval, the horse. lafleur, the flower. 

le chien, the dpg. la plume, the pen, feather. 

Voncle, the uncle. la tante, the aunt. 

V enfant, the child. une poire, a pear. 

Vor, m. the gold. une pomme, an apple. 

unjardin, a garden. et, and. 



THE ARTICLE. 29 

S. J'ai, I have. Ai-je, have I? 

tu as, thou hast. as-tu, hast thou ? 

il a, he has. a-t-il, has he ? 

*//* 0, she has. a-t-elle, has she ? 

PI. nous avons, we have. avons-nous, have we ? 

w#.y tfwz, -you have. avez-vous, have you ? 

z7j <w/, they have. ont-ils, have they ? 

£//<?.$• ont, they (fern.) have. ont-elles, have they? 

Remark i. y#z is for je ai. The <? of je, I, is elided when the verb be- 
gins with a vowel or silent h. 

2. Observe the hyphen by which the verb and pronoun are always joined 
in interrogations. 

3. The / in a-t-il, a-t-elle, is merely euphonic. It is inserted to prevent 
the hiatus between two vowel sounds, when the third person singular of a 
verb ends in a vowel, and is followed by il, elle, on. For the same reason 
the sound t is preserved after the third person singular of tenses which ter- 
minate with a d: — II rend, il repond, etc. Also for the adjective grand, 
whose d sounds t for another reason. 

4. The use of the second person singular is much more frequent in French 
than in English. It generally denotes familiarity and intimacy. In ad- 
dressing inferiors, it denotes authority ; in poetry, its use is the same as in 
English. 

5. When, in a question not beginning with an interrogative pronoun or 
adverb, the subject is expressed by a substantive, it must begin the sentence, 
and the pronoun still be put after the verb. Ex. : L^ enfant a-t-il ? has 
the child ? La mere a-t-elle ? has the mother ? 

READING EXERCISE 1. 
J'ai le livre. Tu as un livre. J'ai la rose. As-tu la rose? 
II a le cheval. Elle a le pain. Le pere a un cheval. La mere a 
un jardin. L'enfant a une poire. Nous avons un chien. Avez- 
vous un chapeau ? lis ont un oncle et une tante. Elles ont une 
tante. L'enfant a-t-il une plume ? La mere a-t-elle la fleur ? Le 
roi a-t-il un cheval ? II a le cheval. Les amis (plu.) ont les livres. 
Les enfants ont les plumes. 

THEME 1. 
1. I have a horse. 2. I have a friend. 3. Thou hast a book. 
4. He has a dog. 5. She has the bonnet. 6. The father has a 
garden. 7. The mother has the rose. 8. The king has the gold. 



3 o II. DEUXIEME LE£ON. 

g. The uncle has a friend, 10. We have the bread. n. You 
have a pear. 12. They (masc.) have an apple. 13. They (fern.) 
have a flower. 14. Has the friend a horse ? 15. The friend has 
a horse and a dog. 

CONVERSATION. 

Ai-je la rose ? Vous avez la rose. 

As-tu le pain ? J'ai le pain. 

A-t-elle la fleur ? Elle a la fleur. 

L'enfant a-t-il le livre ? II a le livre. 

Avez- vous un cheval ? Nous avons un cheval et un chien. 

L'enfant a-t-il une poire ? L'enfant a une poire et une pomme. 



II. DEUXIEME LEfON. 



FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 

1. General Rule. The plural is formed in French as in Eng- 
lish, by the addition of an s to the singular. Ex. : — 



Le roi, 


Plur. les rots. 


la pomme. 


Plur. les pommes. 


le livre, 


les livres. 


V enfant, 


les enfants. 


Vhomme, 


les hommes. 


rami, 


les amis. 



EXCEPTIONS. 

2. Nouns ending in s, x, z, in the singular, remain unchanged. 

Le fils, the son. Plur. les fils, the sons. 

la noix, the walnut, les noix, the walnuts. 

le nez, the nose. les nez, the noses. 

3. Words ending in au, eu, form their plural by adding x instead 
of s, as : — 

Le chapeau, the hat or bonnet, Plur. les chapeaux. 

le feu, the fire. les feur. 

le lieu, the place. les lieux. 



FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 31 

Remark. Seven nouns in ou take x in the plural, viz. : 

Le chou, the cabbage. le pott, the louse. 

le bijou, the jewel. le genou, the knee. 

le caillou, the pebble. le joujou, the plaything. 

le hibou, the owl. 

Plural : les choux, les bijoux, les cailloux, etc. 

The others ending in oti follow the general rule and take s in the plural 
as : le clou, the nail ; plur. les clous ; le trou, the hole ; plur. les trous, etc. 

3. Nouns ending in al, ail, change these terminations into aux, 
to form the plural, as : — 

Le cheval, the horse. Plur. les chevaux. 

V animal, the animal. les animaux. 

le travail, the work. les travaux. 

Remark. This rule, however, has a few exceptions, which follow the 
general rule, simply taking s in the plural, as : le bal, the ball ; le carnaval, 
the carnival; leportail, the doorway ; le gouv email, the helm; Veventail, the 
Fan, etc. Plur. les bals, les carnavals, etc. 

5. The following words form their plural irregularly. (The first 
three have also a regular plura See Part 11, L. 11.) 

Le ciel, heaven. Plur. les cieux, heavens. 
I 1 ceil, the eye. les yeux, the eyes. 

Vaieul, the great-grandfather. les a'ieux, the ancestors. 

le be'tail, the cattle. les bestiaux. the cattle. 



VOCABULARY. 

Le canif, the penknife. lejeu, the play, game. 

lefrere, the brother. la souris, the mouse. 

la sceur, the sister, le nom, the name. 

laporte, the door, gate. le chameau, the camel. 

la maison, the house. le couteau, the knife. 

le chateau, the castle. mon, m. ma, f. mes, pi. my. 

le palais, the palace. vu, seen, ou, or. 

un tableau, a picture. deux, two. trots, three. 

le chat, the cat. quatre, four, cinq, five.. 

le general, the general. le bras, the arm. 

la noix, the walnut. fmssi, also. 



32 II. DEUXIEME LE£ON. 

Void, here is, this is, here are, these are. 

Voila, there is, that is, there are, those are. 

Void, is compounded of the imperative of voir, to see, and id, here. It 
means therefore literally, see here. Voila means see there. They both gov- 
ern the objective case. Ex. me void, here am Ij literally, behold me here. 

S. J' avals, I had. avais-je, had I ? 

tu-avais, thou hadst. avais-tu, hadst thou 

il avail, he had. avait-il, had he? 

elle avail, she had. avait-elle, had she ? 

PI. nous avions, we had. avions-nous, had we ? 

vous aviez, you had. aviez-vous, had you ? 

Us avaient, they had. avaienl-ils, had they ? 

elles avaient, they had. avaient-elles, had they ? 



READING EXERCISE 2. 

Nous avons un canif. Vous aviez deux canifs. Mon frere a les 
couteaux. La maison a deux portes. Avais-je les noix? Aviez- 
vous les joujoux ? Oui, nous avions les joujoux. Le roi avait 
trois chateaux. La reine a les bijoux. Voici quatre souris. Les 
enfants avaient trois pommes. Mon oncle avait deux chevaux. 
Ma tante a cinq tableaux. Les chameaux ont une bosse {hump). 
Ma mere a deux soeurs et trois freres. 



THEME 2. 

i. I have three brothers. 2. (The)* man has two arms. 3. I 
had four horses. 4. Hadst thou the flowers ? 5. I had the roses. 
6. There are the apples, the pears, and the walnuts. 7. There are 
also the games and the pictures. 8. Have you seen the houses, 
the castle, and the gardens ? 9. My uncle has four pictures, ro. 
I have seen five horses and two camels. 1 1 . The children have 
three mice. 12. Have you seen the games of the (des) children ? 

* In the themes, words placed in parentheses ( — ) must be expressed in French, though 
redundant in English English words printed in italics must be omitted in French. 



CASE. 33 

13. Has my aunt three dogs or three cats ? 14. She has three 
dogs and two cats. 15. The eye is blue (est bleu). 16. I have two 
eyes. 17. My brother has two knives, and I have two penknives. 

CONVERSATION. 

Avez-vous un canif? J'ai deux canifs. 

Avais-je les couteaux? Vous aviez les couteaux. 

As-tu vu les chameaux ? J'ai vu les chameaux et les che- 

vaux. 

Avez-vous aussi vu les cha- J'ai vu les chateaux et les pa- 

teaux ? lais. 

Avez-vous les bijoux? Ma tante a les bijoux. 

Les enfants ont ils les habits Les enfants ont les habits et les 

(coats) ou les chapeaux ? chapeaux. 

Avaient-ils vu les feux ? Ils avaient vu les feux. 

Avez-vous les tableaux ? Je n'ai pas (not) les tableaux. 

Mon pere a-t-il un chat ? II a un chat et un chien. 

Combien de (how many) freres J'ai trois freres. 

avez-vous ? 

Combien de sceurs avez-vous ? J'ai deux soeurs. 

Avez-vous vu les amis ? Nous n'avons pas vu les amis. 



III. TROISIEME LEfON. 



CASE— A— IDE. 

1. French nouns have no variation of termination to indicate 
case ; the nominative and objective are, as in English, alike in 
form, and the possessive is expressed by the preposition de (of) 
and its object. 

2. The possessor must, in French, follow the object possessed, 



34 HI- TROISIEME LE£ON. 

and be preceded by the article ; e. g. the king's throne, must be 
transposed as if it were, the throne of the king; le trone du roi. 

3. The preposition de (of, from,) appears either unchanged or 
contracted with the article. A contraction takes place whenever 
de occurs before the article le or les; in the first case, it takes the 
form du (singular), in the second des (plural). Ex. : — 

S. du roi (instead of de le roi,) of the king, or the king's. 
du pere (instead of de le pire,) of the father, or the father's. 

PI. des rois (instead of de les rois,) of the kings or the kings'. 
des meres (instead of de les meres,) of the mothers. 

4. Before la and /', de remains unaltered, as : — 

de la mere, of the mother, or the mother's. 
de Vami, of the friend, the friend's. 
de Vhomme, of (the) man, the man's. 

5. Before the indefinite article un, une, an apostrophe is put 
instead of the e of de, as : — 

d' un roi, of a king. d'une reine, of a queen. 

d'un ami, of a friend. d'une amie, of a female friend, 

6. Before le, the preposition a (to) is contracted with this arti- 
cle to au j and before les into aux ; as : — 

au (a le) roi, to the king. aux (a les) rois, to the kings. 

au " frere, to the brother. aux " freres, to the brothers. 

7. The definite article must be used in French before all nouns, 
used in a general sense or denoting a whole species of objects^ 
though in English the article is not employed ; as : — 

man, Vhomme. nature, la nature. 

life, la vie. summer, Pete. 

fortune, la fortune. dinner, le diner. 

Hence, of man, of life, of fortune, etc., are to be translated in French de 
Vhomme, de la vie, de la fortune, etc. ; to man, to life, to nature, etc., d 
Vhomme, a la vie, a la nature. 

8. In French the article is to be repeated before each sub- 
stantive of a sentence, as ; — ■ 



CASE. 35 

The salt, pepper and vinegar, — le sel, le poivre et le vinaigre. 

The men, women and children, — les Aommes, les femmes etles enfants. 



VOCABULARY. 

Dieu, God. lafenetre, the window. 

le createur, the creator. le cousin, the cousin. 

le mond;, the world. la cousine, the cousin, f. 

Vennemi, the enemy. lajille, the daughter. 

le sommeil, sleep. la ville, the town. 

Vintage, f. the image. je donne, I give. 

la mort, death. le voisin- the neighbor. 

lafeuille, the leaf. est, is, (belongs) sont, are. 

a qui, to whom, whose ? out, yes. non, no. 

Voiseau, the bird. Monsieur, Sir. 

voire, your. Madame, Madam. 

Varbre, m. the tree. Mademoiselle, Miss. 



READING EXERCISE 3. 

Le pere de l'enfant. La mere des enfants. La porte de la 
maison. Les portes des maisons. Les fenetres du palais. Le 
chat est un animal. Les chats sont les ennemis des souris. Le 
sommeil est l'image de la mort. Le chateau est au roi et a la 
reine. Je donne la plume a l'enfant. Je donne le jeu aux enfants. 
Le jardin est aux treres et aux sceurs. Les images des rois. Les 
feuilles des arbres. Les fenetres de la maison. 

THEME 3. 

i. The father of the son. 2. The mother of the daughter. 3. 
The mother of the children. 4. The door of the house. 5. The 
gates of the town. 6. The houses of the towns. 7. The windows 
of the houses. 8. God is the creator of the world. 9. The dog 
is the enemy of the cat. 10. I give the book to the brother, n. 
I give the coats to the brothers and sisters. 12. The dog is the 
friend of man. 13. The feathers of the birds. 14. my cousin's 
bonnet. 15. My cousins' bonnets (the bonnets of my cousins), 
j 6. Sleep is the brother of death. 17. Of the trees of the garden. 



36 IV. QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

18. The eyes of the horses are large {grands). 19. The friend's 
name. 20. The windows of the castle. 21. The neighbor's 
house and garden. 22. I give the roses to the sister of the gen- 
eral. 23. Give (donnez) the pen to the father. 

CONVERSATION. 

Ai-je le livre du cousin ? Tu as le livre du cousin. 

As-tu l'image de la tante ? Oui M — ,* j'ai l'image de la 

tante. 
A-t-il vu le jardin du roi ? Non M — , il a vu le chateau du 

roi. 
Les enfants ont-ils les jeux ? Oui M — , les enfants ont les 

jeux. 
Qui (who) a les ciseaux (sets- Voici les ciseaux de votre soeur. 

sors) de ma soeur ? 
A qui sont les noix ? Elles sont a l'enfant. 

A qui sont les poires ? Elles sont aux enfants du voisin. 

A qui est ce (this) jardin ? II est au roi et a la reine. 

Avez-vous vu le chien de Ton- Voila le chien de l'oncle. 

cle? 
A qui sont ces (these) roses ? Elles sont a ma cousine. 



IV. QUATRIEME LEfON. 



PREPOSITIONS. 



1. The following list includes the French prepositions of most 
frequent occurrence. 

a, to, at, in. dans, in, into. par, through, by. 

apres, after. de, of, from. parmi, among. 



* This M — , which will always be inserted after Oui and Non should be read Monsieur, 
Madame, or Mademoiselle, as the case may require. 



PREPOSITONS. 



37 



avant, before, (time), devant, before, (place), pendant, during. 

avec, with. derriere, behind. pour, for. 

chez, at, with, in, to, en, in. sans, without. 

into, at the house of. etitre, between. sous, under. 

contre, against. envers, vers, towards. sur, on upon. 

As to the contraction of a and le into an, of a and les into aux, of de with 
le into du, of de with /^j into fl^j-, see page 34. 

2. After prepositions no article is used whenever the noun is taken in a 
wide and indeterminate sense, and forms with the preposition a sort of ad- 
verbial phrase, as : avec plaisir, with pleasure; sans crainte* without fear. 

3. Chez means at the house of. It governs the noun or pro- 
noun as any other preposition. Ex. chez ?noi, at my house, (at 
the house of me) ; chez vous, at your house ; chez mon oncle, at 
my uncle's, (at the house of my uncle). 

For remarks on the employment of some prepositions, see P. 11., L. 16. 



VOCABULARY. 



La cour, the court, yard. 

Vecole, f. the school. 

le maitre, the master, teacher. 

Vean, f. the water. 

la main, the hand. 

la pluie, the rain. 

le toit, the roof. 

oic, where, ton, thy, ce, this. 



la chambre, the room. 
Ve'glise, f. the church. 
la nuit, the night. 
lejour, the day. 
la cuisine, the kitchen 
lapoche, the pocket. 
demeure, lives, not re, 
qui, who, whom ? 



S. Je stiis, I am. 
tu es, thou art. 
il est, he is. 
elle est, she is. 



suis-je, am I ? 
es-tu, art thou ? 
est-il, is he ? 
est-elle, is she? 



PI. nous sommes, we are. 
vous etes, you are. 
zTy sont, they are. 
*/fcy j-^, they are. 



sommes-nous, are we ? 
etes-vous, are you ? 
sont-ils, are they;? 
sont-elles, are they? 



3 8 IV. QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

READING EXERCISE 4. 

Je suis dans la cour. L'oiseau est sur le toit. Es-tu au jardin 
(dans le jardin) ? Louis est chez mon pere. Les chevaux sont 
devant la porte. Apres la pluie. Pendant la nuit. Avant le 
jour. L'enfant est sous l'arbre. Parmi les enfants. Nous 
sommes derriere les arbres. lis sont entre la porte et la fenetre. 
Ce livre est pour mon frere. Ma tante est a l'eglise. Sans argent 
(money). Avec les chevaux de mon oncle. Contre l'ennemi. 
Notre ami demeure a Paris dans la maison de sa tante. 

THEME 4. 
i. In the yard. 2. During the night. 3. I am before the 
house. 4. Louis is in the garden. 5. Are you in the yard ? 6. 
Before night. 7. I speak (je park) of the house, — of the coat, — 
of the flowers, — of my father, — of my mother. 8. The two knives 
are in my pocket. 9. Where are the cats ? 10. They are in the 
kitchen, n. The birds are on the roof. 12. The three children 
of my cousin (m.) are in (the) town. 13. Against the rain. 14. 
With my father. 15. Without a master. 16. Louis is in his (sa) 
room. 17. The book is for my sister. 18. Between the two win- 
dows. 19. Under the roof of the house. 20. Are they before the 
door of the church? 21. No ; they are behind the church. 22. 
The children are at (the) school. 

CONVERSATION. 

Oii est Louis ? II est dans la cour. 

Ou est mon nls ? II est au jardin. 

Ou sont les enfants ? lis jouent (play) devant la mai- 

son. 

Votre cousine est-elle a l'ecole ? Non M — , elle est a l'eglise. 

fites-vous dans le jardin ? Non M — , nous sommes dans la 

cour. 

Ton pere est-il au jardin ? Non M — , il est dans sa cham- 

bre. 

Sont-ils a la fenetre ? Oui M — , ils sont a la fenetre. 

Avez-vous vu les canards Nous avons vu les canards et les 
(ducks) dans la cour ? oies (geese). 



THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE. 39 

V. CINQUIEME LEfON. 



THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE. 

1. The partitive article answers to the English some or any, 
expressed in French by du before a noun masculine beginning 
with a consonant, by de la before a noun feminine beginning 
with a consonant, and by de /' before a noun of either gender 
beginning with a vowel or an h mute. Ex. : — 

Du pain, some or any bread. de la biere, some beer. 

du vin, (some or any) wine. de la viande, some meat. 

de V argent, some money (silver). de Vhuile, some oil. 

In the plural the partitive article is des for both genders. Ex. : — 

Des livres, (some) books. des fleurs, flowers, j- 

des enfants, children. des roses, roses. 

Some is not always used in English, whereas du, de la, de /', des, must 
always be expressed in French. 

2. In questions, the English use any instead of somej in French 
it must be rendered by the same article, as : — 

Have you any bread ? avez-vous du pain ? 
Is there any water ? y a-t-il de Veau ? 

3. The partitive article must be used whenever in English some 
or any is expressed or understood before a substantive ; it must 
be repeated before every substantive in a sentence. Ex. : — 

Have you bread and cheese ? avez-vous du pain.et du fromage ? 
Bring me some mustard, oil and vinegar. 
Apportez-moi de la moutarde, de Vhuile et du vinaigre. 

4. However, when the substantive is preceded by an adjective, 
the simple preposition de or d' takes the place of the partitive 
article, in the singular as well as in the plural, as : — 

S. de bon vin, some or any good wine. 

de bonne viande, some or any good meat. 
de mauvais cafe, some or any bad coffee. 
d^excellente farine, some or any excellent flour. 



40 



V. CINQUIEME LEgON. 



PI. de bons livres, some or any good books. 

de belles jieurs, some or any beautiful flowers. 
d'excelleuts vaisseaux, some or any excellent vessels. 



VOCABULARY. 



Lafarine, the flour. 

le fer, (the) iron. 

Vargent, m. silver. 

le papier, the paper. 

Vencre, f. the ink. 

le frontage, the cheese. 

le garfon * the boy. 

le plomb, the lead. 

le sel, the salt. 

le canard, the duck. 

Vceuf m. the egg. 

il y a, there is, there are. 

S. faurai, I shall have. 
tu auras, thou wilt have. 
il aura, he will have. 
elle aura, she will have. 

PI. nous aurons, we shall have. 
vous aurez, you will have. 
Us auront, they will have. 
elles auront, they will have. 



le fruit, the fruit. 
le sucre, the sugar. 
le cafe, the coffee. 
la prune, the plum. 
/<? beurre, the butter. 
/<? crayon, the pencil. 
/«? Soulier, the, shoe. 
le bas, the stocking. 
achete, bought. 
que, what, mats, but. 
Id, there. j/r, six. 
<-Vj-/, this is, that is. 

aurai-je, shall I have ? 
auras-tu, wilt thou have ? 
aura-t-il, will he have ? 
aura-t-elle, will she have? 

aurons nous, shall we have ? 
aurez-vous, will you have ? 
auront-ils, will they have ? 
auront-eiles, will they have ? 



READING EXERCISE 5. 

J'avais de la farine et du sel. Aviez-vous aussi du sel ? Le 
roi a de Tor et de 1 'argent. II a aussi des bijoux. Tu auras du 
fromage. Louis a achete du papier et de l'encre. Nous aurons 
des livres, des plumes et des crayons. Avaient-elles des fleurs et 
des fruits ? Je donne a ton cousin des noix et des pommes. 
Dans la cour il y a des canards. Mon cousin avait des chevaux 
et des chiens. Ma cousine aura des chats, mais ma tante aura 
des oiseaux. Dans les jardins il y a des arbres, des fruits et des 
fleurs. 



* Gargon means waiter and bachelor as well as boy. Petit, small, is therefore generally 
prefixed in speaking of a young boy. 



PREPOSITIONS. 41 

THEME 5. 
1. We had some butter and (some) cheese. 2. You had 
butter and eggs. 3. Here is (L. 11.) bread. 4. There is some 
bread. 5. My father has bought lead and iron. 6. The child has 
flowers. 7. My cousin (f.) will have some flour and bread. 8. 
There are eggs and fruits. 9. The man has sugar and coffee. 
10. The queen has gold and silver. 11. I give (to) the boys 
books, pencils and pens. 12. They will also have some paper and 
ink. 13. Louis has horses and dogs. 14. My sister will have 
shoes and stockings. 15. I give (to) the boy stockings, clothes, 
(habits) and hats. 16. Have you (any) friends (m). 17. They 
(/) will have friends (/). 18. At my uncle's (L. iv. 3.) house 
there are books and pictures. 19. Will you have (voulez-vous) 
some money ? 20. No ; give me (donnez-vioi) some bread. 
21. Read (lisez) good books. 22. This is bad coffee. 23. We 
have seen beautiful roses. 

CONVERSATION. 

Avons-nous de la farine ? Nous avons de la farine. 

Avons-nous aussi du sel ? Nous avons aussi du sel. 

Aurons-nous du beurre et du Non M — , mais vous aurez des 

pain ? fruits. 

Qu'avez-vous la (there) ? Nous avons de la viande et du 

pain. 
A-t-elle des crayons ? Non M — , mais elle a des 

plumes. 
Les enfants ont-ils des poires ? Non M — , ils ont des pommes. 
Qu'as-tu sous le bras (arm) ? J'ai des livres. 
Pour qui sont ces livres ? Ils sont pour mon maitre. 

Ta sceur a-t-elle du sucre ? Elle a du sucre et du cafe. 

Ton cousin a-t-il du papier ? Mon cousin a du papier, des 

plumes et de l'encre. 
Qui a du fromage ? Le garcon a du fromage. 

Y a-t-il des fruits ? Oui M — , il y a des fruits. 

Qu'y a-t-il chez mon oncle ? II y a des livres et des images. 



42 VI. SIXIEME LEgON. 



VI. SIXIEME LEfON. 



FURTHER USE OF DE. 

De is used without the article. 

i. After nouns expressing measure, weight, number, as: — 

Une bouteille de vin, a bottle of wine. Une livre de sucre, a pound of sugar. 
Un morceau de pain, apiece of bread. Une pair de das, a pair of stockings. 

2. After adverbs of quantity. 

Assez, enough. moins, less, fewer. 
be&ucoup, much, many, a great many, ne — rien, nothing. 

a great deal. quelque chose, something. 

combien, how much, how many. trop, too, too much, too many. 

ne — guere, but little, but few. trop peu, too little, too few. 

peu, little, few. tant, so much, so many. 

plus, more. autant, as much, as many. 

Ex : — Assez de vin, wine enough, {assez before the noun and adjective). 

Combien d 'argent, how much money? 

Tant de fleurs, so many flowers. Trop de f antes, too many mistakes. 

Remark. But after Men, much, many, and la plupart, most, the article 
must be used. Ex. : — 
Bien des hommes, many men. La plupart du temps, most of the time. 

3. After pas, point, jamais, de alone must be used instead of 
the partitive du, de la, des. Ex. : — 

Je n'ai pas de sucre, I have no sugar. JV'avez-vous poinl^'encre, have you no 

ink ? 

4. De is used as a connective of a word denoting a material. 

Une bague d'or, a gold ring. Une cuiller d'argent, a silver spoon. 

Une bourse de soie, a silk purse. Une table de boh, a wooden table. 

Un chapeau de velours, a velvet bonnet. 



FURTHER USE OF DE. 43 

VOCABULARY. 

Une feuille, a sheet. Vaune, f. the ell, yard. 

un verre, a glass. une douzaine, a dozen. 

le the, tea. la botte, the boot. 

une boite, a box. la personne, the person. 

la montre, the watcJ le bois, the wood. 

le drap, the cloth. ^#<?, than. 

refii^ received. bu, drunk. 

la chaine, the chain. heureux, happy. 

READING EXERCISE 6. 

Voici une bouteille de vin. Nous avons trois livres de sucre. 
Nous aurons aussi deux livres de cafe. La reine avait beaucoup 
de bijoux. Aviez-vous assez d'argent ? Mon oncle aura une 
douzaine de bas. Avez-vous recu la boite de crayons ? Vous 
aurez une feuille de papier. Aviez-vous assez de pain ? Les 
enfants avaient moins de poires que de noix. Je donne assez 
d'argent a mon fils. II a bu trop de vin. Nous aurons une 
chaine d'argent. Vous aurez une montre d'or. Ma mere a un 
chapeau de velours. La plupart des homines sont heureux. 

THEME 6. 

1. I have a dozen (of) pens. 2. Thou wilt have a sheet of pa. 
per. 3. She has cheese and butter enough. 4. We had a glass of 
wine. 5. I shall have also a piece of meat and two glasses of 
wine. 6. He had a bottle of oil. 7. We had two pounds of 
sugar, six pounds of coffee, and five pounds of tea. 8. You will 
have a great many pencils and books. 9. I have bought a doz- 
en stockings and two pairs of shoes. 10. In his (cette) box there 
are six yards of cloth, n. I had a silver watch and a gold ring. 
12. This is a wooden table. 13. How many persons have you 
seen (vues)? 14. We have seen, few persons. 15. My cousin 
had a wooden box. 16. Have you drunk a bottle of wine? 
17. Give me a sheet of paper. 18. My brother will have some- 
thing. 19. My sister has bought two gold ringj and three silver 
spoons. 20. The child has as many pears as (que de) apples. 



44 VII. SEPTIEME LECON. 

CONVERSATION. 

Qu'avez-vous la ? Nous avons im verre d'eau. 

Qu'avez-vous achete ? J'ai achete deux livres de sucre. 

Avez-vous aussi du cafe ? Oui M — , j'ai du cafe. 

Avez-vous de l'argent, mon Oui mon pere, j'ai de l'argent. 

fils? 
Combien d'argent avez-vous ? J'ai six francs. 
Est-ce assez pour vous ? C'est assez pour moi (me). 

Ou avez-vous vu le maitre de J'ai vu mon maitre de musique 

musique ? au jardin. 

Avait-il des fleurs ? Oui M — , il avait des fruits et 

des fleurs. 
Combien dechevaux avez-vous? Nous avons trois chevaux. 
Avez-vous une paire de bottes ? J'ai une paire de bottes et deux 

paires de souliers. 



VII. SEPTIEME LEfON, 



PROPER NOUNS. 

A distinction must be made between names of persons and 
towns, and names of countries, provinces, mountains, rivers, takes. 
i. The former, as in English, take no article, such are: — 

CHRISTIAN NAMES. 

Guillaume, William. Francois, Francis. 

Henri, Henry. Elise, Eliza. 

George, George. . Helene, Helen, Ellen. 

Jean, John. * Jeanne, Jane. 

NAMES OF TOWNS. 

Vienne, Vienna. Lyon, Lyons. 

Geneve, Geneva. Bruxetles, Brussels. 



PROPER NOUNS 45 

2. We must except from the above rule the names of several 
Italian authors before which the article is used : le Tasse, Tasso 
(du Tasse, etc) ; PAriosU, Ariosto ; le Dante, Dante ; — titles of 
books or plays, as : le Telemaque de Fenelon, VAthalie de Racine, 
etc.; some names of towns, as: le Havre, Havre; le Caire, 
Cairo ; la Nouvelle -Orleans , New Orleans. 

3. Before proper names of countries, provinces, rivers and 
mountains, the definite article is used in French, as : — 

La France, France. la Prusse, Prussia, 

la Belgique, Belgium. V Europe, Europe. 

VAngleterre, England. VAfrique, Africa. 

Vltalie, Italy. VAsie, Asia. 

la Suisse, Switzerland. V Amerique, America. 

VAllemagne, Germany. la Seine, the Seine. 

VEspagne, Spain. le Rhin, the Rhine. 

la Suede, Sweden. les Alpes, the Alps. 

la Russie, Russia. le Massachusetts. 

la Virginie, Virginia. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

4. The names of countries and provinces take no article when 
they are preceded by the preposition en, which corresponds to 
both to and in. Ex. : — 

Je vais en Italie, I am, going to Italy. 

II dei?ieure en Allemagne, he lives in Germany. 

5. To and at or in, before names of cities, towns and villages, 
are rendered by a. Ex. : — 

Nous allons a Londres, a Paris, a Bade, etc. 

We go to London, to Paris, to Baden, etc. 

Mon oncle demeure a Berlin, a Lyon, etc. 

My uncle lives at (in) Berlin, at (in) Lyons, etc. 

(Further explanations will be given in the second part.) 
Most names of towns are spelled in French as in English, with a few ex- 
ceptions. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le cahier, the copy-book. la ville, the city, town, 

la carte, the map. le cours, the course. 

la fable, the fable. lemarchand, the dealer, tradesman. 



46 VII. SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

le manteau, the cloak. le negotiant, the merchant. 

le gant, the glove. la capitate, the capital. 

le pays, the country. donnez, give, voire, your. 

oil, where, lu, read. etait, was. etiez-vons, were you ? 

READING EXERCISE 7. 

J'ai le cahier de Frederic. Void les fables de La Fontaine. 
J'ai vu le chateau du roi de Belgique. Donnez la boite a Sophie. 
Donnez la plume a Henri. Ou est Monsieur H ? C'est le cha- 
peau de mademoiselle filise. C'est le canif de George. Nous 
sommes a Paris. £tiez-vous a Vienne ? Mon cousin est en 
Amerique. Le cours du Rhin est long. Voici une carte d'Alle- 
magne. Louis Philippe, roi de France, est mort (died) en Angle- 
terre. Voici les chevaux de Charles. Avez-vous lu les ceuvres 
(the works) de Corneille ? Donnez ces gants a Henri. 

THEME 7. 

i. William is my friend. 2. I am William's friend (the friend 
of William). 3. Here is John's brother. 4. Where is my sis t^f 
Ellen ? 5. She is with Caroline. 6. Where are Eliza's gloves ? 
7. Speak (parlez) to Henry and Francis. 8. I have received the 
book from Paris. 9. Brussels is the capital of Belgium. 10. 
Florence is a city in Italy, n. I am going to Switzerland. 
12. The merchants of New York. 13. My uncle lives in Ger- 
many. 14. Are you going {allez-vous) to Berlin or to Vienna? 
15. I am going to Frankfort and to Vienna. 16. Paris is the 
capital of France. 17. Is your aunt in America ? 18. Yes; she 
is in New Orleans. 19. My brother has travelled {voyage) in 
Russia, in Sweden, and in Germany. 20. This is John's hat. 
21. I have seen Geneva, Lyons and Rome. 22. Give me 
Mary's copy-book and George's pencil. 23. I have seen the 
apple-vender (dealer in (de) apples). 



CONVERSATION. 

Ou etiez-vous ? J'etais a Paris. 

Et ton frere ou etait-il ? II etait aussi a Paris. 



PROPER NOUNS. 47 

Ou sont les gants d'Helene ? lis sont sur la table. 
Quelle est la capitale de la C'est Bruxelles. 

Belgique ? 
Quelle est la capitale de la C'est Berlin. 

Prusse ? 
Qui est la ? Les enfants de madame B. 

A qui donnez-vous ces livres ? Je les (the?n) donne a, Marie. 
A qui est ce chapeau ? Ce chapeau est a Guillaume. 

Ou trouve-t-on (is found) beau- En Californie. 

coup d'or ? 
Ou trouve-t-on de bon fer ? En Suede (Sweden) et an An- 

gleterre. 
Quels pays avez-vous vus ? J'ai vu la Suisse et l'ltalie. 

Avez-vous lu les poemes de Be- Non M — , mais j'ai lu les poemes 

ranger? de Victor Hugo. 

Combien de crayons Caroline Caroline a achete quatre cray- 

a-t-elle achetes ? ons et Jeannette a achete six 

plumes. 
Ou sont les enfants de Ma- lis sont au jardin. 

dame L ? 
Donnez-moi (?ne) mes gants Les voici, M — , (Here they are). 

s'il vous plait (if you please). 
Avez-vous lu cette (this) fable ? Oui M — , j'ai lu toutes (all) les 

fables de La Fontaine. 



4 8 



VIII. HUITIEME LE£ON. 



VIII. HUITIEME LEfON. 



CONJUGATION OF AVOIR, TO HAVE,— AFFIRMA- 
TIVELY. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT. 
J'ai, 
Tuas, 

II a (die a, on a), 
Nous avons, 
Vous avez, 
lis ont, 



I have 
thou hast 

he has 

we have 

you have 

they have 



IMPERFECT. 
J'avais, / had, was having, or used 
to have 
Tu avais, thou hadst 

II avait, he had 

Nous avions, we had 

Vous aviez, you had 

lis avaient, they had 

PRETERITE. 

J'eus, / had 

Tu eus, thou hadst, etc. 

II eut, he had 

Nous eumes, we had 

Vous eutes, you had 

lis eurent, they had 



J'aurai, 
Tu auras, 
II aura, 
Nous aurons, 
Vous aurez, 
lis auront, 



FUTURE. 

I shall or will have 
thou xvilt have 
he will have 
we shall have 
you will have 
they will have 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 



J'ai eu, 
Tu as eu, 
II a eu, 

Nous avons eu, 
Vous avez eu, 
lis ont eu, 



/ have had 

thou hast had 

he has had 

we have had 

you have had 

they have had 



COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 
J'avais eu, I had had 



Tu avais eu, 
II avait eu, 
Nous avions eu, 
Vous aviez eu, 
lis avaient eu, 



thou had sf had 

he had had 

we had had 

you had had 

they had had 



COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 



J'eus eu, 
Tu eus eu, 
II eut eu, 
Nous eumes eu, 
Vous eutes eu, 
lis eurent eu, 



I had had 

thou hadst had 

he had had 

we had had 

you had had 

they had had 



COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

J'aurai eu, / shall or will have had 



Tu auras eu, 
II aura eu, 
Nous aurons eu, 
Vous aurez eu, 
lis auront eu ? 



thou will have had 
he will have had 
we shall have had 
you will have had 
they will have had 



CONJUGATION OF A VOIR. 



49 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 





PRESENT. 


COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 


J'aurais, 


I should have 


J'aurais eu, I should have had 


Tu aurais, 


thou wouldst have 


Tu aurais eu, thou wouldst have had 


11 aurait, 


he would have 


11 aurait eu, he would have had 


Nous aurions 


, we should have 


Nous aurions eu, we should have had 


Vous auriez, 


you would have. 


Vous auriez eu, you would have had 


lis auraient, 


they would have 


lis auraient eu, they would have had 




IMPERATIVE MOOD. 


s 


Aie, have (thou). 




Ayons, let us have. 




Ayez, have 


' (ye or you). 



PRESENT. 

Que j 'aie, that I may ^ 

Que tu aies, that thou mayest 
Qu'il ait, that he may 

Que nous ayons, thai we ?nay 
Que vous ayez, that you may 
Qu'ils aient, that they may 

IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse, that I might 

Que tu eusses, that thou mightesl 

Qu'il eut, that he might 

Que nous eussions, that we might 

Que vous eussiez, that you might 
Qu'ils eussent, that they might ^ 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 



Que j 'aie eu, that I may > 

Que tu aies eu, that thou mayest 
Qu'il ait eu, that he may 

Que nous ayons eu, that we may 
Que vous ayez eu, that you ?nay 
Qu'ils aient eu, that they may 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j 'eusse eu, that I might 
Que tu eusses eu, that thou 

mightest 
Qu'il eut eu, that he might 

Que nous eussions eu, that we 
might \_might 
Que vous eussiez eu, that you 
Qu'ils eussent eu, that they might _ 



J 






Avoir, 



Ayant, 



PRESENT. 



PRESENT. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

to have | Avoir eu, to have had 



PARTICIPLE. 

having \ Ayant eu, 

PAST OR PASSIVE. 



Eu, 



COMPOUND. 



had 



having had 



It would be a good plan to conjugate the whole verb avoir together with 
a noun, as ; J'ai une pomme, favais une pomme, etc. — After that, with the 
prououn /' (le), it, and les, them, as : je Pai, I have it; tu Pas, il Pa, etc.; 
je les aurai, tu les auras, etc. 



50 VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le te7nps, time. demain, to-morrow. 

le courage, the courage. Vencrier, m. the inkstand. 

le plaisir, the pleasure. la regie, the ruler. 

la voiture, the carriage. perdu, lost, ete, been. 

la bowse, the purse. aujourd Wiui, to-day. 

hier, yesterday, c'est, it is. et, and. si, if. 

THEME 8 

Pres. i. I have a book. 2. He has a hat. 3. We have a 
house and (a) garden. 4. They (mase.) have a horse. 5. They 
{fern.) have flowers and fruit. — Imperf. 6. I had a friend. 7. 
Thou hadst a friend. 8. Louisa had two cats. 9. You had mon- 
ey enough. 10. The children had bread. — Pret. ii. He had 
the courage. 12. You had the pleasure. 13. The son of the king 
had a carriage. — Fut. and Cond. 14. I shall have apples. 15. 
He would have seen the castle. 16. We shall have some coffee 
to-day. 17. We would have some sugar. 18. You will have two 
horses. 19. They would have an inkstand and a ruler. — Com- 
pound Tenses. 20. We have had much trouble {peine). 21. 
You have had a great (grand) pleasure. 22. She has had a great 
many nuts. 23. They had had two copy books. 24. I shall have 
paper and pens. 25. You will have had my horse. 26. Charles's 
sisters will have many flowers. 27. I should have had a great 
deal of (beancoup de) trouble. 28. Thou wouldst have had more 
pleasure. 29. You would have had a good friend. 30. The boy 
would have had a penknife. 

ADDITIONAL THEME UPON AVOIR. 

i. My (ma) aunt has apples, I have many plums and you have 
flowers enough (L. VI. 2). 2. The merchant's cousin will have 
a ball to-morrow. 3. Yesterday I had money, but I have lost my 
purse to-day. 4. To-morrow I shall have the pleasure of seeing 
(de voir) my cousin, (f.) my aunt and my sister; I should have had 
the pleasure of seeing them (de les w/r)-yesterday if I had been in 
(en without article) town. 5. We shall have time enough to-mor- 
row. 6. We had too much time yesterday. 7. Have the cour- 



IDIOMATIC USE OF AVOIR. 51 

age to do it (de le faire) ; you have time enough. 8. Let us have 
the carriage and we shall have much pleasure. 9. We should 
have had the carriage yesterday if we had wished (voulu). 10. 
Though ( quoique) you may have had time, you have not had* the 
courage, ir. Though we have (pres. Subj.) two horses, we have 
not (rt avons pas) the courage to ride them (de les monter). 12. 
We have money to-day, and to-morrow we shall have bread, meat, 
and wine. 13. It is you, who (qui) will have the most (le plusde) 
pleasure. 14. I do not think (je ne crois pas) that he would have 
had the courage, t 5. During the night he had lost his (id) purse. 
16. If he had had an inkstand he would have had ink. 17. They 
will have silver spoons on the table. 18. They would have jew- 
els if (s 1 ) they had money. 



IX. NEUVIEME LEfON. 



IDIOMATIC USE OF AVOIR. 

1. Avoir is used idiomatically with the nouns chaud, warmth; 
froid, cold; /aim, hunger; soif, thirst; raiso/?, reason; tort, 
wrong ; peur, fear ; honte, shame ; envie, desire ; sommeil, sleep ; 
besom, need ; as : — 

J'ai chaud. I am warm. 

J'avais froid. I was cold. 

II aura faim. He will be hungry. 

Elle aurait soif. She would be thirsty. 

Nous avons raison. We are right. 

Vous avez tort. You are wrong. 

Nous avons eu peur. We were (have been) afraid. 

lis ont honte. They are ashamed. 

Elles avaient envie. They were desirous. 

Avez-vous sommeil ? Are you sleepy ? 

Nous avons besoin. We need. We want. 

* Vous n'avez pas eu. 



52 IX. NEUVIEME LEgON. 

2. Avoir quelque chose, literally, to have something, is also used 
idiomatically in the sense of to be the matter with ; thus : — 



Qu' avez-vous ? 

J'ai quelque chose. 

Vous avez quelque chose. 

II a 

Ellea 

Nous avions 

Vous aviez 

lis auront 



What is the matter with you ? 
Something is the matter with me. 

a n a (i y OU> 

" " " " him. 

" " " " her. 

was the matter with us. 

" " " " you. 

will be the matter with 
them. 



Remark. The opposite of avoir quelque chose is t? avoir rien (ne before 
the verb and rien after it. See L. XL 2). As : — 



Je n'ai rien. 
Vous n'avez rien. 
II n'a rien. 
Elle n'a rien. 
Nous n'avions rien. 
Vous n'aviez rien. 
lis n'auront rien. 



Nothing is the matter with me. 

" you. 

" him. 

" her. 
was the 

" you. 
will be the matter with them. 



3. Avoir Pair means to have the appearance, to look ; — avoir 
P intention de, to have the intention, to intend ; — avoir soin de, to 
take care of; — avoir mat a, to have a sore, an ache, or a pain in. 
As:— 



II avait l'air content. 

Vous avez l'air heureux. 

lis ont l'air malheureux. 

A-t-elle l'intention d'aller en France ? 

Non, Monsieur; elle a l'intention 

d'aller en Italic 
Ayez soin de mon chapeau. 
J'aurai soin de votre chapeau et de 

votre canne. 
J'?i mal a la tete. 
Avez-vous mal aux dents ? 
J'avais mal au bras. 
II avait mal au genou. 



He looked glad. 

You look happy. 

They look unhappy. 

Does she intend to go to France ? 

No, sir ; she intends to go to Italy. 

Take care of my hat. 

I shall take care of your hat and cane. 

I have a headache. 
Have you the toothache ? 
I had a sore arm. 
He had a sore knee. 



IDIOMATIQUE USE OF AVOIR. 53 

VOCABULARY. 

Le chien, the dog. content, glad, pleased. 

la tete, the head. malade, sick, ill. 

le bras, the arm. aller, to go. 

la gorge, the throat. votre, your, mon, my. 

la dent, the tooth. /^ demoiselle, the young lady. 

/i? mantean, the cloak. , le parapluie, the umbrella. 

READING EXERCISE 9. 
A-t-il peur ? Oui, Madame ; il a peur. Avez-vous honte de 
parler (to speak) francais ? Non, Mademoiselle ; mais j'ai peur 
de parler francais. Aviez-vous froid hier? Oui, Monsieur, 
j'avais froid hier mais j'ai chaud aujourd'hui. Avez-vous eu 
peur du chien ? Non, nous avons eu peur du cheval. Votre 
ami, a-t-il quelque chose ? Oui, il a quelque chose. Qu'a-t-il ? 
II a mal a la tete. Qu'avez-vous ? J'ai sommeil. Votre ami 
a-t-il besoin de moi ? Aurez-vous soin de mon cheval ? Oui, 
Monsieur; j'aurai soin de votre cheval. Qui a besoin de 
l'encrier ? Votre cousine a-t-elle mal au bras ? Elle a mal au 
bras. Le negociant a l'air content. Mon frere a l'intention 
d'aller a Paris et a Londres. Votre frere, qu'a-t-il ? II a honte. 

THEME 9. 

1. Where do you intend to go to-morrow? 2. I intend to go 
and see {voir) the merchant. 3. I was wrong and you were right. 
4. Was he sleepy ? 5. He was sleepy. 6. Were you cold ? 7. 
I was cold. 8. What is the matter with your father ? 9. Noth- 
ing is the matter with him. 10. What was the matter with that 
(ce) boy? 11. He was ashamed. 12. Was he afraid of the 
horse ? 13. No, sir; he was afraid of the dog. 14. Do I look 
sick? 15. Yes, sir; you look sick. 16. Have you a headache ? 
17. No, sir; I have a sore throat. 18. Has that young lady the 
toothache? 19. She has the toothache. 20. Take care of my 
watch. 21. We shall take care of your watch, your cloak, and 
your umbrella. 



54 



X. DIXIEME LEgON. 

X. DIXIEME LEfON. 



CONJUGATION OF ETRE, TO BE— AFFIRMATIVELY. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 





PRESENT. 




COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 




Je suis, 




I am 


J'ai ete, 


I have been 


Tues, 




thou art 


Tu as 6t6, 


thou hast been 


11 est (die est 


, on est), 


he is 


11 a 6te, 


he has been 


Nous sommes 


> 


we are 


Nous avons 6t6, 


we have been 


Vous Stes, 




ye or you are 


Vous avez et£, 


you have been 


lis sont, 




they are 


lis ont et£, 


they have been 


IMPERFECT. 


COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 


J'&ais, 


I was or used to be 


J'avais £te, 


I had been 


Tu Stais, 




thou wast 


Tu avais ete, 


thou hadst been 


11 <§tait, 




he was 


11 avait £te, 


he had been 


Nous etions, 




we were 


Nous avions 6t6, 


we had been 


Vous etiez, 




you were 


Vous aviez £t£, 


you had been 


lis £taient, 




they were 


lis avaient £te, 


they had been 


PRETERITE. 


COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 


Je fus, 




I was 


J'eus et6, 


I had been 


Tu fus, 




thou wast- 


Tu eus ete\ 


thou hadst been 


11 fut, 




he was 


11 eut ete\ 


he had been 


Nous fumes, 




we were 


Nous eumes 6t6, 


we had been 


Vous futes, 




you were 


Vous eutes et<§, 


you had been 


lis furent, 




they were 


lis eurent 6t6, 


they had been 




FUTURE. 




COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 


Je serai, 


/ shall be, will be 


J'aurai 6t6, 


I shaW 




Tu seras, 




thou wilt be 


Tu auras et£, 


thou wilt 


5) 


11 sera, 




he will be 


11 aura £te, 


he will 


<3 

1 o> 


Nous serons, 




we shall be 


Nous aurons £t6, 


we shall 




Vous serez, 




you will be 


Vous aurez et£, 


you will 


8 


lis seront, 




they will be 


lis auront £t£, 


they will \ 








CONDITIOIS 


rAL MOOD. 






PRESENT. 




COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 


Je serais, 




/ should be 


J'aurais 6t6, 


I should^ 




Tu serais, 


thou wouldst be 


Tu aurais 6t6, 


thou wouldst 




11 serait, 




he would be 


11 aurait 6t6, 


he would 


§ 


Nous serions, 




we should be 


Nous aurions £te* 


we should 




Vous seriez, 




you would be 


Vous auriez 6t6 } 


you would 


s 


lis seraient, 




they would be 


lis auraient €t&, 


they would \ 





CONJUGATION OF £TRE, TO BE. 



55 



Qu'il fAt, 

Que nous fussions, 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Sois, be (thozi). 

Soyons, let us be. 

Soyez, be {ye or you). 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 
Que j 'aie ete, that I may " 

Que tu aies £te, that thou mayest 
Qu'il ait ete, that he may 

Que nous ayons et6, that we may \ ^ 
Que vous ayez €t€, that you may 
Qu'ils aient ete, that they may) 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse 6te, that I might y 
Que tu eusses ete, that thou 

mightest 
Qu'il eut ete, that he might 

Que nous eussions ete, that we 



PRESENT. 
Que je sois, that I may be 

Que tu sois, that thou mayest be 

Qu'il soit, that he may be 

Que nous soyons, that we may be 
Que vous soyez, that you may be 
Qu'ils soient, that they may be 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je fusse, that I might be 

Que tu fusses, that thou mightest be 



that he might be 
that we might be 



Que vous fussiez, that you might be 
Qu'ils fussent, that they might be 



Que vous eussiez 6te, that you 
might 

Qu'ils eussent et£, that they 
might 



£tre 



£tant, 



PRESENT. 



PRESENT. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 



to be Avoir £te, 
PARTICIPLE. 



to have been 



tt6, 



Riche, rich. 
applique, diligent. 
malheureux, unhappy. 
content, pleased, contented. 
faible, weak, tris, very. 
le gouvernail, helm. 



COMPOUND. 
Ayant £t<§, having been 

PAST OR PASSIVE. 

(invariable) been 

VOCABULARY. 

paresseux, lazy, idle. 



heureux, happy. 

jeune, young. 

sage, good, comment, how. 

encore, still, again. 

yules, Julius. 



5 6 X. DIXIEME LEgON. 

THEME 10. 

I am ill. Thou art young. Charles is my friend. We are hap- 
py. You are also happy. The child will be good. Louisa was 
ill. William and Julius have also been, ill. This boy has been 
idle. This girl was very good. He will be contented. You 
would also be contented. She has been at Paris. Her (son) 
brother has been in London. We have been in France. Your 
mother may (peut) have been (Comp. Inf.) ill. Yes, indeed (en 
effet) she has been ill long.* Who was (has been) with (chez) your 
father ? A merchant has been with my father. He had been 
before (auparava?it) with my uncle. 

ADDITIONAL THEME UPON ETRE CONJUGATED AFFIRMATIVELY. 

i. Having been sick, he is still weak. 2. The spoons were on 
the table. 3. We were still sick. 4. The young boy was at the 
helm. 5. I am among my (mes) friends. 6. I shall be with my 
friends to-morrow. 7. I was at your (voire) father's house yester- 
day (L. IV. 3). 8. She is in the room. 9. My neighbor's name 
is William. 10. I should be happy if you were pleased, n. If 
you are unhappy, how can you (pouvez-vous) be (inf.) contented ? 
12. I shall be pleased to see you (de vous voir) to-morrow. 13. 
The merchant has been here (id) to-day. 14. He had been at 
his friend's yesterday. 15. Be at my house (cliez-moi) to-morrow. 
16. Let us be happy. 17. Though he is (Pres. Subj.) rich, he 
is more (plus) unhappy than you. 

* Translate, She is ill since a long time (depuis longtemps). 



NEGATIONS. $j 

XI. ONZIEME LEfON. 



NEGATIONS.— THE NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE 
FORMS OF THE AUXILIARIES. 

i. The negation not is rendered by the two words ne . . .pas. 
Ne is placed before the verb and becomes n y before a vowel or 
silent h ; pas is placed immediately after the verb. In compound 
tenses pas is placed between the auxiliary and the participle. In 
the infinitive ne and pas generally both precede the verb. Ex. : — 

Je ne suis pas. I am not. 

Je n'ai pas eu. I have not had. 

Ne pas etre, less frequently, n'6tre pas. Not to be. 

2. The words jamais, ever, personne, person, and rien, any- 
thing, used with a verb preceded by ne mean respectively never, 
nobody, nothi?ig. When the verb is understood, as in answers, the 
ne is omitted, and they have none the less a negative meaning. 
When used with a verb not preceded by ne they are always 
affirmative. Ex. : — 

Avez-vous jamais rien vu de pareil ? Have you ever seen anything similar? 

Je n'ai rien. I have nothing. 

II n'a jamais tort. He is never wrong. 

Per sonne n'a sommeil. Nobody^is sleepy. 

C'est une personne qui a sommeil. It is a person that is sleepy. 

Qui a sommeil ? Personne. Who is sleepy ? Nobody. 

Qu'avez-vous ? Rien. What is the matter with you ? Noth- 
ing. 

3. The words aucun, nul, no ; ?iulle?7ie?it, nowise, not at all ; 
ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor ; guere, but little, but few ; and que in 
the sense of but or only ; also require the verb to be preceded by 
ne. Ne (the verb) plus means, no more, not any more left. Ex. : — 

Je n'ai plus de pain. I have no more bread. 

II n'a ni pain ni vin. He has neither bread nor wine. 

Elle n'a guere de patience. She has but little patience. 

Nul n'est parfait. No one is perfect. 



58 XI. ONZIEME LECON. 

Remark. After ni . . . ni nouns used in a partitive sense take neither 
preposition nor article; as, ni pain ni vin. 

For further rules on the negative see P. I. L. 35, and P. II. L. 15. 

4. In interrogations the pronoun which is the subject of the 
verb is placed after it, and both are joined by a hyphen, as : 
aurez-vous ? avez-vous eu ? When the verb ends with a vowel, 
-/- is placed between the verb and il t elle, or on, as: aura-t-il? 
a-t-on ? See also L. I. Rem. 2, 3, 5. 



5. AVOIR AND ETRE CONJUGATED NEGATIVELY. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Je n'ai pas, I have not 

Tu n'as pas, thou hast not 

II n'a pas, he has not 

Nous n'avons pas, we have not 

Vous n'avez pas, you have not 

lis n'ont pas, they have not 



Je ne suis pas, I am not 

Tu n'es pas, thou art not 

II n'est pas, he is not 

Nous ne sommes pas, we are not 

Vous n'£tes pas, you are not 

lis ne sont pas, they are not 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Je n'ai pas eu, / have not had, etc. | Je n'ai pas et6, / have not been, etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

Je n'avais pas, / had not or Hid not I Je n'etais pas, I was not, etc. 

have, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Je n'avais pas eu, I had not had, etc. | Je n'avais pas ete, I had not been, etc. 
And thus with all compound tenses. 

PRETERITE. 

Je n'eus pas, I had not, etc. | Je ne fus pas, I was not, etc. 

FUTURE. 

Je n'aurai pas, etc. | Je ne serai pas, etc. 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
Je n'aurais pas, etc. | Je ne serais pas, etc. 



NEGATIONS. 



59 



Que je n'aie pas, etc. 
Que je n'eusse pas, etc. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT. 

| Que je ne sois pas, etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

I Que je ne fusse pas, etc. 



N'aie pas, etc. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

J Ne sois pas, etc. 



Ne pas avoir. 
(N 'avoir pas.) 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 

I Ne pas 6tre. 
I (N'Stre pas.) 



N'ayant pas. 
N'ayant pas eu. 



PARTICIPLES. 

N'etant pas. 
N'ayant pas 6t6. 



INTERROGATIVE CONJUGATION. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 





PRESENT 


' TENSE. 




Ai-je, 


have I? 


Suis-je, 


ami? 


As-tu, 


hast thou ? 


Es-tu, 


art thou ? 


A-t-il, 


has he? etc. 


Est-il, 


is he ? etc. 




COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 




Ai-je eu, 


have I had? etc. | Ai-je ete, 

IMPERFECT. 


have been, etc. 


Avais-je, etc 


| litais-je, etc. 

PRETERITE. 




Eus-je, etc. 


| Fus-je, etc. 

FUTURE. 




Aur ai-je, etc 


| Serai-je, etc. 
CONDITIONAL MOOD. 




Aurais-je, etc 




Serais-je, etc 





6o XI. ONZIEME LEgON. 

NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE CONJUGATION. 



PRESENT. 



N'ai-je pas, 
N'as-tu pas, 
N'a-t-il pas, 



have I not? 

hast thou not? 

has he not? etc. 



Ne suis-je pas, 
N'es-tu pas, 
N'est-il pas, 



am I not? 

art thou not? 

is he not? etc. 



N'avais-je pas, etc. 
N'eus-je pas, etc. 
N'aurai-je pas, etc. 
N'aurais-je pas, etc. 



IMPERFECT. 

I N'etais-je pas, etc. 

PRETERITE. 

| Ne fus-je pas, etc. 

FUTURE. 

I Ne serai -je pas, etc 
CONDITIONAL. 

| Ne serais-je pas, etc. 



VOCABULARY. 



La nouvelle, the news. 
la lettre, the letter. 
le chagrin, the grief. 
les parents, the parents. 
le tailleur, the tailor. 
le bottier, the boot-maker 
la cerise^ the cherry. 



tres, very, du tout, at all. 
pauvre, poor. 
mecontent, discontented. 
mange, eaten. 
autrefois, formerly. 
longtemps, long, a long time. 
vos, plural of voire, your. 



THEME} 11. 

i. I have a friend. 2. Hast thou also a friend ? 3. We have 
friends. 4. Have you also friends ? 5. I am happy. 6. I am 
not happy. 7. Are you happy ? 8. Are you not happy ? 9. 
No, we are not happy ; we are poor. 1 10. Formerly we were very 
happy. 11. You are not rich. 1 12. Thou hast been poor. 13. 
She has been rich. 14. Have you had any cherries? 15. You 
have been idle. 16. Hast thou been ill? No, I have not been ill 
at all. 17. They have not received the letter. 18. Were you 
(have you been) at {chez) the tailor's ? 19. I have not been at the 
tailor's. 20. I have been at the boot-maker's ; but (mats) he was 



1 These adjectives take j in the plural (pauvres — riches). 



NEGATIONS.. 61 

not at home {a la maisori). 21. How many horses had you ? 22. 
I had two horses. 23. Charles would not have been ill, if he had 
not eaten too much [trop). 24. Be contented. 25. Take care 
of your books. 

CONVERSATION. 

Quand {when) avez-vous ete Nous avons ete hier au spectacle. 

au spectacle {theatre) ? 
Charles, seras-tu content ? Oui M — , je serai content. 

Avez-vous un ami ? Nous avons beaucoup d'amis. 

Avez-vous regu une lettre ? J'ai regu une lettre de Paris. 
Ou etait ton ami Louis ? II etait a Berlin. 

Vos parents sont-ils riches ? Non M — , ils sont pauvres. 
Ou avez-vous ete hier ? Nous avons ete a, l'eglise. 

Ou serez-vous demain ? Nous serons a l'ecole. 

Ta sceur a-t-elle ete malade ? Oui, elle a ete longtemps malade. 
Avez-vous des affaires {business)} Oui M — , nous avons beaucoup 

d'affaires. 
N'etes-vous pas contents ? Non M — , nous sommes rae- 

contents. 
Pourquoi {why) etes-vous me- Nous avons eu une triste {sad) 

contents ? nouvelle. 

Pourquoi avez-vous du chagrin ? Notre mere est tres-malade. 
Serais-tu content, si tu avais Oui M — , je serais bien content. 

beaucoup de livres ? 



XII. DOUZIEME LEfON. 



DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives in French agree in gender and number with the nouns they 
limit; — form the plural according to the rules given for nouns (L. n.) j — ■ 



62 XII. DOUZIEME LE£ON. 

form the feminine by adding e mute to the masculine. If the masculine ends 
in e, the feminine is the same. Irregular formations will be given in the 
vocabularies until the full rules are given, L. xvn. 

i. The Demonstrative Adjectives are : — 

Ce, fem. cette, this that ; plur. ces, these, those. 
Ce — ci, fem. cette — ci, this (here) ; plur. ces — ci. 
Ce — Id, fem. cette — la, that; plur. ces — la, those. 

2. As ce means either this or that, whenever in English the 
words this, that, these, those are emphatic, either ci (abbreviated 
form of id, here) or la (there) are appended to the noun. P^x.: — 

Ce chapeau, this hat. ces hommes, these men. 

cette ville, this town. ce meme livre, this same book. 

ce garcon-ci, this boy (here). * ce garfon-ld, that boy. 

cette fe?7ime-ci, this woman (here). cette femme- la, that woman. 

ces arbres-ci, these trees. ces arbres-ld, those trees. 

3. Before a masculine noun which begins with a vowel or h 
mute, cet is used instead of ce. Ex. : — 

Cet arbre, this tree (instead of ce arbre). 

Cet habit, this or that coat (instead of ce habit). 

4. The Interrogative Adjective is, in the singular, quel, fem. 
quelle ; plur. quels, quelles, which or what ? Ex. : — 

Quel livre, which book ? plur. quels livres, which or what books ? 

Quelle fleur, which or what flower ? 
It also answers to the exclamation what a — / Ex : — 

Quel beau tableau ! What a beautiful picture ! 
Quel is also simple adjective without interrogation. Ex. : — 

I know which book you have, Je sais quel livre, etc. 

VOCABULARY. 

Laplante, the plant. Vceuf, m. the egg. 

le champ, the field. haut, f. haute, high. 

la couleur, the color. beau, f. belle, beautiful. 

lafille, the girl. grand, f. grande, large, great. 

le bceuf, the ox. bon, f. bonne, good. 

la vache, the cow. trop, too. mais, but. 

Vheure, f. the hour. connaissez-vous, do you know ? 
la robe, the dress, 



DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES. 63 

READING EXERCISE 12. 

Ce verre. Cette pomme-ci. Cet horame. Ces bas. Ces 
bottes-la. Cette boite est haute. Ces enfants sont pauvres. Le 
frere de ce garcon. Deux livres de ce cafe. Je donne ces poires 
a cette fille-ci. La m£me couleur. Nous avons achete les memes 
plumes. J'ai vu ces chiens-la. Quels chiens avez-vous vus ? 
Quel beau cheval ! Quelle belle maison ! Le fils de cet homme- 
la est tres grand. Quelle heure est-il? II est trois heures 
{o'clock). II est une heure. 

THEME 12. 

1. This king is rich. 2. This queen is also rich. 3. This man 
is poor. 4. These men are poor. 5. That child is not good 
(sage). 6. That woman is not contented. 7. This tree is very- 
high. 8. Those trees are not very high. 9. Whose (a qui) is this 
pencil ? 10. Whose are these pens ? 11. The color of that dress 
is beautiful (belle). 12. The field of that man is large. 13. 
These oxen are larger (plus grands) than those cows. 14. I give the 
bread to this boy. 15. I give these flowers to those girls. 16. 
The parents of those children are very good. 17. Which boy? 
18. Which apples? 19. What a beautiful picture! 20. The 
pleasure of those girls was not very great. 21. What o'clock is 
it (transl. which hour is it?). 22. It is four o'clock (transl. four 
hours). 23. We have read (hi) the same books. 

CONVERSATION. 

A qui (whose) est ce canif ? II est a ma sceur. 

A qui sont ces gants ? lis spnt a Mademoiselle Julie. 

Ou est la fille de cette femme ? Elle est au jardin. 

Connaissez-vous cette fleur ? C'est une rose. 

Connaissez-vous le pere de ce Non M — , mais je connais (I 

garcon-la ? know) sa mere. 

Quel papier voulez-vous ? Donnez-moi ce papier-la. 

Ces plumes-ci sont-elles bonnes? Qui M — , elles sont tres-bonnes. 



6 4 XIII. TREIZIEME LE£ON, 

Cette eglise est-elle haute ? Oui, elle est tres-haute. 

A qui donnez-vous ces fleurs ? Je les donne a cette fille-ci. 
A qui donnez-vous ces crayons ? Je les donne a ce garcon-la. 
Trouve-t-on de Tor dans ce Oui M — , ce pays-ci est riche 

pays ? en or. 

Voulez-vous (do you wish, liter- Donnez-moi ces gants-la. 

ally, wish you) ces bas-ci ou 

ces gants-la ? 
Trouvez-vous ces couleurs belles? Oui, ces couleurs sont tres-belles. 
Quelle heure est-il ? II est quatre heures. 



XIII. TREIZlfiME LEf ON, 

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 

i. The Possessive Adjectives are: — 



mon, fern. 
ton, " 
son, ' ' 


ma, p 

ta, 
sa, 


ur. vies, my. 

' tes, thy. 

' ses, his, her, its. 


notre, " 


notre, 


' nos, our. 


votre, ' ' 
leur, " 


votre, 
leur, 


' vos, your. 
' tears, their. 



Ex. : — Mon pere, ta mere, ses freres, notre ami, vos livres, leurs parents. 

2. The Possessive Adjectives are repeated in French before 
each substantive, and agree with it in gender and number : — 

Monfrere et ma sajur, my brother and sister. 

3. Mon, ton, son, are used instead of ma, ta, sa, before fem- 
inine words beginning with a vowel or h mute, in order to avoid 
the hiatus which would result from the meeting of the two vow- 
els. Ex. : — 

Mon amie, my (female) friend ; soft dme, his soul. 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 65 

4. Son, sa, ses, each mean his, her, and its ; they agree in gen- 
der with the following noun, as": — 

Le pere aime son fils, the father loves his son. 

La mere aime son fils et safille, the mother loves her son and her daughter. 

5. In French, voire is, from politeness, often preceded by the 
words : Monsieur, Madame, Mademoiselle ; plur. Messieurs, Mes- 
dames, Mesdemoiselles, which are not expressed in English, as : — 

Monsieur votre pere, your father. 
Mademoiselle votre sccur, your sister. 
Messieurs vos freres, your brothers. 

6. In expressions such as "a friend of yours," the possessive 
adjective must be used in French, preceded by de, as un de vos 
amis, une de mes taiites, an aunt of mine. 

7. A rjossessive adjective must always precede a noun denot- 
ing a degree of relationship when a relative or friend is addressed, 
though none is used in English. Ex. Bojijour, ma sozur, good 
morning, sister; adieu, mon cousin, good-by, cousin. The words 
papa, maman, and a few terms of endearment are excepted, as 
bonjour, papa, bo?isoir, maman. 



VOCABULARY. 

La demoiselle, the young lady. la grand ''mere, the grandmother. 

la tante, the aunt. la poche, the pocket. 

la canne, the cane. arrive, e, arrived. 

la casquette, the cap. parti, e, departed, gone. 

le grand-pere, the grandfather. perdu, lost. 

vieux, old. trouve, found. 



READING EXERCISE 13. 

Mon pere est bon. Ma mere est bonne. Ton frere est grand. 
Ta sceur n'est pas grande. Notre oncle a ete riche. Votre tante 
est pauvre. Leurs parents seront contents. Mes cousins et mes 
cousines sont arrives. Les peres aiment (love) leurs enfants 



66 XIII. TREIZIEME LE£ON. 

Notre grand'mere a perdu sa bourse. J'ai trouve la bourse de 
votre grand'mere. Mon amie est arrivee. Madame votre mere 
est-elle ici (here) ? Non, elle n'est pas ici ; elle est a Londres. 
Mesdemoiselles vos soeurs sont parties . 



THEME 13. 

i. My dog is old. 2. Thy book is good. 3. My book and 
(my) pen. 4. My books and pens. 5. Your garden is beautiful. 
6. Your flowers are beautiful (belles). 7. My sister has lost her 
watch. 8. Our sisters have found their letters. 9. These children 
have lost their father. 10. These parents have lost their children. 
11. Here is (void) thy stick. 12. Your cousins (/) have been in 
our garden. 13. My soul is immortal (immortelle). 14. We 
have received this letter from our aunt. 15. Our uncle's horse 
(the horse of our uncle) is old. 16. Where is your father? 17. 
Where is your sister ? 1 8. I have found the purse of your mother. 



CONVERSATION. 

Ou est mon frere ? II est alle (gone) au jardin. 

Ou est ton livre ? Le voila sur la table. 

Qui a perdu sa casquette ? Charles a perdu sa casquette. 

Qui a trouve nos crayons ? Henri les (them) a trouves. 

Que cherchez-vous (are you Je cherche mes plumes. 

looking for) ? 

A qui est cette canne ? Elle est a Monsieur votre oncle. 

A qui sont ces gants ? lis sont a Mademoiselle votre 

sceur. 

Voulez-vous mes crayons ? Non, merci (thank you). 

Connaissez-vous mon amie ? Oui, je la connais (know her). 

Ou etait Monsieur votre pere ? II etait a Berlin. 

Ou as-tu trouve ta bourse ? Elle etait dans ma poche. 

Qui est arrive aujourd'hui ? La fille de mon oncle, 



CARDINAL NUMBERS. 



6 7 



Avez-vous ete dans votre Non Monsieur, nous avons etc" 

champ ? dans notre jardin. 

De qui avez-vous recu cette C'est un cadeau {present ) de ma 

belle canne ? grand'mere. 



XIV. QUATORZIEME LEfON. 



CARDINAL NUMBERS. 



i. The Cardinal Numbers are:- 



Un, une, one. 

deux, two. 

trois, three. 

quatre, four. 

cinq, five. 

six, six. 

sept, seven. 

knit, eight. 

neuf, nine. 

dix, ten. 

onze, eleven. 

doicze, twelve. 

treize, thirteen. 

quatorze, fourteen. 

quinze, fifteen. 

seize, sixteen. 

dix sept, seventeen. 

dix-huit, eighteen. 

dix-neuf, nineteen. 

vingt, twenty. 

vingt et ten, twenty-one. 



vingt-deux, twenty-two. 
vingt-trois, twenty-three. 
vingt-qicatre, twenty-four. 
vingt-cinq, twenty-five, etc. 
trente, thirty. 
quarante, forty. 
cinquante, fifty. 
soixante, sixty. 
soixante-dix, seventy. 
soixante-onze, seventy-one. 
soixante-douze, seventy-two. 
soixante -treize, seventy-three. 
soixante-qtiatorze, seventy-four. 
soixante -qtiinze, seventy-five. 
soixante-seize, seventy-six. 
soixante-dix-sept, seventy-seven. 
soixante-dix-huit, seventy-eight. 
soixante-dix-neuf, seventy-nine. 
quatre -vingts, eighty. 
quatre-vingt-un, eighty-one. 
quatre-vingt-deux, eighty- two, 



68 XIV. QUATORZIEME LE£ON. 

quatre-vingt-dix, ninety. cent deux, a hundred and two, etc. 

quatre-vingt-onze, ninety-one. deux cents, two hundred. 

quatre-vingt-doitze, ninety-two. trots cents, three hundred, etc. 

quatre-vingt-treize, ninety-three, etc. quinze cents, fifteen hundred. 

cent, a hundred. mille, mil, a thousand. 

cent tin, a hundred and one. un million, a million. 

Ex. : Cinq enfants, five children. 

Trente-six chevaux, thirty-six horses. 
Trots cent quatre-vingt-quinze aunes, 395 yards. 
Van mil huit cent soixante-cinq, the year 1865. 
Et, and, must be expressed before un after vingt, trente, quarante, 
cinquante, soixante, as : vingt et un, etc. Et is also often used in soixante 
et onze. 

2. The cardinal numerals do not admit of change in their ter- 
minations except un, ce?it and quatre-vingt. U11 agrees in gender 
and number. Un, une, and the plural in les wis, quelques itns, 
quelques unes. Cent takes s when multiplied ; but if followed by- 
additional numbers, cent is invariable. Ex. : — 

Trots cents francs, 300 francs. 

Sept cents personnes, 700 persons. — But: 

lis sont trois cents. 

Sept cent vingt personnes, 720 persons. 

Deux cent-un, 201. 

3. Quatre-vingt follows the same rule as cent. Ex. : — 

Quatre-vingts ecoliers, 80 pupils. — But: 
Quatre-vingt-deux aunes, 82 yards. 
lis sont quatre-vingts 

4. Cent and mille are not accompanied by the indefinite arti- 
cle as in English. Ex. : — 

A hundred or a thousand pounds, cent ou mille libures. 

5. When one thousand is used for dates it is rendered in 
French by mil, with one / only, thus : 

Van or en mil huit cent cinquante-huit, in the year 1858. 

6. The expression, " I am 20, 30, 40, etc., years old," cannot 
be rendered literally, but must be expressed thus : J'ai vingt 



CARDINAL NUMBERS. 



69 



Tins, — trente ans, etc. How old are you? is translated thus: 
Quel age avez-vous ? Ex. : — 

Quel age a votre frere, how old is your brother ? 
II a dix-huit ans, he is eighteen years old. 

7. Collective numbers are : 

Une huitaine, a series of eight, or Une trentaine, thirty-. . . ., and so on 

about eight. up to 60 only. 

Une dizaine, a series of ten, half a Une centaine, a hundred. 

score. Un millier, a thousand. 

Une douzaine, a dozen. Un million, a million. 
Une vingtaine, a score. 



VOCABULARY. 



La fille, the daughter. 

le veau, the calf. 

le cochon, the pig, swine. 

la brebis, the sheep. 

le lievre, the hare. 

le cheyreuil, the deer, the roe. 

ne, f. nee, born. 

la nie, the street. 

r habitant, m. the inhabitant. 

Page, m. the age. 

la semaine, the week. 

encore, still, fois, times. 

compte, contains. 

environ, about. 

chasse, hunting. 



le jour, the day. 

la nuit, the night. 

le mois, the month. 

lajievre, the fever. 

Van, m. and Pannee, f. the year. 

Pheure, the hour. 

fi 

vendue, sold, est ne-e, was uui n. 
en, in. en, of or from him, her, it, 
them ; thence ; some of. 



READING EXERCISE 14. 



Mon oncle a eu dix 
Nous avons vu 35 
Notre voisin a eu 



J'ai trois fils. Vous avez quatre filles. 
enfants. II a perdu cinq fils et deux filles. 
bceufs, 42 vaches, 88 veaux, et 76 cochons. 
495 brebis. Combien de lievres avez-vous tues (killed) ? Nous 
avons tue 23 lievres et 14 chevreuils. Sept et huit font quinze. 
24 et.36 font 60. — 4 fois 8 font 32. — 7 fois 9 font 63. — 21 fois 
32 font 672. Je suis ne en 1814, et mon frere en 1818. Ma 
mere est nee en 1829. La ville de Londres compte 10,000 rues, 



jo XIV. QUATORZIEME LE£ON. 

600 6glises, 249,500 maisons et plus de (more than) deux millions 
d'habitants. Lycurgue vivait en 880 avant Jesus-Christ. Quel 
age avez-vous ? J'ai quinze ans. 

THEME 14. 

1. I have had three horses and five dogs. 2. My cousin has 
34 sheep. 3. My neighbor (m.) had 36 oxen. 4. A week has 7 
days. 5. 30 days make a month. 6. 12 months or 52 weeks 
make a year. 7. A year has 365 days. 8. I was (je suis) born 
in the year (en) 1828. 9. I am 35 years old. 10. My sis- 
ter was born (f.) in the year 1841 ; she is 17 years old. 11. How 
much is (font) three times nine? 12. 3 times 9 make 27. 13. 
6 times 8 are 48. 14. 35 and 42 are 77. 15. How much is 125 
and 264? 16. My mother has had the fever during 6 weeks. 
17. A (the) day has 24 hours, an (the) hour 60 minutes. 18. 
Give (to) Charles 32 florins and (to) Louis 2>Z florins. 19. Here 
are 200 pounds of sugar. 

CONVERSATION. 

Combien de nls votre oncle II a encore trois fils. 

a-t-il ? 
Combien d'enfants a-t-il eus ? II a eu sept enfants.' 
Ou sont vos deux cousines ? Elles sont a l'eglise. 
Quelle est la hauteur (the height) Elle a 327 pieds de hauteur. 

de cette eglise ? 
Combien font 5 et 7 ? 5 et 7 font 12. 

Combien font I5et25? i5et25 font 40. 

Combien font 20, 35 et 45 ? 20 et 35 et 45 font cent. 
Combien font 6 fois 8? 6 fois 8 font 48. 

Combien font 12 fois 24 ? 12 fois 24 font 288. 

Quel age avez-vous ? J'ai quatorze ans. 

Quel age a votre sceur ? Elle a 18 ans. 

Combien de florins avez-vous J'ai recu 50 florins. * 

re^us de votre pere ? 
Combien de jours a uneannee ? Une ann£e a 365 jours et six 

heures. 



ORDINAL NUMBERS. 



71 



Combien de semaines font un Quatre semaines et deux ou trois 

mois ? jours font un mois. 

Combien de mois font une an- Douze mois font une ann6e. 

nee? 

Avez-vous ete a la chasse Oui, Monsieur, toute la journee 

hier ? {all day). 

Avez-vous tue beaucoup de Nous avons tue 35 lievres. 

lievres ? 

Charles a-t-il assez d'argent ? Oh, oui, il a 22 francs. 



XV. QUINZlfiME LEfON, 



the first. 



,, \ 



ORDINAL NUMBERS. 

1. Except le premier and le second, the ordinal numbers are 
formed from the cardinal by changing e mute into ieme ; and by 
adding this syllable to those which end in another letter. But 
cinq takes u before ieme (cinqnieme), and nenf changes the / into 
v (neuvieme). They are as follows : — 

Le premier \ 

la premiere ; 

le second, 

la seconde, )>the second. 

le, la deicxihne, 

le troisieme, the third. 

le quatrieme, the fourth. 

le cinquieme, the fifth. 

le sixieme, the sixth. 

le septieme, the seventh. 

le huitieme, the eighth. 

le neuvieme, the ninth. 

le dixieme, the tenth. 

le onzieme, the eleventh. 

le dotczieme, the twelfth. 

le treizieme, the thirteenth. 

le quatorzieme, the fourteenth. 

le quinzieme, the fifteenth. 



le seizieme, the 16th. 

le dix-septieme, the 17th. 

le dix-htiitieme, the 1 8th. 

le dix-neuvieme, the 19th. 

le vingtieme, the 20th. 

le vingt et unieme, the 21 st. 

le vingt-deuxieme, the 22d, etc. 

le trentieme, the 30th. 

le quarantieme, the 40th. 

le cinquantieme, the 50th. 

le soixantieme, the 60th. 

le soixante-dixieme, the 70th. 

le soixante-onzieme, the 71st. 

le soixante-douzieme, the 72d, etc 

le quatre-vingtieme, the 80th. 

le qnatre-vingt-unieme, the 8 1st. 

le quatre-vingt-dixihne, the 90th 

le centieme, the 100th. 



^2 XV. QUINZIEME LECON. 

le cent et unieme, the 101st. le six cent soixante-quinzieme, the 

le cent deuxihne, the I02d, etc. 675th. 

le cent vingtieme, the 120th. le millieme, the 1000th. 

le deux centihne, the 200th. le dernier, the last. 

2. Unieme is used only after vingt, trente, quarante, etc., as: 
Charles est le vingt et unieme de sa classe. 

3. Days of the month (except le premier and le dernier) are 
expressed by cardinal numbers, as : — 

The first of April, le premier avril. — But: 

The 2d, 3d, 4th, etc., of May, le deux, trois, quatre, etc., mai (or de mai.) 

The eleventh of March, le onze (without apostrophe) mars. 

The twentieth of June, le vingt juin. 

The question, " What day of the month is it to-day ? " is trans- 
lated literally, and also : Quel quantieme avo?is-nous aujourd } hui ? 
or, Quel jour du mois avons-nous ? 

The English "on the sixth," etc., is rendered in French, without prepo- 
sition, le six . Ex. : On the sixth of May, le six mai. 

4. Proper names of princes, etc., take in French the cardinal 
numbers without the article, except the first and sometimes the 
second, as : — 

Henri premier, Henry the first. 
Henri second or deux, Henry the second. 
Henri quatre, Henri the fourth. 
Louis quatorze, Louis the fourteenth. 
Note. The German Emperor, Charles V., bears in French the name of 
Charles-Quint, and the Pope Sixties V. that of Sixte- Quint. 

5. Numeral adverbs are formed from ordinal numbers by add- 
ing -ment or -ement to the final : — 

Premierement, firstly. Deuxiemement, secondly. Troisiemement, third- 
ly, etc. 

6. Fractional numbers are expressed by ordinal numbers, as 
in English, but only from five upwards, as : — 

Un cinquieme, a fifth. Un sixieme, a sixth. 

Un huitieme, an eighth. Un dixihne, a tenth. 

The others are as follows : — 

Half (adj.), demi. f. demie. The half, la moitie (noun). 

A third, un tiers. A quarter or fourth, tin quart. 

One pound and a half, une livre et demie. 



ORDINAL NUMBERS. 73 

7. The hours of the day or night are expressed thus : 

Two o'clock, detix heures. 

A quarter past two, deux heures et {tin) quart. 

Half past two, deux heures et demie. 

A quarter to three, trois heures moins un quart. 

At twelve o'clock (at noon), a midi. 

At twelve o'clock (midnight), a minuit. 

8. Proportional numbers which express a quantity multiplied, 



are: — 

Simple, simple. quadruple, fourfold. 

double, double, twofold. centuple, centuple, a hundred-fold. 

triple, triple, threefold. 

VOCABULARY. 

yanvier, January. Dimanche, Sunday. 

Fevrier, February. Lttndi, Monday. 

Mars, March. Afardi, Tuesday (and on Tuesday). 

Avril, April. Mercredi, Wednesday. 

Mai, May. yeudi, Thursday. 

yuin, June. Vendredi, Friday. 

yuillet, July. Samedi, Saturday. 

Aotit, August. le siecle, the century. 

Septembre, September. Pincendie, m. a fire, conflagration. 

Octobre, October. la parlie, the part, portion. 

Novembre, November. la place, the place. 

Decembre, December. la classe, the class. 

en Janvier, in January. a present, at present. 

nous vivons, we live. nume'ro, number (denoting order, as 
nombre, number. number of a house, of a rule, of a 

page). 

9. Rule for il and ce as expletive subjects of etre. In 
English, it, neuter personal pronoun, can be repeated often by 
demonstrative neuter pronoun that. Whenever that can replace 
it reasonably and logically, say ce j whenever that cannot do so, 
keep it, il. 

It rains — can you say that rains? No ; say il pleut. 

It is dangerous to fall. Yes, that is dangerous. II est dangereux de tim- 
ber. Oui, c'est dangereux. 

The clock is striking. What o'clock is that? Quelle heure est-ce? But 
you ask without referring to any particular hour : Quelle heure est-il? 



74 XV. QUINZIEME LE£ON. 

READING EXERCISE 15. 

Je suis dans ma soixante-douzieme annee. Charles est le pre- 
mier de sa classe. Louis est le neuvieme, Henry le dix-huitieme 
et Jules le dernier. Le pape (pope) Gregoire VII etait l'ennemi 
de Henri IV. Nous vivons dans le dix-neuvieme siecle. Ro- 
mulus fut le premier, Numa Pompilius le second roi de Rome. 
Pierre premier fut surnomme (was sumamed) le grand. Avril 
est le quatrieme, Juin le sixieme et Decembre le dernier mois de 
l'annee. La semaine est la cinquante-deuxieme partie de l'an- 
nee. Ma soeur Elisabeth est nee le vingt-huit juillet, mil huit 
cent trente-cinq. J'ai recu trois livres et demie de cafe et cinq 
livres et un quart de sucre. Charles XII etait roi de Suede. 
Le 27 (de) septembre 1829, un incendie detruisit (destroyed) d 
Constantinople 11,000 maisons; 700 personnes perirent (per- 
ished) dans les flammes. 

THEME 15. 
1. A month is the twelfth part of a year. 2. What day of the 
month is it to-day ? 3. It is the 24th [of] June. 4. I am the 
third, my cousin John the seventh. 5. January is the first, Feb 
ruary the second, March the third month of the year. 6. Na- 
poleon died at St. Helena (Sainte-Helbie) the 5th of May, 182 1. 
7. My grandmother is at present in her 78th year. 8. What 
o'clock (quelle heure) is it now ? It is four o'clock, or half past 
four. 9. Louis the Sixteenth, king of (de) France, was beheaded 
(futdecapite) at Paris the 2 1st of January, 1 793. 10. Frederick the 
Second was king of Prussia. 11. Peter the Great of Russia died 
at St. Petersburg (St. Petersbourg) the 8th of February, 1725, in 
the 53d year of his age.* 12. We have received 6j^ pounds of 
coffee, 1^ pounds of sugar, and 2^ pounds of tea. 

CONVERSATION. 

Quand etes vous-arrive ? Je suis arrive le premier juin. 

Quandavez-vousvu votremere? Hier a cinq heures. 

* Translate, in his 53d year. 



INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 



75 



Mademoiselle Sophie est-elle la 

premiere ou la deuxieme ? 
Quel age a-t-elle ? 
Dans quelle annee est-elle n6e ? 
Dans quel mois ? 
Quel jour ? 

De quel roi parlez-vous ? 
Quand mourut-il ? 
Quelle heure est-il ? 

A quelle heure etes-vous parti ? 

Quel quantieme avons-nous i 
aujourd-hui ? \ 

Combien d'aunesvoulez-vous ? 
Quand mourut Charlemagne ? 
Quel age a votre grand-pere ? 



Je crois {I think) qu'elle est la 

deuxieme. 
Elle a quinze ans. 
Elle est nee en 185 1. 
Au mois d'Octobre. 
Le onze. 

Nous parlons de Louis XVI. 
En 1793. 
II est sept heures et (un) quart 

ou sept heures et demie. 
Je suis parti a huit heures moins 

un quart. 
Nous avons le vingt-cinq. 
C'est le vingt-cinq. 
Donnez-moi seize auneset demie. 
II mourut en 814, le 28 Janvier. 
II est a, present dans sa quatre 

vingtieme annee. 



XVI. SEIZIEME LEfON. 



INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 



1. The Indefinite Adjectives precede the noun to which they 
belong, and agree with it in number and gender. They are 
sometimes used pronominally without a noun. They are as 
follows : — 



Chaque, m. and f. > n 

tout, f. toute, ( ever '' au# 



aucitn, e, 



nul, nulle, 
viaint, e, many a. 
quelque, some, any, 



not one, no. 



quelques, pi. some. 
certain, e, a certain. 
plusieurs, pi. m. and f. several. 
divers, f. -es, \ , ,■& . 

differents,L.tes, jpL different. 



7 6 XIV. SELZIEME LEgON. 

i 

Ex. Chaque maison, every house. quelques pommes, some apples. 

toute ville, every town. plusieurs ecoliers, several pupils. 

aucun pays, no country. certains mots, certain words. 

nulle regie, no rule. differentes entreprises, different enter- 
tnaint hoynme, many a man. prises. 

quelque argent, some money. 

2. Tout has the double meaning of every or any and all or 
whole ; in the latter case it is accompanied by an article or a 
possessive adjective. Toute ville (without article) signifies every 
town ; any man who shall pass, tout homme qui passera ; toute 
la ville means all the town or the whole town. The plural of 
tout is masc. tous, fem. toutes. Ex. : Tous les homines, all men ; 
toute s les lettres, all the letters ; tous ses enfants, all his children. 
Tout may be used as a pronoun. Ex. : I know all, je sais tout ; 
all know me, tous me connaissent. 

3. Aucun and nul can only be used of individual things, and 
answer to the English not one. They require the particle ne to 
be prefixed to the verb. (In most cases the English no is trans- 
lated/^/?/ de ox pas de.) Ex. : — 

ye it'ai aucune faute, I have not one mistake. 

ye n'ai pas de (ox point de) faute, I have no mistake. 

4. Quelconque, whatever, takes its place after the noun. Ex. 
Un livre qiielconque, a (any) book whatever. 

VOCABULARY. , 

Ve'pine, f. the thorn. mortel, -le, mortal. 

la chose, the thing. la fe?nme, the woman. 

le temps, time, weather. le motif, the motive. 

la nouvelle, the news. Pennemi, m. the enemy 

le nom, the name. rare, rare. 

lepaysau, the peasant. froid, e, cold. 

pretez, lend. le meme, the same. 

la faute, the fault, mistake. depuis, since. 

Verreur, f. the error. aime, loves. 

la version, the translation. quelque chose, something. 

READING EXERCISE 16. 
Nulle rose n'est sans epines. Notre maitre de musique donne 
chaque jour six lecons. Plusieurs personnes sont arrivees de 
Vienne. Dieu est le pere de tous les homines. Chaque age a 



INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 77 

ses plaisirs et ses chagrins. Tous les hommes sont mortels. 
Tout ce pays est pauvre. Toute chose a son temps. Je n'ai 
aucune nouvelle de mon frere. Je connais quelques families 
riches dans cette ville. Nous avons recu aujourd'hui diverses 
lettres. Plusieurs hommes ont le meme nom. Maint paysan 
est tres-pauvre. On a parle {spoken) de differentes entreprises. 
Pretez-moi quelques livres. 

THEME 16. 

1. Every child likes playing {le jeu). 2. Each town has a 
church. 3. You have several faults in your translation. 4. 
Every man is liable (sujet) to error. 5. My brother has found 
some pencils, whose (a qui) are they ? 6. The whole house was 
cold {froide). 7. All the houses of this town are very high 
(hautes). 8. I do not know the names of all animals. 9. John 
has lost several pens. 10. The king had different motives. 11. 
This father has lost all his children. 12. No rule without excep- 
tion {exception). 13. Certain books are not good for young peo- 
ple {lajeunesse). 14. I have not one enemy. 15. Every mother 
loves her children. 16. All the children love {aiment) their 
parents. 17. It is rare to (</') have several good friends. 

CONVERSATION. 

Ai-je des fautes dans ma ver- Oui, mon ami, vousavez plusieurs 

sion ? fautes. 

Quelles sont les fautes ? Les voici. 

Qui a dit cela {said so) ? Tous les enfants Font dit. 

Ou trouve-t-on cette plante ? On la (it) trouve dans tous les 

pays de l'Europe. 
A qui sont ces maisons? Toutes ces maisons sont a mon 

oncle. 
Quels motifs avez-vous eus ? Nous avons eu divers motifs. 
As-tu beaucoup de fautes ? Non M — , je n'ai aucune faute. 

Qui est mortel ? Tous les hommes sont mortels. 

A-t-elle trouve quelque chose ? Oui, elle a trouve une bourse. 



7 8 XVII. DIX-SEPTIZIEME LE£ON. 

Ou avez-vous ete la semaine J'ai ete dans plusieurs endroits 

derniere ? {places). 

A quoi {to what) les hommes lis sont sujets a l'erreur. 

sont-ils sujets ? 



XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LEfON. 

ADJECTIVES.— FORMATION OF THE FEMININE AND 
OF THE PLURAL. 

i. General rule. The feminine of adjectives is formed by 
adding an e to the masculine termination, if this does not end in 
e mute. Ex. : petit, small, little, fem. petite; joli, pretty, fem. 
jolie; applique, diligent, appliquee. 

2. Particular rules. Adjectives which end in e mute are 
alike in the masculine and feminine gender : facile, easy, fem. 
facile; sage, wise, fem. sage. 

3. Adjectives ending in el, eil, and 11, — further, monosyllables 
ending in s and /, double their final consonant before e mute of 
the feminine, as : cruel, cruel, fem. cruelle; pareil, like, such, 
fem. pareille; bon, good, fem. bonne; gros, big, fem. grosse; bas, 
low, fem. basse; sot, stupid, fem. sotte. 

4. Adjectives which end in /become feminine by changing/ 
into ve, as: vif quick, lively, f. vive; neuf, new, f. ?ieuve ; actif, 
active, f. active ; bref, short, f. breve. 

5. Adjectives ending in x, change this x into se, as: heicreux, 
happy, lucky, f. heureuse ; faloux, jealous, i.f abuse. 

6. Adjectives which end in er take in the feminine the grave 
accent, as: leger, light, f. legere ; so do these five in et: complet, 
disc ret, secret, replet, concret, (fem.) co?uplete. All others in et 
make the feminine by doubling the / and adding e mute, as: 
tnuet, muete, (fem.) nuiette. Those in gu have gue in the fem. to 



ADJECTIVES. 79 

preserve the sound of u (see page T7, Excep.), as : aigu, acute, 
f. aigue. 

7. Of the adjectives ending in c, three change the c into che, 
viz.: blanc, white, f. blanche ; franc, frank, f. franc he j sec, dry, 
f. seche. 

The others ending in c suppress the c and take -que, as : Turc, 
Turkish, f. tnrqne ; public, public, f. publique ; frail, caduc, f. ca- 
duque. The sole exception is Grec, Greek, grecque. 

8. The following adjectives do not quite agree with the fore- 
going rules : — 

Long, long, f. longue. expres, express, f. expresse. 

frais, fresh, f. fraiche. muet, dumb, mute, f. muette. 

epais, thick, f. epaisse. stijet, subject, f. sujette. 

doux, sweet, soft, f. douce. malin, wicked, f. maligne. 

faux, false, f. fausse. benin, benign, f. benigne. 

9. The following are more irregular in the formation of their 
feminine, as : — 

Beau {be I), beautiful, f. belle. 

nouveau {nouvel), new, f. nouvelle. 

mou {mo I), soft, f. molle. 

fou {fol), mad, foolish, f. folle. 

vieux {vieil), old, f.' vieille. 
Note. The forms in parentheses, bel, nouvel, etc., are used before mascu- 
line nouns beginning with a vowel or h mute, as : un bel arbre, a fine tree ; 
un nouvel ordre, a new order; tin fol espoir, a mad, wild hope. 

10. The rules given for the plural of substantives apply also 
to adjectives. Ex. : — 

Grand, f. grande; plur. grands, f. grandes. 
applique, f. appliquee; plur. appliques, f. appliqtiees. 
gras, f. grasse, fat ; plur. gras, f. grasses, 
royal, f. royale, royal; plur. royaux, f. royales. 
beau, f. belle, beautiful ; plur. beaux, f. belles, 
vieux, f. vieille, old, plur. vieux, f. vieilles. 
Fou, mou, and bleu make in the plural fous, mous, and bleus. 

u. The adjective must agree in gender and number with the 
substantive which it qualifies, as : — 

La grande maison, the large house. 

La maison est grande, the house is laree. 



8o XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

Lajolie rose, the pretty rose. 

Ces roses sont tres-jolies, these roses are very pretty. 
The adjective is more frequently used substantively in French than in 
English. Ex. Le paresseux, the lazy (one). 

VOCABULARY. 

La medecine, the medicine. agreable, agreeable. 

Vivoire, m. ivory. amer, amere, bitter. 

la violette, the violet. mur, e, ripe. 

la montagne, the mountain. aimable, amiable. 

la liberie, liberty. inwiorlel, -le, immortal. 

la robe, the dress, gown. cher, chere, dear. 

Vherbe, f. the grass. obeissant, e, obedient. 

vrai, e, true. precieux, -se, precious. 

la voix, the voice. corps, m. body. 

utile, useful. oie, f. goose. 

READING EXERCISE 17. 

Cet arbre est tres-gros. Void deux grOs arbres. La mede- 
cine n'etait pas bonne; elle etait tres-amere. Nos enfants sont 
heureux. Vos filles ne sont pas heureuses ; elles sont tres-mal- 
heureuses. Vous seriez aimable, si (if) vous etiez appliquee. 
Void une tres-jolie maison, elle est encore neuve. Cette eglise 
est vieille. Vos chevaux sont vieux. Les chateaux royaux sont 
tres-beaux. Les dents longues et blanches de l'elephant fournis- 
sent (furnish) l'ivoire. La fille de notre voisin est muette. lis 
ne sont pas obeissants. J'avais une oie qui (which) etait grosse 
et grasse. 

THEME 17. 
i. The rose is pretty; the violets are also pretty. 2. My room 
is small ; your house is large. 3. This news is not true. 4. My 
father is good ; my mother is also good. 5. These geese are big 
and fat. 6. What beautiful houses ! 7. Henry's books are useful 
and agreeable. 8. Your windows are very small and low. 9. 
My body is mortal, but my soul is immortal. 10. Our town is 
very old. 1 1 . Her sister is not handsome. 12. This house is well 
situated (bien siluee). 13. This apple is not ripe, but these pears 
are too (trop) ripe. 14. Is this butter fresh ? 15. The grass is 



ADJECTIVES. 8 1 

very thick. 16. Ivory is-white; my teeth are not sO (si) white. 
17. Her voice is very sweet. 18. I have received a long letter 
from my father. 19. What a foolish (§ 9, Note) hope ! 20. That 
medicine was very bitter. 2 1 . Louisa's dress is beautiful, but her 
bonnet is not very beautiful. 22. My shoes are very old. 23. 
The leaf is dry. 24. My mother is happy ; my sisters are also hap- 
py. 25. Your letter was too short. 26 That girl is very foolish 
and idle. 

CONVERSATION. 

L'ame de l'homme est elle mor- Non, elle est immortelle. 

telle ? 
Qui est malade chez vous ? C'est ma tante qui est malade. 

Prend-elle {does she take) de la Oui M — , elle prend une mede- 

medecine ? cine tres-amere. 

Qui est arrive ? Mon oncle Richard. 

A-t-il apporte quelque chose ? II a apporte un bel oiseau, un 

perroquet (parrot). 
Iites-vous heureux ? Oh ! non, nous sommes malheu- 

reux ? 
Comment trouvez-vous (how do Je la trouve tres-belle. 

you like) cette rose ? 
Votre robe est-elle vieille ou Elle n'est pas vieille; elle est 

neuve ? toute neuve. 

Notre version est-elle longue ? Noa, elle n'est pas bien longue. 
Comment trouvez-vous ces deux lis sont tres-paresseux. 

ecoliers ? 
Sont-ils obeissants ? Non M — , ils ne sont pas obeis- 

sants. 
Avez-vous perdu quelque Oui Monsieur, j'ai perdu ma 

chose ? vieille casquette (cap). 



8 2 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LEfON. 

XVIII. DIX-HUITI£ME LEfON. 



THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 

i. General rule. Adjectives generally follow their 

NOUNS. 

2. Particular rules. The following generally precede the 
substantive : 

Beatc, fine. me'chant, wicked. 

bon, good. meilleur, better. 

grand, great, large. moindre, less, least. 

gros, big. petit, little. 

jeune, young. saint, holy. 

mauvais, bad. vieux, old. vrai, true. 

Ex. : — Un beau pays, a fine country. 

Une grande ville, a large town or city. 

Un- jeune lion, a young lion. 

Un mauvais lit, a bad bed. 

Un meilleur avis, a better advice. 

Un vieux soldat, an old soldier, etc. 

Note. Grand is placed after its noun, when it signifies tall : un hommc 
grand, a tall man. 

N. B. It is to be observed, that substantives preceded by an adjective, 
when used in the partitive sense, take only de before them, instead of du, de 
la or des. (See L. v., 4.) Ex. : De bon vin, (some) good wine; de belles 
fieurs, beautiful flowers. 

Note. Exceptions to this rule are : du bon sens, good sense ; des jeunes 
gens, young men ; des pe tits pois, green peas ; and other expressions in which 
the noun and adjective form really but one compound word. 

3. Monosyllabic adjectives, except those denoting some phys- 
ical property (color, taste, form, etc.), precede the noun. Ex. : 
Un long discou?s, un fol amour. 

4. Adjectives qualifying a noun followed by a limiting phrase 
or clause, precede the noun. Ex. : Uhmnortel auteur du Paradis 
perdu. 



THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 83 

5. Many adjectives when taken in their literal sense, follow, 
and when taken figuratively, precede the substantive, as : — 

FIGURATIVELY. LITERALLY. 

Une tendre amitie, a tender friend- De la viande tendre, tender meat. 

ship. 
mon pauvre enfant, my poor child. un enfant pauvre, a poor (indigent) 

child. 
un prof ond silence, a deep silence. un fosse prof ond, a deep ditch. 

6. Many adjectives take their place sometimes before, some- 
times after the noun, without changing their signification, simply 
for the sake of euphony or stress. This is mostly to be seen 
when the adjective is preceded by the definite article or by ce, 
cette. We say, for instance : une verite affreuse, a frightful truth, 
but, \affreuse or cette affreuse verite : 

V inflexible durete de± riches. 

The inflexible hardness of the rich. 

Cette affligeante nouvelle se repandit dans la ville. 

This afflicting news spread (soon) in the town. 

7. Some adjectives have a different meaning, according as they 
stand before or after their noui>: — 

Mon cher ami, my dear friend (de- Un livre cher, a dear book (denoting 

noting affection). the price. Colloquial). 

un brave homnie, a worthy man. un homme brave, a brave (courageous) 

man. 
un honnete hamme, an honest man. un homme honnete, a civil or polite 

man. (Ironical. In earnest, since 
the last century, un homnie poli.) 
la dernih'e-annee, the last year (of a Vannie dernitre, last year (the past 
certain space of time).* year.) 

VOCABULARY. 

Le soldat, the soldier. ame'ricain, e, American. 

les gens, people. simple, simple. 

* The distinction may be observed by using the article in full (which it cannot be if annde 
follows it) wherever the article is used in English. For instance : He spent the last year of 
his life in Paris, il passu la demiere anne"e de sa vie a Paris. 



84 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

attentif, -ve, attentive. ?nodeste, modest. 

vert, e, green. vertueux, -se, virtuous. 

bleu, e, blue. laborieux, -se, laborious. 

aveugle, blind. nature I, -le, natural. 

la musique, the music. le sentiment, the sentiment. 

noir, e, black, rond, round. lafume'e, the smoke. 

romain, e, Roman. incroyable, incredible. 

Parme'e, f. the army. P application, f. the application. 

le malheur, misfortune. dejd, already. 

le vaisscau, the vessel. nuisible, hurtful. 

Note. Adjectives denoting nationality are not written with a capital. 
Ex. : La langue frangaise. 

READING EXERCISE 18. 

J'ai des raisins doux. Ce sont des jeunes gens attentifs. La 
couleur verte est la couleur de la nature. Notre voisin a un 
habit bleu et une casquette rouge. Voici une jeune fille aveugle. 
Voulez-vous cette petite boite ? Elle a recu une lettre amusante 
de sa vieille (old) cousine. Avez-vous de bonne encre ? J'aime 
la musique italienne. Voici deux aunes de drap vert et quatre 
aunes de drap noir. Les soldats romains etaient tres-braves. 
Un ete sec est tres-nuisible aux plantes. Mon maitre de musique 
est un brave homme. Voici de grands vaisseaux americains. 
Les colibris (humming birds) sont de beaux petits oiseaux. J'aime 
les jeunes filles douces, simples et modestes. 

THEME 18. 

i. France is a fine country. 2. We have a large house. 3. 
Henry has a bad pen. 4. My aunt is a virtuous woman. 5. She 
is also very active and laborious. 6. Frank is an attentive boy. 
7. Miss B. is an amiable young lady. 8. Is Mr. A. a polite man ? 
9. Yes, he is very polite. 10. The wasp (la guepe) is a hurtful in- 
sect. 11. Our neighbor has three small horses. 12. This is a 
natural sentiment. 13. The young man studies (etudie) with (an) 
incredible application. 14. I have bought a round table. 15. 
Give me some red paper and four black pencils. 16. Yesterday 
we had an easy translation, but our exercise for to-morrow is diffi- 
cult. 17. I like the blue sky, (the) high trees and (the) green fields 



THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 85 

18. Have you ripe pears ? 19. No, sir, the pears are not yet 
(pas encore) ripe, but we have ripe cherries. 20. Italian music 
is very agreeable. 21. The French soldiers under Napoleon the 
first were very brave. 22. Here are beautiful flowers and beau- 
tiful fruit (//.). 23. The English have large vessels. 24. The 
rose and (the) lily are beautiful flowers. 

CONVERSATION. 

Avez-vous des noix mures ? Elles ne sont pas encore mures. 

Quand seront-elles mures ? Dans huit jours. 

Aimez - vous la musique alle- J'aime mieux {better) la musique 

mande ? italienne. 

Ce marchand a-t-il de bon Son beurre n'est pas frais, mais 

beurre ? sa creme {cream) est fraiche. 

Comment trouvez-vous ces lis sont tres-beaux. 

jeunes lions ? 
Votre theme est-il difficile ? Non, Monsieur, il est facile. 
Combien coute cet habit ? II coute cent francs. C'est un 

habit cher. 
Ou est mon cher ami Lucien ? II est alle au concert. 
A qui est ce livre amusant ? II est a mon oncle. 
Qui a perdu une casquette C'est Jules qui Fa perdue. 

rouge ? 
Avez-vous de bon pain et du Voici un gros morceau de pain 

fromage ? et du fromage. 



86 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEfON. 

XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEfON. 

DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 

i. The comparative is formed by placing the adverb plus, 
more, before an adjective. The superlative by placing the arti- 
cle before the comparative, as : 

Haut, e, high ; comp. plus haitt, higher ; sup. le plus haut, the highest ; 
fern, haute, comp. plus hatite, sup. la plus haute. 

Mauvais, e, bad ; comp. plus mauvais, e, worse ; sup. le plus mauvais, f. 
la plus mauvaise, the worst. 

Rem. When a possessive adjective is placed before the superlative, the 
article le, la, les, is dropped, as : Mon plus jeune frere, my youngest 
brother. 

2. There is in French also a lower and lowest degree which is 
effected by the words mains, less, for the comparative degree, and 
le moins, f. la moi?is, the least, for the superlative, as : 

Cruel, -le, cruel ; comp. ?7ioins cruel, f. moins cruelle, less cruel or not so 
cruel j sup. le moins cruel, f. la moins cruelle, the least cruel. 

3. The following adjectives have an irregular comparison : ' 

Bon, f. bonne, good ; comp. meilleur, e, better ; sup. le meilleur, f. la 
meillettre, the best. 

{Mauvais, e, in the sense of wicked), comp. pire, worse; sup. le pire y f. 
la pire, the worst. 

{Petit, e, ) ; comp. moindre, less ; sup. le moindre, f. la ??windre, the 
least. 

Petit and mauvais are also regular. 

4. As before an adjective is rendered aussi ; as after it, and 
than are both translated que. Ex. : — // est aussi heureux que moi, 
he is as happy as I am. Charles est phts fort que son frere, 
Charles is stronger than his brother. 

5. /;/ after a superlative and before the name of a place is ren- 
dered by de and not by dans. Ex. : Les plus belles eglises de 
Paris, the finest churches in Paris. 



DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 87 

VOCABULARY. 

La Hollande, Holland. fort, e, strong. 

Vabeille, f. the bee. chaud, Warm. 

le metal, the metal. encore, still. 

V elephant, the elephant. toujours, always. 

fidele, faithful. Vautre, the other. 
peuple, e, peopled, populous. le matin, the morning. 

le pays, the country. le soir, the evening. 

pesant, e, heavy. court, short. 



READING EXERCISE 19. 

L'Europe est plus petite que l'Asie. L'Allemagne est plus fer- 
tile que la Hollande. L'abeille est l'insecte le plus utile. L'or 
est le metal le plus pesant. Ta robe est moins belle que la robe 
de ta soeur. Monsieur S. est une homme tres-fort. Son frere 
aine {elder) est encore plus fort ; c'est l'homme le plus fort que 
(that) je connaisse. L'elephant est le plus grand de tous les 
animaux terrestres. Les livres d'Emilie sont plus amusants que 
les notres (ours). Les chats sont moins fiideles que les chiens. 
Ces pommes-ci sont meilleures que vos poires. Les notres sont 
les meilleures. Votre tante est plus laboneuse que sa fille. 
Londres et Paris sont les villes les plus grandes et les plus peu- 
plees de 1' Europe. 



THEME 19. 

1. The coffee was warm; the tea was still warmer. 2. This 
church is higher than the other. 3. Mary is the happiest girl in 
the world. 4. She is prettier than Louisa; she is the prettiest of 
the sisters. 5. This house is not so (si) old as (que) the other. 6 # 
This mountain is very high, higher than all the other mountains of 
this country. 7. The 22d (of) June is the longest, and the 22d of 
December the shortest day of the year. 8. The rose is the finest 
of all (the) flowers. 9. This wine is worse than water. 10. 
Have you any (de) better wine ? 11. Yes, the red wine is better. 
12. My wine is the best. 13. John is my best friend. 



gg XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 

CONVERSATION. 

Mademoiselle Marie, etes-vous Oh ! oui, je suis tres-heureuse, 

heureuse ? plus heureuse que ma sceur. 

Votre voisin est-il malheureux ? II est moins malheureux que son 

frere qui est en Amerique. 
Quel est le metal le plus utile ? C'est le fer. 
Quels metaux sont les plus pe- L'or, le platine et le plomb sont 

sants ? les plus pesants. 

Quelle est la plus attentive de C'est Madeleine, la fille de Mon- 

toutes vos ecolieres ? sieur B. 

Quel est le plus fort des ani- C'est l'elephant; c'est le plus 

maux terrestres. grand et le plus fort de tous 

les animaux terrestres. 
Quel est le mois le plus froid C'est le mois de Janvier. 

de Pannee ? 
Votre robe est-elle aussi belle Non, elle est moins belle. . 

que la robe de Julie ? 
Le tigre est-il cruel ? Oui, c'est le plus cruel de tous 

les animaux. 
Ou trouve-t-on le meilleur fer ? Le meilleur fer se trouve (is 

found) en Suede. 



XX. VINGTIEME LEfON. 



REGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CONJUGATION — DONJTER. 



I. There are in French three regular conjugations, viz. : in er, ir, and re. 
Verbs in -oir belong to the irregular ones, as their root undergoes manifold 
changes.* The infinitive mood is to be considered as the radical part or 

* Only six other verbs are conjugated like recevoir, which is often given as the rnodel of 
one conjugation. They will be found L. xliv, p. 189. 



REGULAR VERBS. 89 

ground-form on which the conjugation depends. What precedes the ter- 
mination er, ir, or re, is the root, which, with regular verbs, always remains 
unaltered. To this are added the different terminations, by which persons, 
tenses, and moods are distinguished, and which are common to all the verbs 
of that same conjugation. 

FORMATION OF THE TENSES OF REGULAR VERBS. 

2. There are primitive tenses and derived tenses. The primitive tenses 
are: the infinitive, the participle present, the past participle, the present in- 
dicative, the preterite. 

3. From the present infinitive are formed : the future, by adding ai, and 
the conditional, by adding ais, as : Inf. donner : Fut. je donnerai, and 
Cond. je donnerais ; finir : Fut. je finirai, Cond. je finirais. In the third 
conjugation the final e is dropped: vendre : Fut. je vendrai, Cond. je ven- 
drais. 

4. From the participle present are formed : the present of the subjunctive, 
by changing ant into e, as: donnant: que je donne ; finissant : que je 
finisse ; vendant: que je vende ; and the Imperfect Indicative by changing 
ant into ais, as : finissant ; je finis sais, etc. 

5. With the participle past are formed all the compound tenses, by means 
of the auxiliaries avoir or etre, as : Part, past : donne', fini, vendu — / j'ai 
donne, j'avais fini, j'aurai vendu, etc. 

6. From the present of 'the indicative, viz. : from the 1st person singular 
and the 1st and 2d persons plural, the imperative is formed, by suppressing 
the pronounsy>, nous, vous, as : donne (give), donnons, donnez ; finis, (fin- 
ish), finissons, finissez, etc. 

7. From the preterite second person singular is formed the subjicnctive 
imperfect, by adding se. Ex.: tic donnas: que je donnasse ; tu finis : que 
je finisse; tu vend is: que je vendisse. 



CONJUGATION OF DONNER, TO GIVE* 

INDICATIVE. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Je donne, I give. nous donnons, we give. 

tu donnes, thou givest. vous donnez, you give. 

il donne, he gives. ils donnent, 1 

elle donne, she gives. elles donnent, \ ie ^ & we ' 



9 o XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 

IMPERFECT. 

Je donnais, I gave or was giving, nous donnions, we gave. 
tu donnais, thou gavest. vous donniez, you gave. 

il donnait, he gave. ils donnaient, they gave. 

PRETERITE. 

Je donnai, I gave or did give. nous donnames, we gave. 
tu donnas, thou gavest. vous donnates, you gave. 

il donna, &? gave. ils donnerent, Mg> ^. 

FUTURE. 

Je donnerai, I shall give. nous donnerons, we shall give. 

tu donneras, thou wilt give. vous donnerez, jw/ will give. 

il donnera, /2<? will give. ils donneront, //2<?y will give. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je donnerais, I should give. nous donnerions, w<f should give. 

tu donnerais, etc. vous donneriez, etc. 

il donnerait, etc. ils donneraient, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Donne, give. donnons, let us give. 

(donnes-en),* give (of it). donnez give. 

INFINITIVE. 

Donner, to give. (de or a donner), to give. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

Que je donne, that I (may) give, que nous donnions, that we (may) 
que tu donnes, etc. que vous donniez, etc. [give. 

qu'il donne, etc. qu'ils donnent, etc. 

* Any verb having e mute at the second person singular Imperative takes an s when fol- 
lowed by en (of it, of them, some) or^ (to or of it, to them). Ex. : offres-en, offer some; 
penses-y, think of it. 



REGULAR VERBS. 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je donnasse, that I [might) que nous donnassions. 
que tu donnasses, etc. [give, que vous donnassiez. 
qu'il donnat, etc. qu'ils donnassent. 

PARTICIPLES. 
PRESENT. PAST. 

Donnant, giving. Donne, f. donnee, given. 



(en donnant), by or in giving, etc. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 

In active verbs these are formed with the Part, past and the auxiliary avoir, 
to have. 



INFINITIVE. 

Avoir donne, to have given. 

INDICATIVE. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

J'ai donne, I have given. 

tu as donne, thou hast given. 

il a donne, he has given. 

nous avons donne, we have given, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

J'avais donne, I had given, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 

J'eus donne, / had given, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

J'aurai donn£, / shall have given, etc. 



J'aurais donne, 
J'eusse donne, 



CONDITIONAL. 

I should have given. 



92 XX. VLNGTIEME LE£ON. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Que j'aie donne, that I {may) have given, etc. 

Que tu aies donne, that thou {mayest) have given, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse donne, that I {might) have given, etc. 

PARTICIPLE. 

Ayant donne, e, having given. 
R.EMAR& I. There is but one way to render the expressions; I give, I do 
give, I am giving, viz.: je donne: — I was giving ; je donnais, etc. 

2. In the interrogative and negative form the auxiliary do is not expressed. 
(See also the nth Lesson, 4). Ex. : 

PRESENT. 

INTERROGATIVELY. 

Est-ce que je donne, do I give? donnons-nous, do we give? 

donnes-tu, dost thou give ? donnez-vous, do you give? 

donne-t-il, does he give ? donnent-ils, > 

donne-t-elle, does she give? donnent-elles, \ ° e y S ive • 

NEGATIVELY. 

Je ne donne pas, / do not give. 

tu ne donnes pas, thou dost not give. 

il ne donne pas, he does not give, etc. 

NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE. 

Est-ce que je ne donne pas, do I not give? 
ne donnes-tu pas, dost thou not give? 
ne donne-t-il pas, does he not give? 

3. The forms donne je (acute on the e), donnais-je, donnai-je, are little 
used except in poetry and in studied prose ; they are replaced by est-ce que 
(is it that) prefixed to the common form, as : est-ce que je donne, do I give; 
est-ce que je donnais, did I give (was I giving), etc. The future and condi- 
tional donnerai-je, donnerais-je are more common, though est-ce que may be 
used in all cases to form an interrogation, especially in common conversa- 
tion, as ; est-ce que je donnerai, shall I give ; est-ce quHl donne, does he give; 
est-ce que vous-donnez, est-ce que tu ne donnes pas, etc. 



REGULAR VERBS. 93 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT 



Ai-je donne ? as-tu donne ? a-t-il donne" ? etc. 
Je n'ai pas donne, tu n'as pas donne, etc. 
N'ai-je pas donne ? n'as-tu pas donne ? etc. 
Conjugate in the same manner : parler, to speak; - porter, to carry, to take; 
admirer, to admire ; aimer, to love, etc. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le prochain, the neighbor. magnifique, magnificent. 

apportei% to bring, to take. manger, to eat. 

tomber, to fall. chercher, to look for. 

Vescalier, m. the stairs. trouver, to find. 

la sante\ health. penser, to think. 

le cceur, the heart. jouer, to play, pleurer, to cry. 

le canif, the penknife. arriver, to arrive. 

les gens, the people. prier, to pray. 

la chasse, the chase. Vautre, the other. 

le chasseur, the hunter. pas encore, not yet. 

la poste, the post-office. 

READING EXERCISE 20. 

Aimez Dieu et votre prochain. Les parents aiment leurs en- 
fants. Portez cette lettre a la poste. Tu porteras cette robe a 
ta sceur. J'apporterai ces livres a mon maitre. Apportez-lui 
(/«///) aussi cette boite. L'enfant tomba de l'escalier. J'ai pense 
a mon ami. Pensez a votre cousin. Jouons. Nous cherchions 
longtemps votre chien. Vous ne le {Jiini) trouverez pas. Les 
jeunes gens parlaient souvent de leurs amis. Les chasseurs par- 
lerent de la chasse. Tu ne mangeras pas cette poire-ci; elle 
n'est pas mure. Qui a mange Fautre ? N'admirez-vous pas 
cette magnifique couleur ? 

THEME 20. 

i. I love my father. 2. Thou lovest thy mother. 3. He loves 
his sister. 4. We love our parents. 5. Do you like flowers ? 
6. I give an apple to my brother- 7. We were speaking of your 
aunt. 8. I admired the beautiful palace of the king. 9. We 
played yesterday. 10. The child cried. 11. The children cried. 



o 4 XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 

12. The boy will look for his copy-book. 13. The boys will look 
for their copy-books. 14. I have found my knife. 15. Have you 
found your gloves? 16. We have not found our gloves. 17. 
Play, my child. 18. Eat these apples. 19. Do not eat these 
pears; they are not ripe. 20. She would fall. 21. We should ad- 
mire your garden. 22. They would have eaten some bread and 
butter. 23. I think that our friends will arrive to-day. 24. They 
will arrive to-morrow. 25. Will you take this letter to the post- 
office? 26. Pray to God every morning and every evening. 27. 
Why do you cry ? 28. Why have you not brought your money ? 
29. I have not brought my purse. 



CONVERSATION. 

Avez-vous cherch6 votre mon- Je la (it) cherche encore. 

tre d'or ? 
Qu'avez-vous apporte ? J'ai apporte les gants de Made- 

moiselle Mathilde. 
Voulez-vous (will you) manger J'ai deja mange un gros morceau 

du pain ? de pain. 

Votre mere parle-t-elle fran- Oui, elle parle francais et anglais. 

cais? 
Quel commandement Jesus- II a dit: Aimez Dieu et votre 

Christ a-t-il donne ? prochain. 

Qui est notre prochain ? Tous les homines. 

Qui portera cette lettre a la Ce sera Theodore. 

poste, Antoine ou Theodore ? 
Qu'apporte le chasseur ? II apporte deux lievres. 

Avez-vous aussi 6te a la chasse ? Oui Monsieur, nous avons ete a 

la chasse hier. 
A quoi pensez-vous ? Je pense a mon theme francais. 

A quel jeu jouerons-nous de- Nous jouerons a la balle (ball). 

main? 
Que cherchez-vous ? Je cherche mes gants. 

Qu'admirez-vous la ? Nous admirons ce magnifique 

vaisseau anglais. 



REGULAR VERBS. 



95 



READING LESSON. 



LE CHAMEAU ET LE CHAT. 



Le chat au chameau. Soyez le bien-venu, mon frere. 

Le chameau. Comment, moi (/) ton frere ! 

Le chat. Oui, certes. Voyez un peu (see a little) : ne puis-je 
pas [cannot I) faire une aussi jolie bosse que vous ? 

Le chameau. Cela peut (can) etre ; mais peut-elle aussi porter 
autant que la mienne (mine) ? 

Le chat. Le sotte demande ! donnez-moi seulement (only) 
votre petit paquet, je le porterai, comme si ce n'etait rien. 

Le chameau. Mais penses-y bien : n'est-il pas trop gros pour 
toi (you) ? 

Le chat. Ah ! quel conte ! donnez-moi, vous dis-je, donnez. 

Le chameau. C'est bien ; approche un peu, le voila. 

Le chat. Ah ! quelle charge ! je suis ecrase ! a^^-*-- 

Le chameau. Tu as ce que (what) \m merites! 

Celui qui veut entreprendre de grandes choses, doit (must) au- 
paravant eprouver ses forces. 



Le chameau, the camel. 
le chat, the cat. 
le bien-venu, e, welcome. 
comment, how. 
certes, to be sure. 
faire, to make. 
tine bosse, a hump. 
la demande, the question. 
le paquet, the pack. 
comme si, as if. 



y, of it (to it). 
le conte, the tale. 
approcher, approach. 
la charge, the weight. 
ecrase, crushed. 
meriter, to deserve. 
entreprendre, to undertake 
auparavant, before. 
eprouver, to try. 
la force, the strength. 



9 6 XXI VINGT ET UNIEME LECON. 

XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LEfON, 



REMARKS ON THE ORTHOGRAPHY OF SOME VERBS 
OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 

Some regular verbs in -er are, for the sake of euphony, liable to the follow- 
ing modifications : 

1. Some verbs ending in -ter, as : jeter, to throw ; rejeter, to throw back; 
and those polysyllabic verbs ending in -eler, as : oppeler, to call ; renouveler, 
to renew, etc. ; double the t or /, when they are followed by an e mute. 

This is the case in some persons of the Present, Future, and Imperative, 
viz. : 

PRESENT. IMPERATIVE. FUTURE. 

Je je#e — nous jetons. Je//e. Je jetferai. 

tuje#es — vous jetez. //.jetons. tuje#eras. 

ilje#e — ils je#ent. jetez. etc. 

J'appe//e — nous appelons. Appe//e. J'appe/Zerai. 

tu appe//es — vous appelez. pi. appelons. tu appe//eras. 

il appe//e — ils appe//ent. appelez. etc. 

Except the verb acheter, to buy, and a few others that seldom occur, which 
never double the t, but take the grave accent e : 

Pres. J'achete, tu achetes, il achete, nous achetons, vous achetez, ils 
ache tent. 

Fut. J'acheterai. Imper. achete,//. achetez. 

2. Dissyllabic verbs ending in -eler, as : gelcr, to freeze, and all others 
that have an e mute in the last syllable but one, such as : sewer, to sow ; 
mener, to lead ; lever, to lift up, take the grave accent e, when the final con- 
sonant of the root is followed by an e mute : 

Infinitive : Me?ier, to lead, to conduct. 

Pres. Je mene, tu menes, il mene, nous mmons, vous mmez, ils menent. 

Imperf. Je m^nais, tu m^nais. 

Fut. Je menerai, tu menaras. Imp. mene, m<?nons, m<?nez. 

The same change takes place with those verbs which have / in the last 
syllable but one. They, however, retain the / in the Future and Condi- 
tional. 



ORTHOGRAPHY OF SOME VERBS. 97 

Infinitive : Esperer, to hope. 

Pres. J'esp^re, tu esp^res, il esp<?re, nous esperons, vous esperez, ils es- 
p<?rent. Imperf. J'esperais. 

Imper. Esprre, esperons, esperez. Fut. J'espererai. 
Verbs in e'ger retain the e, as : je protege. 

3. In verbs ending in -ger, as : juger, to judge; partager, to share, divide, 
the e is retained in those tenses where g is followed by the vowels a or o, in 
order to give the g the same soft sound as in all other tenses and persons. 
Ex.:— 

Infinitive : Manger, to eat. 

Pres. Je mange ; pi. nous mangrons. P. pr. Mangrant. 

Imp/. Je mangrais, tu mang^ais, il mangrait, nous mangions, vous man- 
giez, ils mang^aient. 

Pret. Je mang^ai, tu mang^as, il mang^a, nous mangrames, vous man- 
grates, ils mangerent. Imp. Mangions. 

4. In verbs ending in -cer, as : commencer, to begin, a cedilla must be 
placed under the c, when this letter is followed by a or 0. Ex. : — 

Infinitive : Placer, to place. 

Pres. Je place, tu places, etc. ; pi. nous pla/ons, etc. 
Imp/. Je plafais, tu plarcais, il plapa.it, nous placions, vous placiez, ils 
pla/raient. Imper. Pkfons, etc. 

Pret. Je pla/rai, tu pla/as, il pla^ra, nous plapimes, etc. 

5. Verbs ending in -ayer, -oyer, -ayer change the y into i, whenever the 
letter y would be immediately followed by an e mute. Such are : — 

Payer, to pay. employer, to employ. 

effrayer, to frighten. essuyer, to wipe. 

Those in eyer keep the y. 

Pres-. Je paze, tu paz'es, il pa/e ; pi. nous payons, vous payez, ils paz'ent. 
Part. pr. Payant. 
J'emploie, tu emploies, il emploie ; pi. nous employons, vous em- 

ployez, ils emploient. P. pr. Employant. 
J'essuie, tu essuies, etc. ; pi. ila essuient. 
Imp/. Je payais, etc. ; pi. nous payions, vous payiez, etc. 
J'employais, etc. ; //. nous employions, etc. 
J'essuyais, etc. ; //. nous essuyions, etc. 
Fut. Je paierai, etc.; j'emploierai, etc.; j'essuierai, etc. 
I??iper. Paie— payez. Emploie — employez. Essuie— essuyez. 

6. Verbs which in the Infinitive end in -ier, as : prier, to pray ; crier, to 
cry, are in some cases spelled with a double ii. This takes place in the 1st 



9 8 XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LE£ON. 

and 2d persons plural of the Imperfect of the Indicative, and of the Present 
of the Subjunctive : — 

Infinitive : Oublier, to forget. 

Ind. Imperf. pi. nous oublz'/ons, vous oubh'/ez, ils oubliaient. 
Subj. Pres. pi. que nous przzons, que vous pr/z'ez, etc. 

VOCABULARY. 

La vertu, virtue. la force, strength. 

la beaute, beauty. le bruit, the noise. 

prefe'rer, to prefer. la servante, the servant. 

Pamitie, f. friendship. la chambre, the room. 

le vent, the wind. le chemin, the way, road. 

la pluie, the rain. nettoyer, to clean. 

la terre, the earth. la pierre, the stone. 
elever, to bring up, to educate. la cuisiniere, the cook. 

secher, to dry. posseder, to possess. 

Men, well. le jardinier, the gardener. 

READING EXERCISE 21. 

Le sage prefere la vertu a la beaute. L'amitie se paie {is paid) 
par l'amitie. Les parents eleven t leurs enfants. 11 gelera cette 
nuit. II a gele. Elle achete un livre. Les vents sechent la 
terre trempee {wet) par la pluie. Nous achetons des fruits. 
Vous acheteriez cette maison, si elle n'etait pas si chere. Appelez 
Jean. Nous partageons avec nos amis tout ce que {all that) 
nous avons. Ce jeune homme emploie bien son temps. Nous 
emploierons toutes nos forces. Cela m'effraie. Ce bruit m'a 
effraye. La servante nettoie les chambres. Les maitres aiment 
les ecoliers qui emploient bien leur temps. 

THEME 21. 
i. The boy throws a stone. 2. You always throw (throw al- 
ways) stones. 3. Call thy brother. 4. Call the servant. 5. I 
shall call John. 6. The cook buys eggs. 7. I buy a horse. 8. 
My father will also buy a horse. 9. Where dost thou take * this 
horse? 10. I hope to see you {vous voir) to-morrow. 11. What 

* Metier is applied to what moves itself, porter to what is carried by lifting from the 
ground. 



ORTHOGRAPHY OF SOME VERBS. 99 

do you hope? 12. We hope nothing. 13. What are you eating 
there (la) ? 14. The child ate an apple. 15. You ate walnuts 
16. I placed the books on the table. 17. I pay everything (tout) 
18. Thou payest nothing. 19. Let us well employ our time 
20. My sons pay (for) what (ce que) they buy. 21. My uncle pos 
sesses a large garden. 22. The gardener cleans the ways. 23 
Wipe your tears (larmes). 24. The dog frightens the children 
25. We wiped the table. 26. I prefer coffee to tea (the). 

CONVERSATION. 

Qui a appele ? Ton pere a appele. 

Avez-vous nettoye les chemins ? Pas encore ; je les nettoierai ce 

soir. 
Qui me protegera (protect) ? Dieu te protegera. 
Nettoies-tu la chambre ? Je nettoie toute la maison. 

Trouvez-vous cela cher ? J'appelle cela tres-cher. 

Que mangeais-tu ? Je mangeais des noix. 

Ou mene-t-on ce cheval ? On le mene chez le marechal-fer- 

rant (farrier). 
Crois-tu (do you think) qu'il II a deja gele. 

gele cette nuit ? 
Acheterez-vous du the ou du Je n'aime pas le the, j'acheterai 

cafe ? du cafe. 

Ou achetez-vous cette farine ? Chez le meunier (miller). 
Qui a jete cette pierre ? Je crois que c'est Richard. 

Que fit (did — do) un jour un II partagea ses biens entre ses 

pere ? trois fils. 



ioo XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 

XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LEfON. 

SECOND CONJUGATION.— FINIR. 

INDICATIVE. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Je finis, I finish. nous finissons, we finish. 

tu finis, thou fi7iishest. vous finissez, you finish. 

il finit, he finishes. ils finissent, ) , £ ' h 

elle finit, she finishes. dies finissent, i 

IMPERFECT. 

Je finissais, /finished (was fin- nous finissions, we finished. 
tu finissais, etc. [ishing). vous finissiez, etc. 

il finissait, etc. ils finissaient, etc. 

PRETERITE. 

Je finis, /finished {did finish), nous finimes, we finished. 
tu finis, etc. vous finites, etc. 

il finit, etc. ils finirent, etc. 

FUTURE. 

Je finirai, / shall finish. nous finirons, we shall finish. 

tu finiras, etc. vous finirez, etc. 

il finira, etc. ils finiront, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je finirais, / should finish. nous finirions, we should finish. 

tu finirais, etc. vous finiriez, etc. 

il finirait, etc. ils finiraient, etc. 

INFINITIVE. 

Finir, to finish. de or a finir, to finish. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 101 

IMPERATIVE. 

Finis, finish, finissons, let us finish. 

finissez, finish. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT. 

Que je finisse, that I (may) fin- que nous finissions, that we finish. 
que tu finisses, etc. [ish. que vous finissiez. etc. 

qu'il finisse, etc. qu'ils finissent, etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je finisse, that I (might) que n. finissions, that we {might) 
que tu finisses, etc. [finish, que vous finissiez, etc. [finish. 
qu'il finit, etc. qu'ils finissent, etc. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

Finissant, finishing. Fini, f. hme, finished, 

en finissant, by finishing. 

COMPOUND TENSES. . 

INFINITIVE. 

Avoir fini, to have finished. 

INDICATIVE. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

J'ai fini, / have finished. 

tu as fini, thou hast finished. 

il a fini, he has finished. 

nous avons fini, we have finished, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

J'avais fini, I had finished, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 

J'eus fini, / had finished, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

J'aurai fini, I shall have finished, etc 



I02 XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 

CONDITIONAL. 

J'aurais fini, ) , 7 r . 

T'eusse fini { should have finished) etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 
Que J'aie fini, jf&jtf I {may) have finished, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse fini, that I {might) have finished, etc. 

PARTICIPLE. 
Ayant fini, having finished, etc. 

Conjugate in the same manner: bdtir, to build; choisir, to choose; ra#- 
plir, to fill, etc. 

Remark i. The verb hair, to hate, loses in the Present and Imperative 
singular its diaeresis. Otherwise it is quite regular and retains the two dots. 

Pres. Je hais, tu hais, il hait, nous haissons, vous ha'issez, etc. 

Imper. Hais ; pi. haissons, haissez. Pret. Je hais, I hated. 

Remark 2. The verb fleurir, to flourish, has a second form for the Im- 
perfect tense : Je florissais ; and also a second for the Part, present : fioris- 
sant, e, — both of which are only used in a figurative sense, as : une ville 
JloHssante, etc. 

VOCABULARY. 

Nourrir, to feed, nourish. saisir, to seize. 

obeir, to obey. rendre, to render, return. 

remplir, to fill, fulfil. la tdche, the task. 

bdtir, to build. la pomme de terre, the potato. 

embellir, to embellish. Voccasion, f. the opportunity. 

punir, to punish. salir, the soil. 

le vice, vice. le palais, the palace. 

le devoir, the duty. choisir, to choose. 

laflatterie, flattery. la couleur, the color. 
le menteur, the liar. 

READING EXERCISE 22. 
Le pain nourrit les hommes. Les bons enfants obeissent a 
leurs parents et a leurs maitres. Remplis ce verre. Remplissez 
ces verres. Qui a rempli les bouteilles ? Romulus et Remus 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 103 

batirent la ville de Rome, l'an 753 avant Jesus-Christ. Les fleurs 
embellissent les jardins et les prairies. On punira les enfants qui 
n'obeissent pas a leur maitre. J'espere que vous aurez puni ce 
mechant gar^on. - Le maitre a puni le petit menteur. Notre 
voisin batit une grande maison. Nos voisins batissent de grandes 
maisons. Je batirais aussi, si j'avais plus d'argent. Je hais le 
vice, j'aimerai toujours la vertu. Haissez le vice, il vous rend 
malheureux. J'ai toujours ha'i le vice. Nous haissions la flat- 
terie. Ne salissez pas vos habits. Les sciences nourrissent la 
jeunesse et rejouissent la vieillesse. 

THEME 22. 

1. I finish my exercise. 2. The pupils finish their translations. 
3. We seize the opportunity. 4. We seized the opportunity. 5. 
Why have you not seized the good opportunity? 6. The chil- 
dren soil their clothes. 7. Bread and potatoes nourish a great 
many men. 8. Do not punish Henry; he has been ill. 9. Fill 
the glasses. 1 o. We should fill the bottles, if*we had wine enough. 
11. The king builds a new palace. 12. Will you build a house ? 
13. I should build a large house, if I were rich. 14. Here are 
two colors : choose. 15. Which {laquelle) will you choose ? 16. 
I shall choose the blue. 17. If I had to (a) choose, I should 
choose the green color. 18. Obey your (a vos) parents and (your) 
masters. 19. I hate nobody. 20. Hate nobody. 21. We hate 
vice. 22. We have always hated vice. 

CONVERSATION. 

Voici deux couteaux : un grand Je choisirai le petit qui est le 

et un petit. Lequel (which) plus joli. 

choisirez-vous ? 
Cet homrae remplit-il ses de- Pas toujours. 

voirs ? 
Avez-vous rempli toutes les bou- Non 'Monsieur, je n'avais pas as- 

teilles ? sez de vin pour les remplir. 

Qui batit cette belle maison ? C'est raon voisin qui la batit. 



I04 XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 

Ne batirez-vous pas aussi ? Oui, je batirai aussi l'annee pro- 

chain e (next). 

Pourquoi ne batissez-vous pas a, Je batirais encore cette annee si 
present (now) ? j'avais assez d' argent. 

Qui a sali ce livre ? C'est Martin. 

Comment as-tu fait (done) cela ? La plume est tombee dessus {up- 
on it ). 

Avez-vous fini votre theme ? Nous finirons notre theme ce soir. 

Qui a bati la ville de Rome ? Romulus et Remus, 

Qui a puni mon fils ? Le maitre de musique. 

Ne trouvez-vous pas que j'ai Certainement, ce jet d'eau (foun- 
embelli mon jardin ? tain) embellit beaucoup votre 

jardin. 

Ha'issez-vous le vice ? Oui, je hais tous les vices. 

Pourquoi ha'issez-vous votre voi- Je ne le (him) hais pas ; je hais 
sin ? seulement ses flatteries. 



READING LESSON. 



LE MOINEAU ET SES PETITS. 



Un moineau avait place son nid dans le trou d'un mur. II 
elevait tranquillement sa famille. II aurait ete bien heureux, si 
ses petits eussent voulu Pecouter : mais a chaque instant ils ve- 
naient sur le bord du nid. Le pauvre oiseau tremblait dans la 
crainte de les voir tomber. II leur disait de rester dans le fond 
du nid, mais ils ne le voulaient point (would not do so). 

Un jour qu'il etait sorti, ils profiterent de son absence et s'avan- 
cerent tant qu'ils tomberent a terre. Ils n'avaient pas encore de 
plumes aux ailes ; ainsi ils ne purent (could not) se sauver. Un 
gros chat, qui passait par-la, les vit (saw them) ; il n'avait pas 
dine, il les saisit et les ma?igea sur-le-champ. C'est ainsi qu'ils 
fur ent punis de (for) leur desobeissance. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 



105 



Le moinean, the sparrow. 
les petits, the young ones. 
le nid, the nest. 
te trou, the hole. 
le mur, the wall. 
tranquillement, quietly. 
ecouter, to listen, obey. 
Vinstant, m. the moment. 
ils venaient, they came. 
la crainte, the fear. 



rester, to remain. 

lefoiid, the bottom. 

lant, so much. 

I'aile, f. the wing. 

sauver, to save ; se — , to fly away. 

passer, to pass by. 

par-la, there. 

diner, to dine. 

sur-le-champ, at once, immediately. 

la desobeissance, disobedience. 



XXIII. VINGT-TROISIEME LEfON. 



THIRD CONJUGATION.— VENDUE. 



INDICATIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Je vends, I sell. 

tu vends, thou sellest 

il vend, he sells. 

elle (on) vend, she {one) sells. 



nous vendons, we sell. 
vous vendez, you sell. 
ilsvendent, \ they sM 
ellesvendent 



> they 



IMPERFECT. 



Je vendais, / sold (was selling), nous vendions, we sold. 
tu vendais, thou soldst. vous vendiez, you sold. 

ils vendaient, they sold. 



il vendait, he sold. 



Je vendis, I sold {did sell). 
tu vendis, etc. 
il vendit, etc. 



PRETERITE. 

nous vendimes, we sold. 
vous vendites, etc. 
ils vendirent, etc. 



io 6 XXIII. VINGT-TROISIEME LE£ON. 

FUTURE. 

Je vendrai, / shall sell. nous vendrons, we shall sell. 

tu vendras, etc. vous vendrez, etc. 

il vendra, etc. ils vendront, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je vendrais, I should sell. nous vendrions, we should sell. 

tu vendrais, etc. vous vendriez, etc. 

il vendrait, etc. ils vendraient, etc. 

% 

IMPERATIVE. 

Vends, sell. vendons, let us sell. 

vendez, sell. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

Que je vende, that I [may) sell. quen. vendions, that we [may) sell. 
que tu vendes, etc. que vous vendiez, etc. 

qu'il vende, ' etc. qu'ils vendent, etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

Quejevendisse, that /might sell, que nous vendissions. 
que tu vendisses, etc. que vous vendissiez. 

qu'il vendit, etc. qu'ils vendissent. 

participles. 
present. past. 

Vendant, selling. Vendu, f. vendue, sold. 

en vendant, by selling. 

COMPOUND TENSES. 
INFINITIVE. 

Avoir vendu, to have sold. 

indicative, 
compound of the present. 
J'ai vendu, I have sold. 
tu as vendu, thou hast sold. 
il a vendu, he has sold, etc. 
nous avons vendu, we have sold, etc. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 107 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

J'avais vendu, I had sold, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 

J'eus vendu, I had sold, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

J'aurai vendu, I shall have sold, etc. 
CONDITIONAL. 



J'aurais vendu, > f ^^ ^ ^ etc> 
T'eusse vendu, b 



J'eusse vendu 

PARTICIPLE. 

Ayant vendu, having sold. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Que j'aie vendu, that I (may') have sold, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse vendu, that I {might) have sold, etc. 

Conjugate after this model: perdre, to lose; attendre, to wait, to expect; 
repondre, to answer, etc. 

Rem. 1. The verb battre, to beat, is regularly conjugated, except that in 
the singular of the Present Indicative and in the Imperative it loses one /. 

Pres. Je bats, tu bats, il bat, nous battons, vous battez, etc. Imp. bats, 
Part, battu. 

Rem. 2. The verb rompre, to break, is conjugated in the Pres. Indicative 
as follows : 

ye romps, tu romps, il rompt, nous rompons, etc. (All the rest is regular. ) 

Rem. 3. The verb, rire, to laugh, is of the 3d conjugation : Pres. Je ris, 
tu ris, il rit, nous rions, etc. But the Part, past is ri, and the Pret. Je ris, 
tu ris, il ?'it, nous rimes, vous rites, Us rircnt. Put. Je rirai, etc. 

Rem. 4. Conclure, to conclude, is regular, as : Pres. Je conclus, tu con- 
clus, il conclut, nous concluons, etc. Put. Je conclurai. Except that in the 
Preterite it hasyV conclus (not/<? conchas). 



I0 g XXIII. VINGT-TROISIEME LE£ON. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le bague, the ring. droit, e, right. 

repandre, to spread, to shed. les amies, the arms. 

le bruit, the report, the noise. la sagesse, wisdom. 

la ?7iort, death. la Grece, Greece. 

defendre, to forbid, to defend. Vhonneur, m. the honor. 

entendre, to hear. perdre, to lose. 

fumer, to smoke. attendre, to wait for, expect. 

repondre, to answer. un pen, a little. 

le sang, the blood. le tonnerre, the thunder. 

I'asil, the eye. le travail, the work. 

gatccke, left, prendre, to take. desirer, to wish. 

READING EXERCISE 23. 
J'ai vendu mon cheval. Nous avons vendu nos chevaux. Je 
perdis hier ma bourse. Vous perdites votre bague. La vieille 
femme vendait des cerises. Nous vendions du fromage et du 
beurre. On a repandu le bruit de la mort du roi. II est defendu 
de fumer ici. Qui defend cela ? Entendez-vous le bruit ? Qui 
a battu mon chien ? II bat son cheval. Repondez-moi {me), 
mon fils. Reponds a ton maitre. Je repondis que j'etais malade. 
Ce tyran cruel a repandu beaucoup de sang innocent. Jules a 
deja perdu son ceil gauche, il perdra aussi son ceil droit. Tu 
perds ton argent. Nous perdons tout notre temps. Le bataillon 
prit les armes et defendit la ville. Socrate repandit beaucoup de 
sagesse a Athenes et dans toute la Grece. Pourquoi rie2-vous? 
Je ne ris pas. Je n'ai pas ri. 

THEME 23. 

i. I sell my dogs. 2. My friend sells his horses. 3. We sell 
our houses. 4. I defend my honor. 5. Do you defend your 
friends? 6. Thou losest thy time. 7. You lose your time. 8. 
I lost my money. 9. My brother has lost his cane. 10. He will 
lose everything. 11. The pupils will lose their places. 12. We 
expect a letter from our grandfather. 13. Do you also expect a 
letter? 14. No, sir, I expect nothing. 15. James (Jacques) and 
William expect (a) good news. 16. We have waited an hour. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 109 

17. Wait a little. 18. Why don't you wait ? 19. Do you hear 
the music? 20. I hear nothing. 21. I did not hear the thun- 
der. 22. Have you answered (to) her letter? 23. I have not 
yet answered. 24. I shall answer to-morrow. 25. Answer me 
(moi). 26. When (quand) I heard the thunder, I came down 
fromf the mountain. 27. The poor children have lost their fath- 
er. 28. They will lose also their mother; she is very ill. 29. Do 
not break my stick. 



CONVERSATION. 

Qui a perdu cette bourse ? Je crois (/ think) que Jules a 

perdu une bourse. 
A-t-il aussi perdu de l'argent ? Je crois qu'il a perdu deux Francs. 
Pourquoi perdez - vous votre Nous n'avons rien a faire (to do), 

temps a jouer ? nous avons fmi notre tache. 

A quoi [at what) jouez-vous ? Nous jouons au cerceau (hoop). 
Qui defend les brebis (sheep) ? Le chien du berger (shepherd). 
As-tu fmi ton travail ? Oui M — , mon travail est fmi. 

Ton frere a-t-il fini sa version ? Je ne crois pas ; il la (//) finira 

demain. 
Avez-vous entendu le bruit du Le vent est terrible. 

vent (wind)? 
Qui a defendu de manger de Notre mere l'a defendu ce matin. 

ces pommes ? 
Comment £tes-vous descendu ? Je suis descendu par l'escalier 

(stairs). 
Pourquoi salissez - vous vos Nous nettoyons la cage de nos 

mains ? oiseaux. 

Pourquoi ne punit-on pas ce II sera puni apres la lecon. 

mechant enfant. 
Qui (whom) attendez-vous ? J'attends Monsieur le professeur. 
Attendiez-vous quelqu'un (some J'attendais mon cousin de Paris. 

one ? 

* Je suis descendu de. 



no XXIV VINGT-QUATRIEME LECON. 

READING LESSON. 
LE ROI DE PERSE. 

Un roi de Perse certain jour 

Chassait avec toute sa cour ; 

II eut soif, mais dans cette plaine 

On ne trouvait point de fontaine, 

Pres de la seulement etait un grand jardin 

Rempli de beaux cedrats, d'oranges, de raisins*: 

"A Dieu ne plaise que j'en mange ! " 

Dit le roi; "ce jardin courrait trop de danger: 

Si je me permettais d'y cueillir line orange, 

Mes visirs aussitot mangeraient le verger." 

Ce? tain jour, one day. le ce'drat, the lemon. 

chasser, to go a hunting. a Dieu ne plaise, God forbid. 

la soif, thirst. cowrait, would run. 

seulement, only. permettre, to permit. 

la plaine, the plain. cueillir, to gather, y, there. 

la fontaine, fountain, spring. aussitot, immediately. 

pres de la, in the neighborhood. le verger, the orchard. 



/ 

V 



XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LEfON. 

DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.* 

With personal pronouns it must be observed whether they are intimately 
connected with or governed by a verb, as : I speak, we go, I give you, etc ; 
if this be the case, they are conjunctive {pronoms conjoints) ; or if they are 
employed by themselves or with a preposition ; in this case they are termed 
disjunctive {pronoms disjoints). We begin with the latter : 

i. The disjunctive personal pronouns are: moi (I or me), toi 
(thou or thee), nous (we or us), vous (you), ltd (he or him),V//<? 
(she or her), eux (they or them, masculine), elks (they or them, 

* See P. ii, L. ix. 



DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. ill 

feminine), and soi (self, one's self). These pronouns, it will be 
perceived, do not change their form to indicate case, the nomina- 
tive and objective being the same. 

Ex.: Qui a dit cela? Moi, lici, elle, nous, etc. 
Who has said this ? I, he, she, we, etc. 
C 'est pour moi, pour toi, pour elle, etc. 
That is for me, for thee, for her, etc. 
Jc parle de toi, de vous, d'elles, d'eux, etc. 
I speak of thee, of you, of them, of them, etc. 
Nous pensons a lui, a vous, a eux, etc. 
We think of him, of you, of them, etc. 

2. All these disjunctive pronouns may take the word -mime, pi. -memes, 
whenever in English the word self is joined to a pronoun. Ex. : — 

S. moi-mSme, (I) myself. PL nous-memes, ourselves. 

toi-meme, thyself. voits-memes, yourselves. 

lui-meme, himself. eitx-memcs, i 

elle-meme, herself. elles-memes, \ themselve S- 

soi-meme, one's self. 

3. When a stress is laid upon personal pronouns, they are often preceded 
by c'est, c'etait, etc., as in English: — 

S. c'est moi, it is I. PI. c'est nous, it is We. 
c'est toi, it is thou. c'est vous, it is you. 

c'est lici, it is he. ee sont eux, ) . 

c'est elle, it is she. ce sont elles, \ lt 1S the y- 

The verb etre following ce is put in the plural only when the pronoun or 
noun which follows that verb is in the third person plural ; c'etaicnt mes 
amis ce sont eux, but, c'est nous. 

4. Soi is only used of mankind in a general sense, and of inanimate ob- 
jects in the singular. Ex. : — 

Doit-on toujours penser a soi, ought one always to think of one's self? 

VOCABULARY. 

Inconstant, inconstant. la b die, the ball. 

ressembler, to resemble. venez-, come. 

envoyer, to send. casser, to break. 

demeurer, to live. sorti, gone out. 

la corbeille, the basket. age, old. 

I'aimant, m. the loadstone. ni — ni, neither, nor. 

attirer, to attract. 



II2 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LEgON. 

READING EXERCISE 24. 

Qui dit (says) cela ? Moi, — lui, — elle, — eux-memes,-— elles- 
memes. Penses-tu a moi ? Je pense a, toi. Je pense a, vous, — 
a elles, — a eux. Je n'ai pas pense a toi, mon pauvre enfant. 
L'homme inconstant ne ressemble jamais a. lui-meme. Nous 
nous souvenons (we remember) de vous, — de lui,— d'elles, — d'eux. 
Envoyez-moi de l'argent. Sans moi, elle serait tombee. Je suis 
plus grand que toi, — que lui, — qu'elle. Qui a ete ici, lui ou elle ? 
Venez ayec moi, — avec nous. Joue avec lui. Jouez avec elles. 
On parle de nous. Tu paries de lui et d'elle. Nous parlons 
souvent (often) de vous. Je defends mon honneur moi-meme. 
L'aimant attire le fer a. soi. Nous nous moquons (we mock at) 
d'eux. Ah ! vous vous moquez de nous ! 

THEME 24. 

i. My brother and I (we) have heard the noise. 2. Who will 
have the ball, thou or he ? 3. Who has broken the stick ? 4. 
Not I ! 5. You and he, (you) were not attentive. 6. She and 
Emily have* gone out. 7. Who hast gone out with them ? 8. 
Come with me. 9. Come to our house (chez nous). 10. Who 
speaks of me? 11. I speak of you. 12. You speak of her and 
of her sister. 13. For whom is the medicine ? 14. It (elle) is for 
yourself. 15. Does she live with you ? 16. She lives with us. 
17. He is older than I. 18. I think of (a) you. 19. You do not 
think of me. 20. You always \ think of yourself. 21. One must 
not (il ne faut pas) always think of one's self. 22. Have you 
brought the book yourself? 23. Yes, I myself. 24. Does she 
play with us ? 25. She plays with them (m.). 26. Is it himself? 
27. Yes, it is himself. 28. It is I; it is not he. 

CONVERSATION. 
r 



ie. 



Qui a dit cela ? Moi. — Lui. — Elle 

Qui vient la ? C'est nous. 

Pensez-vous a, vos amis ? Je pense souvent a, eux. 

* sont. 1 est. \ In French the adverb usually follows the verb, 



DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 113 

Est-elle tombee ? Heureusement non ! mais sans 

moi elle serait tombee. 
Pour qui sont ces bottes ? Elles sont pour moi. 

A qui pensez-vous ? Je pense a vous et a votre mere. 

De qui parle-t-on ? On parle d'eux, — d'elles. 

Qui a apporte cette corbeille ? Ma soeur elle-meme. 
Qui a fait cela ? Ni lui, ni elle, ni nous, ni eux. 

Est-elle arrivee seule ? Non, elle est arrivee avec moi. 

Qui a ecrit {written) cette lettre ? Mon pere lui-meme. 
Que fait l'aimant ? II attire le fer a soi. 

Qui a battu cet enfant ? Ce n'est pas moi, c'est Leopold. 

Qui est venu avec toi ? Mon ami Jules. 

Ou demeure-t-il ? II demeure chez son oncle. 

Est-ce vous qui avez perdu cet Non, ce n'est pas moi, c'est ma 
argent? cousine Emilie. 



READING LESSON. 

LE ROSIER. {The rose-bush.') 

" Qui veut (will) me donner un petit arbre pour mon jardin ? " 
disait Frederic a. ses freres et a, sa scaur. 

Leur pere leur {them) avait donne a chacun un petit coin de 
terre a, planter. 

" Ce n'est pas moi ! " dit Auguste. — " Ni moi ! " s'ecria Louis. 
— " Ce sera moi! " dit la bonne Charlotte; "de quelle espece le 
(it) veux-tu ? " 

" Je voudrais (/ should like) avoir un rosier," repondit Fre- 
deric; '-' le mien est tout jauni." 

" C'est bon," r£pliqua Charlotte. Puis elle prit (then she took) 
une pelle et alia (went) le retirer de terre. 

" Que vois-je (what do I see) ? " dit Frederic, " tu /2'en as toi- 
meme que (only) deux, et encore (besides) il y en a un si petit 1 
Du moins ne me donne pas le plus grand." 



u 4 XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LECON. 

" Non, non ! " s'ecria sa soeur, " il pourrait encore {could again) 
se secher ; je puis jouir du plaisir de le voir fleurir dans ton jardin." 

(To be continued.\ 
CJiacun, e, each. puis, then. 

un petit coin de terre, a corner of land, la pelle, the spade. 
ni moi, nor I either. retirer, to take out. 

s^ eerier, to call out, to cry. du moins, at least. 

Pespece, f. the sort, kind. secher, to dry. 

le ?nien, mine, tout, quite. se secher, to get dry, to wither. 

jauni, e, yellow, withered. je puis, I can (from pouvoir). 

re'pliquer, to reply. jouir, to enjoy, voir, to see. 



XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LEfON, 



CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

These are je (I), nous (we), tu (thou), vous (you), il (he), plu. 
Us (they, m.), elle (she), plu. elles (they, f.).* 

Unlike the disjunctive personal pronouns, these, except vous 
and nous, vary to express different cases. 

ye has me, tu has le, when used either as the direct or indirect 
object of the verb. 

Of him, of her, of them, of it (m. or f), are each represented by 
the pronoun en, generally referring to things : to him, to her, each 
by lui: to them (m. or f), by leur. 

The objective case (direct object) of il, is le (him), and of elle, 
is la (her) : les (them) is the obj. plu. of both genders. 

POSITION OF CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS. 

General Rule. Conjunctive pronouns precede the verb ex- 
cept in the Imperative affirmative. In the interrogative form the 
subject comes after the verb. 

* For on, of which se is used as the object and soi as the disjunctive, see Part n. L. xn. 



CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 115 

SPECIAL RULES. 
WITH ONE PRONOUN. 

i. The nominative cases je, tu, il, elle, nous, vous, Us, or elks, 
usually precede the verb of which they are the subject; in an in- 
terrogative sentence, however, they are placed immediately after 
the verb. Ex. : — 

Je pense, I think. nous parlous, we speak. 

tu esperes, thou hopest. vous jouez, you play. 

Interrogative : 
i,nis-tu, dost thou finish ? 
Vient-elle, does she come ? 

2. The direct and indirect objects are placed immediately be- 
fore the verb in a simple tense, and before the auxiliary in a com- 
pound one. Ex. : — 

Tu me dis, you tell me. 

Je votes donne, I give you. 

Elle m 'a repondu, she has answered me. 

Charles nous a dit, Charles has told us. 

3. If the sentence is negative, ne is put directly after the sub- 
ject, before the governed pronoun, as : 

Je ne vous donne pas, I do not give you. 
Votes ne les avez pas vus, you have not seen them. 
Elle ne m'a pas repondu, she has not answered me. 
Charles ne nous avail pas dit, Charles had not told us. 

4. In the interrogative form, the object begins the sentence, 
then follows the verb with its subject. If the question is a nega- 
tive one, ne begins the sentence : 

Me connaissez-vous, do you know me ? 

Me bldnte-t-il, does he blame me ? 
Les vois-tu, do you see them ? 

Vous a-t-il repondu, has he answered you ? 

Ne vous a-t-il pas repondu, has he not answered you ? 

5. When the verb is in the Imperative affirmative, the governed 
pronouns are put after it, in French as in English. In this case 



n6 XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 

me and te are changed into moi and toi for the direct and indirect 
objects. Ex.: — 

Donnez-moi, give me. Apportez-lui, bring (to) him. 

Mangez-les, eat them. Parlez-leur, speak to them. 

6. But when the Imperative is negative, the governed pronoun 
precedes the verb. Ex. : — 

Ne me donnez pas, do not give me. 
Ne lui apportez pas, do not bring him. 
Ne les mangez pas, do not eat them. 
Ne letir parlez pas, do not speak to them. 

B. WITH TWO PRONOUNS. 

i. When a verb, which is not in the Imperative affirmative, 
governs two pronouns, they are both placed immediately before 
the verb, so that the indirect object comes first, and the direct 
follows. Ex. : — 

Je te le donne, I give it to thee (you). 

Vous Vapporte-t-elle, does she bring it to you ? 

Ne nous Vapportera-t-il pas, will he not bring it to us? 

On vous le dira, they will tell (it) you. 

On ne vous le dira pas, they will not tell (it to) you. 

2. An exception to the foregoing rule are the two indirect ob- 
jects, lui (to him, to her), and leur (to them), which always follow 
the other governed pronoun. Ex.: — 

Je le lui donne, I give it to him or her. 

Je ne le lui donne pas, I do not give it him. 

La lui donne-t-elle, does she give it him ? 

La leur donnera-t-il, will he give it to them ? 

Je ne la leur ai pas donne, I have not given it to them. 

Ne le lui doitnez pas, do not give it him. 

Pourquoi ne la leur pretez-voics pas, why do you not lend it to them 

3. Of two personal pronouns governed by the Imperative 
affirmative the indirect object always stands last : 

Donnez-le-moi, give it me. 

Apportez-les-lui {leur), bring them to him (to them). 

4. If the Imperative is negative, both of them precede the verb 



CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. "7 

according to § 6, and lui and leur follow the direct object, accord- 
ing to B, § 2. Ex. : — 

Ne nie le donnez pas, do not give it me. 

Ne la lui apportez pas, do not bring it to him. 

Ne les leur envoy ez pas, do not send them to them. 

VOCABULARY. 

Pardonner (a),* to pardon. tailler, to cut, mend. 

preler, (a), to lend. louer, to praise ; to let. 

recompenser, to reward. accompagner, to accompany. 

corriger, to correct. je promets, I promise. 

ecouter, to listen to. Vhistoire, f. history. 

la verite, the truth. volontiers, willingly. 

READING EXERCISE 25. 

Je vous entends. II me pardonnera. Elle m'a pardonne\ 
Alfred m'a prete un livre amusant. Pretez-moi votre livre. Je 
vous le preterai. II me le donne. Tu me Fas donne. Elle me 
les donnerait, si elle les avait encore. Vous a-t-il pardonne? 
Lui as-tu dit {told) cela ? Je le lui ai dit. Leur a-t-on repondu ? 
Appelez ces ecoliers. Je les recompenserai ; je leur donnerai de 
belles images. Tu les leur donneras demain. Ne te loue pas 
toi-m£me. On ne se loue pas soi-meme. Elle ne vous ecoute 
pas. Elle ne m'a pas ecoute. Nous ecoutera-t-il ? Vous ne 
me dites pas la verite. Je vous la dis. Cette plume est trop 
molle; voulez-vous avoir la bonte {kindness) de me la tailler? 
Je vous la taillerai volontiers. 

THEME 20. 

i. I praise thee. 2. Thou praisest me. 3. Do you play? 4. 
Do you hear? 5. Do you hear me ? 6. I hear you. 7. I do 
not sell my house. 8. I do not sell it. 9. Do you sell your 
horses? 10. I do not sell them. n. We hear thee. 12. I call 
him. 13. Will you accompany me ? 14. My father will accom- 

* This mark (a) denotes that the verb after which it is placed takes an indirect personal 
object. 



TI 8 XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LECON. 

pany you. 15. Have you mended my pen? 16. I have mended 
it. 17. Lend me a pencil. 18. Lend him a pen. 19. Do not 
give him my book. 20. Do not give it him. 21. I promise 
you. 22. I promise it (to) you. 23. Tell {dites-) him (to him). 
24. Tell them. 25. Tell it him. . 26. Do not tell it (to) them. 

27. I should give you some money, if you were more industrious. 

28. Has she given him the gloves ? 29. She has given them to 
him. 30. She has not given them to him ; she has given them to 
his brother. 31. Your translation is badly done {malfaite) ; cor- 
rect it (yb;*.). 32. Pardon (me) my mistakes. 33. Have you cor- 
rected them ? 34. Yes, I have (corrected them). 

CONVERSATION. 

M'entendez-vous ? Oui, je vous entends. 

Ne m'entendez-vous pas ? Je ne vous ai pas entendu. 

Me pardonnerez-vous ? Je ne vous pardonnerai pas. 

De qui avez-vous recu ce livre C'est Alfred qui me l'a prete. 

amusant ? 
Voulez-vous prater ce livre a Je le lui preterai volontiers. 

ma sceur ? 
Qui veut cette plume ? Donnez-la-moi, s'il vous plait {if 

you please). 
Les aimez-vous? Oui, je les aime beaucoup. 

Dites-vous la verite ? Je la dis toujours. 

Qui vous accompagnera ? Mon cousin m'accompagneraj us- 

qu'a {as far as) Bruxelles. 
Vous a-t-on raconte {told) une Oui, notre grand'mere nous a 

histoire ? raconte une tres-belle histoire. 



READING LESSON. 

SUITE DU ROSIER. 

Fr6deric, transporte de joie, emporta le rosier; et Charlotte le 
suivit plus joyeuse encore que lui. 

Le jardinier avait vu le trait d'amitie de la petite fille. II alia 
chercher {he went for) un beau sureau d'Espagne. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



119 



" Voulez-vous que je mette (put) ceci a la place de votre 
rosier ? " demanda-t-il a Charlotte. 

" Si vous n'en avez pas besoin." 

" Non," repondit-il, " je n'en ai pas besoin." — II le planta. 

Le mois de Mai suivant, le rosier de Frederic porta les plus 
belles roses, et tons les matins, Charlotte recevait un bouton a 
moitie ouvert, pour le mettre dans ses cheveux. 

Le sureau prit (took) racine aussi et devint (became) bientot si 
grand et si epais que Charlotte y trouva de l'ombrage dans la 
grande chaleur du jour. 

Transports, enraptured. demander, to ask. 

emporter, to carry off. un bouton, a bud. 

le suivity followed him. la moitiS, half. 

joyeux, joyful. ouvert, open, opened. 

le trait, the trait. la racine, the root. 

PamitiS, friendship. bientot, soon. 

un sureau d'Espagne, a lilac-tree. Vombrage, the shade. 

ceci this. la chaleur, the heat. 



XXVI. VINGT-SIXIEME LEfON. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



1. These are: 




Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Celui, 


celle, that. 


pi. ccux, 


celles, those. 


cehci-ci, 


celle-ci, this, the latter. 


pi. ceux-ci, 


celles-ci, these. 


cehii-ld, 


celle-ld, that (one), the former 


pi. ceux-ld, 


celles-ld, those. 



2. The pronouns he, she, they, preceding a relative, must be 
translated by celui, celle, ceux, celles. Ex. : celui qui, he who ; 
celle qui, she who ; ceux qui, celles qui, they who. 



120 XXVI. VINGT-SIXIEME LE£ON. 

3. Celui, celle, ceux, celle s, are used with the preposition de, 
instead of the English possessive case, when the governing noun 
is not expressed. Ex. : mon chapeau et celui de monfrere, my hat 
and my brother's ; ma plume et celle de ma sceur, my pen and my 
sister's. That is translated by celui, celle ; thou by ceux, celles, 
when followed by a preposition or relative pronoun. 

Remark. Celui, celle, etc., are used only before a relative or the prepc- 
sition de ; in all other cases celui-ci, celle-ci, cehd-la, celle-la, etc., must be 
used. Ex. : fai celui-ci, je n'ai pas celui-ld, I have this one, I have not 
that one. 

4. Ce, which we have seen as an adjective, is also a pronoun. 
It is then invariable, meaning this, that, it. — It is used before the 
relative, as: ce qui (subj.), ce que (obj.), that which "(what) \ ce 
dont, that of which. 

For the use of ce or it before the verb to be, see rule after the vocabulary 
of Lesson xv. See also Lesson xxiv. 3. 

5. The compounds of ce, ceci, this, and cela, that, are used ab- 
solutely, without reference to any particular noun. 

Ex. : Je ne veux pas ceci, je veux cela. 
I do not want this, I want that. 
Ce que je dis, what I say. 

Que dites-vous de cela, what do you say of that ? 
Est-ce la votre plume, is this your pen ? 
Cest ma plume, that is my pen. 
Sont-ce la vos gants, are these your gloves ? 
Ce sont mes gants, these are my gloves. 

6. In place of de and a with ce, ceci, cela, ceux-ci, and ceux-la, 
two other conjunctive pronouns are used, viz.: en andj. En 
is rendered in English by some, of it, of them, about it, about 
them, etc. Y corresponds to the English to it, to them, in it, in 
them, there, therein, etc. Ex. : — 

Void du jambon : en voulez-vous ? 
Here is ham, will you have some ? 
fen prendrai un petit morceau. 
I shall take a little piece of it. 

Votre per e est-il au jardin ? Out, it y est. 

Is your father in the garden ? Yes, he is there. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

fy vais aussi, I am going there also. 

Donnez-m'' en — donnez-lui-en. 

Give me some — give him some. 

Y penses-tu, do you think of that ? 

Je lui en ai donne, I have given him some of them (it). 

VOCABULARY. 

Le porte-feuille, the pocket-book. la recompense, the reward. 

la peur, fear. be'nir, to bless. 

Vdme, the soul. persecutes to persecute. 

la noblesse, nobility. souhaiter, to wish. 

le corps, the body. enrichir, to enrich. 

commode, comfortable. ^agriculture, f. agriculture. 

le conquerant, the conqueror. egalement, equally. 

jaune, yellow. tout de suite, directly. 

joliy e, nice, pretty. promet, promises. 
le commerce, the commerce. 



READING EXERCISE 26. 
Voici mon porte-feuille et celui de mon pere. Void mes gants 
et ceux de ma soeur. Voulez-vous ceux-ci ou ceux-la ? Celui 
qui remplit ses devoirs est un honnete homme. Voulez-vous 
ceci ou cela ? Ceux qui sont contents, sont toujours heureux. 
Heureux celui qui trouve un vrai ami ! Je prefere la noblesse de 
l'ame a celle de la naissance [birth). On croit {believes) ce qu'on 
espere. Ce que vous dites me fait peur. Qui vient la ? C'est 
moi. — Ce sont eux. Ce qui est beau n'est pas toujours utile. 
Ne parlez pas de ce qui ne vous regarde (concern) pas. Alex- 
andre-le-Grand et Jules Cesar furent de grands conquerants; 
celui-la mourut dans sa jeunesse, celui-ci fut assassine (mur- 
dered). 

THEME 26. 

i. Here is your hat and your brother's. 2. I shall sell my 

house and my uncle's. 3. We speak of these, you speak of those. 

4. Give me that one. 5. This is my pen. 6. These (ce) are your 

pencils. 7. Is this the garden of your aunt ? 8. Are these the 



I22 XXVII. VINGT-SEPTIEME LECON. 

shoes of your sister ? 9. No, these are the shoes of my cousin 
Eliza. 10. This ink (cette mcre-ci) is blacker than that. 11. These 
gloves are white, those are yellow. 12. I prefer the beauty of the 
soul to that (/) of the body. 13. Agriculture and commerce are 
equally useful to man; the former nourishes us, the latter enriches 
us. 14. My mother prefers this house to that; this is smaller, but 
that is more comfortable. 15. Have you (any) butter ? 16. Yes, 
I have some. 17. Give me some.. 18. Here is black cloth. 19. 
I shall take ten yards of it (fen prendrai . . .). 20. Were you at 
the theatre yesterday ? 21. Yes, I was there. 22. Is your master 
in that room ? 23. Yes, he is there. 



XXVII. VINGT-SEPTIEME LEfON, 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

They are: 1. lequel f. laquelle, which (of) ? 2. qui, who? que 
and quoi, what ? 

1. Lequel, when not used alone, is separated by de from the 
noun with which it agrees in gender. 

When the pronoun which is used interrogatively, it is always 
expressed by lequel, laquelle, etc., as : — 

Void deux appartcmcnts, lequel choisirez-vous? 
Here are two apartments, which will you choose ? 
Une de ses sceurs est marie'e. Laquelle est-ce? 
One of his sisters is married. Which is it ? 
Laquelle de vos e'colieres est malade ? 
Which of your pupils is ill ? 

The same contractions take place in the article le compounded with quel, 
as when used by itself: thus, by contraction with the prepositions a and de, 
are formed auquel, auxquels, auxquelles, duquel, desquels, and desquelles. 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. I23 

2. The interrogative pronoun qui ? is only used of persons — 
subject or object. Ex. : — 

Qui est la, who is there ? 

A qui pretez-vous cela, to whom do you lend this ? 
Qui cherchez-voics, whom are you looking for ? 
Pour qui est ce crayon, for whom is this pencil ? 
Before the middle of the eighteenth century qui, governed by a preposi- 
tion, was used of things also. 

3. Whose, when used interrogatively, must be rendered in 
French by a qui. Ex.: — 

Whose book is this ? A qui est ce livre ? 
Or, with the verb to be, by de qui. 

Le livre de qui est ce ? 

4. Que and quoi are neuter.* Quoi, what, is disjunctive, and 
used either by itself or after a preposition, as : — 

De quoi parlez-vous, of what are you speaking? 
Sur quoi, upon what ? Avec quoi, with what ? 

5. Que, what, is conjunctive, and is only used before verbs; it 
never follows a preposition. Ex.: — 

Que voulez-vous, what do you wish or want 
Que dit-on, what do people say ? 
Que demande-t-il, what does he ask ? 

VOCABULARY. 

Marie, e, married. le cahier, the copy-book. 

leve, got up, risen. la niece, the niece. 

f rapper, to strike, to beat. le porte-plume, the penholder. 

READING EXERCISE 27. 
Lequel de vos fils est malade ? Laquelle de vos sceurs est 
mariee ? ^Lesquels de vos ecoliers n'ont pas fait leurs themes ? 
Voici plusieurs canifs : lequel voulez-vous acheter ? Qui est 
arrive ? Qui a trouve ma bourse ? De qui avez-vous parle ? 
A qui est la grammaire que vous avez a la main ? Que souhaitez- 

* The neuter gender is recognized as existing in French only by very few grammarians. 
But que and gnoi, the pronoun ce, and sometimes le, are certainly neither masculine nor 
feminine. 



J24 XXVII. VINGT-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

vous, Monsieur ? Qu'avez-vous porte a la poste ? Quoi ! vous 
etes deja leve ! A quoi pensez-vous done ? Auquel de ces 
ecoliers avez-vous promis une recompense ? 

THEME 27. 
i. Which of your horses have you sold ? 2. Which of these 
colors is the finest? 3. Which of my copy-books will you have ? 

4. To which of your nieces do you write (ecrivez-vons) a letter ? 

5. W T hich of your pupils are the mo^t diligent ? 6. Here are sev- 
eral pictures, which will you choose ? 7. Who is at (a) the door ? 
8. Whom do you love most {le mieux) ? 9. From whom have 
you received this ring? 10. To whom do you speak? 11. To 
whom will you give this nice pen-holder ? 12. What do you carry 
under your arm {oras) ? 13. With what has he beaten the dog? 
14. What ! are you still {encore) in bed {an lit) ? 

CONVERSATION. 

Lequel de ces deux porte-feuil- Celui que vous avez a la main. 

les est a vous ? 
Laquelle de ces deux robes J e prefere celle-ci a celle-la. 

preferez-vous ? 
Est-ce la votre bague? Oui M — , e'est ma bague d'or. 

Sont-ce la vos gants ? Non M — , ce ne sont pas mes 

gants, ce sont ceux de ma cou- 
sine. 
Avez-vous recu ma lettre ? Je n'ai regu ni la votre {yours) 

ni celle de votre pere. 
Le commerce est-il utile aux Oui, tres-utile ; il les enrichit. 

homines ? 
Quelle maison vendez-vous ? J'ai deux maisons a vendre, celle 

de mon oncle et celle de mon 
grand-pere. 
A qui donnerez-vous ce canif ? Je le donnerai a Guillaume. 
Voici du jambon et du pain, en Merci, nous en avons deja. 

voulez-vous ? 
Avez-vous apporte les verres ? Non M — , je n'y ai pas pense. 
Madame votre mere est-elle a Oui M — , elle y est. 



POSSESSIVE AND RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 125 

XXVIII. VINGT-HUITIEME LEfON. 

POSSESSIVE AND RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

1. The possessive pronouns are formed from the possessive 
adjectives mon, ton, son, etc. They are :— 





SING. 




PLUR. 




Masc. 


Fem. 


Masc. 


Fem. 




le mien, 


la mienne, 


les miens, 


les miennes 


mine. 


le tien, 


la tienne, 


les tiens, 


les tiennes, 


thine. 


le sien, 


la sienne, 


les siens, 


les siennes, 


his, hers, its. 


le notre, 


la notre, 


les notres, 


ours. 


le votre, 


la votre, 


les votres, 


yours. 


le leur, 


la leur, 


les leurs, 




theirs. 



These are not, as in English, of the same gender as the possessor. They 
agree in gender and number with the object possessed. Ex. : — 

Cette dame a men crayon et le sien. 

That lady has my pencil and hers. 

Avez-vous ma montre ou la votre? 

Have you my watch or yours ? 

yai la mienne, I have mine. 

Ma sceur a la sienne, my sister has hers. 

2. The interrogative pronouns qui, quoi, and lequel, serve at 
the same time as relative pronouns, when they have a reference 
to some other noun or pronoun preceding. 

3. As a relative qui is a subject and que the direct object. Qui 
and que are used for persons and things of both genders and 
numbers. Ex. : — 

Un enfant qui pleure, a child that cries. 

La porte qui est ouverte, the door which is open. 

Le voyageur que J'ai quitte, the traveller whom I have left. 

Le chapeait que j'ai achete, the hat (which) I have bought. 

Les maisons que vous avez vues, the houses (which) you have seen. 

The relative que, whom, which, or that, is sometimes understood in Eng- 
lish, but it must always be expressed in French. 



126 XXVIII. VINGT-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

4. Dont, whose, of which, is used for persons and things of 
both genders and numbers ; but de qui, from whom or of whom, 
which is sometimes required instead of doiit, has only reference 
to persons. 

Remark. When dont signifies whose the noun which it limits must be 
preceded by the article; if the noun is the object of a verb it must come 
after that verb, and not immediately after dont as in English. Ex. : — 

Je connais la femnie dont vous avez recti la lettre. 
I know the woman whose letter you have received. 

Je connais lafemme de qui vous avez re$u la lettre. 

I know the woman from whom you have received the letter. 

L'homme — les hommes dont vous parlez. 
The man — the men of whom you speak. 

La lettre — les lettres dont vous pari ez. 
The letter — the letters of which you speak. 

5. After prepositions, qui refers to persons, lequel, to things 
and animals. Ex. : — 

Le marchand avec qui fai voyage. 

The merchant with whom I travelled. But : 

L'arbre stir lequel (not stir qui) je ?nontai. 
The tree upon which I climbed. 

La clef avec la quelle on ouvrit la porte. 
The key with which they opened the door. 

Voild Vhomme a qui f 'ai prete ' mon livre. 

There is the man to whom I have lent my book. 

C'est le chien atiquel vous avez donne a manger. 
That is the dog to which you gave to eat. 

6. Lequel, laquelle, etc., must also be used instead of qui in 
the Nominative, when the relative is separated from its noun by 
another substantive to which it might seem to relate. Ex. : — 

La lante de tnon ami laquelle demeure a Paris. 

My friend's aunt who lives at Paris. 

{qui detneure a Paris might relate to mon ami. ) 

7. That which, and what, meaning the thing which, are ex- 



POSSESSIVE AND RELATIVE PRONOUNS. I2 7 

pressed by ce qui for the Nominative, and ce que for the Objective. 
All that is rendered : Nom. tout ce qui, Obj. tout ce que. Ex. : — 

What renders men miserable, is cupidity. 

Ce qui rend les homines miserables, c'est la cupidite. 

I like all that is fine, faime tout ce qui est beau. 
Do what I tell you, faites ce queje vous dis. 

VOCABULARY. 

Vagrement, m. the comfort, inviter, to invite. 

pleasure. chdtier, to chastise. 

le tigre, the tiger. demeurer, to live. 

le talent, the talent. vanter, to praise. 

Vamiral, the admiral. fertiliser, to fertilize. 

la victoire, the victory. dec hirer, to tear. 

le proprietaire, the owner. gagner, to win, gain. 



les mceurs, f. the manners. s'appelle, is called. 

le repas, the meal. tout, adv. quite. ~_ 

celebre, celebrated. trop, adv. too much. 

aussi, as. maintenant, — a present, now. 

negliger, to neglect. 

READING EXERCISE 28. 

Mon frere est aussi grand que le tien. Ma soeur est du meme 
age que la votre. Vos roses sont tres-belles, mais elles sont 
moins belles que les miennes. Nos chiens sont aussi fideles que 
les leurs. Chaque plante a sa propriete {peculiarity') ; la violette 
a la sienne, les roses ont les leurs. Le petit garcon dont le pere 
est mort, demeure maintenant chez nous. Les mceurs des anciens 
peuples etaient tres-differentes des notres. La ville a ses agre- 
ments, et la campagne a les siens. Le marchand que vous avez 
vu hier chez moi, et chez qui demeure mon ami R., est parti 
pour Paris. 

THEME 28. 

i. Your house is finer than mine, but my garden is finer than 
yours. 2. I have read (lit) your letter and his. 3. Do you prefer 
your knife to mine ? 4. Yes, I prefer mine to yours. 5. Which 
bonnet is thine ? 6. Your rooms are more spacious (gra/ides) than 



128 XXVIII. VINGT-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

ours, but ours are higher. 7. I think {trouve) your garden very 
small. 8. I beg your pardon (je vous demaiide pardon), Sir, it is 
not smaller than yours ; it is quite as (aussi) large as that of my 
neighbor. 9. Where is your pen and where is mine ? 10. Which 
one? 11. That which I have made (taillee) this morning. 12. 
The man of whom you are speaking is dead (mort). 13. Is this 
the book (which) you have lost ? 14. No, it was a French book. 

15. You speak of the lady whose husband (lemari) has been so ill. 

16. The horse to which you have given some drink (a boire) is 
mine. 17. The window upon which you lean {vous vousappuyez) 
is broken. 

CONVERSATION. 

Trouvez-vous mon jardin plus Au contraire, je le trouve plus 

grand que le votre ? petit que le mien. 

Est-il aussi plus petit que celui Non, le sien est moins grand. 

de votre tante ? 
Comment s'appelle cet amiral Le nom de ce celebre amiral an- 

qui a remporte la victoire de glais est Nelson. 

Trafalgar ? 
Que fait le tigre ? II dechire la main qui le chatie. 

Ta sceur est-elle plus agee que Elle est plus jeune que la votre. 

la mienne ? 
Quel age a-t-elle done ? Elle a onze ans et demi. 

Avec quoi le voleur a-t-il ouvert II l'a ouverte avec une fausse 

(opened) la porte ? clef. 

Comment s'appelle le fleuve Ce fleuve s'appelle le Nil. 

dont les eaux fertilisent 

l'Egypte ? 
Avez-vous reellement une bonne Je vous assure que mon intention 

intention ? est aussi bonne que la v6tre. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 129 

XXIX. VINGT-NEUVIEME LEfON. 

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

1. These are used by themselves, without a noun. They are:-— 
On or Pon, one, they, people. 

Chacnn, f. chacune, each, every-one. 

Aucun, f. aucune, (with ne) none, not one. 

Quelquhin, f. quelquhine, some one, somebody, anybody; pi. quelques- 

11ns, f. quelques-unes, some. 
Personne (with ne), nobody. 
Lhin, e — Pautre, the one — the other ; pi. les uns {lines) — les autres, the 

ones — the others. 
Lhin (Pune) et Pautre, both. 
Vun (thine) 011 Pautre, either. 
Ni Vun (thine) ni Vautre, neither. 
Lhin (thine) P 'autre, — pi. les uns (les tines) les autres, each other, one 

another. 
Un autre, f. une autre, another. 
D' autres, pi. others, other people. 
Autrui, gfhers, another. 
Tel, f. telle, many a man. 
Plusieurs, several. 
La plupart, most, followed by de with the def. art., as: La plupart des 

hommes, most men. 
Quiconque, whoever. 

Tout, f. toute, all, everything ; pi. lous, toutes, all. 
Quelque chose, f. something, anything : when followed by de and an adj. 

it is masc. 
Rien (with ne), nothing. 
Le, la mane, the same. 

2. JO on is used for euphony instead of on after et, ou, oil, si, 
unless the next word begins with /; also after que if the next 
word begins with a c or q. Ex. : si Von voit, if one sees ; et Von 
dit, and they say. But : si on le voit, not si Von le voit. 

This / in Pon is the remnant of the article, used in Old French, on ac- 
count of the etymology of on, derived from home, horn, om, on, once a noun 
and like any other common noun, entitled to the article le. 

Lon is also sometimes used after mais, ni, qui, and other vowel sounds. 



I3 o XXIX. VINGT-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 

3. Several of the indefinite adjectives have been enumerated 
here again among the indefinite pronouns, because they may be 
used as such, viz. : aucun, plusieurs, tout, and le nieme. Ex. : — 

Combien de plumes avez-vous, how many pens have you? 

Je n'en ai aucune, I have none. 

yen ai plusieurs, I have several. 

Avez-vous appele tous les en/ants, have you called all the children 

Out, je les ai appeles tous, yes, I have called them all. 

4. When personne and rien are used without verbs, they do not 
take ne, but they retain their negative meaning, as : 

Qui avez-vous rencont7'i? Personne. 
Whom have you met ? Nobody. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le defaut, the fault. chanter, to sing. 

le verbe, the verb. bldmer, to blame. 

le camarade, the comrade. rire, to laugh. 

la conjiance, the confidence. arriver, to arrive. 

venu, come {part. p.). gdter, to spoil. 

mechant, e, naughty. secourir, to assist. 

jaloux, -se, jealous. nuire, to hurt, injuft. 

regulier, -ere, regular. je veux, I will. 

rencontrer, to meet. pourri, e, rotten. 

READING EXERCISE 29. 

On chante, on joue et Ton danse. Tout le monde veut (wishes) 
£tre heureux. Chacun veut avoir raison. L'un etait riche, l'autre 
etait pauvre ; Tun et l'autre etaient malheureux. Les unes dan- 
saient, les autres jouaient. Ne blamez pas les travaux d'autrui. 
Avez-vous vu quelqu'un ? Je n'ai vu personne. Nous avons 
quelque chose de meilleur. Tel rit aujourd'hui qui ne rira plus de- 
main. Chacun a ses defauts. Tout le monde (everybody) a son 
faible (weakness). La plupart de ces pommes sont pourries. Ne 
savez-vous (do yo?i know) rien de nouveau ? Nous ne savons 
(know) rien. Nous n'avons rencontre personne. Quiconque salira 
ses cahiers, sera puni. Donnez-moi quelques-unes de vos belles 
poires. Quelques-uns de mes camarades sont malades. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 



!3i 



THEME 29. 

i. One is happy when one is contented. 2. They speak of 
peace (de lapaix). 3. They say so (le). 4. Everybody likes him. 
5. Every one thinks of himself (a soi). 6. Everybody has his 
(own) faults. 7. Somebody has told (dit) it to me. 8. Those 
apples are fine, I will take some. 9. Whoever knows (connait) 
this man, has little (peu de) confidence in him. 10. Nobody 
knows that woman. n. Henry thinks of (a) nobody. 12. 
(The) one arrives, the other sets out {part). 13. These two girls 
love one another. 14. I do not know them all, but I know sev- 
eral of them (en). 15. Most verbs are regular. 16. The princes 
were jealous of one another. 17. Will you have anything? 18. 
I thank you, I will have (je ne veux) nothing. 19. These peo- 
ple (gens) speak ill (ma/) of one another (/. <?., the one of the 
other). 



CONVERSATION. 



Que fait-on la ? 

Qui a dit cela ? 

Qui veut ce papier ? 

Vos deux neveux sont-ils 

riches ? 
As-tu vu quelqu'un dans ce 

jardin ? 
Qu'y a-t-il de nouveau ? 

Ou sont vos deux fils ? 

Voulez-vous quelque chose ? 
Avez-vous retrouve les lettres 

perdues ? 
Avec qui etes-vous venu ? 
Qui est la ? 
Avez-vous toutes les boites ? 



On joue et Ton danse. 

Tout le monde le dit. 

Chacun le veut. 

L'un est riche, l'autre est pauvre. 

Non, je n'y ai vu personne. 

Je ne sais (know) rien du tout 

(at all). 
lis sont partis tous les deux. (lis 

sont partis l'un et l'autre.) 
Non, merci ; je ne veux rien. 
J'en ai retrouve quelques-unes ; 

la plupart sont perdues. 
Je ne suis venu avec personne. 
Personne. 
Je n'en ai aucune. 



132 



XXIX. VINGT-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 



Comment etaient les princes ? 

Avez-vous d'autres plumes ? 
Avez-vous rencontre quel- 

qu'un ? 



lis etaient jaloux Fun de l'autre 

(or les uns des autres.) 
Non, ce sont encore les memes. 
Je n'ai rencontre personne. 



READING LESSON. 
PUISSANCE DE LA CONCORDE. 

Un homme qui avait douze fils, les fit {had them) rassembler au- 
tour de son lit de mort, et comme (as) ils attendaient sa derniere 
benediction, il leur montra un faisceau de fleches et ordonna a cha- 
cun d'essayer de les rompre ainsi liees, toutes a la fois. Aucun 
d'eux ne put (could) y parvenir. II leur dit ensuite de faire le 
meme essai, en les prenant (by taki?ig them) l'une apres l'autre. 
Ils les rompirent de cette maniere avec facilite. Le pere les rendit 
alors attentifs a, cet embleme du pouvoir de la concorde. " Ob- 
servez, mes enfants," leur dit-il, " qu'aussi longtemps que vous 
resterez unis, personne ne pourra (will be able) vous vaincre." 



Le pouvoir, the power, might. 
rassembler, to assemble. 
autour de, round, about. 
le lit de mort, the death-bed. 
la be'nediction, the blessing. 
un faisceau, a bundle. 
la flee he, the arrow. 
rompre, to break. 
ainsi lie, thus bound together. 



a lafois, at once. 

parvenir, to succeed. 

ensuite, at length, finally. 

f essai, the attempt. 

la facilite', (the) easiness. 

alors, then. 

P embleme, the emblem. 

unir, to unite. 

vaincre, to conquer, vanquish. 



PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 133 



XXX. TRENTIEME LEfON. 



PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 

1. Passive verbs are formed, in French as in English, by joining 
the Participle past of an active verb to the auxiliary verb tire, to 
be; for instance, of the verb donner, the passive voice is etre domij, 
to be given; oifinir: etre fini, to be finished, etc. The Participle 
past varies according to the gender and number of the noun or pro- 
noun which stands as the nominative to the verb. 

CONJUGATION OF A PASSIVE VERB. 

INFINITIVE. 
Etre loue, to be praised. 

INDICATIVE. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Je suis loue <?r louee, I am praised. 

tu es loue or louee, thou art praised. 

il est loue, he is praised. 

elle est louee, she is praised. 

nous sommes loues or louees, we are praised. 

vous &tes loues or louees, yoic are praised. 



ils sont loues, 
elles sont louees 



> they are praised. 



IMPERFECT. 

J'etais loue or louee, I was praised, etc. 

PRETERITE. 

Je fus loue or louee, I was praised, etc. 

FUTURE. 

Je serai loue or louee, I shall be praised, etc. 



!^ 4 XXX. TRENTIEME LE£ON. 

CONDITIONAL. 
Je serais loue" or louee, / should be praised, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Sois loue or lou£e, be praised. 

soyons loues or louees, let us be praised. 

soyez loues or louees, be praised. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

Que je sois loue or louee, that I {may) oe praised, etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je fusse loue or louee, that I {might) be praised, etc 

PARTICIPLE. 
£tant loue or louee, being praised. 

COMPOUND TENSES. 
INFINITIVE. 

Avoir ete loue, e, to have been praised. 

INDICATIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

J'ai £te loue, e, 7" have been praised, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

J'avais £te loue, e, I had been praised, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 

J'eus £te loue, e, / had been praised, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

J'aurai ete loue, e, I shall have been praised, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Paurais ete loue, e, ) _ , _ , 7 T , . , 

t, ,., , x } J should or I would have been praised, etc. 

J'eusse ete loue, e, $ r * 



PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 135 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Que j'aie etc - loue, e, that I {may) have been praised, etc/ 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse ete loue, e, that I {might) have been praised^ 

PARTICIPLE. 

Ayant ete loue, e, having been praised. 

2. The English preposition by, with the passive voice, is to be 
rendered by de, when the verb denotes a sentiment or an act 
effecting little or no change in its object, and by par, when it ex- 
presses an outward action. Ex. : He is esteemed by everybody, 
77 est estime' de tout le monde ; the city of Troy was taken by the 
Greeks, La ville de Troie fut prise par les Grecs; he is followed 
by his servant, 77 est suivi de son domestique; he is followed by 
the police, 77 est suivi par la police. 

Remark. All active and reflexive verbs can be used impersonally. 
Many houses are built. 
77 se bdtit beaucoup de maisons. 
More children die than adults. 
II meurt plus d'enfants qite d'adultes. 
One thousand bales of cotton were sold. 
II s'est vendu mille balles de coton. 

NEUTER VERBS. 

3. There are about six hundred neuter verbs in French, of 
which about five hundred and fifty are conjugated with avoir in 
the compound tenses. Of the remainder, some take either etre 
or avoir, according as the idea expressed is condition or state, or 
action. 

4. The following neuter verbs invariably require etre: 
Alter, to go. venir, to come. 
arriver, to arrive, to happen. devenir, to become. 
choir, to fall (rarely used). intervenir, to intervene. 
deceder, to decease. parvenir, to succeed. 
eclore, to hatch. provenir, to arise. 
mourir, to die. revenir, to come back. 
naitre, to be born. survenir, to happen. 
tomber, to fall. 



13 5 XXX. TRENTIEME LE£ON. 

Examples : 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Je suis arrive or arrivee, / have {am) arrived. 
tu es arrive or arrivee, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

J'£tais arrive or arrivee, I had arrived, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

Je serai arrive or arrivee, / shall have arrived, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je serais arrive or arrivee, / should have arrived, etc. 

5. Accourir, cesser, croitre, dechoir, degenerer, descendre, disparaitre, 
echapper, echoir, empirer, entrer, grandir, monter, partir, passer, perir, 
rester, sortir, vieillir, and a few others, are conjugated with avoir when it is 
the action or fact, with etre when it is the state or condition expressed by the 
verb, which is uppermost in the mind. Ex. : La riviere a monte rapidement, 
the river has risen rapidly. // est monte, he has (is) gone up. 

VOCABULARY. 

La bataille, the battle. offenser, to offend. 

la loi, law. envoyer, to send. 

le voleur, the thief. ?nordre, to bite. 

le voyageur, the traveller. blesser, to wound. 

le flatteur, the flatterer. demolir, to demolish. 

la langue, the language. rebdtir, to rebuild. 

la cour, the court. maltraiter, to treat ill, abuse. 

le chemin, the road. enlever, to take away. 

vertueux, -se, virtuous. sauver, to save. 

inconnu, unknown. attaquer, to attack. 

rester, to remain. assassin/, murdered. 

tuer, to kill. parce que, because. 

enrage, mad. 

READING EXERCISE 30. 
Mon fils Theodore est aime et loue de ses maitres, parce qu'il est 
applique et attentif. Gustave Adolphe, roi de Suede, fut tu£ a la 
bataille de Lutzen, a Page de trente-sept ans. Si vous etes ver- 
tueux, vous serez aimes et estimes de tout le monde. Ayez soin 
que les lois soient ponctuellement observees. Quiconque les trans- 



PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 137 

gresse, sera puni. Le soldat qui a ete blesse, est mort La mai- 
son qui a ete demolie, a ete rebatie. Ce pauvre chien est bien 
maltraite par son maitre. Hier je fus attaque par un voleur. Mon 
argent, ma montre, tout me fut enleve. Deux des voyageurs sont 
restes en chemin ; ils ne sont pas encore arrives. 

THEME 30. 

i. I am loved by my parents. 2. Mr. Bell is esteemed by 
everybody. 3. The French language is spoken in all the courts 
of Europe. 4. Charles was bitten by a mad dog. 5. That dog 
must {doit) be killed. 6. This ring was given me by my grand- 
father. 7. By whom was this letter written {e'crite)? 8. It was 
written by a little boy. 9. Frederic has been punished by his 
teacher. 10. Have you been invited to the ball ? 11. No, sir, I 
have not been invited. 12. I shall perhaps {peut-etre) be invited 
to-morrow. 13. This letter must be sent to the post-office. 14. 
Flatterers are not esteemed. 15. The child has not been saved. 

16. It would have been saved, if it had cried for help {an secours). 

17. The castle was built in the year 1620. 18. Those brave 
soldiers will be praised and rewarded. 19. Will Mr. B.'s garden 
be sold ? 20. It is already sold. 

CONVERSATION. 

Etes-vous aimes de vos amis ? Nous avons toujours ete aimes de 

tous nos amis. 
Croyez-vous que mes ordres Je ne le crois pas. 

soient executes ? 
Par qui as-tu ete offense ? Par un homrae inconnu. 

Les bons rois sont-ils aimes ? Ils sont toujours aimes et es- 

times. 
Ces objets seront-ils vendus ? Non M — , ils ne seront pas ven- 

dus. 
Par qui Henri IV fut-il assas- II fut assassine par Ravaillac. 

sine {murdered) ? 
Dans quelle annee? Henri IV fut assassine en 1610. 

Quel fut le sort de Charles X ? Ce roi fut exile {banished) de 

France en 1830. 



r 3 8 XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LEgON. 

Par qui ces jeunes gens ont-ils Je crois qu'ils ont ete blames par 

ete blames ? leur maitre. 

La bataille de Leipsic fut-elle Tres-sanglante. Beaucoup de 
sanglante {bloody) ? soldats et d'officiers furent 

tues, et encore (still) un plus 
grand n ombre furent blesses. 
Voyez cette pauvre fille ! Qu'a- Elle a ete mordue par un chien 

t-elle done ? enrage. 

N'a-t-on pas tue ce chien ? On ne Fa pas encore tue, mais il 

sera tue" tout de suite. 
Que va-t-on (are they going) Elle sera demolie et puis rebatie 

faire de cette vieille maison ? a neuf (anew). 
Avez-vous bien dormi ? Non, je n'ai pas bien dormi. 



XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LEf ON. 



REFLECTIVE VERBS. 

Some verbs are called reflective, because their subject and object 
are the same person or thing, so that the subject acts upon itself, 
and is, at the same time, the agent and the object of the action. 
Reflective verbs, therefore, have always, besides the subject, anoth- 
er personal pronoun, viz. : me, te, se, myself, thyself, himself, her- 
self, itself, for the singular; nous, vous, se, ourselves, yourselves, 
themselves, for the plural. But it frequently happens that in Eng- 
lish the second pronoun is only implied, whereas it must be ex- 
pressed in French. Ex. : to repent, se refientir; pres. I repent, 
je me re pens, etc. 

Observe that all reflective verbs, without exception, are conju- 
gated with the auxiliary etre, as : I have hurt myself, je me suis 
blesse, and not je m'ai blesse. 

The conjugation of the following verb may serve as a model for all the 
reflective verbs : 



REFLECTIVE VERBS. 
Se r6jouir, to rejoice. 

INDICATIVE. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Je me rejouis, / rejoice. 
tu te rejouis, thou rejoicest. 
il (elle) se rejouit, he {she) rejoices. 
nous nous rejouissons, we rejoice. 
vous vous rejouissez, you rejoice. 
ils (elles) se rejouissent, they rejoice. 

IMPERFECT. 

Je me rejouissais, / rejoiced, etc. 

PRETERITE. 

Je me rejouis, I rejoiced, etc. 

FUTURE. 
Je me rejouirai, 1 shall rejoice, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je me rejouirais, I should rejoice, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Rejouis-toi, rejoice. 
rejouissons-nous, let us rejoice. 
rejouissez-vous, rejoice. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT. 

Que je me rejouisse, that I {may) rejoice, etc 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je me rejouisse, that I {might) rejoice, etc, 

PARTICIPLE. 
Se (me, te, etc.) rejouissant, rejoicing. 

COMPOUND TENSES. 

INFINITIVE. 

S'etre rejoui, e, to have rejoiced. 



139 



I4 o XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LE£ON„ 

INDICATIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Je me suis rejoui, e, I have rejoiced. 
tu t'es rejoui, e, thou hast rejoiced. 
il s'est rejoui, he has rejoiced. 
elle s'est rejouie, she has rejoiced. 

nous nous sommes rejouis, ies, we have rejoiced. 
vous vous etes rejoui(s), ie(s), you have rejoiced. 



ils se sont rejouis, 
elles se sont rejouies, 



> they have rejoiced. 



COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Je m'etais rejoui, e, I had rejoiced. 

tu t'etais rejoui, e, thou hadst rejoiced, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 

Je me'fus rejoui, e, I had rejoiced. 
tu te fus rejoui, e, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

Je me serai rejoui, e, I shall have rejoiced. 
tu te seras rejoui, e, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je me serais rejoui, e, I should have rejoiced. 
tu te serais rejoui, e, etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Que je me sois rejoui, e, that I {may) have rejoiced. 
que tu te sois rejoui, e, etc. 

qu'il se soit rejoui, (qu'elle se soit rejouie), etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que je me fusse rejoui, e, that I {might) have rejoiced. 
que tu te fusses rejoui, e, etc. 

PARTICIPLE. 
S'etant (mutant, etc. ) rejoui, e, having rejoiced. 



REFLECTIVE VERBS. 141 

WITH INTERROGATION. 



(Me rejouis-je), better: est-ce que je me rejouis, do I'rejoice*. 
te rejouis-tu {or est-ce que tu te rejouis), dost thou rejoice? 
se r£jouit-il {or est-ce qu'il se rejouit) ? etc. 

nous rejouissons-nous ? etc. 

vous rejouissez- vous? etc. 

se rejouissent-ils (elles) ? etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 
Me suis-je rejoui, e, have I rejoiced? 
t'es-tu rejoui, e, hast thou rejoiced? 
s'est-il rejoui, has he rejoiced? 
s'est-elle rejouie, has she rejoiced? 
nous sommes-nous rejouis, ies, have we rejoiced? 

WITH NEGATION. 

PRESENT. 

Je ne me rejouis pas, I do not rejoice. 
tu ne te rejouis pas, etc. 

il (elle) ne se rejouit pas, etc. 

nous ne nous rejouissons pas, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Je ne me suis pas rejoui, e, I have not rejoiced. 
tu ne t'es pas rejoui, e, etc. 

il (elle) ne s'est pas rejoui, e, etc. 

nous ne nous sommes pas rejouis, ies, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Ne te rejouis pas, do not rejoice. 

ne nous rejouissons pas, let us not rejoice. 

ne vous rejouissez pas, do not rejoice. 

INFINITIVE. 

Ne pas se rejouir, not to rejoice. 

ne pas s'etre rejoui, e, not to have rejoiced. 



WITH NEGATION AND INTERROGATION, 
PRESENT. 

Est-ce que je ne me rejouis pas, do I not rejoice ? 
ne te rejouis-tu pas, dost thou not rejoice? 
ne se rejouit-il pas, does he not rejoice? etc, 



142 



XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LE£ON. 



> to fancy. 
» ) 



to make haste. 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Ne me suis-je pas rejoui, e, have I not rejoiced? 
ne t'es-tu pas rejoui, e ? etc. 

ne s'est-il (elle) pas rejoui, e ? etc. 

ne nous sommes-nous pas rejouis, ies ? etc. 

Many verbs, neuter or passive in English, have in French the reflective 
form. The principal are : — 

S'affliger, to be sorry. 
s'apercevoir, to perceive. 
s' approcher, to cotne near. 
s'arreter, to stop. 
s'asseoir, to sit down. 
se baisser, to stoop. 
se coucher, to go to bed. 
se depecher, to make haste. 
s'£crier, to exclaim, cry out. 
s'en aller, to go away. 
s'endormir, to fall asleep. 
s'enrhumer, to catch cold. 
s'entretenir, to discourse with. 
s'etonner, to wonder. 
s'^veiller, to awake. 
se fier, to trust. 



se figurer, 

s'imaginer, 

se hater, 

se depecher, 

se lever, to rise, to get up. 

se marier, to marry. 

se moquer, to mock, scoff. 

se plaindre, to complain. 

se promener, to take a walk. 

se repentir, to repent. 

se reposer, to rest. 

se soumettre, to submit. 

se souvenir, to remember. 

se taire, to be silent. 

se tromper, to be mistaken. 

se vanter, to boast. 



Ex. — I rise, I get up, je me leve. 

I have risen or got up, je me suis leve'. 

We have perceived, nous nous sommes aper$us, etc. 

Observe also these expressions : — 

How are you, comment vous portez-vous ? 

I am well, je me porte bien. 

I am mistaken, je me trompe. 

I have been mistaken, je me suis trompe. 

He is silent, il se tail. 



VOCABULARY. 



La conduite, the behavior. 
la fore t, the forest. 
le boulet, the ball. 
le titre, the right. 
la Boheme, Bohemia. 



vaillamment, bravely. 
fondre, to cast. 
bien, well; mieux, better. 
se venger de, to revenge on. 
se conduire. to behave. 



REFLECTIVE VERBS. 143 

♦ 
tardy late. se distingner, to distinguish. 

le mat, the evil. enfermer, to shut in. 

se rendre, to surrender. sauver, to save. 

se coucher, to go to bed. 

READING EXERCISE 31. 

Vous vous trompez, Monsieur. Je me suis trompe aussi. II 
y a {it is) tres-longtemps que nous ne nous {each other) sommes 
vus. Le general Ostermann s'est distingue beaucoup a l'affaire 
{battle) de Culm. S'il ne s'etait pas defendu si vaillamment, l'ar- 
mee alliee aurait ete enfermee dans les montagnes de la Boheme. 

Dans une bataille ou les boulets ennemis volaient {flew) autour 
de lui, Napoleon s'ecria : Le boulet qui doit {is to) me tuer, n'est 
pas encore fondu {east). Pourquoi vous etes-vous leve si tard ? 
Je me suis leve a sept heures. Ne vous affligez pas tant, mes 
amis ; habituez-vous a souffrir avec courage les maux de la vie. 
Vous auriez ete sauve, si vous vous etiez refugie au camp. 

THEME 31. 

1. I rejoice greatly {beaucoup) to see you {de vous voir). 2. 
Charles has wounded himself with a penknife. 3. The enemies 
have surrendered. 4. A good Christian does not revenge him- 
self on {de) his enemy. 5. The soldier has distinguished himself: 
he will be rewarded 6. Get up ! 7. I shall get up directly. 8. 
Has my brother got up ? 9. He (has) got up at six o'clock. 10. 
Be not sorry, children, exclaimed he, we shall all be saved ! 11. 
You are mistaken, Sir. 12. Yes, it is true {vrai), I have been mis- 
taken. 13. Why do you rejoice at the (du) misfortune of others ? 
14. When do you go to bed ? 15. I go to bed at eleven o'clock ; 
but yesterday I went (have gone) to bed at ten o'clock. 16. 
Make haste! 17. Where is your mother? 18. She is not at 
home (a la maison); she is taking a walk. 19. I have taken a 
walk this morning. 20. When will you take a walk ? 21. I shall 
take a walk this evening. 22. How are you to-day? 23. I am 
well, but my brother is not well. 24. I (have) stopped at the 
gate {porte). 25. Rest a little, and come near the fire {du feu). 



I44 XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LE£ON. 

CONVERSATION. 

Vous vous etes trompe, mon ami, Je ne me suis pas trompe. 

n'est-ce pas ? 
Quand vous coucherez-vous, Nous nous coucherons tout de 

mes enfants ? . suite. 

A quelle heure vous etes-vous Je me suis couche a dix heures. 

couche hier ?- 
Et votre frere ? Mon frere s'est couche a onze 

heures. 
Monsieur votre pere est-il deja Oui, il s'est leve aujourd'hui 

leve ? de bonne heure (early). 

Ou etes-vous done restes si long- Nous nous sommes egares (went 

temps ? astray) dans la foret. 

Tasceurs'est-ellelavee(z£W/W)/ Je crois qu'elle ne s'est pas en- 
core lavee. 
Qui s'est lave dans cette eau ? Moi. 
Pourquoi vous etes-vous leves si Nous ne nous sommes pas eveil- 

tard ? les plus tot (earlier). 

Qui veut se promener avec moi ? Ma soeur et moi. 
Vous etes-vous bien amuse ? Oui, assez (pretty) bien. 



READING LESSON. 
LE SANSONNET. 

Le vieux chasseur Maurice avait dans sa chambre un sansonnet 
qu'il avait eleve, et qui avait appris (learned) a articuler quelques 
mots. Quand il disait par exemple : " Sansonnet, ou es-tu ? " l'oi- 
seau repondait toujours: " Me voila! " 

Le petit Charles, fils du voisin, aimait beaucoup l'oiseau et lui 
faisait (paid) souvent des visites. Un jour il vint voir le sanson- 
net pendant que le chasseur etait absent ; il s'empara bien vite de 
l'oiseau, le mit (put it) dans sa poche et voulait s'esquiver avec 
son larcin. 

Mais dans ce moment le chasseur entra chez lui. II crut 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



H5 



{thought) faire plaisir au petit garcon en demandant {by asking) 
corame de coutume : " Sansonnet, ou es-tu ? " — " Me voila ! " 
cria de toutes ses forces {his might) Toiseau qui etait cache dans 
la poche du petit garcon. 

C'est ainsi que le petit voleur fut trahi. 



Le sansonnet, the starling. 
le mot, the word. 
vie voila, here I am. 
il vint, he cam*. 
pendant que, whilst. 
s'emparer, to lay hold of. 



vite, quick. 

la poche, the pocket. 

s^esquiver, to run away. 

le larcin, the larceny. 

de coutume, as he used to do. 

trdhir, to betray. 



XXXII. TREMTE-DEUXIEME LEfON 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



1. Verbs which are always impersonal form their compound 
tenses by means of the auxiliary avoir. The principal are : 

Pres. 



Neiger, to snow ; • 
pleuvoir, to rain ; 
greler, to hail ; 
tonner, to thunder ; 
faire des eclairs, to lighten ; 
geler, to freeze ; 
degeler, to thaw ; 
importer, to matter ; 



il neige, it snows. 

il pleut, it rains. 

il grele, it hails. 

il tonne, it thunders. 

il fait des eclairs, it lightens 

il gele, it freezes. 

il degele, it thaws. 

il importe, it matters. 



Third singular negative is rfimporte, no matter. 



2. Other verbs may become impersonal. Ex.: — 

II suffit, it suffices. 

il semble, it seems. 

il vatit mieux, it is better. 

// me tarde, I long. 



il convient, it is convenient. 
il arrive, it happens (takes etre~). 
il s'agit, it is the question, etc. 
il reste, there remains. 



146 



XXXII. TRENTE-DEUXIEME LECON. 



MODELS OF CONJUGATION. 



1. Neiger, to snow. 



INDICATIVE. 



Present. 
Imperfect. 
Preterite. 
Future. 
Comp. of Pres. 

" " Imp. 

" " Pret. 

» " Fut. 



II neige. 
II neigeait. 
II neige a. 
II neigera. 
II a neige, 
II avait neige'. 
II ent neige. 
II aura neip-e'. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



QuHl neige. 
q it'll neigedt. 



qit'il ait neige'. 
quHl eiit neige. 



Interrogatively: Neige-t-il? neigeait-il? a-t-il neige ? etc. 



Pres. II neigerait. 



CONDITIONAL. 



Comp. II aurait neige'. 



PARTICIPLE. 



Pres. Neigeant. Comp. Ayant neige. 

2. II y a, there is, there are. 



Indic. Present. 
Imperfect 
Preterite. 
Future. 
Comp. of 



Cond. Present. 
Comp. 

Interrogatively : 

Negatively : 

Negat. interrogat. 

SUBJ. Present. 
Imperfect 
Comp. of 



there was, there were. 



there had been. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 
Y avoir, there to be. 
II y a, there is, there are. 
II y avait, 
II y eut, 

II y aura, there will be. 
Pres. II y a eu, there has or have been. 
Imp. II y avait eu, 
Pret. II y eut eu, 

II y aurait, there would be. 
II y aurait eu, there would have been. 
Y a-t-il, is there? are there? 
7/ n'y a pas, there is or are not. 
: N'y a-t-il pas, is or are there not ? 

Qit'il y ait, that there (may) be. 
Qit'il y eiit, that there (might) be. 
Pres. Qu'il y ait eu, that there (may) have been. 
Imp. Qit'il y eut eu, that there (might) have been. 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. •. H7 

Note i. This verb in English is used in the plural, when followed by a 
plural substantive; in French, it remains always in the singular ; as, 
There are birds which, etc., il y a des oiseaux qui, etc. 
Note 2. It often happens that the verb il y a is rendered ago, these, or 
for these. Ex. : — 

I saw him two months ago. 
fe Pai vu il y a deux ?noie. 
I have been ill these eight days. 
II y a huit jours qtie je suis malade. 
II est is also used impersonally, particularly in poetry, in the sense of 
il y a. 

3. II fait fr oid. 

Present. II fait froid, it is cold. 

Imperfect. II fais ait froid, } 

Preterite. II fit froid, J* was cold. 

Future. II f era froid, it will be cold, etc. 

Comp of Pres. II a fait froid, it has been cold, etc. 
Thus other expressions denoting the state of the weather : II fait beau, it 
is fine weather; il fait chaud, it is warm; il fait jour, it is daylight, etc. 
The English "it is said" is rendered in French, on dil. 

4. 77 faut. 
Infinitive : Falloir, to be needful, necessary. 

INDIC. Present. II faut, it is necessary. 
Imperfect. II fallait, 



Preterite. Ilfallut, }* was necessary. 

Future. Ilfaudra, it will be necessary. 

Comp. of Present. II afallu, it has been necessary. 

" " Imperfect. II avait fallu, ) 

« -Preterite. II eut fallu, J * had been necessary.- 

" " Future. II aura fallu, it will have been necessary. 

Cond. Present. II faudrait, it would be necessary, ( . . . ought to). 

Comp. // aurait fallu, it would have been necessary. 

INTERROGATIVELY. 

Faut-il? fallait-il? fallut-il? a-t-il fallu? (is it necessary? was it nec- 
essary ? has it been necessary ?) 
Subj. Present. Qu'il faille, that it (may) be necessary. 

Imperfect. QiPil falhit, that it (might) be necessary. 
Comp. of Present. Qu'il ait fallu, that it (may) have been necessary. 

fl "Imperfect. QuHl eutfallu } that it (might) have been necessary. 



I4 g XXXII. TRENTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 

PARTICIPLE. 

Present, wanting. Compound. Ayant fallu. 

Remark i. The verb falloir is absolutely impersonal throughout all its 
tenses. When its subject is a personal pronoun, as : / must, you must, etc., 
we may add, for the first person me, for the second te, for the third lui, in 
the plural nous, vous, leur. More frequently, however, qtie with the Sub- 
junctive mood is preferred. Ex. : — 

I must read: il me faut lire, or ilfaut queje Use. 
thou must read : il te faut lire, or ilfaut que tu Uses. 
he must read: ) . c il faut qic'il Use. 

she must read : 5 ' ( ilfaut qiielle Use. 

we must read : il nous faut lire, or il faut qtie nous lisions. 
you must read : il vous faut lire, or ilfaut que vous lisiez. 
they must read : il leur faut lire, or il faut qitHls lisent. 
I have been obliged to read: il 7?i'afallu lire, etc. 

2. When the subject is a noun, que with the Subjunctive mood must be 
used. It must further be observed that, when the verb falloir is used in the 
Present or Future tense, the following verb must be put in the Present of 
the Subjunctive; but when it is in the Imperfect, Preterite or Conditional, 
the verb following it must be rendered by the Imperfect of the Subjunctive. 
Ex.:— 

The boy must work, il faut que le gargon travaille. 

The boy will be obliged to work. 

II faudra que la gargon ti-availle. 

The soldiers were obliged to retire. 

Ilfallait or il fallut que les soldats se retirassent. 

3. When the verb ilfaut is followed immediately by a noun substantive, 
it signifies to want ; here also one of the pronouns me, te, lui, nous, vous, 
leur, according to the person, must be inserted. Ex. : — 

I want (must have) a hat, il me faut un chapeau. 
He wants some money, il lui faut de V argent. 
We want some bread, il nous faut du pain. 
Did you want some books, vous fallait-il des livres? 

VOCABULARY. 

Le compte, the account, bill. la chaise, the chair. 

la redingote, the coat. cesser, to leave off, to cease. 

le depart, the departure. quitter, to leave, 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 149 

la rue, the street. dessiner, to draw. 

le sort, (the) fate. -bartir, to set out, depart. 

la chambre, the room. honnete, honest. 

manquer, to be wanting. mecontent, e, discontented. 

gouvemer, to govern. sagement, adv. wisely. 



READING EXERCISE 32. 

II pleut. Je crois qu'il pleuvra demain. J'entends tonner. II 
vaut mieux {it is better) qu'il pleuve. II a neige toute la nuit. 
II y a des hommes qui sont toujours mecontents. II fait chaud; 
il faisait trop chaud dans votre chambre. II n'y avait ni hommes, 
ni femmes, ni enfants. II faut partir. II vous faut partir. II 
fallait venir plus tot [earlier). Ne faudra-t-il pas lui pardonner ? 
II faut que Charles reste a la maison. II fallut que Charles restat 
a la maison. II me fallut lui pardonner. II y aura cette annee 
beaucoup de cerises. II faut que les enfants obeissent a l'instant 
{instantly). II y a eu de {at) tout temps des flatteurs. II a fallu 
qu'elle payat son compte. II y a un Dieu qui gouverne tout 
sagement. Qu'est-ce qu'il vous faut? II me faut une autre 
chambre. 



THEME 32. 

1. Does it snow? 2. No, it does not snow, it rains. 3. It is 
cold to-day. 4. I shall not leave the room. 5. Yesterday it was 
(has been) very cold, and it (has) snowed a great deal {beaucoup). 
6. It thunders and lightens. 7. There are too many chairs in this 
room. 8. There was much wine on the table. 9. Is there money 
in the purse? 10. There are six francs {francs) i?i it. n. 
There will be a great many nuts this year. 1 2 . There are streets 
in London, which are very long. 13. It is necessary to begin. 
14. It was necessary to set out. 15. You must begin. 16. He 
must read. 17. We were obliged to set out. 18. He has been 
obliged to speak. 19. The boy must work. 20. The girls must 
draw. 21. My father has been obliged to go to Paris. 22. Your 
uncle will be obliged to leave London. 23. The soldiers were 



i 5 o XXXII. TRENTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 

obliged to leave the town. 24. I want a good pen. 25. Do you 
want another room? 26. Yes, I want a larger room. 27. What 
do you want ? 28. I want or I must have {de V) money. 

CONVERSATION. 

Quel temps fait-il aujourd'hui? II fait beau (mauvais) temps. 

Pleut-il ? Oui, il pleut tres-fort. 

Pleuvra-t-il ? Je ne crois pas qu'il pleuve. 

La pluie a-t-elle cesse ? Pas encore ; il pleut sans cesse. 

Que vous faut-il ? II me faut une redingote neuve. 

Y a-t-il assez de vin ? Oui, Monsieur, il y en a assez. 

Y avait-il de l'argent dans cette II y avait deux francs, 
bourse ? 

As-tu paye le compte ? Oui, il m'a fallu le payer. 

Faut-il que je me leve mainte- Oui, il faut vous lever tout de 

nant ? suite. 

Vous a-t-il fallu partir de si bonne Le depart etait fixe a quatre 

heure {so early) ? heures et demie. 

Qui a paye le diner ? Mon pere l'a paye. 

Faut-il lui rendre {return) Par- Oui, rendez-le-lui. 

gent? 



READING LESSON. 
PRODUCTIONS DE DIVERS CLIMATS. 

La providence a si sagement arrange toutes choses, que chaque 
climat fournit aux habitants ce qui leur est le plus indispensable. 
Dans les contrees polaires il fait si froid, qu'il ne peut y croitre ni 
fruits, ni cereales, ni legumes. La nature y a supplee par la 
grande quantite de poissons que Ton peche dans la mer et dans les 
lacs, et par l'abondance des quadrupedes qui, a la verite {indeed), 
sont la plupart {mostly) sauvages et feroces, mais qui fournissent 
aux habitants, aguerris {accustomed) ales poursuivre a la chasse, 
de tres-belles fourrures, de la chair mangeable, des os et des nerfs 
qu'ils emploient pour leurs arcs {bows) et pour divers ustensiles. 



FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 



151 



Les peuples des climats chauds ont le ver a soie (silkworm), 
qui se nourrit des feuilles du murier et qui leur file (spins) un le- 
ger tissu dont on fait des etoffes convenables a la temperature du 
pays. 

Le cotonnier porte des gousses renfermant le coton dont le tissu 
fournit egalement (likewise) les plus beaux yetements. Et pour 
preserver les habitants de la zone torride de l'mnammation d'un 
sang trop echauffe, leurs campagnes et leurs jardins leur fournis- 
sent les oranges, les citrons et les olives qui les rafraichissent. 

Fournir, to supply, furnish. la chair, the flesh, meat. 

le besoin, the need, want. Pos, the bone. 

la contree, the region. Pustensile, the tool. 

croitre, to grow. le murier, the mulberry-tree. 

les cereales, corn. filer, to spin, leger, light. 

les legumes, vegetables. le tissu, the texture. 

pecker, to fish, la mer, the sea. convenable, convenient, fit. 

sauvage, wild. le cotonnier, the cotton-plant. 

feroce, ferocious. la gousse, the pod, husk. 

aguerris, hardened. le vetement, clothing. 

pourstiivre, to pursue. echauffe, heated, hot. 

la fourrure, fur, pelt. rafraichir, to cool, refresh. 



XXXIII. TRENTE-TROISIEME LEf ON. 

FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 

To make an adverb of manner, the French add ment to an ad- 
jective, just as the English add ly. The English affix means 
manner, and the French ment was originally a noun derived 
from Latin mens, spirit, mood, manner. Hence the rules : — 

1. Adjectives ending in a vowel, simply add the final syllable 
-?ne?it, as : — 

Facile, easy; adv. facilement, easily. 
poll, polite ; adv. poliment, politely. 
vrai, true; adv. vrahnent, truly. 



152 XXXIII. TRENTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 

2. Adjectives r which do not end in a vowel, add the syllable 
-ment to their feminine termination, as : — 

Haut, f. haute, high; adv. haulement, aloud. 
doux, f. douce, soft, mild; adv. doucement, softly. 
franc, f. franche, frank ; adv. franchement, frankly, freely. 
heureux, f. heureuse, happy; adv. heureusement, happily. 
So also the adjectives, nouveau, new; fou, foolish, and ;«o«, soft; adv. 
nouvelle??ient, follement, mollement. 

3. Adjectives which end in -ant or -ent, become adverbs by 
changing the final -ant into -aimnent, and -ent into -emment, as : — 

Consta7it, constant; adv. consta?7iment. 
prudent, prudent ; adv. prudemment. 
patient, patient ; adv. patiem?nent. 
Exceptions to this rule are : lent, slow, adv. lentement ; and present, pres- 
ent, adv. p?'e'sentement, actually, at present. 

4. The following adjectives take an e accented before the final 
-nient. Co7?imode, comfortable, commodeme?it ; commun, com- 
mon, commimement ; confus, confused, confusement; enor)?ie, enor- 
mous, enormenient j exfires, express, expressement ; immense, im- 
mense, imme?isement ; impuni, unpunished, impunement; precis, 
precise, precise j?ient ; p7'ofond, deep, profondement. 

5. All these derived adverbs, as well as some others, are com- 
pared, as : — 

COMP. SUP. 

Facilement, plus facilement, le plus facilement. 

commodement, moins co?nmode'ment, le moms commode'ment. 

souvent, often ; plus souv ent, le plus soicvent. 

longiemps, long, plus longtemps, le plus longtemps. 

loin, far; plus lorn, le plus loin. 

6. The following adverbs are irregular in the formation of their 
comparatives and superlatives : — 

COMP. SUP. 

Bien, well; mietix, better; le mieux, (the) best. 

mal, badly; pis, worse; le pis, the worst. 

peu, little ; ?noins, less ; le moins, the least. 

beaucoup, much; plus, more; le plus, most. 
tant mieux is rendered : so much the better. 
tant pis, so much the worse. 



FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 



153 



7. When either le plus or le moins qualifies a verb, adverb, or participle 
not used adjectively, le retains the masculine form. Ex. : Une lettre ecrite 
I e plus soigneusenient. 

8. The following adjectives are used adverbially without taking an addi- 
tional termination, as : 



Vite, quick, fast, fort, very. 

haul, loudly. 

bas, in a low voice. 



expres, purposely. 
soudain, suddenly. 
droit, straightways. 



VOCABULARY. 



Vetat, m. the state. 

e'gal, equal. 

genereusement, generously. 

eloquemment, eloquently. 

eternel, eternal, agir, to act. 

marcher, to walk. 

negliger, to neglect. 

occupe, occupied. 

dessiner, to draw. 

oublier, to forget. 

poncttielletnent, punctually. 

avouer, to confess. 

entretenu {part.), entertained, 

propre, clean. [amused. 

rarement, seldom. 



?7ialheureusement, unfortunate- 

modestement, modestly. [ly. 

probablement, likely. 

extremement, extremely. 

la fortune, property. 

fdche, sorry, angry. 

fdche contre quelqii'un, angry 
with any one. 

fdche de quelque chose, angry at, 
offended at, sorry for some- 
thing. 

fdche avec quelquhtn, having 
quarreled with, or having bro- 
ken friendly relations with 
any one. 



READING EXERCISE 26. 

Vous le trouverez facilement. Les gens paresseux negligent 
ordinairement leurs affaires. Agissez genereusement envers vos 
ennemis. Dieu a sagement distribue ses dons. Parlez modeste- 
ment de vos merites. Cet homme a parle tres-eloquemment. 
Henri IV. etait constamment occupe de la prosperite de ses etats. 
Le voleur marcha doucement ; il avait probablement peur d'etre 
entendu. Je suis extremement fache d'apprendre cette nouvelle. 
Nettoyez mieux vos habits. Vous n'etes pas proprement habille. 
Ne marchez pas si lentement. Les enfants qui aiment passionne- 
ment le jeu, negligent souvent leurs taches {tasks). 



i 5 4 XXXIII. TRENTE-TROISIEME LE£ON. 

THEME 33. 

i. This pupil learns (apprend) easily, but he forgets as (anssi) 
easily that which he learns. 2. The king has generously par- 
doned (to) his enemies. 3. Nobody is constantly happy in this 
world. 4. The name of Shakspeare will live (vivra) eternally. 
5. Speak frankly. 6. My brother is constantly occupied. 7. 
Confess freely your faults. 8. Unfortunately I have not found 
him at home. 9. Speak softly. ro. The artist plays admirably 
(well). 11. I have seldom received letters from my brother-in- 
law (bean-frere). 12. Everybody must punctually observe the 
laws. 13. If you fulfil faithfully your duties, you will be esteemed 
by (de) everybody. 14. You have stayed longer than your broth- 
er. 15. The little girl draws very well; she draws better than 
her sister. 

CONVERSATION. 

Comment parle cet homme ? II parle tres-eloquemment et 

tres-franchement. 

Avez-vous des nouvelles de votre II m'ecrit (writes) rarement. 
frere a Paris ? Heureusement je sais (know) 

par un de ses amis qu'il se 
porte bien. 

A-t-il perdu quelque chose ? II a probablement perdu une 

partie de sa fortune. 

Monsieur M. est-il fache ? Oui, il est extremement fache. 

Pourquoi est-il fache ? II est fache contre son fils qui a 

6t6 mediant. 

Comment faut-il agir? (How II faut toujours agir prudem- 
must people act ? ) ment et honnetement. 

Charles, tu es malade ; qu'as-tu ? J'ai mal a la tete (head-ache) ; 

mais heureusement ce n'est 
pas grand'chose (conse- 
quence). 

Vous etes probablement le frere Non, Madame, mais je suis son 

. de Monsieur Richard ? cousin. 



ADVERBS OF PLACE AND OF TIME. 155 

Comment ce general a-t-il agi II a agi tres-g6nereusement. 

envers ses ennemis ? 
Pourquoi march ez-vous si lente- J'ai mal au pied. 

ment ? 
Cette loi est-elle observee ? Elle est ponctuellement obser- 

ved de tout le monde. 



XXXIV. TRENTE-QUATRIEME LEfON. 
ADVERBS OP PLACE AND OP TIME. 

1. The principal adverbs of place are : 

Oil, where? whither? d'oii, whence? 

Par oil, which way ? dedans, ) . . . 

ici, here. dHci, hence. en dedans, J wlthin > inside ' 

la, there, de la, thence. dehors, without, out of doors. 

la-das, there below, yonder. derriere, behind. 

y, there, therein. devant, before. 
par ici, this way. par la, that way. defa, en deca, on this side. 

par-ci, par-la, here and there. dela, au deld, on that side. 

(a et la, to and fro. pres, aupres, near. 

ailleurs, elsewhere. proche, close by. 

dessous, underneath. alentour, round, about. 

dessus, above. partout, everywhere. 

en haul, up, up stairs. nu lie part, nowhere. 

en das, down stairs, below. jusqu'd, as far as, until. 

que Ique part, somewhere. jusqifoii, how far ? 

loin, far, far off. 

2. The principal adverbs of time are : 

Quand, when ? unjour, one day. 

aujourd' } hui, to-day. autrefois, jadis, formerly. 

hier, yesterday. auparavant, previously, before. 

avant-hier, the day before yesterday, alors, puis, then. 

demain, to-morrow. apres, after, afterwards. 



I5 6 XXXIV TRENTE-QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

apres-demain, the day after to-mor- jusqii'a, until. 

row. ensuite, afterwards. 

en fin, at last, at length 3. present, ) 

.a. ., ... > now, at present, 

tot, soon, plus tot, sooner. maintenant, $ ' v 

bientot, soon, trop tot, too soon. quelquefois, sometimes. 

tantot, by and by. souvent, often. 

aussitot, directly. longtemps, long. 

tard, late. toujours, always. 

d'abord, at first. dernierement, ), 

j. < S lately, of laft 

desormais, ) naguere, $ ■" 



dorenavant, ^ hencefor th. d ^ already> 

des-lors, from then. encore, still, yet. 

depuis, since. jamais, ever, ne— jamais, never. 

When and m which are rendered by cz>, after a noun signifying ##&£ or 

PLACE OF ADVERBS. 

Remark i. In the simple tenses, the adverb is generally placed imme- 
diately after the verb which it modifies : 

She always cries, elle pleure toujours. 
I often take a walk with my friend. 
Je me promene souvent avec mon ami. 

Remark 2. When the verb is in a compound tense, the adverb generally 
comes between the auxiliary and the participle ; as, 

Je Pai toujotcrs respecte', I have always esteemed him. 
Je me suis souvent promene avec mon maitre. 
I have often taken a walk with my master. 
For emphasis, however, the adverb may be placed last. 
N. B. — Hier, avant-hier, aujourd'hui, demain, apres-demain, tantot, tot, 
and tard, always follow the participle, unless placed before the auxiliary. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le temps, the weather. le brouillard, the fog, mist. 

le village, the village. Vouvrage, m. the work. 

la grammaire, the grammar. diner, to dine. 

content, satisfied. venir, to come. 

le chemin defer, the railroad. laisser, to leave. 

READING EXERCISE 34. 

Le temps est bien doux aujourd'hui. Mon cousin est enfin ar- 
rive. L'autre jour je me suis egare dans la foret. Travaillez 



ADVERBS OF PLACE AND OF TIME. 



157 



d'abord et ensuite jouez. Avez-vous jamais vu un enfant comme 
celui-la ? En effet, il est extremement gros. Le brouillard aura 
bientot disparu. D'ou venez-vous maintenant, et ou avez-vous ete 
hier ? Voyez-vons ce village la-bas ? Eh bien [well), j'y ai ete 
hier et aujourd'hui. J'y vais quelquefois. M'avez-vous apporte 
la grammaire dont je vous ai parle ? Voulez-vous venir diner 
avec nous demain ? Demain je ne serai pas ici, mais apres-de- 
main ou plus tard. Enfin mon ouvrage est fini. 

THEME 34. 

i. Where is my brother ? 2. He is not here; he is elsewhere; 
he is perhaps yonder. 3. I will go (jHrai) that way. 4. Carry 
all that up stairs. 5. How far did you go yesterday ? 6. I went 
as far as London. 7. I shall go nowhere to-day. 8. That vil- 
lage is not far; do you see (voyez-vous) it yonder ? 9. Where is 
my grammar? 10. I have left it somewhere. 11. Is Edward 
here? 12. No; he is below. 13. My friend will not stay here 
long. 14. I saw (have seen) your sister yesterday at the play (au 
spectacle). 15. He will always be satisfied. 16. Come back 
(revenez) soon. 17. Did you know (have you known (connu) ) 
him formerly? 18. Yes, I have known him long. 19. Whence 
does the letter come ? 20. It comes from America. 21. Your 
dog is out of doors. 22. How is [seporte] your aunt to-day ? 23. 
She is better to-day than (she was) yesterday. 24. I hope you 
will dine with us to-morrow. 25. I shall go soon into the coun- 
try (a la campagne). 26. We expected him the day before yes- 
terday. 27. Formerly there were no railroads. 28. Henceforth 
I shall be very diligent. 



I5 8 XXXV. TRENTE-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 



XXXV. TRENTE-CINQUIEME LEf ON, 



ADVERBS OF NUMBER, OF QUANTITY, OF NEGA- 
TION, ETC. 



The adverbs of number are : 

Premierement, firstly. 

deuxiemement, } 

, , > secondly. 
secondement, } J 

troisiememeni, thirdly. 

quatriemement, fourthly. 

cinquiemement, fifthly. 

The principal adverbs of quantity and comparison are : 



sixiemement, sixthly, etc. 
co??ibien de /bis, how often ? 
une fois, once. 
deuxfois, twice. 
trvis fois, three times, etc 



Comment, how? 

combien, how much ? how many ? 

beaucoup, much, many. 

Hen (with du, de P, des following), a 

great deal or many. 
trop, too much, too many. 
tant, so much, so many. 
assez* enough, pretty. 
peu, little, un peu, a little. 
ne — guere, hardly. 
Hen, \ 
tres, >very. 
fort, ) 
plus, more. 
davantage,\ still more. 
moins, less. 
tout, 
tout a fait, 

The adverbs of affirmation and negation are 

Oui, yes. si, yes. 
certes, certainly. 
peut-etre, perhaps. 



quite, wholly, entirely. 



presque, almost. 

environ, } , 
, . . » > about. 
a peu pres, \ 

si, so. ainsi, thus. 

aussi, as. 

e'galement, likewise. 

autant, as much, as many. 

d'autant plus, so much the more. 

plutot, rather. 

surtout, above all. 

au plus, > 

? at 
tout au plus, 5 

du moins, au moins, at least. 

seulement, ) 

ne — que, \ ^' 

meme, even. 

pas meme, 

pas seulement, 



most. 



not eve 



ne — pas, not. 
ne—plus, no more. 
nonplus, nor — either. 



* Asscz precedes in French the noun or adjective it limits. Ex. : Assez de vin, assez boa. 
See p. 42. 
j Only used at the end of its clause. 



ADVERBS OF NUMBER, OF QUANTITY, ETC. 159 

certainement, ) certainly, to be ne — point, not (at all). 

assurement. \ sure. pas du tout, } . . ■,-, 

' ' ■ r £ n0t at a ^« 

non, no. potnt du tout, > 

presque jamais, scarcely ever. ne — rien, nothing. 

There are many adverbial locutions ; those most in use are : 

A peine, scarcely. tout a coup, suddenly. 

en effet, really. tout d^un coup, all at once. 

sur le champ, directly. a droite, to the right. 

peu a pen, by degrees. a gauche, to the left. 

dans peu or sous peu, soon. ensemble, together. 

a dessein, on purpose. pele-mele, pell-mell. 

en meme temps, at the same time. d } avance, beforehand, in advance. 

a lafois, at once, at a time. sans doute, no doubt. 

de bonne heure, early. tout a Pheure, ) directly immediate- 

de meilleure heure, earlier. tout de suite, \ ly. 

a bon marche, cheap. par hasard, by chance. 

dfond, thoroughly. en attendant, meanwhile. 

par an, yearly, par jour, daily, de temps en temps, 



/ from time to time. 
par mois, monthly. de temps a autre, 

OF NEGATION. 

1. Not is translated into French by ne, which is placed before the verb, 
and pas ox point after it, in simple tenses. Ex. : 

"jfe ne veux pas, I will not, I do not wish. 
ye ne sais pas, I do not know. 

2. In compound tenses, ne comes before the auxiliary, and pas after it. 
Ex.: 

ye xfai pas vu, I have not seen. 
Elle x^a pas parle, she did not speak. 
Point is merely a stronger negative than pas, as : 

ye n'ai point parle, I did not speak (at all). 

3. Ne is employed without pas, if there is in the sentence a pronoun or 
adverb expressing negation, such as personne, mil, rien, jamais, ni, ne — 
plus, point, guere. Ex. : 

ye ne connais personne, I know nobody. 
ye ne veux rien, I wish for nothing. 
ye ne sais plus, I know no more. 
Elle n' 'a jamais dit cela, she never said so. 

4. If one of the negations is followed by a noun in the partitive sense, 
this noun is simply preceded by de : 



!6 XXXV. TRENTE-CINQUIEME LECON. 

Affirmative : y'ai du pain, I have some bread. 
Negative; Je ii'ai pas de pain, I have no bread. 
Affirmative: Avez-vous de P argent, have you any money, 
Negative : ye n^ai point d ''argent, I have no money. 

5. With the infinitive, ne—pas, ne— point, ne — rien, etc., are generally 
not separated, as : 

Ne pas se venger, not to revenge one's self. 
Ne plus ecrire, to write no more. 
Ne rien manger, to eat nothing. 

6. Without a verb, the negatives stand without ne, as : 

Pas a lafois, not at once. Pas moi, not I. 

Pas beaucoup, pas trop, pas tant, pas aujourd' '/mi. 

7. Non phis, nor — either, requires the full negation ne—pas before it, as : 

ye ne le veux pas non phis, nor will I have it either. 

8. If nor — either is connected only with a noun or pronoun, without a 
verb, the noun or the pronoun is preceded, in French, by ni, as : 

Nor Charles either, ni Charles non plus. 

9. Observe the expression ne — que for only, as : 

ye n'ai que deux sceurs, I have only two sisters. 
// n 'a qu'un morceau de pain, he has only a piece of bread. 
Pile u'a apporte qii'une assiette, she brought but one plate. 
U enfant n'a que dix ans, the child is -only ten years old. 
II n'est que six heures, it is only six o'clock. 

r "\ 

VOCABULARY. 

Lafois* f. the time. inou'i, e, unheard of. 

le crime, the crime. amicalement, friendly. 

travailler, to work. eviter, to shun. 

laconique, laconic. la societe', the society. 

refuser, to refuse. merci, thank you. 

READING EXERCISE 35. 

Ce crime est tout-a-fait inou'i. Comment vous portez-vous ? 
Je me porte tres-bien. Combien d'aunes de ce drap vous faut-il ? 
II m'en faut beaucoup; il m'en faut au moins trente aunes. Vous 
etes-vous promene longtemps ? Je me suis promene environ deux 

* When the noun times denotes repetition, as the number of times, it is translated hyfozs. 



ADVERBS OF NUMBER, OF QUANTITY, ETC. 161 

heures; peut-etre un peu moins. Votre tante va-t-elle souvent 
au spectacle ? Elle n'y va {goes) presque jamais, et mon oncle 
n'y va pas du tout. Monsieur, vous avez peu de fautes dans 
votre traduction. . Combien en ai-je ? Vous en avez moins que 
votre frere ; vous n'en avez que deux ou trois, tout au plus quatre. 
J'ai appris (learned) ma lecon par coeur. Habillez-vous tout de 
suite. C'est en vain que vous cherchez a le sauver. Marchez a 
droite; moi, je marcherai a gauche. Sans doute, cela vaut mieux. 
J'ai achete ce tableau a bon marche. 

THEME 35. 
I. How much sugar have you bought ? 2. How many lessons 
a (par) week have you ? 3. You eat too much; you must eat less. 
4. That young man works too much. 5. Give him a little 
money. 6. Give me more time. 7. There were many ladies, 
and we had a great deal of pleasure. 8. Have you not played 
enough ? 9. I think (that) you will not have it. 10. Mr. A. is 
a very laconic man; he always answers yes or no. 11. It is 
better not to refuse him. 12. I have only one brother, and my 
cousin has only one sister. 13. She is only five years old. 14. 
I have never seen her. 15. She never comes to our house (chez 
nous). 16. We certainly shall go out (sortirons) together. 17. 
My father has bought a horse very cheap. 18. Have you seen 
anybody? 19. I have seen nobody. 20. The thunder-storm 
came on suddenly. 21. I got up early; earlier than my brother. 
22. You must always shun the society of these bad people. 23. 
Go (attez) to the right. 24. I shall go to the left ; we shall ar- 
rive at the same time. 

CONVERSATION. 

Comment trouvez-vous le temps Je le trouve fort beau (or bien 

aujourd'hui ? beau). 

Voici du jambon. En voulez- Donnez-m'en un peu, s'il vous 

vous ? plait (please). 

En voulez-vous davantage ? Non, merci, j'en ai assez. 



jfo XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LEgON. 

Serez-vous chez vous {at home) Assurement, je serai chez moi 

demain matin ? toute la journee {day). 

A quelle heure avez-vous dine Hier j'ai dine a cinq heures 

hier ? precises. 

Dinerez-vous aujourd'hui a la Non, aujourd'hui je ne dinerai 

meme heure ? qu'a six heures. 

Que ferez-vous {will you do) Je me promenerai en attendant. 

pendant ce temps ? 
Avez-vous fait cela a dessein ? Non, je ne l'ai pas fait expres. 
Avez-vous fini votre theme ? Je ne l'aurai guere fini avant 

sept heures. 
Que fait cette petite rllle la-bas ? Elle cherche des fraises {straw- 
berries). 
Connaissez-vous cet ouvrage Cet ouvrage m'est tout-a-fait 

{work) ? inconnu. 

Avez-vous lu {read) ce livre ? Je l'ai lu plus de deux fois. 
Quand voulez-vous venir jouer Je fmirai d'abord ma tache et 

avec moi ? apres, nous jouerons. 

Comment vous portez-vous ? Je me porte a merveille. 
Et Monsieur votre pere, com- II se porte assez bien. II est 

ment se porte-t-il ? sorti hier pour la premiere 

fois. 



XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LEfON, 



CONJUNCTIONS. 



The principal simple conjunctions are : — 

Et, and. pourtant, yet, still. 

et — et, both — and. neanmoins, nevertheless. 

ou, or. si, if, whether. 

mi — on, either— or. sinoit, if not. 



CONJUNCTIONS. +6$ 

ni — ni, neither — nor. comme, as. 

que, that, than (after a comp.) or, now. 

car, for. done, consequently, then. 

mats, but. puisque, since, as. 

toutefois, ), quoique, (with the Subj.), though. 

. , , > however. 
cependant, ) 

i. Among these simple conjunctions, only one governs the 
Subjunctive mood, viz : quoique, though or although. Ex. : 
quoique je sois ??ialade, though I am ill. 

For the Subjunctive after que, see P. II. L. 19. 

2. Si denotes a condition or supposition : s'ilvient, if he comes ; 
si vous voulez, if you like. When si is followed by an Imperfect 
or Pluperfect, those tenses are always in the Indicative mood. 
(See P. 11. L. 19). 

If I had, sifavais; if I were, sifetais; 
If I had seen him, si je Vavais vu. 

Note. The i in si is cut off before il and Us, but nowhere else, as : sHl 
avait, but si elle avait, etc. 

3. The conjunction ni — ni requires ne before its verb, and the 
noun which follows it takes no article, if used in the partitive 
sense, as : — 

Je n'ai ni pere ni mere, I have neither father nor mother. 

4. The conjunction que serves to connect two ideas so as to 
form of the two one sentence, as : 

Je crois que vous avez raison, I believe you are right. 

In English the conjunction that is almost always understood, whereas que 
is not only always expressed in French, but repeated before each member of 
the proposition, as :— 

Je crois que vous avez raison et que vous reussirez. 
I think you are right and that you will succeed. 

5. When a conjunction governs several verbs, it is placed be- 
fore the first verb only, and que is used before the other verbs. 
Ex. : As he is diligent and takes pains, comme il est applique et 
quHl prend de la peine. 



164. XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 

6. Done is often used like the English auxiliary do, to urge or incite. 
Ex. : Taisez-vous done, do be silent. It is also used interrogatively : Cest 
done vous qui avez fait cela ? 

VOCABULARY. 

Flier, to bend. le bien, the good. 

lever, to lift up. plus— plus, the more — the more. 

Petoile, f. the star. plus — moins, the more — the less. 

e'puise, e, exhausted. moins — moins, the less, the less. 

avare, avaricious. soil — soil, be it — or. 

savant, learned. tantot — tantot, sometimes — some- 

ro?npre, to break. times, now — then. 

habiter, to inhabit. ni — non plus, nor — either. 

READING EXERCISE 36. 

L'ambition et l'avarice sont deux grandes sources du malheur 
humain. Les discours impies {impious) gatent a la fois l'esprit et 
le coeur. Cette eau est froide comme de la glace. Votre tab- 
leau est precieux, mais il ne me plait {please) pas. II arriva 
comme je sortais. Elle n'est ni laide ni belle. Vous vous 
amusez, et cependant le temps fuit {flies). Cet homme est tres- 
fort, et pourtant il ne peut pas lever ce fardeau {weight). Ou 
vous me paierez, ou vous irez en prison. Donnez-moi de l'eau, 
s'il vous plait. Martin est encore bien jeune, neanmoins il est 
fort sage. Bienheureux sonfr ceux qui aiment la paix, car ils 
seront appeles les enfants de Dieu. Vous ne le savez pas ? Ni 
moi non plus. Tantot il veut une chose, tantot il en veut une 
autre. 

THEME 36. 
1. Gold and silver are metals. 2. Silver is less useful than 
iron. 3. Mr. A. is very inconsistent {inco7isequent) ; he is some- 
times of one opinion {avis, m.) and sometimes of another. 4. I 
like you, as I know (sais) that you are always attentive. 5. This 
man is esteemed by everybody, even by his enemies. 6. I am 
very glad to see that you do not love flattery. 7. Some one 
has done it, either you or your brother. 8. The more you will 
work, the more you will gain. 9. This horse may be very strong, . 



CONJUNCTIONS. 165 

nevertheless it does not please me. 10. The longer the days 
(are) [constr. the more the d. are long), the shorter (are) the 
nights. 11. Though he said {dit) (that) he had no appetite, yet 
he ate all the meat and bread. 12. Nobody knows whether the 
stars are inhabited or not. 13. The reed bends, but does not 
break. 14. Do not bend the bow too much, otherwise it will 
break. 15. The more I sang the less embarrassed I was. 16. 
If you do {faites) it, you will be punished. 17. He appeared 
{paraissait) very modest, although he was very learned. 18. 
In order to be learned, you must study much. 19. I punish him 
as he deserves (it). 20. You must stay at home, since you are 
not quite well. 21. When he had done speaking {fini de ftarler), 
he was quite exhausted. 22. If I had had faithful friends, I 
should not be so unhappy. 23. You will be happy, if you do 
your duty {devoir). 24. I was sleeping when your servant 
entered (entra). 



CONVERSATION. 

Etes-vous heureux, mon ami ? Je le serais, si j'avais de bons 

livres. 
Si ce n'est que cela, je peux Je vous en serais tres-oblige. 

vous en donner. En voulez- 

vous ? 
Quelles sont les deux grandes L'ambition et l'avarice. 

sources du malheur des 

hommes ? 
Que fait-on souvent, quand on On fait souvent des sottises. 

est jeune ? 
Que dit Jesus-Christ de ceux II dit qu'ils seront appeles " en- 

qui aiment la paix ? fants de Dieu." 

Que veut cet enfant ? II veut tantot ceci, tantot cela. 

Comment trouvez-vous cette Elle n'est ni belle ni laide. 

demoiselle ? 
Ne pouvez-vous pas lever cette Je ne peux pas la lever, quoique 

pierre ? je sois tres-fort. 



i66 XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 

Comment Dieu traite-t-il les II les traite comme un pere 

hommes ? traite ses enfants. 

Quelle propriete a le roseau ? II (se) plie et ne rompt pas. 

Quand faut-il forger le fer ? Quand il est chaud. 



READING LESSON. 



Lorsque Jacques Lafitte vint {came) a Paris, il se presenta chez 
M. Perregaux dans l'esperance d'obtenir une place ; mais le ban- 
quier lui annon9a qu'il etait dans l'impossibilit6 de satisfaire a sa 
demande, puisque les bureaux etaient au complet. 

Lafitte, decourage par ce refus, s'eloignait tristement, lorsqu'en 
traversant la cour de l'hotel, il apercut a terre une epingle ; il la 
ramassa et la piqua sur sa manche. M. Perregaux ayant vu Tac- 
tion du jeune solliciteur, en fut frappe {struck), et pensa qu'il de- 
vait etre doue d'un esprit d'ordre et d'economie. II le fit rappe- 
ler et lui dit qu'il pouvait compter sur une place dans sa maison. 
En effet, peu de jours apres, le jeune Bayonnais entra chez le 
riche banquier, et chacun sait que, plus tard, il est devenu un 
homme riche et celebre. 

L'esperance, hope. ramasser, to pick up. 

le bureau, the office. la manche, the sleeve. 

s* eloigner, to retire. doue, endowed. 

une epingle, a pin. en effet, indeed. 



CONJUNCTIVE PHRASES. 



167 



XXXVII. TRENTE-SEPTIEME LEfON. 



CONJUNCTIVE PHRASES. 



Most of these are adverbs or prepositions united with que of de. 
Some require the .following verb in the Indicative mood, others in 
the Infinitive, and others again in the Subjunctive. 

1. Conjunctive phrases with the Iidicative ; — 



because. 



Ott bien, or, else. 
ni — non plus, neither, nor either. 
au contraire, on the contrary. 
non settlement — mais encore, not 

only— but also. 
de plus, moreover, 
autant que, as much as. 
apres que, after, after that. 
qtiand meme, although. 
si toutefois, if however. 
c'est-a-dire, namely, 
c'est que, 
parce que, 
tandis qtte, whereas. 
pendant que, while, whilst. 
tant que, as long as. 

2.. With tfie Infinitive mood : — 

A fin de, in order to, to. 
a moins de, unless. 
avant de, before. 
au lieu de, instead of. 

3. With the Subjunctive mood :- 
that, in order that. 



ne, S 



as soon as. 



as. 



aussi bien que, as well 

aussitot que, ) 

des qtte, 

de me??te que 

ainsi que, 

au reste, ) 

dureste,\ howevet ' 

de Id, hence it follows. 

a peine — que, scarcely — as. 

c'est pottrquoi, therefore. 

par consequent, consequently. 

comnte si, as if. 

de meme, thus, in the same way. 

sans cela, otherwise, else. 

depuis que, since. 

tout — que, however — as. 



for fear of. 



Afin que, 
pour que, 
avant que, before. 
a moins que,\ 
que — ne, 



unless, till. 



de peur de, 

de crainte de, 

loin de, far from. 

plutot que de, rather than. 



non que, not that. 

nonobstant que, notwithstanding 

that. 
pour pen que, however little. 
pourvu que, provided (that). 



* Those marked with a t require ne before the following verb. 



1 68 XXXVII. TRENTE-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

bien que, ) though, quelque — que, however — though. 

quoique, \ although. sans que, without that. 

jusqit'a ce que, till, until. si ce n'est que, unless, till. 

loin qzie, far from. soil que, whether — or. 

4. Besides the above-mentioned conjunctions, there are other 
conjunctive expressions {locutions conjonctives), which have been 
borrowed from other classes of words, and to which the conjunc- 
tion que is added. Such are : — 

A condition que, on condition that . . . 

de peur que* \\ >^ gt 

de crainte que* t ) 

de manure que, \ _ „„ . „„ .-,. 

2 ' > so as to, so that . . . 
de or en sorte que, > 

au cas que, in case that * . . . 

suppose que, supposing that * . . . 

malgre que, for all that, only with quHl en ait* 

toutes lesfois que, as often as. 

peut-etre que, perhaps that . . . 

attendu que, considering that . . . 

a ce que, according as, as far ar, etc. 

N. B. — Those marked with an * govern the subjunctive. 

VOCABULARY. 

La suite, the consequence. pret, ready. 

la machine a vapeur, the engine. la princesse, the princess. 

la memoire, the memory. la guerre, war. 

occuper, to occupy. ambitiezix, ambitious. 

mettre, to put, place. V education, f. education. 

preserver, to preserve. regarder, to look at. 

READING EXERCISE 37. 

Aussitot que la machine a vapeur fut construite [built), elle fut 
mise en mouvement {put in motion), pour l'essayer. Quelque 
grande que soit cette faute, il faut cependant la pardonner. Des 
qu'il me vit (saw) il courut (ran) a moi. Pendant que nous 
etions occupes a faire notre tache, on cria au feu (fire) ! La 
m6moire de Henri IV. sera toujours chere aux Francais parce 
qu'il mettait sa gloire a les rendre heureux. Que le ciel vous pre- 



CONJUNCTIVE PHRASES. 169 

serve d'un pareil {such) malheur! Le malade ne boit (drinks) ni 
ne mange. Tant que ma mere sera a. la campagne, je resterai 
avec elle. Tandis que nous parlons, le temps fuit. Depuis que 
j'ai perdu mon pere, tout me manque. 

THEME 37. 

1. I am not sorry, on the contrary, I am very glad (Men aise) 
to (de) have done it. 2. I will play, as soon as I (shall) have 
finished my exercise. 3. There will always be wars among men, 
as long as they are ambitious. 4. After (that) you were gone 
(sorti), I began writing (a ecrire). 5. As soon as my education 
is finished, I shall go to Italy. 6. In order to learn well, we 
must (on doit) study with a great deal of attention. 7. In order 
to have friends, we must be honest. 8. It will be impossible to 
learn French, unless you be (Inf.) diligent. 9. Let us pray, be- 
fore we begin (Inf.). 10. Rather than study, he loses his time. 
11. Far from blaming you, I praised you. 12. Come here, that I 
may speak to you. 13. Send me your book, (in oi'der) that I 
may read it. 14. I will be ready before they come. 15. Unless 
you accompany me, I will not take a walk. 16. Cato killed 
himself, lest he should fall into (entre) the hands of Caesar. 17. 
Though that young man is not very diligent, (yet) he improves. 

18. Before you begin an action, consider well its consequences. 

19. You will never be respected unless you fulfil your duties. 

20. He will give it to you, on conditioji that you give it back to 
him. 21. They beat him so that they almost killed him. 



170 XXXVIII. TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

XXXVIII. TRENTE-HUITIEME LEfON. 

IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS. 



Those verbs are commonly called irregular which deviate from the three 
regular conjugations. This deviation is of three kinds. 

1. Such verbs as take the termination corresponding to the ending of their 
Infinitive mood, but change their root. Ex. : Of the verb coudre, to sew, 
thejadical is coud- ; this final d is, in some persons and tenses, changed into 
s, for instance in the plural : nous cous-ons, we sew. These are the least 
difficult, and are therefore put in the first class. 

2. Verbs which preserve their radical syllable throughout unchanged, but 
take flexions that do not accord with the ending of their Infinitive. For in- 
stance, the verb cotir-ir, to run, ending in -ir, ought to take the flexions of 
the second conjugation (Jinir). But this is not the case; it takes the flex- 
ions of the third conjugation (vendre) ; the Present is notyV courts, tu couris, 
etc., butyV cours, tu cours, etc. ; P. p. couru like vendu. Verbs of this kind 
we assign to the second class. 

3: A certain number of verbs offer both these anomalies at the same time ; 
i. e. they undergo some changes in their root, and are conjugated with other 
flexions than those corresponding with the ending of their Infinitive. . For 
instance, the verb mourir, to die, ought, according to its Infinitive termina- 
tion, -ir, to take the flexions of Jinir. This is not the case; it is, in most 
tenses, conjugated like vendre; and, besides, its root viour- is, in certain 
tenses and persons, changed into metii'-, as : Pres. je meurs, tu meurs, etc. 
Such verbs, among which are included those ending in -oir, constitute the 
third class. 

To facilitate the study of the irregular verbs, it is essential to 
distinguish the primitive tenses from the derived ones. The lat- 
ter have generally a regular inflexion, whereas the former alone 
are subject to irregularity. As already mentioned, the primitive 
tenses are : 

1. The Infinitive mood. 

2 . The Participle present. 

3. The Participle past. 

4. The Present of the Pidicative mood. 

5. The Preterite. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 171 

From these the other tenses and moods are derived, as it is explained, L. 
XX. The derivative tenses are formed regularly, and therefore seldom 
mentioned in the following list. 

To aid the pupil's memory, the following hints will prove Useful : 

1. The Present of the Subjunctive may be found by dropping the final 
nt of the third person plural Indicative, as : from Us ecrivent — que fecrive; 
from Us prennent — que je prenne; from Us boivent — que je boive. 

2. The plural of the Present Indicative, the Participle present and the 
Imperfect of the Indicative have the same radical, as : nous mourons, we 
die; V.-px.motirant; Imperf. je mourais; — nous craignons; P. pr. craignant; 
Imperf. je craignais; — nous allons; P. pr. allant; Imperf. j^allais, etc. 

3. The Future and Conditional are formed from the Infinitive ; the follow- 
ing, however, have an irregular formation, —je courrai (instead of courirai), 
jemourrai, je verrai, j'enverrai, j'acquerrai, je pourrai, je saurai,je voudrai, 
il faudra, je viendrai, je tiendrai, je ferai, and jHrai. 

4. When then the Participle past ends with the sound of i (i, is, it,) the 
Preterite generally ends in is. Ex. : Part. p. sorti, gone out ; Pret. je 
sortis; — Part. p. dit, said ; Pret. je dis; — Part. p. pris, taken ; Pret. je pris, 
etc. 

5. But when the Participle past ends in u, the Preterite usually ends in 
us. Ex. : P. p. cru, believed ; Pret. je cms; P. p. lu, read ; Pret. je his; 
— P. p. connu, known ; Pret. je connus, etc. 



A LIST OF ALL THE IRREGULAR VERBS ACCORDING TO 
THE THREE CLASSES OF IRREGULARITY. 

FIRST CLASS. 

Containing the verbs in -re which take the terminations of the 
third conjugation, but whose radical is somewhat changed. 
a. (1 — 7. Insertion of an s. ) 

1. Luire, to shine. Part. pres. luuant. Part, past \ lu/. 

Pres. Je luis, tu luis, il luit, nous luuons, vous luifez, ils lucent. 

Subj. Pres. Que je luise. Imperf. Je luirais. 

Pret. wanting. Put. Je luirai. 

Conjugate in the same manner : Reluire, to glitter. 

2. Suffire, to suffice. P. pr. suffi^ant. P. p. suffi. 
Pres. Je suffis, tu suffis, il suffit, nous summons, etc. 



!y 2 XXXVIII. TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

Subj. Pres. Que je suffice. Imperf. Je suffijrais. 
Pret. Je suffis, tu suffis, il suffit, nous suffimes, etc. 
Put Je suffirai. 

In the same manner : Confire, to preserve, to pickle ; and circoncire, to 
circumcise, except in the Part. past. The Participle of the former is conjit, 
of the latter circoncis. 

3. Nuire, to hurt. P. pr. nuirant. P. p. nui. 

Pres. Je nuis, tu nuis, il nuit, nous nuuons, vous nuuez, ils nui- 
sewl. Subj. Pres. Que je nuue. Imperf. Je nuij-ais. 
Pret. Je nums. Put. Je nuirai. 

4. Cuire, to boil, to bake (bread). P. pr. currant. P. p. 
cmt. 

Pres. Je cuis, tu cuis, il cuit, nous curyons, etc. 
Pret. Je cums. Put. Je cuirai. 
Thus also : Recuire, to boil once more. 

5. Conduire, to conduct, to lead. Se conduire y to behave. 
Ppr. conduLfant. P.p. condui/. 

Pres. Je conduis, tu conduis, il conduit, nous conduiions, etc. 
Pret. Je condums. Fut. Je conduirai. 

Thus : Reconduire, to reconduct, to see home ; dcduire, to deduct ; en- 
duire, to plaster ; indnire, to lead into ; introdiiire, to introduce ; prodiiire, 
to produce; reprodnire, to produce again; reduire, to reduce; se'duire, to 
seduce ; iraduire, to translate. 

6. Instruire, to instruct. P. pr. instruuant. P. p. instrui/. 
Pres. J'instruis, tu instruis, il instruit, nous instruLrons, vous in- 

struuez, ils instrument. 

Pret. J'instruij-is. Fut. J'instruirai. 

In the same manner : Construire, to build ; detruire, to destroy. 

7. Dire, to say, to tell. P. pr. dii-ant. P. p. di/. 

Pres. Je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous dLfons, vous dites, ils drrenk 

Subj. Pres. Queje dire. 

Pret. Je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous dimes, vous dites, ils dirent. 

Imperf. Subj. Que je disse. 

Fut. Je dirai. Imper. Dis, duons, dites. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 173 

Conjugate in the same manner: redire, to say again, to object. 

As for the other compounds of dire, viz. : Contredire, to contradict ; de- 
dire, to unsay; and se de'dire, to retract; interdire, to forbid; medire, to 
slander ; and predire, to foretell, they do not form their second person plu- 
ral of the Present Indicative with the termination -tes, but -sez, as : vous 
contredisez, vous medisez, vous interdisez, etc. — Maudire, to curse, takes ss 
in the folloAving forms : Pres. plur. nous maudissons, vous maudissez, Us 
maudissent. Part. pr. maudissant. Imperf. je maitdissais. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le soleil, the sun. moderne, modern. 

tin rayon, a ray. • la peche, the peach. 
Vespoir, m. hope. la verite, the truth. 

la dette, the debt. 

THEME 38. 

1. The sun shines. 2. Everything shines (glitters) in that 
house. 3. It is not sufficient (it does not suffice)* to understand 
the ancient languages, it is also necessary to study the modern 
ones. 4. We preserve these peaches in sugar. 5. Have you 
pickled cucumbers (des concombres) ? 6. Does he not hurt you in 
this affair? 7. All his property will not suffice to (pour) pay his 
debts. 8. Where do you conduct this blind (man) ? 9. 1 con- 
duct him to the physician {chez le medecin). 10. I instruct (the) 
youth. 11. We translate English into French. 12. The boys 
behaved very well. 13. You will hurt me more than any other 
person. 14. This bread is well baked. 15. What do you say? 
16. I say that you are (have) right. 17. We say the truth. 18. 
Tell him that I am here. 19. I shall tell (it) him directly. 20. 
Never contradict any one (personne) in {en) public. 21. We 
foretold those disasters (desastres). 22. Let us curse nobody. 

* See p. 342, 10. 



I74 XXXIX. TRENTE-NEUVIEME LECON. 

XXXIX. TRENTE-NEUVlfiME LEfON. 
IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS CONTINUED. 

b. (8 — 17. Change of the final consonant.) 

8. Traire, to milk. P. pr. trayant. P. p. trait. 

Pres. Je trais, tu trais, il trait, nous trayons, vous trajez, ils 
traient. 

Imperf. Je trayais. Pret. wanting. Put. Je trairai. 

Thus also: Distraire, to distract; extraire, to extract; soustraire, to sub- 
tract, to withdraw. 

9. Suivre, to follow. P. pr. suivant. P. p. suivz. 

/fce-j. Je sm\f, tu sult, il suit, nous suivons, vous suivez, ils sui- 
vent. Subj. Pres. Que je suive. 
Pret. Je suivis. Put. Je suivrai. 
Jmper. Suis, suivons, suivez. 
Thus: S'ensziivre, to ensue; poursuivre, to pursue. 

10. Vaincre, to conquer. jP/r. vain^z/ant. /!/. vaincu. 
ife. Je vaincs, tu vaincs, il vainc, nous vain^ons, vous vain- 

guQz, ils vain^z/ent. 

Pret. Je vain^z/is. Put. Je vaincrai. 
Imper. Vaincs, vain^z/ons, vain^ez. 
In the same manner : Convaincre, to convince. 

1 1 . Coudi'e, to sew. P. pr. cou^ant. P. p. coum. 

Pres. Je couds, tu couds, il coud, nous coupons, vous cou^ez, 
ils couj-ent. Subj. Pres. Que je couj-e. 
Pret. Je cou^is. Put. Je coudrai. 
Thus : Decoudre, to unsew ; recoitdre, to sew over again. 

12. Moudre, to grind. P. pr. mou/ant. P.p. mou/u. 

Pres. Je mouds, tu mouds, il moud, nous mou/ons, vous mou/ez, 
ils mou/ent. 6z//y. Pres. Que je mou/e. 
/te£ Je moulus. Put. Je moudrai. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



175 



In the same manner: Emoudre, to grind (knives, etc.), to sharpen, and 
remoudre, to grind again. 

13. Pesoudre, to resolve. P. pr. reso/z>ant. P. p. reso/zz (or 
resous). 

Pres. Je resous, tu resous, il resout, nous resolvons, vous resolvez, 
Us resolvent. Subj. Que je resolve. 

Pret. Je lesolus, tu resolus, etc. 

Put. Je resoudrai. Tmper. Resous, re'solvons, resolvez. 

Thus : Absoudre, to absolve, and dissoudre, to dissolve. 

These two compounds have no Preterite, and make their Participles : ab- 
sous, f. absoute, and dissous, f. dissoule. 

14. Peindre, to paint. P. pr. pei^/zant. Pp. pein/. 

Pres. Je peins, tu peins, il peint, nous pei^ons, vous peig7zez, 
Us peigyzent. Subj. Que je peig-zze. 
Jmperf. Je pei^-zzais. 

Pret. Je pei^is, tu pei^zzis, il pei^it, nous pei^imes, etc. 
Put. Je peindrai. Imper. Peins, pei^;zons, pei^zez. 

Thus : Ceindre, to gird. Feindre, to feign : depeindre, to depict. Teindre, 
to dye ; deteindre to discharge color ; atteindre, to attain, to reach ; eteindre, 
to extinguish. Restreindre, to restrain. Enfreindre to infringe, to trans- 
gress. 

15. Craifidre, to fear. />. /r. crai^zzant. i°. p. crain/. 
^rj. Je crains, tu crains, il craint, nous crai^/zons, etc. 
Pret. Je crai^/zis. Put. Je craindrai, etc. 

Thus also : Plaindre, to pity ; se plaindre, to complain ; contraindre, to 
compel, to constrain. 

16. Joindre, to join. P. pr. joi^/zant. jP. /. join/. 

Pm\ Je joins, tu joins, il joint, nous joignons, vous joi^zzez, ils 
joi^zzent. Subj. Que je joi^zze. 
Pret. Je joi^zzis. Put. Je joindrai. 

Thus: Rejoindre, to rejoin; enjoindre, to enjoin; disjoindre, to disjoin; 
poindre, to dawn, break ; oindre, to annoint. 

17. Ecrire, to write. P. pr. ecriz^ant. ^P. /. ecri/. 

/>-«. J'ecris, tu ecris, il ecrit, nous ecri^ons, vous ecriz/ez, ils 
ecriz/ent. Subj. Que j'ecri^e, etc. 



Ij6 XXXIX. TRENTE-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 

Fret. J'ecri^is, tu ecriz/is, il ecriznt, etc. 

Fut. J'ecrirai. Imper. ficris, ecriz'ons, ecrk;ez. 

Thus : De'crire, to describe ; circonscrire, to circumscribe ; inscrire, to in- 
scribe ; prescrire, to prescribe, to order ; recrire, to write again, to answer ; 
souscrire, to subscribe; transcrire, to transcribe. 

VOCABULARY. 

La vache, the cow. partir, to set out. 

le precepteur, the tutor. la marche, coarse, the course. 

la difficidte, the difficulty. la cendre, the ashes. 

la vie, the life. lafumee, the smoke. 

allemand, German. la chandelle, the candle. 

le meunier, the miller. la grandeur, the greatness. 

THEME 39. 

i. We milk the cows. 2. Soldiers! follow me. 3. I will lead 
you to (the) victory. 4. I shall follow you. 5. This dog follows 
me everywhere. 6. You did not follow the lessons of your tutor. 
7. The enemies were conquered. 8. You conquer all the diffi- 
culties. 9. That did not convince me. 10. They pursued 
(Fret.) the slave, but in vain (en vain). 11. She was sewing her 
gown. 12. These handkerchiefs are badly sewed. 13. I sewed 
them myself. 14. Does the miller grind the corn ? 15. He has 
not ground it this morning. 16. He will grind it this evening. 
17. I fear the rain. 18. We do not fear 'death; why should we 
fear it? 19. I resolved (de) to set out. 20. We pursued our 
course. 21. I have at last (enfin) convinced him of the greatness 
of his fault. 22. The wood which is burnt (qu'on brtile) resolves 
itself (se) into (en) ashes and smoke. 23. We pity the unfortu- 
nate. 24. You paint. 25. The young girl feigned to be ill. 
26. Put out the candle and go to bed (allez vous coucher). 27. 
The servant feared (de) to displease his master (a son maitre). 
28. Charles wrote his translation last night (hier au soir). 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 177 



XL, QUARANTIEME LEfON. 



IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS CONTINUED. 



c. (18 — 26. The vowel of the root is changed into u, in the Part, past and 
in the Preterite.') 

18. Lire, to read. P. pr. liyant. P. p. lu. 

Pres. Je lis, tu lis, il lit, nous llrons, vous luez, ils luent. 

Pret. Je /#j, tu lus, il lut, nous lumes, vous lutes, etc. 

Imperf. Subj. Que je lusse. 

Fid. Je lirai, tu liras, il lira, etc. 

Thus also : elire, to elect ; reelire, to reelect ; retire, to read over again. 

19. Poire, to drink. P. pr. buvaut. P. p. bu. 

Pres. Je bois, tu bois, il boit, nous b#z>ons, vous bz/z/ez, ils 
boiz'ent. 

Subj. Que je boiz/e, que tu boiz/es, qu'il boiz/e, que nous b&zions, 
que vous buviez, qu'ils boiz/ent. 

Imperf. Je buvais. 

Pret. Je bus, tu bus, il but, nous bumes, vous butes, ils burent. 

Put. Je boirai, tu boiras, etc. 

Iitiper. Bois, bz/z>ons, buvez. 

20. Croire, to believe, to think. P. pr. croya?it. P. p. cru. 
Pres. Je crois, tu crois, il croit, nous crqyons, vous crqyez, ils 

croient. 

Subj. Que je croie, que tu croies, qu'il croie, que nous erosions, 
que vous crqyiez, qu'ils croient. 

Pret. Je crus, tu crus, il crut, nous crumes, vous crutes, ils 
crurent. 

Put. Je croirai, etc. 

Faire accroire qch. a qn., to make one believe. 

N. B. — accroire is only used in the Infinitive.. 



I7 8 XL. QUARANTTEME LE£ON. 

21. Croitre, to grow. P. pr. croissant. P.p.cru. 

Pres. Je crois, tu crois, il croit, nous croi^ons, vous croiwez, 
ils croii'j'ent. 

Pret. Je crtls, tu crvis, il crut, nous crumes, etc. 

put, Je croitrai, etc. 

Thus : Accroitre, to increase ; decroitre, to decrease ; recrottre, to grow 
again. 

22. Plaire, to please. /!/r. plauant. P.p.plu. 

Pres. Je plais, tu plais, il plait, nous plaiyons, vous plaisez, ils 
plauent. Subj. Que je plaice, etc. 

Pret. Jeplits, tu plus, il plut, nous plumes, vous plutes, ils plu- 
rent. Put. Je plairai, tu plairas, etc. 

Thus : Se complaire, to delight in ... ; deplaire, to displease. {SHI vous 
plait — if you please. ) 

23. Taire, to conceal. P. pr. tawant. P.p. tu. 

Pres. Je tais, tu tais, il tait, nous tai^ons, vous taij-ez, ils tauent. 

Subj. Que je taue, que tu taifes, qu'il taij-e, etc. 

Pret. Je tus, tu tus, il tut, nous tumes, vous tutes, ils turent. 

Put. Je tairai. 

Thus: Se taire, to be silent. Pres. ye me tais, I am silent. Imper. 
Tais-toi, taisez-vous. Pret. Je me tus, I was silent. Comp. of the Pres. 
Je me suis tu, I have been silent. 

24. Paraitre, to appear. P. pr. paraiwant. P. p. paru. 
Pres. Je parais, tu parais, il parait, nous paragons, vous paraif- 

sez, il par^aLwent. Subj. Que je parage. 
Pret. Jeparus, tu parus, il parut, etc. 
Put. Je paraitrai. 

Thus: Apparaitre, to appear; comparaitre, to appear before the judge; 
disparaitre, to disappear ; reparaitre, to reappear. 

25. Paitre, to graze. P. pr. pakfant. 
Like pa?'aztre, but no Pret. 

Thus: Repaitre, to feed; with the Pret. Je repus. Part. repu. 

26. Connaitre* to know. P. pr. connai^ant. P. p. connu. 

* Cowiaitre is used in connection with knowledge obtained through one of the five 
senses — savoir in other cases,. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. iy 9 

Pres. Je connais, tu connais, il connait, nous connak?ons, vous 
connakyez, etc. 

Pret. Je cotinus. Put. connaitrai. 

Thus]: Me'connaitre, to mistake, not to acknowledge ; reconnoitre, to rec- 
ognize, to know again, to acknowledge. 

VOCABULARY. 

La conduite, the conduct. lejour, the daylight. 

triste, sad. sombre, dark. 

le traitement, the treatment. impossible, impossible. 

THEME 40. 

i. What are you reading there ? 2. Why did you read my let- 
ter? 3. I have not read it, and I shall not read it. 4. Read 
over again your lesson. 5. Dost thou drink water ? 6. No, I 
drink wine and water. 7. When you are thirsty, what do you 
drink ? 8. We drink fresh water. 9. Do you believe that ? 
10. No, I do not believe it. 11. I thought (that) you had writ- 
ten your exercise, but I see (je vols) that I am mistaken. 12. 
She grows every day. 13. These trees have grown rapidly 
(rapideme7it). 14. He did not believe what I said. 15. I (have) 
thought that we would be here before six o'clock. 16. The 
young gentleman pleased by his conduct. 17. Be silent, Fred- 
erick. 18. Tell (to) your sister, if you please, to bring me her 
French grammar. 19. Do you know my brother ? 20. No, I 
do not know him. 21. You appear sad, what is the matter with 
you (qu'avez-vous)? 22. Such a treatment (has) appeared to me 
very cruel. 23. The daylight has disappeared. 



!8o XLI. QUARANTE ET UNIEME LECON. 



XLI. QUARANTE ET UNIEME LEfON 



IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS CONTINUED. 

27. Faire, to do, to make. P pr. faij-ant.* P.p. fai/. 
Pres. Je fais, tu fais, il fait, nous hmons, vous /aites, \\sfont. 
Pres. Subj. Que je /asse, que tu /asses, qu'il /asse, que nous 

fassions, que vous /assiez, qu'ils /assent. 

Imperf. Je fauais (fesais), tu faisais, il faisait, etc. 

Pret. ]q/s, tu/s, \\/t, nous /tines, vous fit 'es, ils jirezzt. 

Imperf. Subj. Que je fisse, que tu fisses, qu'il fit, que nous fis- 
sions, que vous fissiez, qu'ils fissent. 

Put. Je/erai, tu feras, etc. 

Imper. Fais, fazsons, /aztes. 

Conjugate in the same manner the compounds of faire, vis. : defaire, to 
undo, to loosen ; contrefaire, to counterfeit ; refaire, to do again ; satisfaire, 
to satisfy ; surf aire, to exact, ask too much. 

28. Mettre, to put. P. pr. mettant. P.p. mis. 

Pres. Je mets, tu mets, il met, nous mettons, vous mettez, ils 
iftettent. Pres. Szibj. Que je mette. 

Imperf. Je mettais. 

Pret. Je mis, tu mis, il ?izit, nous mimes, vous mites, ils 7iiirent. 

Inperf. Subj. Que je misse, que tu misses, qu'il mit, etc. 

Put. Je mettrai, tu mettras, etc. 

Thus: Admettre, to admit; commettre, to commit; demettre, to turn out; 
dmettre, to omit; permettre, to permit, to allow; promettre, to promise; 
607npromeltre, to compromise, to expose ; re7nettre, to put again, to replace, 
to hand over; soumettre, to submit; irans?nettre, to transmit, to send. 
Se mettre a signifies to begin, as : Venfant se mit a pleurer, the child 
began crying. 

29. Prendre, to take. P. pr. pre;zant. P. p. -pits. 

* For the pronunciation otfaisaiit and its derivatives see p. 18. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 181 

Pres. Je prends, tu prends, il prend, nous pre/zons, vous pre;zez, 
ils present. Pres. Subj. Que je premie, que tu pre/z/zes, qu'il 
pre/z/ze, que nous pre/zions, que vous pre?ziez, qu'ils pre/z/zent. 

Imperf. Je pre7zais. 

Pret. Je pris, tu pris, il prit, nous primes, vous prites, ils pri- 
rent. Lnperf. Subj. Que je prisse. 

Put. Je prendrai. Imper. Prends, prezzons, prezzez. 

Conjugate in the same manner the compounds of prendre : Apprendre, to 
learn ; desapprendre, to unlearn ; rapprendre, to learn over again ; compren- 
dre, to understand; entreprendre, to undertake ; meprendre, to mistake ; re- 
prendre, to take again, to reply, to chide ; surprendre, to surprise. 



30. JVaitre* to be born. P. pr. nakrant. P. p. ne. 

Pres. Je nais, tu nais, il n'ait, nous naksxms, vous nakrez, ils 
naurent. Imperf. Je nai^ais. 

Pret. Je naquis (I was born), tu naquis, il naquit, nous na- 
quimes, vous naquites, ils naquirent. 

Fut. Je naitrai, tu naitras, etc. 

Thus also : Renaitre, to be born again. 

Remark. When the person used as subject of the verb is living, the 
present instead of the past of the auxiliary is used with the past participle. 
Ex. : Mon pere est ne en Angleterre, My father (still living) was born in 

England. 



31. Vivre, to live. P. pr. vivant. P.p. vecu. 

Pres. Je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vivons, vous vivez, ils vivent 
Subj. Que je vive; hence the expressions : Vive! pi. vivent! 
live J 

Imper. Vis, vivons, vivez. Imperf. Je vivais. 

Pret. Je vecus, tu ve'cus, il vecut, nous vecHmes, etc. 

Fut. Je vivrai. 



Thus also: Survivre (a qn.), to survive; revivre, to live 



again. 



Verbs marked thus * take etrc for an auxiliary, instead of avoir. 



iS 2 XLI. QUARANTE ET UNIEME LE£ON. 

VOCABULARY. 

Vapres-midi, f. the afternoon. une ligne, a line. 

le ruban, the ribbon. un compagnon de voyage, a fellow 

une fois, once. traveller. 

paten, pagan. ta decision, the decision. 

de'sormais, henceforward. Vabondanee, f. abundance. 

obeissant, obedient. 

THEME 41. 

i. What are you doing there? 2. I am writing my exercise. 
3. Have you written it? 4. Yes, I have written it. 5. Charles 
will write it this afternoon. 6. These pupils make a great many 
mistakes in their exercises. 7. Put this book on the table. 8. 
Where have you put your penknife ? 9. I have put it in my 
drawer (tiroir, m.). 10. Did your father permit you to go to the 
theatre? 11. Yes, he has allowed it. 12. He allows me to go 
there (d'y aller) once a (par) week. 13. The servant promised 
henceforward to be faithful and obedient. 14. AH the children 
began to cry. 15. I take medicine. 16. He takes coffee. 17. 
We take tea. • 18. The children take milk. 19. I took a pen 
and wrote a few lines to my father. 20. Who has taken my pen- 
cil? ?i. I have not taken it. 22. Take mine. 23. Do not 
take this chair; it is broken (cassee). 24. Do you understand 
what I say? 25. I understand every word. 26. I should un- 
dertake that journey, if I had a fellow-traveller. 27. We submit 
ourselves to your decision. 28. Formerly we lived in the coun- 
try, but for (depuis) several years we have lived (Pres. tense) in 
Geneva (Geneve). 29. Many rich people live in abundance. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 183 

XLII. QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LEfON. 

IRREGULAR VERBS.-SECOND CLASS. 

(32 — 41. Verbs ending in ir, having the flexions of the Third Conjugation.) 

32. Fuir, to shun, to flee. P. pr. fuyant. P. p. fa/. 
Pres. Je fuis, tu fuis, il fuit, nous fuyons, vous fuyez, ils fuient. 
Imperf. Je fuyais. 
Pret. Je fuis. Put. Je fuirai. 

Conjugate in the same manner : S'enfuir, to run away. Pres. Je irfen- 
fuis. Comp. of the Pres. Je me suis enfui, I have run away. 

^. Vetir, to clothe. P. pr. vetant. P. p. veto. 
Pres. Je^vets, tu vets, il vet, nous vetons, etc. 
Pret. Je vetis. Put Je vetirai. 
Thus also : Devetir, to divest ; revetir, to invest. 

34. Servir (qn.), to serve, to help. P. pr. servant. P. p. 
servi. 

Pres. Je sers, tu sers, il serf, nous servons, vous servez, ils ser- 
vent. Subj. Que je serve. 

Pret. Je servis. Put. Je servirai. 

Thus also : Desservir, to clear the table ; se servir de, to make use of, to 
use. 

35. Dortnir, to sleep. P. pr. dormant. P.p. dormi. 

Pres. Je dors, tu dors, il dort, nous dormons, vous dormez, ils 
dorment. Subj. Que je dorme. * 

Pret. Je dormis, etc., like servir. 

Thus : Endormir, to lull asleep ; s'endormir, to fall asleep ; se rendormir, 
to fall asleep again. 

36. Partir, to set out, to leave. P. pr. partant. P.p. parti. 
Pres. ]epars, tu pars, 'Apart, nous partons, etc., like servir. 
Thus : Repartir, to set off again, to reply. Not to be confounded with 

repartir, to distribute, which is regular. 



jg^ XLII. QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LE£ON. 

37. Mentir, to lie. P. pr. mentant. P. p. menti. 

Pres. Je mens, tu mens, il ment, nous mentons, etc., like servir. 
Thus also : Dementir, to give the lie. 

38. Sentir, to feel, to smell. P. pr. sentant. P. p. senti. 
Pres. Je sens, tu ^/?.f, il sent, nous sentons, etc., like servir. 
Thus : Consentir, to consent ; pressentir, to foresee ; ressentir, to feel. 

39. »S? repentir de qch., to repent. /*./r. se repentant. P.p. 
repenti. 

Pres. Je me repens, I repent, etc., like sentir. 

40. Sortir, to go out. .P. /r. sortant. />. /. sorti. 
Pres. Je .wj, tu sors, il .$w/, etc., like servir. 

Thus : Ressortir, to go out again. Ressortir, to resort, and assortir, to 
assort, are regularly conjugated like yfrzz'r. 

41. Courir, to run. P./r. courant. P. p. coura. 

/>w. Je cours, tu cours, il court, nous courons, vous courez, 
ils courent. Subj. Que je coure. 

P'et. Je courus, tu courus, il courut, nous coummes, vous cou- 
rutes, ils coururent. 

Put. Je courrai, tu courras, il courra, nous courrons, vous cour- 
rez, ils courront. Tmper. Cours, courons, courez. 

Thus : Accourir, to run to ; concourir, . to compete ; discourir, to dis- 
course ; encoitrir, to incur ; parcourir, to run over ; recourir, to have re- 
course ; secourir, to relieve, to assist. 

42. Cueillir, to gather. P. pr. cueillant. P.p. cueilli. 

Pres. Je cueilk, tu cueinVs, il cueilL?, nous cueillons, vous cueil- 
lez, ils^ueillent. Subj. Que je cueille. 

Pret. Je cueillis. Tmper. Cueille, cueillons, cueillez. 
Put. Je cueinVrai. 
Thus : Accueillir, to receive ; recueillir, to gather. 

43. Offrir, to offer. P. pr. offrant. P. p. offert. 
Pres. J'offn?, tu offres, il offn?, nous offrons, etc. 

Pret. J'offris. I?7iper. Qffre, offrons, offrez. Put. J'offrirai. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 185 

44. Souffrir, to suffer. P. pr. souffrant. P. p. souffert. 
Pres. Je souffre, tu souffres, etc., like offrir. 

45. Ouvrir, to open. P. pr. ouvrant. P. p. ouvert. 
Pres. J'ouvre, etc., like offrir. 

Thus : Rouvrir, to open again ; entr^ouvrir, to open a little. 

46. Couvrir, to cover. P. pr. couvrant. P.p. couvert. 
Thus : Decoitvrir, to discover ; recouvrir, to cover over. 

47. Tressaillir, to start, to tremble. P.pr. tressaillant. P. p. 
tressailli. 

Pres. Je tressailk, tu tressailli, il tressailli, etc. 
Pret. Je tressaillis, etc, 
Put. Je tressailkrai and je tressailkrai. 
Thus : Assaillir, to assault. 

48. Saillir, to jut out, project. P. pr. saillant. P.p. sailli. 
Pres. third person, il saille, pi. ils saillent. Like tressaillir y 

but it is used only in the third person singular and plural. 
Saillir (=jaillir), to gush, is regular. 

VOCABULARY. 

Du mouton, mutton. fatigue, tired. 

la voiturc, the coach. la violette, the violet. 

mepriser, to despise. la livre, the pound. 

THEME 42. 

1. The enemy flee. 2. Let us shun these places. 3. We 
clothe the poor. 4. The young girl was clad in black. 5. I 
cannot meet him; he shuns me. 6. Avoid bad company. 7. 
Your friend, Mr. A., does not serve me well. 8. I made use of 
your coach. 9. Tell me what he has done to you ; but above all 
(surtout), do not lie. 10. He who lies deserves to be despised. 
11. I go out every day. 12. Do not go out, Robert; it is too cold. 
13. If I were as ill as you, I would not go out of my room. 14. I 
feel the cold. 15. Do not make any (de) noise, for my mother is 
asleep (sleeps). 16. I hope she will sleep better to-night (cette 
nuit). 17. If I do not walk a little, I shall fall asleep. 18. Do 



i86 L XLIIL QUARANTE-TROISIEME LECON. 

you not repent of what {de ce que) you have done? 19. I 
always repent when I have done wrong (mal). 20. Do not run 
so fast (vite), you will be tired. 21. They always run when they 
go to see their aunt. 22. I ran faster than you. 23. If she is 
unhappy, I shall relieve her. 24. For whom are you gathering 
these violets? 25. I gather them for my mother. 26. The 
young lady has been received with the greatest kindness. 27. I 
always offer him my services. 28. He offered me a hundred 
pounds for my garden. 29. What are you doing there ? 30. I 
cover the plants with [de) snow. 



XLIII. QUARANTE-TROISlfiME LEfON. 



IRREGULAR VERBS.— THIRD CLASS. 



(49 — 53- Verbs in ir changing their radical vowel and taking the flexions 
of the third Conjugation.) 

49. Mourir* to die. P. pr. mourant. P. p. mort. 

Pres. Je meurs, tu meurs, il nieurt, nous mourons, vous mourez, 
ils meurent. Subj. Que je meure, que tu meures, qu'il meure, que 
nous mourions, que vous mouriez, qu'ils meurent. 

Imper. Meurs, mourons, mourez. 

Pret Je mourus, tu mourus, il mourut, nous mourumes, vous 
mourutes, ils moururent. 

Put. Je mourrai, tu mourras, il mourra, etc. 

Thus also : Se mourir, to be near dying, to be fainting. Pres. ye me 
meurs, etc. 

50. Bouillir, to boil, neut. v. P. pr. bouillant. P. p. bouilli. 
Pres. Je bous, tu bous, il bout, nous bouillons, vous bouillez, ils 

bouillent. Subj. Que je bouille. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 1S7 

Pret. Je bouillis. 
Fut. Je bouill/rai. 

To boil, as an active verb, is rendered /aire bouillir, as : To boil potatoes, 
/aire bouillir des pommes de terre. 

51. Venir* to come. P. pr. venant. P.p. venu. 

Pres. Je viens, tu vzVns, il vz>nt, nous venons, vous venez, ils 
vzVnnent. Pres. Subj. Que je vz>nne, que tu vzVnnes, qu'il vienne, 
que nous venions, que vous veniez, qu'ils vzVnnent. Imperf. Je 
venais. 

Pret. Je vins, tu vms, il vmt, nous vihmes, vous vzntes, ils vm- 
rent. Imperf. Subj. Que je vinsse, que tu vinsses, qu'il vznt, que 
nous vinssions, etc. 

Fut. Je viendrai, tu vzVndras, etc. 

Cond. Je vzVndrais. 

Imper. Viens, venons, venez. 

Conjugate in the same manner: Convenir to agree, to suit; devenir* to 
become; intervenir* to intervene; parvenir* to attain, to reach ; prevenir, 
to be beforehand with, to inform; provenir* to arise, spring from, to pro- 
ceed ; se souvenir t to remember ; survenir* to happen ; subvenir, to relieve ; 
revenir* to come back (again). 

52. Tenir, to hold. P. pr. tenant. P. p. tenu. 
This verb is conjugated like venir, as : 

Pres. Je Hens, tu ti<?ns, il timt, nous tenons, vous tenez, ils tz>n- 
nent. Subj. Que je tzVnne. 

Pret. Je tins, tu tins, il tint, nous tihmes, vous tmtes, ils tin- 
rent. Fut. Je tzVndrai. 

Imper. Tiens, tenons, tenez. 

Thus also : Appartenir, to belong ; s'abstenir, to abstain ; contenir, to 
contain; detenir, to detain ; entretenir, to keep up; maintenir, to maintain; 
obtenir, to obtain ; retenir, to retain ; soutenir, to sustain, uphold, support. 

53. Acquerir, to acquire, i 5 . /r. acqueVant. P. p. acquis. 
Pres. yacquiers, tu acquzVrs, il acquz>rt, nous acquerons, 

vous acquerez, ils acquz<?rent. Pres. Subj. Que j 'acquire, que tu 
acquires, qu'il acquire, que nous acquerions, que vous acquenez, 
qu'ils acqu^rent. 



j88 XLIII. QUARANTE-TROISIEME LEgON. 

Pret. J'acquzV, tu acquis, il acquit, nous acquzmes, vous acquto, 
ils acquirenl. Imperf. Subj. Que j'acquisse. 

Fut. y acquerrai, tu acquerras, il acquerra, etc. 

Imper. AcquzVrs, acquerons, acquerez. 

Conjugate in the same manner: Conquerir, to conquer; reconquerir, to 
conquer again; reqtierir, to request, and s'enquerir, to inquire. Querir, to 
seek, is used, in familiar conversation, after aller, venir, envoyer, as : allez 
querir, go and seek. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le chagrin, grief. des connaissances, f. knowledge. 

maladie, f. disease, illness. (connaissances is always plural when it 
douloureux, -se, painful. means knowledge in the general 

continuer, to continue. sense, as science, instruction, etc.) 

la parole, the word. la chaleur, the heat. 

Vassiduite, f. assiduity. la partie, the part. 

THEME 43. 
i. Your friend is dying. 2. Mrs. A. died of {de) grief. 3. 
The old general died at Paris of a very painful disease. 4. 
Take the water off the fire ; it boils. 5. Boil that meat again, it 
has not boiled long enough. 6. Miss Emily is coming. 7. 
Dost thou come ? 8. Yes, I come. 9. Why do you not come 
when I call you? 10. He came to see me every morning. 11. 
Come back soon. 12. I shall be (come) back in an hour. 13. 
Mrs. B. would have come to us if it had not rained (plu). 14. 
I hope you will keep your word and (will) come to-morrow. 15. 
I maintain, and will always maintain, that you will not be happy 
without virtue. 16. I agree that Miss L. is the prettiest of the 
family; but she is so proud, that I know (sais) not what will be- 
come of her (ce qu'elle. . .). 17. My uncle will not come back 
to-day. 18. Mr. S. will not obtain that situation {place) .. 19. 
If you study much, you will acquire knowledge. 20. I do not 
think (that) this color suits (to) your sister. 21. That hat would 
suit you very well, if you were a little taller. 22. Alexander the 
Great conquered the greatest part of Asia. 23. Your uncle has 
acquired a great name in America. 24. The young man did 
not survive (outlive) (to) that misfortune. 25. You will become 
a great man, if you continue to study with the same assiduity. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. ^9 

XLIV. QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LEfON. 

IRREGULAR VERBS.— THIRD CLASS CONTINUED. 



(54 — 66. Verbs in -oir. Contraction of the root and the terminations, 
Part, past and Fret, in u. ) 

54. Devoir, to owe, (ought to). P. pr. devant. P. p. dfi. 
Pres. Je dois* tu dots, il doit, nous devons, vous devez, ils 

doive?it. Pres. Subj. Que je doive. 

Pret. Je dus, tu dus, il dut, nous dumes, vous dutes, ils durent. 
Imperf. Subj. Que je dusse. 

Put. Je devrai, tu devras, etc. Cond. Je devrais.* 

Thus also: redevoir. 

55. Recevoir, to receive. P. pr. recevant. P.p. regu. 

Pres. Je regois, tu regois } il regoit, nous recevons, vous recevez, 
ils rec^zvent. 

Pret. Je re$us, tu re$us, il re$ut, nous vermes, vous rentes, 
ils reytretit. 

Put. Je recevrai, tu recevras, etc. 

Thus also : Decevoir, to deceive ; apercevoir, to perceive ; concevoir, to 
conceive ; percevoir, to collect. 

56. Dechoir, to fall, to decay. (NoP.pr.) P. p. dechu. 
Pres. Je dechois, tu dechois, il dechoit, nous dechqyons, vous 

dechojyez, ils d£choient. Subj. Que je dechoie. 

Pret. Je dechus, tu dechus, il dechut, nous dechumes, vous 
dechutes, ils dechurent. 

Put. Je d&cherrai, tu decherras, ils dech^mz, nous dech^r;wz.y, 
vous decherrez, ils decherront. 

Thus : E^choir, to fall to, to expire ; P. pr. echeant ; P. p. echu. It is 
now only used in the third pers. sing. : il or -elle echoit, il echut, etc. Choir 
is only used in the Infinitive mood. 



* Je dois, followed by a verb, corresponds to the English; I am to, I must, I have to. Je 
devrais, / ought to,, I should. 



I 9 o XLIV. QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

57. Falloir, to be necessary, is an impersonal verb, the conju- 
gation of which has been given p. 147. 

Pres. llfaut. Imperf. II fallait, etc. 

58. Mouvoir, to move. P. pr. mduvant. P. p. mu. 

Pres. Je mens, tu mens, il ?neut, nous mouvons, vous mouvez, 
ils meuvent. Subj. Que je m<?z/ve, que tu m<wves, qu'il meuve, 
que nous mouvions, que vous mouviez, qu'ils movent. 

Pret. Je mus, tu mus, il mut, nous mumes, vous mutes, ils 
murent. 

Put. Je mouvrai. 

Thus also: Emouvoir, to move, to excite, stir up; s'emouvoir, to be 
moved, affected. 

59. Pfeuvoir, to rain {i.mpers.). P. pr. pleuvant. P. p. plu. 
Pres. II pleut. Subj. Qu'il pleuve. Imperf. II pleuvait. 
Pret. II plut. Subj. Imperf. Qu'il plut. 

Put. II pleuvra. 

60. Pourvoir* to provide. P. pr. pourvqyant. P. p. pourvu. 
Pres. Je pourvois, tu pourvois, il pourvoit, nous pourvqyons, 

vous pourvqyez, ils pourvoient. 

Pret. Jepourvus. Put. Je pourvoirai. 

Thus: Prevoir, to foresee, which makes in the Pret. je previs. 

61. Pouvoir, to be able. P. pr. pouvant. P. p. pu. 

Pres. ]e.peux, (or )e pitis), tu peux , \\peut, nous pouvons, vous 
pouvez, ils peuvent. Pres. Subj. Que je puisse, que tu puisses, 
qu'il puisse, que nous puissions, que vous puissiez, qu'ils puissent 

Impf Je pouvais. 

Pret. Je pus, tu pus, il put, nous pumes, vous putes, ils purent. 

Imperf. Subj. Q)iQ)tpusse. 

Put. Je pourrai, tu pourras, il pourra, nous pou/rons, vous 
pourrez, ils pourront. Cond. Je pourrais. 

Note. May, expressing a wish, is rendered by the Present tense of the 
Subjunctive. Ex. : Puisse-t-il etrz heureux, may he be happy ! 

* J^jke 65 — Voir, except the Pret, and -Fift, 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



191 



62. Savoir, to know. P. fir. savant. P. fi. su. 

Pres. Je sais, tu sais, il sait, nous savons, vous savez, ils savent. 
Subj. Que je j«^^, que tu sac/its, qu'il sac/ie, que nous sa^ions, 
que vous sa^iez, qu'ils savent. Imfierf. Je savais, tu savais, etc. 

Pret. Je sus, tu sus, il sut, nous sumes, vous sutes, ils surent. 

Put Je sauxai, tu saunas, etc. 

Imfier. Sache, sachons, sachez. 

When the word can means to know how, it is rendered in French by savoir, 
instead of pouvoir. Ex.: Savez-vous parler frangais? Can you speak 
French ? 

Note. There is also an old .form of the Pres. Ind. Je sache. The Cond. 
Je ne saurais (without pas) signifies, I cannot, as : Je ne saurais vous dire, 
I cannot tell you. 

63. Valoir, to be worth. P. fir. valant. P. fi. valu. 

Pres. Je vaux tu vaux, il vaut, nous valons, vous valez, ils va- 
lent. Subj. Que je vaille, que tu vailles, qu'il vaille, que nous 
valions, que vous valiez, qu'ils vaille7it. 

Imfierf. Je valais. 

Pret. Je valus, tu valus, il valut, nous valumes, etc. 

Put. Je vaudrai, tu vaudras, etc. 

Cond. Je vaudrais. 

Observe the expression : 77 vaut mieux, it is better, etc. Conjugate in 
the same manner : prevaloir, to prevail; but it makes the Subj. pres. : Que 
je prevale, (not prevaille') que tu privates, qzS it prevale, que nous prevalions y 
que vous prevaliez, qtfils prevalent. 

64. Vouloir, to be willing. P. fir. voulant. P. fi. voulu. 
Pres. Je veux, tu veux, il veut, nous voulons, vous voulez, ils 

veulent. Subj. Que je veuille, que tu veuilles, qu'il veuille, que 
nous voulions, que vous vouliez, qu'ils veuille7it. Imfier. ( Veuille), 
veuillez, be so kind as. 

Imfierf. Je voulais. 

Pret. Je voulus, tu voulus, il voulut, nous voulumes, etc, 

Put. Je voudrai, tu voudras, etc. 

Cond. Je voudrais, / shoutd like to, 



ig 2 XLIV. QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

The first person, je venx, is mostly used to imply authority, command. 
Je desire is substituted as a more polite expression for the affirmative. Je 
ne veux pas is used, however, for the negative. 

65. Voir, to see. P. pr. vqyant. P. p. vu. 

Pres. Je vols, tu vois, il voit, nous voyons, vous voyez, ils voient. 

Imperf. Je voyais, tu voyais, etc. 

Pret. Je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vimes, vous vites, etc. 

Put. Je verrai, tu verras, il verra, etc. 

Imper. Vois, voyons, voyez. 

Thus : Revoir, to see again ; entrevoir, to have a glimpse of. For ponr- 
voir and prevoir see No. 60. A Her voir and venir voir qn. are rendered : to 
call upon a person. * 

66. S'asseoir, to sit down. P. pr. s'assejyant. P. p. assis. 
Pres. Je m'assieds, tu t'assieds, il s'assied, nous nous asseyons, 

vous vous asseyez, ils s'asseient. Or, je m'assois, etc. 

Imperf. Je m'asseyais. Or, je m'assoyais, etc. 

Pret. Je m'assis, tu t' assis, il s'assit, nous nous assimes, vous 
vous assites, ils s'assirent. 

Fut. Je m'assierai, tu t'assieras, il s'assiera, etc. Or, je m'as- 
seiei'ai, tu fasseieras, il s' asseiera, etc. 

Imper. ks&ieds-\o\, a^eyons-novs, ass<?y<?£-vous. 

VOCABULARY. 

Un panier, a basket. epais, thick. 

/^ danger, the danger. Pherbe, f. the grass. 

& ressort, the spring. humide, damp. 

/<? beau-frere, the brother-in-law. /<? <5rz*zY, /a nouvelle, the report. 

repeter, to repeat. arreter, to stop. 

coupable, criminal. Padresse, f. the direction. 

/« £-/<3tf<?, the looking-glass. 



THEME 44. 

1. I am to copy my exercise. 2. We must set out. 3. You 
ought to come at two o'clock. 4. I receive a letter every day. 
5. We receive our money from the banker (du banquier). 6. 
My friend received a basket filled with grapes (de raisins). 7. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 193 

The hunter perceived a bird on a tree. 8. They did not perceive 
the danger. 9. The spring which moves the whole machine is 
very ingenious {ingenieux). 10. Does it rain ? n. No, it does 
not rain;. but it will rain this evening. 12. If men do not pro- 
vide for it (y), God will provide for it. 13. Before he left {avant 
de partir), he provided for (a) all. 14. Can you come? 15. I 
cannot come, but my brother can (come). 16. We could see 
nothing, for it was dark {il faisait nuit). 17. I could do it myself, 
if I had time. 18. May you be happy! I could do no better. 
19. I know that he is your friend, but I did not know that he 
was your brother-in-law. 20. Do you know why he has (is) not 
come? 21. No, I do not know (it). 22. When you know 
{Fid.) your lesson, come and repeat it to me. 23. These pens 
are worth nothing. 24. It is {vani) better to be unfortunate than 
guilty. 25. Can't you see that star? 26. I do not see it. 27. 
Sit down there a minute. 28. Why do not you sit down ? 29. 
Let us sit upon the grass. 30. I would sit down upon the grass, 
if it were not so damp. 31. Can you speak French ? 32. I can 
read, but I cannot speak (it). 2>7>- ^ s tms report true ? 34. I 
cannot (ConoJ.) tell (it) you. 35. He does not choose to (will 
not) eat. $6. If I chose (would), I should tell you where he 
lives. 37. What would you have me do (that I should do) (7m- 
perf. Subj.) ? 38. We could have stopped him, if we had chosen. 
39. I send you herewith (ci-joint) the direction of Mr. L. 40. 
I have found the ring which my cousin has lost, and I shall send 
it to her. 



I 94 XLV. QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LECON. 

XLV. QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LEf ON. 

IRREGULAR VERBS.— THIRD CLASS CONTINUED. 



67. Eire, to laugh. P. fir. riant. P. fi. ri. 
Pres. Je ris. Imfierf. Je riais. 

Pret. Je ris, tu ris, il rit, etc. Put. Je rirai. 

68. Envoyer, to send. P. fir. envoyant. P. fi. envoye. 
Pres. J'envoie. Imfierf. J'envoyais. Pret. J'envoyai. 
Put J'enverrai, tu enverras, etc. Cond. J'enverrais. 

69. Alter* to go. P. fir. allant. P. fi. alle. 

i^j. Je vais, tu z>tf.r, il va, nous allons, vous allez, ils vont. 
Pres. Subj. Que faille, que tu allies, qu'il #///<?, que nous allions, 
que vous alliez, qu'ils aillent. . 

Imfierf. J'allais, tu allais, il allait, etc. 

Pret. J'allai, tu alias, il alia, nous allames, vous allates, ils 
allerent. 

Imfierf. Subf. Que j'allasse, que tu allasses, etc. 

Imfier. Va, allons, allez. Perf. Je suis alle, I have gone. 

Fid. J'irai (/ shall go), tu iras, il ira, nous irons, vous irez, ils 
iront. Cond. J'irais, tu irais, etc. 

Conjugation of S'en alter, to go away. 

We give the reflective verb S'en alter, to go away, at full length, because 
its conjugation is rather difficult on account of its two pronouns. Observe 
that en is never separated from the objective m\ t\ s\ nous, etc.; hence it 
follows, that the compound or Perfect must not be written : Je me suis en 
alle, \>u\.je nVen suis alle, tu t'en es alle, etc. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Je m'en vais, I go away. nous nous en allons, we go away. 

tu t'en vas, etc. vous vous en allez, etc. 

il s'en va, etc. ils s'en vont, etc. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



*95 



Neg. Je ne m'en vais pas. M'en vais-je, do I go away ? 

etc. 
tu ne t'en vas pas, etc. Ne m'en vais-je pas ? etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

Je m'en allais, tu t'en allais. M'en allais-je, did I go away ? 
Je ne m'en allais pas. Ne m'en allais-je pas? 



Je m'en allai. 

Je ne m'en allai pas. 



Je m'en irai. 

Je ne m'en irai pas. 



PRETERITE. 

M'en allai-je? 

Ne m'en allai-je pas ? 

FUTURE. 

M'en irai-je ? 

Ne m'en irai-je pas ? 



IMPERATIVE. 



AFFIRMATIVE. 

Va-t'en. 

(qu'il s'en aille). 

allons-nous-en. 

allez-vous-en. 

(qu'ils s'en aillent). 



NEGATIVE. 

Ne t'en va pas. 
(qu'il ne s'en aille pas), 
ne nous en allons pas. 
ne vous en allez pas. 
(qu'ils ne s'en aillent pas). 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Je m'en suis alle, I have gone nous nous en sommes alles. 

away. 

tu t'en es alle. vous vous en etes alle (s). 

il s'en est alle. ils s'en sont alles. 

elle s'en est all6e. elles s'en sont allees. 



NEGATIVELY. 



Je ne m'en suis pas alle. 
tu ne t'en es pas alle. 
il ne s'en est pas alle. 



nous ne nous en sommes pas 

alles. 
vous ne vous en £tes pas 

alle (s). 
ils ne s'en sont pas alles. 



196 



XLV. QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 



M'en suis-je all6 ? 
t'en es-tu alle ? 
s'en est-il alle ? 



INTERROGATIVELY. 

nous en sommes-nous alles ? 
vous en etes-vous alle (s) ? 
s'en sont lis alles ? 



NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE. 



Ne m'en suis-je pas alle ? 
ne t'en es-tu pas alle ? 
ne s'en est-il pas alle ? 



ne nous en sommes-nous p. alles ? 
ne vous en etes-vous pas alles ? 
ne s'en sont-ils pas alles ? 



COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Je m'en etais alle. M'en etais-je alle ? 

Je ne m'en etais pas alle. Ne m'en etais-je pas alle ? 



Que je m'en aille. 
que tu t'en ailles. 
qu'il s'en aille. 



subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 



que nous nous en allions. 
que vous vous en alliez. 
qu'ils s'en aillent. 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je m'en allasse. 
que tu t'en allasses. 
qu'il s'en allat, etc. 



PERFECT. 

Que je m'en sois alle. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Que je m'en fusse alle. 



S'en aller. 



INFINITIVE. 

S'en etre alle. 



S'en allant. 



PARTICIPLES. 

S'en etant alle. 



VOCABULARY. 



Oblige, obliged. 

Jendi dernier, last Thursday. 

la musique, music. 

le pavilion, the flag. 



sonner, to strike. 
la sante, health. 
importitner, to importune. 
hisse, hoisted. 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



197 



THEME 45. 
1. I go to London. 2. Thou goest to Paris. 3. He goes to 
Berlin. 4. My brother has also gone to Berlin. 5. Where are 
you going? 6. I am going to the play (ait spectacle). 7. I 
would go with you, if I had time. 8. Why are they going away 
so soon? 9. They are obliged to go away. 10. Will not your 
mother be angry (fachee), if you go away before her? n. I 
told her that I would go away before her, and she has permitted 
(it to) me. 12. My sister and I (we) went to the concert last 
Thursday. 13. If you had gone (there, y) also, you would have 
heard fine music. 14. These men went yesterday from house to 
(en) house. 15. At what o'clock will you go (away)? 16. I 
should have already gone, if it had not rained so fast (fort). 17. 
Is he really gone (away) ? Yes, he went (has gone) away this 
morning. 18. Let us go (away), it is going to (il va) strike three 
o'clock. 19. How is (va) your health? 20. Thank you, it is 
not very good. 21. I wish (should like that) the boy would go 
(away) (Imperf. Subj.). 22. I wish they would go away. 23. 
Begone (go away), you importune me. 



XLVI. QUARANTE-SIXIEME LEfON. 

DEFECTIVE VERBS. 

Verbs whereof some tenses or persons are wanting are defective 
verbs. They are as follows : — 

70. Br aire, to bray. 

Pres. II brait, ils braient. Fut. II braira. 
Cond. II brairait. 

7 1 . Bruire, to roar. P. pr. bruyant. 
Imperf. II bruyait, pi. ils bruyaient. 

72. Choir, to fall. P. p. chu. 



I9 8 XLVI. QUARANTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 

73. Clore, to close. P.p. clos. 
Pres. Je clos, tu clos, il clot. 

Put. Je clorai, tu cloras, etc. Cond. Je clorais. 

74. Edore* to be hatched. P. p. eclos. 

Pres. II eclot, //. ils eclosent. Subj. Qu'il eclose, //. qu'ils 
eclosent. 

Fat. II eclora, pi. ils ecloront. Its compound tenses are 
formed with etre. 

75. Faillir, to fail. iP./r. (faillant). P./. failli. 
ite. II faut. 

jP/r/. Je faillis, tu faillis, il faillit, nous faillimes, vous faillites, 
ils faillirent. 

Per/. J'ai failli, I had nearly. 
Thus : Defaillir, to faint. 

76. Ferir, is used only in the expression: Sans coup fe'rir, 
without striking a blow. 

77. Frire, to fry. P. pr. wanting. P.p. frit. 
.Pm-. Je fris, tu fris, il frit. Plur. wanting. 

Fnt. Je frirai. Cond. Je frirais. Per/. J'ai frit, etc. 

78. Gesir, to lie. P. pr. gz'sant. 

/V<fj-. ci-git, here lies; pi. ci-gisent, (used on tombstones). Fur- 
ther : nous gisons, vous gisez, ils gisent. 
Imperf. ci-gisait ; pi. ci-gisaient. 

79. Issir, to be born, is used only in the P.p. issu. 

80. Ou'ir, to hear. P.p. oui. 

Pret. J'ouis, tu ouis, etc. Imperf. Subj. Que j'oui'sse, etc. 
Further the compound tenses, as : J'ai oui, etc. 

81. Sourdre, to rush out of the ground, as water, has only the 
Infinitive and the Present, elle sourd, elles sourdent. 

82. Seoir, to fit. P. pr. seant. P.p. sis. 

Ind. pres. II sied. Fut. II siera. Cond. II sierait. 
&$. Surseoir, to put off. P. p. sursis. 
Pres. Je surseois. Pret. Je sursis. 

Note. — Most of these verbs are not much in use. 



IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



199 



AN ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ALL THE FRENCH IRREGU- 
LAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS.* 

CONTAINING THEIR FIVE PRIMITIVE TENSES. 



Infinitive. 


Pres. 


Part. pr. 


P.p. 


Pret. 


No. 


Absoudre 


j'absous 


absolvant 


absous, te 


wanting 


13 


Acque>ir 


j'acquiers 


acquerant 


acquis, e 


j 'acquis 


53 


Aller 


je vais 


allant 


alle, e 


j'allai 


69 


Assaillir 


j'assaille 


assaillant 


assailli, e 


j'assaillis 


47 


S'asseoir 


je m'assieds 


s'asseyant 


assis, e 


je m'assis 


66 


Atteindre 


j'atteins 


atteignant 


atteint, e 


j'atteignis 


14 


Battre, see L. 


xxiii., Rem. I. 










Boire 


je bois 


buvant 


bu, e 


je bus 


19 


Bouillir 


je bous 


bouillant 


bouilli, e 


je bouillis 


5o 


Braire 


il brait 


— 


wanting 


wanting 


70 


Bruire Imp. il bruyait 


bruyant 


— 


— 


71 


Ceindre 


je ceins 


ceignant 


ceint, e 


je ceignis 


H 


Choir, see dechoir 


— 


— 


— 


So 


Circoncire 


je circoncis 


— 


circoncis 


je circoncis 


2 


Clore 


je clos 


— 


clos 


— 


73 


Conclure 


je conclus 


concluant 


conclu, e 


je conclus 


Z. 23 


Concevoir 


je concois 


concevant 


concu, e 


je concus 


55 


Conduire 


je conduis 


conduisant 


conduit, e 


je conduisis 


5 


Confire 


je confis 


confisant 


confit, e 


je confis 


2 


Connaitre 


je connais 


connaissant 


connu, e 


je connus 


26 


Coudre 


je couds 


cousant 


cousu, e 


je cousis 


11 


Courir 


je cours 


courant 


couru, e 


je courus 


41 


Couvrir 


je couvre 


couvrant 


couvert, e 


je couvris 


46 


Craindre 


je crains 


craignant 


craint, e 


je craignis 


15 


Croire 


je crois 


croyant 


cru, e 


je crus 


20 


Croitre 


je crois 


croissant 


cru, e 


je crus 


21 


Cueillir 


je cueille 


cueillant 


cueilli, e 


je cueillis 


42 


Cuire 


je cuis 


cuisant 


cuit, e 


je cuisis 


4 


Dechoir 


je dechois 


— 


dechu, e 


je dechus 


56 


Devoir 


je dois 


devant 


du 


je dus 


54 


Dire 


je dis 


disant 


dit, e 


je dis 


7 


Dormir 


je dors 


dormant 


dormi 


je dormis 


35 



* The derivatives which are not in this table will be found with the primitives, under their 
respective number. 



200 



XLVI. QUARANTE-SIXIEME LEf ON. 



fichoir 


il echoit 


echeant 


echu 


il echut 


56 


ficlore 


il eclot 


— 


eclos 


— 


74 


Ecrire 


j'ecris 


6crivant 


ecrit, e 


j'£crivis 


17 


Envoyer 


j'envoie 


envoyant 


envoye 


j'envoyai 


68 


Faire 


je fais 


faisant 


fait, e 


je fis 


27 


Faillir 


— 


faillant 


failli 


je faillis 


75 


Falloir 


il faut 


— 


fallu 


il fallut 


57 


Feindre 


je feins 


feignant 


feint, e 


je feignis 


H 


Ferir 


— 


— 


— 


— 


76 


Frire 


je fris 


— 


frit, e 


— 


77 


Fuir 


je fuis 


fuyant 


fui 


je fuis 


32 


Gesir 


il git 


gisant 


— 


— 


73 


Joindre 


je joins 


joignant 


joint, e 


je joignis 


16 


Issir 


— 


— 


issu, e 


— 


79 


Instruire 


j'instruis 


instruisant 


instruit, e 


j'instruisis 


6 


Lire 


je lis 


lisant 


lu, e 


je lus 


18 


Luire 


je luis 


luisant 


lui 


— 


1 


Mentir 


je mens 


mentant 


menti 


je mentis 


37 


Mettre 


je mets 


mettant 


mis, e 


je mis 


28 


Moudre 


je mouds 


moulant 


moulu, e 


je moulus 


12 


Mourir 


je meurs 


mourant 


mort, e 


je mourus 


49 


Mouvoir 


je meus 


mouvant 


mu, e 


je mus 


58 


Naitre 


je nais 


naissant 


ne, e 


je naquis 


30 


Nuire 


je nuis 


nuisant 


nui 


je nuisis 


3 


Offrir 


j'offre 


offrant 


ofFert, e 


j'offris 


43 


Oindre 


j'oins 


— 


oint 


j'oignis 


16 


Ouir 


— 


— 


OU1 


j'ouis 


80 


Ouvrir 


j'ouvre 


ouvrant 


ouvert, e 


j'ouvris 


45 


Paitre 


je pais 


paissant 


pu 


— 


25 


Paraitre 


je parais 


paraissant 


paru 


je parus 


24 


Partir 


je pars 


partant 


parti 


je partis 


36 


Peindre 


je peins 


peignant 


peint 


je peignis 


14 


Plaindre 


je plains 


plaignant 


plaint 


je plaignis 


15 


Plaire 


je plais 


plaisant 


plu 


je plus 


22 


Pleuvoir 


il pleut 


pleuvant 


plu 


il plut 


59 


Prendre 


je prends 


prenant 


pris 


je pris 


29 


Poindre 


je poins 


poignant 


(point) 


(je poignis) 


16 


Pourvoir 


je pourvois 


pourvoyant 


pourvu, e 


pourvus 


60 


Pouvoir 


jepeux (puis 


) pouvant 


pu 


je pus 


61 


Repentir, se 


je me repens 


> repentant 


repenti 


je me repentis 


39 


Restreindre 


je restreins 


— 


restreint 


je restreignis 


14 


Rire 


je ris 


riant 


ri 


je ris 


67 


Rompre, see L. 


xxin., Rem. 


2. 








Saillir 


il saille 


saillant 


sailli 


il saillit 


48 



SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 



201 



Savoir 


je sais 


sachant 


su, e 


je sus 


62 


Sentir 


je sens 


sentant 


senti, e 


je sentis 


38 


Seoir 


il sied 


seant 


sis, e 


— 


82 


Servir 


je sers 


servant 


servi, e 


je servis 


34 


Sortir 


je sors 


sortant 


sorti 


je sortis 


40 


Souffrir 


je souffre 


souffrant 


souffert, e 


je souffris 


44 


Sourdre 


elle sourd 


— 


— 


— 


81 


Suivre 


je suis 


suivant 


suivi, e 


je suivis 


9 


Suffire 


je suffis 


suffisant 


suffi 


je suffis 


2 


Surseoir 


je surseois 


sursoyant 


sursis 


je sursis 


83 


Taire 


je tais 


taisant 


tu, e 


je tus 


23 


Teindre 


je teins 


teignant 


teint, e 


je teignis 


14 


Tenir 


je tiens 


tenant 


tenu, e 


je tins 


52 


Traire 


je trais 


trayant 


trait 


— 


8 


Tressaillir 


je tressaille 


tressaillant 


tressailli 


je tressaillis 


47 


Valoir 


je vaux 


valant 


valu 


je valus 


63 


Vaincre 


je vaincs 


vainquant 


vaincu, e 


je vainquis 


10 


Venir 


je viens 


venant 


venu, e 


je vins 


5i 


V£tir 


je vets 


vetant 


vetu 


je vetis 


33 


Vivre 


je vis 


vivant 


vecu 


je vecus 


3i 


Voir 


je vois 


voyant 


vu, e 


je vis 


65 


Vouloir 


je veux 


voulant 


voulu, e 


je voulus 


64 



XLVII. QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LEfON. 

HOW TO RENDER DO, DID, SHALL, WILL, ETC- 

SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES 



The auxiliaries do, will, shall, etc., in answers, are often used 
in English in an elliptical manner, when in French the principal 
verb must be repeated, and a noun or pronoun supplied. 

Si, "yes," is generally used in answers instead of oui in replying to a 
question in which there is a negation, or in contradiction to a negative state- 



202 XLVII. QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LECON. 



EXAMPLES : 

Avez-vous du pain? Oui, fen ai. Have you any bread? Yes, I have. 

Avez-vous repondu? Oui, j'ai re- Have you answered? Yes, I have. 

pondu ? 

Acheteront-ils ce beurre ? Oui, ils Will they buy that butter? Yes, they 

Pacheteront. will. 

Voulez vous le lui demander ? Oui, Will you ask him for it? Yes, I will. 
je veux bien. 

Etes-vous anglais? Non, je ne le Are you an Englishman? No, I am 

suis pas. not. 

Avez-vous ete a Rome ? Non, je n'y Have you been injiome? No, I have 

ai pas ete. not. 

Est-ce vous qui etes venu hier soir ? Was it you who came last night? No, 

Non, ce n'' est pas moi. it was not I. 

Ce n'est pas ce peintre qui a fait votre That painter did not take your like- 

portrait ? Si, c' "est lui. ness, did he? Yes, he did. 

Lui rendrez- vous son portrait ? Cela Will you return her likeness to her? 

va sans dire. Of course I will. 

Partira-t-il ? Oui, il partira. Will he set out? Yes, he will. 

Iriez vous s'il y allait? Mais oui,_/> Should you go there if he did? Why, 

le ferais. yes, I should. 

Est-ce la mode ? Oui, c'est la mode. Is it the fashion ? Yes, it is. 
Pourquoi vous plaignez - vous ? Je Why do you complain ? I do not 

ne me plains pas ; c'est mon frere complain ; my brother does. Does 

qui se plaint. II se plaint ! Oui, he ? Indeed he does, and he has 

vraiment, et il y a longtemps qu'il complained for a long time. 

se plaint. 
J'ai faim. Vraiment? Oui, bien I am hungry. Really? Yes, very. 

faim. 
Doit-elle venir ce soir ? Oui, elle Does she intend to come this evening ? 

doit venir. Yes, she does. 

In exclamations the auxiliary must be translated by some words 
expressive of the meaning implied by the English ellipsis. Ex. : — 

Son associe est revenu des Indes. His partner has returned from India. 

Est-ce possible, vous me surprenez, He has ? 

or simply, Ah ! vraiment ! 
J'ai sommeil. Ah! vraiment? or, I am sleepy. Are you ? 

Allons done, vous plaisantez. 



SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 



203 



SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 

The verbs aller, devoir, and venir de are idiomatically used, forming, 
with an infinitive, what some grammarians have called " Supplementary 
Tenses." 

Alter said devoir before an infinitive form idiomatic futures, and corre- 
spond to the English verbs to go and to be (to be about to), in alike position. 

Venir de forms idiomatic past tenses, and corresponds to the English to 
have just. 



CONJUGATION OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 



Je vais 


avoir, 


/ am going 


to have. 


Tu vas 


chanter, 


Thou art going 


to sing. 


11 va 


danser, 


He is going 


to dance. 


Nous allons 


finir, 


We are going 


to finish. 


Vous allez 


rendre, 


You are going 


to render. 


lis vont 


recevoir, 


They are going _ 


to receive. 



J'allais avoir, etc. 



/ was going to have, etc. 



Je dois 


avoir, 


I am 


to have. 


Tu dois 


chanter, 


Thou art 


to sing. 


11 doit 


danser, 


He is 


to dance. 


Nous devons 


finir, 


We are 


to finish. 


Vous devez 


rendre, 


You are 


to render. 


lis doivent „ 


recevoir, 


They are „ 


to receive. 


Je devais avoir, etc. 


I was to have. 


Je devrais avoir, etc. 


I should or ought to have. 


J'aurais du av 


oir, etc. 


I should c 


r ought to have had. 



Je viens de (d') 
Tu viens " 

11 vient " 

Nous venons " 
Vous venez " 
lis viennent " 



avoir, 

chanter, 

danser, 

finir, 

rendre, 

recevoir, 



Je venais d'avoir, etc. 



I have just ~\ had. 
Thou hast just sung. 
He has just I danced. 
We have just (finished. 
You have just rendered. 
They have just J received. 

I had just had, etc. 



204 XLVII. QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

These last tenses may be expressed by /aire preceded by ne and followed 
by the conjunctive que, with an infinitive preceded by de {ne /aire que de). 
e. g. // ne fait que d'arriver. He has but just arrived, ye ne fais que de 
soriir. I have but just gone out. 

N. B. — The particle de is here indispensable, because, without it the ex- 
pression would have quite another sense, and would denote a continuation 
or a frequent repetition of the action. Ex. : Vous ne faites que sortir. You 
do nothing but go out. Elle ne fait que jouer. She does nothing but play. 



PART II. 



ELISION. 



The vowels a, e, i, when final, are sometimes elided before a 
word beginning with a vowel or h mute ; thus : Vdme, V homme y 
sHl, instead of la dme, le homme, si il. 

Elision of a. A is elided only in the word la. Ex. : 
Pamitie. 

Elision of e. E is elided in the nine monosyllables je, me, te, 
le, de, ne, ce, se and que. Ex. : faime j c'est V homme quHl rtestinie 
pas. 

Exceptions. — I. The vowels of the pronouns le, la, je, and ce are never 
elided when they come after the verb. Ex. : Ai-je mi livre ; est-ce elle. 
The e inje and ce is not pronounced 1 , however, though the e and a of le and 
la are in voyez-la aujourd ) hici, voyez-le aujourd 1 hui. 

2. Before oni and onze no elision takes place : je crois que oui; le onze. 

The e is elided in lorsque, when; puisque, since; quoique, 
though, only before il, elle, on and un. Ex. : lorsqu'il, piiisqu'on, 
etc. In quelque the e is elided only before un, une, and autre. 
Ex. : quelqu'un; quelqit autre. In entre and presque, e is elided 
only when they form part of a compound word. Ex. : entr'acte, 
presqiHle. 

Elision of i. I is elided only in the conjunction si before // 
and Us. Ex. : s'il, s'ils. 



2 o6 I. PREMIERE LEgON. 



I. PREMlfiRE LEfON. 

ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 

I. RULES ON THE GENDER OF SIMPLE NOUNS. 
§ I. MASCULINE BY THEIR SIGNIFICATION ARE: 

i. The names of all masculine beings, as: Henri, Henry; 
Vempereur, the emperor ; le maitre, the master ; le Francais, the 
Frenchman ; le taureau, the bull, etc. 

2. The names of metals, trees, shrubs, seasons, months, and 
days, as: le fer, iron; k chene, the oak ; le printemps, spring ; le 
joli Mai, (the) fine May ; (le) lundi, Monday, etc. 

3. All words that are made substantive by prefixing the arti- 
cle, as : le vert, the green (color) ; le Men, the good ; le boire et le 
manger, drinking and eating ; le oui et le non, the yes and no. 

4. Nouns expressing professions, titles, or qualities which be- 
long generally to men : philosophe, orateur, etc. 

5. The names generally used in natural history to designate 
the different species of animals : un quadrupede, un mammifere, 
un herbivore, etc. 

6. The names employed in chemistry to designate simple 
bodies and most of their compounds : Vor, le cuivre, Vhydrogene, 
Poxy gene. 

7. The names of the decimal nomenclature: le metre, le franc, 
le centime, etc. 

§ 2. MASCULINE BY TERMINATION. 

i. Nouns ending in a consonant (except those in aison, ion, 
and eur). 

2. Nouns ending in any vowel except e mute and /preceded 
by / or ti. 

3. Nouns ending in e mute preceded by b, g, I (not double), m, 



ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 207 

r (except rr not preceded by u), s, t (not double), or u (except 
those in ique). 

To any rules for terminations, there will be found many exceptions. 
These rules are general. Most of the exceptions in common use the pupil 
will learn as they occur in this grammar. 

§ 3. FEMININE BY SIGNIFICATION : 

i. All names of female persons and animals, as : Marie, Mary • 
la reine, the queen; lafille, the girl; lajument, the mare, etc. 

2. The names of fruits, flowers, and herbs, as : la poire, the 
pear; la pomme, the apple; la rose, the rose; Vherbe, the grass. 

Except : Le marron, the chestnut ; le citron, the lemon ; le raisin, the 
grape ; un abricot, the apricot ; tin ceillet, a pink ; le lis, the lily, and a few 
more, on account of their masculine termination. 

3. The names of countries, places, and rivers ending in e mute, 
as : la France, la Prusse, Vancienne Ro?ne, la Loire, la Seme, etc. 

Except : Le Hanovre, le Mexique, le Danube, le Rhone, le Maine, Ameri- 
can State, province in France, and river, le Tibre, le Tigre, PEuphrate, le 
Scamandre, le Meandre, le Tage, le Vesuve, le Pyree, le Havre, le Caire. 

§ 4. FEMININE BY TERMINATION : 

i. Nouns ending with e mute, not included in the masculine 
termination, as : la vie, life ; Vepee, the sword. 

2. Those ending in aison, ion, and eur, as: la maison, the 
house ; la religion, la grandeur. 

3. Those ending in e preceded by / or ti, as : la beaute, beauty. 

4. These five words ending in i are feminine : la foi, faith; la 
loi, law; la four mi, the ant; la merci, mercy; Vapres-midi. 

5. Most nouns ending in oire (not oir) are feminine, as : la 
gloire, glory ; Vhistoire, history ; la victoire, victory ; la machoire, 
the jaw. 

6. Gens. This word presents an anomaly in gender. It is 
masculine, but when an adjective precedes it, that adjective takes 
the feminine form, if its termination is not e mute. If a defini- 
tive;, as tout or certain, precedes this adjective, the definitive also 



2 o8 I. PREMIERE LECON. 

takes the feminine form. In all other cases, gens takes a mascu- 
line adjective, as : Toates les vieilles gens sont soupfonneux, all old 
people are suspicious. But, Tous les jeunes gens. 

II. GENDER OF COMPOUND SUBSTANTIVES. 

This depends upon the manner of their composition. 

i. When the first component is a noun, it determines the gen- 
der of the whole, as : Le chou-fleur, the cauliflower ; un arc-e?i-ciel, 
a rainbow ; la fete-Dieu. 

2. When they consist of a preposition or an adjective and a 
noun, the gender of the noun remains for the whole, as : Le 
contre-coup, the counter-buff; Vavant-bras, m. the fore-arm. 

3. Those nouns compounded with a verb and noun are always 
of the masculine gender, as : Le portemanteau, the portmanteau; 
k tire-bouchon, the corkscrew; le porte-feuille, the portfolio 
(though feuille is feminine). 

THEME 1. 

Indicate the gender of the following nouns, by placing an arti- 
cle, either the definite or the indefinite, before them : 

The horse, — cheval. The pear, — poire. The metal, — metal. 
A winter, — hiver. Italy, — Italic The cherry, — cerise. The 
cherry-tree, — cerisier. The house, — maison. The vapor, — 
vapenr. The walnut, — noix. A leaf, — feuille. The truth, — 
verite. The van-guard, — avant-garde. The cart, — charrette. 
The work, — travail. The shell, — coquille. The hat, — cha- 
pean. The shoe, — soldier. The honey, — miel. The carpenter, 
— charpetitier. The nurse, — nonrrice. The sun, — -soldi.- The 
earth, — terre. A year, — annee. The life, — vie. The feast, — 
fete. The beauty, — beaute. The master-key, — passe-partout. 
The spit, — toume-broche. Christianity, — christianisme. 

III. DOUBLE GENDER OF SOME NOUNS. 

1. The following nouns have a double gender: 
I? aide, m. the assistant. Vaide, f. the help, support. 

Vaigie, m. the eagle. Paigle, f. the standard. 



ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 209 

Panne, m. the alder-tree. Paune, f. the ell, yard. 

uncotiple, a couple, husband and wife, une couple, a brace, two of a sort. 

un enseigne, an ensign. une enseigne, a sign. 

le garde, the keeper. la garde, the guard, watch. 

le guide, the guide. la guide, the rein in driving. 

le livre, the book. la livre, the pound. 

le manche, the handle. la manche, the sleeve. 

le memoire, the memorandum. la memoire, the memory. 

le mousse, the cabin-boy. la mousse, the moss. 

Porgue, m. sing, the organ. les orgues, pi. organ, or organs. 

le page, the page (of a prince). la page, the page (of a book). 

tin paillasse, a merry andrew. une paillasse, a straw-bed. 

Pdques, pi. m. Easter. la pdque, the Passover. 

le poele, the stove. la poele, the frying-pan. 

le poste, the post, military post. la poste, the post-office. 

tin somme, a nap, slumber. la somnie, the sum. 

& tour, the trick, turn. /« tour, the tower. 

/^ trompette, the trumpeter. /a trompette, the trumpet. 

?m z/<w&, a veil. une voile, a sail. 

2. There are in French some nouns which have no particular 
form for the feminine, and remain always masculine, even when 
applied to a woman. Such are : 

Un auteur, ) 

tt , ' ~i„.~x~. } m - an d f- an author, a writer. 
Un ecnvain, 5 

Un orateur, m. and f. an orator. 

Un peintre, m. and f. a painter. 

Un sculpteur, m. and f. a sculptor. 

Un temoin, m. and f. a witness. 

Note. Sometimes the woid/emme may precede, as : Une femme auteur, 
les femtnes poetes. 

3. On the contrary, there are a few feminine nouns which ap- 
ply also to male individuals : 

La caution, the bail. la basse, the base. 

la pratiqtie, the customer. la sentittelle, the sentry. 

IV. FORMATION OF FEMININE APPELLATIONS. 

1. Male appellations which are originally adjectives, form their 
feminine according to the rules on the adjectives (see Part I., L. 
XVII.), as: 



2io I. PREMIERE LECON. 

MASCULINE. FEMININE. 

Le Franfais, the Frenchman. La Frangaise, the Frenchwoman. 

un Russe, a Russian. une Russe, a Russian lady. 

un jfuif, a Jew. une Juive, a Jewess. 

Pepoux, the husband. Pepouse, the wife. 

le veuf, the widower. la veuve, the widow. 

2. Those ending in one of the nasal sounds an, on, ien (not in), 
and those in / double their n or t before the feminine e, as : 

Le paysan, the peasant. La paysanne, a peasant woman. 

le lion, the lion. fa Uonne, the lioness. 

le chretien, the Christian. fa chretienne, the Christian woman. 

le baron, the baron. la baronne, the baroness. 

3. Many nouns ending in e mute form their feminine in esse, as : 
Le comte, the count. La comtesse, the countess. 

le negre, the negro. la ne'gresse, the negress. 

le maitre, the master. la maitresse, the mistress. 

le prince, the prince. la princesse, the princess. 

4. Those in -<?ar change this termination into -euse ; 
Le danseur, the dancer. La danseuse, the dancer, f. 
le chasseur, the hunter. la chasseitse* the huntress. 

5. Many in -teur change it into -trice, as : 
Vacteur, the actor. L'actrice, the actress. 

le bienfaiteur, the benefactor. la bienfaitrice, the benefactrice. 

le iuteur, the guardian. la tulrice, the guardian, /I 

6. The following nouns form their feminine in an irregular way : 
Le dieu, the god. La de'esse, the goddess. 

le due, the duke. la duchesse, the duchess. 

V empereur, the emperor. Pimperatrice, the empress. 

& rot, the king. /a m';z<?, the queen. 

le he'ros, the hero. P heroine, the heroine. 

/*? gouverneitr, the tutor. /# gouvemante, the governess. 

/1? serviteur, the man-servant. /a servante, the maid-servant. 

le pecheur, the sinner. la pecheresse, the sinner _/". 

& compagnon, the companion. /a compagne, the companion yi 

& /#2//, the he-wolf. /<a /<?z^*?, the she-wolf. 

& ;;??//^, the mule. la ?nule, the mule/. 

le dindon, the turkey-cock. /# dinde, the turkey-hen. 

* Ckasseresse is a poetical form. 



ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 21 1 

THEME 2. 

Form and write the feminine of the following masculine nouns, 
according to the above rules : 

The neighbor, le voisin ; f. — . The hunter, le chasseur; f. 
— . The dwarf, le nain ; f. — . The talker, le bavard ; f. — . 
The prisoner, le prisomiier ; f. — . The dumb man, le muet ; f. 
— . The teacher, Vinstituteur ; f. — . The patient, le ?nalade ; 
f. — . The husband, Vepoux ; f. — . The master, le maitre ; f. 
— . A musician, un musicien ; f. — . The founder, le fonda- 
teur ; f. — . The Englishman, r Anglais ; i. — . The German, 
VAllemand; f. — . The actor, Vacteurj f. — . The inventor, 
Vinventeur j f. — . The liar, le menteur (root ment-, termination 
-eur) ; f. — . The traitor, le traitre j f. — . The singer, le chan- 
teur ; f. — . The idler, le paresseux ; f. — . The lion, le lion ; 
f. — . The tiger, le tigre j f. — . 

READING LESSON. 

Un honnete pere de famille, charge 1 de biens et d'annees, 
voulut regler d'avance 2 sa succession entre ses trois fils, et leur 
partager ses biens, le fruit de ses travaux et de son industrie. U 
en fit trois portions egales, et assigna a chacun son lot. — Puis il 
leur dit: "II me reste encore un diamant de grand prix; je le 
destine a celui de vous qui saura le mieux le meriter par quelque 
action noble et genereuse, et je vous donne trois mois'pour vous 
mettre en etat de 1'obtenir." 

Aussitot les trois fils se dispersent, mais ils se rassemblent au 
temps present. 3 Ils se presentent devant leur juge, et voici ce que 
raconte l'aine 4 : " Mon pere, un etranger s'est trouve dans des cir- 
constances qui Font oblige de me confier 5 toute sa fortune : il 
n'avait de moi aucune surete par ecrit, 6 et n'aurait pu produire 
contre moi aucune preuve du depot; mais je lui ai tout remis 
fidelement. Cette fidelite n'est-elle pas quelque chose de loua- 
ble 7 ? " " Tu as fait, mon fils," lui repondit le vieillard, " ce que 
tu devais faire. II serait honteux d'en agir autrement, car la 
probite est un devoir." 

1. Laden. 2. Beforehand. 3. Prescribed, appointed. 4. The eldest. 5. To trust. 6 r 
In writing. 7. Laudable. 



212 



I. PREMIERE LEgON. 



CONVERSATION. 

Qui voulut regler sa succession ? Un honnete pere de famille. 
Que fit-il a cet effet (for this II partagea ses biens entre ses 



purpose) ? 
Que lui restait-il ? 
A qui le destina-t-il ? 



Combien de temps leur donna-t 

il pour cela ? 
Que firent ensuite les fils ? 



Quelle avait 
l'aine ? 



Que lui dit le vieillard ? 



trois fils. 

Un diamant de grand prix. 

A celui d'entre eux qui ferait 
une action noble et gene- 
reuse. 

II leur donna trois mois pour 
obtenir ce prix. 

lis se disperserent, mais au bout 
du temps present, ils revin- 
rent a, la maison. 
ete Taction de II avait remis fidelement a, un 
etranger la fortune que ce- 
lui-ci lui avait confiee sans 
recu (receipt). 

Tu n'as fait, mon fils, que ce 
que tu devais faire. 



FIN. 



Le second fils plaida 1 sa cause a son tour, a peu pres en ces 
termes : " Je me suis trouve, pendant mon voyage, sur le bord 
d'un lac; un enfant venait 2 imprudemment de s'y laisser 2 tomber ; 
il allait se noyer; 3 je Ten ai tire, et je lui ai sauve la vie, aux 
yeux des habitants d'un village situe au bord de ce lac ; ils pour- 
ront attester la verite du fait." 4 — "A la bonne heure, " inter- 
rompit 5 le pere; "mais il n'y a point encore de noblesse dans 
cette action ; il n'y a que de l'humanite." 

Enfin, le dernier des trois freres prit la parole. " Mon pere, " 
dit-il, " j'ai trouve mon ennemi mortel, qui, s'etant egare la nuit, 
s'etait endormi, sans le savoir, sur le penchant 6 d'un abime: 7 le 
moindre mouvement qu'il eut fait, au moment de son reveil, 8 ne 
pouvait manquer 9 de le precipiter; sa vie etait entre mes mains; 



ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 213 

j'ai pris soin de l'eveiller 10 avec les precautions convenables, et 
l'ai tire de cet endroit 11 fatal." 

" Ah ! mon fils," s'ecria le bon pere avec transport, et en Pem- 
brassant tendrement, " c'est a toi, sans contredit, 12 que la bague 13 
est due." 

1. To plead. 2. Had just fallen. 3. To be drowned. 4. The fact 5. To interrupt. 6. 
The slope. 7. Abyss. 8. Of his awakening. 9. Fail. 10. To wake. 11. Place, spot. 
12. Without doubt. 13. The ring. 



CONVERSATION. 

Qu'avait fait le second fils ? II avait sauve un enfant qui 

allait se noyer. 
Qui avait vu cela ? Les habitants d'un village situe 

au bord du lac. 
Enfin, quelle avait ete Taction II avait retire son ennemi en- 
du dernier des trois freres ? dormi au bord d'un abime, 

ou le moindre mouvement 
Peut precipite. 
Laquelle de ces trois actions Celle du plus jeune fils. 

etait la plus noble ? 
Les actions des deux autres Non, la premiere etait une 
n'etaient-elles pas nobles et action de justice, la seconde 
genereuses ? une action d'humanite. 

Et qu'est-ce que lui dit le pere ? II s'ecria avec transport : " Mon 

fils, c'est a toi, sans contredit, 
que la bague est due." 



214 lL DEUXIEME LEgON. 

II. DEUXlfiME LEfON, 



PLURAL OP NOUNS. 

(See Part I. Lesson 2, p. 30.) 

The general rules on this subject have already been given in the second 
lesson of Part I. We have to add here the following particulars. 

i. Nouns of two and more syllables, ending in -ant and -ent, are 
spelled by some French writers in the plural -ens and -ans, instead 
of -ents and -ants, as : momens for moments, enfans for enfants. 
This orthography, however, is not to be recommended. 

Dent, tooth, is the only noun which never loses its /. Gent, very rare in 
the singular (is used in a familiar and comic style in little tales and fables), 
and always with the article la. Ex. : La gent souriquoise (Lafontaine). It 
always loses the / in the plural. 

2. The following nouns in <z/and ail do not form their plural 
in aitx, but take an s. 

Le bal, the ball. I* eventail, m. the fan. 

le cal, callus. V e'pouvantail, m. the scarecrow. 

le narval, the narwhal. un portail, a portal, front gate. 

le carnaval, the carnival. le poitrail, the poitrel. 

le regal, the regale, treat. le serail, the seraglio. 

le detail, the particulars. Vail, garlic (has in Plur. both les ails 

le gouvernail, the helm, rudder. and les aulx). 

Plural : Les bals, les cats, les details, les eventails, etc. 
Note. Le betail, cattle, makes in the plural les bestiaux. 

3. The usual plural of del is deux, the heavens ; there is, how- 
ever, a regular plural, les dels, meaning: 1, the testers; 2, the 
climats ; 3, the skies of pictures. 

4. II ceil, the eye, has in the plural les yeux. Des ceils de bceuf 
are oval or round windows. A'ieul, has aieuls when it means 
grandfathers, and aieux in the sense of ancestors. 

5. How compound words form their plural : — 

1. When a word is composed of a substantive and an adjective, or of two 
substantives, both take the mark of the plural. Ex. : — 



PLURAL OF NOUNS. 215 

Les beaux-freres, the brothers-in-law. 

Les belles-sceurs, the sisters-in-law. 

Les choux-fleurs, the cauliflowers. 

Les chefs-lieuee, the chief-towns (of counties). 

2. But when a word is composed of two substantives separated by a prepo- 
sition, the first alone takes the plural termination. Ex. : — 

Les chefs-d'auvre, the masterpieces. 
Les arc%-en-ciel, the rainbows. 

3. When a word consists of a substantive and a verb or preposition, the 
substantive alone can take the sign of the plural, if required by the sense. 
Ex. :— 

Les tire-bottes, the boot-jacks. 
Les essuie-mains, the towels. 
Les garde-fous, the balusters. 

4. When there is no substantive in the compound word, none of the com- 
ponents can take the mark of the plural. Ex. : — 

Les passe-partout (not passe-partouts), the master-keys. 
Les forte -piano, the pianos. 

5. The words : la grand" 1 mere, the grandmother ; la grand' tante, grand- 
aunt ; la grand' rue, the main street ; la grand' route, the highway, — have, 
in the plural, les grand' 7?ieres, les grand' tantes, etc. 

6. The following nouns take in the plural another meaning 
than in the singular : — 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

Le ciseau, the chisel. les ciseaux, the scissors. 

la lunette, the telescope. les lunettes, the spectacles. 

lefer, iron. lesfers, the fetters, chains. 

la grace, grace, pardon. les graces, grace, charms. 

le gage, the pawn, pledge. les gages, the wages. 

la mesure, the measure. les mesures, the measures. 

la viande, meat. les viandes, food. 

la troupe, the troop. les troupes, the troops. 

la lufniere, the light. les lumieres, knowledge. 

Vaboi, the barking (poetic). aux abois, at bay. 

la defense, the defence. les defenses, the tusks, fangs. 

7. Substantives which have no singular in French : — 
Les annates, f. annals* les gens, m. people. 

les ancetres, m. ancestors. les hardes, f. clothes. 



2i6 II. DEUXIEME LECON. 

les alentours, m. \ ^ environSi les gens, m. people. 



/<?j environs, m. ) /^r mathematiqties, f. mathematics. 

&J- broussailles, f. brushwood. /<?j materiaux, materials. 

/<?j decombres, m. rubbish. /<?.$• mceurs, f. the manners. 

/<?.r debris, m. the remains. /<?j mouchettes, f. the snuffers. 

&r depens, m. cost. dfer mouchettes, a pair of snuffers. 

/<?j- entrailles, f. the entrails. les pleurs, f. the tears. 

les frais, m. expenses. /^\r tenebres, f. darkness. 

les funerailles, f. funeral rites. /<?j vivres, m. victuals. 

THEME 3. 

i. We had many balls last winter. 1 2. Are these fans dear? 
3. No, they are not dear. 4. The heavens declare 2 the glory of 
God. 5. The great portals of those churches are beautiful. 6. 
We honor 3 the virtues of our ancestors. 7. The eyes of (de /') 
man are the mirror 4 oHiis soul. 8. The eyes of a mother watch 5 
over her child's life. 9. I have two brothers-in-law and three 
sisters-in-law. 10. Those pictures are masterpieces. 11. I 
want 6 two or three towels. 12. These master-keys must be very 
old. 13. Both my (?nes deux) grandaunts are dead; but my 
grandmothers are still alive (en vie). 14. Lend me your scis- 
sors, if you please. 15. The fetters are made of iron. 16. Do 
you know the environs* of London? 17. Yes, I know them. 
18. Bring me a pair of snuffers. 19. Do you like vegetables ? 
20. I like them, when they are dry. 21. I found this ring 7 un- 
der the rubbish in my garden. 22. The little humming-birds 
(oiseaux-mouches) are the jewels, 8 of nature* (Def. art.). 23. I 
study 9 mathematics. 

1. Use the article, see Lesson 3. 2. To declare — Ann&ncer. 3. Honoter. 4. Miroir. 
m. 5. Veiller. 6. II me faut (see Part I. p. 148, 3). 7. Bague, f. 8. Bijou, m. 9. 
Mtudier. 



READING LESSON. 
Le Castor ( The Beaver). 
Dans le nord de PAmerique, sur les bords des fleuves et des 
grands lacs du Canada, loin des grand'routes, habite le castor. 

* In these Themes, words, the last letter of which is printed in italics, are the same in 
French and English. 



PLURAL OF NOUNS. 



217 



Le partie la plus singuliere de son corps est sa queue. 1 Ses 
pattes de devant {fore-feet) sont des especes de mains, dont il se 
sert fort adroitement. 2 Les castors entreprennent des travaux 
tres-considerables pour se construire des habitations solides et 
commodes. Ce sont des cabanes [huts) ou plutot des especes 
de maisonnettes baties dans l'eau, avec deux issues, Tune pour 
aller a terre, l'autre pour se jeter a l'eau. La forme de cet edi- 
fice 3 est presque toujours ovale ou ronde ; il y en a depuis 
quatre ou cinq pieds jusqu'a huit ou dix de diametre et de deux 
ou trois etages. 4 Les murailles 5 ont jusqu'a deux pieds d'epais- 
seur; 6 elles sont elevees a plomb 7 sur un pilotis, 8 qui sert en 
meme temps de fondement et de plancher a la maison. 

Les castors aiment a ronger 9 continuellement de l'ecorce (bark), 
et ils en font ample provision pour se nourrir pendant l'hiver. 
Chaque cabane a son magasin, et ils ne vont jamais piller 10 leurs 
voisins. Ces cabanes contiennent quelquefois jusqu'a trente 
castors, qui vivent toujours en paix ensemble. Si quelque castor 
apercoit un ennemi, il donne un grand coup, de sa queue, sur 
l'eau. A ce signal, tous les autres plongent dans l'eau, ou se 
refugient dans les cabanes. 

1. Tail. 2. Skilfully. 3. Building. 4. Floor, story. 5. The walls. 6. Thickness. 7. 
Perpendicularly. 8. Pale, post. 9. To gnaw. 10. To plunder. 



CONVERSATION. 

Ou habite le castor? II habite dans le nord de l'Ame- 

rique, sur les bords des 
fleuves et des lacs. 

Quelle est la partie la plus re- C'est sa queue, 
marquable de son corps ? 

Comment sont ses pattes de de- Ce sont des especes de mains 
vant? dont il se sert fort adroite- 

ment. 

Que font de curieux les castors ? Ils batissent des cabanes dans 

l'eau. 



218 III. TROISIEME LE£ON. 

De quelle maniere les batissent- lis font deux issues, l'une pour 
ils ? aller a terre, l'autre pour se 

jeter a l'eau. 

Quelle est la forme de ces mai- La forme en est ordinairement 
sonnettes ? ronde ou ovale. 

Y a-t-il plusieurs etages ? Oui, les cabanes sont de deux 

ou trois etages. 
Les murailles sont-elles solides ? Tres-solides ; elles ont jusqu'a 

deux pieds d'epaisseur. 

Y a-t-il plusieurs castors dans un Ces cabanes contiennent quel- 

tel edifice ? quefois jusqu'a trente castors 

qui vivent ensemble en paix. 
Que font-ils quand un ennemi Ils se jettent tous dans l'eau, ou 
approche ? se refugient dans les cabanes. 



III. TROISlfiME LEfON 



USE OF THE ARTICLE. 



I. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE IS USED IN FRENCH AND NOT IN 
ENGLISH : 

i. Before abstract nouns, when taken in their whole extent, 
except in some proverbs, as : 

Vamitie, f. friendship. la bonte, goodness. 

la paresse, idleness. V occupation, f. employment. 

P amour, m. love. la patience, patience. 

la vieillesse, old age. la jeunesse, youth. 

Examples : — 

Le temps est precieux, time is precious. 

Le vice est odieux, vice is odious. 

La modestie est une belle vertu, modesty is a fine virtue. 

\J occupation est le meilleur remede contre V ennui. 

Occupation is the best remedy against wearisomeness. 



USE OF THE ARTICLE. 



219 



2. Before collective names of corporations, bodies, govern- 
ments, sciences, religious creeds, seasons, metals, etc., as : 

La noblesse, nobility. le christianisme, Christianity. 

le gouvernement, government. le judaisme, Judaism. 

la monarchie, monarchy. Vhiver, m. winter. 

Vhistoire, f. history. For, m. gold. 

la geographie, geography. le fer, iron. 

3. Before words which represent a whole genus or species, as : 

L ' homme est mortel, man is mortal. 

Les voix des animaux sont tres-differentes. 

The voices of animals are very different. 

4. Before the following and other nouns taken in a general 
sense : 

V homme, man. la lot, law. 

les hommes, men. le sort, fate. 

le ciel, heaven. V usage, la coutume, custom. 

la terre, earth. les mceurs, manners. 

la vie, life. la f aim, hunger. 

la mort, death. la soif, thirst. 

le temps, time. le dmer, dinner. 

le malheur, misfortune. le dejeuner, breakfast. 

5. When particular parts or qualities of an organic body are 
mentioned, as : 

Ce gar f on a la tete tres -petite. 

This boy has a very little head. 

Cette femme a la bouche petite et les yeux bleus. 

This woman has a little mouth and blue eyes. 

Le loup a la tete longue, le nez effile et les oreilles etroites. 

The wolf has a long head, a thin nose, and small ears. 

Lafille aux yeux bleus, the blue-eyed girl. 

6. When in English the possessive case is used, as. 

My father's house, la maison de mon pere. 
The king's palace, le palais du roi. 

7. Before adjectives used substantively, as : 

yaime le vert, I am fond of green. 
Les riches ne donnent pas toujours. 
Rich men do not always give. 



220 III. TROISIEME LE£ON. 

8. Before proper names of countries, provinces, rivers, moun- 
tains, and winds, as : 

L? Angleterre est riche, England is rich. 
Le mont Vesuve, Mount Vesuvius. 
La France est plus grande que Vllalie. 
France is larger than Italy. 
Note. Further particulars on proper names will be found in the si xth 
lesson. 

9. Before nouns of dignity, and titles, followed by proper 
names, as : 

Admiral Nelson, Va?niral Nelson. 
Professor A., \e professeur A. 

10. The definite article replaces the English indefinite article 
when the price of things is indicated, as : 

Three francs a pound, trois francs la livre. 
Five francs a yard, cinq francs le metre. 

11. In the following phrases the definite article is used: 

A Fecole — a Ve'glise, at or to school ; at or to church. 

Lls , estcasse'laja?nbe, he has broken his leg. 

Vepee a la ?nain, a sword in his hand. 

ye vous souhaite le bon jour, I wish you good-morning. 

"jfe n'ai pas le temps, I have not time. 

II rfa pas le sou, he has not a farthing. 

yai mal a la tete, I have a headache. 

y*ai mal aux dents, I have a toothache. 

Soyez le bienvenu, — la bienvenue, etc., be welcome. 

La semaine passee (demiere), last week. 

12. After dont between nouns, as : 

Un komme dont la reputation est perdue, est malheureux. 
A man whose good reputation is lost is unhappy. 

II. REPETITION OF THE ARTICLE. 

The article, as well as any other determinative, must be re- 
peated in French before every substantive. Examples : — 
The mind and heart, P esprit et le cceur. 
The shoemaker, hatter, and tailor. 
Le bottler, le chapelier, et le tailleur. 
I have bought meat, cheese and fruits. 
yai achete de la viande, du fromage et des fruits. 



USE OF THE ARTICLE. 2 2I 



THEME 4. 



i. Virtue is the highest 1 good (bien, m.). 2. Men are mortal. 
3. Modesty adorns 2 youth. 4. Human life is short. 5. Man is 
liable 3 to a variety of (a bien des) changes. 4 6. Gold and silver 
cannot render 5 man happy. 7. Men of (d'un) real genius 6 are 
scarce. 8. Black and white are two opposite 7 colors. 9. Beauty 
and wit 8 are valuable 9 endowments (avantages), when heightened 
(re/eves) by modesty. 10. Iron and steel are more useful than 
gold and silver. 11. How much a pound? 12. The love of 
glory (Def. art.), the fear of shame, 10 are often the cause of great 
deeds. 16 13. Summer is warm, but winter is cold. 14. The in- 
struction.? of adversity are wholesome (sahitaires), though un- 
pleasing; 11 the lessons of prosperity are pleasing, but often per- 
nicious. 15. Geography is a very useful science. 16. Paint- 
ing, 12 sculpture, and poetry 13 belong to the imagination. 17. 
Good and bad seem to be blended {ineles) together through all 
nature. 18. Hypocrisy is an homage which vio? pays (rend) to 
virtue. 19. Do you know General Knox? 20. Yes, I know 
him. 21. White garments 14 are the symbol of innocence. 22. 
The knife and fork are broken. 23. Let us go to church. 24. 
The boys were at school this morning. 25. Fear 15 and igno- 
rance are the source.? of superstition. 26. Good wine is sold (se 
vend) (for) four shillings a bottle. 

1. Grand. 2. Orner. 3. Suj'et. 4. Changement, m. 5. Retidre. 6. Vrai genie. 7. 
Oppose. 8, Esprit. 9. Pre'cietix. 10. La /lonte. 11. Desagreable. 12. La peinture. 
13. Lapohie. 14. Vetements. 15. Peur, f. 16. Action, f. 

III. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE IS OMITTED: 

i. Before the cardinal numbers which come after the names, of 
sovereigns, as : 

Henry the Fourth, Henri quatre. 

Louis the Eighteenth, Louis XVIII {dix-huit). 

George the Third, George trois. 

2. Before the cardinal numbers used in quotations, as : 
Book the first, chapter the fifth. 
Livre premier, chapitre cinq. 



222 HI. TROISIEME LECON. 

3. Before plus, used in the sense of the more. Ex.: — 

Plus je la vois, plus je Palme, the more I see her, the more I love her. 

IV. THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE IS OMITTED IN FRENCH : 

i. Before national and professional names, when the subject is 
a noun or personal pronoun, as : 

Je suis anglais, I am an Englishman. 

Mon pere etait me'decin, my father was a physician. 

Note. But it is expressed after c'est and void or voila, and also when the 
noun is qualified. 

Cest un Anglais, he is an Englishman. 

Void un officier, here is an officer. 

M. Dubois etait un medecin distingue, Mr. Dubois was a distinguished 
physician. 

2. It is also omitted in appositions, that is, when a substantive 
is used to qualify another, as : 

Vavare, come'die par Moliere, the Miser, a comedy by Moliere. 
Auguste, fils de M. S., Augustus, a son of Mr S. 
Munich, ville d'Allemagne, Munich, a city of Germany. 

3. In the title of a book : 

A French grammar, Grammaire francaise. 
A history of England, Histoire d' 'Angleterre. 

4. After the word quel, used to express surprise : 

What a noise you make ! quel bruit vous faites / 

5. Before the words, quajitite, a quantity ; nombre, a number ; 
force, a great number, when they are used adverbially. Ex. : — 

ye Vai vu nombre defois, I have seen him many times. 
// vi'a donne quantite de jolies choses. 
He gave me a great many pretty things. 

6. The indefinite article is left out in French and supplied by 
par before substantives that denote time, or in mentioning what 
is paid for salary, wages, etc. : 

Five guineas a month, cinq guinees par mois. 
So much a lesson, iant par legon. 

j. Sometimes after jamais, never, as: 

Jamais general ne s' 'est plus distingue. 

Never has a general distinguished himself more. 



USE OF THE ARTICLE. 



223 



8. In the following and other expressions, in which the noun 
and verb are inseparably connected : 

Trouver moyen, to find (a) means. 
Faire signe, to make a sign. 
Faire present, to make a present. 
Mettre fin, to put an end or stop. 
Livrer bataille, to fight a battle. 
Prendre exemple, to take an example. 
Rendre service, to render a service. 
Ne dire mot, to say not a word. 



THEME 5. 
1. Book the tenth, chapter the third. 2. Charles' the second, 
king of (d') Spain, son of Philip the Fourth, left his kingdom 
{royaume) to Philip the Fifth. 3. William the Third, king of 
England, married {epousa) the princess Mary, daughter of James 
{Jacques) the Second. 4. Apellef was a painter. 1 5. Socrates 2 
was a philosopher, Cicero 3 an orator (-teur). 6. Is your father a 
physician ? 7. No, sir ; he is a lawyer (avocat). 8. Henry's 
uncle is a skilful 4 physician. 9. Who is that gentleman ? 5 10. 
He is [e'est) an officer. 1 1 . How much do you charge (deman- 
dez-vous) for your lessons? 12. I charge ten francr a lesson. 
13. A German Grammar. 14. A Roman history, from the 
foundation 6 of Rom/* to (Jusqu'a) the destruction of the Roman 
empire. 15. What an unhappy situation! 16. How much 
does the bookseller 7 pay you for your novels? 8 17. He pays 
me five crowns {ecus) a sheet. 9 18. We went to Caen, a large 
town of Normandy. 10 19. The Duke of York, a prince of the 
blood royal. 20. I am reading the " Misanthrope," a comedy 
by Moliere. 21. I shall find a means to satisfy 11 him. 22. He 
said not a word. 23. Our neighbor made us a sign to leave 12 
the room. 

1. Peintre. i. Socrate. 3. Ciafron. 4. Habile. 5. Monsieur. 6. Fondation. 7. 
Libraire. 8. Roman, m. 9. Feuille. 10. De Normandic. 11. Satisfaire. 12. Quitter, 



224 IIL TROISIEME LE£ON. 

V. THE ARTICLE IS OMITTED IN BOTH LANGUAGES: — 

i. In many proverbs, as : 

Contentemcnt passe richesse, content surpasses wealth. 
Pauvrete fCest pas vice, poverty is no disgrace. 
Mauvaise herbe croit toujours. 

2. In enumerating several substantives in the partitive sense, 
when summed up by tons or rien, as : 

Homines, femmcs, enfants, tous vou latent le voir. 
Men, women, children, all wished to see him. 

3. After ni — ni, soit — soit, when the nouns are taken in the 
partitive sense, as : 

A/1 or ni argent, neither gold nor silver. 
Ni prieres, ni menaces ne pouvaient P engager a, etc. 
Neither prayers nor threats could induce him to, etc. 
Soit crainte, soit ignorance, il ne voulait rien dire. 
Be it fear or ignorance, he could say nothing. 

4. The partitive article is further omitted after prepositions 
when the noun following forms with them an adverbial phrase, as : 

Avec plaisir, with pleasure. par jour, daily, a day. 

avec patience, with patience. par an, yearly, a year. 

avec soin, with care. par mois, monthly, a month. 

avec elegance, elegantly. sur mer, 1 

sans argent, without money. par mer, \ y wa r > y sea. 

sans fafons, without ceremonies. sur terre, 

sans peine, without trouble. parterre, 



by land. 



sans peril, without danger. sous peine de mort, on pain of death. 

5. No article is used before a substantive which is repeated 
with a preposition, as : 

Promesses sur promesses, promises upon promises. 
De temps en temps, from time to time. 
De siecle en siecle, from age to age. 

6. In the following expressions, where the noun forms but one 
idea with the verb antecedent, as : 

Avoir faim, to be hungry. prendre patience, to have patience. 

avoir soif, to be thirsty. prendre soin, to take care. 



USE OF THE ARTICLE. 225 

avoir soin, to take care. /aire grace, to grant pardon. 

avoir pear, to be afraid. faire attention, to pay attention. 

avoir bonne mine, to look well. faire grand cas, to value. 

avoir pitie, to have pity. faire peur, to frighten. 

avoir honte, to be ashamed. faire mention, to mention. 

avoir raison, to be right. faire fortune, to make one's fortune. 

avoir tort, to be wrong. rendre compte, ) 

■ A . i r 7 ? to account for. 

avoir sujet, to have occasion for. rendre raison, $ 

avoir dessein, to intend. rendre visite, to visit. 
avoir envie, to have a desire, a mind, ^porter envie, to envy. 
avoir besoin, to want. courir risque, to run risk. 
avoir coutume, to be in the habit, to demander pardon, to beg one's par- 
use, don. 
prendre part, to join. demander grace, to beg for grace. 
prendre garde, to take care. ajouter foi, to give credit. 
prendre conge, to take leave. 

7. Further, after many verbs which are followed by de, a, or 
m, as : 

Combler de bienfaits, to load with benefits. 
Vivre de pain, to live upon bread. 
Monter a chevdl, to mount (get) on horseback. 
Monter en voiture, to enter a carriage. 
Tomber de cheval, to fall from horseback. 
Descendre de cheval, to alight. 
Se mettre a table, to go to dinner. 
Se lever de table, to rise from dinner. 
Perdre de vue, to lose sight of. 
Mourir de faim, to die of hunger. 
Mourir de froid, to die of cold, to freeze. 
Trembler de peur, to tremble with fear. 
fttre malade de chagrin, to be ill with grief. 



THEME 6. 

1. Charity 1 begins at home (par soi-meme). 2. Necessity has 
no law (lot). 3. Games, 2 conversation, theatre, nothing diverts 
(distrait) him. 4. Nobody was satisfied; fathers, uncles, aunts 
and brothers, all thought themselves (se crurent) neglected. 3 5. 
This man has neither vice^ nor virtues; neither talents- nor de- 
fects. 4 6. We expected our friend from day to day. 7. It does 



22 6 HI. TROISIEME LE£ON. 

not suffice to heap (d" 1 entasser) facts 5 upon facts, to load 6 your 
memory ; you must exercise 7 also your judgment. 8 8. I shall do 
it with pleasure. 9. One florin a day. 10. Ten pounds a year." 
n. The poor woman was starving with hunger and (with) cold. 
12. You are always right; I have been wrong. 13. Have pity 
on (de) my weakness. 9 14. The least noise 10 frightens me. 15. 
Those who speak without reflection, are exposed to many (a bien 
des) errors. 16. I must take leave of you. 17. Many poor peo- 
ple live on (de) bread and potatoes only. 

1. Charitd. 2. Jeu, m. 3. Nigliges. 4. Dtfaut. 5. Le fait. 6. Charger. 7. Ex~ 
ercer. 8. Jugemcnt. 9. Faiblesse. 10. Bruit, m. 



READING LESSON. 



DEMOSTHENE. 



D6mosthene, jeune horame d'Athenes, avait grande envie de 
devenir orateur habile; mais la nature semblait lui en avoir refuse 
tous les moyens. 

D'abord il begayait 1 a l'exces; puis il ne pouvait prononcer la 
lettre R ; ensuite il avait une voix desagreable et glapissante, 2 et 
de faibles poumons. 3 D'autres ajoutent qu'il avait encore la 
mauvaise habitude de lever l'epaule, 4 quand il avait prononce 
trois ou quatre mots. Aussi, la premiere fois qu'il harangua le 
peuple, il s'en tira si mal, qu'il fut siffle. 5 

Tout autre que lui aurait a jamais perdu courage. Mais De- 
mosthene prit patience et resolut, en depit 6 de la nature, de de- 
venir bon orateur, et il le devint. Ecoutez comment il s'y prit. 7 

Quelquefois il allait au bord de la mer, dans l'endroit ou les 
vagues 8 venaient se briser {break) avec fracas. 9 La, il debitait 10 
un discours a haute voix, pour s'accoutumer a dominer le tumulte 
d'une assemblee populaire. 

D'autres fois, il mettait dans sa bouche de petits cailloux (peb- 
bles); puis il courait en gravissant 11 une montagne et en decla- 



USE OF THE ARTICLE. 



227 



mant, afin de se contraindre 12 a prononcer clairement jusqu'a la 
moindre syllabe. 

Enfin, on dit qu'il s'exergait a parler dans une chambre souter- 
raine, 13 et que pour se mettre dans la necessite de rester long- 
temps enferme, il s'etait fait raser 14 la moitie de la tete. 

II se placait des heures entieres devant un miroir, pour se don- 
ner une bonne contenance et des gestes convenables. On dit 
qu'il se mettait aussi l'epaule nue immediatement sous la pointe 
d'une £pee, 15 afin qu'elle le piquat, 16 toutes les fois que, d'apres sa 
mauvaise habitude, il ferait son mouvement d'epaule. 

C'est par des exercices soutenus 17 de ce genre, joints a une 
£tude profonde des sciences, qu'il se rendit enfin le plus grand 
orateur qui ait existe; et aujourd'hui encore, apres tant de 
siecles, 1 ® ses harangues sont admirees comme des chefs-d'oeuvre 
d'eloquence. 

1. To stammer. 2. Shrill. 3. Lungs. 4. Shoulder. 5. To hiss. 6. In spite of. 7. To 
manage. 8. The waves. 9. Noise. 10. To deliver. 11. To climb. 12. To force. 13. 
Subterranean. 14. To shave. 15. A sword. 16. To sting. 17. Continued. 18. Cen- 
tury. 



CONVERSATION. 

La nature avait-elle favorise Au contraire, elle semblait lui 
Demosthene ? avoir refuse tous les moyens 

de devenir orateur. 
Quels defauts avait-il done ? II begayait et ne pouvait pro- 

noncer la lettre r. 
Comment etait sa voix ? Elle etait desagreable et glapis- 

sante. 
Comment s'en tira-t-il, lorsqu'il II s'en tira si mal qu'il fut siffle 
prononca son premier dis- [hissed). 
cours ? 
Fut-il decourage par ce resul- Non, il ne perdit pas courage; 
tat ? au contraire, il persista dans 

son dessein. 
Et comment s'y prit-il ? II s'exercait continuellement et 

de differentes manieres. 



22 8 IV. QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

Dites-moi comment. II mettait de petits cailloux 

dans sa bouche pour se de- 
faire {rid of) de l'habitude de 
begayer. 

Est-ce qu'il reussit dans ses ef- II reussit si parfaitement qu'il 
forts ? devint a la fin le plus grand 

orateur qui ait existe. 

Ses harangues existent-elles en- Oui, elles ont ete conservees, 
core? et elles sont encore aujour- 

d'hui admirees comme des 
chefs-d'oeuvre d'eloquence. 



IV. QUATRIEME LEfON 



SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 

In general we may say de is used when made of, composed of, coming from, 
belonging to, can be understood : whereas a is employed when for the pur- 
pose of is meant. 

I. DE IS USED : 

i. After adverbs of quantity, as: beaucoup, peu, plus, moms, 
tant, etc. (See Part I. L. 6, p. 42). 

2. Before a limiting word which follows a noun used parti- 
tively and preceded by a word denoting quantity. Ex. : — 

II y eut deux hommes DE tues, there were two men killed. 
Void quelque chose DE plus, here is something more. 
Void un homme DE trop, here is a man too many. 
J'ai deux chambres DE louees, I have two rooms let. 

Note. The noun may be understood. Ex. : J' en ai une de loue'e. Or 
rien or personne may supply the place of the noun and its preceding word. 
Ex. : // rfy a personne de malade chez nous, there is no one sick at our house, 
Rien de bon, nothing good. 



SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 229 

3. As in English, often nouns expressing quantity, number, 
measure, weight, etc., as: 

Une quantite de noix, a quantity of walnuts. 
Une paire de bas, a pair of stockings. 
Une livre de beurre, a pound of butter. 
Une piece de toile, a piece of linen. 
Un morceau de fro?nage, a piece of cheese. 
Une main de papier, a quire of paper. 
Une bouteille de vin, a bottle of wine. 

4. After adjectives denoting dime?isio?i or age, as : 

A wall twenty feet high : un mur haut de vingt pieds or un mur qui a 
vingt pieds DE haut or DE hauteur. 

A boy ten years old, un {petit) garpn de dix aits. 

A table six feet long, une table tongue de six pieds or de six pieds de 
longueur. 

Note. It may be observed here that with adjectives of dimension, the 
verb to be may be rendered in French by avoir, as : 
This tower is 120 feet high. 
Cette tour A cent vingt pieds DE hauteur. 

5. When an English adjective is rendered in French by a noun, 
the order of the substantives is inverted in English. In French 
the latter is preceded by de. Ex. : — 

A witty man, un homme d 'esprit. 

A gold watch, une montre d'or. 

Silk stockings, des bas de soie. 

The Russian Ambassador, Pambassadeur de Russie. 

Irish linen, la toile d'/rlande. 

Spanish wool, la laine d : Espagne. 

Burgundy wine, le vin de Botirgogne. 

6. De is used, as in English, after a common noun followed by 
its proper name. Ex. : — 

Le royaume d' Espagne, the kingdom of Spaiu 

Uile de Malte, the island of Malta. 

La ville de Londres, the city of London. 

Le lac de Geneve, the lake of Geneva. 
Except the combinations with mont, rue, place, and e'glise, as : le Mont 
Blanc, le Mont Etna, rue Richelieu, place Vendome, feglise Saint-Sulpice, 
etc. 



2 3 o IV. QUATRIEME LECON. 

7. After many adjectives it takes the place of the English with, 
from, of, by, in, etc. (See L. 8, compl. of adj. 1). Ex.: — 

Full of ardor, plein de feu. 
Greedy after money, avide & argent. 
Dressed in black, vetu de noir. 
I am pleased with my situation. 
Je suis content de ma position. 

I am deprived of everything, je suis prive de tout. 

8. De is used for than, instead of que, after plus, more, and 
moins, less, when these adverbs are followed by a numeral adjec- 
tive, or substantive : 

II a plus de six ans, he is more than six years old. 

9. For in, after a superlative, before the name of a place : 

Urie des meilleures institutions de Boston, one of the best institutions in 
Boston. 

Le premier de noire ecole, the first in our school. 

FRENCH COMPOUND NOUNS WITH DE. 

10. English nouns compounded with two substantives are gen- 
erally rendered in French by two separate substantives joined by 
de, when one expresses the nature, species, or quality of the other. 
(Compare p. 240, 2). In French the order must be altered, the 
last coming first, and a preposition inserted. Westminster bridge, 
for instance, must be translated as if it were bridge of Westmin- 
ster : le pont de Westminster. 

I. De is used when coming from, belonging to, made 0/ can be understood, 
as: 

A toothache, un mat de dents. 
A headache, un mal de tete. 
The town-hall, P hotel de ville. 
A sea-fish, ten poisson de mer. 
A feather-bed, un lit de plumes. 
A holiday, un jour de fete. 
A gold mine, une mine d'or. 
The moon-light, le clair de lune. 
A masterpiece, un chef-d'oeuvre. 



SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 



231 



2. When in the English word the second component denotes a person or 
an animal, in French de is always used, as : 

A schoolmaster, un maitre d'e'cole. 

A chambermaid, line femme de chambre. 

The dancing-master, le maitre de danse. 

The music-mistress, la maitresse de musique. 

A saddle-horse, ten cheval de selle. 

A sea-fish, un poisson de mer. 



THEME 7. 

1. Give me much bread and little meat. 2. You must use 
more prudence. 3. I have bought a quantity of apples and 
pears. 4. You make too much noise. 5. How many children 
has your aunt? 6. She has four children. 7. You have eaten 
too many cherries. 8. We have not bread enough.* 9. Mr. 
Henry has a great many friends. 10. We had a great deal of 
pleasure. 11. I bought a pound of cheese. 12. We want a 
dozen pens, a bottle of ink, and two quires of paper. 13. A 
great number of friends remained attached 1 to me. 14. They 
have built a wall eighty feet long and ten feet high. 15. How 
many boys were there killed? 16. There were six killed (see § 
2). 17. How many soldiers were there wounded ? 18. There 
were six books lost. 19. How many were there found ? 20. 
How many rooms are there let in that house ? 21. Have you 
anything good ? 22. I have nothing bad. 23. When my sister 
was a girl of seven years, she lived with my mother in Italy. 
24. Have you a gold or a silver watch? 25. My watch is of 
gold. 26. Irish linen is as 2 good as Dutch 3 linen. 27. I prefer 
Burgundy wine to Spanish wine. 28. The kingdom of Spain is 
larger than the kingdom of Portuga/. 29. The city of Parix is 
older than the city of Berlin. 30. Is that gentleman 4 your music- 
master ? 31. No; he is my writing 5 -master. 

1. A ttachds. 2. A ussi. 3. De Hollande. 4. Monsieur. 5. £criture, f. 

* Assez, enough, is placed after the substantive in English, and always before in French. 



232 IV. QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

THEME 8. 

1. To-morrow is (c'est) a holiday ; it will be a day of happi- 
ness. 2 2. Human life is full of disappointments. 3 3. Mr. E. is 
a young man endowed 4 with (d') wit 5 and judgment. 4. We 
were very much pleased with his behavior. 6 5. I was in Eng- 
land, but I have not seen Westminster bridge. 6. Burgundy 
wine is very dear. 7. Spanish wool is better than German wool. 
8. I have sold my gold watch. 9. Mr. B. always wears 7 silk 
stockings. 10. My sisters and I (we) have taken 8 a walk by 
{an) moonlight. 11. The battle-field was covered with the dead 
and dying. 12. This girl is the chambermaid of the Duchess of 
L. 13. Who are these gentlemen ? 14. One is my music-mas- 
ter, and the other is my sister's dancing-master. 15. Let us go 
to {allons dans) the dining-room; dinner is served (servi). 16. 
I shall not dine to-day j I have a bad 9 headache. 

1. Fete. 2. Bonheur. 3. Fevers. 4. Dotie'. 5. Esprit. 6. Conduite, £ 7. Porter. 
8. To take a walk = se firomener. 9. Violent. 



II. SPECIAL USE OF a. 

i. The preposition a alone (without article) is used after a verb 
in the following expressions : 

Condamner a mort, to condemn to death. 

Fermer a clef, to lock. 

Tomber a terre, to fall to the floor or ground. 

A Her a pied, to go on foot, to walk. 

A Her a cheval, to ride, to go on horseback. 

Monter a cheval, to get or mount on horseback. 

Tomber a genoux, ) 

c ,, } to kneel down. 

be i?ieltre a genwcx, 5 

Se mettre a table, to sit down to dinner. 

2. When two substantives make a compound word in English, 
their order is inverted in French, and the preposition a intervenes, 
when the one expresses the use of the other, or wheny^^ the pur- 
pose of, by means of, may be understood : 
The silk-worm, le ver a sole. 



SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 233 

A milk-pot, un pot a lait* 

A teacup, tine tasse a the. 

A repeater, une montre a repetition. 

A windmill, un moulin a vent. 

A paper-mill, un moulin a papier. 

A powder-mill (a mill for powder), un moulin a poudre 

Gunpowder, de la poudre a canon. 

A dining-room, une salle a manger. 

A bedroom, une chambre a coucher. 

A wineglass, un verre a vin. * 

A coffee-cup, une tasse a cafe. 

A steam-engine, une machine a vapeur. 

A steamboat, un bateau a vapeur. 

Fire-arms, des amies a feu. 

3. If the second word begins with a vowel or h mute, the arti- 
cle is commonly inserted as : 

An ink-bottle, une bouteille a Vencre (or a encrej). 
A water-jug (pitcher), une cruche a Yeau (or a eau). 

4. When the compound word denotes a place where certain 
things are sold or kept in quantities, the article is also used with 
h y as : 

The horse-market, le marche aux chevaux. 
The fish -market, le marche aux poissons. 
The corn-market, la halle aux ble's. 

5. A together with the article is further used to call a dish or 
drink after its principal ingredient, as : 

A milk-soup, une soupe au lait. 
Coffee with milk, du cafe au lait. 
A cream-tart, une tarte d la creme. 
A pancake with herbs, une omelette auxfnes herbes. 
Note. But we say du syrop de groseille, not syrop a groseille, currant 
syrup, because this is made entirely of currants. 

6. To denote the different kinds of hunting, fishing, etc, as : 

A deer-hunt, la chasse au chevreuil. 
Fox-hunting, la chasse au renard. 

7. A is generally employed to translate expressions in which 

* Un pot de lait, im verre de vin, signify a pot of milk, a glass of wine ; pot au lait refers 
both to the vessel and to its contents. 



234 IV - QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

with is expressed or could be employed, or when having could 
be used. Ex. : — 

Une maison a deux e'tages, a two-story house. 
Un chateau a grands bords, a broad-brimmed hat. 
Une voiture a deux places, a double- seated carriage. 

THEME 9. 

i. I have bought six teacups; take 1 them into the dining-room. 

2. Where is Xht oil 2 -bottle? 3. Who has broken this fiower-pot ? 
4. Bring me a wineglass and two teaspoons. 5. Why has he 
been condemned to death? 6. He has committed 3 a murder 4 . 
7. Your room is locked. 8. Is this an ink-bottle? 9. No; it is 
a vinegar 5 -bottle. 10. Lejt us sit down (mettons-nous) to dinner. 
11. Did you observe 6 that man with 1 black hair? 12. You 
must buy another milk-pot. 13. Is this the corn-market ? 14. 
I always keep (keep always) fire-arms in my bedroom for my 
safety 8 during the night ; but I have no gunpowder at present, 
thus (ainsi) my fire-arms are useless. 9 

1. Portez. 2. Huile, f. 3. Commis, P. p. of commettre. 4. Meurtre, m. 5. Vinaigre. 
6. Remarquer. 7. .<4«;r, pi. 8. Surety f. 9. Inutile. 

THEME 10. 

1. Whom have you called? 2. I have been to the fish-mar- 
ket ; however I have bought no fish, because it was too dear. 1 

3. I went fox-hunting yesterday, and to-morrow I shall see a 
deer-hunt. 4. What had you for desser/? 5. We had cherry- 
pie 2 and a cream 3 tart.* 6. Can you tell me where the hay-store 
is ? 7. It is near the horse-market. 8. Who invented gunpow- 
der? 9. Berthold Schwarz, a German monk. 5 10. The poor 
girl has broken a milk-pot, two wineglasses, and several teacups. 
11. The Great Eastern is the largest steamship in the (au) 
world. 12. Call the milk-woman; 6 I must buy a pot ^milk. 

1. Cher. 2. Gateau. 3. Creme, f. 4. Tourte, f. 5. Moine. 6. Laitiere. 



NAMES OF COUNTRIES, TOWNS, ETC. 235 

V. CINQUIEME LEfON. 



PECULIARITIES IN THE USE OF NAMES OP COUN- 
TRIES, TOWNS, ETC. 

(See Part I., L. VII.) 

1. As mentioned in the First Part (7th lesson), the definite ar- 
ticle is put before the names of countries, provinces, rivers, and 
mountains. But the names of countries and islands, which have 
the same name as cities situated in them, such as Naples, Bade, 
Genes, (Genoa), Matte, Candie, etc., are used without the article. 

Except, however: le Hanovre and le Luxembourg. 

2. Further, the definite article is always retained with names 
of countries which are only used in the plural, and in those which 
are compounded with an adjective. Ex. : — 

The productions of India, les productions des Indes. 
The governor of the Netherlands. 
Le gouverneur des Pays-Bas, 
The queen of Great Britain. 
La reine de la Grande-Bretagne. 

3. In the following cases de only, without the article, is used 
before names of countries : 

I. When sovereigns, courts, and titles are spoken of. Ex. : — 

La reine dCAngleterre, the queen of England. 

Le Grand-due de Bade, the grand duke of Baden. 
Note. With the names of some countries that are not European, the ar- 
ticle is generally used, as : 

L? empereur de la Chine, du Bre'sil, etc. 

The emperor of China, of Brazil, etc. 
However, with Persia, la Perse, and Egypt, VEgypte, only de is used : — 

Le roi de Perse, the king of Persia. 



236 V. CINQUIEME LEgON. 

2. Where the names of countries have the meaning of an adjective (see 
also L. IV. 4), as 

V argent de France, French money. 
La soie d' ) Ltalie, the silk of Italy. 

3. After the verbs: venir, to come; revenir, to come back, to return; 
arriver, to arrive, and the noun le retour, if the name of the country is femi- 
nine, as : 

7/ est venu de France, he has come from France. 
Lorsque je revins d' 'Espagne, when I returned from Spain. 
A mon retour d' Ltalie, on my return from Italy. 

But if the same is masculine, the definite article is used, as : 

y arrive du Tyrol, du Afexique, da Portugal, etc. 

4. After words, such as empire, royaume (kingdom), duche, ville, He 
(isle), as in English (see L. IV. 6): 

V empire d'Autriche, the empire of Austria. 
La ville de Paris, the city of Paris. 

4. Both to and in used after a word signifying going, coming, 
sending, living, being, etc., before names of countries in the singu- 
lar, must be rendered in French by the preposition en, without 
any article. Ex. : — 

We are going to America, nous allons en Ameriqiie. 

He is to go back to Belgium, il doit retoumer en Belgique. 

I send him to Switzerland, je Penvoie en Suisse. 

My brother is in America, mon frere est en Amerique. 

Rouen is in France, Rouen est situe'e en France. 

5. If the name of the country be accompanied by an adjective, 
dans with the definite article must be used : 

Dans la Suisse franfaise, in French Switzerland. 
Dans VAllemagne meridionale, in southern Germany. 

6. The article is omitted before names of towns, villages, etc., 
as: 

Anvers, Antwerp. Livoume, Leghorn. 

Athenes, Athens. Lisbonne, Lisbon. 

Bruxelles, Brussels. Londres, London. 

Douvres, Dover. Lyon, Lyons. 

Geneve, Geneva. Venise, Venice. 



NAMES OF COUNTRIES, TOWNS, ETC. 237 

Note. A few names of towns are preceded by the article : 
Le Havre, Havre. la Rochelle, Rochelle. 

la Haie, the Hague. le Caire, Cairo, etc. 

7. The names of rivers and mountains are preceded by the 
definite article, as in English : 

La Seine, the Seine. le Tibre, the Tiber. 

le Rhone, the Rhone. le Danube, the Danube. 

le Rhin, the Rhine. la Moselle, the Moselle. 

les Alpes, the Alps. le Righi, the Righi. 

8. Both to and at or in before names of places are rendered 
by a. Ex. : — 

Are you going to Brussels, allez-vous a Bruxelles ? 

He was at Rome and Naples, il e'tait a Rome et a Naples. 

9. After partir, to set out, to leave, the preposition pour must 
be used before names of countries with the article, before names 
of cities without it : 

Nous partirons pour VEspagne et le Portugal. 
We will set out {or leave) for Spain and Portugal. 
Elle est partie pour Paris et Lyon. 
She left for Paris and Lyons. 

THEME 11. 

1. I prefer the wines of Germany to the wines of Spain. 2. 
We shall soon go to Switzerland and Italy. 3. Naples may 
(petit) be called a paradise, 1 from its (a cause de so) beauty and 
fertility. 2 4. This merchant has bought Italian silk, Spanish 
wool, and French wines. 5. My grandfather lives in the West 
Indies. 3 6. I set out for Egypt to-morrow. 7. This cheese 
comes from Switzerland. 8. Cologne is situated 4 on (sur) the 
Rhine. 9. The Alps are higher than the Pyrenees. 10. The 
emperor of Russia, Peter 5 the Great, died at St. Petersburgh in 
the year (en) 1725. 11. Sicily is the granary 6 of (§ 1) Italy, and 
Italy the garden of Europe. 

1. Paradis, m. 2. Fertility. 3. Les Indes occidentales. 4. Situe'e. 5. Pierre. 6. 
Crenier, m. 



238 V. CINQUIEME LE£ON. 

READING LESSON. 
CHARLES XII. (Douze.) 

Charles XII, roi de Suede, naquit 1 a Stockholm le 27 juin 
1682. II perdit sa mere dans sa onzieme annee, et avait a peine 
quinze ans lorsque son pere mourut. Selon 2 le testament du 
feu 3 roi, il ne devait £tre majeur 4 qu'apres avoir passe sa dix- 
huitieme annee, mais sur la proposition du ministre Piper, les 
£tats lui defererent 5 le gouvernement deja, en 1697. L'an 1700, 
Pierre I, empereur de Russie, Frederic IV, roi de Danemark, et 
Auguste, electeur de Saxe, lui declarerent la guerre. 

II les attaqua l'un apres l'autre et remporta d'abord 6 des vic- 
toires eclatantes, 7 entre autres celle de Narva, ou il dent 8 avec 
moins de 9 8,000 Suedois, quatre-vingt mille Russes, dont il resta 
plus de vingt mille sur le champ de bataille, tandis qu'il ne per- 
dait que six cents hommes. Mais plus tard, lorsqu'il penetra en 
Russie, il perdit la bataille decisive de Pultawa, et fut contraint 
de se refugier sur le territoire turc avec une faible escorte de deux 
cent cinquante Suedois. 

1. Was born. 2. According to. 3. Late. 4. Of age. 5. To transfer. 6. At first. 7. 
Splendid. 8. To defeat. 9. Than. 

CONVERSATION. 

Ou naquit Charles XII ? Ce roi naquit a Stockholm. 

Dans quelle annee ? En 1682, le 27 juin. 

Perdit-il ses parents de bonne Oui, il perdit sa mere, quand il 
heure ? avait 1 1 ans, et son pere, 

quand il avait 15 ans. 

Quand fut-il declare majeur? En 1697, a l'age de quinze ans 

et demi. 

Qu'arriva-t-il trois ans apres ? Pierre I, empereur de Russie, 

Frederic IV, roi de Dane- 
mark, et Auguste, electeur de 
Saxe, lui declarerent la 
guerre. 

Que fit Charles XII ? II les attaqua Tun apres l'autre 

et les dent. 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 239 

Quelle est sa plus eclatante Celle de Narva, ou il battit 
victoire ? 80,000 Russes. 

Avait-il beaucoup de soldats ? II n'avait que 8,000 Suedois. 

Y eut-il beaucoup de tues ? Les Russes perdirent plus de 

vingt mille hommes, les 
Suedois a peine six cents. 

A-t-il toujours ete heureux dans Non, il perdit la bataille de 
ses batailles ? Pultawa. 

A quoi fut-il contraint ? II fut contraint de se refugier 

sur le territoire turc, avec 
une faible escorte. 



VI. SIXlfiME LEfON. 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 

(See the First Part, L. XII.) 
1. Possessive adjectives must be repeated : — 

1. Before every noun of the same sentence, as : 

My brothers and sisters have arrived. 
Mes freres et mes sceurs sont arrives. 

2. Before two or three adjectives qualifying different things : 

I love your great and your little children. 
yaime vos grands et vos petits enfants. 

Note. But when the two substantives relate to the same person, and 
when the two or three adjectives are of the like signification * and qualify the 
same object, the possessive adjective is not repeated. Ex. : — 

My teacher and friend, mon pre'cepteur et ami. 

His good and useful advice, ses bons et utiles conseils. 

* If they have a contrary signification, the possessive adjective must be repeated, as: Ses 
ponnes et ses mauvaises pensees (thoughts). 



2 4 o VI. SIXIEME LEgON. 

2. Custom requires the use of the possessive adjective before 
the names of relations in addressing them or speaking of them. 
Ex.:— 

Aunt, when do you leave ? 

Ma tante, quand partez-vous ? 

Cousin, will you go with me ? 

Mon cousin {ma cousine), voulez-vous alter avec moi ? 

Father is not at home, mon pere n^ est pas a la maison. 

3. When in English the possessive pronouns mine, thine, his, 
hers, etc., preceded by the preposition of, are placed after a noun 
to which they relate, they are rendered in French by mes, tes, ses, 
etc., before the noun, which is put in the plural. Ex.: — 

A book of mine, tin de mes livres. 
A friend of yours, un de vos amis. 

4. When the verb to be is found before a possessive adjective 
followed by a noun in the possessive case, and signifies to belong, 
in French a must be used. Ex. : — 

This book is my father's, ce livre est a mon pere. 

That house is our uncle's, cette maison- la est a notre oncle. 

5. When parts of the body, or physical and intellectual facul- 
ties are spoken of, the 'French generally use the definite article 
where in English the possessive adjective is used (see L. III. 5). 
Ex.:— 

I have a pain in my head, j'ai mat a la tete. 
He has lost his senses, it a perdu V esprit. % 
Note i. If, however, there were an ambiguity to be feared, the possessive 
adjective should be used in French as in English. 

Note 2. When a habitual complaint is spoken of, the possessive adjective 
is also properly used. Ex. : — 

His headache has returned, sa migraine Pa repris. 

6. After the verbs cha?iger and redoabler the possessive adjective 
is dropped and replaced by the preposition de, as : 

He has changed his religion, it a change de religion. 

We have changed our opinion. 

Nous avons change & opinion or d'avis. 

They redoubled their activity, its redoublerent $activite\ 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 241 

THEME 12. 
1. My father, mother and sisters are in the country. 2. His 
uncle and aunt know it. 3. I thank you for (de) your good and 
useful service.?. 4. He is a friend of mine. 5. I found a pencil 
of yours. 6. Where are you, daughter ? 7. Here I am, mother. 
8. Come, friend, let us work. 9. He will never betray 1 me, for 
he is my friend and protector. 2 10. We changed our mind 3 
when we heard that news. 11. He tells 4 a falsehood 4 as often 
as [toutes les fois qu 1 ) he opens his mouth. 12. A cousin of ours 
came yesterday to see us. 13. Give me my dictionary and 
grammar. 5 14. My mother has a pain in (a) her head. 15. I 
have a pain in my ear. 6 16. The man who fell from the roof 7 
of our house, dislocated (se demit) his wrist. 8 17. In (a) the 
last battle 9 our general lost his right leg, and I was wounded 10 
in my shoulder. 11 

1. Trahir. 2. Protectetir. 3. Avis, m. 4. Dire un mensonge. 5. Gram~,naire,i. 6. 
Oreille. 7. Toit, m. 8. PoigJiet, m. 9. Bataille, f. 10. Blesser, reg. v. 11. Epaule. f. 



7. When in English the word own is found alone, i. e. without 
a noun, after a possessive adjective, the latter is rendered by a pos- 
sessive pronoun : le mien, le Hen, le sien (propre), etc., or in the 
feminine by la mienne, la tienne, la sienne (profire), etc. Ex. : — 

The daughter of his friend and his own. 
Labile de son ami et la sienne {propre). 

8. The indefinite pronoun one's denoting a possession is trans- 
lated in French son, sa, ses. Ex. :— 

One is glad to find one's money again. 
On est content de retrouver son argent. 

9. When its and their refer to a thing which is not the subject 
of a proposition they are rendered by en unless preceded by a pre- 
position, in which case son, sa, ses, leur, leurs must be used. Ex. : — 

I like this country, its air (Nom. ) is healthy, its soil fruitful, etc. 
J'aime ce pays ; Pah' en est sain, le sol en est fertile. 
What plant is this ? — I do not know its name. 
Quelle est cette plante ? — Je n'en connais pas le nom. 



2 4 2 VI. SIXIEME LE£ON. 

Look at these trees ; what is their height ? 

Voyez ces arbres ; quelle en est la hauteur (not leur h.)? 

But we must say : 

Paris a ses beautes. 

Paris has its beauties. 

J ''admire la grandeur de ses rues, 

I admire the size of its streets. 

Ces arbres sont remarquables par leur hauteur. 

These trees are remarkable for their height. 

jo. Observe the following gallicisms : 
Let me soon hear of you. 
Donnez-moi bientot de vos nouvelles. 
I shall go to meet you, firai a votre rencontre. 
They are cousins of mine, ce sont de mes cousins. 
With regard to me, — to you, — to us. 
A mon egard, a votre egard, a notre egard. 

THEME 13. 
i. He has worked much more for our good 1 than for his own. 
2. Paris is a large city, its streets are too narrow. 2 3. I particu- 
larly 3 admire (I adm. p.) its rich stores. 4 4. Windsor is a fine 
town; I admire its situation, walks 5 and streets. 5. London has 
its beauties. 6. I like the size 6 of its streets. 7. This illness 7 is 
dangerous; I know its origin 8 and effects. 9 8. This is (void) a 
fine tree; its fruit is delicious. 10 9. Every science has its princi- 
ples. 10. An illustrious ( — tre) birth 11 receives from virtue its 
most shining 12 lustre. 11. Mr. Dubois has sold his father's 
house and his own. 

1. Le Men. 2. Ittroit. 3. Surlout. 4. Magasin, m. 5. Promenade, f. 6. Gran- 
deur, f. 7. Maladie, f. 8. Origine, f. 9. Effet, m. 10. De'licieux. 11. Naissance, f. 
12. Beau. 



READING LESSON. 

EUDAMIDAS. 

Eudamidas de Corinthe fit, en mourant, un testament qui sem- 
blerait ridicule a tout autre qu'a un ami. II touchait a sa 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 243 

derniere heure, et laissait sa mere et sa fille exposees a la plus 
cruelle indigence, n'ayant pour tout bien que deux fideles amis, 
Carixene et Arethus. Eudamidas ne fut point alarme; il jugea 
des cceurs de ses amis par le sien propre, et il fit ce testament qui 
ne doit jamais etre oublie. "Je legue 1 a, Arethus le soin de 
nourrir ma mere, et de l'entretenir dans sa vieillesse ; a 
Carixene le soin de marier ma fille, et de lui donner une dot 2 
convenable." 

Carixene etant mort quelque temps apres, Arethus executa la 
commission de tous les deux ; et, pour rendre son action plus il- 
lustre, il maria la fille de son ami et la sienne en un merae jour, 
et leur donna a toutes deux une meme dot. Quant a (as to) la 
mere, il la nourrit jusqu'a la mort. Si la generosite d'Arethus est 
digne d'admiration, la noble hardiesse 3 et la confiance du testa- 
teur 4 Test encore davantage ; car celui qui a la resolution de faire 
un semblable 5 testament, est capable non-seulement de l'execu- 
ter, mais de quelque chose encore de plus, et il n'est pas 
douteux qu'il n'eut nourri la mere de son ami, et marie sa fille, 
aussi bien que la sienne propre, meme sans en etre prie. 

1. I bequeath. 2. Dowry, portion. 3. Boldness. 4. Testator. 5. Such, similar. 
CONVERSATION. 

Que fit Eudamidas de Corinthe II fit un testament remarqua- 

en mourant? ble. 

Etait-il riche ? Au contraire, il etait tres- 

pauvre, mais il avait deux 
fideles amis. 
Que legua-t-il done k ses amis ? II legua a son ami Arethus le 

soin de nourrir sa vieille 
mere, et a. Carixene le soin 
de marier sa fille. 
Devait-il la marier sans dot ? Non, avec une dot convenable. 
Les deux amis executerent-ils L'un d'eux, Carixene, mourut 
ce que le testament leur im- quelque temps apres. 
posa ? 
Et l'autre que fit-il ? Arethus executa la commission 

de tous les deux, 



244 YIL SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

De quelle maniere l'execu- II maria la fille de son ami et la 
ta-t-il ? sienne en un meme jour, et 

leur donna a toutes deux 
une dot egale. 
Et comment agit-il en vers la II la nourrit jusqu'a la mort. 

mere d'Eudamidas ? 
Comment trouvez-vous la gene- Elle est digne d'admiration. 
rosite d'Arethus ? 



VII. SEPTIEME LEfON. 



NUMERALS. 

(See the First Part, L. XIV.) 
i. When the cardinal numbers are used substantively they take 
the masculine article, as : 

Un un, a one. Le trois, the three. 

Ce huit est mal fait, this eight is badly made. 

2. A and one before hundred and thousand are not translated. 
Ex.:— 

A hundred and twenty horses, cent vingt chevaux. 
In the year one thousand one hundred and sixty. 
Van (or simply en) mil cent soixante. 

3. Observe the following expressions with numerals : 

Un a un, one by one. 

Deux a deux, two by two. 

Lhcn apres V autre, one after the other. 

Vers six heures or vers les six heures, by, about six o'clock. 

Vers midi or vers le midi, towards (by) twelve o'clock. 

Une heure et demie, one hour and a half or half-past one. 

Deux heures moins un quart, a quarter to two. 

Trois heures {et) un quart, a quarter past three. 



NUMERALS. 245 

Tons les deux jours, every other day. 

D'aujourd'hui en huit, to-day week. 

D^aujourd^hui en quinze, to-day fortnight. 

Dans quinze jours, in a fortnight. 

II y a huit jours, a week ago. 

II y a un an, a year or a twelvemonth ago. 

4. More than, and less than, before numbers are rendered//^ 
de and moins de, instead of plus que and moins que. Ex. : — 

I have spent more than a hundred francs. 

yai depense plus de cent francs. 

You have not less than ten mistakes in your exercise. 

Vous n'avezpas moins de dix fautes dans votre theme. 

5. Nearly, before a number, is translated, pres de. Ex. : — 

It is nearly five o'clock, il est pres de cinq heures. 

THEME 14. 
1. This six is well made, but this nine is badly made. 2. 
Henry the Fourth was one of the greatest kings of France. 3. 
Num# was one of the seven kings of Rome. 4. America was 
discovered 1 in the year one thousand four hundred and ninety- 
two. 5. The shepherd 2 has sold a hundred sheep. 6. When 
do you dine ? 7. I dine at twelve o'clock, sometimes at one 
o'clock. 8. I sup 3 at half-past eight, and I go to bed 4 at mid- 
night. 9. Is it four o'clock? 10. No, sir; it is a quarter to 
four. n. I must go out at a quarter past four. 12. We went 
in (enframes) one by one. 13. My brother will set out this day 
week, and will come back in a fortnight. 14. Has Mr. L. three 
children ? 15. No ; he has (en a) more than three : he has four 
or five. 16. This book costs less than ten francs. 17. How old 
is your son Charles? 18. He is nearly fourteen years old. 19. 
I have a French lesson 5 every other day. 

1. Fut dtcouverte. 2. Le berger. 3. Sourer. 4. Se coucher. 5. Une lecon de 
frangais. 



2 4 6 VIII. HUITIEME LECON. 

VIII. HUITIEME LEfON. 

ADJECTIVES. 

(See Part I., Lesson XVII.) 
A. AGREEMENT OF THE ADJECTIVE WITH THE NOUN. 

i. In French, the adjective agrees in gender and number with 
the noun to which it relates : 

Une feuille verte, a green leaf. 

De dons amis, good friends. 

Les primes sont mitres, the plums are ripe. 

1. If it belongs to two or more nouns in the singular, it must be in the 
plural : 

Le pauvre et le riche sont egaux devant Dieu. 

The poor and the rich are alike before God. 

yai trouve la porte et la fenetre fermees. 

I found the door and the window shut. 

La clemence et la majeste etaient peintes sur son front. 

Clemency and majesty were imprinted on his brow. 

2. If the substantives are of different genders, and joined by et, and, the 
adjectives must be in the masculine plural : 

Monfrere et ma sceur sont tres-heureux. 
My brother and sister are very happy. 

3. When the two nouns are joined by ou, or, or when the conjunction is 
left out, the adjective agrees only with the latter noun : 

Un chateau on line maison ruinee, 
A ruined castle or house. 
Le fer, la fiamme e'tait touie prete. 
The sword, the flame was quite ready. 

2. The adjectives demi, half; nu, bare; exceple, except; y com- 
prise included ; suppose, supposed ; ci-joint, inclosed, annexed, are 
invariable when they precede the noun ; demi and nu are th^n 
joined with their noun by a hyphen. Ex. : — 
Une demi-heure, half an hour. 



ADJECTIVES. 247 

Marcher nu-pieds, to walk barefooted. 
Marcher nu-tete, to. walk bareheaded. 
Excepte les deux premieres pages. 
Except the two first pages. 
Y compris la somme de cent francs. 
The sum of a hundred francs included. 
Suppose ces f aits, these facts supposed. 

But they must agree with their noun when they follow it, as : 

Une heure et demie, an hour and a half. 
Avoir les jambes nues, to have bare legs. 
Les deux premieres pages excepted. 
The two first pages excepted. 
Copie de ma leltre est ci-jointe. 
A copy of my letter is annexed. 

3. Feu, late, is invariable, like the preceding ones, when it is 
before the article or possessive pronoun ; when it follows, it varies, 
as: 

Feu la reine or lafeue reine, the late queen. 
Feu mes tantes or mes feices tantes, my late aunts. 

4. Some adjectives, as bon, vite, has, etc., may be used adverb- 
ially ; then, of course, they are invariable. Ex. : — 

Ces roses sentent tres-bon (not bonnes). 

These roses smell very sweet. 

Les cerfs courent tres-vite, the stags run very fast. 

5. If the expression avoir Pair, to look, is followed by an ad- 
jective, this latter remains unchanged when a moral or intellectual 
quality is spoken of, as : 

Ces dames ont Pair bon. 
These ladies look good-natured. 

But if a bodily or organic quality is mentioned, or when the 
adjective refers rather to the subject than to the word air, the ad- 
jective agrees with the subject of the sentence. In the latter case, 
the verb etre is understood, as : 

Ces pierres ont Pair tres-dures. 

These stones seem to be very hard. 

Madame F. a Pair mecontente (i. e. d'etre me'contente). 

Mrs. F. appears to be discontented. 

6. If a noun is accompanied by an adjective in the superlative, 



2 4 8 VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. 

the latter always agrees with it in gender and number. When 
the superlative follows, the article must be repeated : 

La plus belle fe i?ime, the handsomest woman. 
Les gens les plus riches, the richest people. 

THEME 15. 

i. I have a good friend. 2. The leaves are green. 3. These 
pears are riper than those apples. 4. His brother and cousin 
have arrived. 5. Charles and Louisa are very industrious. 6. 
Men and women are mortal. 7. My son and daughter are 
happy. 8. His uncle and aunt are dead. 9. Louis XIV had 
in France an absolute 1 power 2 and authority {autorite). 10. She 
left her room and her trunk 3 open. 11. I found the windows 
and the shutters 4 shut. 12. Give these present? to the most in- 
dustrious pupils. 13. Miss Emma is the daughter of the richest 
man in (de) this town. 14. I remained there (y) for hajf an 
hour. 15. The child slept two hours and a half. 16. I have 
read the whole book, except the two last chapters. 5 17. The 
late queen was opposed 6 to that measure. 7 18. Why do you go 
barefooted ? 19. These pears appear to be ripe. 

1. Absoln. 2. Pouvoir, m. 3. Coffre, m. 4. Volet, m. 5. Chapitre, m. 6. S'oppo- 
sait. 7. Mesure. 

B. PLACE OF THE ADJECTIVE. 

The principal rules have already been given in the eighteenth 
Lesson of Part I. We have to add here only the following : 

When two adjectives refer to the same noun, we should exam- 
ine what kind of adjectives they are. 

1. If both of them are such as precede, when single, they 
may both remain before the noun if one of them forms with the 
noun, as it were, but one idea. Ex. : 

Une jolie petite fille* a pretty little girl. 

Un beaujeune homme,\ a handsome young man. 

* In L&tin Jik'oZa. t Youth (j uveitis). 



ADJECTIVES. 249 

2. If both preceding adjectives are taken in their full sense, 
they must be joined by et, and, as : 

Un grand et beau jardin, a large, beautiful garden. 

3. An adjective usually placed before the noun, when con- 
nected by a conjunction with another adjective which is to be put 
after it, is itself placed after the noun. Ex. : — 

Une action belle* et courageuse. 
A fine, courageous action. 

Une femme petite, mais bien faite. 
A short but well-made woman. 

4. In English, two or more adjectives may qualify a substan- 
tive, without a conjunction; but in French, et (or sometimes 
mais) is always placed before the last of the adjectives, if these 
follow their noun. Ex. : — 

Une daj?ie riche, jeime et aimable. 
A young, rich, amiable lady. 

I ~u homme instruit, modeste et estime de tout le monde. 
A well-instructed, modest, and generally-esteemed man. 

THEME 16. 

1. Charles is a handsome young man. 2. Henry is a pretty 
little boy. 3. This is a long (and) tedious 1 book. 4. My friend 
is an amiable and virtuous man. 5. He has a large and beauti- 
ful house. 6. This is a drowned 2 man or woman. 7. For this 
place I want an aged man or woman. 8. Is it the elder 
brother or sister ? 9. The savage lived in a large, damp 3 cav- 
ern. 10. Spain is a fertile country, but badly cultivated. 4 11. 
A plain, 5 simple, and natural style is the only one to be reco7n- 
mended? 12. Brave and trusty 7 men are generally humane 8 
and merciful. 9 13. This is an interesting 10 and instructive 
study. 11 

1. Ennuyeux. 2. Noye e. 3. Bumide. 4. Cultive" e. 5. Uni. 6. Recommandable. 
7. Constant. 8. Humain. 9. Misericordieux. 10. Inttressant. 11. £tude, f. 

* "A fine action " would be, Une belle action. 



250 VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. 

C. COMPLEMENT OF ADJECTIVES. 

The complement of an adjective is either a substantive or a 
verb, preceded by one of the prepositions de, a, en, etc. 

i. Adjectives and participles which denote plenty, desire, scar- 
city or want, and most of those followed in English by of, with 
and from, govern in French by means of the preposition de, as : 

La vie est pleine de miseres, life is full of miseries. 

Le jeune homme fut comble & honneurs, (loaded with honors). 

2. The following adjectives govern also by means of de : 
Capable, capable. las, tired, wearied. 

content, contented, pleased.' litre, free. 

digne, worthy. mecontent, discontented. 

exempt, free. satis/ait, satisfied. 

honteux, ashamed. sur, sure, etc. 

jaloux, jealous. 
Ex. : LI est digne de recompense, he is worthy of reward. 

3.* Adjectives denoting fitness, unfitness, disposition, inclina- 
tion, readiness, or any habit, require a before the object. Ex. : — 
77 est pj-opre a tout, he is fit for anything. 
Le cheval est utile a L homme, the horse is useful to man. 

Note i. The following adjectives are followed by a in French and of in 
English : 
Attentifd, heedful of ; sensible a, sensible of ; insensible a, insensible of or to. 

Ex. : Soyez attentifs au danger, be heedful of (the) danger. 

Je suis sensible a votre bonte, I am sensible of your kindness. 

Note 2. Some adjectives are followed in French by the preposition d and 
in English by in ; such are : 

Habile a, skilful in. patient a, patient in. 

exact a, punctual in. impatient a, impatient in. 

Ex. : LI est habile a tout, he is skilful in doing all. 

Elle est exacte a son service, she is punctual in her service. 

4. The following adjectives, which are followed in English by 
to or towards when they express behavior, require in French the 
preposition e7ivers : 

* To this rule must be excepted some words in the preceding list, § 2. 



ADJECTIVES. 251 

Affable envers, affable to. poll envers, polite to. 

bon envers, (ox pour) kind to. reconnaissant envers, thankful to. 

juste envers, just to. respectueux envers, respectful to. 

cruel enve?s, cruel to. genereux envers, generous to. 

honnete envers, civil to. liberal envers, liberal to. 

Ex. : 77 a ete tres-bon envers moi (ox pour mot). 

He has been very kind to me. 

Soyez poli envers tout le monde. 

Be polite (civil) to everybody. 

5. All others not mentioned in the foregoing sections, and 
which take in English the preposition to, are followed in French 
by a. Ex. : — 

That is easy to say, cela est facile a dire. 

Religion is necessary to man, la religion est ne'cessaire a Vhomme 

He was deaf to my prayers, il etait sourd a mes prieres. 

THEME 17. 

j. We were loaded 1 with honors. 2. The basket 2 is full of 
frui/. 3. Do not be so greedy of (after) riches. 4. My cousin 
is worthy of your friendship. 5. Are you pleased with your 
horse? 6. Human life 3 is never free from troubles. 4 7. Voltaire 
was always greedy of praise and insatiable of glory. 8. I am not 
satisfied with your exercise. 9. That old man is not fit for that 
place; he is not punctual in his engagements. 10. My servant 
is always ready to do his duty. 5 11. Nature 3 is content with 
little. 12. Many people are dissatisfied with their condition. 
13. Let us be kind to everybody. 14. These children are in- 
clined 6 to idleness. 7 15. That is easy to say, but difficult to do. 
16. Scipio Africanus 8 was respectful to his mother, liberal to his 
sisters, good to his servants, just and affable to everybody. 17. 
Children must 9 not be cruel to animals. 18. He is insensible to 
all the remonstrances 10 of his friends. 

1. Comblt. 2. Le panier. 3. Put the article. 4. Peine, f. 5. Devoir, m. 6. Enclin. 
7. Paresse, f. 8. Scipion V Africain. 9. Doivent. 10. Remontrance, f. 

D. ADJECTIVES OF DIMENSION. 

i. Adjectives relating to the dimension or size of objects are 
expressed in French either by an adjective or a substantive. 



252 VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. 

Thus long can be rendered by the adjectives long or longue (f.) de, 

or by the noun de longueur. Observe that in the first case de 

follows, in the second precedes, and that these adjectives are 

placed after the substantive and before the dimension. Ex. : 

. c tine table longue de dix pieds. 

A table ten feet loner, < . *, j j- j.j/1 

b ' { tine table de dix pieds de longueur. 

. ' C une tour haute de cent pieds. 
A tower a hundred feet high, J ^ ^ ^ cmt pUds de hautmr . 

2. The verb to be connected with such adjectives, must be ex- 
pressed by etre when, in French, the adjective of dimension is 
preferred to the noun, as : 

This table is ten feet long. 
Cette table est longue de dix pieds. 
That tower is a hundred feet high. 
Cette tour-la est haute de cent pieds. 

3. But the verb to be must be rendered by avoir when the 
dimension is expressed by a noun. Ex. :— 

This table is ten feet long. 
Cette taMe a dix pieds de longueur. 
That tower is a hundred feet high. 
Cette tour-la a cent pieds de hauteur. 

4. In a similar manner age is expressed either with age de and 
the verb etre^ or with the verb avoir without the verb age. Ex. : — 



A boy eight years old, tin garcon age de huit ans. 
je suis age' de vingt ans. 
fai vingt ans. 



I am twenty years old, 



(The latter is much preferred). 

5. The word by, which is sometimes used in English after a 
comparative, to denote how much a thing exceeds another, is 
rendered by de, not by par. Ex. : — 

Charles is taller than I by three inches. 
Charles est plus grand que moi de trois pouces. 



ADJECTIVES. 253 

THEME 18. 

1. I have seen a tree ninety feet high. 2. We have a house 
eighty feet long and forty-five high. 3. This stick is three feet 
long. 4. This plank 1 is two inches 2 thick. 3 5. This tree is fifty 
feet high. 6. London bridge 4 is nine hundred and twenty feet 
long, fifty-five high, and fifty-six wide. 5 7. The monumen/ of 
London stands '{est place) on a pedestal 6 twenty feet high. 8. 
This ditch is twelve feet deep. 7 9. The famous min<? of Potosi 
in (dans le) Peru is more than (de) fifteen hundred feet deep. 7 

10. My room is forty feet long and thirty wide. 11. The walls 
of Algiers 8 are fourteen feet thick and thirty feet high. 12. King 
Street 9 is about 10 a mile 11 and a half long and sixty -five feet wide. 
13. My brother is elder than I by two years. 14. I am taller 
than Robert by seven inches. 15. Westminster bridge is forty- 
Jour feet broad; 5 the free-way 12 under the archer of this bridge 
is eight hundred and seventy feet; it consists 13 of fourteen piers, 14 
thirteen large archer, and two small ones ; the two middle 15 piers 
are each (chacun) seventeen feet wide, and contain two hundred 
tons 16 of solid stones. 

1. Plancke, f. 2. Pouce, m. 3. Itpais, epaisse. 4. Le fiont de Londres. 5. Large or 
— largeur. 6. Pie'destal. 7. Profondeur. 8. A Iger. 9. La rice royale. 10. Environ. 

11. Mille,xa.. 12. The free-way= /<?/«.«•#,£?. 13. Ilconsiste. 14. Pile,i. 15. Du milieu. 
16. Tonneau, m. 



READING LESSON. 
l'elephant. 
L'elephant est le plus gros des quadrupedes ; il habite les forets 
^paisses, 1 les bords des fleuves et les lieux humides. Ses jambes 
informes soutiennent un corps epa'is et lourd. 2 On apercoit a 
peine sa petite queue, 3 tandis que de larges oreilles ombragent 4 
les deux cotes de sa tete. Ses yeux sont petits en proportion de 
son corps enorme. Son nez, qui se prolonge de plusieurs pieds 
et qui est tres-flexible, lui sert de main. A Taide de ce nez, qu'on 
appelle trompe, 5 il puise {draws) de l'eau, cueille les herbes et les 
fleurs, denoue 6 les cordes, ouvre et ferme les portes, debouche les 



254 VIIL HUITIEME LEgON. 

bouteilles, ramasse par terre la plus petite piece de monnaie ; en 
un mot, il fait presque tout ce que nous faisons avec nos doigts. 
Quand il a soif, il remplit d'eau cette trompe, et boit ensuite 
comme s'il vidait 7 une bouteille. II se nourrit d'herbes, de 
feuilles, de fruits et de riz {rice). II mange environ cent cinquante 
livres d'herbes par jour. 

De chaque cote de sa trompe sortent deux enormes dents qu'on 
appelle defenses. Ces defenses sont des amies terribles, dont il 
epouvante 8 les plus feroces animaux. Elles fournissent une 
matiere pr6cieuse, qu'on appelle ivoire, et pesent 9 jusqu'a cent 
livres chacune. 

i. Thick. 2. Heavy. 3. Tail. 4. To shade, over- shade. 5. Trunk or proboscis. 6. 
To untie. 7. To empty. 8. To terrify. 9. To weigh. 

CONVERSATION. 

Que savez-vous de l'elephant ? L'elephant est le plus gros des 

quadrupedes. 
Ou habite-t-il ? II habite les forets epaisses, les 

bords des fleuves et les lieux 

humides. 
Qu'est-ce qu'il ade particulier? II a une trompe, a l'aide de la- 

quelle il puise de l'eau, cueille 

les herbes et les fleurs, denoue 

des cordes, etc. 
De quoi se nourrit-il ? II se nourrit d'herbes, de feuilles, 

de fruits et de riz. 
Quand il a soif, que fait-il ? II remplit d'eau sa trompe et 

boit ensuite. 
Combien mange-t-il par jour? Environ 150 livres d'herbes. 
D'ou vient l'ivoire ? L'ivoire se fait des defenses de 

l'elephant qui pesent jusqu'a 

cent livres chacune. 









PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 255 



IX. NEUVlfiME LEfON. 



I. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



(See Part L, L. XXIV.) 

I. Conjunctive pronouns, in the first and second persons, 
should be repeated before every verb in a simple tense. Ex. : — 

ye vous aime etje vous aimerai toujours. 
I love you and (I) shall always love you. 

Vous dites et vous direz toujours. 
You say and (you) will always say. 

ye le vols etje Ventends. 
I see and hear it. 

77 nous ennuie et nous obsede sans cesse. 
He wearies (us) and besets us unceasingly. 

NOTE. With a compound tense, or when the pronouns are in the third 
person, they are rarely repeated, though more frequently than in English, as : 
ye Pai vu et entendu. 

I have seen and heard it. 

II e'coute et ne pent comprendre, etc. 
He listens and cannot conceive, etc. 



2. When an emphasis is laid upon the personal pronoun, it 
must be repeated in French, but then, the first is disju?ictive. 
Very often it is then preceded by Jest, or for the third person 
plural, by ce sont. Ex. : — 

c moi, je le dis. 
/say so, £ £ , gst moi ^ g ui ^ di ^ 

„. , ,.,,.( hd, il a prttendu cela. 

He has pretended this, J ^ M qui a priUndu cda , 

,„ , . , ( nous n'avons pas dit cela, nous. 

We have not said so, 1 , ,- L r 

T . ' < nous, nous navons pas dit cela. 

It is not we who said so, > , , , . .._, . 

\ ce 7i est pas nous qui avons dit cela. 



256 IX. NEUVIEME LEfON. 

_, , . ( eux, Us Vontfait. 

Iney nave done it, < . . 7 , . r -. 

J ' \ce sont eux qui lontfait. 

Note. Observe that in such cases the verb is put in the same number 
and person as the^pronoun which is the antecedent of the relative qui, as : 

Is it I who told this news ? 

Est-ce moi qui ai dit cette nouvelle ? 

3. When a verb relates to subjects of different persons, it is put 
in the plural with nous, if one of the several subjects is in the first 
person, — or with vous, if the subjects are in the second and third 
persons. Ex. : — 

My brother and / shall go into the country. 
ATonfrere et moi, nous irons a la campagne, or, 
Nous irons a la campagne, mon frere et moi. 

I told you and him or both you and him. 
Je vous Pai dit a toi et a lui. 

You and your friend will come with me. 
Vous et votre ami, vous viendrez avec moi. 

4. When the verb governs two pronouns (both being persons), 
one in the Direct Objective, the other in the Indirect, the Indi- 
rect is a disjunctive (see p. no). Ex.: — 

Je vais vous presenter a lui. 

I am going to introduce you to him. 

5. A personal pronoun, used as subject, may follow the verb 
after aussi, peut-etre, encore, toujours, en vain, du moins, or au 
moins. 



THEME 19. 

1. I believe and shall always,believe that you were (avez eu) 
wrong. 2. He says so, but he does not believe it. 3. I honor 
and respect him, but I do not love him. 4. We come and go. 
5. A passionate 1 temper 2 renders a man unfit 3 for business, 4 
deprives 5 him of his reason, and makes him unfit (makes that he 
is not fit) (profire) for society. 4 6. I have always loved and es- 
teemed her. 7. They (on) flatter 6 and praise us. 8. It is I 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 257 

who have written it. 9. It is they who have seen it. 10. They 
and my brother have come. n. You like the town and I the 
country. 

1. Passionne". 2. Caractere. 3. Inefite. 4. Put the definite article. 5. Priver. 6. 
Flatter. 



6. When two personal pronouns limit a verb, both should be 
disjunctive, and therefore after the verb. Ex. : — 

I forgive both you and her. 
Je pardonne a vous et a elle.* 

I speak to him and not to you. 
ye parle a lui et non a vous. 

7. The pronouns himself, herself, themselves, when with a re- 
flective verb, are expressed in French by se j otherwise by lui- 
meme, elle-meme, eux-memes, elles-memes. Ex. : — 

He (she) does not know himself (herself). 
77 {elle) ne se connait pas. 
They highly distinguished themselves. 
lis (elles) se distinguerent beauconp. But : 
Has he done it himself? Yes, himself. 
Va-t-ilfait lui-meme ? Oui, lui-meme. 

8. Soi, self, is of both genders, and is used of things as well as 
of persons. Ex. : — 

II est sage de parler rarement de soi. 
It is wise to talk seldom of one's self. 

9. The pronoun itself, preceded by a preposition and relating 
to an inanimate object, is expressed by soi, when the antecedent 
noun is taken in an abstract sense. Ex. : — 

Uaimant attire lefer'd soi. 
The loadstone attracts iron to itself. 
La vertu est aimable en soi. 
Virtue is amiable in itself. 

* This sentence may better be translated thus : Je vous pardonne ainsi qu'a elle, and the 
following, c'est a vous que je parle, etc. 



258 IX. NEUVIEME LE£ON. 

10. But it is rendered by elle, when the inanimate object is of 
an individual nature and of the feminine gender. Ex. : — 

La riviere entraina tout avec elle. 
The river carried everything away with itself. 
Ces raisons sont solides en elles-memes. 
Those reasons are solid in themselves. 

11. The English personal pronouns are always rendered by 
the disjunctive {moi, toi, lui, etc.), when they (a) do not immedi- 
ately precede their verbs, (b) when the verb is understood, (c) 
when governed by prepositions, or (d) after que, than. Ex. : — 

Qui a fait cela ? Moi, lui, elle, etc. 

Who has done that ? I, he, she, etc. 

Vous, lui et moi sommes anglais. 

You, he and I are English. 
Here the first two pronouns do not immediately precede the verb, and the 
third follows their form of consistency. 

Voulez-vous aller avec moi, avec lui, avec eux ? etc. 

Will you go with me, with him, with them ? etc. 

Je parte de toi, d'elle, d'elles, de votes, etc. 

I am speaking of thee, of her, of them, of you, etc. 

// est plus jeune que 7noi. 

He is younger than I. 

THEME 20. 
1. I speak to you and to him. 2. I forgive (both) you and 
him, because I hope (that) you will behave 1 better for the future 
{a Vavenir). 3. The governor is your enemy; if you apply 2 to 
him you will never succeed. 3 4. I do not trust 4 (to) him, but I 
should trust (to) his brother. 5. That man works for himself. 
6. Each acts for himself. 7. If you do this for him and for her, 
you will greatly oblige me. 8. One ought not 5 (to) speak of 
one's self, unless (qu J ) with modesty. 9. That man is too proud; 
he does not know himself. 10. The moon brought 6 a change 7 
of weather. 

1. Se conduire. 2. S* addresser a qn. 3. Reussir. 4. Sejieraqn. 5. On tie doit pas. 
6. Amena. 7. Changemetit, m. 



II. PARTICULAR USE OF EN AND Y. 

1. The pronouns it and them, used with regard to inanimate 
objects, are rendered by en, when the French verb requires de 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 259 

before an object which follows, whatever preposition may be used 
in English. Ex.: — 

A-t-on parle de mon-ouvrage ? Out, on en a parte. 

Did they speak of my work ? Yes, they spoke of it. 

Vous ni'avez rendu service. Je vous en remercie. 

You have done me a service. I thank you for it. 

2. En is further used to express the words so??ie and any, when 
they come after a verb, and supply the place of an antecedent 
substantive, as : 

Void du jambon ; enveux-tu? Donnez-ni'en, s" 1 il vous plait. 

Here is ham, will you have some ? Give me some, if you please. 

yai des noix, en voulez-vous? Donnez-ni'en trois. 

I have some walnuts ; will you have any ? Give me three of them. 

Donnez-lui-en, give him some. 

Offrez-leur-en, offer them some. 
Note. Observe 1, that when- used with another personal pronoun, en 
follows that pronoun ; and 2, that, in the affirmative Imperative, moi and toi 
are changed into m' and /' before en, as : donnez-ni'en. 

3. Y stands for in it, into it, at it, to it, there, and, with the verb 
penser, for of it, about it, of them. Like the other conjunctive 
pronouns, it is placed immediately before the verb, except with 
the affirmative Imperative, where it follows it.* Ex. : — 

Voire pere est-il ati jardin ? Oui, il y est. 

Is your father in the garden ? Yes, he is in it (there). 

Allez-vous au spectacle? Non, Monsieur, je n'y vais pas. 

Are you going to the theatre ? No, sir, I am not. 

Y pensez-vous ? Je n 'y pense plus. 

Do you think of it ? I do no more think of it. 

Allez-y, go there. 

N'y allez pas, do not go there. 

Y refers also to other pronouns. Ex.: — 
Think of me, pensez a moi. 
I shall ever think of you, j'y penserai toujour?,. 
Think of yourself, pensez a vous mime. 
I will think (of myself), j'y penserai. 
Note. Fmust always refer to an antecedent. 

* Except moi and toi which follow the word y, with tne affirmative Imperative, as : Con- 
duisez-y-moi, rends-y-toi (go there), whereas we say : Condnisez-nous-y. When both en 
and^ happen to be governed by the same verb, y stands before en. Ex. : Je vous y en por- 
terai, I will bring you some there. But conduisez-moi la is preferable to condiiisez-y-inoi, 



2 6o IX. NEUVIEME LEgON. 

THEME 21. 
i. We speak of it. 2. You speak of them. 3. I am sorry for 
it. 4. I have heard that your uncle has arrived, and I am very 
glad of it. 5. She spoke to him of it. 6. Talk 1 no more of it, 
for I will not hear of it. 7. Have you (any) books? 8. Yes, I 
have. 9. Have you bought some flowers? 10. Yes, I have 
bought some. n. Give me three of them, it you please. 12. 
You have bread, give some to the poor. 13. I thank you for it. 
14. Do not thank me for it. 15. I study that language, 2 I 
know its rules well. 16. Since 3 you have no apples in your gar- 
den, I will send you some. 17. If I had money, I would give 
you some. 18. Send us some. 19. Send me none. 20. Mr. 
A. is a true friend ; I shall never forget the services which I have 
received 4 from him. 21. Is your father in his garden? 22. 
Yes, he is (in it). 23. Do you agree 5 to it ? 24. Yes, I agree 
to it. 25. Have you G just returned from the country ? 26. No, 
I am going there. 27. We shall think of it. 28. We have 
forced 7 them to it. 29. There is a ditch, 8 take care 9 not to fall 
into it. 30. Our orchard 10 is very fruitful, we see all sorts n of 
fruits in it. 31. It is (c'est) a good book, one {011) reads excellent 
things in it. 

1. Parler. 2. Langue, f. 3. Puisque. 4. Regit. 5. Consentir. 6. Revenez-vons ? 
7. Forces. 8. Un fosse. 9. Prenez garde. 10. Verger. 11. Toutes sortes de. 



in. THE SUPPLYING PRONOUNS LE, LA, LES. 

1. The pronouns le, la, les are used in t French to supply the 
place of an antecedent substantive or adjective, or of a phrase. 
In such case, their equivalent in English is sc or it, either ex- 
pressed or understood. 

2. When le refers to a noun with the definite article or possess- 
ive adjective, it takes the gender and number of that noun. 
Ex.:— 

Etes-vous la mere de ces enfants. Oui,je la suis. 
Are you the mother of these children ? Yes, I am. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 261 

Mesdemoiselles, etes-vous les nieces de Madame B.J Oui, Madame, nous 
les sommes. 
Ladies, are you Mrs. B.'s nieces? Yes, madame, we are. 
Sont-ce la vos domestiques ? Oui, ce les sont. 
Are those your servants ? Yes, they are. 
Sont-ce la vos gants neufs ? Non, ce ne les sont pas. 
Are those your new gloves ? No, they are not. 

3. But when le supplies the place of an adjective, of a noun 
used adjectively, or of a phrase, it remains unchanged. Ex.: — 

Depuis quand etes-vous malade? Je le suis depuis huit jours. 
How long have you been ill ? I have been (so) these eight days. 
Ces dames sont-elles mariees? Oui, elles le sont. 
Are these ladies married ? Yes, they are (it or so). 
Ittes-vous chretiens ? Oui, nous le sommes. 
Are you Christians ? Yes, we are. 
77 lefera, sHl le petit, he will do it, if he can. 

Note. Le, la, les must be used ($2) when the adjective is used substan- 
tively, as : 

Mademoiselle, etes-vous la malade ? Oui, je la suis 
Miss, are you the sick one ? Yes, I am (she). 

4. Le should also be inserted in sentences containing a com- 
parative, after que — fie, as : 

Ll est maintenant plus actif quHl ne Petait auparavant. 
He is now more active than he was before. 
Elle est moins riche qu'on ne le pense. 
She is not so rich as one would think. 

THEME 22. 

1. Is that your book? 2. Yes, it is. 3. Are those your 
books? 4. Yes, they are. 5. Are you the mistress of the 
house? 6. No, I am not. 7. Are these boys the pupils of Mr. 
M. ? 8. Yes, they are. 9. Are you my friend's sisters? 10. 
Yes, we are. 11. You want some men of good will ? 1 12. We 
are all so. 13. Are these your horses ? 14. Yes, they are. 15. 
Are the brothers rich? 16. No, they are not. 17. Are the 
house and garden large? 18. Yes, they are. 19. Is not this 
pretty girl your gardener's daughter ? 20. Yes, madam, she is. 

21. We need 2 only think, ourselves happy, and we shall be so. 

22. Young ladies, are you English? 23. Yes, we are. 24. Are 



262 IX. NEUVIEME LE£ON. 

you physicians? 25, Yes, sir, we are. 26. Are you the physi- 
cians? 27. Yes, sir, we are. 28. Is he sad? 3 29. No, he is 
not. 30. Is she rich? 31. Yes, she is. 32. Are those gentle- 
men brothers? 33. Yes, they are. 34. Are you still my friend ? 
35. Yes, I am. 36. Are you the sister of Mrs. A. ? 37. Yes, I 
am. 38. Are you the ladies whom my mother expects ? 39. 
Yes, we are. 40. Because she is pretty, she must not imagine 4 
that she will always be so. 41. We were embarrassed, 5 and are 
so yet (encore). 42. Children ought to (doivent) apply 6 them- 
selves to their studies as much as they can. 

1. De bonne volonte". 2. Nous n'avons qu'a notes croire. 3. Triste. 4. // ne fazd pas 
qu'elle s"imagine. 5. Embarrasses. 6. S'appliquer. 



READING LESSON. 
l'elephant. ( Continuation. ). 

L'elephant vit (lives) au dela de cent cinquante ans, quand il 
est libre. Ces animaux marchent ordinairement de compagnie; 
le plus age conduit la troupe; le second d'age marche le dernier; 
les jeunes et les femelles sont au milieu desautres; les meres 
portent leurs petits et les tiennent embrass^s de leurs trompes. 

L'elephant dompte 1 est le plus doux et le plus patient de tous 
les animaux. II s'attache a celui qui le soigne ; 2 il le caresse, et 
semble deviner 3 tout ce qui peut lui plaire. En peu de temps il 
comprend les signes et raeme la parole. II recoit les ordres de son 
maitre avec attention et les execute avec prudence. Un elephant 
domestique rend autant de service que six bons chevaux. 

lis ne cassent rien de ce qu'on leur confie. Us posent douce- 
ment les paquets qu'ils portent, et les ran gent dans Fendroit 4 
qu'on leur montre. Us essaient avec leurs trompes flexibles, 
s'ils sont bien situes, et quand un tonneau 5 commence a rouler, 
ils vont d'eux-memes chercher des pierres pour l'etablir solide- 
ment. 

1. To tame. 2. To take care. 3. To guess. 4. Place. 5. Cask. 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS, 2 6$ 

CONVERSATION. 

Quel age l'el6phant atteint-il ? II vit au dela' de 150 ans. 

Se laisse-t-il dompter ? Oui ; et quand il est dompte, it 

est le plus doux de tous les 

animaux. 
L'&ephant est-il intelligent ? Tres-intelligent ; il comprend les 

signes et meme la parole, 
Se rend-il utile aux hommes ? Un seul elephant rend autant 

de service que six bons che^ 

vaux. 
Les elephants sont-ils mala- Non, pas du tout; ils ne cas- 
droits (awkward) ? sent rien de ce qu'on leur 

confie. 
Que font-ils quand un tonneau Ils vont chercher des pierres 
commence a rouler ? pour l'6tablir solidement. 



X. DIXIEME LEfON, 

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

(See Part I., Lesson XXVII.) 

rogative pronoun 
following observations are to be made : ■ 

i. Lequel, which? always refers to some noun either preced- 
ing or immediately following, and agrees with it in gender and 
number. Ex. : — 

Void deux routes, laquelle prendrez-vous ? 
Here are two routes ; which will you take ? 

Lesquels de vos Soulier s sont dec hires ? 
Which of your shoes are worn out ? 



264 x - DIXIEME LEgON. 

Note. The interrogative adjective what joined to a noun is always ex- 
pressed by quel, f. quelle. Ex. : — 

What book do you read ? quel livre lisez-vous ? 
What are your reasons ? quelles sont vos raisons ? 

2. The interrogative pronouns who ? whose? to whom? whom? 
are expressed by qui? de qui? («not dont?) a qui? and for the. 
objective qui? (que as an interrogative means what, never whom). 
Ex.: — 

Who comes ? qui vient? 

Of whom do you speak? de qui parlez-vous ? 

Whom do you seek ? qui cherchez-vous ? 

3. Instead of the simple qui? the form qui est-ce qui, who? is 
often used for the Nom., and qui est-ce que, whom ? for the Dir. 
Obj. Ex.:— 

Qui est-ce qui vient Id, who comes there ? 

Qui est-ce que votes cherchez, whom are you looking for ? 

4. The same is the case with que? for which qu' est-ce qui? is 
often used in the Nom., and qu 'est-ce que ? in the Dir. Obj. The 
latter has a still stronger form, qu' est-ce que c' est que . . ? This 
compound form is generally used in the expression what is that ? 
and also when a simple noun follows, e. g. : 

Qi? est-ce que cela ? 1 

Qu* est-ce que e'est que cela ? \ what 1S that ? 

Qic* est-ce que la vie? } . 

~. , . , . j ■ 9 > what is life ? 

Qu est-ce que c est que la vie f $ 

5. The pupil must be careful, however, not to confound qui est- 
ce qui, who ? with qu' est-ce qui, what ? The latter is used for the 
wanting Nominative of the conjunctive pronoun que. We say: 

„ , , ( qui est-ce qui vous a offense? 

Who has offended you?< . „ > 

J \ qui vous a offense / 

Whereas : 

What {Nom. ) makes you so sad ? 

Qu 1 est-ce qui vous rend si triste ? 

„„ . . ^\ qu'' est-ce que vous faites la? 

What are you doing there? < r '.. ,, 

3 s £ que faites vous la ? 

C qu'y a-t-il de nouveau ? 
What is the news ? J ^,^ ^ u y a ^ ^^ f 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 265 

6. Que, what ? as the conjunctive form, can only be used be- 
fore the verb or in close connection with it; but the .disjunctive 
form quoi, what ? stands either alone or after a preposition, or is 
even used as an interjection. Ex. : — 

Vous cherchez quelque chose ; quoi done ? 

You are looking for something ; what is it ? 

A quoi pense-t-il, of what does he think? 

De quoi parle-t-on, of what do people talk? 

Quoi ! vous etes marie! what ! you are married ! 
Note. Quoi is also used instead of qu'y a-t-il, as : 

Quoi de phis magnifique qzi'une belle nuit d^ete ! (instead of qa?y a-t-ii de 
plus magnifique /) 

What is there more splendid than a beautiful summer's night ? 

7. In antithetical questions with or (as you or I?), the French 
usage departs very widely from the English, inasmuch as the con- 
trasted persons or objects, instead of standing in the Nominative 
as in English, usually follow de. Ex. : — 

Qui de vous ou de moi remportera le prix? 
Who will take the prize, you or I ? 
Qui a ete le plus applique de toi ou d^Emile? or, 
Qui de toi ou d^Emile a ete le plus applique? 
Who has been the most diligent, you or Emile ? 

8. De may be omitted, however, when two or more oil's oc- 
cur, and also when de or des with lequel precedes. Ex. : — 

Laquelle des dezix nations e'tait la plus vertueuse, les Grecs ou les Romains ? 
Which of the two nations was the more virtuous, the Greeks or the Ro- 
mans? 

THEME 23. 

1. Which of your brothers is married ? 2. Which of your sis- 
ters has (est) gone to England ? 3. Of all these pictures, which 
should you like best P 1 4. Which of your daughters learns Ital- 
ian ? 2 5. Here are two pencils; which will you take ? 6. What 
countries did Alexander the Great conquer ? 3 7. What are your 
terms? 4 8. Who goes there? 9. To whom do you speak? 
10. For whom does a miser 5 hoard 6 riches? 7 11. Who will be 
bold 8 enough to attack him ? 12. Who are these women ? 13. 



2 66 X. DIXIEME LE£ON. 

Whose 9 gloves are these? 14. Here are two grammars; to 
which do you give the preference? 15. Who sustains 10 this 
globe in the air ? 16. What is more pleasant than to do good ? n 
17. What is human life ? 18. What should prevent 12 your father 
from buying (d'acheter) this house? 19. A little more fame, 13 a 
little more wealth, — what does all this signify ? 14 20. What are 
you speaking of? 21. Of what do you accuse me? 22. On 
(stir) what will you interrogate 15 him ? 23. What ! Charles has 
been arrested! 16 24. Which of you has been sick, Emily or 
Emma? 25. Which was the greatest man, Alexander, Caesar, 
or Napoleon the First ? 

1. Le mieiix. 2. Put the article. 3. Put has conquered, a conquis. 4. Condition, f. 5. 
L'avare, m. 6. Amasser. 7. Richesse. 8. Hardi. 9. See p. 264, § 2, a qui. 10. Sou- 
venir. 11. Du Men. 12. Empecher. 13. Gloire. 14. Signifier. 15. Interroger. 16. 
A rrete. 



READING LESSON.* 
SERVILIUS SE DEFEND DEVANT LE PEUPLE. 

•'Si Ton m'a fait venir ici pour me demander compte 1 de ce qui 
s'est passe dans la derniere bataille ou je commandais, je suis 
pret a vous en instruire ; mais si ce n'est qu'un pretexte pour me 
faire perir, comme je le soupconne, 2 epargnez-moi 3 des paroles 
inutiles : voila mon corps et ma vie que je vous abandonne, vous 
pouvez en disposer. 

" Quel est done mon crime ? Quelle faute ai-je commise jus- 
qu'ici ? On m'accuse d'avoir perdu beaucoup de monde dans le 
dernier combat. Mais quel est le g6neral qui puisse livrer des 
batailles contre une nation aguerrie, 4 qui se defend courageuse- 
ment, sans qu'il y ait de part et d'autre 5 du sang de repandu ? 
Quelle divinite s'est engagee en vers le peuple romain, a lui faire 
remporter des victoires sans aucune perte? 6 A qui fera-t-on 
croire que la gloire s'acquiert 7 autrement que par de grands 
penis ? J'en suis venu aux mains avec des troupes plus nom- 

* The Conversation on this Reading Lesson will be found at the end of the following les- 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 267 

breuses que celles que vous m'aviez confiees; j'ai mis en deroute 
leurs legions, qui, a la fin, ont pris la fuite. Que me restait-il a 
faire ? Qui d'entre vous eut pu se refuser a la victoire qui mar- 
cbait devant moi? Etait-il meme 8 en mon pouvoir de retenir 
vos soldats, que leur courage emportait, et qui poursuivaient 
avec ardeur un ennemi effraye? Que dis-je ? Si j'avais fait son- 
ner 9 la retraite, si j'avais ramene nos soldats dans leur camp, de 
quoi ne m'accuserait-on pas aujourd'hui ? Lequel de vos tribuns 
aurait approuvre ma conduite ? Ne m'accuseraient-ils pas d'in- 
telligence avec les ennemis ? " 

1. Account. 2. Suspect. 3. Spare. 4. Warlike. 5. On both sides. 6. Loss. 7. Can 
be gained. 8. Even. 9. To sound. 



XL ONZIEME LECON. 

RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

(See Part L, L. XXIV.) 

1. The relative pronouns who, which and that are rendered by 
qui, when they are in the Nominative case, whether they refer to 
persons or things, as : 

The man who works, / 'homme qui travaitte. 
The pen which is on the table. 
La plume qui est sur la table. 

2. The same pronouns when in the Direct Objective, whom, 
which, that, are expressed by que, as : 

The man whom you know, / *ho?nme que vous connaissez. 

The book which I have lost, le livre que j'ai perdu. 
Note. Sometimes, however, lequel must be employed instead of qui or 
que, when by the use of the latter an ambiguity might arise. In such a case 
as this, for instance : Le frere de Madame Lebeau qui habite Paris, where 



2 68 XL ONZIEME LEfON. 

two persons being mentioned, it would be doubtful whether we mean to say 
that the brother or the lady lives in Paris. In the first case, we must say : 

Le frere de Mad. Lebeau lequel habite Paris, 
or if the lady is meant : 

Le frere de Mad. Lebeati laquelle or qui habite Paris. 
For the latter of the two persons qui can generally be used. 

3. When the relative pronouns whom or which follow a prepo- 
sition, they are usually expressed by qui in speaking of persons,* 
and by lequel or laquelle (pi. lesquels, lesquelles) in speaking of 
animals and things, as : 

The little boy to whom I give the book, is diligent. 
Le petit ga?'fon a qui je donne le livre, est applique. 

The Englishman with whom I travelled. 
V Anglais avec quij^ai voyage. 

The glory to which heroes sacrifice, etc. 
La gloire a, laquelle les ke'ros sacrifient, etc. 

The cane with which he struck me, etc. 
La canne avec laquelle il irfafrappe, etc. 

4. The relative pronouns whose, of whom or of which are com- 
monly expressed in French by dont, both for persons and for ob- 
jects, as : 

The Frenchman whose brother arrived yesterday. 

Le Franfais dont le frere est arrive hier (see L. III., 12). 

I have seen the garden of which you speak. 
y'ai vu le jar din dont vous parlez. 

As dont contains the preposition de already, there is no room for another 
preposition before it. 

5. But lequel must be employed when the noun which follows 
whose is governed by a preposition. 

We can consequently say : 

The man whose merits are known. 

Vhomme dont les merites (Nom.) sont connus. 

The author whose works you have read. 

* After entre, between, and fiarmi, among, we must always write lesguels or les quelles, 
whether persons or things be spoken of. 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 269 

Vauteur dont vous avez hi les onvrages (Dir. Obj.).* 
But we must say : 

The man of whose modesty people talk so much. 
Vhomme de la modestie duquel on parte tant. 

The friend to whose honesty I have trusted, has deceived me. 
I? ami a la probite duquel je me suis fie, m'a Irompe. 

6. The relative pronouns whom, which, and that, are often left 
out in English, but in French qui and que are never omitted. 
Example : — 

The boy I saw with you yesterday. 
Le gaiyon que fai vu hier avec vous. 

I shall send you the books you have chosen. 
Je vous enverrai les livres que vous avez choisis. 



THEME 24. 

1. The man who has done this is generally 1 esteemed. 2. The 
flocks 2 which graze 3 in those meadows 4 <are mine (a 7/101). 3. 
The watch which I had is broken. 4. The books which you read 
are good, but difficult 5 to understand. 5. The sister of my friend 
who arrived here last week, is very ill. 6. The physician's 
daughter of whom I spoke to you the other day, has married 
Mr. B. 7. A bird whose wings have been clipped, 6 cannot fly- 
any more. 8. Bees 7 among which we find such admirable or- 
der, 8 are very useful insects. 9. The professor 9 to whom I write, 
is very learned. 10. The man you respect is my friend. 11. 
Idleness is a vice to which young people are much inclined. 
12. The country we inhabit 10 is beautiful and fruitful. 13. The 
reasons upon which I rely, 11 are unanswerable. 12 14. Mr. B. is 
a man to whose discretion I dare 13 not trust. 15. He who 
gets 14 riches, knows not for whom he gets them. 16. The 
daughter of Minoj- gave a thread 15 to Theseus, 16 by means {au 
moye/i) of which he went out 17 of the labyrinth {le labyri/ithe). 

* Observe here the position of the noun. If the word depending upon dont is a Direct Ob- 
jective, it must stand after the active verb. 



270 XI. ONZIEME LEgON. 

1. Ge'ne'ralemeni. 2. Troupeau, m. 3. Paitre (see p. 178, No. 25). 4. Prairie, f. 5. 
Difficiles a C077ij>rendre. 6. Rogue's. 7. Les abeil'les. 8. Ordre. 9. Prqfesseur. 10. 
Habiter. 11. y^ me fo?ide. 12. 5a«j rdpliqtie. 13. y* «'<«£ me fier. 14. Amasser. 
15. Un Jil. 16. The'se'e, 17. Sortir. 

7. (?#<?/, what, is also used as a relative, but only in connec- 
tion with a preposition. It is generally used absolutely; and 
when the noun to which it refers has been expressed the use of 
lequel, laquelle, etc., is preferable. 

Savez-vous a quoi il s'occupe a present? 
Do you know what he busies himself with now ? 
Apres quoi, after which. Sans quoi, otherwise. 
Cest pourquoi, on that account, therefore. 

8. The adverbs of place ou, d'ou and par oil, are also often 
employed instead of the relative pronouns dans lequel, daquel,par 
lequel, etc., when things are spoken of, as : 

L' 'embai'ras ou (for dans lequel) se trouve mon pere. 
The embarrassment in which my father finds himself. 
Le village par oil {{or par lequel) nous venons de passer. 
The village through which we have just passed. 

9. The correlative pronouns he who, fem. she who, pi. they who 
or those who, are rendered by celui qui, fem. celle qui, pi. masc. 
ceux qui, pi. fem. celle s qui. Ex. : — 

He who is contented, is happy. 

Celui qui est content est heureux. 

They (or those) who are discontented are unhappy. 

Ceux qui sont me'contents, sont malheureux. 
Exception. — Unless the sense should require a distinction between two 
persons : 

He and I were obliged to break the door. 

He who was not strong enough was of no avail. 

Lui qui rt'etait pas assez fort, etc. 
Note i. Both or either may vary according to the verb they depend on, 
(celui qui, celui que, etc. ) as : 

I shall give it to him whom I love most. 

Je le donnerai a celui que j^aime le mieux. 
Note 2. In French both pronouns must be joined, and no inversion can 
take place as in English. Ex. : — 

He is a bad citizen who rebels against his country. 

Celui qui se revolte contre sa patrie est un mauvais citoyen. 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 



271 



10. The English what, when not an interrogative pronoun, but 
a compound relative in the sense of that which, is translated by 
ce qui for the Nominative, ce que for the Direct Objective, and by 
ce dont, when the verb takes the preposition de, as : 

What is fine, is not always good. 

Ce qui est beau n" 1 est pas toujours bon. 

I shall do what I have promised. 

Je ferai ce que j^ai promts. 

I have sent him what he needed. 

ye ltd ai envoye ce dont it avait besom. 

11. When ce qui, ce que or ce dont begins the sentence, c'est 
must be placed before the second clause, except (as in the first 
sentence above) when an adjective or a participle follows, as : 

Ce que vous pouvez faire de mieux, c'est de partir tout de suite. 
The best thing for you to do, is to leave immediately. 
Ce qui me ckagrine, c'est la perte de mon domestique. 
What grieves me, is the loss of my servant. 

12. Proverbial and general expressions usually commence with 
qui, whoever, instead of celui qui. Ex. : — 

Qui court deux lievres, n'en prend aucun. 

He who chases two hares catches none. 

Qui casse les verres, les paie. 

Who(ever) breaks the glasses must pay for them. 

Sauve qui peut! let him save himself who can ! 

THEME 25. 
i. This is the object 1 at which he aims. 2 2. The study to 
which I am devoted, 3 gives me great pleasure. 3. Nature, 
whose beauty we daily 4 admire, is an inexhaustible 5 source of 
enjoyment 6 for us. 4. Your pupil's mother, with whom I was 
speaking yesterday, left 7 this morning. 5. What sort of a book 
is that in which you are reading ? 6. It is a Roman History. 
7. There is nothing upon (a) which I think more frequently 8 
than the sad fate 9 of my poor friend. 8. What is true is also 
good. 9. Virtue and freedom are the conditions without which 
we cannot be happy. 10. Is the house in which you live on the 



272 XL ONZIEME LEgON. 

highway? 10 11. No, it is tolerably far 11 from it (en). 12. That 
is the thing about which I would speak with you. 13. The 
thing the miser thinks least about (a) is to aid 12 the poor. 14. 
That is the thing with which he struck me. 15. It is an illness 
to the progress 13 of which (§ 5) one cannot apply 14 too prompt 
remedies. 15 16. He who cannot keep a secre/, is incapable of 
governing. 16 17. That which most deserves our respect is virtue. 
18. What I most wish, is to see you happy. 19. What I like 
most, is to be alone. 

1. Le but 2. Tendre. 3. De'voue. 4. Joumellement. 5. Inepuisable. 6. Le plai- 
siy. .7. Estpartie. 8. Sozivent. 9. Le sort. 10. La route. 11. Assez e'loigne'. 1-2. As- 
13. Progres, m. 14. Apporter. 15. De trop prompts remedes. 16. De gouver- 



sister. 

7ier, 



READING LESSON. 
SUITE DE " SERVILIUS " 

" Si vos ennemis se sont rallies, s'ils ont ete soutenus par un 
corps de troupes qui s'avancait a leur secours ; enfin, s'il a fallu 
recommencer tout de nouveau le combat, et si, dans cette der- 
niere action, j'ai perdu quelques soldats, n'est-ce pas le sort 1 or- 
dinaire de la guerre ? Trouverez-vous des generaux qui veuillent 
se charger du commandement de vos armees, a condition de 
ramener a Rome tous les soldats qui en seraient sortis sous leur 
conduite ? N'examinez done point si, a la fin d'une bataille, 
j'ai perdu quelques soldats, mais jugez de ma conduite par ma 
victoire. 

"S'il est vrai que j'ai chasse 2 les ennemis de votre territoire, 
que je leur ai tue beaucoup de monde dans deux combats, que 
j'ai force les debris 3 de leurs armees de s'enfermer dans leurs 
places, 4 que j'ai enrichi Rome et vos soldats du butin 5 qu'ils ont 
fait dans le pays ennemi : que (let) vos tribuns s'elevent, et qu'ils 
me reprochent en quoi j'ai manque 6 -contre les devoirs 7 d'un bon 
general. 

" Mais ce n'est pas ce que je crains: ces accusations ne servent 
que de pretexte pour pouvoir exercer impunement leur haine 8 et 
leur animosite contre le senat et contre l'ordre des patriciens. 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 273 

Faut-il que vous ne demandiez jamais rien au senat qui ne soit 
prejudicial e au bien commun de la patrie, et que vous ne le de- 
mandiez que par des seditions ? Si un senateur ose 9 vous repre- 
sentor l'injustice de vos pretentions, si un consul ne parle pas le 
langage ,seditieux de vos tribuns ; s'il defend avec courage la 
souveraine puissance dont il est revetu, on crie au tyran. 10 A 
peine est-il sorti de charge, qu'il se trouve accable d'accusations. 
C'est ainsi que, par votre injuste plebiscite, vous avez ote la vie 
a Menenius, aussi grand capitaine que bon citoyen. Ne devriez- 
vous pas mourir de honte d'avoir. persecute si cruellement le fils 
de ce Menenius Agrippa, a qui vous devez vos tribuns et ce pou- 
voir qui vous rend a present si furieux ? 

" On m'en voudra peut-etre de la liberte avec laquelle je vous 
parle dans l'etat ou je me trouve a present; mais je ne crains 
point la mort : condamnez-moi, si vous l'osez ; la vie ne peut- 
etre qu'a charge a un general qui est reduit a se justifier de ses 
victoires. Apres tout, un sort pareil a celui de Menenius ne peut 
deshonorer." 

1. The fate. 2. Driven out. 3. Remains. 3. Fortresses. 5. Booty. 6. To fall. 7. 
Duties. 8. Hatred. 9. Dare. 10. Behold the tyrant. 

CONVERSATION. 

Qui etait Servilius ? Un fameux general romain. 

Pourquoi l'a-t-on fait venir a Pour se justifier devant le peu- 

Rome ? pie. 

De quoi l'avait-on accuse ? On l'avait accuse d'avoir perdu 

trop de soldats dans un com- 
bat. 
Est-il possible de livrer (une) Non, ce n'est pas possible. II 
bataille, sans qu'il y ait du doit y avoir de part et d'autre 
sang de repandu ? du sang de repandu. 

Peut-on remporter une victoire II est impossible de defaire un 
sans aucune perte ? ennemi nombreux et aguerri 

sans perdre du monde. 
Comment sejustifia Servilius du II rappela aux Romains qu'il 
reproche qu'on lui faisait ? avait remporte une victoire 

decisive, et mis en deroute 
les legions des ennemis. 



274 XII. DOUZIEME LE£ON. 

£tait-il en son pouvoir de re- Non, leur courage les emportait, 
tenir ses soldats ? et ils poursuivaient avec ar- 

deur Pennemi effraye. 

Avait-il manque contre les de- Non, on ne lui put rien re- 
voirs d'un bon general ? t procher. 

Si Servilius avait fait sonner la Les tribuns du peuple Pauraient 
retraite, de quoi Paurait-on accuse d'intelligence avec les 
accuse ? ennemis. 

Quels services avait-il rendus a II avait chasse les ennemis du 
(to) Rome ? territoire romain et enrichi 

Rome du butin qu'il rappor- 
tait du pays ennemi. 

Quand un senateur etait sorti Ils Paccablaient d'accusations. 
charge, que faisaient les trib- 
uns du peuple ? 

Quel exemple d'injustice leur Celui de M£n6nius. 
reprocha-t-il ? 

Servilius s'attendait-il a un sort Oui, mais il dit qu'un sort pareil 
semblable a celui de Mene- a celui de Menenius ne pour- 
nius ? rait le dishonorer. 



XII. DOUZlfiME LEfON. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 



In regard to the indefinite pronouns treated of in Lesson XXIX., Part I., 
the following peculiarities are to be observed : 

i. The word on derived from homi?ie, man (Latin homo), serves 
to render all vague and general reports expressed in English by 
they say, people say, it is said, we say, etc. The verb which fol- 
lows is always in the third person singular, as : 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 275 

People say, it is said, on dit. 

One cannot have everything, on ne pent pas avoir tout. 
Note i. When in English the passive voice is used in this sense, the verb 
must be changed in French into the active voice with on, as : 

It is said, on dit. It is believed, on croit. 

I was told, on ??i'a dit. I am deceived, on me trompe. 

Letters have been received, on a regie des lettres. 
Note 2. For the cases where Von is used instead of on, see Lesson 
XXIX., 2. 

2. Chacun, e, each, has for the English his, her, or its, which 
follows it, son, sa, ses, and leitr, lenrs, for their, as : 

Put these books each in its place. 

Remettez ces livres chacun a sa place. 

The judges have given sentence each according to his conscience. 

Les juges ont opines chacun selon sa conscience. 

The bees build each their cells. 

Les abeilles bdtissent chacune leur cellule. 
When chacun means every one, everybody (including all), it is always 
masculine. Example : Chacun a son tour. But when used relatively, i. e. f 
in reference to a part of mankind, it may be feminine. Example : Chacune 
de nous (femmes) se pretendait superieure aux autres. 

3. Aucun, per sonne, and rien do not require ne before the verb, 
in a sentence interrogative or of doubt; aucun then stands for 
any, personne for anybody, and rien for anything. Ex. : — 

Je ne crois pas qu'il y ait aucun ho?nme sans defaut. 
I do not think there is any man without a fault. 
ye doute qiCil y ait rien de plus beau. 
I doubt whether there is anything more beautiful. 
Note. Aucun and mil are not used in the plural, except before nouns 
which have no singular, or which are used in a different sense in the plural. 

4. When, however, these three pronouns serve to answer a 
question without repeating the verb used by the inquirer, they 
retain their negative meaning, as : 

Qu'avez vous ? Rien. Rien die tout. 

What is the matter with you ? Nothing. Nothing at all. 

5. None, not one, are rendered by aucun ne and pas un ne, 
Examples ;— « 



276 XII. DOUZIEME LECON. 

None of you were there, aucun de vous n'jy etait. 

I have four sisters ; none (not one) of them is married. 

yai quatre sceurs, aucune ox pas une n'est mariee. 

6. Somebody, some one, a?iybody, and any one, are expressed by 
quelquhm singular and masculine. Ex. : — 

Somebody told me so, quelquhm me Pa dit. 

Do you know any one here ? Connaissez-vous quelqu'un ici? 

7. La plapart, most, is properly a collective noun, and like 
most other collective nouns, takes the plural after it. This re- 
quires the verb and attribute which follow to be put in the plural. 
Ex.:— 

La plupart de ces pommes ne sont pas encore mures. 
Most of these apples are not yet ripe. 

8. Another is usually expressed by tin autre, and others (Nom. 
and Direct Obj.) by d' autres or les autres. Ex.:— 

Another would not have acted so. 

Un autre n'aurait pas agi ainsi. 

Charity is contented that others be preferred. 

La charite est contente que les autres soient preferes. 

Buy some others, achetez-en d" 1 autres. 

9. Autrui, others, only applies to persons; it is, however, also 
taken as a singular in the sense of another. It is employed only 
after a preposition. Consequently, when in English the indefinite 
pronoun others occurs in the Nom. or Dir. Obj., it must not be 
translated by autrui, but by d' autres or les autres (§ 8). Ex. :— 

Charity rejoices in the happiness of others. 

La charite' se re'jouit du bonheur d' autrui. 

Attendez d* autrui ce que vous faites a autrui. 

Expect from others the same treatment which you give them. 

10. When, however, the verb in the latter clause governs the 
Dir. Obj., en is used instead of son or ses. Ex.: — 

Souvent nous bldmons les defauts d'' autrui sans en reconnailre les bonnes 
qua life's (without acknowledging their good qualities). 

11. Tel has two significations: such and many a [man). In 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 277 

the former, it is an adjective and agrees with its noun, in the latter 
it is often a pronoun, i. e. is used without a substantive. Ex. : — 

Telle e'tait la difficulte du terrain que, etc. 
Such was the difficulty of the ground, etc. 

Tel parle de choses qtCil n'entend pas. 

Many a man speaks of things which he does not understand. 

12. Such a must be rendered by un tel, une telle. Ex.: — 

Un tel homme, such a man. 
Une telle femme, such a woman. 

Un tel has also the meaning of so and so, as : 
Chez Monsieur un tel ; Madame ime telle. 

13. Tel que has the meaning such as ox just as, and agrees in 
gender and number with the noun to which it refers. Ex. : — 

Telles que vous les voyez, such as you see them {/em.). 

14. Notice also the expression : 77 rCy a Hen de tel que ... or 
// n'est rien tel que . . . , there is nothing like. Ex. :— - 

// n' 'y a rien de tel que d' } avoir une bonne conscience. 
There is nothing like having a good conscience. 



. 



THEME 26. 



1. They speak of peace. 2. People are not always fortunate. 

French is spoken here. 4. The invention of gunpowder is at- 
tributed 1 to Berthold Schwarz of Friburg. 2 5. It is said that the 
queen is in London. 6. Everybody has his faults. 7. What is 
the price of each of these medals ? 3 8. My children have each 
a good place. 9. Every one has his (own) manner of thinking 4 
and acting, 10. I do not know any of his friends. 11. Would 
anybody dare 5 deny 6 it ? 12. None of the judges were against 
you. 13. Of all the nations of the earth, there is none (not one) 
but has (qui n'ait) an idea 7 of God. 14. I expect somebody. 
15. Those apples are fine, I will take some. 16. When we are 
in (en) town, we have almost every day somebody to dine 8 with 
us. 17. I have lost my stick, I must buy another. 18. Most 



278 XIII. TREIZIEME LE£ON. 

of my books are new. 19. Do not speak ill (ma/) of others. 20. 
Do not unto (a) others what thou wouldst not they should 9 do 
unto thee. 21. Many a man sows 10 who does not reap. 11 22. 
There is nothing like being (que d'etre) an honest man. 23. You 
must take them such as they are. 

1. Attribuer. 2. Fribourg. 3. Midaille,i. 4. De penser et d 'agir. 5. Oser. 6. Nier. 
7. Ide'e, f. 8. A diner. 9. Qu'ils tejissent a toi mime. 10. Semer. 11. Ricolter. 



XIII. TREIZIEME LEfON, 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS, CONTINUED. 

1. JOun et V autre, fern. Vwte et V autre (plur. les wis et les au- 
tres, fem. les unes et les autres), both. These pronouns agree in 
gender and number with the noun to which they refer ; if they 
are preceded by a preposition in English, that preposition must 
be repeated in French before each part. Ex. : — 

Both are gone, fun et V autre sont partis. 
I will do it for them both. 
Je le ferai pour Pun et pour P autre. 
Note i. When in English the word both is followed by a noun, it is ren- 
dered in French by les deux. Ex. : — 

I use both hands, je me sers des deux mains. 
Note 2. Both followed by and is a conjunction, and is commonly omitted 
in French, as : 

She is both handsome and rich, elle est belle et riche. 

2. Eun ou V autre, fem. Vune ou V autre, either, also requires 
the repetition of the preposition, as : 

I will do it for either. 

ye le ferai pour P un ou pour P autre. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 



79 



3. Ni Vun ni Vautre, fern, ni Vune ni Vautre, neither, requires 
ne before the verb, as : 

Neither has obtained the prize. 

Ni Vun ni V autre n'a gagne le prix. 

I will do it for neither of them (/em.). 

Je ne leferai ni pour Vune ni pour V autre. 

4. Bun Vautre, fem. Vune V autre (plur. les uns les autres, fem. 
les unes les autres), one another, each other. The first of the two 
pronouns is always the subject and consequently stands in the 
Nominative in French. Active verbs then require se, nous or 
vous to be prefixed, although no reflective pronoun appears in 
English. When they are preceded by a preposition in English, 
that preposition must come between them in French. Ex. : — 

These two girls love each other tenderly. 

Ces deux jeunes filles s*aiment (Vune V autre) tendrement. 

Charles and Henry speak ill of each other. 

Charles et Henri parlent mat Vun de V autre (not de Vun V autre), 

5. The word the same is expressed by le mime or la meme for 
the singular and by les memes for the plural of both genders, 
whether it be connected with a noun or not, as : 

Is that the same pencil which I have lent you. 

^Est-ce le mime crayon que celui que je vous ai prite? 
Yes, it is the same, oui, c'est le mime. 



6. The same, meaning the same thing, is expressed by la meme 
ose. Ex. : — 

He did the same, il a fait la mime chose. 



7. When meme signifies even, it is an adverb and invariable. 
It may be placed before or after the nouns. Ex. : — 

Vosfreres, vos amis, vos ennemis mime. 

Your brothers, your friends, your enemies even. 

8. Everything, all, are expressed by tout without any article, 
placed, in compound tenses, between the auxiliary and the par- 
ticiple, as: 



2 8o XIII. TREIZIEME LEgON. 

I have lost everything, fai tout perdu. 
Everything falls, tout torn be. 
All have perished there, tous y ont peri. 
I have seen them all, je les ai toutes vices. 

9. Le tout stands for a substantive singular and masculine, and 
answers to the English the whole, as : 

Le tout est plus grand que la partie. 

The whole is greater than a part. 

Je prendrai le tout, I will take the whole. 

10. The English words all that, everything that and whatever, 
are rendered in French by tout ce qui (Nom.), or tout ce que (Dir. 
Obj.), always singular and masculine. Ex.: — 

I like all that is fine, faime tout ce qui est beau. 
All that he says is true, tout ce quHl dit est vraL 

11. In the sense of quite, entirely, before an adjective or a par- 
ticiple masculine of both numbers, and before an adjective fem- 
inine beginning with a vowel or h mute, tout remains uninflected ; 
but it is declinable before an adjective or a participle feminine 
which begins with a consonant, and agrees with it in gender and 
number. Ex. : — 

Nous fumes tout surpris, we were quite surprised. 

Ma sceur e'tait tout etonnee. 

My sister was quite astonished. 

Elle.fut toute surprise, she was quite surprised. 

12. When tout in connection with que stands for . . . as, 
although, however, it is used as a conjunction, with the Indicative 
mood ; and in this use the above-mentioned rule (§11) also holds 
good (see also § 13). Ex.: — 

Toutes savantes que sont ces dames. 

Learned as these ladies are (however learned these ladies are, etc.). 

THEME 27. 

1. Both are (ont) right. 2. Both serve the same purpose. 1 3. 
Do you speak of my brother or of my sister ? 4. I speak of 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 281 

both. 5. Both his uncle and aunt are dead. 6. Either of you 
can do me a great favor. 7. Yesterday I expected my two best 
friends, but neither of them came. 8. Both suspect 2 him, but 
neither will say why. 9. Fire and water destroy 3 each other. 
10. Love 4 one another, said our Lord. 5 11. They speak ill of 
one another. 12. It is rare to hear two authors 6 speak well of 
each other. 13. This poem is the same that 7 I was mentioning 8 
to you. 14. How much do you ask for the whole? 15. I will 
not sell the whole; I must keep 9 a part for myself. 16. All is 
mutable 10 in this world. 17. Everything displeases 11 you. 18. 
He has taken everything for himself. 19. All is not gold that 
glitters 12 {transl: All that (L. XL, § 10) glitters is not gold). 

20. Whatever is good in itself (en soi), is not always approved. 13 

21. His mother was (fut) quite cast down 14 at that news; how- 
ever, sorry 15 though she was, she received me kindly, and de- 
sired 16 me to dine with her. 22. This fashion 17 is quite new. 
23. My friend, however learned he may be, is sometimes mis- 
taken. 18 

1. Usage, m. 2. Soupgonner. 3. Se de'truisent. 4. Aimez-vous. 5. Seigneur. 6. 
Auteur. 7. Que celui dont. 8. Parle. 9. Garder. 10. Variable. 11. Deplaire. 12. 
Brille. 13. Approuver. 14. Abathie. 15. Affligee. 16. Prier. 17. Mode, f. 18. Se 
tromper. 



13. Quelque — que, however, though — ever so, is used in the 
same sense as tout — que, with this difference, that tout — que sup- 
poses something more true or real, whereas quelque — que implies 
something as possibly assumed, and on this account always gov- 
erns the Subjunctive. Quelque, when before an adjective or par- 
ticiple, remains unchanged. The construction of the sentence is 
as follows : quelque begins the clause, the second place is taken 
by the adjective or participle, then follows que, then the pronoun, 
then the verb in the Subjunctive mood. Ex. : — 

1 2 3 4 5 

Quelque habiles que vous soyez. 
However skilful you may be. 
But when the subject is not a pronoun, but a substantive, then the verb 
takes the fourth place and the noun the fifth. Ex. : — 



282 XIII. TREIZIEME LE£ON. 

12 3 4 5 

Quelque louable que soit voire conduite, elle sera condamnee. 

However praiseworthy your conduct may be — or though your conduct be 
ever so praiseworthy, — it will be condemned. 

14. Quelque, followed by a substantive and any other verb than 
to be, is an adjective, and therefore takes an .y before a noun plural. 
It corresponds with the English whatever. The construction is : 
1, quelque (s); 2, the substantive; $,quej 4, the pronoun ; 5, the 
verb in the Subjunctive mood ; the rest as in English. Ex. : — 

1 2 345 

Quelqties richesses quHls aient amasse'es, Us ne sontpas heureux. 
Whatever riches they may have collected, they are not happy. 
Quelques fautes qu'il ait commises, je lui pardonnerai. 
Whatever faults he has committed, I will forgive him. 

15. Quel que, fem. quelle que, must be divided when it is imme- 
diately followed by the verb to be; it agrees in gender and num- 
ber with the noun to which it relates ; it likewise requires the 
verb to be put in the Subjunctive mood. Ex. : — 

Quelle que soit voire J "ante, on vous pardonnera. 

Whatever your fault may be, they will forgive you. 

Quels que soient les talents de voire frere, il ne reussira pas. 

Whatever your brother's talents may be, he will not succeed. 

16. The English whoever and whosoever are usually rendered 
by quiconque when they mean every one who or all those who. 
Examples : — 

Quiconqtie n 'observer a pas cette loi, sera puni. 
Whoever does not observe this law, will be punished. 
Je park a quiconque veut m 'entendre. 
I speak to whomsoever will hear me. 

17. The same two pronouns whoever and whosoever axe ex- 
pressed in French by qui que ce soit (or flit) qui, when they mean 
whatever may be the person who. The verb is in the Subj. mood. 
Examples : — 

Whoever has done that, he is a man of talent. 

Qui que ce soit qui ait fait cela, c'est un hcmme de talent. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 283 

Whomsoever you meet with, do not say what you have seen. 
Qui que ce soit que (Dir. Obj.) votis rencontriez, ne dites pas ce que vous 
avez vu. 

18. A shorter expression for qui que ce soit que (not qui) is qui 
que, which is often used, except before il and Us : 

Qui qtie vous soyez, vous etes le bienvenu. 
Whoever you may be, you are welcome. 
Qui que vous rencontriez, ne dites pas, etc. 
Whomsoever you meet with, do not say, etc. 

19. Nobody whatever, is expressed by qui que ce soit and ne be- 
fore the verb. Ex. : — 

Let nobody whatever enter my room. 
Ne laissez entrer qui que ce soit dans ma chambre. 
I trust nobody whatever. 
Je ne me fie a qui que ce soit. 
Note. But when nobody whatever begins the sentence, personne is used, 
as: 

Nobody whatever has spoken ill of you. 
Personne n'a parte ??iat de votes. 

20. When the English indefinite pronoun whatever does not 
mean all that which or everything which, but whatever ?nay be the 
thing which, it is rendered into French by quelque chose qui, quoi 
que, or quoi que ce soit (or flit) qui or que. Ex. : — 

Whatever may be said to you, do not believe it. 

Quelque chose qifon vous dise, ne le croyez pas. Or : 

Quoi qu'on vous dise, ne le croyez pas. Or : 

Quoi que ce soit qtfon vous dise, ne le civyez pas. 

Whatever you may order, I will do it. 

Quelque chose que vous commandiez, je le ferai. Or : 

Quoi que ce soit que vous co?nmandiez, je le ferai. 

21. Nothing whatever, not anything whatever, is translated by 
quoi que ce soit ox flit, and ne before the verb. Ex. : — 

Without application, it is impossible to succeed in anything whatever. 
Sans application on ne peut reussir en quoi que ce soit. 



284 XIV. QUATORZIEME LE£ON. 

THEME 28. 

i. The wise man does not fear men, however powerful they 
may be. 2. Men, however great or small they may be, are never 
sufficiently 1 sensible how necessary they are to each other. 3. 
Whatever wealth 2 you may have, you will never be happy, un- 
less you restrain 3 your passions. 4. Do not lose (your) courage, 
whatever may happen to you. 5. Distrust 4 every one who (§ 
16) speaks ill of his friends. 6. The laws condemn 5 all crimi- 
nals, 6 whoever (§ 15) they may be. 7. I tell it to every one 
who will hear. 8. I hope that you will not tell my secret to 
anybody whatever. 9. Regulus did not allow himself to be 
moved, 7 whatever the promises were that the Carthaginians 8 
made him. 10. Unfortunate (man)! whoever (§ 18) you are, 
I will not betray 9 you. n. Whatever (§ 20) may happen to 
you in this world, never murmur 10 against Divine Providence; for 
whatever we may suffer, we deserve 11 it. 12. Of whomsoever 
you speak, always speak the truth. 13. I have found nothing 
whatever. 14. I complain 12 of nothing whatever. 15. Young 
men! 13 whatever the destiny 14 may be that awaits 15 you, in 
whatever region of the earth your days may be 16 spent, nature 
will continually offer to you her products 17 and her wonders; 18 
you will continually be surrounded 19 with the objects of your 
study. 

1. Assez. 2. Richesse,i. 3. A moins que vous ne riprimiez. 4. Mefiez-vous de. 5. 
Condamner. 6. Criminel. 7. Ne se laissa pas ebranter. 8. Carthaginois. 9. Trahir. 
10. Murmurer. 11. Mdriter. 12. Se plaindre de. 13. Gens. 14. Le sort 15. Attendre. 
16. Doivent s 'e"couler. 17. Prodiuts,m. 18. Merveilles. 19. Entouris de. 



XIV. QUATORZIEME LEfON. 

ADVERBS. 

(See Part I., Lessons XXI. and XXXIV.). 
1. As already observed, the manner or mode of the action is 
expressed by the adverbs of quality or manner, as : 



ADVERBS. 285 

II agit sagement (not sage), he acts wisely. 
II ecrit mal (not mauvais), he writes badly. 

2. There are certain adjectives, however, which are used instead 
of the adverb. This is the case in the following expressions : 

Allervite, to walk fast. rester court, ) 

coiiter cher, to be expensive. demeurer court, $ * 

vendre cher, to sell dear. payer comptant, to pay cash. 

sentir bon, to smell sweet. marcher droit, to walk straight. 

sentir mauvais, to smell badly. chanter juste, to sing correctly. 

trouver bon, to approve. chanter faux, to sing false. 

trouver mauvais, to take ill. parler haut, to speak loud. 

voir clair, to see clearly. parler bas, to speak low. 

tenir ferme, to hold fast. /aire expres, to do on purpose. 

3. The adjectives in this case remain, of course, unchanged. 
Examples : 

Cette montre coute trop cher (not chere). 

This watch is too dear. 

Les enfants parlent trop haut (not hauts). 

The children speak too loud. 

La chanteuse a chante 'faux (not fausse). 

The songstress has sung false. 

Note i. In speaking of the state of the health, however, the adverb bien 
or mal is employed. Ex. : — 

Je suis bien, I am well. 

Elle se trouve mal, she finds herself ill, she faints. 
Note 2. Observe also the expressions, elle est bien, she is pretty ; and 
elle n'estpas mal, she is not bad-looking. 

4. Some adverbs take after them an object with de or a, in case 
the adjective from which they are derived also takes one. Ex. : — 

Confor?nement a vos ordres. 

In conformity with your orders. 

Independamment de mes instructions. 

Independently of my instructions. 

Cette riviere coule parallelement a la Vistule. 

That river flows parallel with the Vistula. 

THEME 29. 

1. Do not go so fast. 2. The night is approaching; I no long- 
er [plus) see clearly. 3. The rose smells sweet, but the pink 1 



286 XIV. QUATORZIEME LE£ON. 

smells better. 4. Do not speak low (in a whisper) in the pres- 
ence of others. 5. How does the singer 2 sing ? 6. She sings 
false (incorrectly). 7. Do not speak so low; speak louder, so 
that you can 3 be understood. 8. You do not read well, and 
you write no (pas) better. 9. To-day I am not very well. 10. 
Do not eat so fast. 11. This merchant sells his goods 4 very 
dear. 12. It is dark; I do not see clearly. 13. I have distrib- 
uted 5 the money according to (it conformity with) your orders. 

1. L'ceillet. 2. La ckanteuse. 3. Qjion puisse vous comprendre. 4. Marcka/uiises. 
5. Distribuer. 



ADVERBS OF TIME, ETC. 

1. Observe the distinction between the following adverbs: — i. 
Plutot means rather (of inclination) ; plus tot, sooner (of time). 

2. Tout a coup means at once, suddenly, unexpectedly ; tout d'un 
coup means at once, i. e., at one time; a lafois means altogether. 

3. Immediately is translated by tout de suite, tout a Vheure, and 
also by sans de'lai. De suite means successively, one after the 
other. 4. L autre jour means the other day, lately, synonymous 
with dernier enwit. On the next day is le lendemain. 5. A little 
while ago is tantot ; just is expressed by the verb venir (see Part 
L, Lesson XLVIL). Ex. :— 

He has just gone out, it vient de sortir. 

2. Tres, fort, and Men, all mean very, right; and whether one 
or the other is to be used before the adjective depends upon 
euphony alone. Very much, with verbs is generally translated by 
beaucoup, and sometimes also by Men ; but never by tres or tres 
beaucoup. Bien, with a noun in the sense of much or a great 
many, must be followed by de with the definite article (see Lesson 
IV, § 1). 

3. When, in interrogative phrases, is rendered by quand. In 
other cases, quand refers to a possible, probable fact ; lorsque to 
a positive, real fact. Quand is vague ; lorsque is precise, as it§ 
etymology shows, alorsque, i. e. 7 a Pheure que, 



ADVERBS. 287 

4. Plus and davantage both mean more. The latter always 
stands at the end of a sentence, and consequently can be followed 
neither by a noun nor by a comparison with than. Than after 
plus and mains is usually que, but before a numeral it is translated 
by de. 

5. Adverbs follow the simple verb. Do not say, Ma sceur 
rareme?it sort le matin j but, ma sceur sort rarei7ient le matin, my 
sister seldom goes out in the morning. Je pense souvent a vous, 
I often think of you. 

In connection with the compound tenses of the verb, the adverb is gener- 
ally placed between the auxiliary and the Participle Past. Ex. : — 
Ma sceur a beaucoup voyage-. 
My sister has travelled a great deal. 

6. But adverbs of time can also be placed at the beginning of 
the sentence, when an emphasis is laid upon them. Ex. : — 

Bientdtje le vis reparative, I saw him soon reappear. 

THEME 30. 

i. We often put off 1 till the next day what we ought to do at 
once. 2. Fortune is so fickle 2 that she often suddenly deserts 3 
those that she has favored 4 the most. 3. A single 5 drop of vin- 
egar contains more than a hundred animalculae. 6 4. This man 
has a great many faults. 5. Children must obey immediately. 
6. This man has been very much regretted. 7 7. One does not 
arrive at once at the highest pinnacle 8 of fame. 8. Mr. M. 
(has) won a thousand dollar.? at one time. 9. He undertakes 
too many things at once. 10. Did you believe this man? 11. 
At first [d'abord) I was not willing to believe him. 12. Good 
taste 9 is rather a gift 10 of nature, than an acquirement 11 of ar/. 
13. How much money have you lent him ? 14. I have lent him 
more than eighty florin.?. 

1. Renvoyer or differer. 2. Inconstant 3. A bandonner. 4. Favorish. 5. Une seule 
goutte. 6. Animalcule, m, 7, Regretter. 8. Degre, m. 9, Gout, m. jo. Don, m. 11, 
Acquisition, f. 



2 88 XIV. QUATORZIEME LE£ON. 

READING LESSON. 

LE CONNETABLE DE BOURBON ET BAYARD. 
(Dialogue.) 

Le Connetable. N'est-ce pas le pauvre Bayard que je vois au 
pied de cet arbre, etendu sur l'herbe, 1 et perce d'un grand coup ? 
Oui, c'est lui-meme. Helas! je le plains. En voila deux qui 
perissent aujourd'hui par nos armes: Vandenesse et lui. Ces 
deux Francais 6taient deux ornements de leur nation par leur 
courage. Je sens que mon coeur est encore touche pour sa 
patrie. Mais avancons pour lui parler. Ah ! mon pauvre Ba- 
yard, c'est avec douleur que je te vois en cet etat. 

Bayard. C'est avec douleur que je vous vois aussi. 

Le Con. Je comprends bien que tu es fache de te voir dans 
mes mains par le sort 2 de la guerre; mais je ne veux point te 
traiter en prisonnier, Je te veux garder comme un bon ami, et 
prendre soin de ta guerison, 3 comme si tu etais mon propre frere. 
Ainsi tu ne dois point etre fache de me voir. 

Bay. He ! croyez-vous que je ne sois point fache d'avoir ob- 
ligation au plus grand ennemi de la France ? Ce n'est point de 
ma captivite, ni de ma blessure, 4 que je suis en peine : 5 je meurs 
dans un moment, la mort va me delivrer de vos mains. 

Le Con. Non, mon cher Bayard, j'espere que nos soins reus- 
siront a te guerir. 

Bay. Ce n'est point la ce que je cherche, et je suis content 
de mourir. 

{To be continued.) 

i. Grass. 2. Fate. 3. Recovery. 4. Wound. 5. Sorry 



SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. 289 

XV. QUINZlfiME LEf ON. 

SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. 

(See Part I., L. XI. and XXXV.) 

1. It is necessary in the first place to distinguish whether the 
negation belongs to a verb or not ; if not, the negative particle 
stands without ne. Not, without a verb, before nouns, is trans- 
lated by 11011 or non pas. Ex. : — 

His cruelty and not his pride. 

Sa cruaute et non (or non pas) son orgueit. 
Not in connection with other words is simply pas : 

Not much, pas beaucoup. Not I, pas moi. 

Not so much, pas tant. Why not, pourquoi pas. 

Not at all, pas du tout ox point du tout. 
N. B. Observe the following expressions : 

Not (nor) — either, non phis. 

Nor his brother either, ni son frere non plur. 

Nor I either, ni moi non phis. 

Not only — but, non-seulement — mais. (See § 4). 

2. But if the negation belongs to the verb the negative particle, 
whatever it may be, is invariably accompanied by ne. Ex. : — 

Ne hii parlez pas, do not speak to him. 

Je n'ai rien vu, I have seen nothing. 

Je ne fai plus, I have it no more. 

Aucun de vous n'y e'tait, none of you were there. 

Le pauvre ho?n?ne n 'a point d" 1 argent. 

The poor man has no money. 

Je ne connais personne ici, I know nobody here. 

Ni prieres ni* menaces ne purent V attendrir. 

Neither prayers nor threatenings could move him. 

I* If neither — nor come before two verbs in the Indicative mood, the former is expressed 
simply by ne before the first, and nor by ni ne before the second. Ex. : — 
I neither praise nor blame him. 
Je ne le loue, ni ne le blame, 



290 XV. QUINZIEME LE£ON. 

II ne-sait ni lire ni e'crire. 

He knows neither how to read nor write. 

Nous rtapprouvons nullement votre dessein. 

We by no means approve of your design. 

Note. When the verb is in the simple Infinitive ne pas or ne point (also 

neja?nais) are not separated, as : 

Not to study, ne pas etudier or ne point etudier. 

But when it is in the compound Infinitive it is optional to separate them 

or not, as : 

> ne pas ( point} avoir etudie. 
Not to have studied, > , . . /■ 1 • *\ u i" 
' ) n avoir pas {point} etudie. 

3. The words no more or not any more (meaning not more) are 
expressed by ne before the verb and pas plus after, when more is 
followed by than : 

He is no more than fifteen years of age. 
II n 'a pas plus de quinze ans. 
But they are rendered by nc—plus without pas, when more is not followed 
by than. Ex. : — 

I shall read no more (no longer), je ne lirai plus. 

4. Non settlement, not only, takes no, ne, with the verb. Ex.: — 

Je Vai fait non seulement pour lui, mais aussi pour ses enfants. 
I have done it not only for his sake, but also for his children's. 

THEME 31. 
1. I do not speak. 2. I have not spoken. 3. Have you 
bought this book? 4. No, sir, I have not (P. I., L. XLVII). 
5. It is your friendship which I seek, not my interest. 1 6. 
Not I. 7. Not we. 8. Are you tired? 9. Not at all. 10. I 
was not there; nor my sister either, n. This peasant 2 can 
neither read nor write. 12. This boy has neither paper 3 nor 
pens. 13. I have never had such a (un si) good book. 14. 
We have no desire at all 4 to do it. 15. The speaker 5 has con- 
vinced 6 not only his friends but also his adversaries. 16. 
Charles XII persisted in 7 never speaking (never to speak) 
French. 17. I have no more hope. 

1. Inter et, m. 2. Paysan, m. 3. See p. 224, § 3. 4. Nzdlement envie. 5. L'orateur. 
f>. Convaincre. 7. S'obstina a. 



SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. 291 

NE USED ALONE WITHOUT PAS. 

5. The negative not may be expressed by ne without pas or 
point with the three verbs : cesser, to cease ; oser, to dare ; pou- 
voir, to be able ; when followed by an Infinite, as : 

Elle ne cesse de pleurer, she does not cease crying. 

II n'ose revenir, he dares not come back. 

Je ne puis le croire, I cannot believe it. 
Note i. Cesser takes pas, however, when a time is specified, as : 

II ne cesse pas de travailler avant huit heures du soir. 
Note 2. In regard to pouvoir, use in the first person of the Present tense 
either : 

Je ne puis (without pas), or : ye ne peux pas. 

6. When the negative use of savoir means to be uncertain, i. e., 
in doubt, it does not take pas. In the same way pas is usually 
omitted in the expression je ne saurais, I cannot. Ex. : — 

Je ne savais que dire, I did not know what to say. 
Je ne saurais vous donner une garantie. 
I cannot give you a security. 
But if "not know" has the signification of not to have learned, not to 
know (a language, etc.), then savoir always takes ne and/rtj. Ex. : — 
Je ne sais pas nager, I cannot swim. , 
Ne savez-vous pas Pallemand, do you not know German? 

7. Prendre garde que requires the depending verb with tie only 
and the subjunctive ; or this verb in the infinitive with ne pas 
governed by a ; or by de without ne pas. 

Prenez garde que vous ne tombiez. 

Prenez garde a ne pas tomber, 

Prenez garde de tomber. Same meaning and less emphatic^ 

8. Of two negative sentences standing in immediate connec- 
tion with each other, the latter loses its pas. Ex. : — 

Je ne connais personne qui nefasse quelqitefois des f antes. 
Note I. Also peu and sans are here regarded as a negation, as : 
Peu s^en faut qu'il ne soit tombe, he was very near falling. 
Sans rienfaire, without doing anything. 



2 9 2 XV. QUINZIEME LECON. 

Note 2. The former sentence may also be interrogative if only the idea 
of negation be contained in it, as : 

Y a-t-il (or est-il) un homme qui ne croie en Dieu ? 

9. Do not put pas after que ne, when used instead of pourquoi 
pas. Ex. : — 

Si vous avez froid, que ne mettez-vous votre manteau ? 
If you are cold, why not put on your cloak ? 

10. Nor after voila, il y a and depuis que, when the verb which 
has the idea of negation is in the compound of the Present or in 
the compound of the Imperfect. Ex. : — 

II y a deux mois que je ne lui ai parte. 
II a bien change depuis que je ne Pai vu. 

11. Pas is not used when ne is connected with d' autre followed 
by que, as : 

Je ti'ai d' 'autre ambition que de vous rendre heureux. 
I have no other ambition than to make you happy. 

■ 

12. Further in the following idioms: 

N' 'avoir garde, to take care not to, to be on one's guard. 

NHmporte, it does not matter. 

Ne voir goutte, to see nothing (at all). 

Ne dire mot, to say not a word. 

A Dieu ne plaise que, etc., God forbid, etc. 

13. A moins que and conjunctions expressing fear, take ne be- 
fore the following verb (in the Subjunctive). Ex. : — 

A moins que vous ne le fassiez, unless you do it. 

THEME 32. 

1. Alcibiades could not suffer that his country should obey 1 a 
rival. 2 2. I dare not enter 3 his room. 3. It is not more than a 
week 4 since I saw (que fat vu) your uncle; he has gone to Amer- 
ica, you will see him no more. 4. I cannot (§ 6) tell you 
whether (si) my father is at home or not (non) ; I have not seen 
him this morning. 5. Take care lest (que, § 7) he steal your 



SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS, 293 

money. 6. Take care not to be (to come) too late. 7. We 
dare not tell him this news. 8. There is no enemy who is (soit) 
not able 5 to injure. 6 9. God forbid that I should betray 7 your 
secre/. 

1. Imperf. Subj. 2. A une rlvale. 3. Entrer dans. 4. Huit jours. 5. En itat. 6. 
De nuire. 7. Trahir. 



NEGATION USED IN FRENCH, AND NOT IN ENGLISH.* 

14. Ne is, moreover, often employed in French when in English 
no thought of negation is to be discovered. This is the case : 

With the affirmative verb of a comparative clause introduced 
by que, than, when the verb closely follows que. Also after 
verbs, nouns, and conjunctions expressing fear and apprehension. 
Examples : — 

II est phis age que je ne croyais. 
He is older than I thought. 
Je crains qu'il ne vienne. 
I fear he may come. 
II park autre?nent quHl n'agit. 
He speaks otherwise than he acts. 
A moms que vous ne le fassiez. 
Unless you should do it. 
Note. But if the first clause of the sentence be negative, que of the latter 
clause is not followed by ne, if the compared action is not doubtful, as : 
// rtecrit pas mieux quHl parle. 

15. The verbs douter, to doubt; nier and disconvenir, to deny ; 

contester, to contest, require ne before the verb (in the Subjunctive) 

of the dependent sentence, yet only when these verbs themselves 

are used simply negatively or simply interrogatively. Ex. : — 

Je ne doitte pas, } 

rv . > que eel a ne soit vrai. (?) 

Doutez-vous, 3 y v ' 

I do not doubt (do you doubt) that this is true? 

Niez-vous, ) 

~ . , > au il ne soit coufiable. (?) 

Je ne me pas, y r \ 1 

Do you deny (I do not deny) that he is guilty? 
* The pupil should learn, in connection with this lesson, § 6, L. XIX. p. 330. 



294 xv - QUINZIEME LE£ON. 

1 6. But when these verbs are affirmative, or negative-interrog- 
ative, ne is not inserted in the second clause. Also when ne pas 
douter has the force of etre stir. Ex. : — 

Je doute que cela soil vrai (without ne). 
Ne niez-vous pas qu'il soit coupable? 

17. If the dependent sentence in English is negative, it takes, 
of course, ne—pas. Ex.: — 

I fear he will not come, je crains qu'il ne vienne pas. 
They fear the fortress will not have ammunition enough. 
On craint que la forteresse n' 'ait pas assez de munition. 

, 18. Empecher, to prevent, to hinder, requires ?ie before the fol- 
lowing verb in the Subjunctive mood, as : 
y empecherai qu'il ne sorte. 

I will hinder him from going out. 

Empechera-t-il, } 

TJ , . „ j , > qice votes ne la fassiez. 

II n empechera pas, y J 

Will he prevent you (he will not prevent yon) from doing it ? 

THEME 33. 

1. He is more wicked than I thought. 2. Henry is stronger 
than he was last year. 3. Ireland is more powerful, at present, 
than were the three kingdoms at (a) the death of queen Eliza- 
beth. 4. A traveller often relates 1 things otherwise than they 
are. 5. I fear lest (que) some misfortune has befallen 2 my son. 

6. I fear our master will come; do you not fear he will come? 

7. He denies that his brother is mixed up 3 in that affair. 8. 
The city of Paris has become much more beautiful since 4 you 
saw (have seen) it. 9. Do you fear he will write to your 
father? 10. I do not fear it. 11. We do not fear that the bat- 
tle is lost. 12. Do you deny that you have procured (for) him 
the means of flight ? 5 13. I do not deny that I have given him 
some clothes and some money. 14. I will hinder him from com- 
ing back. 15. I doubt whether the letter has been sent to him 
(see p. 275, § 1, note 1). 16. I cannot prevent him from loving 
(that he loves) pleasure 6 better than work. 6 

1. Rapporter. 2. Pttre arrivd a. 3. Meier. 4. Depuis que. 5. Fuite,{. 6. Put the 
def. article. 



SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. 



READING LESSON. 



2 95 



LE CONNETABLE DE BOURBON ET BAYARD. 
(Suite.) 

Le Con. Qu'as-tu done? Est-ce que tu ne saurais te con- 
soler d'avoir ete vaincu et fait prisonnier dans la retraite de 
Bonnivet? Ce n'est pas ta faute, e'est la sienne: les armes 
sont journalieres {changing). Ta gloire est assez bien etablie par 
tant de belles actions. Les Imperiaux 1 ne pourront jamais ou- 
blier cette vigoureuse defense de Mezieres contre eux. 

Bay. Pour moi, je ne puis jamais oublier que vous etes ce 
grand connetable, ce prince du plus noble sang qu'il y ait dans 
le monde, et qui travaille a dechirer 2 de ses propres mains sa 
patrie et le royaume de ses ancetres. 

Le Con. Quoi ! Bayard, je te loue, et tu me condamnes ! Je 
te plains, et tu m'insultes ! 

Bay. Si vous me plaignez, je vous plains aussi ; et je vous 
trouve bien plus a plaindre que moi. Je sors de la vie sans 
tache ; j'ai sacrifie la mienne a mon devoir, je meurs pour mon 
pays, pour mon roi, estime des ennemis de la France, et regrette 
de tous les bons Francais. Mon etat est digne d'envie. 

Le Con. Et moi, je suis victorieux d'un ennemi qui m'a ou- 
trage, je me venge de lui; je le chasse du Milanais; 3 je fais 
sentir a toute la France combien elle est malheureuse de m'avoir 
perdu, en me poussant a bout. 4 Appelles-tu cela etre a plaindre ? 

Bay. Oui, on est toujours a plaindre quand on agit contre 
son devoir. II vaut mieux perir en combattant pour la patrie, 
que de la vaincre et de triompher d'elle. Ah ! quelle horrible 
gloire que celle de detruire 5 son propre pays ! 
{To be continued?) 

i. The Imperialists, Austrians. 2. To tear. 3. From the Milanese territory. 4. To the 
extreme. 5. Destroy. 



296 XVI. SEIZIEME LECON. 

XVI. SEIZlfiME LEfON. 

REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 

The use of the prepositions is of too various a nature to allow of its being 
determined by definite rules. Their departure from the original signification 
can only be shown by examples. 

Prepositions must generally be repeated before every noun. A, 
de, and en must always be repeated. 

All prepositions except en ^govern the infinitive; en is followed 
by the present participle. Ex. : — 

Pour aller, in order to go. En allant, in going. 

I. ON THE USE OF SOME FRENCH PREPOSITIONS. 
a. 
A denotes (i) place, and is used before names of places (not 
countries), and common names; (in English at or in) : 
a Paris, at Paris, a Veglise, at church. 
a la cajnpagne, in the country, a r ombre, in the shade. 
au theatre or au spectacle, at the theatre. 
a laposle, at the post-office. 
f rapper a la porle, to knock at the door. 
a la main, in the hand, a droite, to the right. 

2. Time: 

a quelle heure, at what o'clock ? 

a deux heures, at two o'clock, a midi, at twelve o'clock. 

au commencement de la lefon, at the beginning of the lesson 

a temps, in time, a mon arrivee, on my arrival. 

a la pointe du jour, at daybreak. 

3. Manner and instrument : 

a la mode, in fashion, fashionably. 

a pied, on foot, a cheval, on horseback. 

a bras ouverts, with open arms. 

travailler a V aiguille, to work with the needle. 



REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 297 

peindre a Vhuile, to paint in oil. 

me surer a Panne, to measure by the ell (yard). 

deux a deux, two and two. 

goutte a goutte, drop by drop. 

a bon marche, cheap. 

a cinq pour cent, at five per cent. 

a Panglaise, after the English style. 

4. Destination:" 

Une cuiller a the, a teaspoon. 

Une montre a repetition, a repeater (watch). 

5. Direction, especially with the verb aller or se rendre, to go 
(the English to) : 

Aller a Vienne, to go to Vienna. 

Nous allons a la campagne, we are going into the country. 

Aller au theatre, to go to the theatre. 

Aller a la chasse, to go hunting, etc. 

Dans, en. 
Dcms means both in and into a (closed) place ; it is used in a 
more determinate sense than en, and is always followed by the 
article or another determinate word (such as this, my, which, 
etc.) E^c.:— 

Dans la {ma, voire) chambre, in the (my, your) room. 

Dans via poche, in my pocket. 

Dans Phiver de 1850, in the winter of 1850. 

Dans une colere affreuse, in a dreadful passion. 

II est dans la prison, he is in (the) prison (of that place). 

Etre dans la ville, to be within the town (not in the country). 

Observe also the difference in the following expressions : 
77 est au jardin and il est dans son jardin. 
ye suis a la maison (at home) andy> suis dans ma maison. 

En is used in a more vague sense, and is followed by no article. 
It is used for in or to before the name of a kingdom, republic, 
country, county, or province. Ex. : — 

En liberte, in liberty. En colere, in a passion. 
En France, in or to France. 
En Avril or au mois d ''avril, in April. 
En ete, in summer. En hiver, in winter. 
A few exceptions of en with the article : 

En Vhonneur, en Panne'e 1883, en la presence du juge ctu roi, jeter une 
balle en V air, f aire des contes en Pair. 



2 9 8 XVI. SEIZIEME LEgON. 

En automne, in autumn (but au printemps, in spring). 

Eire en voyage, to travel about. 

En ces termes, in these words. 

Vivre en paix, to live in peace. 

Etre en ville, to be out, to be from home. 

77 est en prison, he is in prison (he is a prisoner). 
Note. There are a few expressions in which the article is retained after 
en: such are, en V absence, in the absence; en Vhonneur, in honor. Only 
/' and la are thus found after en, never le. 

Dans and en, relating to time, are differently used. Dans de- 
notes the point of time, en the duration. Ex. : — 
Dans dix mimites, ten minutes hence. 
En dix minutes, within the space of ten minutes. 
Je partirai dans huit jours, I shall set out in a week. 
M. B. reviendra dans deux mois, Mr. B. will return in two months. 
jf'ai appris lefrangais en dix mois, I learned French in ten months. 

Entre, prrnii. 
Entre answers in general to the English between, betwixt, and 
is said of two objects, which may be individuals or collective 
bodies, only. Ex. : — 

Entre la porte et lafenetre, between the door and the window. 

Entre autres, among others. 

La mere tenait Pen/ant entre ses bras. 

The mother held her child in her arms. 

La guerre entre les Frangais et les Anglais. 

Parmi corresponds rather to among, and is said of several ob- 
jects, as : 

Parmi les rockers, among the rocks. 

Votre grammaire se trouva parmi mes livres. 

Your grammar was found among my books. 

Jjevant, avant. 
Devant is a local preposition, and is also used for in presence 
of, as : 

Nous jouerons devant la maison, we will play before the house. 
LI a paru devant le juge, he appeared before the judge. 
Sur le devant, in the front; la porte de devant, the front door.. 
Avant denotes priority of time and order, as : 
ye suis arrive avant vous, I arrived before you. 



REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 299 

V article se met avant le nom, the article is put before the noun. * 
Avant tout, above all. 

Avant is also used before an infinitive with de : 
Avant de partir, before leaving. 

Envers, vers. 

Envers, towards, to, is used for with regard to, in a moral 
sense, as : 

Soyez charitables envers les pauvres, be charitable towards the poor. 

Comportez-vous bien envers lui, behave well towards him (with regard to 
him). 

Vers expresses motion and is put before names of places and 
persons. : 

Vers la colline, towards the hill. 

// s'avanga vers moi, he advanced towards me 

Chez. 
Chez might be rendered in English by at the house of, with, 
among, etc. Ex. : — 

Chez voire pere, at your father's. 

Chez les Romains, among the Romans. 

Chacun est maitre chez soi, everybody is master in his own house. 

Je viens de chez vous, I come from your house. 

Hors de, hors. 

1. Hors de denotes an exclusion from a place, out of, outside of, 
without. Ex. : — 

Hors de la maison, out of the house. 
Hors du royatmie, out of the kingdom. 

Note. In this signification de may be left out, as : Hors la maison, hors 
la barriere, etc. 

2. Hors de is also used in a figurative or temporal sense, as : 

// est hors de danger, he is out of danger. 
Hors d'e'tat, out of condition, unable. 

3. Hors (without de) signifies except, besides : 

Hors cela nous sommes d ''accord, with the exception of that we are agreed. 
Note. In this sense hormzs is sometimes used for hors, more frequently 
excepte. 



300 XVI. SEIZIEME LE£ON. 

D'avec, d'entre, de dessous, etc. 
Some prepositions are preceded by de, which serves to indicate 
the point from which an action proceeds, as : 

Ma separation d^avec mon pere. 

My separation from my father. 

On arracha P enfant Centre les bras de sa mere. 

They tore the child from the arms of its mother. 

On le tira de dessous le lit. 

They drew him from under the bed. 

Sans. 
Sans, without, is sometimes expressed in English by but for. 
Example : — 

Sans lui, je serai mort de fai?n. 
But for him, I should have starved. 

Es. 
This word is a contraction for en les. It is used for university 
degrees. Ex. : — 

Bachelier es letlres, bachelor of arts. 
Law expression, used nowadays in French deeds : 
To deliver a deed into his own hands. 
Livrer un acte es-mains a quelquhtn. 

THEME 34. 
i. Where are you going? 2. I am going into the country. 
3. My friend arrived in the beginning of summer; he was re- 
ceived with open arms. 4. Is this book to (a) your taste ? 1 5 . 
No, I do not like it (// does not please me). 6. I met that gentle- 
man on my journey in Italy. 7. Is Mr. A. at home ? 8. Yes, 
sir ; he is in the garden. 9. In the absence of the king, who is 
now in Italy, these affairs must be suspended. 2 10. The poor 
man had to choose between slavery 3 and death. 11. Why has 
she been so unjust towards her parents? 12. Did you arrive 
before or after four o'clock? 13. Before the church there are 
three high poplars. 4 14. My neighbor was kindly disposed to- 
wards me. 15. I found this letter among my papers. 16. 
Brandy {V eau-de-vie) is the source of great evils among that 
people. 

1. Gout, m. 2. Stispendre. 3. L'esclavage, m. 4. Peuplier, m. 



REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 301 

THEME 35. 

1. They (on) told me amongst other things, that the ship had 
been taken by the enemy (//). 2. The old man was unable (not 
in a condition) to do anything for her. 3. He has sold all his 
horses, except one or two. 4. Now we turn to (towards) the 
south. 5. Among the merchants in London, there are many 
beneficent 1 men. 6. He lives with his brother. 7. The tailor 
will come to your house to-morrow. 8. Where do you come 
from ? 9. I come from my aunt's. 10. The wooden horse was 
outside the walls 3 of Troy. 11. The patient 3 is at present out of 
danger. 12. Nobody besides myself was present. 13. Out of 
(sur) sixty soldiers who tried the attack, twenty-five fell into (en- 
tre) the hands of the enemy (pi). 14. One must distinguish true 
friendship from (d'avec) (the) false. 15. The dog sprang out 4 
from under the table. 

1. Bienfaisant. 2. Les imtrs de Troie. 3. Le malade. 4. Sauter. 



II. HOW TO EXPRESS SOME ENGLISH PREPOSITIONS. 

Above. 
Above, when it expresses time or number, so as to signify more 
than or lo7iger than, is rendered in French by plus de. Ex. : — 

The fight lasted above four hours. 
Le combat dura plus de quatre heures. 
It is above twenty miles from here. 
II y a plus de vingt lieues dHci. 

About. 

1. About, in the sense of aroimd, is to be rendered by autour 
de. 2. In the signification of concerning, it is touchant, concer- 
nant, sur, or simply de. 3. In speaking of things which people 
carry about them, it is translated with sur. Ex. : — 

1. All thronged about the prince. 

Tout le monde sepressa autour du prince. 

2. I will speak to him about our affair (business). 

Je lui parlerai touchant (or sur or de) notre affaire. 

3. I have no money about me, je n^ai pas d 1 argent sur moi. 



3 o2 XVI. SEIZIEME LECON. 

At. 
i. At is most commonly rendered by a with or without an arti- 
cle. 2. After nouns or verbs denoting derision, anger, surprise, 
sorrow, etc., at is rendered by de. 3. It is translated chez when, 
in English, it precedes the word house, either expressed or under- 
stood. Ex. : — 

1. We were at dinner, nous e'tions a diner. 

Do you play at cards, jouez-vous aux cartes ? 

2. She laughed at him, ellc se moqua de lui. 
I am surprised at what you say. 

Je suis surpris de ce que votes dites. 

3. We were at your aunt's, nous etions chez votre tante. 

By. 

i. By, denoting the agent or cause, is translated de ox par (see 
p. 135, 2). Ex.:— 

Mr. Bell is respected by everybody. 
M. Bell est respecte de tout le monde. 
Troy was destroyed by the Greeks. 
Troiefut detruite par les Grecs. 

2. In affirmations and swearing by is translated par : 

He swears by his honor, il en jure par son honneur. 

3. By, after the verbs to sell, to buy, to work, etc., preceding a 
noun of weight or measure, day, week, month, or year, is rendered 
in French by a with the definite article. Ex. : — 

I sell the tea by the pound, je vends le the a la livre. 
We work by the hour or by the day. 
Nous travaillons a Vheure ou a lajournee. 

4. When preceding a numeral immediately followed by an ad- 
jective of dimension, by is rendered in French by sur. Ex. : — 

This room is fifteen feet long by ten wide. 

Cette chambre a quinze pieds de longueur sur dix de largeur. 

5. By, immediately following the verbs to kill, to wound, etc., 
is translated in French by d y un coup de, when it expresses the 
blow, wound, firing, etc., of an instrument by which a man was 
wounded, killed, etc. Ex. : — 



REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 303 

The officer was wounded by a bullet. 
L'officierfut blesse dhcn coup de fusil. 
Achilles was killed at the siege of Troy by an arrow. 
Achillefut tue au siege de Troie d'un coup de feche. 
Note. If the blows have been repeated, a coups de is used, in which case 
it is most commonly rendered in English by with. Ex. :— 
They knocked him down with a stick. 
lis V assommerent a coups de baton. ' 

THEME 36. 

1. My father was not above" twenty-two years old when he 
was married. 1 2. My uncle's country-house 2 is very handsome; 
but it cost him above eighty thousand francs. 3. It is above a 
year since my friend set off for 3 America. 4. Rome was built 
by Romulus. 5. The poor man has been driven out 4 of his 
house by his creditors. 5 6. I will get up to-morrow at six o'clock. 
7. Were you at Mrs. D.'s ball last night? 8. I will pay you at 
the end of this month. 9. I rejoice greatly at your good luck. 6 
10. She always smiles 7 at every thing that is said. 11. Where 
was your sister this morning? 12. She was at her aunt's. 13. 
My box 8 is a foot and a half deep by two wide and four long. 
14. Harold was wounded by an arrow. 9 15. William the second 
was killed by an arrow in the New-Forest. 16. He is so strong 
that with his fist 10 (5, Note) he could knock down 11 an ox. 17. 
They killed the dog with stones. 18. The soldiers kill one 
another with bayonets. 12 

1. To be married, se marier. 2. La maison de campag7ie. 3. Pour. 4. Chasse". 5. 
Cre"ancier, m. 6. Bonheur. 7. Sourire. 8. Le coffre. 9 Flee he, f. 10. Le poing. 11. 
Abattre. \2. La baionette. 

From. 
1. From, preceding the name of a person, or a possessive ad- 
jective, or a personal or interrogative pronoun after the verbs to 
go, to come, to send, etc., is generally rendered by de la part de. 
Examples : — 

Many compliments from Dr. O. 

Bien des compliments de la part de Monsieur le docteur 0. 

I come from him or her ( from them), etc. 

Je viens de sa part {de leur part). 



304 XVL SEIZIEME LEgON. 

2. From, meaning from some one's house, is in French de chez. 
Example : — 

I come from my uncle's, aunt's, etc. 

Je viens de chez mon oncle, — de chez ma tante, etc. 

3. From — to, is rendered by de — en. Ex. : — 

He went from street to street, from town to town, etc. 
77 atla de rue en rue, de ville en ville, etc. 
Note. When two names of towns or villages are mentioned, to is ren- 
dered by a. Ex. : — 

From Paris to Rouen, de Paris a Rouen. 

4. From is rendered by depuis, and to by jusqu'a, when speak- 
ing of extent or time. Ex. : — 

From Easter to Christies, depuis Pdques jusqu'a Noel. 
From is also rendered by des, to express a closer, more rapid start : 
From this very day, des aujourd'hui. 
^rom to-morrow I shall be ready, des demain, etc. 

In. 

1. In — dans or en, see these words in the first part of this 
Lesson. 

2. In, after words denoting pain, hurting, etc., and preceding 
a possessive adjective with any part of the body, is to be rendered 
by a with the definite article. Ex. : — 

I have constantly a pain in my head. 
yai toujours mat a la tete. 

3. In adverbial expressions of time, in is not expressed in 
French. Ex. : — 

In the morning, le matin. In the evening, le soir. 

On or upon. 

1. On or upon is most generally stir. Ex.: — 

He climbed upon the tree, it grimpa sar Varbre. 

2. After the verbs to play, to live, to depend, and the like, on 
or upon is rendered by de. Ex. : — 

You play on the violin, and I play on the flute. 
Vous jouez du violon, et moi, je joue de lafliite. 
A good end often depends on a good beginning. 
Une bonne fin depend souvent d'un bon commencement. 



REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 



305 



The prisoner lives on bread and water. 
Le prisonnier vit de pain et d'eau. 

3. The preposition on, before the days of the week and with 
dates, is dropped in French. Ex. : — 

Come on Sunday, vencz dimanche. 
On the twelfth of May, le douze mai. 

4. On, denoting time, in other cases is translated by en. 

Over. 

This preposition is commonly rendered in French by stir, but 
it must be expressed by the Part. Past of the verbs passer, finir, 
achever, when it denotes an action ended. Ex. : — 

As soon as the rain will be over. 

Des que la pluie sera passe'e. 

Is dinner over, le diner est-ilfini ? 

With. 

1. With is rendered by de after such verbs as to die, to meddle, 
to do, to dispense, to load, to cover, to fill, and after some adjec- 
tives, as : pleased, contented, etc. (see p. 250, § 1 and 2). Ex. : — 

He died with cold, il mourut de froid. 

The wagon is loaded with goods, la voiture est chargee de marc/iandises. 

2. With is expressed by a and the article before nouns denot- 
ing in what manner a thing is done or made. Ex. : — 

To draw with a pencil, dessiner au crayon. 
To fight with pistols, se baltre au pistolet. 

Note. Charger takes a, and se battre, au, a la, a /' (as the noun may re- 
quire), before the names of materials or weapons generally used for loading 
fire-arms or for fighting; otherwise, with is rendered by avec. Ex. : — 

Charger un fusil a dalles, avec des pierres. Se battre a Vepee, au pistolet, 
avec des haches, avec des ??iarteaux. 

The ambiguous English sentence, He struck the man with a wooden leg, 
would be translated into French by II frappa V homing a la jambe de bois, if 
the man was crippled ; but if the wooden leg is the weapon of attack, avec is 
used. 

3. With mustmot de expressed after the following verbs: to 
meet with, rencontrer; to trust with, confier qch. a qn. / to sup- 



306 XVI. SEIZIEME LEfON. 

ply with, fournir qch. a qn. ; to reproach with, reprocher qch. h 
qn. Ex. \ — 

We will supply him with everything. 
Nous lui fournirons tout. 
I reproached him with his ingratitude. 
ye lui reprochai son ingratitude. 

Remark. Prepositions are placed in French before the words they gov- 
ern, though in English they are sometimes placed after. Ex. : — 

Whom do you speak to, a qui parlez-vous ? 
What's that for, pour quoi cela ? 
The man whom you are interested in. 
Vhomme pour qui votes vous interessez. 



THEME 37. 

i. Go from me to Mr. S., and tell him that I am expecting him. 
2. From whom do you come? 3. I come from Miss £• 4. 
Charles was wounded in his arm, and not (non) in his leg. 5. I 
have very often a pain in my teeth. 6. I will call upon you in 
the afternoon, and in the evening (I will) go to the play 7. 
Upon what instrument does your sister play ? 8. She plays the 
piano. 9. That happened 1 on the 12th (of) March. 10. I am 
in the habit 2 of taking a cup of coffee as soon as dinner is over. 
11. Do not meddle 3 with my affairs; attend to your own. 12. 
Is that house covered with slate 4 or tiles? 5 13. It is covered 
with tiles. 14. This, picture seems to be done with chalk. 6 15. 
When you meet a poor man, never reproach him (with) his pov- 
erty. 16. France extends 7 from the Rhine to the Atlantic 8 
Ocean. 17. What does he complain 9 of? 18. We have trav- 
elled from Switzerland to Italy. 19. You spend all the day in 
going (a aller) from house to house, from street to street, from 
place to place. 20. Those laborers 10 work from (depuis) morn- 
ing 11 to night. 11 21. I walk every day from twelve (midi) to 
three. 

1. Se fossa. 2. To be in the habit of, avoir V habitude de. 3. JSe meter. 4. Ardoise, 
in singular. 5. Tuile, in plural. 6. Craie, f. 7. S'e'tendre. 8. V Ocfan Atlantique, 9, 
Se plaindre de qch. 10. Ouvrier, m. 11. Put the article. 



USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 307 

XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LEfON. 

DIFFERENT USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 

1. QUE WITH THE INDICATIVE. 

1. The conjunction que is used, 1, to join the two terms of a 
comparison ; 2, in a restrictive sense for but or only, as : 

Elle n^a que deux freres, she has only two brothers. 

2. The que of admiration or exclamation expresses wonder or 
surprise ; it answers to the English words how, how much, how 
many. Ex. : — 

Que vous etes heureux! how happy you are ! 
Que la terre est petite en comparaison avec le soleili 
How small is the earth compared with the sun ! 
Que de peine votes prenez pour moi ! 
How much trouble you take for me ! 

3. In short exclamations que is inserted after the noun when 
the verb is omitted. Ex. : — 

Quel beau pays que Vltalie ! 
What a beautiful country Italy is ! 
Quel homme que ce Ee'nelon ! 
What a man that Fenelon is (or was) ! 

4. It stands iotpourquoi in negative exclamations, as : 

Que ne puis-je vous aider! why can I not assist you ! 

5. The French periphrase of a sentence with e'est is followed by 
que, whereas in English this is not expressed. Ex. : — 

C'esl une belle chose que la discretion. 
Discretion is a good thing. 
C'est une chose detestable que la haine. 
Hatred is a detestable thing. 

If, however, an Infinitive follows, que need not be used : 

Cest une honte (que) dHgnorer sa langue maternelle. 
It is a shame not to know one's mother tongue. 



308 XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

6. Que must be inserted after c'est-a-dire, that is to say, when 
a verb follows. Que is also frequently used after voila and peut- 
etre. Ex:— 

Vous screz parfaitement libres, c'est-d-dire que vous ne dependrez de per- 
sonne. 

You will be perfectly free, that is to say, you will depend upon nobody. 

7. In the expressions: que out, yes; que si! O yes! que non, 
no ; que is used pleonastically. Ex. : — 

Je dis que oui, I say yes. 

8. Que stands for since instead of depuis que : 

Combien y a-t-il que voire sceur est morte? 
How long is it since your sister died ? 

9. Que is used for when after a peine, scarcely, and in the sig- 
nification of as or when, after the specification of a time, in which 
case the use of lorsque would be incorrect. Ex. : — 

A peine e'tait-il sorti, que la ?ualson s^ecroula. 
Scarcely was he gone out, when the house fell. 

Un matin que je sortais de tres -bonne heure. 
One morning as I went out early. 

Maintenant que vous etes en France, etc. 
Now that you are in France. . . . 

10. Que corresponds to the English that after all verbs of think- 
ing, feeling, saying* as : dire, affirmer, repondre, declarer, croire, 
penser, sentir, etc., and usually takes the Indicative when these 
words are used affirmatively. In English the that is often omit- 
ted, but in French it must always be employed. Ex. : — 

Dites-lui que je V 'attends. 

Tell him that I am waiting for him. 

77 ni'a repondu qifil rfen savait ricn. 

He answered me that he knew nothing of it. 

On croit qifelle est tres-riche. 
She is supposed to be very rich. 

* Where in Latin the Ace. is used with the Injinitive, 



USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 309 

Note. Que is not only always expressed in French, but repeated before 
each member of the proposition. Ex. : — 

ye crois que vous vous trompez et que vous ne reussirez pas. 
I think you are mistaken, and that you will not succeed. 

11. In many cases where the conjunction is repeated in English, 
the French, instead of repeating it, put que in the place of it. 
This is the case with brsque, quand, pe7idant que, tandis que, parce 
que, tant que and des que. Ex. : — 

Lorsque P empereur fut revemi et quHl (and when he) eut visite le camp, il 
re'solut de livrer bataille. 

Tandis que Charles XII donnait tin roi a la Pologne soumise, que le 
Danemark n'osait le tmibler, et que le roi de Prusse recherchait son amitie, 
le czar de venait de jour en jour plus redoutable. 



THEME 38. 

1. I am much younger than you. 2. Caroline is only seven- 
teen years old. 3. How pretty she is ! 4. How I hate flatter- 
ers! 1 5. How small is the part of the world which we inhabit! 2 
6. What {que de) misfortunes you have undergone! 3 7. If you 
are (avez) cold, why (§ 4) don't you put on your cloak ? 8. It 
is a very difficult thing to know (§ 5) (how to) keep what one 
has. 9. Look, it rains ! 10. Perhaps he will come. 11. I be- 
lieve (that) you are right. 12. He told me that he had not yet 
received a letter from his uncle. 13. Are you ready ? 14. O 
no! (§ 7) I cannot finish before an hour. 15. Have you not 
been there? 16. O yes! 17. How long is it since you lost 
your father? 18. One day when the two sparrows 4 had flown 
out, 5 the children took away 6 their nest. 19. Tell me the day 
(on which, § 9) you think 7 of leaving. 20. I think he is not at 
home. 21. Scarcely is he out of bed before he begins to work. 
22. Why (§ 4) did you not tell it? 23. When you have ac- 
knowledged your faults, and (§11) have repaired 8 them, I will 
forgive you. 

1. Flatteiir. 2. Habiter. 3. E~prouve"s. 4. Le moineau. 5. £taient sortis. 6. En- 
lever. 7. Voiis comptez partir. 8. Repare"s. 



3 io XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

II. QUE WITH THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

i. Que, in a conditional sense, is used in the beginning of a 
sentence for the word whether, and in the middle, to avoid the 
repetition of si; in both cases it governs the Subjunctive mood. 
Examples : — 

Whether he come or not, I do not care. 
Qu 1 il vienne ou non, je ne m'en soucie pas. 

If somebody calls and I am out, send for me. 

Si quelqiiun vient me voir et que je sois sorti, envoyez-moi chercher. 

If you meet her, and (if) you have time to speak to her. 
Si vous la rencontrez et que vous ayez le temps de lui parler. 

2. For till, instead of jusqiCa ce que, after attendre, to wait. 
Examples : — 

Wait till it gets less cold. 
Attendez quHlfasse moins froid. 
You must wait till I am back. 
Ilfaut attendre que je sois de retour. 

3. For the English third person of the Imperative, let him or 
let them. Ex. : — 

Let him come, qii'il vienne. 

Let them do it, quHls {qu 1 elks') le /assent. 

4. For that, instead of pour que, afin que : 

Come here that I may speak to you. 
Venez ici que je vous parte. 

5. Que is used with 7ie for the English but (or but that) after 
verbs expressing doubt, fear, etc. (see p. 293, § 15). Ex.: — 

I don't doubt but that you are right. 
Je ne doute pas que vous n'ayez raison. 

6. In the same manner que is used for before, instead of avant 
que ; for unless, instead of a moins que ; for without, instead of 
sans que, and for yet instead of et cependant. Ex. : — 

I shall not go out before you are in. 

Je ne sortirai pas que vous ne soyez rentre'. 



USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 



3" 



I shall not pardon you unless you acknowledge your faults. 

Je ne vous pardonnerai pas que vous ne reconnaissiez vos fautes. . 

He takes no trip without some accident befalling him. 

7/ ne fait pas de voyage quHl ne lui arrive quelque accident. 

Though he should have all the gold in the world, yet he would not be 
satisfied. 

// aurait tout Vor du monde, quHl ne s erait pas content. 

(For the use of que instead of repeating compound conjunctions, and after 
verbs governing the Subjunctive, see Lesson 19, on the Subjunctive Mood, 
$12). 

THEME 39. 

1. Whether it rain or not, I must go out directly. 2. If I 
were rich and had children, I would give them a good education. 
3. Whether you be rich or poor, you should (devez) be a man 
of probity. 4. He had not a doubt (did not doubt) but that this 
was his pursuer. 1 5. Wait till the rain is over. 6. A miser 2 
might have all the gold in the world, he would never be satis- 
fied. 7. You shall not go out before it is light. 3 8. Let him 
have his share. 4 9. Come that I may tell you the reason of that 
thing (en). 10. May heaven bless 5 you ! n. May the earth lie 
lightly on him (be light 6 to him). 12. Let him employ his time 
well. 13. I shall not leave the house (go out) before you pay 
me. 14. He cannot play but he hurts 7 himself. 15. If you go 
to Paris and (§ 1 ) will take me with you, I shall be most happy. 8 
16. My friend says he will not pay the bookseller 9 before he has 
received all the books (which) he (has) ordered. 17. I shall put 
off 10 my journey; I shall wait till your time allows you to accom- 
pany me. 

1. Perskuteur. 2. Avare. 3. To be light— -/aire jour. 4. Part, f. 5. Binir. 6. 
Ligire. 7. Sefaire trial. 8. Most happy — enchante. 9. Lc libraire. 10. Remettre. 



READING LESSON. 

LE CONNETABLE DE BOURBON ET BAYARD. 
(Fin.) 

Le Connet. Mais ma patrie a ete ingrate apres tant de ser- 
vices que je lui avais rendus. Le roi m'a fait une injustice 



3 i2 XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LE£ON. 

enorme. En me depouillant 1 de mon bien, on a detache de 
moi jusqu'a, (even) mes domestiques, Matignon et d'Argouges. 
J'ai £te contraint, pour sauver ma vie, de m'enfuir presque seul. 
Que voulais-tu que je fisse ? 

Bay. Que vous souffrissiez toutes sortes de maux, plutot que 
de manquer a la France et a la grandeur de votre maison. Si 
la persecution etait trop violente, vous pouviez vous retirer : mais 
il valait mieux etre pauvre, obscur, inutile a tout, que de prendre 
les armes contre nous. Votre gloire eut ete au comble 2 dans la 
pauvrete et dans le plus miserable exil. 

Le Con. Mais ne vois-tu pas que la vengeance s'est jointe a 
l'ambition pour me jeter dans cette extremite ? J'ai voulu que 
le roi se repentit de m'avoir traite si mal. 

Bay. II fallait Ten faire repentir par une patience a toute 
£preuve, qui n'est pas moins la vertu d'un heros que le courage. 

Le Con. Mais le roi, etant si injuste et si aveugle 3 par sa 
mere, meritait-il que j'eusse de si grands egards pour lui ? 

Bay. Si le roi ne le meritait pas, la France entiere le meritait. 
La dignite meme de la couronne, dont vous etes un des heritiers, 
le meritait. Vous vous deviez 4 a vous-meme d'epargner 5 la 
France, dont vous pouviez etre un jour roi. 

Le Con. Eh bien! j'ai tort, je l'avoue; mais ne sais-tu pas 
combien les meilleurs coeurs ont de peine a resister a leur ressen- 
timent ? 

Bay. Je le sais bien : mais le vrai courage consiste a resister. 
Si vous connaissez votre faute, hatez-vous de la reparer. Pour 
moi, je meurs, et je vous trouve plus a plaindre dans vos pros- 
perites, que moi dans mes sourTrances. Quand l'empereur ne 
vous tromperait pas, quand meme il vous donnerait sa soeur en 
manage, et qu'il partagerait la France avec vous, il n'effacerait 
point la tache 6 qui deshonore votre vie. Le connetable de 
Bourbon rebelle! ah! quelle honte! Ecoutez Bayard mourant 
comme il a vecu, et ne cessant de dire la verite : 

*, Strip. 2. The highest. 3. Blinded. 4. To owe. 5. To spare. 6. The stain. 



USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 3x3 

XVIII. DIX-HUITlfiME LEfON. 

USE OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 

I. PRESENT TENSE. 

1. The Present of the Indicative corresponds to the English 
present. In French there is only one form of this tense, as : Je 
lis, I read ; j'aime, I like. The English forms : I am reading, I 
do read, etc., must, therefore, always be translated as if they 
were: I read,y> lis. Ex.: — 

The children are playing in the garden. 
Les enfants jouent an jardin. 

Nous dinons toujours a deux heures. 

2. The Present tense is sometimes employed for the Future, 
when speaking of actions which are to be done at a time proxi- 
mate or near, as : 

Je pars demain, I (shall) set out to-morrow. 

3. It is also used in a narrative, instead of the Preterite, in or- 
der to give more vivacity to the description, and to make the 
event, as it were, present. For this reason it is called also the 
historical or nar'rative Present. Ex. : — 

A cette nouvelle, qifil repousse avec irritation, Napoleon descend de la mon- 
tagne du Salut et s'approche de la Moskwa et de la porte Dorogomilow. II 
s^arrete (stops) encore a V entree de cette barriere, mais inutilement. Murat 
lepresse, etc. 

Here repousse, descend, s'approche, s^arreie, presse are historical Presents 
(instead of repoussa, descendit, s'approcha, s'arreta, pressa). It is particu- 
larly liked for euphony, when several Preterites of the first conjugation 
would be used. Example : — 

Mentor range les soldats, il marche a leur tete et s'avance vers les ennemis 
(instead of rangea, marcha, s^avanfa). 

4. The Present tense must also be used for the English Perfect, 



314 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

when a duration of time is expressed in which the condition is 
still continuing. 

How long have you been here ? 

Depuis quand etes-vous ici? 

Have you had this dog long ? 

Y a-t-il longtemps que vous avez ce chien ? 

I have had him these two years. 

Je Pai depuis deux ans. 
If the Compound of the Present were used in these sentences, it would 
imply that the condition no longer existed. II y a deux ans quHl a ete mort, 
would be absurd in French, as it would imply that he was alive again. 

THEME 40. 
i. Do you speak French? 2. Yes, sir, I do. 3. Is it rain- 
ing ? 4. No, it does not rain. 5. I do not like lazy boys. 6. 
I cannot write with a bad pen. 7. I see a man who is asleep. 1 
8. What are you doing ? 9. I am reading a very amusing book; 
you must read it also; to-morrow I shall send it to you. 10. I 
set out to-morrow for Germany. 11. I shall be ready in a mo- 
ment. 12. How long have you been (§ 4) in Paris ? 13. I have 
been here for {depuis) three months. 14. Have you had this 
stick 2 long? 15. I have had it for more than (de) four years. 
16. Has your father known that gentleman long ? 17. I think 
he has known him for a year or two. 

1. Qui dor t. 2. Canne, f. 



PAST TENSES. 

5. The Imperfect tense denotes co?iti7iuity of an action or condi- 
tion, in past time. It is therefore used to express what was cus- 
tomary or habitual. It is also used in descriptions of persons and 
of things, in expressing physical and moral qualities, traits of char- 
acter, etc.* Whenever the simple form of the Past can be changed 
into the progressive form, / was .... ing, the Imperfect must be 
used. When the form / did is preferable the Past Definite must 
be employed, and in conversation, the Past Indefinite. Ex.: — 

* Hence it is called by some grammarians the simultaneous past, and by some the descrip- 
tive tense. 



USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 315 

Henri IV etait un bon prince, il avait de belles qualit/s, il aimait son peu- 
ple et en itait dime. 

Je ne savais pas cela. 

Pendant tnon sejour d la campagne je me levais tous les matins d cinq keures 
etje faisais de tongues promenades. 

Calypso ne pouvait se consoler du depart d 1 Ulysse. Sa grotte ne re'sonnait 
plus de son chant. Les nymphes qui la servaient, n'osaient lui parler. Elle 
se promenait souvent seule, etc. 

Lorsquej'e'tais enpleine mer,Je m'amusais quelquefois d dessiner les beaux 
nuages, semblables d des groupes de montagnes, qui voguaient a la suite les 
uns des autres, sur Vazur des cieux. 

La grotte de la de'esse etait sur le penchant d'une colli ne : de Id on de'couvrait 
la mer ; d'un autre cote on voyait une riviere oil se montraient des ties bordees 
de hauls peupliers qui portaient leurs teles superbes j usque dans les nues. Les 
divers canaux qui formaient ces ties, semblaienl se jouer dans la campagne : 
les uns roulaient leurs eaux claires avec rapiditi ; d'autres avaient une eau 
paisible et dortnante. On apercevait de loin des collines et des montagnes qui 
se perdaient dans les nues. Les montagnes voisines etaient couvertes de pam- 
pres verts qui pendaient en festons : le raisin, plus /clatant que la pourpre, 
ne pouvait se cacher sous les feuilles, et la vigne etait accablee sous son fruit. 

6. When two occurrences take place, that which is interrupted 
by the other and which was lasting before the other happened, 
must be in the Imperfect tense : 

Je dormais (I was sleeping) lorsquHl entra. 
Je le surpris pendant quHl ecrivait. 

From this we see that whenever in English the Imperfect, I was, with the 
Part. pres. is used (I was sleeping, I was writing, etc.), in French the Im- 
perfect tense must be employed. 

7. In longer narrations, all those parts which do not form the 
thread of 'the narrative •, but serve only to illustrate the principal 
facts, and which are only explanatory additions or observations 
of the writer, are in the Imperfect tense. Ex. : — 

Au temps que /Italic etait francaise, une s/dilion e'clata (broke out) dans 
un des regiments en gamison d Livoume. C etait une affaire grave : c 'etait 
beaucoup plus qu'tine mutinerie de soldats. Vempereur parut extremement 
irrite, lorsquHl apprit cette nouvelle. Ses ordres etaient precis et terribles ; il 
ne voulait pas de conseils de guerre, etc. 



3 i6 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LE£ON. 

Etait, etaient and voulait serve as illustrative additions and explanatory 
observations of the writer on the facts expressed by the verbs eclata, parut, 
apprit. 

8. After the conjunction si, if, the Imperfect is used to denote 
a condition or supposition (see § 18). Ex.: — 

Sij'avais de V argent. Si monfrere venait, etc. 
77 me demanda si J 'avals des keures litres. 
He asked me if I had some hours to spare. 

9. Sometimes the Imperfect is used instead of the Conditional 
to denote that something would have happened, had not another 
occurrence prevented it, as : 

y etais perdu, sHl ne ni'avait pas retenu. 

I should have been lost, if he had not held me. 
Note. In a similar manner the expressions : should have, ought to have, 
and could have, are often rendered in French by the Imperfects : II fallait, 
je devais, il pouvait, etc. Ex. : — 

Vous deviez 7ne le dire tout de suite. 

You ought to have told me directly. 

THEME 41. 

i. Caesar was a great general. 2. Henry the Fourth was a good 
king, he loved his people. 3. We were at dinner when the cou- 
rier 1 arrived (Fret.). 4. Tranquillity reigned throughout (dans) 
the whole country. 5. The general was waiting for troops 2 
which were to (devaient) come. 6. My father studied (used to 
study) much when he was young. 7. If he came now, he would 
find me prepared. 8. When I was at Paris, I went every morn- 
ing to take a walk in the Champs-Elysees, or in the Bois de Bou- 
logne ; afterwards 3 I came home, where I employed 4 myself till 
dinner, either in reading 5 or writing, and in the evening, I gen- 
erally went (for) amusement 6 to the French Theatre or the Op- 
era. 9. If I were in France, I would learn French. 10. If he 
had something, he would give it to you. 11. I asked him if his 
father was at home. 12. He answered that he did not know it. 
13. I thought you were wrong. 14. I observed that he was 
quite pale. 7 

1. Lc courrhr. 2. Troupes, pi. f. 3. Aprte cela. 4. S'occuper. 5. A lire. 6. M'a. 
tmiser. 7. Pale. 



USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 



THE PRETERITE. 



317 



10. This tense (as : J'allai, je vis, je regus, etc.) is used in 
French to express a particular fact or event entirely elapsed, 
which has happened but once, or very seldom, at a definite time. 
It is the narrative or historical sense. Ex. : — 

Je fus a Rome Pete passe. 

II partit le 20 octobre. 

Les Romains chasserent Tarquin de Rome. 

Apres la mort d'Aristide, Cimon prit les renes du gouvernement. 

Ce fut Pepoque oil la Grece commenga a produire les grands hommes. 

Quand les ordres de Criton furent execute's, tin domestique apporta la coupe 
(cup, goblet) fa tale. 

Le premier octobre IJI4 Charles XII quitta enfn la Turquie. Les Turcs 
accompagnerent le roi jusqii'a la frontiere et comblerent ce monarque de tons 
les signes de leur respect et de leur admiration. Pendant cinq jours Charles 
supporta la lenteur qu'entraine nature llei?ient un long cortege ; le sixieme 
jour il perdit patience et congut Pide'e de continuer le voyage tavec deux coM- 
pagnons. Accompagne de deux colonels sue'dois, il abandonna le cortege. 
Tons trois franc hirent la frontiere et continuerent le voyage a cheval avec line 
vite<sse extraordinaire. Apres 22 jours Charles arriva devant les portes de 
Stralsund. 

11. In longer narrations all the facts which form the thread of 
the relation, are expressed in the Preterite, whereas explanatory 
remarks serving only to elucidate or complete the relation of the 
facts, are in the Imperfect (see § 7) or in the Pluperfect. Ex. : — 

Les onze magistrats qui veillaient a P execution des criminels se rendirent a 
la prison de Socrate pour lui annoncer le moment de son trepas (death). Plu- 
sieurs de ses disciples entrerent ensuite ; Us etaient a pen pres an nombre de 
vingt; Us trouverent aupres de lui Xantippe, son e'pouse, qui tenait le plus 
jeune de ses enfants entre ses bras. Des qu'elle les apergiil, elle s'e'cria : Ah! 
voild, vos amis. Socrate pria Criton de lafaire remener chez elle (to take her 
home). 

Here the Preterites rendirent, entrerent, trouverent, aperfut, s'ecria and 
pria express the facts, whereas qui veillaient, Us etaient, qui tenait, etc., are 
incidental additions. 

12. When two facts occur together so that one is interrupted 
by the other, the verb which expresses the interruption is in the 
Preterite, the other in the Imperfect. Ex. : — 



318 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LEfON. 

Je dormais quand il entra. 

Je dejeiinais quand vous vintes 77ie demander. 

I was breakfasting when you came to ask for me. 

THEME 42. 

i. I saw the queen of England last year. 2. My aunt died 
the day before yesterday. 3. Cato killed himself lest he should 
(de peur de) fall into the hands of Caesar. 4. Marius was ill- 
treated by (de) fortune; however he did not lose his courage. 5. 
Rome was, for (pendant) more than two hundred years, the mis- 
tress 1 of the world. 6. King Pepin died,in 768-; Charlemagne, 
his son, succeeded (him). 7. We set off as soon as we had 2 the 
order for it (en). 8. My brother's servant brought me a letter 
this morning before I was up. 3 9. Epaminondaj- refused the 
present? of Darius. 10. The Duke of Bouillon was obliged to 
give the town of Sedan to Henry the Fourth ; but this prince, 
satisfied with his submission, 4 gave 5 it him back 5 soon. 11. 
Napoleon was born 6 in Corsica. 7 12. When some one repre- 
sented to Napoleon that a thing was impossible, he declared that 
this word was not French. 

1. La mattresse. 2. Pret. of recevoir. 3. Levi. 4. Soumission, f. 5. Rendre. 6. 
Pret. of the verb nattre, p. 181. 7. En Corse. 

THE COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

13. The Compound of the Present (j'ai vu, j'ai re$u, etc.) is 
used to express a thing as having taken place at a time not speci- 
fied, or in a period not fully elapsed. Ex. : — 

y 'ai perdu tous mes en/ants. 

M. Laurent a beaucoup voyage". 

Nous avons renonce (given up) d nos droits. 

Alexandre h Grand a detruit P empire des Perses. 

L'avez vous vu aujoud^hui? — Ouije Pai vu ce matin. 

Nous avons eu beaucoup de pluie cetle annee. 

Note. The French Perfect corresponds to the same form in English in 
all cases, except that given under the Present tense, % 4, in such phrases as 
Depuis quand etes vous ici, how long have you been here ? But the French 
tense is much more frequently used than the English, as will be seen in the 
following paragraphs. 



USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 319 

14. The Compound of the Present translates the English Im- 
perfect, whenever this does not denote continuous or habitual 
state or action (see §§ 5, 6, 7), or is not strictly a historical past. 
It is the tense most frequently used in conversation. Ex. : — 

Did you see him yesterday ? 

V avez-vous vu hier (not le vites-vous) ? 

No, sir, I did not see him. 

Non, Monsieur, je ne Vai pas vu. 

Did they tell him to come at six ? 

Lui a-t-on dit de venir a six heures ? 

Yes, they told him to come at six o'clock precisely. 

Oui, on lui a dit de venir a six heures precises. 

Les Frangais ont gagne la bataille de Marengo. 
In this last sentence, gagnerent would be perfectly correct, but would 
refer merely to an historical event in the past, with no bearing upon the 
present. Ont gagne connects the fact stated with something present, either 
in the speaker or in the hearer. 

15. The Compound of the Present is idiomatically used in famil- 
iar conversation, instead of the Compound of the Future, as : 

Avez-vous bientotfini votre theme? Oui, je Vaifini dans un moment. 
Will you soon have done your exercise ? Yes, I shall have finished it in a 
moment; instead of the more formal A urez-vous fini. .... yaurai fini. 

THEME 43. 

1. The horse, when he has run 1 his course; the bee, when it 
has made its honey; 2 and the good man, when he has done 
good 3 to others, do not make a noisy boast 4 about it, but go on 5 
repeating the action ; as the vine, 6 in its season, produces new 
clusters 7 again. 2. Fenelon preached with success from the age 
of nineteen, and wrote many works which are admired for their 
beauty of style; but that which has gained 8 him the greatest rep- 
utation is his "Telemachus," 9 where he has displayed 10 all the 
riches of the French language. 3. No work had ever a greater 
reputation ; it is written in a lively, n simple, natural, and elegant 
manner; its fictions are well imagined, the moral 12 sublime, and 
the political maxims (which) it contains, all 13 tend to the happi- 
ness of mankind, 14 



3 20 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LECON. 

i. AcJteve. 2. Miel, m. 3. Du Men. 4. Ne s'en vantetit pas. 5. Continuer: 6. 
Vigne,i. 7. Grappe,{. 8. Ltd a fait. 9. Telemaque. 10. Depbyer. 11. Animd. 12. 
Za morale. 13. Tendre a. 14. Ztej homines. 



THE COMPOUNDS OF THE IMPERFECT AND OF THE PRETERITE. 

16. These tenses are formed from the Imperfect and Preterite, 
and correspond to them, fully ; only that they represent their ac- 
tion as having taken place previous to some other event referred 
to, and cannot be used entirely independently, but usually stand 
connected with a conjunction or an adverb of time. If this con- 
junctive clause expresses a definite past time, the Compound of 
the Preterite is employed, especially after the conjunctions aussitot 
que ; lorsque, quand, des que, a peine, bientot, en un moment, tin jour 
que, etc. Ex. : — 

Aussitot qziej^eus termine ' mes affaires, je repartis. 

A peine eut-il prononce ce ?not, qti'il s^en repentit. 

Dte que le parlement se fut assemble, P entente cessa. 

It is here not to be overlooked that in the use of the Compound Preterite 
a more immediate relation, a closer connection must exist between the two 
past events. 

17. With the Compound of the Imperfect, this close connection 
fails, and this is the distinguishing feature of this tense, which is 
also used for the Imperfect for descriptions, for continuous events, 
and frequently repeated or customary previous actions. Ex. : — 

Platon avait regu de la nature un corps robuste. 

y avals deja termine mes affaires, quandje regus voire lettre. 

A la campagne, quand j'avais dine, jefaisais une promenade de deux lieues. 

18. The Compound of the Imperfect is also used after the con- 
junction si, if, the same in French as in English (see § 9). Ex. : — 

.SV vous etiez venu plus tot, vous m'auriez trouve a la maison. 
SHI avait parle plus haul (louder), /> Vaurais compris. 

THEME 44. 

1. The Tyrians had, by their pride, 1 offended the great Sesos- 
tris, who ruled in Egypt, and who had conquered so many king- 
doms. 2. The wealth which they had acquired 2 by commerce, 



USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 



321 



and the strength of the impregnable 3 city of Tyre, lying 4 in the 
sea, had lifted up 5 the heart of these people. 3. They had re- 
fused to pay Sesostris the tribute 6 which he had imposed upon 
them (leur) on his return from his conquests ; 7 and they had fur- 
nished troops to his brother, who had attempted 8 to kill him in 
the midst of the festivities 9 of a great banquet 4. As soon as 
Sesostris learned 10 this, he determined 11 to humiliate their pride 
and to destroy their commerce upon all seas. 5. Julius Cae- 
sar, having disembarked 12 in Africa, fell (down) as he was leav- 
ing the vessel; this appeared to his soldiers a very inauspicious 13 
omen : 13 he, however, turned the feelings of the army to his ad- 
vantage by exclaiming (en s'ecriant), " It is now, O Africa, that 
I hold thee." 

1. Orgueil, m. 2. Acquises. 3. Imprenable (before the noun). 4. Situde dans. 5. 
Enfle. 6. Le tribut. 7. ConquSte, f. 8. Voulu. 9. Joies. 10. Apprendre. 11. // ri- 
solut d 'humilier. 12. Ayant debarqne. 13. Un presage de mativais augure. 

III. THE FUTURE TENSES. 

19. The Future (je fiarlerai, je ferai, etc.) denotes in general 
future events and circumstances, as : 

Charles partira demain. 

20. It must sometimes be used in French after adverbs of time 
(quand, lorsque, etc.) where the English use the Present, when 
the idea is one of future time. Ex. : — 

Vous pouvez venir quand vous vondrez. 
You may come when you like. 

21. It is used as a softened form of the Imperative, implying 
the expectation of fulfilment. Ex. : — 

Vous ni'ecrirez demain, (do) write to me to-morrow. 
Vous ne tuerez point, thou shalt do no murder. 
Quand votes viendrez, vous apporterez mon livre. 
When you come you will bring my book. 
Note i. When shall and will imply determination, they are rendered by 
vouloir, as : 

I will do it, je veux le /aire. 

You shall do it, y> veux que vous le fassiez. 



3 22 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LECON. 

22. It sometimes has the sense of the Imperative in sentences 
like the following : 

Croira qui voudra Vhistorien Capitolin et quelques autres ecrivains qui 
font danser les elephants sur la corde. 

Believe who will the historian Capitolinus and several other writers, who 
make elephants dance on a rope. 

Note. To be on the point of doing something is expressed in French by 
aller, which corresponds precisely with the English to be going, etc. (See 
Part I., Lesson XLVII.) Ex. :— 

Are you going to write to him ? allez-vous lui ecrire ? 

I am coming, je vais venir. 

Napoleon dit a ses soldats, "Nous allons entreprendre la conquete de 
PEgypte. Les peuples avec lesquels nous allons vivre, sont mahome'tans" 
etc.. 

23. The Compound of the Future indicates an event which is 

to precede another future event specified. Ex. : — 

Quand faurai termini ' mes affaires, je partirai tout de suite. 
Aussitot que je serai, arrive, jHrai le voir. 

24. When the conjunction si signifies whether, expressing un- 
certainty, the future can be used after it, in French as in English. 
Si is never followed by the future, unless it means whether. Ex. ;•— 

Je ne sais si monfrere viendra. 

I do not know if my brother will come. 

25. When si signifies on condition that, the English Future must 
be rendered by the Present. Ex. : — 

Vous deviendrez savant, si vous e'ludiez bien. 
You will become a learned man, if you will study. 

26. The Future is sometimes used to imply surmise. Ex. : — 

Oil est mon argent? Vaurai-je peut-etre perdu ? 
Where is my money? Have I perhaps lost it ? 

27. The Conditionals, je parlerais, j'aurais parte, are used in 
French as in English, in conditional sentences : 

Je serais heureux si j' avals des amis. 
I should be happy if I had some friends. 

Note. The English I wish, when it does not relate to something past, is 
often translated by the Conditional oivouloir, je voudrais. Ex. : — 
I wish he would come soon,/*? voudrais qifil vint bientot. 



USES OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 



323 



28. After si, when it means suppose that, the English Condi- 
tional must be rendered by the Imperfect (see § 8). Ex. : — 

Sije continuais mon commerce, je deviendrais riche. 
If I should continue my trade, I should become rich. 

But when si means whether, the Conditional is also used in 
French : 

Je ne sais si mon oncle viendrait, en cas que vous Vinvitassiez. 

29. The compound Conditional of devoir, pouvoir, and vouloir, 
followed by the simple Infinitive, must be used when, in English, 
the auxiliaries should, ought, could, might, are followed by a com- 
pound Infinitive. Ex. : — 

Vous auriez du ecrire une lettre. 
You ought to have written a letter. 
yaurais pic lui donner de P argent. 
I could have given him some money. 

THEME 35. 

1. I shall go to London. 2. The bookseller will send you the 
book to-morrow. 3. When I am in the country, will you come 
to see me ? 4. I shall play as soon as I have finished my lesson. 
5. There will always be wars among men, as long as they are (§ 
20) ambitious. 6. I hope you will not refuse me this favor. 7. 
When you are ready, we will go and take a walk. 8. I do not 
know if my sister will consent to it (y). 9. If your person were 
as gigantic 1 as your desires, the whole 2 world could not contain 
you ; your right hand would touch the east 3 and your left the 
west 4 at the (en) same time, said the Scythian 5 ambassador to 
Alexander. 10. I could have kept 6 the book; nobody would 
have known it* 

1. Gigantesque. 2. Entter (after the noun). 3. L'orient, m. 4. L'occident, m. 5 
U ambassadeur des Scythes. 6. Garder. 

THEME 46. 
1. My country has been ungrateful 1 to me, although I have 
rendered it (lui) great service (//.). 2. The king has done me 
great injustice; he has robbed 2 me of my entire fortune, he has 



324 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LEfON. 

even taken 3 from me my two servants. 3. I have been com- 
pelled to flee in order to preserve 4 my life, which was seriously 
threatened. 4. What was to be done? 5 5. You should rather 
have endured 6 (§29) all injuries than to offend 7 against France 
and the greatness of your house. 6. If you were persecuted, 
you could have retired ; 8 it would have been (valu) better to be 
poor and unknown 9 than to take up 10 arms against your country. 
7. Even in poverty and in the most wretched 11 exile, your fame 12 
would not have been lost. 

1. Ingrat. 2. Prive. 3. M'a depo2ule jusqu'a. 4. Pour sauver. 5. Que vouliez- 
vous que je fissel 6. Souffrir. 7. Que de manquer a. 8. Vous retirer (reflective verb). 
9. Obscur. 10. Prendre les amies. 11. Miserable. 12. Gloire, f. 



READING LESSON. 
ALEXANDRE SELKIRK. 

Pendant la guerre pour la succession d'Espagne, quelques par- 
ticuliers 1 equiperent en Angletetre deux vaisseaux armateurs, des- 
tines a faire des prises 2 dans la mer du sud. Le capitaine 
Rogers fut nomme pour les commander. lis leverent 3 l'ancre 
de Bristol le 2 Aoiit, 1708. Au mois de Janvier de l'annee 
suivante ils se trouvaient du cote du pole antarctique. 4 Rogers 
doubla le Cap-Horn sans prendre terre en aucun lieu de ces pa- 
rages 5 jusqu'a l'ile de Juan Fernandas, situee dans la mer du 
sud, a la distance de cent-dix lieues du Chili. II y envoya une 
pinasse, 6 qui revint au vaisseau avec quantite d'ecrevisses, 7 et un 
homme vetu de peaux de chevres 8 qui paraissait plus sauvage 
que ces animaux meraes. C'etait un ficossais, nomme Alexan- 
dre Selkirk, qui avait ete maitre a bord du vaisseau " Les Cinq- 
Ports," et que le capitaine Stradling avait abandonne sur cette 
ile depuis quatre ans et quatre mois. Voici le recit que ce mal- 
heureux fit de ses aventures au capitaine Rogers. 

"Des mon enfance j'ai ete eleve 9 dans la marine. Ayant 
suivi le capitaine Stradling dans son expedition, j'eus un demele 10 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 325 

avec lui, ce qui Pengagea a me debarquer sur cette ile. Je 
resolus d'abord d'y rester, plutot que 11 de m'exposer a de nou- 
veaux chagrins, d'autant plus que le vaisseau etait en mauvais 
etat. Cependant revenu a moi-meme, je souhaitai d'y retourner, 
mais le capitaine n'y voulut pas consentir." 
{To be continued.) 

1. Private men. 2. Capture. 3. To weigh. 4. South. 5. Parts of the sea. 6. Pin- 
nace. 7. Crawfish. 8. Goat-skin. 9. Brought up. 10. Quarrel, n. Rather than. 

QUESTIONNAIRE. 

Que firent quelques particuliers anglais pendant la guerre de 
la succession d'Espagne ? 

Qui commanda les deux vaisseaux ? 

Ou prit-il terre pour la premiere fois ? 

Ou est situee cette ile ? 

Qui trouva-t-on la ? 

Qui etait cet homme ? 

Comment y etait-il venu ? 

Combien de temps y etait-il reste ? 

Pourquoi avait-il ete debarque par le capitaine ? 



XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEfON, 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

1. The Subjunctive is in most cases dependent, and is therefore 
used in subordinate clauses. Whenever, in French, a subordi- 
nate clause is dependent upon a leading clause which contains 
the idea of something not yet having an actual existence for the 
speaker, consequently of something possible or uncertain, its verb 
will be in the Subjunctive. This unreality can apply as well to 
something external, i. e., to actions and events, as to something 
internal, i. <?., to conceptions and emotions. This is the general 



326 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LECON. 

ground of distinction in the application of the French Subjunc- 
tive. The two languages by no means agree in this point. Many- 
verbs in English are put in the Future, the Conditional, or the 
Present Indicative, which, in French, must be in the Subjunctive. 
Thus, for instance : 

Je ne pens e pas quHl soit si age. 

I do not think he is so old. 

Nous craignions qu'il ne s'en alldt. 

We feared he would go. 

2. But before passing to the rules concerning the use of the 
Subjunctive, it will be indispensably necessary to understand the 
relation of the tenses of the Subjunctive to those of the Indica- 
tive and Conditional, without which the clause, dependent upon 
them, cannot be properly translated. The following rules are 
here applicable : 

i. If the verb of the leading clause is in the Present or Future Indicative, 
that of the dependent clause will be in the Present or Compound of the Pres- 
ent of the Subjunctive. Ex. : — 

Je veux quHl vienne* I wish him to come. 

Connaissez-vous quelqii'un qui sache faire cela ? 

Do you know anybody who knows how to do this ? 

Je ferai en sorte que tout soit pret. 

I will have everything ready. 

yattendrai que mon pere soit parti. 

I will wait till my father has departed. 
2. If the verb of the leading clause be in a past tense of the Indicative, or 
in the Conditional, the Imperfect of the Subjunctive must follow in the sub- 
ordinate clause; or if the subordinate clause contain an event which has 
already taken place, the Compound Imperfect of the Subjunctive must be 
employed, according to the following scheme : 
Je craignais, 



Je craignis, 
J'ai craint, 
yavais craint^ 
Je craindrais, 
yaurais craint, __ 



quelle n'arrivdt demain — aujourd' hui, — trop tard,— 
trop tot, etc. 



* Observe that the Present and Future are the same in the Subjunctive Mood in French: 
the context alone shows of which of the two we speak. Ex. : — 
ye ne crois pas qu'elle vienne. 
I do not think she is coming. 
Je ne crois pas qu'elle vienne. 
I do not think she will come. 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 327 

Je craignais, 
Je craignis, 

yaicraint,* ... r . . , T . , 7 . , 

-i,, . . > quits ne h ssent arrives hier — avant-hier, — la semaine 

J avais cramt, ( * derniere, etc. 

Je craindrais, 

jfaurais craitit i 

3. There are a great many verbs which govern the verb of the 
subordinate clause in the Subjunctive mood ; they may be divided 
into four classes, viz. : 

1. Verbs of wishing, willing, desiring, commanding, or permitting. 

2. Verbs of thinking, believing, and saying. 

3. Verbs expressing fear, doubt, sorrow, astonishment, denial, duty, ne- 
cessity, joy, or delight. 

4. Impersonal verbs which do not express certainty or probability. 

4. Verbs of wishing, willing, commanding, etc. Such are : 

Aimer, to like. permettre, to permit, allow. 

aimer mieux, to prefer. prier, to beg, to ask. 

defendre, to forbid. recommander, to recommend. 

demander, to ask. souhaiter, to wish. 

desirer, to wish for, to desire. sonffrir, to suffer. 

exiger, to demand. supplier, to beg, request. 

ordonner, to order. vouloir, to be willing, etc. 

Examples : 
jfordonne qifil sorte, I order him to go out. 
yaime qu'il soil courageux, I like him to be brave. 
II veul que je dise la ve'rite (Pres. Subj., § 2, 1). 
He wishes me to say the truth. 

II voulait que je lui disse la verite (Imperf., § 2, 2). 
He desired me to tell him the truth. 
Le roi exigea que je parlisse tout de suite. 
The king demanded that I should leave directly. 

* As the Compound of the Present belongs to present as well as past time, it can be fol- 
lowed also by the Present of the Subjunctive, when the dependent clause refers to present 
time. Ex. : — 

Dieu nous a dofind la raison pour que nous nous en servions. 

God has given us reason that we may make use of it 



328 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LECON. 

5. Verbs of thinking, believing, saying, etc. 

These verbs, and, in general, all those which express the intel- 
lectual faculties of the mind, govern the Indicative when they are 
affirmatively used, and most commonly the Subjunctive when they 
are used negatively, interrogatively, or are preceded by the con- 
junction si. If I say, for instance : Je crois que Charles est 
malade, I represent Charles's illness to myself as a reality, and 
consequently the Indicative is required. But in the sentences : 
ye ne crois pas que Charles soil malade, or croyez-vous que Charles 
soil malade ? an uncertainty is expressed in regard to Charles's 
illness, and the Subjunctive must be used. Ex. : — 

Je ne crois pas que le concert ait lieu ce soir. 

I do not think that the concert will take place to-night. 

Pensez-vous qifil puisse apprendre tout cela. 
Do you think he can learn all that ? 

Je ne dis pas quHl ait tort. 
I do not say that he is wrong. 

Note i. If, however, we ask a question, less to be informed of a thing 
than to inform others of it, the second verb (having the sense : Do you 
know?) is put in the Indicative, and not in the Subjunctive. Ex. : — 

Vous ai-je dit que mon frere est arrive? 

Note 2. Observe that the verbs of knowing, being sure, resolving, etc., 
are not comprised among those which govern the Subjunctive. They gen- 
erally require the Indicative, even when used interrogatively or negatively : 

Je savais, } ,.,,... 

1, . , > qii 'it etait tci. 

Je 11 e savais pas, ) J 

Je ne sais s'il lefera, I do not know if he will do it. 



THEME 47. 

1. I wish him to come (that he a). 2. The law requires that 
thieves 1 (should) be punished. 3. I demanded that he should 
pay me. 4. Has he demanded that you should pay the bill ? 2 
5. I forbid that he should go there. 6. God wills that we love 
our enemies. 7. Caligula wished that the Romans should ren- 
der him divine honors. 3 8. Your father expects that you 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 329 

should give 4 an account of what you have done. 9. My aunt 
wishes that I should set out to-morrow. 10. Tell him to 
wait. 11. Augustus commanded in his will 5 that they should 
not seek to 6 extend the empire. 12. Allow me to tell you 
(allow that I tell y.) the truth. 13. I will be obeyed (that one 
ob. me). 14. Do you think your aunt will come by herself? 7 
15. If I find that you frequent bad company, you will lose my 
friendship. 16. Do you hope they (on) will make peace ? 8 

1. Les voleurs. 2. Le cornpte. 3. Des honneurs divins. 4. To give an account, ren- 
dre compte. 5. Testament, m. 6. A etendre. 7. Seuie. 8. Lapaix. 



6. The Subjunctive is used after verbs of fear, doubt, sorrow, 
joy, denial or hinderance, astonishment, etc. Such are : 

Avoir peur, 1 s'etonner, to wonder. 

craindre, } ' empecher, to hinder, prevent. 

douter, to doubt. nier, to deny. 

And likewise after : 

Et7-e Men aise, to be glad. etre afflige, to be afflicted. 

itre charme, i etre f ache, to be sorry. 

eire enchante, \ / s • £t re e'tonne, to be astonished. 

etre content, to be satisfied. etre surpris, to be surprised. 

se rejouir, to rejoice. regretter, to regret. 

trembler, to tremble. se plaindre, to complain. 

Examples : 

Je crams que ma mere ne soit malade. 

I fear my mother is ill. 

Je ne doutais pas quHl n 'arrival avant vous. 

I did not doubt that he would arrive before you. 

J' empecherai qu'il ne* sorte. 

I will hinder him from going out. 

Je regrette qifil soit vemc trop tard. 

Mon pere est f ache que je ne lui aie pas e'crit plus tot. 

ye suis charme que vous soyez venu me voir. 

Je vi'etonne qifil n'aitpas refu ma lettre. 

* Concerning the particle ne, see L. XV., § 15-18. 



330 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEfON. 

Note I. The verbs avoir peur, apprehender, craindre and trembler' require 
the particle ne before the verb in the Subjunctive mood, but only when these 
verbs themselves are affirmative or negative-interrogative. Ex. : — 

Je crains quHl ne vienne. 

Ne craignez-vous pas quHl ne vienne? 

But if the sentence be simply negative or simply interrogative, ne is not 
used, as : 

Je ne crains pas quHl vienne. 

Craignez-vous quHl vienne? 

Note 2. If after those verbs mentioned in § 6, we wish to express our- 
selves with definiteness, de ce qiie is used instead of the simple que, and this 
is followed by the Indicative : 

77 est f ache de ce que vous ne lui avez pas ecrit. 
Je me plains de ce qu'elle ni'a oublie. 

Note 3. If the second verb is negative in English, ne—pas must be used 
in French, as : 

Je tremble qu'il n y arrive pas a temps. 

I tremble lest he may not arrive in time. 

7. Subjunctive after Impersonal verbs. 

A verb preceded by que is always put in the Subjunctive after 
the following Impersonals : 

// est surprenant, it is surprising. il plait, it pleases, suits. 

il convient, it is proper. il estfdcheux, it is sad. 

ilfaut, it must. il est juste, it is just, right. 

il iynporte, it is important, it matters, il est difficile, it is difficult, 

it concerns. il est possible, it is possible. 

il suffit, it is sufficient. il est nature I, it is a matter of course. 

il vaut ??iieux, it is better. il se pent, il pent sefaire, it may be. 

And likewise after : 

II est temps, it is time. c'est dommage, it is a pity. 

c'estun malheur, it is a misfortune, etc., etc. 

Examples : 

Ilfaut que vous partiez tout de suite. 
You must leave directly. 

II est possible qii'il revienne. 

It is possible that he come back. 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. ^i 

Cest dommage que vous ne soy ez pas venu plus tot. 

It is a pity that you have not come earlier. 

77 suffit quHl ait avoue safaute. 

It is enough that he has confessed his fault. 

// est juste que vous soyez puni. 

It is right that you be punished. 

Further, after il y a, and all impersonal verbs with an adjective 
denoting evidence, certainty, or probability, when they are used 
in a negative, interrogative, or conditional manner. Ex. : — 

Y a-t-il tin mortel qui puisse dire quHl est toujours heureux? 

Is there a mortal who can say that he is always happy ? 

Est-il stir qu'il ait tort ? 

Is it certain that he is in the wrong ? 

II nest pas stir qu'il ait tort. 

It is not certain that he is in the wrong. 

THEME 48. 
i. I doubt whether that is true. 2. I doubt whether your un- 
cle will arrive to-morrow. 3. The Egyptians did not doubt (see 
Lesson XV., § 15) that certain plants and animals were divini- 
ties. 1 4. We question whether riches can* afford 2 happiness. 5. 
I did not know that you were to come. 6. Do you doubt that 
I am your friend? 7. I do not doubt that you are my friend. 
8. He denies that he had been told that. 9. He does not deny 
that he has been told that. 10. It is time for us to go (that we 
go) home, for it begins to (a) rain. 11. It is evident that Greece 
could no more defend herself, so much was she at that time 
sunken. 3 12. It is sufficient if you tell him this. 13. It is a pity 
that you did not go with us; you would have enjoyed 4 yourself 
much. 14. It is not probable that they will do it. 15. I must 
go to (en) town. 

1. Des diviniUs. 2. Accorder. 3. Ddchue. 4. S'amuser. 



8. The Subjunctive is used in relative dependent clauses begin- 
ning with qui, que, lequel or ou, which depend upon a leading 
clause in which a wish, doubt, or condition is implied, especially 
after an Imperative. Ex. : — 



332 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEgON. 

Lisez des ouvrages qui puissent former voire goiit. 

Read such books as can form your taste. 

Choisissez un appartement ou vous soyez a voire aise. 

Choose an apartment where you may be comfortable. 

lis envoyerent des deputes qui consultassent Apollon. 

They sent deputies who were to consult Apollo. 
If, however, no such requirement or expectation is contained in the lead- 
ing clause ; if, on the contrary, the matter is rather regarded as something 
which is actual, or which has already taken place, then, of course, the In- 
dicative is used. Ex. : — 

yai loue un appartement oiije suis bien a mon aise. 

lis envoyerent des deputes qui consulterent Apollon. 

9. A verb preceded by the relative qui or que is put in the Sub- 
junctive after the Superlative, when the relative clause only ex- 
presses an opinio?!, as : 

Cest le plus beau jardin que je. connaisse. 
This is the most beautiful garden I know. 
Cest une des demieres lettres que St. Paul ait e'crites. 
This is one of the last letters St. Paul has written. 
La meilleure garde quhm roi puisse avoir, c^est le ccettr de ses sujets. 
The best guard a king can have is the hearts of his subjects. 
If, however, the thing is represented as certain or as a matter of fact, the 
Indicative follows. Ex. : — 

Souviens-toi queje suis le seul qui t y a de'phi (displeased). 
Neron est le premier empereitr qui a persecute I ^ Eglise. 

10. The Subjunctive is used further after the ordinal numbers 
(as, le premier, le second, le de?'nier, etc.), and after unique, seul, 
peu, rien, and personne. Ex.: — 

Vous etes le premier ami que j'aie rencontre a Paris. 
You are the first friend I have met with in Paris. 
Cest Vunique espoir qui me soil rest/. 
This is the only hope that remains to me. 
II y a peu d^hommes qtci sachent supporter I'adversit/. 
There are few men who know how to bear adversity. 
ye ne connais personne qui soil aussi heureux que lui. 
I know nobody who is so happy as he is. 
Note. Qui and que do not govern the Subjunctive, when they are pre- 
ceded by de and its object, to which they refer. Ex. : — 
Ne dites rien de ce queje vous ai confie (Ind.). 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 333 

THEME 49. 
1. You are the most learned man I know in this town. 2. 
Robert is the only friend on whom I can depend. 1 3. Nero was 
the first emperor that (has) persecuted the Christians. 4. I seek 
a servant who is faithful. 5. The diamond is the most valuable 2 
stone we know. 6. You are the first German I have met with 
in China. 7. There is no one who does it more easily 3 than she. 
8. Is this the first time you have been mistaken? 4 9. I wish it 
were the first time. 10. Lucretius 5 and Pliny were the only nat- 
ural philosophers 6 whom the Romans had. 

1. Compter. 2. Prdcieux. 3. Aise'ment. 4. Se troinper. 5. Lticrece et Pline. 6. 

Naturalistes. 



11. Subjunctive after conjunctions. A verb is put in the Sub- 
junctive after the following conjunctions : 

Avant que, before. non que, ) 

a moins que {ne), unless. non pas que, ) 

afin que, in order that. pour que, in order that. 

bien que, although. pour peu que, ) , n ,. , 

, * / v 1 , ■ . > if ever so little. 

de peur que {ne), lest. si peu que, $ 

de crainte qzce {ne), for fear that, pourvu que, provided. 

de maniere {sorle) que, so that. que — ne, till, before. 

en attendant que, till. quel — que, i however. (See p. 

en (au) cas que, in case. quelque — que, $ 282). 

encore que, although. quoiqtie, although. 

jusqii'a ce que, until. sans que, without. 

loin que, far from. sinon que, but that. 

malgre que, for all that (only in si tant est que, if so be that. 

malgre' quHl en ail ). soil que — soil que, i whether — or. 

nonobstant que, notwithstanding. soil que— ou que, 5 be it that — or. 

(The two foregoing not very ele- suppose que, suppose that. 

& ant )- EXAMPLES : 

Rentrons avant qifil fasse nuit. 

Let us go home before it gets dark. 

Afin que. {pour que) vous le sachiez. 

That you may know it. 

ye ne sortirai dHci que je ne sois paye'. 

I shall not go away from here before I am paid. 



334 XIX - DIX-NEUVIEME LECON. 

Quoiqu'il me Vait promis. 

Although he has promised me. 

Pourvu quHl y consente. 

Provided he consent to it. 

Quelque effort que fas sent les homines, leur neant parait partout. 

Whatever effort men may make, their nothingness appears everywhere. 

A moins que vons ne me demandiez pardon. 

Unless you ask me for pardon. 

Au {en) cas quHl mourut. 

In case he should die. 

Note. The Indicative can sometimes be used after avant que, jusqu'a ce 
que, sinon que, de sorte que, si ce n'est que, tellement que, and de manure 
que, when all doubt and uncertainty are excluded, and the clause expresses 
a fact. Ex. : — 

Je gardai mon sang froid, jusqiCa ce que je Pentendis calomnier monfrere. 

II s'est occupe de cette affaire de maniere {de sorte) qti'on n'a pu le bldmer. 

12. In the same manner the Subjunctive is employed after the 
simple que, when used instead of one of the conjunctions men- 
tioned in § ii. Ex.: — 

"Je ne puis vous pardonner avant que vous me fassiez Paveu de vos fautes 
ei que vous me promettiez de vous corriger. 

I cannot pardon you before you confess your faults and promise me to 
improve. 

Venez que (instead of afin que) je vous en dise la raison. 

Come, that I may tell you the reason of it. 

Son esprit est toujours actif, quoiqu'ilsoit malade et qtiil ne puisse travailkr. 

His mind is always active, although he is sick and cannot work. 

13. The conjunction que, used to avoid the repetition of si, 
governs the Subjunctive. Ex. : — 

Sije ne suis pas rentre a quatre heitres et qti'on vienne me de??iander, etc. 
If I am not at home at four o'clock, and somebody comes for me, etc. 

14. The Subjunctive is also used after atte?idre y till is trans- 
lated by que, and not by jusqu" a ce que, as : 

Attendez qifil revienne, wait till he comes -back. 

15. Aside from the instances above mentioned, the Subjunctive 
also occurs in a few expressions which appear either the expres- 
sion of a wish or as a kind of third person Imperative. Notice 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 335 

especially : Dusse-je ! should I ! Puissiez-vous ! would that you ! 
Puissent-ils ! may they . . . . ! Further : 

Dieu veuille or plul a Dieu, would to Heaven. 

Vive le roi, long live the king ! 

Puissiez-vous etre keureux, may you be happy ! 

Qu'on amene Paccuse, let the culprit be brought here! 

Qu'i/s viennent, let them come ! 

Que Dieu vous benisse, God bless you ! 

Que la terre lui soit le'gere, may the earth lie lightly upon him ! 

A Dieu ne plaise que, may Heaven not permit, etc. 

THEME 50. 

1. Before war was declared, the Carthaginians sent once more 
ambassadors to Rome. 2. I cannot depend on your promise, 
unless you give me the necessary security. 1 3. Caesar went by 
forced 2 marches to Vienne, on the Rhone, before the enemy 
(plur.) became aware 3 of his approach. 4. Get up early to- 
morrow morning, that we may start 4 in good time (a temps). 5. 
I shall not yet pass to the perusal 5 of this author, unless you ad- 
vise 6 me to do it. 6. Keep a strict watch 7 over all your senses, 
lest intemperance get 8 the betteY of you. 7. Though he is lazy 
yet he improves a little (fait quelques progres). 8. I shall wait, 
until (§ 14) you have done. 9. Wait till the rain be over (passe'e). 
10. Although Homer, 9 according to 10 Horace, slumbers, 11 at 
times, 12 he is nevertheless (il rCen est pas mains) the first of all 
poets. 11. You will succeed, 13 provided you, act with vigor. 
12. I shall soon speak French, though I am convinced that it is 
a difficult language. 13. I shall not leave the house before (que 
— ne) you sign 14 this paper. 14. May God protect 15 you. 15. 
May Heaven preserve us from war. 

1. Garantie,{. 2. A marches forcees. 3. S' apercevoir de. 4. Partir. 5. Lecture, f. 
6. Constiller. 7. Veillez avec soin. 8. To get the better of, maitriser qn. 9. Homire. 
10. Selon. 11. Sommeiller. 12. Quelquefois. 13. Riussir. 14. Signer. 15. Proti- 
ger. 

THEME 51. 

1. A thoughtless 1 man knows nothing, though he have read a 
great many books; in the same manner a great many persons 2 



336 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LE£ON. 

remain ignorant, though they have travelled through the most 
civilized countries. 2. She will forgive you, provided you make 
her an apology. 3 3. If somebody comes, and I am not at 
home, send for me. 4. I shall be obliged 4 to do it. 5. We 
should be obliged to do it. 6. I feared you would have com- 
plained of me. 7. Our cousin set out without our knowing (w. 
that we knew) (of) his intentions. 8. I do not believe he has 
studied history. 9. Do you think they would refuse me, if I re- 
quested it of them (si jeles en priais) ? 10. May all nations be 
convinced 5 of this truth! n. I do not think he is so old. 12. 
Get in 6 without his seeing you (w. that he s. y.). 13. Go 
gently, 7 lest he should hear you. 14. Make haste, 8 lest they 
should set off without you. 15. I do not deny that it may be 
so. 16. We do not fear that it will give you pain. 9 17. Do not 
let 10 that child ride this horse; I am afraid he will throw 11 him 
off. 18. We ought to practise what the gospel 12 teaches us. 
19. Shall I read the letter aloud ? 20. Yes, if you please. 21. 
I doubt whether the young man would have succeeded, had it 
not been for 12 your assistance. 



1. Insouciant, i. Gens. 3. Vos excuses. 4. Falloir. 5. To be convinced se convain- 
cre. 6. Entrez. 7. Doticement. 8. Depechez-vous. 9. Faire de la peine. 10. Permeitre. 
11. Jeter abas. 12. Ue'vangile, m. 13. Sans, see p. 300. 



READING LESSON. 

ALEXANDRE SELKIRK. 

(Suite.) 

" Abandonne sur cette ile deserte avec mes habits, un lit, un 
fusil, 1 une livre- de poudre, des balles, du tabac, une hache, un 
couteau, un chaudron, 2 une bible et quelques autres livres; je 
m'amusai et pourvus 3 a mes besoins 4 le mieux qu'il me fut possi- 
ble. Mais durant les premiers huit mois j'eus beaucoup de peine 
a vaincre la melancolie et a surmonter l'horreur que me causait 
une si affreuse solitude. 

"Je fis deux cabanes 5 a quelque distance Tune de 1'autre 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 337 

avec du bois de piment; 6 je les couvris d'une espece de jonc 7 et 
les doublai 8 de peaux de chevres que je tuais a, mesure que j'en 
avais besoin, tant que ma poudre dura. Lorsqu'elle approchait 
de sa fin, je trouvai le secret de tirer du feu avec deux morceaux 
de bois que je frottais 9 Tun contre Fautre. Je faisais la cuisine 10 
dans la plus petite de mes huttes, et dans la grande je dormais, 
chantais des psaumes et priais Dieu. Le malheur m'avait fait 
connaitre le prix de la religion. 

" Accable de tristesse, manquant de pain et de sel, je ne man- 
geais qu'a Fextremite, lorsque la faim me pressait, et je n'allais 
me coucher que lorsque je ne pouvais plus soutenir la veille. u 
Le bois de piment me servait a cuire la viande, et a m'eclairer, 
et son odeur 12 aromatique recreait 13 mes esprits abattus. 

" Je ne manquais pas de poissons, mais je n'osais en manger 
sans sel, parce qu'ils m'incommodaient, a la reserve 14 des ecre- 
visses de riviere, qui sont ici d'un gout exquis, et aussi grosses 
que celles de mer. Tantot je les mangeais bouillies, et tantot 
grillees, 15 de meme que la chair des chevres, qui n'a pas le gout si 
fort que celle des notres, et qui donne un excellent bouillon. 16 
J'en avais tue jusqu'k cinq cents. Quand ma poudre fut finie, je 
les prenais a la course. Par un exercice continuel je m'etais 
rendu si agile que je courais a travers les bois, sur les rochers et 
les collines avec une vitesse incroyable. Peu s'en fallut un jour 
que mon agilite ne me coutat la vie. Je poursuivais une chevre 
avec tant d'ardeur que je la pris sur le bord d'un precipice que 
des buissons 17 me cachaient, et je culbutai 18 de haut en bas 
avec elle. Cette chute 19 terrible me fit perdre toute connais- 
sance. Enfin revenu k moi-meme, je trouvai la chevre morte 
sous moi, et j'eus assez de peine a me trainer 20 a ma cabane, 
qui en etait a un mille, 21 et a en sortir au bout de dix jours." 
[To be continued.} 

1. Gun. 2. Kettle. 3. From po7irvoir, to provide. 4. Need, want. 5. Hut. 6. Pi- 

menta. 7. Rush. 8. To line. 9. To rub. 10. To cook. 11. Watch, watching. 12. 

Smell. 13. To revive. 14. Exception. 15. Broiled. 16. Broth. 17. Bushes. 18. To 
tumble. 19. Fall. 20. To drag. 21. A mile. 



338 XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 

QUESTIONNAIRE. 

Quel effets {things) lui avait-on laisses ? 

N'avait-il pas de nourriture spirituelle ? 

Quel fut le premier soin de Selkirk ? 

De quoi couvrit-il les cabanes ? 

D'ou tira-t-il ces peaux ? 

Est-ce qu'il priait aussi Dieu ? 

Avait-il de quoi faire du pain? 

Que mangeait-il done ? 

N'avait-il pas de poisson ? 

N'y avait-il pas d'ecrevisses ? 

Comment les mangeait-il ? 

Eut-il toujours assez de poudre ? 

Comment prenait-il alors les chevres ? 

£tait-il done si agile ? 

N 'eut-il pas d'accident facheux ? 

N'avait-il pas remarque le precipice ? 

Se blessa-t-il par suite de cette chute ? 

Quand il revint a lui, dans quel etat se trouvait-il ? 



XX. VINGTIEME LEfON. 



THE INFINITIVE. 



i. The Infinitive sometimes takes the place of a noun. It is 
used as the subject of a sentence, where in English the Part. Pres. 
is often found. Ex. : — 

Secourir les pauvres est une action louable. 
To relieve the poor is a praiseworthy action. 
Medire est une infamie. 
Calumniating is shameful. 



THE INFINITIVE. 



339 



Note i. In some instances it becomes properly a noun and takes the 
article with it, as : le manger, le boire, les vivres (victuals). If such an In- 
finitive is amplified by means of other words, it is better to write c'est or 
c'etait instead of est or e'tait, and sometimes also voila. Ex. : — 

N' aimer que soi, c'est aimer pen de chose. 

To love no one but one's self is to love very little. 

Note 2. When this amplification is somewhat long, the Infinitive cannot 
remain at the beginning of the sentence, but must be placed after the predi- 
cate, and takes de before it. In order, however, not to confuse the sense 
and the construction of the sentence, ce or il is employed as a merely 
introductory subject; ce, if a substantive follows, il, if an adjective. Ex- 
amples : — 

Cest un honnetcr d'etre utile a sa patrie. 

II est glorieux de moitrir pour sa patrie. 

Note 3. If this antecedent predicate have several or long amplifications 
the subject-infinitive is commonly introduced by an expletive que. Ex. : — 

C e'tait une grande nouveaute pour le roi que d' 'entendre parler si naturelle- 
ment. 

2. Where two imperatives are connected in English by and, 
if the first is a verb of motion the second must be translated in 
French by the Infinitive, and the conjunction omitted. Ex. : — 

Go and see my brother, allez voir mon frere. 
Go and do it, allez lefaire. 

3. A verb immediately preceded by and depending on another 
verb (auxiliaries excepted), or following a preposition, other than 
en, must be put in the Infinitive : 

Je vous leferai savoir, sans etre presse'. 

4. Comment, how ; que, what ; oil, where ; pourquoi, why, and 
a few other words similarly used in interrogations, are often fol- 
lowed by the Infinitive instead of the Indicative, when the sense 
will not thereby be rendered obscure. Thus "Pourquoi aller? " 
may mean " Why do you go ? " " Que /aire? " " What is to be 
done ? " " Que dire ? " " What shall I say ? " 

5. The Infinitive without a preposition is used in French after 



34o 



XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 



verbs of motion, as : alter, envoy er, etc. ; after verbs that denote 
a perception of the senses, as : entendre, sentir, voir, etc., and 
after the following verbs : 



Ajftrmer, to affirm. 

assurer, to assure. 

avouer, to confess, with avoir, etre. 

compter, to reckon, to intend. 

croire, to believe. 

daigner, to deign. 

declarer, to declare. 

desirer* to wish. 

devoir, to be obliged. 

dire, to say, with avoir, etre. 

esperer* to hope. 

faillir, to miss. 

/aire, to do. 

falloir (ilfaiif), it must. 

s' imagine?-,* to imagine. 



jurer, to swear. 
laisser, to let, to permit. 
nier, to deny. 
oser, to dare. 
paraitre, to appear. 
penser, to think. 
preiendre, to pretend. 
pouvoir, to be able. 
reconnaitre, to acknowledge. 
savoir, to know. 
sembler, to appear, to seem. 
souhaiter* to wish. 
soutenir, to maintain. 
vouloir, to be willing. 



Examples : 

Venez nous voir demain. 
Come and see us to-morrow. 

y<? r<?»ra /?// apprendre cette noicvelle. 
I hasten to tell him this news. 

Ilfaut envoyer chercher le ?nedecin. 
We must send for the doctor. 

Vous osez, — daignez, — de'sirez, etc., hciparler! 
You dare, — deign, — wish, etc., to speak to him ! 

Je croyais — , je desirais, etc., lui rendre un service. 
I thought — , I wished — , etc., to render him a service. 

Je compte — , j^espere, etc., aller a Paris. 
I intend — , I hope, etc., to go to Paris. 

Je ne sais pas nager. 
I cannot swim. 

Croyez-vous avoir raison ? 

Do you believe you are in the right ? 

ye Ventends venir. 
I hear him coming. 



THE INFINITIVE. 



34 



Note i. After the above four verbs marked* de is sometimes used, espe- 
cially when they themselves stand in the Infinitive. Ex. : — 
Peut-on esperer de vous voir demai?i ? 
Personne ne doit sHmaginer de tout savoir. 

Note 2. The verb faire is used for to do, to make and to get, to cause ; in 
all these cases it is immediately followed, in French, by the Infinitive active 
without a preposition : 

Je ferai bdtir tine maison. 

I will cause a house to be built. 

Voulez-vous faire laver vos gants? 
Will you have your gloves washed ? 

ye hii ferai faire un theme. 

I will make him write an exercise. 

6. The simple Infinitive is governed further by the verbs: 
aimer* when used in the Conditional, I should like ; preferer, to 
prefer; aimer aidant, to like as much; il vaut mieux, it is better. 
Examples : — 

y aimerais le voir, I should like to see him. 

// vaict mieux ceder, it is better to yield. 

Je prefer e rester a la maison, I prefer staying at home. 

Note. When, however, in the second member of a comparison a second 
Infinitive follows que, this latter takes de before it. Ex. : — 
yaime mieux mourir que de trahir mon secret. 
I will rather die than betray my secret. 

7. The Infinitive is used after every preposition except en. 
Examples : — 

An lieu de jouer, instead of playing. 

Sans alter, without going. 

Pour voir, for the purpose of seeing. 

THEME 52. 

1. To speak too much is dangerous. 2. To clothe 1 the poor 
is a good work. 2 3. To lie is to disregard 3 God and to fear 
men. 4. To purchase peace of an enemy is to give him the 

* In regard to aimer with a consult § 15 of this lesson. 



34 2 XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 

means of carrying on 4 war. 5. Can you inform me whether 
the courier has arrived ? 6. He has not yet arrived. 7. One 
must know (how) to keep 5 a secret. 8. This man thinks he 
knows {Inf.) everything. 9. We hope to see the queen. 10. 
When do you intend to return ? 11. I do not know precisely; 6 
but I hope to see you again soon. 12. The king caused the 
brave soldiers to be rewarded. 13. It is much better to keep si- 
lent 7 than to say such things. 14. The most unfortunate of men 
is he who thinks himself to be such (/'). 15. He assured us that 
he had been there. 16. To yield 8 to necessity is not to be (a) 
coward. 9 17. Eating, drinking, and sleeping were his only oc- 
cupations. 18. I hastened to communicate 10 to him this intelli- 
gence. 11 19. He came to tell me that he had won nothing in the 
lottery. 20. Who would not rather (like to) be poor than to pos- 
sess unjustly acquired wealth? 12 21. Bayard said to the Con- 
stable de Bourbon: " It is better to perish righting {en combatta?it) 
for one's {sa) country, 13 than to conquer and (to) triumph 14 over 
it (d'elle)." 

1. Vetir. 2. CEuvre, f. 3. Mepriser. 4. Continuer. 5. Taire. 6. Au juste. 7. Se 
taire. 8. Ce'der a. 9. Ldche. 10. Commziniquer. 11. Nouvelle, f. 12. Des richesses 
malacqtiises. 13. Patrie. 14. Triompher. 



THE INFINITIVE PRECEDED BY DE. 

8. After a substantive which the verb limits, the English prep- 
osition of with a Pres. Participle (of going, of seeing, etc.) is 
generally expressed by de with the Infinitive. Ex. : — 

Le desir de vous voir, the desire of seeing you. 

Sa manure de penser et d'agir (of thinking and acting) 

// est temps de partir, it is time to set out. 

jfai Vhonneur de vous saluer. 

9. The preposition de is placed before a verb in the Infinitive, 
after the adjectives : avide, content, meco?itent, las, dig?ie, capable, 
incapable, etc., and in general after an adjective, whenever, by 
inverting the sentence, the clause containing the Infinitive might 



THE INFINITIVE. 343 

be made the leading term of an assertion expressed as subject to 
some tense of to be. Ex. : — 

Je suis curieux de savior. 

I am anxious to know. 

Etes-vous las de travail ler? 
Are you tired with working ? 

Cet homme est capable de votes tromper. 
That man is capable of deceiving you. 

Vous etes tres-adroit d' avoir si Men reussi. 
You are very clever to have succeeded so well. 

10. De is used before the Infinite after impersonal verbs, such 
as : il convient, it is proper ; il importe, it concerns ; il s'agit, it is 
the question; il suffit, it is enough; il me tarde, I long, and after 
il est, il etait or il semble followed by an adjective, as : il est facile, 
il etait necessaire, etc. Ex. : — 

77 ni 1 importe beaucoup de lui dire cela. 
It concerns me much' to tell him this. 

// est beau de pardonner a son ennemi. 
It is a good thing to pardon one's enemy. 

II suffira de lui par ler. 

It will be enough to speak to him. 

11. De is used after que, than, in a comparison 01 predicates. 
See note, § 6, of this lesson. 

THEME 48. 
1. You have no cause 1 to be angry with (contre) me. 2. 
Were you at the concert yesterday ? 3. I did not have the 
pleasure of seeing you. 4. The way 2 to be happy is to be virt- 
uous. 5. Have you the intention of selling your horse? 6. 
Not at all; I intend to keep it. 7. I fear losing (to lose) your 
confidence. 3 8. It is too late ; it is time to go to bed. 9. The 
art of dancing was known to the ancients. 10. It is disgraceful 4 
to obey (a) one's passions. 11. The desire of appearing clever 
often prevents one becoming so. 5 12. We rejoice greatly to see 
you. 13. It is agreeable to hear the twitter 6 of the birds. 14. 



344 



XX. VINGTIEME LEfON. 



It is useless to warn 7 him. 15. It is a beautiful thing to for- 
give one's enemies. 19. It is pleasant to live with one's friends. 

17. It is the fate 8 of all human things to be of short duration. 9 

18. The great secret of being happy is to work and to be virtu- 
ous. 19. I don't approve (of) your project of going to Eu- 
rope. 20. Gentleness 10 is the surest means of escaping every 
offence. 21. It is sad to have no friends and to be forsaken. 11 

1. A voir sujet. 2. Le 7tioyen. 3. Confiance, f. 4. Hontetix, 5. De le devenir. 6. 
Le gazouillement. 7. Avertir. 8. Le sort. 9. De ?i 'avoir qu'une courte dure"e. 10. La 
douceur. 11. Abando7ine. 



12. De is further used before the Infinitive, when the latter is 
immediately preceded by any of the following verbs : 



Abstenir (s'), to abstain. 
accuser, to accuse. 
achever, to finish. 
affecter, to affect. 

agir (s') (unip.), to be the question. 
ambitionner, to aspire to. 
appartenir, to pertain, to become. 
applaudir (s'), to rejoice, exult. 
apprehender, to apprehend. 
avertir, to warn. 
aviser(s'), to determine. 
bidmer, to blame. 
bruler, to wish ardently. 
censurer, to censure. 
cesser, to cease. 
chagriner (se), to grieve. 
charger, to commission. 
choisir, to choose. 
commander, to command. 
conjurer, to entreat. 
conseiller, to advise. 
convenir, to become, to suit. 
convaincre, to convince. 
corriger, to correct. 
craindre, to fear. 
decourager, to discourage. 
dedaigner, to disdain, scorn. 
defendre, to forbid. 



to leave off. 



defendre (se), to decline 

defier, to challenge. 

depecher (se), to hasten. 

de'saccoutumer (se), 

deshabituer (se), 

desesperer, to despair. 

desirer, to desire. De is often omitted 
after this verb. 

desoler (se), to be grieved. 

de'tester, to detest. De may be omit- 
ted. 

detoumer, to dissuade. 

devoir, (se), to owe it to one's self. 

differer, to put off. 

dire, to tell. 

disconvenir, to disown, deny. 

discontinues; to discontinue. 

disculper, to exculpate. 

dispenser, to excuse from. 

dispenser (se), to forbear. 

dissuader, to dissuade. 

douter, to doubt. 

ecrire, to write. 

efforcer (s'), to endeavor. 

effrayer (s'), to be frightened. 

empecher, to hinder. 

empresser (s'), to hasten. 

enrager, to be enraged. 



THE INFINITIVE. 



345 



entreprendre, to undertake. 

epourvanter (s') 5 to be frightened. 

essayer, to try. 

etonner (s'), to wonder. 

eviter, to avoid. 

excuser (s'), to excuse one's self. 

feindre, to feign. 

feliciter, to congratulate. 

finir, to finish. 

flatter (se), to flatter one's self. 

fremir, to shudder. 

garder (se), to take care. 

gemir, to moan, lament. 

glorifier (se), to pride one's self. 

hasarder, to hazard, to risk ; se hasar- 

der requires a. 
hater (se), J.o hasten. 
imputer, to impute. 
indigner (s'), to be indignant. 
ingerer (s'), to intermeddle. 
inspirer, to inspire. 
jurer, to swear. 
?nanquer, to fail. 
mediter, to contemplate. 
»*#(??' (se), to concern one's self. 
menacer, to threaten. 
meriter, to deserve. 
moquer (se), to laugh. 
mourir (fig.), to long. 
negliger, to neglect. 
»z>r, to deny. 
offrir, to offer. 
o?nettre, to omit. 
ordonner, to order. 
oublier, to forget. 
pardonner, to forgive. 
parler, to speak. 
passer (se), to do without. 
pertnettre, to permit. 
persuader, to persuade, 
piquer (se), to take pride in. 
plaindre, to pity. 



plaindre (se), to complain. 

prescrire, to prescribe. 

presser, to urge. 

presser (se), to hasten. 

pre'smner, to presume. 

/r/>r, to pray, entreat. 

promettre, to promise. 

proposer, to propose. 
„ proposer (se), to purpose. 

protester, to protest. 

punir, to punish. 

rassasier (se), to be stated. 

rebuter, to discourage. 

rebuter (se), to be weary. 

recommander, to recommend. 

refuser, to refuse. 

regretter, to regret. 

rejouir (se), to rejoice. 

remercir, to thank. 

repentir (se), to repent. 

reprendre, to censure. 

reprimander, to reprimand. 

reprocher, to reproach. 

reprocher (se), to reproach one's self. 

resoudre, to resolve. When active fol- 
lowed by afe / passive, by <s. 

ressouvenir (se), to remember. 

?'z><?, to laugh. 

risquer, to venture. 

•sw/r, to be becoming. 

rougir, to blush. 

scandaliser (se), to take offence. 

sommer, to summon. 

souffrir, to suffer. 

souhaiter, to wish. Zte may be sup- 
pressed. 

soupfonner, to suspect. 

souvenir (se), to remember. 

suffire (unip. ), to suffice. 

suggerer, to suggest. 

supplier, to beseech. 

tdcher, to endeavor. 



346 XX. VINGTIEME LE£ON. 

tarder, (unip.), to long. se trouver bien, to derive benefit. 

tenter, to attempt. se trouver mal, to fare ill, to faint. 

trembler, to tremble. vanter (se), to boast. 

Examples : 

II cesse de pleuvoir, it ceases raining. 
Je vous conseille de partir, I advise you to set out. 
Je crams de vous deranger, I fear to disturb you. 
II est defendu de fumer ici, smoking is forbidden here. 
Dites-lui de venir, tell him to come. 
Vous meritez d'etre puni, you deserve to be punished. 
7/ risque de tout perdre, he risks losing everything. 

La forteresse fut somme'e de se rendre, the fortress was summoned to sur- 
render. 



13. After the following prepositions and conjunctions : fires, 
hors, avant, au lieu, loin, afin, a moins, de crainte, or de peur, a 
force (by) faute (for want of), plutot que (rather than). Ex.: — 

Avant de partir, before departing. 

Au lieu de pleurer, instead of crying. 

Loin de se corriger, far from amending himself, one's self. 

A force de prier, by much entreaty. 

Dieu nous afflige afin de nous corriger, God sends us afflictions (in order) 
to amend us. 

Je sors, de crainte (or de peur) de vous deranger, I go for fear of disturb- 
ing you. 

THEME 54. 

1. I advise you to stay here and (to) begin your studies. 2. 
I beg you to come at six o'clock. 3. The first step 1 towards 
good {vers le bien) is to avoid evil. 4. It is {c'esf) the duty of a 
Christian 2 to please God, to hurt nobody, and to do good, even 
to his enemies. 5. He is not able to go so far. 6. You are 
very amiable in having come to pay 3 us a visit. 7. It is danger 
ous to trust 4 everybody. 8. The law of nature forbids us to do 
injustice (tori) to others. 9. A simple and temperate diet 5 lays 
the foundation 6 of firm health, (which is) capable of enduring 7 
the greatest hardships. 8 10. I cannot help 9 recognizing in the 



THE INFINITIVE. 347 

laws of nature a wonderful art ; and I hesitate not to say in the 
language of the Scripture, 10 that every star hasteneth 11 to go 
whither the Lord sendeth it. 

1. Le pas. 2. Chre'tien. 3. Faire. 4. Se Jiera. 5. Nourriture. 6. Prepare. 7. 
Supporter. 8. Les fatigues. 9. M'empecher. 10. L'£criture Sainte. 11. Se dJpecher. 

THEME 55. 

1. I was astonished, after such news, to see the man so quiet. 
2. Before one writes (Inf.), one must know what one wishes to 
say. 3. Instead of working, he went to walk that day. 4. I 
longed 1 to see my native country 2 again; accordingly 3 I deter- 
mined to embark 4 for Europe. 5. By much entreaty, I in- 
duced 5 my friend to accompany me. 6. For fear of offending 
him, I preferred to remain 6 silent. 7. The enemy retired, 7 in 
order 8 to make believe that he had given over 9 the sieg<f. 8. 
When one advised Philip to expel 10 from his dominions 11 a man 
who had spoken ill of him : " I will take care 12 not to do it," 
replied Philip ; " he would go evey where and speak ill of me." 

1. lime iardait. 2. Pays natal. 3. C'est pourquoi. 4. S'embarguer pour. 5. 
Engager a. 6. Metaire. 7. Reflective verb. 8. Afinde. 9. Renoncer a. 10. Chasser. 
11. £tat. 12. Se garder Men. 



THE INFINITIVE WITH a. 

We place the preposition a before the Infinitive of a verb : 

14. When the English Infinitive is passive, or can be changed 
to the passive without altering the sense. Ex. : — 

La moisson a esperer, the harvest to be hoped for. 
Cette niaison est a vendre, this house is to be sold. 
Je rial pas de te??ips a perdre, I have no time to lose. 

15. After a Substantive, when the following verb is or may be 
expressed by in with the Pres. Part. Ex. : — 

yaurai beaucoup de plaisir a vous voir. 
I shall have great pleasure in seeing you. 

16. After any adjectives which take a verb in the Infinitive to 
complete the sense, provided the verb preceding the adjective is 
not used impersonally. Especially after : 



34 8 XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 

Accessible, accessible. lent, slow. 

aise, easy. pret, ready. 

attentif, attentive. prompt, quick. 

bon, good. propre, fit, proper. 

dispose, disposed, inclined. sensible, sensible. 

difficile, difficult, hard. sourd, deaf. 

docile, obedient. utile, useful. 

habile, skilful. inutile, useless. 

facile, easy. (See also L. VIII., Gov. of Adj.) 

Examples : 

Cette legon est facile a apprendre, this lesson is easy to learn. 
Ce fruit n'est pas bon a manger, this fruit is not good to eat. 
Ce theme est-il difficile a iraduire? is this exercise hard to translate? 
Nous sommes disposes a croire que, etc., we are disposed (inclined) to be- 
lieve that, etc. 

Soy ez prompts a f aire le Men, be quick to do good. 

Note. Compare the following sentences, in which the verb preceding the 
adjective is used impersonally (see L. XX., § io). Ex. : — 

77 n ''est pas facile de prononcer ce mot, it is not easy to pronounce that word. 
// est difficile de vaincre ses passions, it is difficult to conquer one's passions. 
II senible difficile d ''apprendre cette langue, it seems difficult to learn that 
language. 

The other way would be : 

Ce mot n 'est pas facile a prononcer. 

Cette langue parait difficile a apprendre, etc. 



THEME 56. 

i. This wood is to be sold. 2. These rooms are to let. 3. 
We have not a momen/ to lose. 4. There is much pleasure in 
taking a walk. 5. Is this house to sell or to let? 6. It is to 
let. 7. I perceived in him a kind 1 of repugnancy to learn 
Greek. 2 8. You know his courage in facing 3 dangers. 9. This 
girl spends all her time in playing. 10. There is more glory in 
dying like Nelson than in living in unmerited 4 honor, n. Is 
German easy to learn? 12. It is not so easy as French. 13. 
That is easy to say, but not so easy to do. 14. That forest 5 is 
dangerous to pass. 15. I am ready to follow you, but I fear 



THE INFINITIVE. 



349 



that you are not fit to guide 6 us. 19. Be attentive to seize the 
opportunity. 7 17. The just man is slow to punish but quick to 
reward. 18. Are you disposed to do what I tell you? 19. I 
shall be quick to perform what you command me. 

1. Une sorte de repugnance. 2. Le grec. 3. Affronter. 4. Au sein des honneurs 
qu'on n'a pas mtrite's. 5. Foret, f. 6. Guider, conduire 7. U occasion. 



17. The following verbs also govern the Infinitive with a: 



Abaisser (s'), to stoop. 

aboutir, to end in. 

accorder (s'), to agree, to coincide. 

accoutumer, to accustom. 

acharner (s'), to strive furiously. 

ad7tiettre, to admit, to permit. 

aguerrir (s'), to become inured. 

aider, to help. 

aimer, to like (v. L. XX., % 6). 

amuser (s'), to amuse one's self with. 

animer, to animate, to incite. 

appliquer (s'), to apply one's self. 

apprendre, to learn, to teach. 

appreter (s'), to prepare. 

aspirer, to aspire. 

assigner, to assign, to summon. 

assicjettir(s'), to subject one's self to. 

attacker (s'), to strive. 

attendre (s'), to rely upon, expect. 

attendre, to put off, delay. 

augmenter (s'), to increase. 

autoriser, to authorize. 

avilir (s'), to debase one's self. 

avoir, to have. 

balancer, -to hesitate. 

bonier (se), to confine one's self to. 

chercher, to seek. 

complaire (se'), to delight in. 

concourir, to concur. 

condamner, to condemn : also the ref. 

condescendre, to condescend. 



consentir, to consent. 

consister, to consist. 

conspirer, to conspire. 

se consumer, to consume. 

contribuer, to contribute. 

convier, to invite. Sometimes fol- 
lowed by de. 

couter, to cost. When used imper- 
sonally it is followed by de. 

decider, to decide. 

determiner, to determine. 

determiner (se), to resolve. 

disposer, to dispose. 

disposer (se), to prepare one's self. 

divertir (se), to amuse one's self. 

donner, to give. 

employer, to employ. 

eizcourager, to encourage. 

engager, to induce. 

enhardir, to embolden. 

enseigner, to teach. 

entendre (s'), to be skilful, to be a 
judge. 

entreprendre, to undertake. 

essayer (s'), to attempt. 

etonner (s'), to wonder. 

etre, to be. 

etudier (s'), to make it one's study. 

evertuer (se), to strive (may be fol- 
lowed by pour). 

exceller, to excel. 



35° 



XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 



exciter, to excite. 

exercer (s'), to practice. 

exhorter, to exhort. 

exposer (s'), to expose one's se 

habiteur (s'), to become used to. 

hasarder (se), to venture. 

hesiter, to hesitate. 

induire, to induce. 

instruire, to instruct. 

inte'resser, to interest. 

inviter, to invite. 

mettre, to set, to put. 

mettre (se), to begin. 

montrer, to show, to teach. 

obstiner (s'), to persist in. 

<^rz> (s') 5 to offer one's services. 

opinidtrer (s'), to insist upon. 

parvenir, to succeed in. 

passer, to spend (time, etc.) 

pencher, to incline. 

penser, to think, to intend. 

perseverer, to persevere. 

persister, to persist. 

plaire (se), to delight in. 

//z>r (se), to bend, bow, comply. 

porter, to induce. 

pousser, to urge, compel. 



prendre plaisir, to take pleasure. 

preparer (se), to prepare. 

pretendre, to lay claim, to sue. When 
signifying to mean, to intend, it gov- 
erns the infinitive without a prepo- 
sition. 

provoquer, to provoke. 

reduire, to constrain. 

reduire (se), to be reduced. 

renoncer, to renounce. 

re'pugner, to be repugnant. 

resigner (se), to be resigned. 

re'soudre (se), to resolve. 

ra-Afr, to remain. Also used imp. 

re'ussir, to succeed. 

risquer, to risk. 

servir, to serve. 

songer, to dream, think, purpose. 

suffire, to suffice. May be followed bj 
pour. When used impersonally, is 
followed by de. 

tarder, to defer, to delay. 

tendre, to tend, to intend, to aim. 

tenir, to be anxious, desirous. 

travailler, to labor. 

viser, to aim. 

vouer, to devote. 



Examples : 

yaime d danser, I like to dance. 

Mon fils apprend a chanter, my son learns to sing. 

Je vous autorise a vendre mon jardin. 

I authorize you to sell my garden. 

Notre bonheur consiste a vivre suivant la nature. 
Our happiness consists in living according to nature. 

On m'a invite a f aire une promenade. 
I have been invited to take a walk. 

1 8. The Infinitive preceded by a is idiomatically used after the 
verb etre to translate the English progressive forms, such as ; I am 



THE INFINITIVE. 3^ 

singing, I was writing, etc. The French Je suis a chanter, 
J'etais a ecrire, are, however, not so much used as the English 
participial inflections, which are generally rendered by the simple 
verb Je chantey'' e'crivais, etc. 

19. The Infinitive with a also occurs in abbreviated expressions 
which in reality are simply contracted subordinate sentences. 
Examples : — 

A V entendre, on dirait quHl est innocent. 
To hear him, one would say he is innocent. 

A vous voir, on croirait . . . 

To see you, one would think . . . 

II etait le premier a sej-eter sur Vennemi. 

He was the first to throw, i. e., who threw himself on the enemy. 

ye ne suis pas komme a ??ie Iaisser offenser. 

I am not the man to allow myself to be offended. 

Je me plafai de maniere a pouvoir tout observer. 

I placed myself in such a posture as to observe everything. 

20. Verbs with a or de. The following verbs require either a 
or de, according to the sense in which they are employed : 

1. Commence!', to begin, is generally followed by a. Ex. : — 

On a coirwience a jouer, they have begun to play. 

But if it expresses simply a fact without any idea of continuation, de is used 
after it : 

Puisquej , ai com?nence' de ro??ipre te silence. 
Since I have begun to break the silence. 

2. Continuer a denotes an uninterrupted continuation of the action. Ex- 
ample : — 

Si vous continuez a travailler si fort, vous ruinerez voire sante'. 
If you continue to work so much you will ruin your health. 
Continuer de denotes an action repeated, but after successive interruptions. 
Example : — 

Mon ami continuait de m ^ ecrire. 
My friend continued to write to me. 

3. Defier requires a when it means to challenge, to provoke (to a competi. 
tion), and de when it means to set at defiance, or, defy to do something. 



352 XX. VINGTIEME LECON. 

4. S'efforcer, synonymous with faire des efforts, to exert one's self, to take 
pains, takes a. Ex. : — 

// s'efforcait a faire son devoir. 

He took pains (exerted himself) to do his duty. 

S'efforcer de means to endeavor. Ex. : — 

ye ni'efforcerai d'obtenir cette place. 

5. fttre, to be, when joined to ce, is followed by d if it denotes turn, and 
by de, if it denotes duty or right, as : 

C'est a vous a parler, it is your turn to speak. 

Cest au maitre d'ordonner, c'est a moi d'obeir. 

It is for the master to command, it is for me to obey. 

6. Laisser, to leave, meaning to transmit, is followed by a ; meaning to 
cease or abstain, by de ; and when used in the sense of to permit {to let), it 
governs the next verb without a preposition. 

7. Manquer a denotes the omission or neglect of a duty : 

Pourquoi avez-vous manque a faire voire exercice? 
Why have you neglected to do your exercise ? 

Manquer de signifies to fail, to be on the point of: 
y'ai manque de perdre la vie, I had nearly lost my life. 

8. S'occuper takes a in the sense of to employ one's time, to work at. 
Examples : — 

// s'occupe a lire, he occupies himself with reading. 

Hauteur de "Paul et Virginie " s'occupait a recueillir les materiaux de cet 
ouvrage. 

The author of "Paul and Virginia" occupied himself in collecting the 
materials of this work. 

S'occuper de signifies mettre ses soins, to pay attention to, to think much 
of. Ex. : — 

// s'occupe de detruire les abus. 

He is thinking how to abolish abuses. 

9. Venir governs the Infinitive with a, when it signifies to happen. Ex- 
ample : — 

S'il venait a apprendre que vous etes ici. 
If he happened to know that you are here. 

Venir is followed by de, when it is used to express a_ thing just happened,, 
(See P. L, L. XLVI.L). Ex. ;— 



THE INFINITIVE. 



353 



Mes sceurs viennent de sortir. 
My sisters have just gone out. 

10. Tarder a signifies to delay. Ex.: — 
Ne tardez pas a lui envoy er de V argent. 
Do not delay sending him some money. 

Tarder, as an impersonal verb: ilmetarde, I long, governs the Infinitive 
with de. Ex. : — 

// me tarde de le revoir, I long to see him again. 

21. The following eleven verbs may take either a or de : 

Consentir, to consent. s^enteter, to be obstinate in. 

contraindre, to compel. essayer, to try. 

demander, to demand. obliger, to oblige. 

forcer ; to force. oublier, to forget. 

s 7 empresser, to be eager. tdcher, to try. 
s } engager, to engage, agree. 

Examples : 

II ne demande qifa manger et a boire. 
He demands nothing but to eat and drink. 

Elle demanda aticielde lui pardonner sa faute. 
She prayed to heaven to forgive her fault. 

Le banquier s^engagm. a (or de) payer la somme de mille francs. 
The banker agreed to pay the sum of a thousand francs. 

THEME 57. 

i. When the captain began to speak, all the soldiers listened 1 
attentively. 2. In the spring the trees begin to cover themselves 
with leaves. 3. They continued to live in peace. 4. We have 
coutinued to write to him, but he has not yet answered us. 5. 
The unfortunate never fail to complain. 6. I have failed to do 
what I had promised you. 7. I will endeavor to satisfy him. 
8. It is long before he comes (he delays to come). 9. I long 
to have finished my work. 10. At last I longed (il me larda) 
to see again my native country. 11. That woman is occupied 
only with ironing. 2 12. Do not fail to be here at a quarter to 
six. 13. Come and see US this evening. 14. Is your brother at 



354 xx - VINGTIEME LE£ON. 

home? 15. No, he has just gone out. 16. We have just re- 
ceived your letter. 17. He agreed to inform you of the result. 3 

1. Hcouter. 2. Repasser, 3. Resultat. 



INFINITIVE WITH THE PREPOSITIONS POUR, PAR, APR&S, 

SANS. 

22. Pour. Whenever the English to before an Infinitive ex- 
presses a design or purpose, and can be changed into, in order to, 
pour must be used. Ex. : — 

// attend de V argent pour payer ses dettes. 
He is expecting money to pay his debts. 

yaifait ?7ion possible poitr les reconcilier. 

I have done all in my power to reconcile them. 

Je Vai fait moi-meme pour ne pas vous deranger. 
I did it myself not to disturb you. 

23. The preposition pour is also used after the adjective fol- 
lowing assez, trop, suffisa?it, or after the verb suffire. Ex. : — . 

M. R. est assez riche pour acheter cette campagne. 
Mr. R. is rich enough to buy that estate. 

Caroline est trop jeune pour f aire cet ouvrage. 
Caroline is too young to do this work. 

24. The French usage differs from the English in employing 
the Infinitive instead of a separate clause, when the dependent 
clause has the same subject as the principal clause : 

y<? crois etre blesse, I think I am wounded. 

yespere jneriter voire co'nfiance, I hope I deserve yoar confidence. 

Je voudrais etre riche, I wish I were rich. 

THEME 58. 

1. I travel to see the world. 2. The army was too fatigued 

to renew 1 the attack. 3. I will do everything to oblige you. 

4. God has not given us hearts to hate one another. 5. He is 

going into the country to shoot. 2 6. Some people are hated 



THE INFINITIVE. 



355 



without deserving 3 it. 7. It is necessary to know the human 
heart to judge well of others. 4 8. After having terminated some 
affairs at home, I shall begin by paying 5 some visits. 9. Nobody 
can be happy without practising 6 virtue. 10. If the emperor 
Titus passed one day without doing good 7 to (a) anybody, he 
used 8 to say : " I have lost this day." 

1. Renouveler Cattaque. 2. Chasser. 3. Meriter. 4. Des autres. 5. Faire. 6. Pro- 
tiquer. 7. Du bien. 8. // avait couhcme. 



READING LESSON. 

ALEXANDRE SELKIRK. 
(Suite.) 

" Une longue habitude me fit manger la viande sans sel et. 
sans pain. Dans la saison j'avais quantite de bons navets 1 qui 
avaient ete semes par l'equipage 2 de quel que vaisseau et qui 
couvraient plusieurs arpents 3 de terre. Je ne manquais pas non 
plus d'excellents choux 4 que je cueillais sur une espece de 
palmier et que j'assaisonnais avec le fruit du piment, qui est 
le meme que le poivre de la Jamaique, et dont l'odeur est deli- 
cieuse. 

" Mes souliers et mes habits furent bientot uses a force de 
courir a travers les bois et les broussailles. 5 Cependant mes 
pieds s'endurcirent 6 si bien a la fatigue, que je courais partout 
sans peine. 

" Revenu 7 enfin de ma melancolie, je me divertissais quelque- 
fois a graver mon nom sur l'ecorce 8 das arbres avec la date de 
mon exil, ou bien a chanter et a dresser 9 a la danse des chats et 
des chevreaux. Lorsque je n'eus plus d'habits, je me fis un juste- 
au-corps 10 et un bonnet {cap) de peaux de chevres que je cousis 
ensemble avec de petites courroies; 11 un clou 12 me servait 
d'aiguille. Je me fis aussi des chemises d'un morceau de toile 
que j'avais. Quand mon couteau fut use jusqu'au dos, j'en 
forgeai d'autres avec quelques cercles de fer que j'avais trouves 
sur le rivage, et je les aiguisai 13 sur des pierres. 

" C'est ainsi que la necessite m'apprit a pourvoir k tous mes 
besoins." 



356 XX. VINGTIEME LEfON. 

" Pendant mon sejour u dans cette ile deserte, j'ai vu plusieurs 
fois des vaisseaux qui passaient, mais il n'y en eut que deux qui 
vinrent y mouiller. 15 Incertain de quelle nation ils etaient, je 
m'en approchai pour les examiner. Mais quelques Espagnols 
qui avaient deja mis pied a terre, ne m'eurent pas plutot apercu 
qu'ils tirerent 16 sur moi et me poursuivirent j usque dans les bois, 
ou je grimpai sur un arbre. Je ne fus pas decouvert, quoiqu'ils 
rodassent 17 dans les environs et qu'ils tuassent quantite de 
chevres sous mes yeux. Enfin j'aper9us vos navires que je pris 
aussitot pour anglais. J'allumai un feu sur un rocher pres du 
rivage pour vous douner le signal de ma detresse. 18 Vous me 
comprites et, graces a votre humanite, je puis esperer de revoir 
ma patrie." 

i. Turnips. 2. The crew. 3. Acre. 4. Cabbage. 5 Brushwood. 6. To harden. 7. 
Recovered. 8. Bark. 9. To train. 10. Jacket. 11. Strap. 12. A nail. 13. To sharp- 
en. 14. Stay. 15. To anchor. 16. To fire or shoot at. 16. To run about, ramble. 18. 
Distress. 

QUESTIONNAIRE. 

Comment mangeait-il la viande ? 

N'avait-il pas autre chose a manger? 

Manquait-il de choux ? 

Ou les cueillait-il ? 

Avec quoi assaisonnait-il ses choux? 

Avait-il toujours des souliers et des habits ? 

Comment se divertissait-il quelquefois ? 

Lorsque ses habits furent uses, que fit Selkirk ? 

De quoi se servit-il pour coudre les peaux de chevres ? 

De quoi se fit-il des chemises ? 

Quand son couteau fut use, que fit-il ? 

N'a-t-il jamais vu de vaisseaux qui passaient f 

De quelle nation etaient-ils ? 

Que firent-ils lorsqu'ils l'eurent apercu ? 

Fut-il decouvert ? 

Qu'apercut-il enfin ? 

Pourquoi alluma-t-il un feu sur le rivage ? 

Ce signal fut-il remarque ? 



THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE* 357 

XXI. VINGT ET UNlfiME LEfON. 



THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 

1. The Present Participle is invariable in French. Ex. : — 

Une femme monrant de soif. 

A woman dying of thirst. 

Une preuve convainquant tout le monde. 

A proof convincing everybody. 

Une mere consolant sa fille. 

A mother consoling her daughter 

Une pluie fe'condant la terre. 

A rain fructifying the earth. 

2. When the Present Participle loses its verbal nature and be- 
comes a participle adjective, it follows the noun, and agrees with 
it as an adjective. Ex.: — 

Une femme mourante. 
A dying woman. 
Une preuve convaincante. 
A convincing proof. 
Des paroles consolantes. 
Consoling words. 

3. The Present Participle is often used in English as a sub- 
stantive, which is not the case in French. It can sometimes be 
rendered by a noun, in most cases by the Infinitive (see Lesson 
XX., §1). Ex.:- 

La lecture est tin passe-temps agreable. 
Reading is an agreeable pastime. 
Sa passion dominante est la chasse. 
His ruling passion is hunting. 
I like dancing, j'aime a danser. 

4. When an English Present Participle has reference to a sub- 
stantive which is not in the Nominative Case, it is rendered in 



358 XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LECON. 

French by the Present or Imperfect of the Indicative, with the 
relative pronoun qui before it. Ex. : — 

II portait une bouteille qiii contenait du poison. 
He carried a bottle containing poison. 

5. An English Present Participle preceded by any preposition 
but by and on (§7), such as of, from, before, for, without, is ren- 
dered in French by the Infinitive with de, a, pour ox sans (as we 
have seen before). Ex. : — 

Hart d^ecrire est tres-ancien. 
The art >of writing is very old. 
Je connais sa maniere de penser et d'agir. 
I know his manner of thinking and acting. 
Ne P empechez pas de /aire du bien. 
Do not prevent him from doing good. 
Je Vai rencontre avant de partir. 
I met him before leaving. 

On ne pent pas trahir la verite sans se rendre coupable. 
One cannot speak against the truth without being guilty. 
After cannot be used without the auxiliary avoir, Present Infinitive and 
Past Participle. Ex. : After reading, apres avoir hi. 

6. Sometimes the English Present Participle is use"S substan- 
ively with a possessive adjective before it; then it must be ren- 
dered in French by the conjunction que and the Indicative or 
Substantive, according as the case requires. Ex. : — 

fe douie quHl soit tin honnete honime. 
I doubt his being an honest man. 
Nous avons appris qti'il s 'est fait soldat. 
We heard of his becoming a soldier. 

THEME 59. 

1. Miss Mary is an obliging young lady. 2. I listened 1 (to) 
her encouraging words. 3. He has given us consoling news. 
4. These books are very interesting. 5. That mother, in her 
supplicating 2 attitude, would have appeared touching, even with- 
out the surprising eloquence of her discourse. 6. The young 
soldier, preceding all the others, seized 3 the standard. 4 7. 
That mountain, commanding an extensive 5 view, was very well 
calculated 6 for our observationj". 8. Caroline, weeping bitterly, 7 
threw herself into her mother's arms. 9. I have seen your 



THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. ^g 

brother (§ 4) playing in the garden. 10. Alexander asked the 
physicians standing 8 by {autour de) him if he should die of {de) his 
illness. 11. The soldiers of Alexander, forgetting their wives and 
children, looked upon 9 the Persian gold as 10 their plunder. 11 
12. It ceased raining. 13. He risked losing his life. 14. I am 
afraid of losing her confidence. 15. The desire of appearing 
clever often prevents one from becoming so. 16. He left 12 
without paying his debts. 17. I heard of his being (§ 6) mar- 
ried. 1 8. We noticed 13 his looking at it (/<?). 19. He wrote to 
me without 14 his father's knowing it. 

1. £couter qch. 2. To supplicate, supplier. 3. S'emparer de qck. 4. Le drapeau 5. 
Utendue, f. 6. Proprea. 7. To weep bitterly, fondre en lartnes. 8. Se tenir. 9. To 
look upon, regarder qch. 10. Comme. 11. Butin, m. 12. Partir. 13. Remarquer. 
14. Sans que with the Subj. 



THE GERUND —PRESENT PARTICIPLE WITH EN. 

7. The Gerund is the Present Participle with the preposition 
en prefixed. It generally denotes i, either a means by which the 
object of the leading clause is attained, or 2, a simultaneous ac- 
tion, that is, an action during the transaction of which another is 
acted by the same subject. It is always invariable, and corre- 
sponds to the English Present Participle preceded by the prepo- 
sitions by, in, and on or while ; or is sometimes rendered by the 
simple Participle without preposition. Ex. : — 

1. Denoting a means : 

On se forme V } esprit en lisant de dons livres. 

We form our minds by reading good books. 

Nous avons obtenu la paix en faisant de grands sacrifices. 

We have obtained peace by making great sacrifices. 

II se sauva en sautant par lafenetre. 

He saved himself by jumping through the window. 

2. Denoting a simultaneous action : 

La deesse sourit en voyant Te'lemaqtte. 
The goddess smiled on seeing Telemachus. 
// me dit cela en tremblant. 
He trembled as he told me this. 



3 6o XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LE£ON. 

Je Pai rencontre en allant au chateau. 

I met him in going (as I was going) to the castle. 

ye lis le journal en dejeunant. 

I read the paper while breakfasting. 

Note. The English by with a Participle is rendered in two cases only by 
par and the Infinitive, viz., with commencer, to commence, begin, zxAfinir, 
to terminate with, to do something at last. Ex. : — 

Je veux commencer par reciter ma lefon. 

I will begin by saying my lesson. 

II finit par me demander pardon. 

At last he begged my pardon (he ended by asking). 

8. To enforce the simultaneousness of the two actions, tout is 
often placed before the Gerund. Ex. : — 

Tout en pleurant il ne put s'empecher de rire. 
Whilst crying he could not forbear laughing. 

THEME 60. 

i. We learn the news by reading the newspapers. 2. By ob- 
serving these rules, you may avoid mistakes. 3. By studying 
much, you will become learned. 4. More glory is 1 acquired by 
defending one's fellow-citizens 2 than by accusing them. 5. In 
going 3 this way we shall meet him. 6. I met my friend as I 
was going to the post-office. 7. By paying all his debts, he re- 
established 4 his credi/. 8. He told me, trembling, that he had 
lost all his money. 9. You may easily get 5 praise, by comply- 
ing 6 with the [anx) wishes of the people 7 with whom you con- 
verse, and by preferring others to yourself. 

1. On acquiert. 2. Concitoyen, m. 3. Prendre. 4. Re'tablir. 5. Obtenir des huanges. 
6. To comply with, se conformer a qck. 7. Des personnes. 



READING LESSON. 
GESLER CONDUIT TELL A KUSNACH. 



Tell, dans la barque, etait moins emu des cris des soldats, du 
bruit des vagues ecumantes,, du sifflement des vents dechaines, 



THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 361 

qu'il ne le fut en decouvrant la caverne de Grutli. II attendait 
le trepas, 1 et ne songeait qu'a l'avantage que son pays pourrait 
tirer de la mort du gouverneur. II jouissait en silence de la 
peur, des gemissements, 2 du tourment qu'eprouvait Gesler, 
lorsqu'un des rameurs, tout-a-coup s'adressant a cet horarae 
cruel : " Nous sommes perdus," dit-il, " il n'est plus en notre 
puissance de maintenir au milieu des flots la barque emportee 3 
par le vent du nord qui, dans un instant, va la briser en pieces 
contre les rochers du rivage. Un seul homme, le plus renomme, 
le plus habile de nos trois cantons dans 1'art de braver les 
tempetes du lac, peut nous sauver de la mort. Cet homme est 
ici : le voila ! le voila charge de tes chaines ! Choisis, Gesler, 
choisis promptement entre le trepas ou sa liberte." 

Gesler fremit 4 a cette parole. Sa haine violente pour Tell 
combat dans son ame pusillanime l'amour raeme qu'il a pour la 
vie; il hesite encore, il ne repond point, mais les prieres, les 
murmures des soldats et des rameurs qui lui demandent, qui le 
pressent de sauver leurs jours et les siens, en delivrant 5 son pris- 
onnier ; la crainte d'etre mal obei, s'il se refuse aux vceux de 
tous, et la tempete qui augmente, determinent enfin Gesler. 
" Qu'on brise 6 ses chaines," dit-il, "je lui pardonne tous ses 
crimes, je lui rends 7 la vie et la liberte, si son adresse nous amene 
au port." 

Les soldats, les rameurs, s'empressent 8 de rendre libre 
Guillaume. Ses fers sont tombes, il se leve, et, sans prononcer 
un seul mot, il s'empare du gouvernail. 9 Faisant mouvoir sous 
sa main la barque, comme l'enfant fait plier la baguette 10 qu'il 
tourne a son gre, il oppose la proue 11 aux deux vents, dont les 
forces ainsi divisees la tiennent en equilibre. Profitant ensuite 
d'un moment de calme, il tourne de la proue a la poupe, 12 main- 
tient la barque dans la direction qui seule peut la sauver, fait 
prendre les rames a deux seuls rameurs, dont il dirige les efforts, 
et s'avance, malgre les vents, malgre les flots et la tempete, vers 
le detroit 13 qu'il veut repasser. Les tenebres 14 empechent 
Gesler de s'apercevoir qu'il retourne aux memes lieux d'ou il est 
parti. Tell continue sa marche; la nuit presque entiere 



362 XXL VINGT ET UNIEME LE£ON. 

s'ecoule; 15 il est rentre dans le lac d'Uri, il aper9oit la lueur 
mourante du signal donne sur le mont d'Altdorf. C'est cette 
lueur 16 qui lui sert d'etoile ; il connait le lac depuis longtemps, il 
en evite les ecueils, 17 il s'approche pourtant du rivage qui borde 
le canton de Schwitz ; il pense a. Werner Stauffacher ; il calcule 
que Werner doit etre en marche, et que les chemins encombres 
de neige, le forceront de cotoyer 18 le lac. Dans ce faible espoir, 
il navigue, en feignant d'ignorer les lieux ou la tempete 
pousse la barque, en augmentant les terreurs de Gesler et de ses 
soldats. 

[To be continued) 

1. Death. 2. Sighs. 3. Carried away. 4. To shudder, tremble. 5. To liberate. 6. 

To break (see p. 372, § 15). 7. I give. 8. See p. 353, § 9. 9. The helm, rudder. 10. 

The rod. n. The prow. 12. The stern. 13. The strait. 14. The darkness. 15. To pass 
away. 16. ..Light. 17. Cliff. 18. To follow or march along the coast. 

QUESTIONNAIRE. 

Tell etait-il emu de quelque chose ? 
Qu'attendait-il ? 
A quoi songeait-il ? 
De quoi jouissait-il en silence? 

Qu'est-ce qui determina enfin Gesler a delivrer le prisonnier ? 
Que dit alors un des rameurs a Gesler ? 
Qui etait le batelier le plus habile dans les trois cantons ? 
Le rameur nomma-t-il cet homme? 
Entre quoi Gesler avait-il a. choisir ? 
Quel parti {decision) prit-il ? 
Que firent les soldats et les rameurs ? 
Quand les fers furent otes, que fit Tell ? 
Quelle manoeuvre fit-il apres ? 
Racontez ce que fit Tell ensuite. 

Gesler s'aper9ut-il que Tell retournait vers les memes lieux 
d'ou ils etaient partis ? 

Vers quel lac Tell dirige-t-il la barque ? 

De quel rivage s'approche-t-il ? 

A qui pense-t-il ? 

Que calcule-t-il a son egard ? 

Que feint-il ? 



THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 363 

XXII. VINGT DEUXIEME LEf ON. 



THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 



Every possible difficulty in regard to the agreement of Past Participle may 
be solved by the application of one of the three following rules : 

1. The Past Participle, when used adjectively, is placed after 
the noun and agrees with it as an adjective. Ex.: — 

Une fleur fle'trie, a withered flower. 

Une lettre bien ecrite, a well written letter. 

Des maisons bien meuble'es, well furnished houses. 

2. The Past Participle accompanied by the auxiliary etre agrees 
with the subject, except in reflective verbs. Ex. : — 

Cette lettre est bien ecrite, this letter is well written. 
Mes deux tantes sont mortes, both my aunts are dead. 
La ville fut prise, the town was taken. 
La nuit sera bientot passee, the night will soon be over. 

3. The Past Participle accompanied by the auxiliary avoir (and 
by etre in reflective verbs) agrees with the direct object, but only 
when that direct object precedes. Ex. : — 

La lettre que J'ai regue. 

The letter I have received. 

Les letti-es que j^ai refues. 

The letters I have received. 

Les dames que nous avons rencontries. 

The ladies we have met. 

Les affaires qite vous avez entreprises. 

The affairs you have undertaken. 

Ou sont les livres ? — -je les ai perdus. 

Where are the books ? I have lost them. 

Ou est ta plume?— je Pai perdue. 

Where is thy pen ? I have lost it. 

Oic sont les fruits que votes ni'avez envoy es? 

Where are the fruits you sent me ? 



364 * XIL VINGT-DEUXIEME LEf ON. 

But there is no agreement in the participle when there is no 
direct object, or when the direct object comes after the participle. 
Examples : — 

yai regit une lettre — deux lettres. 

I have received one letter — two letters. 

yai rencontre une dame — deux dames. 
I met one lady — two ladies. 

y ai perdu les livres. 
I have lost the books. 

yai perdu la plume. 
I have lost the pen. 

Nous avons mange. 
We have eaten. 

lis ont re'pondu a notre lettre. 
They have answered our letter. 

Mes freres avaient dormi. 
My brothers had slept. 

4. In reflective verbs, as etre takes the place of avoir, the par- 
ticiple agrees with the second pronoun, if that is a direct object. 
Examples : — 

lis se sont pre'sentes. 
They presented themselves. 
Elle s^est blessee. 
She wounded herself. 

But when the second pronoun is an indirect object, the partici- 
ple remains unchanged, unless the direct object precedes, as in 
verbs conjugated with avoir. Ex. : — 

LI se sont presente ' des fleurs. 
They presented flowers to each other. 
. lis se sont e'crit deux lettres. 
They wrote a letter to each other. 

But the participle must agree if the direct object (Jleurs, lettres) 
precedes. Ex. : — 

Les fleurs quHls se sont presentees. 
Les lettres quHls se sont ecriies. 






THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 365 

APPLICATION OF THE ABOVE RULES. 

As the application of the above rules may present some difficulty, special 
rules will be given, though all that follows is really embraced in § § 2 and 3. 

5. The Past Participle of a neuter or intransitive verb conju- 
gated with avoir never agrees, when conjugated with etre it always 
agrees with the subject. Ex. : — 

Les deux heures que j'ai dormi. 

The two hours during which I slept ; que is equivalent to pendant les- 
quelles. 

lis sont tombes, they fell. Elles sont tombees. 

Hence, also, the Past Part, ete is always invariable : Elle a ete, 
Elles out ete. 

6. The Past Participle of an impersonal verb is always invari- 
able, as : 

Les plities qti'il y a eu cet hiver. 
The rains we have had this winter. 

7. A Past Participle does not agree with en (of it, of them, 
some), because en is not considered as a direct object. Ex. : — 

Avez-vous des fleicrs ? — Oui, il nous en a donne. 

But the presence of en does not prevent the participle from agreeing with 
the real direct object if that precedes. Ex. : — 

La bonne opinion que j" 'en avals conpie. 
The good opinion I had conceived of it. 

8. A Past Participle between two que 1 5 is invariable. Ex. : — 
Les livres que vous avez cm que je vons donnerais, the books you 
thought I would give you. The first que is not the object of cru, 
but of donnerais. 

9. The Past Participle followed by an infinitive agrees when 
the object that precedes is governed by the participle, if the ob- 
ject depends on the infinitive the participle is invariable. Ex. :— 
La dame que j'ai vice peindre, the lady I saw painting. La dame 
quej'ai vu peindre means, The lady whom I saw painted, that is, 



3 66 XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LECON. 

whose portrait was taken. La dame que j'ai entendue chanter, the 
lady I heard singing; but, La chanson que j'ai e?itendu cha?iter, 
the song I heard sung, — because que is governed not by e?itendu 
but by chanter. For the same reason Je les ai laisses partir, I - 
allowed them to go ; but, its se sont laisse surprendre par Vennemi; 
they allowed themselves to be surprised by the enemy. In this 
last sentence se is the object of surprendre, as it is equivalent to, 
They allowed the enemy to surprise them. 

io. The Past Participle of the verb /aire followed by an infini- 
tive never agrees, because /aire thus connected with an infinitive 
is considered for all purposes of government as forming but one 
verb with it. Thus in Je le fais passer, le is the object of /aire 
passer; in Je lui fais passer le pont, le pont is the direct object, 
and lui and not le must be used, as faire passer cannot have two 
direct objects. Hence fait is invariable in the phrase : Une 
femme s'est presentee a la porte,je I'ai fait passer, a woman pre- 
sented herself at the door, I let her pass. 

ii. After the Past Participle du, pu and voulu an infinitive may 
be understood, in which case they remain invariable, as : ye lui 
ai rendu tous les services quej'ai du . . . que j'aipu (that is lui 
rendre), I rendered him all the services I should ... I could 
(render him). But, Les sommes qiHl m'a dues, the sums he owed 
me — dues agrees with its object que which precedes. 

12. The Past Participles attendu, exeepte, passe, suppose, and vu 
are sometimes employed as prepositions. They then precede the 
noun they govern, and are invariable. 

Other instances might be adduced, but a strict application of §§ I, 2, 3, 
and 4, will be found to cover all cases of doubt. 

THEME 61. 

1. She is loved. 2. We are satisfied. 3. My sisters are sat- 
isfied. 4. My aunt has arrived. 5. My cousins {fern) have ar- 
rived. 6. This house is sold. 7. The two houses are sold. 8. 
These letters are written very well. 9. My mother has gone 



THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 367 

out, and my sisters have also gone out. 10. Mary's grand- 
mother appears afflicted. 11. The trees have been felled. 1 12. 
Virtuous people are esteemed, and the impious 2 (are) despised. 

13. The rule 3 which I have learned is very easy. 14. The 
woman I have seen is very handsome. 15. Where is the lei ter 
which you have received ? 16. Here it is (la void); it is written 
in (en) French. 17. The horses which we have sold were very 
old. 18. How many horses have you sold? 19. We have 
sold them all. 10. Which house have you taken? 4 21. How- 
many books has he bought? 22. Where is my pen? 23. I 
have not seen it. 24. Where are my sisters ? 25. I have not 
seen them. 26. Here are the apples (which) you have given 
me; I have not eaten them. 27. The young ladies have been 
much amused 5 in your company. 28. Gentleman, you are mis- 
taken. 6 29. She has repented of her neglectfulness. 7 30. I saw 
(have seen) them play before my house. 31. The singers 8 whom 
I heard singing yesterday were Tyrolese. 9 

1. To fell, coufier. 2. Impie. 3. Regie, f. 4. Louer. 5. S'amuser. 6. Se tromper. 
7. Negligence. 8. Chanteur, m. 9. Tyroliens. 

THEME 62. 

1. That girl has run too fast; she is out of breath. 1 2. My 
aunt has travelled in Italy. 3. His mother (has) lived 2 in this 
house for (pendant) two years. 4. These young men (gens) 
have studied French and German. 5. We (have) met some la- 
dies in the street. 6. Miss Eliza has brought a bunch 3 of flow- 
ers. 7. For whom has she brought them? 8. She (has) 
brought them for you. 9. Have you read these two books ? 
10. No, sir, I have not yet read them. 11. I have read another 
book which your brother has lent me. 12. The carpenter 4 has 
built a new house, and he has sold it this morning to Mr. B. 13. 
The rain which has fallen this morning has spoiled the roads. 

14. We have bought twenty acres 5 of land. 6 15. The exces- 
sive heat which we had 7 last summer has occasioned diseases. 8 
16. There came a person that I did not know. 17. Why are 
these plants so wet? 9 18. I (have) ordered 10 them to be 



3 68 XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LEfON. 

watered. 11 19. The measures 11 I was obliged 12 to take have 
not had the desired effect. 13 20. The landlord 14 caused 15 them 
to be paid. 

1. Hors d'haleine. 2. Demeurer. 3. Bouquet. 4. Le charpentier. 5. Ardent, m. 

6. Terre. 7. Put the Comp. Pres. of the impersonal form il fait. 8. Maladie. 9. 

Mouillees. 10. Faire arroser. 11. Mesure, f. 12. Part, of devoir. 13. Effet, m. 14. 
L' atibergiste- 15. Faire. 

THEME 63. 

1. Where is your gold watch? 2. I have sent it to the 
watch-maker. 1 3. I thought you had allowed 2 it to be stolen. 
4. The two horses which I (have) advised you to buy are worth 
{valent) a thousand francs. 5. Happy the princes who have al- 
ways used 3 their power 4 for the good 5 of their people. 6. You 
must (il faut que vous) finish the letter which you have begun to 
write. 7. The apples which I have forbidden you to eat are' 
not ripe. 8. How many men 6 commit the same faults which 
they had resolved to avoid. 7 9. We have showed 8 him all the 
honor (pi.) it was our duty (to show him). 10. My friend ren- 
dered me every service 9 he could. 11. Have you bought some 
cigars? 10 12. Yes, I have bought (some). 13. Are not these 
trees very high? 14. I have seen higher ones. 15. The ship 
which we saw launched 11 has now the name of Arion. 16. The 
play 12 I saw performed 13 last night has been very much ap- 
plauded. 17. Imitate the virtues which you have heard praised 
(Inf). 18. We used 14 all the means we could. 

1. Horloger. 2. Laisser. 3. Employer. 4. Pouvoir, m. 5. Le Men. 6. Que 
d'hommes. 7. Mviter. 8. Fait. 9. Tous les services qii , 10. Cigare, m. 11. Lancer, 
\2. La piece. 13. Jouer. 14. Employer, 



THE PARTICIPLE ABSOLUTE. 369 

XXIII. VINGT-TROISIEME LEf ON. 
THE PARTICIPLE ABSOLUTE. 



1. The Participle Absolute is used, as in English, instead of 
accessory and subordinate clauses beginning with a conjunction 
which have the same subject as the leading clause. Ex. : — 

Regulus s'eloigna de Rome, tenant les yeux fixes a la terre, et laissant sa 
femme et ses en/ants. 

Vennemi, voyant (as he saw) notre petit nombre, recommenga le combat. 

Neoptoleme, poursuivant son discours, me dit, etc. 

Le charpentier, laissant son ouvrage a moitie 'fait, alia diner. 

Vempereur Conrad, ne vonlant plus tenter la fortune, abandonna subite- 
ment la Terre-Sainte, etc. 

Ne sachant que f aire, il prit ce parti. 

2. When the accessory sentence expresses an event which has 
taken place before another expressed in the principal sentence, 
the compound form of the Participle Absolute {ay ant vu, ayant 
fait, etc.) is used. Ex. : — 

Le comte de Toulouse, ayant somme (having summoned) la ville de se 
rendre, la declara sa possession. 

Le roi ayant tout sacrifie pour le bonheur de son peuple, fut enfin la victime 
de ses bonnes intentions. 

Lysandre ayant fait un riche butin (booty) dans la prise d'Athenes, en- 
voya a Lacedemone tout for et V argent quHl avait pris. 

THEME 64. 

1 . As the two combatants would not yield, x they were pierced 
with wounds. 2 2. As Mentor heard the voice of the goddess 
who was calling her nymphs into the wood, he waked 3 Telema- 
chus. 3. Crantor, seeing that I was already very near him, re- 
doubled his zeal, and attempted 4 to barricade my way. 4. That 
mountain, commanding an extensive 5 view, was well calculated 6 
for our observations. 5. I cannot accompany you into the 



370 XXIII. VINGT-TROISIEME LE£ON. 

country, having some business that requires my presence here. 
6. How many people do we see, who, knowing the value of 
time, waste 7 it improperly. 8 7. Wishing to make something of 
my son, I have put him into your hands. 8. Newton, having 
taken the average 9 of years during which the kings of the vari- 
ous 10 countries have reigned, reduced each reign to about 
twenty-two years. 9. Napoleon, seeing that the battle of Water- 
loo was lost, drew his sword and wished desperately 11 to fling 
himself into the tumult of the battle. 10. Franklin, (after) hav- 
ing looked everywhere for employment, 12 reentered at the 
printer 13 Keimer's. 

1. Ce'der. 3. De coups. 3. jSveiller. 4. Chercher a barrer. 5. £tendit. 6. Prop re 
a. 7. Perdre. 8. Malapropos, 9. Le terme moyen. 10. Different. 11. En desesperd 
12. De V occupation. 13. Chez I'imprimeur K. 



3. The Participle Absolute can also be used in the place of 
subordinate sentences beginning with a conjunction, if they have 
a different subject. Ex. : — 

Le roi etant mort, sonfils lui succeda. 

The king being dead his son succeeded. 

La ville ayant ete' prise, les soldats la pillerent. 

The town being taken, the soldiers pillaged it. 

Le repas e'tantfini, nous nous mimes en route. 

When dinner was over, we set off. 

Etant is sometimes omitted. Ex. :— 

Le repas fini (for etant fini), nous nous mimes en route. 

When dinner was over, we set off. 

V operation achevee, le roi remonta a cheval. 

The operation being performed, the king mounted again on horseback 

Ceite disposition faite, nous entrdmes dans la salle de reception. 

When this arrangement was made, we entered the parlor. 

THEME 65. 

1. My mother being ill, I cannot go out to-day. 2. Franklin, 
seeing that all his efforts were useless, went back to his country, 
in order to brave the storm 1 with his countrymen. 3. Wishing 
to see him, I went to his house. 4. Mary and her brother 
Henry, perceiving a pretty butterfly, 2 endeavored to catch 3 it. 



THE PARTICIPLE ABSOLUTE. 



371 



5. The gates being closed, we could not enter. 6. Philip sent 
deputies to the Scythians, 4 demanding {pour demander) a part of 
the expenses! of the sieg<?; the Scythians, alleging 6 the barren- 
ness 7 of their land, replied that, having no riches sufficient to 
satisfy so great a king, they thought (it) more 8 unfit to pay but 9 
a part, than to refuse the whole. 10 7. The wound still bleed- 
ing, 11 she fainted. 12 8. Everybody will respect the magistrates 
who, forgetting their own interest, observing the law, favoring 13 
virtue and restraining 14 vice, seek the welfare 15 of their coun- 
try. 

1. L'orage, m. 2. Papillon, m. 3. Attraper. 4. Scythe, m. 5. Lesfrais. 6. Alld- 
guer. 7. La sterilite. 8. Moifis couvenable. 9. De ne Payer qzC tine partie. 10. Le tout 
11. Saigner. 12. S'dvanouir. 13. Favoriser. 14. Reprimer. 15. Le bien. 



READING LESSON. 

GESLER CONDUIT TELL A KUSNACH. 

(Fin.) 

Enfin l'orient x se colore, et la tempete semble s'appaiser aux 
premiers rayons de l'aurore. Le jour naissant decouvre a Tell 
les roches voisines d'Altdorf, avant que le tyran ait eu la temps 
de les reconnaitre ;* Guillaume y dirige sa barque et le fait 
marcher plus rapidement. Gesler, dont la ferocite revient a 
mesure que le danger s'eloigne, observe avec des yeux sombres. 
II veut, mais il n'ose pas encore le faire charger de liens. 2 Ses 
soldats et ses matelots 3 reconnaissent bientot ou ils sont, en 
instruisent le gouverneur, qui s'avancant vers Tell avec colere, 
lui demande d'une voix terrible, pourquoi la barque, qu'il a 
guidee, a repris le chemin d'Altdorf. 

Guillaume sans lui repondre, pousse la barque droit 4 a un 
rocher peu eloigne de la rive, 5 saisit d'une main prompte Fare et 
la fleche 6 qu'un archer tenait a la main, et, rapide comme 
l'eclair, s'elance 7 de la barque surle rocher. La, sans s'arreter, 
il saute sur un autre roc, gravit 8 aussitot la roche escarpee, 9 et se 
montre sur le sommet, semblable a l'aigle des Alpes quand il se 
repose aupres des nuages, et qu'il promene ses yeux percants sur 
les troupeaux des vatlons. 

Le gouverneur etonne pousse un cri de fureur, de rage. II 
commande aussitot qu'on debarque, et que ses soldats, disperses, 



372 XXIII. VINGT-TROISIEME LECON. 

environnent de toutes parts le roc ou il voit le heros, On obeit ; 
les archers descendent et preparent deja leursarcs; Gesler, qui 
marche au milieu d'eux, veut que leurs fleches reunies s'a- 
breuvent toutes du sang de Guillaume. Guillaume aussi a ses 
desseins. II ne s'arrete, il ne se montre que pour attirer l'en- 
nemi. II laisse approcher cette troupe arraee jusqu'a, la juste 
distance ou son trait peut donner la mort. II regarde, fixe 
Gesler, pose sa fleche sur sa corde, et, l'adressant au cceur du 
gouverneur, il la fait voler 10 dans les airs. La fleche vole-, 
sifrle, 11 frappe au milieu du coeur de Gesler. Le tyran tombe, 
begaie sa fureur, et son ame s'exhale au milieu des imprecations. 
Tell a deja disparu; plus leger que le faon, 12 il s'est precipite du 
sommet du roc, il court, il vole sur la glace ; il gagne, traverse 
des senders 13 deserts, et prend le chemin d'Altdorf. 

Florian. 
i. The east. 2. Fetters, chains. 3. Sailor. 4. Straight. 5. Bank. 6. Arrow. 7. 
Jumps. 8. To climb up. 9. Steep. 10. To fly. 11. To hiss. 12. The fawn. 13. Path. 

QUESTIONNAIRE. 

Que decouvre le jour naissant a Tell ? 
Que fait Gesler? 

Quelle etait l'intention de Gesler ? 

De quoi les soldats et les matelots instruisent-ils le gouverneur ? 
Quand Gesler apercut les roches d'Altdorf, que demanda-t-il a 
Tell ? 

Guillaume lui fit-il une reponse ? 

Ou pousse-t-il la barque ? 

Qui saisit-il d'une main prompte ? 

Ou s'elance-t-il de la barque ? 

A qui ressemble-t-il quand il se montre sur le sommet ? 

Qu'est-ce que le gouverneur commande alors ? 

Fut-il obei ? 

Gesler que veut-il ? 

Jusqu'ou Tell laisse-t-il approcher la troupe ? 

Qui veut-il frapper ? 

Sa fleche l'a-t-elle atteint ? 

Que fait Tell alors ? 

Quel chemin Tell prend-il ? 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 



373 



XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LEfON. 



GOVERNMENT OP VERBS. 



i. Many verbs which in English require a preposition, such as 
to, with, for, etc., take in French a direct object. 



at, of, from, 
Such are : 

Approuver, to approve of. 
attendre, to wait for. 
chercher, to look (seek) for. 
connaitre, to be acquainted with, to 

know. 
considerer, to look upon. 
desirer, to wish for. 
devenir, to become of. 
ecouter, to listen to. 



envoyer chercher, to send for. 
esperer, to hope for. 
expier, to atone for. 
fournir, to supply with. 
prier Dieu, to pray to God. 
regarder, to look at. 
rencontrer, to meet with. 
re'soudre, to resolve upon. 



Examples: 

Attendez-vons votre frere, are you waiting for your brother? 

Qu 1 etes-vous devenu, what has become of you ? 

Ilfaut envoyer chercher le medecin, we must send for the doctor. 



2. The following verbs which in English usually require a direct 
object take in French the preposition a : 



Apprendre, ) qch. a qn., to teach one 
enseigner, S something. 

conseiller qch. d qn., to advise. 
convenir a qn.,. to suit any one. 
deplaire a qn., to displease one. 
desobeir a qn., to disobey one. 
dire d qn., to tell some one. 
/aire tort d qn., to wrong one. 
sejier d qn., to trust one. 
nuire d qn., to hurt, injure one. 
obeir a qn., to obey one. 
ordonner d qn., to order. 
pardonner d, to pardon, forgive one. 
parvenir a qch., to attain. 



permettre a qn., to allow one. 
plaire d qn., to please one. 
remedier d qch., to remedy. 
renoncer a qch., to renounce, abdicate 

something. 
se resigner d qch., to resign something. 
resister a qn., to resist one. 
ressembler a qn., to resemble one. 
subvenir d, to resolve. 
succeder a, to succeed. 
se soustraire d, to keep out of the way. 
survivre d, to outlive, survive. 
toucher d qch., to touch something. 



374 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LEfON. 

Examples : 

Pouvez-vous enseigner le latin a monfils? 

Can you teach my son Latin ? 

Ilfaut obeir a vos parents. 

You must obey your parents. 

On ne pent pas plaire a tout le monde. 

You cannot please everybody. 

Ne vous fiez pas a lui. 

Do not trust him. 

THEME 66. 
i. Who teaches your brother French ? 2. Mr. R., who is a 
very good teacher. 3. This ribbon does not please my sister. 
4. You have wronged your neighbor; you have hurt his credit; 1 
at least he says so (/<?). 5. A good Christian forgives his ene- 
mies. 6. Miss Mary resembles her mother (very) much. 7. 
Will you allow your pupils to take a walk this afternoon ? 8. 
Yes, I will allow them to go with you. 9. Children must obey 
their parents. 10. The officer disobeyed the orders of the king. 
11. The son suceeded his father. 12. The riches of the count 
would have relieved the wants 2 of the poor. 13. He who 
wishes to please everybody, runs the risk 3 of pleasing (de ne 
plaire) nobody. 14. Louis the Fourteenth survived his son, the 
dauphin, and his grandson. 4 15. Do not touch anything. 

1. Credit, m. 2. Besoin, m. 3. Courir risque. 4. Petit-fih. 



3. Verbs which require in English the prepositions of and J "rom 
are generally followed in French by de. Besides these, the fol- 
lowing also require de: 



Accabler de, to overwhelm. approcher de, 

s'acquitter de qch. , to discharge. s'approcher de, 



s affliger de, to be afflicted at. s^armer de, to arm one's self with. 

s' 'apercevoir de, * to remark, to per- avoir besom de, to want, to require. 



to approach. 

m on 

o wa: 
ceive. avoir pitie' de, to pity. 

* Apercevoir, when not a pronominal verb, governs the direct object and applies to visible 
things, as : J'afierctis wieflamme. 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 



375 



avoir ox prendre soin de, to take care 

of. 

driller de, to burn with. 

charger de, ) 

,j , > to load with. 
comoler de, ) 

se contenter de, to be satisfied or con- 
tented with. 
couvrir de, to cover with. 

se defter de, ) 

'£ j /to distrust. 
se mefier de, } 

dependre de, to be dependent on. 

envelopper de, to wrap up in. 

/aire de, to do with (to make use of). 

/aire present de, to present with. 

feliciter qn. de qch., to congratulate 

on. 

fonrmiller de, to swarm with. 

honorer de, to honor with. 

jonir de qch., to enjoy. 

medire de qn., to traduce, to slander. 

se 7neler de qch., to meddle with. 



se moquer de qn., to laugh at. 

mourir de, to die of. 

munir de, to furnish, provide with. 

se passer de qch., to do without. 

pe'rir de, to perish or die of. 

profiler de qch. , to profit by. 

pourvoir de, to provide with. 

punir de qch., to punish for. 

recompenser de qch., to reward for. 

regarder de, to regard with. 

se rejouir de, to rejoice at. 

remercier de qch., to thank for some- 
thing. 

remplir de, to fill with. 

se repentir de, to repent. 

rire de, to laugh. 

se souvenir de, to remember, to recol- 
lect. 

soiirire de, to smile at. 

triompher de, to triumph over. 

se tromper de, to mistake. 



Examples : 

Approchez-vous dufett, come near the fire. 

Je me suis defie de ses promesses. 
I distrusted his promises. 

On m^accabla de reproches. 

They overwhelmed me with reproaches. 

Elle souril de notre embarras. 
She smiled at our embarrassment. 



THEME 67. 

i. He was overwhelmed with reproaches. 1 2. You must dis- 
charge that obligation. 3. Death pities nobody, neither rich 
nor poor. 4. Come near the window. 5. Nature wants few 
things. 6. She is contented with little. 7. Have you not per- 
ceived this mistake ? 8. No, sir, I have not perceived it (en). 
9. The ground 2 was covered with snow. 10. The general hon- 
ored me with his friendship. 11. Your brother presented me 



376 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LE£ON. 

with this silver pen-holder. 3 12. The impious 4 mock at virtue 
and religion. 13. Do not meddle with my affairs. 14. Distrust 
that man; he will laugh at your benefits 5 when he no longer re- 
quires them. 15. Never traduce (slander) anybody. 16. Mr. 
A. is a very strong man; he enjoys good health. 17. If he re- 
pents his faults, I will pardon him. 18. I cannot do without 
his help. 6 19. I hope (that) you will profit by his experience. 
20. Remember your promise. 21. I remember that story very 
well. 22. Everybody rejoices at that victory. 7 

1. Reproche, m. 2. La terre. 3. Porte-flume, m. 4. Impie. 5. Bienfait, m. 6. Se- 
cours, m. 7. Victoire, f. 



4. Verbs with different governments. The following verbs have 
different governments according to their different significations : 

1. Abuser qn., to deceive.] 

abuser de qch., to abuse, to misuse. 

2. Assister qn., to assist, to help. 
assister a qch., to be present at. 

3. Changer qch., to change, to alter, to exchange. 

changer de qch., to change, to change one thing for another. 
changer en, to turn into. 

4. Convenirde qch., to agree (constructed with etre). 
convenir a qn., to suit. 

5. Croire qn., to believe some one. 
croire qch., to believe something. 
croire d qch., to believe in something. 
croire en, to believe in. 

6. Demander qn., to ask ^inquire for some one. 
demander qch., to ask for something. 
demander a qn., to ask a person. 

demander qch. a qn., to ask something of some one or to ask some one 
for something. 

7. Echapper and s' echapper de , to escape from, i. e., out of. 
echapper a, to escape from, i. e., to avoid, to be preserved from. 

8. Sefdcher de qch., to be sorry for. 
sefdcher contre qn., to be angry at. 

9. Insulterqn. or qch. (dir. obj.), to offend by insults. 
insulterd qn. or a qch., to deride, to scorn, to insult. 

io. Jotter a qch. t to play at a game. 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 



377 



jouer de V argent, to play for money. 
jouer d^un instrument, to play (on) an instrument. 
se jouer de an., to laugh at, to deceive. 

11. Manquer (neuter verb without a government), to be wanting or miss- 

ing. 
manquer qn. or qch., to miss, to fail in. 
manquer de qch., to be wanting in, to be short of. 
manquer a qn. or a qch. (also contre qch.), to fail in, to omit. 

12. Repondre a qch., to answer. 
repondre de qch., to answer for. 

13. Satisfaire qn., to satisfy, to content. 
satis/aired qch., to fulfil duties to . . . , to satisfy. 

14. Servir qn., to serve one, to be at one's service. 
servir de qch., to serve as something, for some one. 

15. Souscrire qch., to subscribe, to sign. 
souscrire a qch., to approve of, to subscribe to. 

16. User qch., to use up, to wear out. 
user de qch., to make use of, to use. 

Examples : 

On a change les conditions, they have altered the conditions. 
yai change de logement, I have taken other lodgings. 
Que demandez-vous, what do you ask for ? 
Demandez a votre mere, ask your mother. 

"jfai demande' mon argent a mon oncle, I have asked my money of my 
uncle. 

Repondez a ma question, answer my question. 

Pouvez-vous repondre de sa probite, can you answer for his honesty ? 

5. Special remarks on some verbs. 

1. Acheter qch. a qn., to buy something of some one. 

2. Aider qn., to succor, to support, to give means of doing. 
aider a qn., to help, to aid physically in doing something. 

3. Applaudir qn., qch., to clap something, governs the dir. obj. 
applaudir a qn., a qch., to praise a person, governs the ind. obj. 

4. Approcher qch. (active verb), to approach, to advance, to bring or push 

near. 
approcher qn., to approach — to have free access. 
approcher de qn. or de qch., to approach some one or something; to go 

or draw nearer (see § 3). 

5. Emprunter, to borrow, governs the indirect object of the person when 






378 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LECON. 

represented by a personal pronoun (such as lui, leur, nous, etc.). 
But it requires a or de when the person is expressed by a noun (as : 
a or de monfrere, of my brother.) 

6. En croire qch., to trust, to depend upon. 

7. Heriter qch de qn., to inherit something from some one. If, however^ 

no person is mentioned, the thing follows the preposition de. 

8. Persuader qn. de qch., to convince a person of the truth of a thing. 
persuader qch. a qn., to persuade one to do something. 

9. Redoubler qch. (dir. obj.), means to redouble, i. e., to reiterate. 
rcdoubler de qch., to redouble, i. e., to augment in force. 

10. Penser a means to have one's mind upon. 
penser de, to have an opinion of. 

Examples : 
Approchez la table, approach the table (bring it nearer). 
Tout le monde pent approcher notre prince. 
Everybody has free access to our prince. 
Ne vous approchez pas tant du bord. 
Do not go so near the edge. 
Pensez a moi, think of me. 
Que pensez-vous de cela, what do you think of that ? 

6. On the verb f aire. The verb /aire when followed by an In- 
finitive with a dir. obj., requires the person in the ind. obj., the 
two verbs being considered as one verbal expression the sense of 
which is always active. The reason of it is that an active verb 
cannot have two direct complements (see L. XXII., 10). Ex. : — 

ye lui aifait ecrire cinquante mots. 

I have made him write fifty words. 

Sa mere lui a fait racpnter cette histoire. 

His mother caused him to relate that history. / 

But if there be no direct object after the Infinitive that follows 
/aire, the person stands in the direct object. Ex. : — 
Je les aifait partir, I have made them depart. 
Nous les avons fait renoncer a leur pretentions. 
We have made them abandon their pretentions. 

7. The verbs ecouter, ente?idre y laisser and voir, also are some- 
times used in this manner, as : 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 



379 



Je lui ai vu maltraiier son chien. 
I saw him ill-treat his dog. 

But this is not generally adopted, and it is better to say : 

Je Vai vu maltraiter son chien. 

J'ai vu le petit garcon (dir. obj.) maltraiter son chien. 

8. When the Infinitive is followed by a subordinate sentence 
with que, the indirect object is preferred, as : 

Je lui ai entenuU dire quHl partirait. 

I heard him say that he was going to leave. 

yai entendu dire a son pere qtfil lui pardonnerait. 

I heard his father say that he would forgive him. 

THEME 68. 

i. The jailer 1 has deceived the prisoner with respect to (sur) 
the lot 2 which awaited him. 2. Have you not abused our pa- 
tience? 3. We have abused it (en). 4. The hour from 10 to 
1 1 does not suit my sister. 5. We have agreed on the price. 3 
6. Let us always assist the poor. 7. I could not be present at 
the funeral. 4 8. I have changed my opinion. 9. Could you 
change me this napoleon? 10. Industry is the true philoso- 
pher's 5 stone that changes all metals into gold. 11. Whom 
have you asked for? 12. I inquired for my eldest 6 brother. 
13. Have you asked your friend for money? 14. I have not 
asked him for any. 15. Do not believe that man, he is a liar. 7 
16. I do not believe in his promises. 17. We believe in God. 
18. The little bird has escaped from his cag<f. 19. Can 8 you 
play at chess ? 9 20. No, sir, but I will play at cards with you, 
if you like. 10 21. I play (on) the violin and my sister plays on 
the piantf. 22. We often play together. 23. I was too late, I 
missed the train. 11 24. A soldier must (doit) not fail in courage. 
25. The pupil redoubled his application, when he heard that a 
prize 3 would be given. 26. The man is too poor, he cannot 
satisfy his creditors. 12 27. Do you make use of spectacles ? 13 
28. Yes, I always wear spectacles; I am short-sighted. 14 29. 
Make him read a chapter 15 or two. 30. I made him relate 16 



3 8o XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 

the story a second time. 31. Charles the XII made all that 
multitude cross 17 the river, without retaining 18 a single soldier 
prisoner. 

1. Le geolier. 2, Le sort. 3. Prix, m. 4. Fune'railles, f. pi. 5. Philosophale. 6. 
Aine. 7. Menteur. 8. Savoir. 9. Atix e'checs. 10. Vouloir. n. Leconvoi. 12. CV/- 
ancier. 13. Lunettes, f. pi. 14. J' ai la vue basse. 15. Chapitre f m. 16. Raconter. 
17. Repasser. 18. Sans en retenir. 



XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LEf ON. 



IDIOMATICAL EXPRESSIONS. 

Idioms are modes of speaking peculiar to one language, which 
cannot be literally translated into another. 

Avoir, to have. 

Avoir vingt ans, to be twenty years old. 

Avoir ma I aux yeux, to have sore eyes. 

Avoir mal a la tete, to have a (or the) headache. 

jfaifroid aux mains, my hands are cold. 

J^z* j « z/<?2 <5raz/ parler, it is in vain for you to talk. 

y#« afe la peine a le croire, I can hardly believe it. 

Avoir froid, to be cold, — chaud, to be warm. 

Avoir honte, to be ashamed. 

Avoir raison, — tort, to be right, — in the wrong. 

Avoir bonne mine, to look well. 

N 1 avoir que /aire de, to have no occasion for. 

Avoir grand soif,—f aim, to be very thirsty, — hungry. 

Avoir quelque chose, to have something the matter with one. 

Avoir peur, to be afraid. 

Avoir sommeil, to be sleepy. 

Avoir soin, to take care. 

Avoir besoin, to have need, want. 

Avoir sujet, to have reason. 

Avoir regret, to regret. 

Avoir envie, to desire. 



IDIOMATICAL EXPRESSIONS. 381 

Avoir coutume, to be accustomed. 

Avoir lieu, to take place. 

Avoir beau, to be in vain. 

L 1 avoir belle, to have a favorable opportunity to do it. 

Eire, to be. 

Eire en e'tat de, to afford. 

Etre a son aise, to be in good circumstances. 

Eire mal avec quelquhin, to be on bad terms with some one. 

Etre de moitie, to go halves. 

Etre a la porte'e, to be within reach. 

Etre sur le point de, to be very near to, to be going to. 

II en est de . . . , it is with, it is the case. 

Etre riche de, to be worth, to possess. When a person is the subject 

valoir is never used in this sense. 
II est riche de douze mi lie piastres, he is worth twelve thousand dollars. 
Etre en retard, to be late. 
Etre a mime de, to be able to. 
Ittre en peine de, to be uneasy about. 
Etre en vie, to be alive. 
Etre en chemin pour, to be on the way to. 
Etre aufait, an courant de, to be familiar with. 
Etre a la veille de, on the eve of. 
Etre de trop, to be in the way. 
Etre Men avec, to be on good terms with. 
Etre broicille avec, to be embroiled with, on bad terms with. 
£tre aux prises avec, to be in open rupture, quarrel or battle with. 
Etre d^avis, to be of opinion. 

Y etre, to be at home. 
Etre d' accord, to be in tune. 

Ce piano n' est pas d* accord, this piano is not in tune. 
Nous sommes d" 1 accord, we agree. 

Vous rty etes pas, that is not it. 

Faire, to do, to make. 

Faire savoir a qn., to let one know, to send word. 

Faire chaud, faire fro id, to be warm, — cold (of the weather). 

Se faire des amis, to get friends. 

Faire faire, to get made. 

Faire semblant de, to pretend. 

Faire attention, to pay attention. 

Faire cas de, to value, to esteem. 



382 XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 

Faire un tour de promenade, to take a walk. 

Faire voile or mettre a la voile, to set sail. 

Faire de son niieux, to do one's best. 

Ne faire que, to do nothing but. 

Cen est fait de moi, I am undone, it is over with me. 

Votes feriez mieux de rester, you had better stay. 

Faites-moi grace de tous ces details, spare me particulars. 

Faire raccommoder, to have mended. 

Faire la cuisine, to cook. 

Faire tort a, to injure. 

Faire bouillir, to boil. 

THEME 69. 
i. How old was your father when he died ? 2. He was sev- 
enty. 3. And your mother? 4. She was almost 1 eighty. 5. I 
do not remember to have ever been so 2 thirsty as I was yester- 
day. 6. Warm yourself, if you are cold ; my feet are not cold, 
because I have walked much, but my hands are so cold, that I 
cannot write. 7. There are some walks 3 in our park which are 
three hundred feet long. 8. You are in the wrong, and he is in 
the right. 9. It is in vain for you to ask money from a miser, 
he will never give you any. 10. Is it cold this morning? 11. 
Yes, sir, it is very cold ; however, I do not think it is quite so 
cold as it was yesterday. 12. The weather is very inconstant; it 
was hot yesterday, it is cold to-day; it rained this morning; it is 
fine weather now, but perhaps it will rain again before (it be 4 ) 
night. 

1. Prisde. 2. Si. 3. AUie.t 4. Faire (Subj.). 



Donner, to give. 

Donner dans le pie'ge, to be caught in the snare. 

Donner sur le jardin, to look out on the garden. 

Donner carte blanche, to give full powers. 

Donner sur Vennemi, to fall upon the enemy. 

Ne savoir oil donner de la tete, to know not what way to turn, 

Ce vin donne a la tete, that wine flies up to the head. 

Donner un coup de itiain, to help. 

Ponner a pleines mains, to give largely. 



IDIOMATICAL EXPRESSIONS. 383 

Se donner des airs, to take a great deal on one's self. 
Se donner la peine, to take the trouble. 

Jouer, to play, etc. 

Jouer dhm instrument, to play (upon) an instrument. 

Jouer a quelque jeu, to play at some game. 

Jouer une piece de theatre, to act a play. 

Jouer un tour a qn., to serve (play) one a trick. 

Se porter, to be (in reference to health). 

// se porte bien, he is well. 

Aimer i?iieux, to have rather, to choose rather. 

Alter a bride abattue, to go at full speed. 

Dormir la grasse ?7iatinee, to sleep very late. 

Prendre en mativaise part, to take amiss. 

S'y bien prendre, to go the right way to work. 

S'y prendre mal, to go the wrong way to work. 

Se passer de, to do without. 

Trouver mauvais que, to talk ill of. 

Trouver son ??iailre, to meet with one's match. 

Trouver a redire, to find fault with. 

Savoir bon gre, to be thankful for. 

Tenir parole, to keep our word. 

JVe tenir qu'd, to be in a person's power. 

// ne tient pas a moi que, it is not my fault. 

S'en tenir a, to stand to. 

Faire tenir, to forward. 

Venir a bout de, to bring about, to accomplish. 

En vo?-iloir a, to have a spite against, to be vexed with. 

Je voudrais pouvoir, I wish I could. 

II y va de votre vie, your life is at stake. 

Venir de, to have just done something. 

En venir aux mains, to come to blows. 



THEME 70. 

1. How do you do this morning? 2. I am very well, I 
thank you. 3. And how does your sister do ? 4. She is not 
well ; she has been ill for these two months, and I fear she will 
never be well again. 5. And your brothers, how are they ? 6. 
The youngest is very well, but I do not know how the eldest 
does, because we have not heard 1 of him for 2 these two months; 



384 XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 

he was very well when he wrote to us last. 3 7. It is with the 
diseases of the heart as with those of the body, some are real, 4 
and some imaginary. 8. It is with men of learning as with 
ears 5 of corn ; they raise their 6 heads while they are empty, and 
when they are full, they begin to droop. 7 9. It is with your son 
as with other children. 10. I do not think it will be with my 
son as it was with yours. 

1. Avoir de ses nouvelles. 2. For these — depute* 3. La demierefois. 4. Reel. 5. £pte 
de ble. 6. Def. Art. 7. Pencher. 



THEME 71. 

1. I have great pain 1 in my side. 2. He has sore eyes. 3. 
He has a sore foot. 4. My lips are sore. 5. She had the 
toothache yesterday, now she has a headache; to-morrow, per- 
haps, she will have the ear 2 -ache. 6. When I was young, I 
often had the headache. 7. Why do you not eat, if you are 
hungry? 8. I am not very hungry, I can wait (till) dinner 
time, 3 but I am very thirsty, and I will thank 4 you for 5 a glass 
of wine. 9. It is very cold to-day. 10. It was cold yesterday. 
11. It will be hot soon. 12. I am thirsty. 13. He is hungry. 
14. My sister is not well, she has not been 6 well for three weeks, 
she has a headache to-day. 15. At what o'clock did you rise 
this morning? 16. I rose at four o'clock. 17. It is in vain for 
you to say so, I do not believe you. 

1. Bien mal. i. Oreille. 3. Le diner. 4. Prier. 5. De me donner. 6. Se porter, 
use the Present tense. 



VOCABULARY 

OF THE WORDS USED IN OTTO'S FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Based on Gasc*s Dictionary. 



ABB RE VIA TIONS. 



a., active, actif. 

adj., adjective, adjectif 

adv., adverb, adverbe. 

art., article, article. 

conj., conjunction, conj Miction. 

dem. pron., demonstrative pronoun, 

pronom demonstratif 
{., feminine, feminin. 
fig., figuratively, an figure. 
fut., future, futur. 
imp., impersonal, if/ipersounel. 
ind., indicative mood, indicatif. 
inf., infinitive mood, infinitif. 
int., interjection, interjection. 
inter. , interrogatively, interrogative- 

ment. 
ir., irregular, irre'gulier. 
m., masculine, masculin. 
n., neuter, neutre. 



o. s, one s, son, sa, ses. 

part., participle, participe. 

pers., (said of) persons, (des) per- 
sonnes. 

pers. pron. personal pronoun, pro- 
nom personnel. 

pi., plural, pluriel. 

prep., preposition, preposition. 

pron. pronoun, pronom. 

r., reflective, refle'chi. 

rel. pron., relative pronoun, pronom 
re la t if 

s., substantive, substantif. 

sing, singular, singnlier. 

v., vide, see, voir. 

v.a., verb active, zw&? actif. 

v.n., verb neuter, zw&? neutre. 

v.r., verb reflective, zw&? reflechi. 



( ) Figure in parentheses generally refers to page containing explana- 
tions or rules relating to the word. 

t Indicates that the gn, I, or // is liquid. 
' Denotes that the h is aspirated. 

— Stands for the repetition of the leading word. 

- Before final letters or syllables shows the masculine termination when 
followed by the feminine; as curieu-x, se, curieux^ m., curieuse, f. ; pro- 
tec-teur, trice, protecteur, m., protectrice } f. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



a, prep, (case, 33; before cities, etc., 
45; spec, use, 228; after adj., 
250; after adv., 285; remarks, 
296; with inf. 347;) to, at, in, 
within, into, on, as a, by, after, 
under, against, according to. — 
moi (toi), etc., to me or myself, 
mine, of my own, etc. 

abaisser, v. a. to lower, to humble,; 
s' — , v.r. to stoop, to incline. 

abandon, s.m. abandonment. 

abandonne, e, adj. abandoned, de- 
serted. 

abandonner, v. a. to abandon, to 
leave, to give up. 

abattement, s.m. depression, despon- 
dency, low spirits. 

abattre, v.a. to fell, to cast dozvn, 
dishearten; s' — , v.r. to fall, to 
break down, despond. 

abattu, e, adj. depressed, low spir- 
ited. 

abbe, s.m. abbot, priest. 

abeille, s.f. bee. 

abime, s.m t abyss. 

aboi, s.m. (215) barking; — s, pi. 
agony. 

abondamment, adv. abitndantly. 

abondance, s.f. abundance, plenty. 

abondant, e, adj. abundant. 

abord (d'), adv. first, at first. 

aboutir, v.n. to end, to tend. 

abreger, v.a. to abridge, abbreviate. 

abreuver, v.a. to water ; s' — , v.r. 
to drink. 

abri, s.m. shelter, refuge. 

abricot, s.m. apricot. 

abriter, v.a. to shelter, to protect. 

absent, e, adj. s. absent. 



absoudre, v.a. ir, (175) to absolve, to 

forgive. 
abstenir (s'), v.r. ir. (187) to abstain. 
abus, s.m. abuse, nuisance. 
abuser, v.a.n. to deceive, to abuse, 

to take advantage {of), s' — , v.r. 

to deceive one^s self 
acajou, s.m. mahogany. 
accabler, v.a. to overwhelm, to crush 

{down). 
acces, s.m. access, attack. 
accident, s.m. accident. 
accompagner, v.a. to accompany, to 

escort. 
accomplir, v.a. to accomplish. 
accord, s.m. agreement, accordance / 

d' — , agreed, granted; etre d' — , 

to be in tune, to agree. 
accorder, v.a. to grant, to allow* 

s' — , v.r. to agree. 
accourir, v.n. ir. (184) to run {up), 

to come in haste. 
accoutumer, v.a. to accustom. 
accroc, s.m. obstacle, impediment. 
accrocher, v.a. to hook {on), fasten. 
accroire, v.a. (177). Faire — a, to 

make (one) believe. 
accroitre, v.a. ir. (178) to increase, 

to fall {to). 
accueillir, v.a. ir. (184) to receive, to 

welcome. 
accuse, e, s.m.f. accused, culprit. 
accuser, v.a. to accuse, to blame. 
acharner, v.a. to excite, to enrage / 

s' — , v.r. to set furiously {to), to 

be enraged, to be bent {upon). 
acheter, v.a. (96) to buy. 
achever, v. a. to finish, to end. 
Achille, s.m. Achilles. 
acquerir, v.a. ir. (187) to acquire, to 

gain. 



VOCABULARY. 



387 



acquitter, v. a. to pay, to receipt, to 
acquit ; s' — , v.r. to acquit, one's 
self, to perform, to fulfil. 

acte, s.m. act, action, deed, bill. 

ac-teur, trice, s.m.f. actor, actress. 

acti-f, ve, adj. active. 

action, s.f. action, act, deed ; — s, 
pi. stock. 

actuel, le, adj. present, real. 

actuellement, adv. at present. 

addition, s.f. addition, bill. 

adieu, adv. s.m. goodbye, farewell. 

admettre, v.a. ir. (180) to admit, to 
allow of 

admirer, v.a. to admire, wonder at. 

adresse, s.f. skill, cleverness, ad- 
dress; a 1' — de, addressed to. 

adresser, v.a. to address ; s' 1 — , v.r. 
to apply, to speak. 

adroit, e, adj. dexterous, skilful. 

adroitement, adv. skilfully, cleverly. 

adverbe, s.m. adverb. 

adversaire, s.m. adversary, oppo- 
nent. 

adversite, s.f. adversity. 

affaiblir, v.a. to weaken; s' — , v.r. 
to grow weak. 

affaiblissement, s.m. weakeiting. 

affaire, s.f. affair, thing, business, 
job, bargain, engagement ; — s, 
business, trade, effects. 

affecter, v.a. to affect, to attach. 

affection, s.f. affection; prendre en 
— , to take a liking or a fancy to. 

affectueu-x, se, adj. affectionate. 

affirmer, v.a. to affirm, to assert. 

affligeant, e, adj. sorrowful, distress- 
ing. 

affliger, v.a. to afflict, to distress, to 
grieve. 

affreu-x, se, adj. frightful, dread- 
ful. 

afin, conj. in order, se ; — de, in or- 
der to. 

Afrique (L') } s.f. Africa. 

age, s.m. age, years, ti?ne ; quel age 
avez-vous, hoav old are you? 

age, e, adj. (252) aged, old. 

agile, adj. agile, nimble. 

agilite, s.f. agility, nimbleness. 

agir, v.n. to act, to do, to behave ; il 
s'agit (de . . .), the matter ox ques- 
tion or point is. 



agiter, v.a. to agitate, to disturb. 

tagneau, s.m. lamb. 

agreable, adj. agreeable, pleasant. 

agr^ment, s.m. pleasure, comfort. 

aguerrir, v.a. to train or inure to 
war. 

aide, s.f. aid, help, assistance. 

aide, s.m.f. assistant. 

aider, v.a. to help, to aid, to assist. 

aiieul, s.m. (31) grandfather, ances- 
tor. 

aieux, s.m. pi. (31) ancestors. 

aigle, s.m. eagle. 

aigle, s.f. eagle (standard). 

aigrir, v.a. to exasperate, to {make) 
sour, to irritate, to embitter. 

aigu, e, adj. acute, sharp, pointed. 

taiguille, s.f. needle. 

aigiiiser, v.a. to sharpen, to whet. 

tail, s.m. garlic. 

aile, s.f. wing, sail, aisle. 

tailleurs, adv. elsewhere. 

aimable, adj. amiable. 

aimant, s.m. magnet. 

aimer, v.a. to love, to like. 

ain£, e, adj. s. elder, eldest. 

ainsi, adv. conj. so, thus; — de 
suite, and so on or forth ; — que, 
as, so as, as well as. 

air, s.m. air, breeze, look, manner, 
tune ; avoir 1' — de (247) to look 
like or as if 

aise, adj. glad, pleased ; etre bien 
— , to be very glad {of it). 

aise, s.f. ease, joy ; a 1' — , easy, com- 
fortable ; mal a son — , uneasy, 
unwell. 

aise, e, adj. easy, well off. 

ajouter, v.a. to add, to join. 

alarmer, v.a. to alarm. 

album, s.m. album, scrap-book, 
sketch-book. 

alentour, adv. around about ; d' — , 
neighboring. 

alen tours, s.m. pi. neighbor Jwod, as- 
sociates. 

tAllemagne (L'), s.f. Germany. 

Allemand, e, adj. s. German. 

aller, v.n. ir. (135, 194, 203) to go, 
to go on, to be going, to be about, 
shall, will, to fit, to come, to be; 
— a pied, to walk ; — a cheval, to 
ride {on horseback) ; faire — , to 



3 88 



VOCABULARY. 



set going ; allons ! come! well! 
now ! comment allez-vous ? com- 
ment cela va-t-il? how are you? 
je vais or cela va mieux, 7 am 
better; s'en — , v.r. to go away ox 

off- 

allie, e, adj. s. allied. 

allumer, v. a. to light, to kindle; s'— , 
v.r. to light. 

allumette, s.f. match. 

almanach, s.m. almanac. 

alors, adv. then, at that time, now, 
in that case. 

alouette, s.f. lark. 

Alpes, s.f. pi. Alps. 

allerer, v. a. to alter, to change, to im- 
pair, to injure ; s' — , v.r. (of the 
voice) to falter, to tremble. 

amasser, v. a. to help up, to gather. 

ambassadeur, s.m. ambassador. 

ambitieu-x, se, adj. ambitious. 

ambition, s.f. ambition, will. 

ambitionner, v. a. to be ambitious 

of- 

ambre, s.m. amber. 

ame, s.f soul, spirit, ghost, life. 

amener, v. a. to bring, to bring in, to 
cause. 

am-er, ere, adj. bitter, sad. 

amer, s.m. bitter. 

Americain, e, adj. s. American. 

Amerique (L'), s.f. America. 

ami, e, s.m.f. friend, dear. 

amical, e, adj. friendly ', amicable. 

amicalement, adv. in a friendly way, 
amicably. 

amiral, s.m. admiral. 

amitie, s.f. friendship, love ; — s, pi. 
{kind) regards or compliments. 

amour, s.m. love. 

ample, adj. ample, full, large. 

amusant, e, adj. amusing. 

amuser, v. a. to amuse, to entertain, 
to please ; s' — , v.r. to amuse ox- 
enjoy one's self; to be amused or 
pleased, to muse. 

an, s.m. year, year old ; jour de 
1» — f premier de 1' — , new year's 
day. 

ane, s.m. ass, donkey. 

ancetres, s.m. pi. ancestors. 

ancien, ne, adj. ancient, old. 

ancre, s.f. anchor. 



Angleterre (L'), s.f. England. 
animal, s.m. (31) animal, beast. 
animer, v. a. to animate, to enliven, 

to give life to ; s' — , v.r. to become 

animated or excited. 
animosite, s.f. animosity, excitement. 
annales, s.f. pi. annals. 
annee, s.f. year ; souhaiter la bonne 

— , to wish a happy new-year. 
annoncer, v. a. to announce, to indi- 
cate, to advertise. 
Antarctique, adj. antarctic. 
An vers, s.m. Antwerp. 
Aout, s.m. August. 
apaiser, v. a. to appease, to calm, to 

soothe ; s' — , v.r. to abate, to get 

calm or quiet. 
apercevoir, v. a. ir. (189) to perceive, 

to see ; s' — , v.r. to perceive, to be 

aware {of), to notice. 
Apollon, s.m. Apollo. 
apparaitre, v.n. ir. (178) to appear. 
appartement, s.m. apartments. 
appartenir v.n. ir. (187) to belong, to 

become. 
appeler, v.a. (96) to call, to appeal ; 

s' — , v.r. to be called ; comment 

vous appelez-vous ? what is your 

name ? 
applaudir, v.a. to applaud, to cheer. 
applique, e, adj. diligent, attentive; 

studiously, adapted. 
appliquer,. v.a. to apply ; s' — , v.r. 

to apply. 
apporter, v.a. to bring, to produce, to 

cause. 
apprehender, v.a. to apprehend, to 

fear. 
apprendre, v.a. ir. (181) to learn, to 

hear, to inform, to tell. 
appreter, v.a. to prepare, to get 

ready. 
approche. s.f. approach. 
approcher, v.a.n. to approach. 
approfondir, v.a. to deepen, to inves- 
tigate, to fathom. 
approuver, v.a. to approve of . 
appui, s.m. support, prop. 
appuyer, v.a.n. to support, to lean, to 

rest. 
apres, prep. adv. after, next to, about, 

behind, afterzuards ; d' — , after 9 

from, according to, 



VOCABULARY. 



389 



apres-demain, adv. s.m. the day after 
to-morrow. 

apres-midi, s.m.f. afternoon. 

arbre, s.m. tree. 

arbuste, s.m. bush. 

arc, s.m. bow, arch, arc. 

arc-en-ciel, s.m. (215) rainbow. 

archer, s.m. archer. 

archeveque, s.m. archbishop. 

ardeur, s.f. ardor, heat, eagerness. 

argent, s.m. silver, money, cash. 

argiier, v.n. to argue, to infer. 

Arioste (L'), s.m. Ariosto. 

armateur, s.m. privateer. 

arme, s.f. weapon; — s, pi. arms, 
troops, zvarfare ; — s a feu, fire- 
arms. 

armee, s.f. army, troops. 

aromatique, adj. aromatic. 

arpent, s.m. acre. 

arracher, v. a. to pluck, to tear, to 
snatch. 

arranger, v. a. to arrange, to put in 
order, to settle, to suit. 

arreter, v.a.n. to stop, to check, to ar- 
rest; s' — , v.r. to stop, to stand. 

arriere, adv. behind, away ! en — , 
back, in arrears. 

arrivee, s.f. arrival, coming. 

arriver, v.n. (135) to arrive, to come, 
to happen. 

art, s.m. art. 

articuler, v. a. to articulate. 

Asie (L'), s.f. Asia. 

aspirer, v.a.n. to inhale, to aspire. 

tassaillir, v. a. ir. (185) to assail, to 
assault. 

assaisonner, v. a. to season, to dress, 
to temper. 

assassin, s.m. murderer, assassin. 

assassiner, v. a. to murder, to assas- 
sinate. 

assaut, s.m. assault, shock, attack. 

assemblee, s.f. assembly, meeting, 
party. 

asseoir, v.a. ir. (192) to seat, to set ; 
s' — , v.r. to sit down, to sit. 

assez, adv. enough, rather, pretty ; 
— bien, pretty well ; bien — , quite 
enough. 

assidu, e, adj. assiduous. 

assiduite, s.f. assiduity, close applica- 
tion. 



assiette, s.f. plate, plateful. 

tassigner, v.a. to assign, to summon. 

assis, e, adj. seated, sitting. 

assister, v.a.n. to assist, to help, to at- 
tend, to be present. 

associe, e, s.m.f. associate, partner. 

assommer, v.a. to knock down, to kill, 
to plague. 

assortir, v.a.n. to match, to assort, to 
sort. 

assoupir, v.a. to make drowsy ; s' — , 
v.r. to get drowsy or sleepy. 

assourdir, v.a. to deafen. 

assujetir, v.a. to subject, to subdue. 

assure, e, adj. s. secure, sure, certain. 

assurement, adv. assuredly. 

assurer, v.a. to assure. 

Athenes, s.f. Athens. 

atlas, s.m. atlas. 

attacher, v.a. to attach, to fasten; 
s' — , v.r. to attach one^s self to en- 
deavor, to strive. 

attaquer, v.a. to attack, to assault. 

atteindre, v.a.n. ir. (175) to reach, to 
attain. 

attendant (en), in the meantime, 
meanwhile, till ; — que, until. 

attendre, v.a.n. to wait for, to wait, 
to expect, to azvail ; faire — , to 
keep waiting; s' — , v.r. to expect, 
to rely. 

attendrir, v.a. to affect, to move. 

attendu, prep, considering ; — que, 
considering thai, zuhereas, as. 

attenti-f, ve, adj. attentive. 

attention, s.f. attention, care, notice ; 
faire — , to pay attention, to con- 
sider. 

attester, v.a. to attest, to vouch. 

attirer, v.a. to attract, to draw. 

attraper, v.a. to catch. 

au [contraction af a le, art. (34)]. 

aube, s.f. dawn. 

auberge, s.f. inn. 

aucun, e, adj. (57, 76, 275) any, no, 
none, not any. 

aucunement, adv. not at all. 

audace, s.f. audacity, daring. 

audience, s.f. audience. 

auditeur, s.m. hearer. 

augmenter, v.a.n. to increase, to en- 
large, to raise. 

Auguste, s.m. Augustus. 



39° 



VOCABULARY. 



auguste, adj. august. 

aujourd'hui, adv. to-day, this day. 

aumone, s.f. abns, charity. 

aune, s.m. alder. 

aune, s.f. ell, measure, yard. 

auparavant, adv. before ) formerly, 
first. 

aupres, adv. near, close by. 

aupres de, prep, near, by, next, about. 

auquel [contractiou of a lequel]. 

aurore, s.f. dawn, light. 

aussi, adv. conj. also, too, likewise, 
so, as, as much ; — bien, as well. 

aussitot, adv. prep, immediately, di- 
rectly, immediately after ; — que, 
as soon as. 

autant, adv. as much, as many, so 
much, so many ; d' — moins, all 
the less ; d' — plus, all the more. 

auteur, s.m. author. 

automne, s.m.f. autumn. 

autoriser, v. a. to authorize. 

autour de, prep. adv. (301) around, 
about, around or about it, around 
or about them. 

autre, adj. pron. (276, 278, 292) oth- 
er ; tout — , quite different, any 
other ; nous — s, we. 

autrefois, adv. formerly ; d' — , of 
former times. 

autrement, adv. otherwise, differently, 
else. 

Autriche (L'), s.f. Austria. 

autrui, s.m. (276) another, others. 

aux [contraction of a les, art. (34)]. 

auxquelles [contraction of a les- 
quelles]. 

auxquels [contraction of a lesquels]. 

avance, s.f. advance ; a 1' — , d' — , 
en — , par — , in advance, before- 
hand. 

avancer, v.a.n. to advance, to promote, 
to project, to get on, to go on ; s' — , 
v.r. to advance. 

avant, adv. far, deep; en — , forward, 
in front. 

avant, prep. (298) before, ere ; d' — , 
before ; — que, — de, before ; — 

-garde, s.f. van- guard ; hier, 

adv. the day before yesterday. 

avantage, s.m. advantage. 

avant-bras, s.m. forearm. 

avare, adj. avaricious, stingy. 



avare, s.m. ?niser. 

avarier, v. a. to damage. 

avec, prep. adv. (37, 300) with, by, 
among, against, besides; d' — , 
from. 

avenir, s.m. future ; al' — , in future, 
henceforth. _ 

aventure, s.f. adventure. 

avertir, v. a. to inform, to warn. 

aveugle, adj. s.m.f. blind, blind man 
or wo?nan. 

aveugler, v. a. to blind, to dazzle. 

avide, adj. greedy, eager. 

avilir, v. a. to degrade ; s' — , to debase 
one's self. 

avis, s.m. opinion, advice ; changer 
d' — , to alter one's mind ; etre 
d' — , to be of the opinion. 

aviser, v.a.n. to perceive, to inform ; 
s' — , v.r. to think, to venture. 

avocat, s.m. barrister. 

avoir, v. a. (48, 58) to have, to feel ; 
(51) to be; qu'avez-vous ? qu'est- 
ce que vous avez ? (52) what is the 
matter with you? II y a (imp.), 
(146) there is, there are, the matter 
is, since, ago; qu'y a-t-il? what is 
the matter? (idioms, 380). 

avouer, v. a. to avow, to confess, to 
ozvn. 

tavril, s.m. April. 

azur, s.m. azure. 



Bade, s.f. Baden. 

bague, s.f. ring. 

baguette, s.f. wand, switch, drum- 
stick. 

bain, s.m. bath. 

baisser, v. a. to lower; se — , v.r. to 
stoop. 

bal, s.m. ball. 

balancer, v.a.n. to swing, to hesitate. 

balbutier, v.a.n. to stammer, to 
stutter. 

balle, s.f. ball, bullet, bale, 

balsamique, adj. balmy. 

banc, s.m. bench. 



VOCABULARY. 



39 



banquier, s.m. banker. 

bapteme, s.m. baptism. 

baril, s.m. barrel. 

baronne, s.f. baroness. 

barouche, s.f. barouche. 

barque, s.f. bark, boat. 

barriere, s.f. barrier, gate. 

bas, se, adj. low. 

bas, s.m. stocking. 

bas, adv. low, in a low tone, softly, 
in a whisper ; ici — , here below ; 
la — , below, over there, yonder ; 
en — , down, below, dozvnstairs ; 
tout — , very low, in a whisper. 

base, s.f. base, basis. 

basse, s.f. bass, base. 

tbataille, s.f. battle; livrer — , fight 
a battle. 

tbataillon, s.m. battalion. 

bateau, s.m. boat ; — a vapeur, 
steamboat. 

bateli-er, ere, s.m.f. boatman, water- 
man. 

bater, v. a. to saddle. 

bati, e, part, built, made. 

batir, v. a. to build. 

battre, v.a.n. (107) to beat, to strike, 
to defeat, to thrash ; se — , v.r. to 
fight. 

bavard, e, adj. s. talkative, talker, 
gossip. 

beau, bel, m., belle, f., adj. (41) 
beautiful, fine, handsome, noble ; 
de plus belle, more than ever ; 
avoir — . . ., to . . . in vain . . ; 
l'avoir belle, to have a favorable 
opportunity ; vous avez — dire, 
parler, or faire, say or do, what 
you will. 

beaucoup, adv. much, many, a great 
deal, a great many. 

beau-frere, s.m. (215) brother-in- 
law. 

beaute, s.f. beauty. 

bee, s.m. beak, bill. 

b«gayer, v.n.a. to stammer,' to lisp. 

bel, le, adj. V. beau. 

Belgique (La), s.f. Belgium. 

belle-sceur, s.f. (215) sister-in-law. 

benediction, s.f. blessing,, benedic- 
tion. 

tb£nin, m., b£nigne, f., adj. benign. 

b£nir, v. a. to bless. 



berger, s.m. shepherd. 

besom, s.m. need, want ; au — , if 
necessary ; avoir — de, to want, to 
need. 

bestial, e, adj. beastly. 

bestiaux, s.m. pi. (31) cattle. 

betail, s.m. (31) cattle. 

beurre, s.m. butter. 

bible, s.f. bible. 

bien, s.m. good, benefit, property, 
wealth. 

bien, adv. well, right, quite, very 
much, many, 071 good ter?ns, good- 
looking ; — de, du, de la, des, 
much, many; — ! good! — que, 
although ; e'est — ! that will do ! 

bienfaisant, e, adj. beneficent. 

bienfait, s.m. benefit, kindness. 

bienfai-teur, trice, s.m.f. benefactor, 
benefactress. 

bienheureu-x, se, adj. happy, blessed. 

bientot, adv. soon, shortly ; a — \ I 
hope to see you again soon. 

bienvenu, e, adj. welcome. 

biere, s.f. beer, cojfin. 

bijou, s.m. jewel. 

blamer, v. a. to blame. 

blan-c, che, adj. white. 

blanc, s.m. white. 

ble, s.m. corn, wheat. 

blesser v. a. to wound, to hurt. 

blessure, s.f. wound. 

bleu, e, adj. s.m. blue. 

blocus, s.m. blockade. 

bceuf, s.m. ox, beef 

Boheme (La), s.f. Boheiyiia. 

boire, v.a.n. ir. (177) to drink. 

boire, s.m. drink. 

bois, s.m. wood ; de or en — , wooden. 

boite, s.f. box, case. 

bon, ne, adj. good, kind; — a rien, 
good for nothing ; a quoi — ? what 
is the use? e'est — ! good! very 
good! all right ! 

bon, s.m. good, good fellow. 

bonheur, s.m. happiness. 

bonjour, s.m. good-morning, good-day. 

bonnet, s.m. cap. 

bonsoir, s.m. good-night, good-even- 
ing. 

bonte, s.f. goodness, kindness. 

bord, s.m. border, edge, brim, bank, 
shore. 



39 J 



VOCABULARY. 



border, v. a. to border, to bind. 

borner, v. a. to bound, to limit. 

bosse, s.f. hump. 

botte, s.f. boot. 

bottier, s.m. boot-maker. 

bouche, s.f. mouth. 

bouder, v.a.n. to pout {at). 

bougie, s.f. wax-candle. 

tbouillir, v.n. ir. (186) to boil. 

tbouillon, s.m. broth, tea. 

boule, s.f. ball. 

boulet, s.m. ball. 

bourgeois, e, s.m.f. citizen. 

bourgeois, e, adj. citizenlike, plain, 
vulgar. 

tBourgogne, (La) s.f. Burgundy; 
— s.m. Burgundy {wine). 

bourse, s.f. purse, exchaitge. 

bout, s.m. end, piece; a — de. . ., 
out of; au — de, after ; pousser 
a — , to drive to extremities, to put 
out of patience ; venir a — de, to 
succeed in, to get the better of . 

tbouteille, s.f. bottle. 

bouton, s.m. bud, button, knob, pim- 

boutonner, v. a. to button. Iple. 

braire, v.n. ir. (197) to bray. 

bras, s.m. arm. 

brave, adj. brave, honest, good, wor- 
thy, courageous. 

braver, v. a. to brave. 

brebis, s.f. sheep. 

bref, breve, adj. short, brief. 

Bresil (Le), s.m. Brazil. 

tBretagne (La), s.f. Brittany ; L& 
Grande — , Great Britain. 

bride, s. f. bridle ; a — abattue, a 
toute — , at full speed; tenir en 
— , to keep within bounds. 

briser, v.a.n. to break, to shatter, to 
dash; se — , v.r. to break, to 
dash. 

broc, s.m. jug. 

tbrouillard, s.m. adj. fog ; il fait du 
— , it is foggy. 

"tbrouiller, v.a. to throw into confu- 
sion ; se — , v.r. to fall out, to be 
on bad terms. 

tbroassailles, s.f. pi. brushwood. 

bruire, v.n. ir. (197) to rustle, 
roar. 

bruit, s.m. noise, disturbance, re- 
port. 



bruler, v.a.n. to burn, to long. 
brun, e. adj. brown. 
brut, e. adj. raw, crude. 
Bruxelles, s.f. Brussels. 
buisson, s,m. bush, thicket. 
bureau, s.m. office, desk. 
butin, s.m. booty, prize. 



Ca, adv. — et la, here and there, up 
and down, to and fro. 

cabane, s.f. cottage, cabin, hut. 

cacher, v.a. to hide, to conceal. 

cadeau, s.m. present, gift. 

cafe, s.m. coffee, coffee-house ; — au 
lait, coffee with milk {in it). 

cage, s.f. cage. 

carrier, s.m. copy-book. 

tcaillou, s.m. pebble, stone. 

Caire (Le), s.m. Cairo. 

cal, s.m. callosity, callus. 

calculer, v.a.n. to calculate. 

calme, adj. calm, quiet, still. 

calmer, v.a. to calm, to soothe. 

calomnie, s.f. calumny, slander. 

calomnier, v.a. to calumniate, to 
slander. 

camarade, s.m.f. comrade, play- 
fellow, companion, friend. 

camp. s.m. camp. 

tcampagne, s.f. country, fields, 
coimtry- house, campaign. 

canal, s.m. canal, channel. 

canard, s.m. duck, false news, 
hoax. 

Can die, s.f. Candia or Crete. 

canif, s.m. penknife. 

canne, s.f cane, stick. 

canton, s.m. canton, district. 

cap, s.m. cape. 

capable, adj. capable, able. 

capitaine, s.m. captain. 

capitale, s.f. capital. 

capricieu-x, se, adj. capricious, 

capti-f, ve, adj. s. captive. 

captivite, s.f. captivity. 

car, conj. for, because, as. 

caresser, v.a. to caress, to fondle. 



VOCABULARY. 



393 



carnaval, s.m. carnival. 

carte, s.f. card, card-board, map, 
chart; — blanche, /till power; a 
la — , from the bill of fare. 

cas, s.m. case ; en tout — , at all 
events ; faire (grand) — de, to val- 
ue, to think (a great deal of). 

casquette, s.f. cap. 

casser, v. a. to break, to crack. 

castor, s.m. beaver, castor. 

cause, s.f. cause, motive, reason ; a 

— de, 071 account of; et pour — , 
for a very good reason. 

causer, v.n. to talk, to chat. 

caution, s.f. bail, surety. 

caverne, s.f. cavern, cave. 

ce, cet, m., cette, f. adj. (62) this, 

that. 
ce, c', pron. (73, ill, 120, 255) this, 

that, it, they, these, those, he, she ; 

— qui, — que (271) what, that 
which, which ; — sont, they are, 
it is; a — que, from what, that, 
as ; de — que, from the fact that ; 
sur — que, as, when, on. 

ceci, pron. (120) this, this thing. 
ceder, v.n. a. to yield, to give up. 
cedrat, s.m. cedrat, lemon. 
ceindre, v. a. ir. (175) to surround, to 

gird. 
ceinture, s.f. belt. 
cela, pron. (120) that, it, that thing ; 

c'est — , that is it. 
celebre, adj. celebrated. 
celle, pron. fern, of celui. 
cellule, s.f. cell. 
celui, pron. m. (119, 207) he, him, 

the one, that; — ci, the latter, 

this, this one, he, him, who ; — 

-la, the former, that, that one, he, 

him. 
cendre, s.f. ashes, cinders. 
cens, s.m. franchise. 
censurer, v. a. to censure. 
cent, s.m. hundred. 
centaine, s.f. hundred. 
centieme, adj. hundredth, [a franc. 
centime, s.m. £ part of a sou, y^ of 
cependant, adv. in the mean time, 

yet, still, however. 
cerceau, s.m. hoop. 
cercle, s.m. circle, ring, hoop. 
cereales, s.f. pi. corn. 



cerf, s.m. stag, deer, hart. 

cerise, s.f. cherry. 

cerisier, s.m. cherry-tree. 

certain, e, adj. certain. 

certainement, adv. certainly. 

certes, adv. most assuredly, in- 
deed. 

ces, adj. these, those. V. ce. 

cesse, s.f. ceasing ; sans — , inces- 
santly, constantly". 

cesser, v.a.n. (136, 291) to cease, to 
leave off. 

cet, te, adj. V. ce. 

ceux, m. pi. of celui. 

chacun, e, pron. (275) each, every 
oft e. 

chagrin, s.m. grief, sorrow. 

chagriner, v. a. to grieve, to vex. 

chaine, s.f. chain. 

chair, s.Lffesh. 

chaise, s.f. chair. 

chaleur, s.f. heal, warmth, glow, an- 
imation. 

chambre, s.f. room; —a coucher, 
bed-room. 

chameau, s.m. camel. 

champ, s.m. fi 'eld ; sur-le , imme- 
diately ; avoir la clef des — s, to be 
at liberty. 

chandelle, s.f. candle. 

changer, v.a.n. to change, to alter, to 
turn. 

chanson, s.f. song. 

chant, s.m. singing, song. 

chanter, v.a.n. to sing. 

chanteu-r, se, s.m.f. singer. 

chaos, s.m. chaos. 

chapeau, s.m. (30) hat. 

chapeli-er, ere, s.m.f. hatter. ' 

chapitre, s.m. chapter. 

chaque, adj. each, every. 

charge, s.f. load, office, place. 

charge, e, adj. (211) laden. 

charger, v.a.n. to load, to charge, to 
burden, to lade, to intrust; se — , 
v.r. to take charge {of), to charge 
each other. 

charmer, v. a. to charm, to delight. 

charpentier, s.m. carpenter. 

charrette, s.f. cart. 

chasse, s.f. hunting. 

chasser, v.a.n. to drive away, to 
chase, to hunt. 



394 



VOCABULARY. 



chasseresse, s.f. huntress. 

chasseur, s.m. hunter. 

chasseuse, s.f. huntress. 

chat, chatte, s.m.f. cat. 

chateau, s.m. castle. 

chatier, v. a. to chastise, to punish. 

chaud, e, adj. hot, warm; avoir — , 
faire — , to be warm. 

chaud, s.m. heat, warmth. 

chaudron, s.m. kettle. 

chef, s.m. head, chief. 

chef-d'oeuvre, s.m. (215) master- 
piece. 

chef-lieu, s.m. (215) chief town. 

chemin, s.m. way, road ; — de fer, 
railroad j en — , — faisant, by or 
on the way. 

cheminde, s.f. chimney, hearth. 

chemise, s.f. shirt, chemise. 

chene, s.m. oak. 

chenil, s.m. dog-kennel. 

ch-er, ere, adj. dear, fond. 

cher, adv. dearly, dear. 

chercher, v. a. to try to find, to look 
for ; faire — , to send for. 

cheval, s.m. (35) horse. 

cheveu, s.m. hair. 

chevre, s.f. goat. 

tchevreuil, s.m. roebitck, deer. 

chez, prep. (37, 299) at or in or to 
the dwelling (house, lodgings, 
etc. ) of , at or to ... . \r, in or to 
the room or the country of, among, 
with, in; — moi, toi, lui, elle, soi, 
nous, etc., at or to or in my, thy, 
his, her, o.'s, our etc. house, home, 
at home ; un — soi, a home. 

chien, s.m. dog. 

chiendent, s.m. dog's grass. 

Chine (La), s.f. China. 

chceur, s.m. choir. 

choir, v.n. (189) to fall. 

choisir, v. a, to choose, to select, to 
pick out. 

choix, s.m. choice, selection. 

chose, s.f. thing, object, matter ; peu 
de — , pas grand' — , not much, no 
great matter, of little consequence. 
V. quelque chose. 

chou, s.m. cabbage. 

chou-fieur, s.m. (215) cauliflower. 

chretien, ne, adj. s. christian. 

christianisme, s.m. Christianity. 



chut, int. hush ! 

chute, s .f. fall. 

ci, adv. (62) here, this, par-ci, par-la, 
here and there ; — joint. V. joint. 

ciel, s.m. (214) (pi. cieux, ciels) 
heaven, sky, climate, tester. 

cigare, s.m. cigar. 

cil, S.m. eye-lash. 

cime, s.m. top, summit. 

cinq, adj. s.five. 

cinquante, adj. fifty. 

cinquantieme, adj. s.m. fiftieth. 

cinquieme, adj. s.m. fifth. 

cinquiemement, adv. fifthly. 

circoncire, v. a. ir. (171) to circtim- 
cise. 

circonscrire, v. a. ir. (176) to circum- 
scribe. 

circonstance, s.f. circumstance. 

ciseau, s.m. chisel. 

ciseaux, s.m. pi. scissors. 

citoyen, ne, s.m.f. citizen. 

citron, s.m. lemon. 

civil, e, adj. civil. 

clair, e, adj. clear, bright, plain. 

clair, s.m. light. 

clairement, adv. clearly. 

classe, s.f. class. 

clef, (cle), s.f. key; fermer a — , to 
lock. 

clemence, s.f. clemency. 

clerc, s.m. clerk. 

climat, s.m. climate, clime. 

cloche, s.f. bell. 

clore, v.a.n. ir. (198) to close ; to en- 
close. 

clos, e, part. adj. shut, close. 

clou, s.m. nail. 

cochon, s.m. hog, pig. 

cceur, s.m. heart. 

coin, s.m. comer, patch. 

colere, s.f. anger ; en — , angry. 

colibri, s.m. humming-bird. 

colline, s.f. hill. 

colorer, colorier, v. a. to color. 

combat, s.m. fight, battle, com- 
bat. 

combien, adv. how much, how many, 
how long, how far, how. 

comble, s.m. utmost ; au — , com- 
plete. 

combler, v. a. to heap, to load. 

comedie, s.f. comedy, play. 



VOCABULARY. 



395 



com£dien, ne, s.m.f. comedian. 

comete, s.f. comet. 

comme, adv. as, like, as if; — cela, 
— 9a, like that, so. 

commencement, s.m. beginning. 

commencer, v.a.n. to begin. 

comment, adv. how, why, what. 

commerce, s.m. commerce, trade, 
business. 

commettre, v.a. ir. (180) to commit, 
to compromise. 

commis, s.m. clerk. 

commission, s.f. commission, mes- 
sage, errand. 

commode, adj. convenient, comforta- 
ble, easy. 

commodement, adv. conveniently, 
comfortably. 

commun, e, adj. common, mutual, 
vulgar. 

commun, s.m. generality, bulk. 

communement, adv. commonly, gen- 
erally. 

tcompagne, s.f. companion, partner. 

tcompagnie, s.f. company, society, 
troop. 

tcompagnon, s.m. companion, part- 
ner, fellow. 

comparaison, s.f. comparison. 

comparaitre, v.n. ir. (178) to appear. 

complaire, v.n. ir. (178) to please ; 
se — , v.r. to delight. 

compl-et, ete, adj. complete, full. 

complet, s.m. fill number. 

completement, adv. completely, fully, 
utterly. 

compliment, s.m. compliment, con- 
gratulation. 

comporter, v.a. to admit of '; se — , 
v.r. to behave. 

composer, v.a.n. to compose, settle. 

comprendre, v.a. ir. (181) to compre- 
hend, to comprise, understand. 

compris ; y — , adv. including, 
with ; non — , not including. 

compromettre, v.a.n. ir. (180) to 
compromise, to expose. 

comptant, adj. ready. 

comptant, s.m, ready money, cash; 
au — , for cash. 

compte, s.m. account, reckoning, cal- 
culation ; — -rendu, report ; a — , 
on account; pour mon — , for my 



part, as for me ; se rendre — de, 
to account for. 

compter, v.a.n. to account, to calcu- 
late, to include, to contain, to rely. 

comte, s.m. count, earl. 

comtesse, s.f. countess. 

concerner, v.a. to concern. 

concert, s.m. concert. 

concevoir, v.a. (189) to conceive, to 
understand. 

conclure, v.a.n. ir. (107) to conclude. 

Concorde, s.f. concord. 

concourir, v.n. ir. (184) to compete. 

concours, s.m. concoitrse. 

condamner, v.a. to condemn, to sen- 
tence. 

condescendre, v.n. to condescend, to 
comply. 

condition, s.f. condition, state; — s, 
pi. terms. 

conduire, v.a. ir. (172) to conduct, to 
lead; se — , v.r. to behave. 

conduite, s.f. conduct, behavior, lead- 
ing. 

confiance, s.f. confidence, trust. 

confier, v.a. to confide, to trust. 

confire, v.a. ir. (171) to preserve, to 
pickle. 

confirmer, v.a. to confirm. 

confiture, s.f. jam. 

conform£ment, adv. comformably, 
suitably. 

confort, s.m. comfort. 

confus, e, adj. confused. 

conge, s.m. leave, discharge, holi- 
day. 

congedier, v.a. to discharge, dismiss. 

p . r • 

conjugaison, s.f. conjugation. 

conjurer, v.a. to conspire, to entreat. 

connaissance, s.f. ktiowledge, ac- 
quaintatice, senses ; — s, pi. knowl- 
edge, learning, acquirements. 

connaitre, v.a.n. ir. (178) to know, to 
be acquainted with. 

conn£table, s.m. constable. 

conquerant, s.m. conqueror. 

conquerir, v.a. to conqiter, subdue. 

conquete, s.f. conquest. 

consacrer, v.a. ir. (188) to consecrate, 
to sanction. 

conscience, s.f. conscience. 

consciencieu-x, se, adj. conscien- 
tious. 



39 6 



VOCABULARY. 



tconseil, s.m. advice, counsel ; — de 
guerre, court-martial. 

tconseiller, v. a. to advise, to counsel. 

consentir, v.n. ir. (184) to consent ; 
— , v.a. to assent or agree to. 

consequence, s.f. consequence, im- 
portance ; en — , consequently, ac- 
cordingly. 

consequent, e, adj. consistent ; par 
— , consequently. 

conserver, v.a. to preserve, to keep, to 
keep {up). 

consideration, s.f. consideration, re- 
gard, respect. 

considerer, v.a. to consider, to ex- 
amine, to value. 

tconsigner, v.a. to deposit, consign. 

consistance, s.f. consistency, thick- 
ness. 

consister, v.n. to consist. 

consoler, v.a. to console, to comfort. 

conspirer, v.n. a. to conspire, to plot. 

constamment, adv. constantly. 

constant, e, adj. constant, steady. 

constituer, v.a. to constitute, to 
form ; se — prisonnier, to sur- 
render. 

constitution, s.f. constitution. 

construction, s.f. construction, build- 
ing. 

construire, v.a. ir. (172) to construct, 
to build. 

consulter, v.a. to consult. 

consumer, v.a. to consume. 

conte, s.m. tale. 

contenance, s.f. countenance, air, 
look. 

contenir, v.a. ir. (187) to contain, to 
hold. 

content, e, adj. contented, satisfied, 
pleased, glad. 

contentement, s.m. content, satisfac- 
tion, joy. 

contenter, v.a. to satisfy, to please ; 
se — , v.r. to be satisfied. 

conter, v.a. to relate, to tell. 

contester, v.a.n. (293) to contest. 

continuellement, adv. continually. 

continuer, v.a.n. to continue, to go on 
with. 

contraindre, v.a. ir. (175) to compel, 
to force, to constrain. 

contraire, s.m. adj. contrary ; au — , 



on the contrary ; au — de, con- 
trary to. 

contre, prep. adv. against, contrary 
to, near, versus. 

contre-coup, s.m. rebound, conse- 
quence. 

contredire, v.a. ir. (173) to contra- 
dict, to oppose. 

contredit ; sans — , adv. unquestion- 
ably. 

contree, s.f. country, region. 

contrefaire, v.a. (180) to counter- 
feit. 

contribuer, v.n. to contribute. 

convaincre, v.a. ir. (1 7 4) to convince. 

convainquant, part, convincing. 

convenable, adj. proper, becoming, 
right, due, suitable. 

convenir, v.n. ir. (187) to agree, to 
suit, to be expedient. 

convertir, v.a. to convert, to change. 

convier, v.a. to invite. 

copie, s.f. copy. 

coq, s.m. cock. 

tcoquille, s.f. shell. 

tcorbeille, s.f. basket. 

corde, s.f. string, cord, rope. 

cordon, s.m. hoist, siring, band; — 
bleu, first-rate cook. 

Corinthien, ne, adj. Corinthian. 

corps, s.m. body, corps. 

correct, e, adj. correct. 

corriger, v.a. to correct. 

cortege, s.m. retinue, attendants, 
procession. 

cote, s.f. coast, shore. 

cote, s.m. side, way, part. 

coton, s.m. cotton. 

cotonnier, s.m. cotton-tree. 

cotoyer, v.a. to coast, to go at the side 
of. 

cou, s.m. neck. 

couche, e, part. adj. lying down, in 
bed. 

coucher, to lay down, to put to bed ; 
se — , v.r. to lie dorcrn, to go to bed. 

coudre, v.a. ir. (174) to sew. 

couler, v.n. to flora, to run. 

couleur, s.f. color, paint. 

coup, s.m. blow, stroke, knock, rap, 
hit, stab, thrust, wound, trick ; — 
de fleche (303), arrow ; — de 
foudre, thunder-stroke ; — de fusil 



VOCABULARY. 



397 



(303), bullet ; — de main, sudden 
attack, help ; — de soldi, sun- 
stroke ; a — s de (303), d'un — de 
(302) by, with a, with ; tout a — , 
tout d'un — , all of a sudden, sud- 
denly, all at once. 

coupable, adj. s.m.f. guilty. 

coupe, s.f. cutting, cup. 

couper, v.a.n. to cut, to cut off or 
out or up or down, to clip ; se — , 
v.r. to cut one's self. 

couple, s.m.f. couple, brace. 

cour, s.f. yard, court, court-yard. 

courage, s.m. courage, cheer. 

courageusement, adv. courageously. 

courageu-x, se, adj. courageous. 

courant, s.m. stream, current, 
course ; au — de, acquainted or 
conversant with ; mettre au — 
(de), to inform (of). 

courber, v.a.n. to bend, to bow down. 

courir, v.a.n. ir. (184) to run. 

couronne, s.f. to crown. 

courroie, s.f. strap, belt. 

cours, s.m. course, current. 

course, s.f. run, race, course, career: 
a la — , running. 

court, e, adj. short. 

court, adv. short ; tout — , short, 
simply ; demeurer or rester — , to 
stop short. 

cousin, e, s.m.f. cousin. 

couteau, s.m. (30) knife. 

couter, v.n.a. to cost, to be expensive. 

coutil, s.m. ticking. 

coutume, s.f. custom, habit ; comme 
de — , as usual ; de — , usually ; 
avoir — de, to be in the habit of. 

couvert, e, adj. covered, sheltered. 

couvrir, v. a. ir. (185) to cover, to 
" hide, to protect ; se — , v.r. to cover 
one's self, to get cloudy. 

craindre, v. a. ir. (175, 326, 330), to 
fear, to be afraid of, to dread. 

crainte, s.f. fear, dread ; de — de, 
for fear of; de — que, for fear, 
lest. 

crainti-f, ve, adj. timid. 

crayon, s.m. pencil, crayon, sketch. 

createur, s.m. creator, maker. 

creme, s.f. cream. 

crier, v.n.a. to cry, to shout, to 
scream, to call out, to proclaim. 



crime, s.m. crime, offence. 

criminel, le, adj. s. criminal, culprit. 

crin, s.m. horse-hair. 

croire, v.a.n. ir. (177) to believe, to 
think. 

croitre, v.n. ir. (136, 178) to grow. 

croix, s.f. cross. 

cru, e, adj. raw, crude. 

eruaute, s.f. cruelty. 

cruche, s.f. pitcher. 

cruel, le, adj. cruel, sore. 

cruellement, adv. cruelly, sorely. 

tcueillir, v.a. ir. (184) to gather, to 
pick. 

tcuiller, cuillere, s.f. spoon; — a 
cafe, tea-spoon. 

cuir, s.m. skin, leather. 

cuire, v.a.n. ir. (172) to cook, to bake, 
to boil. 

cuisine, s.f. kitchen, cooking ; faire la 
— , to cook. 

cuisini-er, ere, s.m.f. cook. 

cuivre, s.m. copper, brass. 

culbuter, v.a.n. to tumble head over 
heels. 

cupidite, s.f. cupidity. 

curacao, s.m. curagoa. 

curieusement, adv. curiously. 

curieu-x, se, adj. s. curious, singu- 
lar, curious part, inquisitive per- 
son. 

curiosite, s.f. curiosity. 



D. 



tdaigner, v.n. to deign. 

daim, s.m. deer, buck. 

damner, v.a. to damn. 

Danemark (Le), s.m. Denmark. 

danger, s.m. danger, fear. 

dans, prep. (236, 297) in, into, 
within. 

danse, s.f. dance. 

danser, v.n.a. to dance. 

danseu-r se, s.m.f. dancer, partner, 

dard, s.m. dart, sting. 

davantage, adv. more, longer. 

de, d', prep, (with art., 33; parti- 
tive, 39; without the art., 425 



39S 



VOCABULARY. 



special use, 228 ; with proper 
names, 235 ; after adjectives, 250 ; 
after adverbs, 285 ; with infinitive, 
342) of, from, out of , in, with, by, 
at, some, any, to, between, than, 
(238). 

debarquer, v.a.n. to land. 

debiter, v. a. to sell, to retail, to de- 
liver, to utter, to debit. 

deboucher, v. a. to open, to uncork. 

debris, s.m. fragment, re?nains, 
rubbish. 

deca, prep. adv. on this side {of) ; 
en — , on this side ; — et dela, 
here and there. 

deceder, v.n. (135) to die, to decease. 

decembre, s.m. December. 

decevoir, v. a. ir. (189) to deceive. 

dechaine, e, adj. unchained, raging, 
furious. 

dechirer, v. a. to tear, to rend. 

dechoir, v.n. ir. (136, 189) to fall, to 
sink. 

decider, v. a. to decide ; se — , v.r. to 
make up o.'s mind. 

decision, s.f. decision. 

d6clamer, v.a.n. to recite, declaim. 

declarer, v. a. to declare, to proclaim. 

decombres, s.m. pi. rubbish. 

decoudre, v. a. ir. (174) tounsew, to rip. 

decourager, v. a. to discourage, to 
deter. 

decouvert, e, adj. uncovered, dis- 
covered. 

decouvrir, v. a. ir. (185) to uncover, 
to discover. 

decrire, v. a. ir. (176) to describe. 

decroitre, v.n. ir. (178) to decrease. 

tdedaigner, v. a. to disdain, to scorn. 

dedain, s.m. disdain, scorn. 

dedans, adv. in, within, inside: en 
— , inside, within. 

dedans, s.m. inside, interior. 

dedire, v. a. ir. (173) to contradict, to 
gainsay ; se — , v.r. to retract. 

deduire, v.a. ir. (172) to deduct, to 
infer. 

deesse, s.f. goddess. 

tdefaillir, v.n. ir. (198) to fail, to 
faint. 

defaire. v.a. ir. (180) to undo, to un- 
make, to rid, to defeat, to rout • se 
— , to get rid. 



defaut, s.m. defect, fault, want ; a or 
au — de, for want of; en — , at 
fault. 

defendre, v.a. to defend, to forbid ; 
se — , v.r. to defend or shelter or 
justify one's self, to decline. 

defense, s.f. defence, (354) tusk, out- 
works. 

deferer, v.a. to confer, to bestow. 

deficit, s.m. deficiency. 

defier, v.a. to defy, to challenge, to 
provoke, to dare ; se — , v.r. to 
distrust. 

degeler, v.a.n. to thaw. 

deg^nerer, v.n. (316) to dege7ierate. 

dehors, adv. outside, out, without; 
en — , outside, without. 

dehors, s.m. outside, exterior; les — , 
pi. appearances. 

deja, adv. already, yet. 

dejeuner, s.m. lunch, breakfast. 

dejeuner, v.n. to take lunch, to break- 
fast. 

dela, prep, au — , beyond, on the 
other side, upnoards, more ; en — , 
beyond, farther. 

delai, s.m. delay. 

delicat, e, adj. delicate, nice. 

delicatesse, s.f. delicacy, nicety. 

delicieusement, adv. deliciously. 

delicieu-x, se, adj. delicious. 

delier, v.a. to untie. 

delivrance, s.f. deliverance, release. 

delivrer, v.a. to deliver, to free. 

demain, adv. s.m. to-morraiv. 

demande, s.f. question, request, de- 
mand, desire. 

demander, v.a. to ask, to beg, to 
want, to demand, to inquire ; faire 
— , to send for. 

demele, s.m. quarrel, strife. 

dementir, v.a. ir. (184) to give the lie 
to, to contradict, to deny. 

demettre, v.a. ir. (180) to put out of 
joint, to dismiss. 

demeure, s.f. residence, dwelling. 

demeurer, v.n. to reside, to live, to 
dwell. 

demi, e, adj. (246) half, semi. 

democratic, s.f. democracy. 

demoiselle, s.f. young lady. 

demolir, v.a. to demolish, to -bull 
down. 



VOCABULARY. 



399 



Demosthenes, s.m. Demosthenes. 

denouer, v. a. to untie, to undo. 

dent, s.f. tooth. 

depart, s.m. departure. 

depecher, v.r. to despatch; se — , 
v.r. to make ha-ste, to hasten. 

depeindre, v. a. ir. (175) to depict, to 
describe. 

dependre, v.n. to depend. 

depens, s.m. pi. expense, cost. 

depenser, v.a. to spend. 

depit, s.m. vexation, spite. 

deplaire, v.n. ir. (178) to displease, 
to give offence. 

deplaisir, s.m. displeasure, sorrozv, 
grief. 

depot, s.m. deposit, trust, store-house, 
settlement. 

tdepouiller, v.a. to strip, despoil. 

depourvoir, v.a. to divest. 

depourvu, e, adj. unprovided, desti- 
tute. 

depuis, prep, since, from, for, after; 
— longtemps, long ago ; — peu, 
lately ; — quand ? how long ? — 
que (292), since, ever since. 

depuis, adv. since, afterwards. 

depute, s.m. depitty, representative. 

deranger, v.a. to derange, to dis- 
place, to inconvenience, to disturb, 
to trouble ; se — , v.r. to disturb or 
trouble one's self. 

derni-er, ere, adj. s. latter, last, 
latest, extreme ; la semaine — e, 
last week ; la — e fois, last or the 
last time. 

dernierement, adv. lately. 

deroute, s.f. rout, disorder ; mettre 
en — , to rout. 

derriere, prep. adv. behind, behind 
it. 

des [contraction of de les, art. 34, 

39]- 

des, prep, even from, as early as, 
from. 

desaccoutumer, v.a. to break of the 
habit. B 

desagreable, adj. disagreeable, un- 
pleasant. 

desagreablement, adv. disagreeably. 

desapprendre, v.a. ir. (181) unlearn. 

descendre, v.n. (136) to descend, to 
fome or go dozvn. 



desert, e, adj. desert, deserted. 

desesperer, v.n. to despair. 

desespoir, s.m. despair. 

deshabituer, v.a. to break of the 
habit. 

deshonorer, v.a. to dishonor, to dis- 
grace. 

t designer, v.a. to designate, to point 
out. 

desir, s.m. desire, wish. 

desirer, v.a. (192) to desire, to 
wish. 

desobeissance, s.f. disobedience 

desoler, v.a. to distress; se — , v.r. 
to grieve. 

desordre, s.m. disorder, confusion. 

desormais, adv. henceforth. 

desquelles [contraction of de les- 
quelles]. 

desquels [contraction of de les- 
quels]. 

dessein, s.m. design, intention, 
plan, purpose ; a — , on purpose ; 
a — de, in order to ; avoir — or le 
— de, to intend. 

dessert, s.m. desert. 

desservir, v.n.a. ir. (183) to take 
away, to remove the cloth. 

dessin, s.m. drawing, pattern. 

dessiner, v.a. to draw, to sketch. 

dessous, adv. prep, under, below; 
au — , under, below ; de — , from 
under ; par — , uttder. 

dessous, s.m. under part, bottom, 
wrong side. 

dessus, adv. prep, on, upon, over, 
above, uppermost ; par — , upon, be- 
sides. 

dessus, s.m. upper part. 

destiner, v.a. to destine, to intend. 

detacher, v.a. to detach, to untie. 

tdetail, s.m. detail, particular. 

deteindre, v.a. ir. (175) to take out 
the color of; — v.n. to lose its dye 
or color, to fade. 

detenir, v.a, ir. (187) to detain, to 
withold. 

determiner, v.a. to determine, to set- 
tle ; se — , v.r. to resolve. 

detester, v.a. to detest, to hate. 

detour, s.m. winding, roundabout way. 

detourner, v.a. to tutn aside, to dis- 
suade. 



4oo 



VOCABULARY. 



d£tresse, s.f. distress. 

detroit, s.m. strait. 

detruire, v. a. ir. (172) to destroy, to 
ruin. 

dette, s.f. debt. 

deux, adj. s.m. two, both ; tous les 
— , both, every other. 

deuxieme, adj. s.m.f. second. 

deuxiemement, adv. secondly. 

devant, prep. adv. (298) before, in 
front of, before them. 

devant, s.m. forepart, front ; aller or 
venir au- — de, to go or come to 
meet. 

devant [part, of devoir], owing, in- 
tending, being on the point of. 

developper, v. a. to unfold, to develop, 
to display. 

devenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to become, 
to grow. 

dev£tir, v. a. ir. (183) to unclothe, to 
undress, to divest. 

deviner, v. a, to divine, to guess. 

devoir, s.m. duty, task ; — s, pi. re- 
spects. 

devoir, v. a. ir. (189, 323) to owe ; — 
v.n. must, to be obliged, (203) to be 
{to), to be intended, should, ought ; 
se — , to owe it to one's self 

devorer, v. a. to devour, to consume. 

devoue, e, adj. devoted, true, sincere, 
faithful, affectionate, loving; votre 
tout — , yours truly or sincerely or 
faithfully. 

devouement, s.m. devotedness. 

devouer, v. a. to devote. 

diamant, s.m. diamond, jewel, gem. 

diametre, s.m. diameter. 

Dieu, s.m. God ; grace a — , — 
merci, thank God; mon — ! — ! 
good Heavens! dear me! bless 
me ! 

different, e, adj. different, various. 

differer, v. a. to put off. 

difficile, adj. difficult, hard, hard to 
please, particular. 

difncilement, adv. with difficulty. 

difficulte, s.f. difficulty. 

difforme, adj. deformed. 

tdigne, adj. worthy, deserving, dig- 
nified. 

dimanche, s.m. Sunday. 

dindon, dinde, s.m. turkey, goose. 



diner, s.m. dinner. 

diner, v.n. to dine. 

dire, v. a. ir. (172) to say, to tell, to 
speak ; cela va sans — , (202) that 
is a ?natter of course ; c'est a- — , 
that is to say. 

direct, e, adj. direct, straight. 

diriger, v. a. to direct, to manage, to 
guide. 

discontinuer, v.a.n. to discontinue, to 
leave off. 

disconvenir, v.n. ir. (187, 293) to 
disozun, to deny. 

discourir, v.n. ir. (184) to discourse. 

discours, s.m. discourse, speech, lec- 
ture. 

discretion, s.f. discretion. 

disculper, v. a. to exculpate, to exon- 
erate. 

disjoindre, v. a. ir. to disjoin. 

disparaitre, v.n. ir. (136, 178) to dis- 
appear, to vanish, to go. 

dispenser, v. a. to exe?npt, to dispense, 
to bestow ; se — , to exe?npt one's 
self, to forbear. 

disperser, v. a. to disperse, to scat- 
ter. 

dispose, e, adj. disposed, inclined. 

disposer, v.a.n. to dispose, to have at 
command; se — , v.r. to prepare, to 
get ready. 

disposition, s.f. disposition, inclina- 
tion, tendency. 

dispute, s.f. dispute, discussion. 

disputer, v.a.n. to dispute ; se — , 
v.r. to strive or contend for. 

dissoudre, v. a. ir. (175) to dissolve. 

dissuader, v. a. to dissuade. 

distance, s.f. distance. 

distinguer, v. a. to distinguish ; se — , 
v.r. to distinguish one's self. 

distraire, v. a. ir. (174) to divert, to 
abstract. 

distrait, e, adj. inattentive, absent. 

distribuer, v. a. to distribute. 

dit, e, adj. said, so-called. 

tivers, e, adj. different, several. 
ivertir, v. a. to amuse, to divert. 
divinite, s.f. divinity,- deity. 
diviser, v. a. to divide, to pai't. 
dix, adj. s.m. ten, tenth. 
dix-huit, adj. s.m. eighteen. 
dix-huitieme, adj. eighteenth. 



VOCABULARY. 



401 



dixieme, adj. s.m. tenth. 

dix-neuf, adj. s.m. nineteen. 

dix-neuvieme, adj. nineteenth. 

dix-sept, adj. s.m. seventeen. 

dix-septieme, adj. seventeenth. 

dizaine, s.f. ten. 

docile, adj. docile, manageable. 

dominant, e, adj. ruling, prevail- 
ing. 

dominer, v.a.n. tortile, to get over, to 
predominate. 

dommage, s. m. damage, injury, 
wrong ; c'est — , it is a pity. 

dompter, v. a. to subdue, to tame. 

don, s.m. gift, present. / 

done, conj. (164) then, therefore, ac- 
cordingly, so, do, now, consequent- 
ly. 

donner, v.a.n. (88) to give, to grant, 
to cause, to make, to look, to open ; 
(idioms, 382). 

dont, pron.* (126, 268) whose, of 
whom, from whom, of which, 
from which, with or by whom, 
with or by which, in which, whom, 
which. 

dorenavant, adv. henceforth. 

dorer, v. a. to gild. 

dormant, e, adj. sleeping, stagnant, 
dull. 

dormir, v.n. ir. (183) to sleep, to be 
asleep. 

dos, s.m. back, bridge. 

dose, s.f. dose, portion. 

dot, s.f. dowry, portion. 

double, s.m. adj. double, deceitful. 

doubler, v. a. to double, to line. 

doucement, adv. sweetly, softly, gent- 
ly. 

douceui - , s.f. sweetness, gentleness ; 
— s, pi. sweet things. 

douer, v. a. to endoiv, to gift. 

douleur, s. f. pain, grief, sorrow. 

douloureu-x, se, adj. painful, tender, 
sore, mournful. 

doute, s. m. doubt ; sans — , no 
doubt. 

douter, v.n. a. (293) to doubt, to ques- 
tiou, to distrust ; se — , v.r. to sus- 
pect, to think. 

douteu-x, se, adj. doubtful. 

Douvres, s.m. Dover. 

dou-x, ce, adj. sweet, soft, mild, gentle. 



douzaine, s.f. dozen. 

douze, adj. s. twelve, twelfth. 

douzieme, adj. s.m. twelfth. 

drap, s.m. cloth, sheet. 

dresser, v.a.n. to erect, to raise, to 

train ; se — , v.r. to stand up, to 

start up. 
droit, e, adj. straight, right. 
droit, adv. straight, right, directly ; 

tout — , straight on. 
droit, s.m. right. 
droite, s.f. right, right hand ; a — , 

on or to the right. 
du, art. m. [contraction of de le, art. 

(34, 39)]- 
du, due, part, of devoir, adj. due, 

ozving, etc. 
due, s.m. duke. 
duchesse, s.f. duchess, couch. 
duquel [contraction of de lequel]. 
dur, e, adj. hard, firm, tough, rough, 

sharp. 
duree, s.f. duration. 
durement, adv. hard, harshly. 
durer, v.n. to last. 
durete, s.f. hardness, harshness. 
duvet, s.m. down, feather-bed. 



eau, s.f. (30) water ; — x, pi. water- 
ing-place. 

echapper, v.n. (136) to escape, to get 
out ; s' — , v.r. to escape. 

echauffer, v. a. to heat, to warm; 
s' — , v.r. to get warm, to get ex- 
cited. 

echoir, v.n. ir. (136, 189) to fall. 

eclair, s.m. lightning, flash ; faire 
des — s, to lighten. 

eclaircir, v. a. to clear, to clear up. 

eclairer, v. a. to light, to enlighten, to 
throw a light upon ; v.n. to give 
light. 

eclat, s.m. loud sound ox noise, flash, 
scandal. 

eclatant, e, adj. bright, brilliant, 
splendid, blooming, glorious. 

eclater, v.n. to shiver, to break out ; 
— de rire, to burst out laughing. 



402 



VOCABULARY. 



eclore, v.n. ir. (135, 198) to hatch, 
to open. 

ecole, s.f. school, college. 

exoli-er, ere, s.m.f. pupil, student. 

economie, s.f. economy, saving, sys- 
tem. 

ecorce, s.f. bark, rind. 

ecossais, e, adj. s. Scotch, Scotch- 
man, Scotchwoman. 

ficosse (1'), s.f. Scot-land. 

ecouler (s'), v.r. to elapse, to pass. 

6couter, v. a. to listen, to mind. 

ecraser, v. a. to crush, to overwhelm. 

ecrevisse, s.f. crawfish. 

eerier (s'), v.r. to cry out, to ex- 
claim. 

ecrire, v. a. ir. (175) to write ; s' — , 
v.r. to write to each other ; to be 
spelt. 

£crit, s.m. writing, written agree- 
ment; par — , in writing. 

6criture, s.f. writing, handwriting. 

£crivain, s.m. writer, author. 

ecrouler (s'), v.r. to fall in or down. 

tecueil, s.m. rock, reef, sand-bank, 
danger. 

ecumant, e, adj. foaming. 

ecumer, v.n. to foam ; v.a. to skim. 

Edifice, s.m. edifice, structure. 

education, s.f. education, training, 
breeding. 

effacer,v.a. to efface, to erase, to blot out. 

effet, s.m. effect, intent, show, bill ; 
— s, pi. effects, things, luggage; 
a cet — , for this purpose ; a 1' — 
de, in order to ; en — , in reality, 
indeed. 

effile, e, adj. slender, tapering. 

efforcer (s'), v.r. to exert one' s self , to 
endeavor, to try. 

effort, s.m. exertion, endeavor. 

effrayer, v.a. (97) to frighten, scare. 

£gal, e, adj. s. equal, even, level, reg- 
ular. 

6galement, adv. equally, alike, also, 
likewise. 

£gard, s.m. regard, respect, account ; 
a cet — , in this or that respect ; a 
1' — de, regarding, with regard to, 
as for ; a mon — , towards me. 

£gar£, e, adj. stray, lost. 

6garer, v.a. to mislead, to disorder ; 
s' — , v.r. to lose one's way. 



egayer, v.a. to enliven, to cheer up. 

eglise, s.f. church. 

elancer, v.n. to shoot ; s' — , v.r. to 
rush, to spring. 

electeur, s.m. elector. 

elephant, s.m. elephant. 

eleve, e, adj. part, raised, high, ele- 
vated, bred. 

elever, v.a. to raise, to build, to 
bring up, to rear, to elevate. 

elire, v.a. ir. (177) to elect, to choose. 

Elise, s.f. Eliza. 

elle, pron. (no, 114. 25g) she, her, 

it; — s, pi. they, them ; meme, 

herself, itself; — s-memes, them- 
selves. 

elegance, s.f. elegance. 

teloigne, e, part. adj. distant, 

teloigner, v.a. to remove ; s' — , v.r. 
to go away, to leave. 

eloquemment, adv. eloquently. 

eloquence, s.f. eloquence. 

embarras, s.m. encutubrance, embar- 
rassment, confusion, difficulty, 
scrape. 

embellir, v.n. s' — , v.r. to improve, 
to grow handsome. 

embleme, s.m. emblem. 

embrasser, v.a. to embrace, to hug, to 
kiss. 

emeute, s.f. riot. 

emmener, v. a. to take away. 

emoudre, v.a. ir. (175) to grind. 

emouvoir, v.a. ir. (190) to move, to 
agitate, to stir up, to rouse, to af- 
fect ; s' — , v.r. to be moved or agi- 
tated, etc. 

emparer (s'), v.r. to seize, to take pos- 
session, to take up. 

empecher, v.a. (294) to prevent, to 
hinder. 

empereur, s.m. e7?iperor. 

empire, s.m. empire. 

empirer, v.a. (136) to ??iake worse. 

emploi, s.m. use, e??iployment. 

employer, v.a. (97) to employ, to 
use ; s' — , v.r. to apply one's self. 

emporter, v.a. to carry away, to blow 
off, to take ; s' — , v.r. to fly into a 
passion. 

empresser (s'), v.r. to be eager, to 
hasten. 

emprunter, v.a. to borrow. 



VOCABULARY. 



403 



£mu, e, adj. moved, affected, agi- 
tated. 

en, prep. (236, 297) in, into, to, in, 
with, by, at, for. 

en, pron. m.f. (114, 120, 194, 241, 
258) of him, of her, of it, its, of 
them, theirs, from him, from her, 
from it, from them, from there, by 
him, for it, on that account, with 
the?n ; c' — est or — voila assez, 
trop, it or that is enough, too much. 

en-cas, s.m. sun-shade, bedside, night- 
lunch. 

enchanter, v. a. to enchant, bezvitch. 

encombre, s.m. hindrance. 

encombrer, v. a. to obstruct, to en- 
cumber. 

encore, adv. conj. still, yet, as yet, 
again, also, too, more, still more, 
another. 

encourager, v. a. to encourage, to in- 
cite. 

encourir, v. a. ir. (184) to incur. 

encre, s.f. ink. 

encrier, s.m. inkstand. 

endormi, e, adj. asleep. 

endormir, v. a. ir. (183) to send to 
sleep ; s' — , v.r. to fall asleep, to go 
to sleep. 

endroit, s.m. place, part. 

enduire, v. a. ir. (172) to lay over, to 
plaster. 

endurcir, v. a. to harden, to inure. 

enfant, s.m.f. child, infant. 

enfer, s.m. hell. 

enfermer, v. a. to shut, to shut up or 
in. 

enfin, adv. lastly, in short, at last, 
at length. 

enfoncer, v. a. to sink, to thrust, to 
stick, to drive in. 

enfreindre, v. a. ir. (175) to infringe. 

enfuir (s'), v.r. ir. (183) to flee, to 
run away, to fly. 

engager, v. a. to pledge, to engage, to 
induce ; s' — , v.r. to pledge etc. 
one's self 

enhardir, v. a. to embolden. 

enivrer, v.a. to intoxicate. 

enjoindre, v.a. ir. (175) to enjoin. 

enlever, v.a. to lift, to raise, to take 
aivay, to remove, to take or carry 
away or off. 



ennejmi, e, s.m.f. enemy. 

ennemi, e ; adj. hostile, of the enemy. 

ennui, s.m. tediousness, weariness, 
dullness. 

tenorgueillir, v.a. to make proud. 

enorme, adj. enormous, huge. 

enormement, adv. enormously. 

enquerir (s^), v.r. ir. (188) to in- 
quire, to ask. 

enrage, e, adj. mad, enraged. 

enrager, v.n. to be mad ox enraged. 

enrhumer (s'), v.r. to catch cold. 

enrichir, v.a. to enrich ; s' — , v.r. to 
get rich. 

tenseigne, s.m. ensign. 

tenseigne, s.f. sign, sign- board ; — s, 
pi. colors. 

tenseigner, v.a. to teach, instruct. 

ensemble, adv. together, at the same 
time. 

ensuite, adv. after, afterwards, then, 
next. 

ensuivre (s'), v.r. ir. (174) to follow, 
to ensue. 

entendre, v.a. to hear, to listen to, to 
understand ; — dire, to hear it 
said ; faire — , to give to under- 
stand; s' — , v.r. to hear each 
other, to understand, to come to or 
to have an understanding ; s'en- 
tend, or cela s'entend, that is u?i- 
derstood, of course. 

entendu, e, part. adj. heard, under- 
stood, agreed ; bien — , of course ; 
— (que), on condition {that). 

enteter, v.a. to infatuate ; s' — , v.r. 
to get obstinate. 

ent-ier, ere, adj. entire, whole. 

entours, s.m. pi. neighborhood. 

en-tout-cas, s.m. sun-shade. 

entr'acte, s.m. mterz/a/ between the acts. 

tentrailles, s.f. pi. entrails, bowels. 

entrainer, v.a. to -carry away, to 
draw, to involve. 

entre, prep. (298, 300) between, 
among, in, into. 

entree, s.f. entrance, entry, going in, 
introduction, admissioit ; droit 
d' — , import-duty. 

entrefaites, s.f. pi. sur ces — , in the 
midst of all this. 

entreprendre, v.a. ir. (181) to under- 
take, to attempt. 



404 



VOCABULARY. 



entreprise, s.f. undertaking, enter- 
prise. 

entrer, v.n. (136) to enter, to go in, 
to come in, to walk or step in ; faire 
— , to let in, ask or show in. 

entretenir, v.a. ir. (187) to hold to- 
gether, to keep tip, to entertain; 
s' — , v.r. to converse. 

entrevoir, v.a. ir. (192) to have a 
glimpse of, to perceive ; s' — , v.r. 
have an interviezv, to meet. 

entr'ouvrir, v.a. ir. (185) to half 
open, to put ajar ; s' — , v.r. to 
half-open, to be ajar. 

envers, prep. (250, 299) towards, to. 

envi (a 1'), prep. adv. in emulation, 
of {each other). 

envie, s.f. envy, inclination, fancy ; 
avoir — de, to want, to feel dis- 
posed to ; porter — a, to envy. 

envier, v.a. to envy, to grudge. 

environ, adv. about. 

environner, v.a. to surround. 

environs, s.m. pi. country round, 
neighborhood. 

envoy er, v.a. ir. (194) to send, to 
forward. 

Epais, se, adj. thick, heavy. 

epaisseur, s.f. thickness, depth. 

epanouir, v.a. to expand, to blow. 

t^pargner, v.a.n. to save, to spare. 

epaule, s.f. shoulder. 

epee, s.f. sword. 

epicerie, s.f. grocery. 

epine, s.f. thorn. 

epingle, s.f. pin. 

epoque, s.f. epoch, era, time. 

epouse, s.f. spouse, wife. 

tepouvantail, s.m. scarecrozu. 

epouvanter, v.a. frighten. 

epoux, s.m. husband, spouse ; — ,pl. 
husband and wife. 

Epreuve, s.f. trial, proof ; a toute — , 
well-tried, unshaken. 

Eprouver v.a. to try, to experience, to 
feel. 

epuiser, v.a. to exhaust, to use tip. 

eVmateur, s.m. equator. 

equation, s.f. equation. 

equilibre, s.m. equilibrium. 

equipage, s.m. equipage, carriage, 
crew. 

£quiper, v.a. to fit out, to equip. 



Equitation, s.f. horsemanship. 

erreur, s.f. error, tnistake. 

es [contraction of en les] (300) of; 
bachelier es-lettres, bachelor of 
arts. 

escalier, s.m. staircase, stairs. 

escarpE, e, adj. sleep. 

escorte, s.f. escort, convoy. 

tEspagne (T), s.f. Spain. 

tEspagnol, e, adj. Spanish, Span- 
iard. 

espece, s.f. species, kind, sort. 

esperance, s.f. hope, expectation. 

esperer, v.a.n. (97) to hope. 

espoir, s.m. hope, expectation. 

esprit, s.m. spirit, ghost, mind, intel- 
lect, brains ; — fort, freethinker, 
sceptic ; bel — , wit ; homme d' — , 
witty or clever man. 

esquiver (s'), v.r. to steal away. 

essai, s.m. trial, attempt. 

essaim, s.m. swarm. 

essayer, v.a.n. to try, to try on, to at- 
tettipt ; s' — , v.r. to try one^s hand 
or skill or strength. 

essentiel, le, adj. essential. 

essuie-mains, s.m. towel. 

essuyer, v.a. (97) to wipe, to wipe 
off. 

estimer, v.a. to value, to esteem. 

estomac, s.m. stomach. 

et, conj. and ; — . . . et, both . . . 
and. 

etablir, v.a. to establish, to lay down, 
to set up. 

etablissement, s.m. establishment. 

etage, s.m. story, floor, flat. 

etat, s.m. state, condition, predica- 
ment, calling, trade; en — de, in 
a condition or able to; hors d' — , 
uttable ; faire — de, to value; 

_ mettre-en — de, to enable to. 

Etats-Unis (les), pi. the United 
States. 

ete, s.m. summer. 

eteindre, v.a. ir. (172) to extinguish, 
to put out. 

etendre, v.a. to extend, to stretch; 
s' — , v.r. to lie down. 

etendu, e, adj. extensive, lying down. 

eternel, le, adj. eternal, everlasting. 

etoffe, s.f. stuff, materials. 

etoile, s.f. star. 



VOCABULARY. 



40S 



£tonne, e, adj. astonished, 

6tonnement, s.m. astonishment, won- 
der. 

etonner, v.a. to astonish; s' — , v.r. 
to be astonished, to wonder. 

etouffer, v.a. to suffocate, to stifle, to 
smother, to choke. 

etrangler, v.a.n. to strangle. 

etre, v.n. (54, 58) to be, to exist, to 
have, to belong ; ce qui en est, all 
about it ; c'est que, it is or was be- 
cause, the fact is ; ce n'est pas que, 
not that,' eomme si de rien n'etait, 
as if nothing had happened ; en — 
de . . . comme de, to be with . . . 
as with; est-ce que, (92) it is 
{true ox a fact) that; il est, there 
is, there are ; n'est-ce pas ? it is 
not (so) ? y — , to have hit it, to see 
it ; (idioms, 381). 

£tre, s.m. being. 

£troit, e, adj. narrotv, straight, 
tight. 

£tude, s.f. study ; salle d' — , school- 
room. 

£tudiant, s.m. student. 

£tudier, v.a.n. to study, to practise ; 

■ s' — , v.r. to endeavor. 

eux, pron. m. pi. (no) they, them ; 
— memes, themselves. 

teveiller, v.a. to awake, to awaken, to 
rouse. 

£venement, s.m. event. 

eVentail, s.m. (31) fan. 

eVertuer, (s'), v.r. to strive, to exert 
one's self. 

£viter, v.a. to avoid, to shun. 

exact, e, adj. exact, accurate. 

examiner, v.a. to examine, to look at. 

excellent, e, adj. excellent. 

exceller, v.n. to excel, to surpass. 

excepte, prep, except, save. 

exciter, v.a. to excite, to rouse. 

excuser, v.a. to excuse, to apologize, 
for; s' — , v.r. to excuse one's self, 
to apologize, to beg to be excused. 

executer, v.a. to execute, to carry out, 
to perform. 

execution, s.f. execution. 

exemple, s.m. example, copy ; par — , 
for instance, indeed. 

exempt, e, adj. exempt, free. 

exempter, v.a. to exempt. 



exercer, v.a. to exercise, to practise, 

to drill. 
exercice, s.m. exercise, practice ; faire 

1'—, to drill. 
exhaler, v.a. to exhale, to breathe 

out ; s' — , v.r. to come out, (372) 

take flight. 
exhorter, v.a. to exhort. 
exhumer, v.a. to exhume, to disinter. 
exigeant, e, adj. too difficult to please, 

too particular, expecting too much, 

exacting. 
exiger, v.a. to require, to demand, to 

exa&L 
exil, s.m. exile. 
exiler, v.a. to exile, to banish. 
existence, s.f. existence. 
exister, v.n. to exist, to be, to live. 
expier, v.a. to expiate, to atone for. 
exposer, v.a. to expose, to exhibit, to 

explain. 
expres, se, adj. s.m. express. 
expres, adv. purposely, on purpose. 
express£ment, adv. expressly. 
exquis, e, adj. exquisite 
extraire, v.a. ir. (174) to extract, to 

select. 
extraordinaire, adj. extrao7'dinary, 

uncommon. 
extraordinaire, s.m. extraordinary, 

or unusual thing. 
extr£mement, adv. extremely. 
extremity, s.f. extremity ; a 1' — , to 

extremity, to the lout moment. 



fatue, s.f. fable, story. 

facade, s.f. front, face. 

fache, e, adj. ( — contrej angry, 
(with) ; ( — de, en) sorry (for, for 
it). 

facher, v.a. to make angry, to offend, 
to vex ; se — , v.r. to get or to be 
angry, to take offence. 

facheu-x, se, adj. gHevous, sad, 
troublesome, unpleasant, vexa- 
tious. 

facheux, s.m. intruder bore. 

facile, adj. easy. 



406 



VOCABULARY. 



facilement, adv. easily. 

facility s.f. ease, facility. 

facon, s.f. workmanship, fashion, 
shape, 7nanner, way, ceremony, 
pi. fuss. 

faible, adj. weak, feeble. 

faible, s.m. weak side, weakness. 

faiblesse, s.f. weakness. 

tfaillir, v.n. ir. (198) to err, to be mis- 
taken, to fail, to be near or on the 
point of 

faim, s.f. hunger; avoir — , to be 
hungry. 

faire, v.a.n. ir. (180) to make, to do, 
to go on, to be, to ask, to give, to 
play, to act, to cause, to get, to 
have, to pay ; avoir a — de, to 
want, to have occasion for ; — 
dire, to send word ; il fait chaud, 
doux, froid, jour, it is warm or 
hot, mild, cold, daylight ; cela fait 
du bien, that does {one) good; cela 
ne fait rien, that makes no differ- 
ence, never mind ; ne — que (204) 
to do nothing but ; ne — que de 
(sortir, etc.) to have or be but just 
{gone out, etc. ) ; pour quoi — ? 
what for? comment — ? what is 
or was to be done? se — , v.r. to 
be done or made, to take place, to 
be, to become, to form ; (idioms, 

38i). 

faisceau, s.m. bundle. 

fait, e, part. ( V. faire) made, done, 
calculated. 

fait, s.m.. fact, deed, act, feat. 

falloir, v.n. ir. (147, 190) impers. to 
be necessary or requisite, must, to 
be obliged, should, ought, to want, 
must have ; il faut que je sorte, 
7" must go out ; il le faut, it must 
be so, it must be done ; comme il 
faut, as it should be, respectable, 
proper ; s'en — , v.r. to be near ; 
peu s'en faut, very near, very 
nearly. 

fameu-x, se, adj. famous, first-rate. 

tfamille, s.f. family. 

faon, s.m. fawn. 

fardeau, s.m. burden, load, weight. 

farine, s.f. flour. 

fat, adj. s.m. (25) foppish, fop. 

fatal, e, adj. fatal. 



fatigue, s.f, fatigue, weariness, toil. 
fatiguer, v. a. to fatigue, to tire, to 

wear out, to worry ; se — , v.r. to 

get tired. 
faute, s.f. fault, error, mistake ; — 

de, for want of. 
tfauteuil, s.m. easy-chair. 
fau-x, sse, adj. false, deceitful, forged, 

out of tune. 
faux, adv. falsely, wrong. 
favoriser, v. a. to favor. 
fecond, e, adj. fruitful, tee?ning. 
feconder, v. a. to featndate, fertilize. 
feindre, v.a.n. ir. (175) to feign, to 

pretend. 
feliciter, v. a. to congratulate. 
femelle, s.f. ad], female. 
femme, s.f. woman, wife ; — de 

chambre, lady's-maid. 
fendre, v.a.n to cleave, to split. 
fenetre, s.f. window. 
fer, s.m. iron, sword ; — s, pi. 

chains, fetters ; fil de — , wire. 
fer-blanc, s.m. tin. 
ferir, v.a. ir. (198), sans coup — , 

without striking a blow. 
ferme, adj. firm, steady, strong. 
ferme, adv. fast, hard, firmly. 
fermer, v.a.n. to shut, to close, to 

fasten, to stop. 
fermete, s.f. firmness. 
feroce, adj. ferocious, wild. 
ferocite, s.f. ferocity. 
fertile, adj. fertile, fruitful. 
fertilite, s.f. fertility, fruitfulness. 
feston, s.m. festoon, scallop. 
fete, s.f. feast, holiday, birthday, 

saints' day ; jour de — , holiday. 
fete-dieu, s.f. Corpus Christi. 
feu, s.m. (36) fire, light ; au — ! 

fire I faire du — , to make afire. 
feu, e, adj. (247) late, deceased. 
tfeuille, s.f. leaf sheet. 
feve, s.f. bean. 
fevrier, s.m. February. 
fidele, adj. faithful, true. 
fidelement, adv. faithfully. 
fidelite, s.f. fidelity, loyalty. 
fier (se), v.r. to trust, to rely. 
fievre, s.f. fever. 
figurer, v.a. to figure ; v.n. to match, 

to maks a figure ; se — , v.r. to im- 
agine, to fancy. 



VOCABULARY. 



407 



fil, s.m. thread, yarn. 

filer, v.a. to spin. 

tfille, s.f. girl, daughter; petite — , 
gran dda ugh te r. 

fils, s.m. son, boy; petit , grand- 
son. 

fin, s.f. end, close, aim; a la — , at 
last. 

fin, e, adj. fine, thin, refined, excel- 
lent, keen, shrewd, sly ; — es 
herbes, sweet herbs. 

fini, e, adj. finished, done, over. 

finir, v.a.n. (100) to finish, to end, to 
have done. 

fixe, adj. fixed, firm, steady. 

fixer, v.a. to fix, to stare at. 

fiamme, s.f. flame. 

flatter, v.a- to flatter, to caress ; se 
— , v.r. to flatter one 's self, trust. 

flatterie, s.f. flattery. 

flatteu-r, se, adj. s. flattering, flat- 
terer. 

fleche, s.f. arrow. 

flegme, s.m. phlegm. 

fletrir, v.a. to wither. 

fleur, s.f. flower, blossom, bloom. 

fleuri, e, ad], florid, in blossom. 

fleurir, v.n. to flower, to blossom. 

fleuve, s.m. (great) river, stream. 

florin, s.m. florin. 

florir, v.n. (102) to flourish. 

flot, s.m. wave, tide, flood, torrent. 

flute, s.f. flute. 

foi, s.f. faith, belief, trust, creed ; 
aj outer — a, to give credit to, to 
believe. 

foin, s.m. hay. 

fois, s.f. time ; une — , once, once 
upon a time ; deux — , twice ; a, la 
— , tout a la — , at a time, at the 
same time. 

fol, le, adj. V. fou. 

follement, adv. madly, foolishly. 

fonce, e, adj. dark, deep. 

fond, s.m. bottom, depth, farthest, 
end or part, background ; a — , 
thoroughly; au — , dans le — , on 
the whole, in one's heart. 

fondement, s.m. foundation. 

fonder, v.a. to lay the foundation of, 
to found. 

fondre, v.a.n. to melt, to cast. 

fontaine, s.f. fountain, spring. 



force, s.f. strength, might, power, 
force, energy ; — s, pi. strength, 
troops /a — de, by strength of, by 
much, by many, by dint of 

forcer, v.a. to force, to compel. 

for&t, s.f. forest. 

forger, v.a. to forge. 

forme, s.f. shape, figure, manner. 

former, v.a. to form, to shape. 

forte, e, adj. strong, stout, large, 
hard. 

fort, adv. very, very much, strongly, 
hard ; — bien, very well. 

forte-piano, s.m. (215) pianoforte. 

forteresse, s.f. fortress. 

fortune, s.f. luck, wealth, property. 

fosse, s.m. ditch. 

fou, fol, m. folle, f. adj. mad, fool- 
ish. 

fou, s.m., folle, s.f. madman, mad- 
woman. 

fourchette, s.f. fork ; dejeuner a. la 
— , lunch. 

fourmi, s.f. ant. 

tfourmiller, v.n. to swarm, to be full. 

fournil, s.m. bake-house. 

fournir, v. a. furnish, to supply. 

fourrure, s.f . fur. 

fracas, s.m. crash, upivar, din, noise, 
fuss. 

fraicheur, s.f. freshness, coolness. 

frais, fraiche, did), fresh, cool. 

frais, s.m. pi. expenses, charges. 

fraise, s.f. strawberry. 

framboise, s.f. raspberry. 

franc, s.m. franc. 

franc, franche, adj. free, frank. 

Francais, e, adj. s. French, French- 
man, Frenchwoman. 

franchement, adv. freely, candidly. 

franchir, v.a. to leap or jump over, to 
cross. 

Francois, s.m. Francis. 

frapper, v.a.n. to strike, to knock, to 
rap, to impress. 

fremir, v.n. to shudder, to shake, to 
tremble. 

frere, s.m. brother. 

frire, v.a.n. def. ir. (198) to fry ; 
faire — , to fry. 

froid, e, adj. cold, frigid, cool. 

froid, s.m. cold, coolness. 

fromage, s.m. cheese. 



408 



VOCABULARY. 



front, s.m. forehead, brow, front, im- 
pudence. 

frontiere, s.f. did], frontier, border. 

frotter, v. a. to rub, to polish. 

fruit, s.m. fruit, result, 

fruitier, iere, adj. fruit. 

fugiti-f, ve, adj. s. fugitive. 

fair, v.a.n. ir. (183) to flee, to fly, to 
run away. 

fuite, s .f. flight, escape. 

fum£e, s.f. smoke. 

fumer, v.a.n. to s?noke, to fume. 

funebre, adj. funeral. 

tfunerailles, s.f. pi. funeral, dismal. 

fureur, s.f. fury, rage. 

furieu-x, se, adj. s. furious, en- 
raged. 

fusil, s.m. gun, musket. 



gage, s.m. pledge, pawn ; — s, pi. 
wages, pay. 

tgagner, v.a.n. to gain, to earn, to 
win, to obtain. 

gai, e, adj. gay, lively, cheerful, 
merry. 

gaft£, s.f. gaiety, mirth. 

gant, s.m. glove, gauntlet. 

garantie, s.f. guarantee, security. 

garantir, v. a. to guarantee, to war- 
rant. 

garcon, s.m. boy, bachelor, waiter. 

garde, s.f. guard, watch; n'avoir — 
de, to be far from ; prendre — , 
(291) to take care, be careful. 

garde, s.m. guard, keeper, watch- 
man; fous, s.m. rail. 

garder, v. a. to keep, to guard ; se — , 
v.r. to shelter one's self, to beware, 
to take care not to. 

garnir, v. a. to furnish, to trim. 

garnison, s.f. garrison. 

gateu, s.m. cake, 

gater, v. a. to spoil, to corrupt. 

gauche, adj. left. 

gauche, s.f. left hand, left side, left; 
a — , on or to the left. 



geler, v.a.n. to freeze. 

gemir, v.n. to groan, to lament. 

gemissement, s.m. groan, lamenta- 
tion. 

gene, s.f. inconvenience, constraint ; 
sans — , free, easy. 

gener, v. a. to inconvenience, to 
trouble, to be in the way of; se — , 
v.r. to stand oti ceremony. 

general, e, adj. general. 

genereusement, adv. generously, 
iiobly. 

genereu-x, se, adj. generous. 

Genes, s.f. Genoa. 

Geneve, s.f. Geneva. 

genie, s.m. genius, spirit. 

genou, s.m. knee; — x, pi. knees, 
lap. 

genre, s.m. kind, sort, style, gender. 

gens, s.m. pi. f. (207) people, persons, 
men, servants. 

gentil, le, adj. nice, pretty. 

geographie, s.f. geography. 

gesir, v.n. ir. def. (198). V. git. 

geste, s.m. gesture. 

gibet, s.m. gallows. 

gibier, s.m. game. 

git (198), lies ; ci , here lies. 

glace, s.f. ice, looking-glass. 

glace, e, adj. frozen, icy. 

glapissant, e, adj. (226) shrill. 

glisser, v.n. a. to slip, to slide. 

gloire, s.f. glory. 

glorieu-x, se, adj. s. glorious, proud. 

glorifier, v. a. to glorify ; se — , v.r. 
to boast {of). 

gnomon, s.m. gnomon. 

gorge, s.f. throat. 

gousse, s.f. pod, husk. 

gout, s.m. taste. 

goutte, s.f. drop, gout. 

goutte, adv. at all ; ne voir — , n'y 
voir — , not to see at all. 

tgouvernail, s.m. rudder, helm. 

gouvernante, s.f. governess, house- 
keeper. 

gouvernement, s.m. government. 

gouverner, v.a.n. to govern, to rule. 

gouverneur, s.m. governor. 

grace, s.f. grace, favor, mercy, grace- 
fulness, charm, thanks, owing ; 
— s, pi. graces, grace ; faire — a, 
to forgive, to pardon ; faire une — , 



VOCABULARY. 



409 



to do a favor ; faire — de, to for- 
give, to spare. 

gracieusement, adv. graciously, 
kindly. 

gracieu-x, se, adj. gracious, kind, 
graceful, pleasant. 

grammaire, s.f. grammar. 

grand, e, adj. great, large, big, tall, 
grand, broad, wide ; — s, s. pi. 
great people. 

grand cas. V. cas. 

grandeur, s.f. greatness. 

grandir, v.n. (136) to grow, increase. 

grand'mere, s.f. grandmother. 

grand-pere, s.m. grandfather. 

grand'route, s.f. highroad. 

grand'rue, s.f. main street. 

grand'tante, s.f. great-aunt. 

gras, se. adj. plump; dormir la — 
matinee, to lie late in bed. 

grave, adj. grave, serious. 

graver, v. a. to engrave. 

gravir, v.n. a. to climb. 

gre, s.m. goodwill, will, taste, mind ; 
a son — , at o. 's pleasure ; au — 
de, according to ; savoir — or bon 
— de, to be obliged or thankful or 
grateful for, to take kindly ; savoir 
mauvais — de, to take ill or un- 
kindly ; se savoir bon — de, to 
be pleased. 

Grec, que, adj. s. Grecian, Greek. 

Grece (la) s.f. Greece. 

greler, v.n. to hail. 

gril, s.m. gridiro7t. 

tgriller, v.a.n. to broil, to toast. 

grimper, v.n.a. to climb, to creeps 

tgrogner, v.n. to grunt, to grumble. 

gronder, v.a.n. to. grumble, to scold. 

gros, se, adj. big, large. 

gros, adv. much ; en — , wholesale. 

tgroseille, s.f. currant, gooseberry. 

gross-ier, iere, adj. coarse, rough. 

grotte, s.f. grotto, grot. 

groupe, s.m. group. 

guere, adv. (57) (ne . . . — ) not 
much, not very, not long, but little, 
hardly. 

guenr, v.a.n. to cure, to heal, to re- 
cover. 

gu£rison, s.f. cure, recovery. 

guerre, s.f. war, warfare. 

guide, s.m.f. guide, rein. 



guider, v. a. to guide, to direct. 
tGuillaume, s.m. William. 
guinee, s.f. guinea. 



H. 



i H thus preceded by an inverted 
comma is aspirate. 

habile, adj. able, clever, skilful. 

thabiller, v. a. to dress. 

habit, s.m. coat, garment, clothes. 

habitant, e, s.m.f. inhabitant, res- 
ident, inmate. 

habiter, v.a.n. to inhabit, to occupy, 
to live in, to live. 

habitude, s.f. habit, custom, practice ; 
d' — , usually. 

habituer, v. a. to accustom, to inure. 

'habler, v.n. to boast. 

'hableu-r, se, s.m.f. boaster. 

'hache, s.f. axe, hatchet; — d'armes, 
battle axe. 

'hagard, e, adj. haggard. 

t'haillon, s.m. rag. 

'haine, s.f. hatred, spite. 

'hair, v. a. (102) to hate. 

'haire, s.f. hair-shirt. 

'hale, s.m. hot or sultry air. 

'halle, s.f. market. 

'hallebarde, s.f. halberd. 

'hallier, s.m. thicket. 

'halte, s.f. halting-place. 

'hameau, s.m. hamlet. 

'hanche, s.f. hip. 

'hangar, s.m. shed. 

'hanneton, s.m. cockchafer. 

'Hanovre (le), s.m. Hanover. 

'hanter, v. a. to frequent. 

'harangue, s.f., speech, address. 

'haranguer, v. a. to harangue, toad' 
dress. 

'haras, s.m. breeding-stud. 

'harasser, v. a. to harass. 

'harceler, v. a. to harass. 

'harde, s.f. herd, leash. 

'hardes, s.f. pi. clothes. 

'hardi, e, adj. bold, daring. 



4-io 



VOCABULARY. 



'hardiesse, s.f. boldness, courage, lib- 
erty. 

'hareng, s.m. herring. 

t'hargneu-x, se, adj. surly. 

'haricot, s.m. bean. 

'haridelle, s.f. jade. 

'harnais, s.m. harness. 

'harpe, s.f. harp, 

'harpie, s.f. harpy. 

'hasard, s.m. chance ; par — , by 
chance. 

'hasarder, v. a. to hazard, to venture. 

'hate, s.f. haste. 

'hater, v.a. to hasten ; se — , v.r. to 
hasten, to make haste. 

'hausser, v.a. to raise. 

'haut, e, adj. high, lofty, tall. 

'haut, s.m. height, top, summit, de 
— en bas, dowirzvard, from top to 
bottom ; en — , up, up stairs. 

•haut, adv. high, loud. 

'hautement, adv. highly. 

'hauteur, s.f. height. 

'have, adj. emaciated. 

'havre, s.m. (tidal-) harbor. 

'havre-sac, s.m. kiiapsack. 

'Have (la), s.f. the Hague. 

'he, int. halloo/ I say I 

helas, int. alas! ah! 

Helene, s.f. Helen. 

'hennir, v.n. to neigh. 

Henri, s.m. Henry. 

'h<§raut, s.m. herald. 

herbe, s.f. herb, grass, blade ; mau- 
vaise — , weed. 

herbivore, adj. herbivorous. 

'herisse, e, adj. standing erect, brist- 
ling, rough. 

'herisser, v.a. to bristle up. 

'he>isson, s.m. hedge-hog. 

heritage, s.m. inheritance. 

heriter, v.a.n. to inherit. 

heroine, s.f. heroine. 

heWique, adj. heroic. 

heroisme, s.m. heroism* 

'heron, s.m. heron. 

'heros, s.m. hero. 

'herse, s.f. harrow. 

h£siter, v.n. to hesitate. 

heure, s.f. hour, time, o'clock; a la 
bonne — , well and good, all right, 
very good ; a 1' — , qu'il est, at 
present; de bonne — , in good 



time, early ; de meilleure — , ear- 
lier, sooner; tout a 1' — , presently, 
by and by. 

heureusement, adv. fortunately. 

heureu-x, se, adj. happy. 

'heurter, v.a.n. to hit. 

'hibou, s.m. owl. 

'hideu-x, se, adj. hideous. 

hier, adv. yesterday. 

'hierarchie, s.f. hierarchy. 

'hisser, v.a. to hoist. 

histoire, s.f. history, story. 

historien, s.m. histonan. 

hiver, s.m. winter. 

' Hollande (la), s.f. Holland. 

'homard, s.m. lobster. 

hommage, s.m. homage. 

homme, s.m. man. 

honnete, adj. honest, modest, civil. 

honneur, s.m. honor, respect. 

honor er, v.a. to honor ; s'— , v.r. to 
do one's self honor, to pride one's 
self. 

'honte, s.f. shame; avoir — , to be 
ashamed. 

'honteu-x, se, adj. shameful, dis- 
graceful, ashamed. 

'horde, s.f. ho?'de. 

horloge, s.f. clock. 

horloger, s.m. watch-maker, clock- 
maker. 

hormis, adv. except, but, save. 

horreur, s.f. horror, fright. 

horriblement, adv. horribly. 

'hors, prep. (299) out, beyond, past, 
away, off, beside, except, save. 

hote, s.m. landlord, host. 

hotel, s.m. hotel, town-mansion, 
house. 

'hotte, s.f. basket. 

'houblon, s.m. hops. 

t'houille, s.f. coal. 

'houlette, s.f. trowel. 

'houppe, s.f. tuft. 

'housse, s.f. cover. 

'houx, s.m. holly. 

'huche, s.f. kneading-trough. 

'huer, v.n. a. to hoot. 

huile, s.f. oil. 

huis, s.m. a — clos, with closed 
doors. 

huit, adj. s.m. eight ; — jours, (a) 
week. 



VOCABULARY. 



411 



huitaine, s.f. eight days, eight. 
huitieme, adj. s.m. eighth. 
huitre, s.f. oyster. 
humanite, s.f. humanity. 
humblement, adv. humbly. 
humer, v. a. to suck in. 
humeur, s.f. humor, temper. 
humide, adj. damp, moist, wet, 

watery. 
'huppe, s,f. crest. 
'hure, s.f. head. 
'hurler. v.n. to howl. 
'hussard, s.m. hussar. 
'hutte, s.f. shed. 
hydrogene, s.m. hydrogen. 



I. 



ici, adv. here, hither, now; d' — , 
hence. 

idee, s.f. idea, thought, mind. 

ignorance, s.f. ignorance. 

il, pron. m. (73, 114) he, it, there ; 
— s, pi. they. 

ile, s.f. island, isle. 

illisible, adj. illegible. 

illustre, adj. illustrious. 

image, s.f. image, picture. 

imaginer, v. a. to imagine, to conceive, 
to fancy. 

imbu, e, adj. imbued. 

immortel, le, adj. s. immortal. 

impatiemment, adv. impatiently. 

impatient, e, adj. impatient. 

imperatrice, s.f. empress. 

imperial, e, adj. imperial. 

imperialiste, s.m. imperialist. 

imperiaux, s.m. pi. imperialists. 

impie, adj. impious. 

importer, v.a. to import ; — , v.n. to 
concern, to matter ; n'importe, no 
matter ; peu — , it matters little ; 
qu'importe ? what does it signify 
or matter? 

importuner, v.a. to importune, to an- 
noy. 

imposer, v.a.n. to impose, to lay on. 

impossibility, s.f. impossibility. 



imprecation, s.f. imprecation, curse. 

imprudemment, adv. imprudently. 

impunement, adv. with impunity. 

impuni, e, adj. unpunished. 

imputer, v.a. to impute, to charge. 

incapable, adj. incapable, unfit. 

incapacity, s.f. incapacity. 

incendie, s.m. fire, conflagration. 

incertain, e, adj. uncertain. 

incessamment, adv. immediately, in- 
cessantly. 

incessant, e, adj. encessant. 

incliner, v.a.n. to incline, to be in- 
clined, to slope. 

incommoder, v.a. to inconvenience, to 
disagree with. 

inconcevable, adj. inconceivable, 
strange. 

inconnu, e, adj. s. unknown, stran- 
ger. 

inconstant, e, adj. inconstant, fickle. 

incroyable, adj. incredible. 

Inde, s.f. India ; — , s. pi. Indies. 

indecis, adj. undecided, doubtful. 

indemniser, v.a. to indemnify. 

independamment, adv. independent- 
ly. 

indifferent, e, adj. indifferent, imma- 
terial. 

indigence, s.f. want, poverty. 

tindigne, adj. unworthy, undeserving^ 
worthless. 

tindigner, v.a. to make indignant ; 
s' — , v.r. to be indignant. 

indiquer, v.a. to indicate, to show, to 
point out. 

indubitable, adj. beyond doubt. 

induire, v.a. to induce, to lead, to 
infer. 

industrie, s.f. skill, industry. 

inexpugnable, adj. impregnable. 

infame, adj. infamous. 

infamie, s.f. infamy. 

informe, adj. shapeless. 

ingerer (s') v.r. to intermeddle 
(with). 

ingrat, e, adj. ungrateful. 

inhabile, e, adj. unskilful. 

inhumain, e, adj. inhuman, cruel. 

initier, v.a. to initiate. 

injuste, adv. unjust. 

injustice, s.f. injustice. 

innocent, e, adj. innocent, simple. 



412 



VOCABULARY. 



inoui, e, adj. unheard of . 

inscrire, v. a. ir. (176) to inscribe, to 
enter. 

insecte, s.m. insect. 

insensible, adj. insensible, uncon- 
scious, unfeeling. 

inspirer, v. a. to inspire. 

instant, s.m. instant, moment; al' — , 
instantly, immediately. 

instituteur, s.m. founder, instructor, 
schoolmaster. 

institution, s.f. institution, school. 

instruire, v. a. ir. (172) to instruct, to 
teach; s' — , v.r. to instruct ox im- 
prove one's self. 

instruit, e, adj. well-informed, learned. 

insu (a 1' — de), prep, unknown to. 

insulte, s.f. insult, affront. 

insulter, v. a. to insult, to attack. 

intact, e, adj. intact, pure. 

integrity, s.f. integrity, honesty. 

intelligence, s.f. intellect, understand- 
ing, intelligence, skill. 

intelligent, e, adj. intelligent. 

intention, s.f. intention, purpose. 

interdire, v. a. ir. (173) to forbid, to 
interdict. 

interesser, v.a.n. to interest, to be in- 
teresting ; s' — , v.r. to be interested, 
to take ait interest {in). 

inter et, s.m. interest. 

interieur, e, adj. interior, inner. 

interroger, v. a. to interrogate, to ques- 
tion. 

interrompre, v. a. to interrupt. 

intervenir, v.n. ir. (135, 1S7) to in- 
terfere, to intervene. 

introduire, v. a. ir. (172) to show in, 
to introduce ; s' — , v.r. to introduce 
one's self, to get in. 

inutile, adj. useless. 

inutilement, adv. tiselessly, in vain. 

inutility, s.f. uselessness. 

inven-teur, trice, s.m.f. inventor, con- 
triver. 

invention, s.f. invention, contrivance. 

inviter, v. a. to invite. 

Irlande (1'), s.f. Ireland. 

issir, v. ir. (198) [obs.]. 

issu, e, adj. sprung, born. 

issue, s.f. issue, outlet. 

Italie, s.f. Italy. 

italien, ne, adj. s. Italian. 



1 voire, s.m. ivory. 



jadis, adv. of old, formerly. 

tjaillir, v.n. to gush out, to splash, to 

strike. 
jalousie, s.f. jealousy, window-blind. 
jalou-x, se, adj. jealous, anxious. 
jamais, adv. (57) ever, never; a—, 

pour — ,for ever. 
jambe, s.f. leg. 
jambon, s.m. ham. 
Janvier, s.m. Jamiary. 
jardin, s.m. garden. 
jardinier, s.m. gardener. 
jaune, adj. s.m. yellow, yolk. 
jaunir, v.a.n. to turn yellow, wither. 
je, j', pron. (114) I. 
Jean, s.m. John. 
Jeanne, s.f. Jane. 
jet, s.m. throw, sketch, jet ; — d'eau, 

fountain. 
jeter, v.a.n. (96) to throw {away or 

out), to dash ; se — , v.r. to throw 

one's self, to jump, to rush. 
]eu, s.m, play', sport, game. 
leudi, s.m. Thursday. 
eun (a), adv. fasting. 
eune, adj. young. 
j e une, s.m. fasting, fast. 
eunesse, s.f. youth. 
^oie, s.f. joy, delight, mirth. 
joindre, v. a. ir. (175) to join, to unite, 

to add. 
joint, e, adj. ci (246) annexed, 

herewith, enclosed. 
joli, e, adj. pretty, nice, handsome. 
jonc, s.m. rush, Malacca cane. 
jouer, v.n. a. to play, to gamble ; se 

— , v.r. to play, to laugh, to make 

a fool {of), to be acted (idioms, 

383)- 
joug, s.m. yoke. 
jouir, v.n. to enjoy. 
joujou, s.m. plaything, toy. 
jour, s.m. day, day-time ; faire — , to 

be daylight. 



VOCABULARY. 



413 



journal-ier, iere, adj. s. daily, incon- 
stant, variable. 

journee, s.f. day, day 's -work. 

joyeu-x, se, adj. joyful, merry, cheer- 
ful, glad. 

juda'isme, s.m. Judaism. 

juge, s.m. judge. 

juger, v.a.n. (97) to judge. 

jui-f, ve, adj. s. Jewish, Jew, Jewess. 

tjuillet, s.m. July. 

juin, s.m. June. 

Jules, s.m. Julius. 

jum-eau, elle, adj. s. twin. 

jument, s.f. ??iare. 

jurer, v.a.n. to swear. 

j usque, prep, to, as far as, so far as, 
until, till, even; jusqu'a ce que, 
until, till ; jusqu'ici, so far; 
jusque la, so far ; jusqu'a quand? 
how long? jusqu'ou ? how far? 

juste, adj. just, correct, true, tipright. 

juste-au-corps (justaucorps), s.m. 
jacket. 

justifier, v. a. to justify, to vindicate. 



L. 



la, 1', art. f. V. le. 

la, 1', pron. f. V. le. 

la, adv. there, then; dedans, with- 
in, in there; de — , hence, from 
there ; c'est — , it is there, that is ; 
ce sont — , those are. 

laborieu-x, se, adj. laborious, indus- 
trious, painful. 

lac, s.m. lake. 

laconique, adj. laconic. 

laid, e, adj. ugly, plain, naughty. 

laine, s.f. wool. 

laisser, v.a. to let alone, to allow, to 
let, to let go ; (352) to cease, to ab- 
stain ; laisser faire, to let alone, not 
to distitrb ; se — , v.r. to let or suf- 
fer one's self. 

lait, s.m. milk. 

lampe, s.f. lamp. 

lance, s.f. lance, spear. 



langue, s.f. tongue, language, (geog. ) 
neck. 

lapin, s.m. rabbit. 

laquelle, pron. f. V. lequel. 

larcin, s.m. larceny, theft. 

las, se, adj. tired, weary. 

laver, v.a. to wash. 

le, la, 1', pi. les, art. (28, 218) the. 

le, la, 1', pi. les, eux, pron. (114, 
260) him, it, so. 

lecher, v.a. to lick. 

lecon, s.f. lesson, lecture, reading. 

lecture, s.f. reading, perusal. 

leg-er, ere, adj. light, slight, trifling. 

legerement, adv. lightly, inconsider- 
ately. 

legion, s.f. legion. 

leguer, v.a. to leave, to bequeath. 

legume, s.m. vegetable. 

lent, e, adj. slow. 

lentement, adv. slowly. 

lenteur, s.f. slowness, delay. 

lequel, laquelle, pi. lesquels, les- 
quelles, pron. (122, 125, 126, 263, 
268) who, which, whom, that. 

les, art. m.f. pi. V. le. 

les, pron. m.f. pi. V. le. 

lettre, s.f. letter, note ; belles- — s, 
polite literature ; homme de — , lit- 
erary man. 

leur, pron. pers. m.f. pi. (114, 116) 
to or at them, for or with or in or 
from them, them. 

leur, adj. poss. (64, 239, 241) their, 
their own ; le — , la — , les — s, 
theirs, their own, their relations. 

lever, v.a.n. to raise, to lift up, to 
heave, to get up ; se — , v.r to rise, 
to get up. 

liberal, e, adj. liberal. 

liberte, s.f. liberty, freedom. 

libre, adj./ra?, exempt, unoccupied. 

librement, adv. freely. 

lien, s.m. bond, tie, chain. 

Her, v.a. to bind, to tie, 

lieu, s.m. place, spot, occasion, cause ; 
au — de, instead of; au — que, 
instead of which ; avoir — , to take 
place ; tenir — de, to fill the place 
of, to be. 

lievre, s.m. hare. 

tligne, s.f. line. 

lion, s.m. lion. 



4H 



VOCABULARY. 



lionne, s.f. lioness. 

liqueur, s.f. liquor, cordial. 

lire, v.a. ir. (177) to read. 

lis, s.m. lily, luce. 

lit, s.m. bed. 

Livourne, s.f. Leghorn. 

livre, s.m. book. , 

livre, s.f. pound. 

livrer, v.a. to deliver, to give {up). 

locution, s.f. form of speech, phrase. 

logement, s.m. lodging, quarters. 

logis, s.m. dwelling, house; au — , 
at home. 

loi> s.f. law. 

loin, adv. far, far off ; au — , far, 
afar, far away ; de — , from a dis- 
tance. 

LondreSj s.m. London. 

long, ue, adj. long, slow. 

long, s.m. length. 

longtemps, adv. long, a long time or 
while ; depuis — , long ago. 

longue, s.f. long ; a la — , in ti?ne, in 
the long run. 

longueur, s.f. length. 

lors, adv. then ; des — , from that 
moment, since then. 

lorsque, conj. (320, 321) when. 

lot, s.m. lot, share. 

louable, adj. praiseworthy. 

louange, s.f. praise. 

louer, v.a. to rent, to let. 

louer, v.a. (133) to praise, commend. 

loup, s.m. wolf. 

lourd, e, adj. heavy, clumsy. 

louve, s.f. she wolf . 

lueur, s. f. gli?nmer, light. 

lui, pron. pers. m.f. (no, 114, 116) 
he, him, her, it, to or at or for or 
with or in ox from him, etc., itself ; 
m£me, himself, itself. 

luire, v.n. ir. (171) to shine, gleam. 

lumiere, s.f. light, knowledge, infor- 
mation. 

lundi, s.m. Monday. 

lune, s.f. moon. 

lunettes, s.f. pi. spectacles. 

luxe, s.m. luxury ; objets de — , 
fancy goods. 

Lycurgue, s.m. Lycurgus. 

Lyon, s. Lyons, 



M. 



ma, adj. poss. f. V. mon. 

machine, s.f. machine, engine. 

machoire, s.f. Jaw. 

madame, s.f. Madam, Mrs., this or 
the lady ; — votre mere, your 
mother. 

mademoiselle, s.f. Miss, the young 
lady ; — votre sceur, your sister. 

magasin, s.m. warehouse, store. 

magister, s.m. (24) country school- 
master. 

magistrat, s.m. magistrate. 

tmagnifique, adj. magnificent. 

mahometan, e, adj. s. Maho?netan. 

mai, s.m. May. 

maigre, adj. lean, meagre, thin. 

main, s.f. hand, quire ; a la — , 
handy, in hand ; en venir aux — s, 
to come to blows, to join battle j etre 
aux — s, to be fighting. 

maint, e, adj. many a, many. 

maintenant, adv. now, now then. 

maintenir, v.a. ir. (187) to ?naintain, 
to hold, to keep {up) ; se — , v.r. to 
keep {tip), to hold out. 

maintien, s.m. maintenance, deport- 
ment. 

mais, conj. but, why; — non ! no! 
oh no / L say no ! 

maiis, s.m. maize. 

maison, s.f. house. 

maisonnette, s.f. small house. 

maitre, s.m. master, teacher, match. 

maitresse, s.f. mistress, teacher. 

majeste, s.f. majesty. 

majeur, e, adj. s. greater, of age, 
major. 

mal, s.m. evil, ill, harm, ache ; avoir 
— a, to have a pain ox pains in. 

mal, adv. ill, badly, bad, wrong; 
aller plus — , to grow worse. 

malade, adj. ill, sick. 

malade, s.m.f. invalid, patient. 

maladie, s.f. illness, malady, disease. 

maladroit, e, adj. awkward, unskil- 
ful. 

maladroitement, adv. awkwardly . 

malaise, s.m. uneasiness, embarrass- 
ment, 



VOCABULARY. 



415 



malgre, prep, in spite of, notwith- 
standing. 

malheur, s.m. misfortune, ill-luck. 

malheureusement, adv. unfortu- 
nately. 

malheureu-x, se, adj. unfortunate, 
tinhappy. 

malheureu-x, se, s.m.f. poor wretch, 
wretch. 

malhonn&te, adj. dishonest. 

malice, s.f. malice. 

malicieu-x, se, adj. malicious, sly. 

mal-in, tigne, adj. s. malignant, mis- 
chievous, roguish, sly. 

Malte, s.f. Malta. 

maltraiter, v. a. to ill-treat, wrong. 

maman, s.f. mamma, mother ; grand' 
— , grandmamma. 

mammifere, adj. s. marjwniferoiis* 

manche, s.m. handle. 

manche, s.f. sleeve, channel. 

mangeable, adj. eatable. 

manger, v.a.n. (97) to eat, to devour ; 
a — , something to eat. 

manger, s.m. eating, food. 

manier, v. a. to touch, to handle. 

maniere, s.f. manner, way, style, 
sort ; de — que, d'une — ou d'au- 
tre, by some means or other, so that. 

manoeuvre, s.f. manoeuvre. 

manquer, v.n. to fail, to miss, to be 
near, to want, to be wanting or de- 
ficient. 

manteau, s.m. cloak, mantle. 

marchand, e, s.m.f. dealer, trades- 
man, merchant. 

marchandise, s.f. merchandise, goods. 

marche, s.f. walk, march, course. 

marched s.m. market; a bon — , 
cheap ; bon — , cheapness, cheap. 

marcher, v.n. to tvalk, to march, to 
go, to sail ; faire — , to set going. 

mardi, s.m. Tuesday. 

marechal, s.m. farrier ; — ferrant, 
farrier. 

mari, s.m. husband. 

mariage, s.m. marriage. 

Marie, s.f. Mary. 

marier, v.a. to marry, (243) to find a 
husband for ; se — , v.r. to marry, 
to get married. 

marron, s.m. chestnut. 

mars, s.m. March. 



marteau, s.m. hammer, knocker. 
matelot, s.m. sailor. 
materiaux, s.m. pi. materials. 
mathematiques, s.f. pi. mathematics. 
matiere, s.f. matter, material, sub- 
ject, contents; en — de, in point 

°f: 
matin, s.m. morning ; de grand or 

bon — , early in the morning, very 

early. 

matinee, s.f. morning, forenoon. 

maudire, v.a. ir. (173) to curse. 

maudit, e, adj. cursed. 

mauvais, e, adj. bad, ill. 

mauvais, adv. bad ; faire — , to be bad 
weather. 

me, m', pron. pers. (114, 138) me, 
to or at me, for or with or in or 
from me, myself, to myself 

mechant, e, adj. wicked, bad, naughty. 

meconnaitre, v.a. ir. (179) not to rec- 
ognize, to disregard. 

mecontent, e, adj. s. dissatisfied, dis- 
pleased, malcontent. 

medecin, s.m. medical man, physi- 
cian, doctor. 

medecine, s.f. medicine. 

medire, v ; n. ir. (173) to speak ill, to 
slander. 

mediter, v.a.n. to meditate, project. 
la — chose, the same thing ; la 
chose — , the very thing ; les — s, 
the same, alike. 

metier (se), v.r. to mistrust. 

tmeilleur, e, adj. better, best. 

melancolie, s.f. melancholy. 

meler, v.a, to mix, to mingle ; se — , 
v.r. to intermeddle (with), to con- 
cern one's self. 

membre, s.m. member, limb. 

meme, adj. (m, 297) same, very, 
own, self himself, herself, itself; 

meme, adv. (279) even, also, like- 
wise; a — , able ; de — , tout de — , 
the same, for all that ; de — que, 
as, as well as. 

m£moire, s.f. memory. 

memoire, s.m. memorandum, dill, 
memoir. 

menace, s.f. threat, menace. 

menacer, v.a. to threaten. 

menage, s.m. house-keeping, house* 
hold, house. 



VOCABULARY. 



mener, v.a.n. (96) to lead. 

menteu-r, se, adj. s. lying, false ; 
liar. 

mention, s.f. (225) faire — , to men- 
tion. 

mentir, v.n. ir. (184) to lie. 

meprendre (se), v.r. ir. (181) to mis- 
take, to be mistaken. 

mepriser, v. a. to despise, to scorn. 

mer, s.f. sea; pleine — , open or 
main sea. 

merci, s.f. mercy. 

merci, s.m. int. thanks! — ! thank 
you ! — bien ! much obliged J 

mercredi, s.m. Wednesday. 

mere, s.f. mother. 

meridional, e, adj. southern. 

merite, s.m. merit, desert. 

meriter, v. a. to deserve, to merit. 

mes, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64, 240) 
my, my own. V. mon. 

mesdames, s.f. pi. ladies. 

mesdemoiselles, s.f. pi. young ladies, 
ladies, the Misses. 

messieurs, s.m. pi. gentlemen, sirs, 
Messrs. 

mesure s.f. measure ; a — que, in 
proportion as, according as, as. 

mesurer, v. a. to measure y to weigh. 

metal, s.m. metal. 

metier, s.m. trade, profession. 

metre, s.m. metre, yard. 

mettre, v. a. ir. (180) to put, to place, 
to lay, to set, to put on, to wear ; se 
— , v.r. to put or place one's self, to 
sit down, to dress, to begin, to set 
about ; — en route, to start, to set 
out. 

meuble, s.m. piece of furniture ; — s, 
pi. furniture. 

meunier, s.m. miller. 

Mexique (le), s.m. Mexico. 

miasme, s.m. miasm. 

Michel- Ange, s.m. Michael- A ngelo. 

midi, s.m. noon, twelve o'clock. 

miel, s.m. honey. 

mien, ne, pron. poss. (125, 241) 
mine ; le — , la — ne, les — s, les 
— nes, mine, my own. 

mieux, adv. better, best, more, most ; 
j'aimerais — , / would or had 
rather. 

migraine, s.f. sick headache. 



mil, adj. one thousand. 

milieu, s.m. middle, midst, centre, 
middle course ; au — , in the mid- 
dle ; du — , middle. 

mille, adj. thousand. 

mille, s.m. mile. 

millieme, adj. thousandth. 

millier, s.m. thousand. 

million, s.m. million. 

mine, s.f. countenance, face, mien ; 
de bonne — , good-looking ; avoir 
bonne — , to look well. 

mine, s.f. mine, ore. 

minuit, s.m. midnight. 

minute, s.f. minute. 

minutie, s.f. trifle, minutiae. 

miroir, s.m. mirror, looking-glass. 

mis, e, adj. attired, dressed, clad. 

miserable, adj. miserable, wretched, 
wicked. 

miserablement, adv. miserably, 
wretchedly. 

misere s.f. misery, distress, trouble. 

mixtion, s.f. mixture. 

mode, s.f. mode, fashion; — s, pi. 
millinery ; a la — , in or of fash- 
ion, fashionable. 

moderne, adj. s. modern, modern 
style. 

modeste, adj. modest. 

modestement, adv. modestly. 

modestie, s.f. modesty. 

mceurs, s.f. pi. manners, morals, 
habits. 

moi, pres. pron. (no) I, me. 

moindre, adj. less, least. 

moineau, s.m. sparrow. 

moins, adv. less, except, minus, to 
(73)j a — At, for less than, unless, 
except in case of ; a — que (292) 
unless; au — , at least, at all 
events ; du — , at least ; le — , the 
least. 

mois, s.m. month. 

Moiise, s.m. Moses. 

moisson, s.f. harvest, reaping. 

moitie, s.f. half; a — , half; £tre de 
— , to go halves. 

mol, le. V. mou. 

mollement, adv. softly. 

mon, ma, pi. mes, adj. poss. (64, 
239) my, my own. 

monarchic, s.f. monarchy. 



VOCABULARY. 



417 



monarque, s.m. monarch. 

monde, s.m. world, men, people, so- 
ciety, company ; du — , of or in the 
world, fashionable ; le beau — , 
fashionable people or society ; beau- 
coup de — , many men or people ; 
peu de — , few people ; tout le — , 
everybody. 

monnaie, s.f. coin, money. 

monosyllabe, adj. s.m. monosyllabic, 
monosyllable. 

monsieur, s.m. gentleman, this or 
the gentleman, Sir, Mr., Esq., 
Master ; — votre pere, your 
father. 

mont, s.m. mount, mountain. 

tmontagne, s.f. mountain. 

monter, v.n.a. (136) to ascend, to go 
or come up, to get up or in. 

montre, s.f. watch; — a repetition, 
repeating watch. 

montrer, v. a. to show, to point out, to 
let see, to teach. 

moquer (se), v.r. to laugh, {at), to 
make game of, to mock, to joke. 

morceau, s.m. piece, bit, morsel. 

mordre, v.a.n. to bite. 

mort, s.f. death. 

rnort, e, adj. s. dead; etre — , (pers.) 
to be dead, to have died. 

mortel, le, adj. s. mortal, deadly. 

mot, s.m. word, saying, motto; — a 
— , word for word, literal transla- 
tion ; bon — , smart or witty say- 
ing. 

motif, s.m. motive, reason, cause. 

mou, mol, m., molle, f. adj. soft, 
mellow. 

mouche, s.f.fy. 

mouchettes s.f. pi. snuffers. 

moudre, v. a. ir. (174) to grind. 

tmouiller, v.a.n. to wet, to zvater, to 
soak, to (cast) anchor ; se — , v.r. 
to get wee. 

moulin, s.m. mill ; — a vent, wind- 
mill ; — a poudre, powder-mill. 

mourant, e, adj. dying. 

mourir, v.n. ir. (135, 186) to die, 
(345) to long ; se — , v.r. to be 
dying, to be dying out. 

mousse, s.m. cabvi-boy. 

mousse, s.f. moss, froth, lather. 

moutarde, s.f. mustard. 



mouton, s.m. sheep, mutton. 
mouvement, s.m. motion, movement. 
mou voir, v. a. ir. (190) to move, to 

stir, to prompt. 
moyen, s.m. means, way, medium ; 

— s, pi. abilities. 
muet, te, adj. dumb, mute. 
muet, te, s.m.f. dumb person. 
mule, s.f. she-mule. 
mulet, s.m. mule. 
munir, v. a. to supply, to provide. 
munition, s.f. ammunition, stores. 
mur, s.m. wall. 
mur, e, adj. ripe, mature. 
tmuraille, s.f. wall. 
murier, s.m. mtdberry-tree. 
murir, v.a.n. to ripen. 
murmure, s.m. murmur, grumbling, 

whisper. 
murmurer, v.a.n. to murmur, to 

grumble. 
musicien, ne, s.m.f. musician. 
musique, s.f. music, band. 
mutinerie, s.f. mutiny, sedition. 



N. 



nacelle, s.f. boat. 

nacre, s.f. mother-of-pearl. 

nager, v.n. to swim. 

naguere, adv. but lately. 

nain, e, s.m.f. adj. dwarf. 

naissance, s.f. birth, descent, extrac- 
tion. 

naitre, v.n. ir. (135, 181) to be born. 

narval, s.m. (214) narwhal. 

nature, s.f. natitre, kind. 

nature!, le, adj. natural, native, plain. 

naturellement, adv. naturally, of 
course. 

navet, s.m. turnip, root. 

naviguer, v.n. to navigate, to sail. 

navire, s.m. ship, vessel. 

ne, n', adv. (57; with conj. 58, 159; 
syntax, 289; used alone, 291; not 
as negative, 293) not ; — pas or 
point, not ; — ... que, (57) only, 
but. 



4i8 



VOCABULARY. 



n6, e, part, born, by birth. 

neanmoins, adv. nevertheless, how- 
ever. 

neant, s.m. nothing, nothingness. 

necessite, s.f. necessity, need. 

negliger, v. a. to neglect. 

negotiant, s.m. merchant. 

negre, s.m. negro. 

negresse, s.f. negjrss. 

neige, s. f. snow. 

neiger, v.n. (146) to snow. 

nerf, s.m. nerve. 

Neron, s.m. Nero. 

net, te, adj. clean, neat, plain. 

net, adv. entirely, clean, frankly. 

nettoyer, v. a. to clean, to scour, to 
wipe. 

neuf, adj. s. nine. 

neu-f, ve, adj. new, fresh ; a — , adv. 
anew, again. 

neuvieme, adj. s.m. ninth. 

neveu, s.m. nephew. 

nez, s.m. nose. 

ni, conj. (57, 58, 163) neither, nor, or. 

nid, s.m. nest. 

niece, s.f. niece. 

nier, v. a. (293) to deny, to disown. 

noblesse, s.f. nobility. 

Noel, s.m. Christmas. 

noir, e, adj. black. 

noix, s.f. walnut, nut. 

nom, s.m. name, noun, fame. 

nombre, s.m. number, quantity. 

nombreu-x, se, adj. numerous, many. 

nommer, v. a. to name, to call, to nom- 
inate. 

non, adv. (289) no, not ; — pas, not, 
no, not so ; — plus, neither, either, 
on the other hand ; que — , no, not. 

nonchalamment, adv. carelessly. 

nonobstant, prep, notwithstanding. 

nord, s.m. north. 

nos, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64, 239) our, 
our own. 

note, s.f. note, mark, bill. 

notre, adj. poss. (64, 239) our, our 
own. 

notre, pron. pies. (125) ours, our 
own ; le — , la — , les — s, ours. 

nourri, e, adj. fed. 

nourrice, s.f. wet-nurse, nurse. 

nourrir, v. a. to feed, to nourish, to 
nurse, to maintain. 



nourriture, s.f, food, nourishment. 

nous, pers. pron. (110, 114, 138, 
256) we, us, to or at us, for ox with 
or in or from us, each other; — 
-monies, ourselves. 

nou-veau, vel, m., velle, f. adj. adv. 
new, recent, novel, fresh. 

nouveaute, s.f. novelty, new thing, 
new publication, latest fashion. 

nouvelle, s.f. news, intelligence, tid- 
ings, story. 

nouvellement, adv. newly, lately. 

novembre, s.m. November. 

noyer, s.m. walnut-tree, walnut. 

noyer, v.a. to drown ; se — , v.r. to be 
drowned, to drown one's self. 

nu, e, adj. (246) naked, bare ; — 
-pieds, bare -foot ; — -t6te, bare- 
headed. 

nuage, s.m. loud. 

nuance, s.m. shade, tint. 

nue, s.f. cloud ; — s, pi. skies. 

nuee, s.f. cloud, swarm. 

nuire, v.n. ir. (172) to htirt, to wrong. 

nuisible, adj. hurtful, injurious. 

nuit, s.f. night, darkness. 

nul, le, adj. (57) no, not any, null, 
void, no one, nobody. 

nullement, adv. (57) by no means f 
not at all. 

numero, s.m. number, size, 

nymphe, s.f. nymph, 



obeir, v.n. to obey, to be obedient. 
obeissant, e, adj. obedient. 
objet, s.m. object, subject, aim, article, 
oblige, e, adj. obliged. 
obliger, v.a.n. to oblige. 
obscur, e, adj. dark, obscure. 
obseder, v.a. to beset, to possess. 
observer, v.a. to observe, to notice. 
obstiner, (s'), v.r. to be obstinate, to 

persist. 
obtenir, v.a. ir. (187) to obtain, get. 
occasion, s.f. opportunity, occasion, 

cause, reason. 



VOCABULARY. 



419 



occupation, s.f. occupation. 

occupe, e, part. adj. occupied, engaged, 

busy. 
occuper, v. a. toocctipy, to hold, to em- 
ploy, to inhabit ; s' — (a), v.r. to 

employ or occupy one's self {in). 
octobre, s.m. October. 
odeur, s.f. odor, smell. 
odieu-x, se, adj. odiotis. 
tceil, s.m. (31, 214) pi. yeux, eye ; — 

-de-bceuf, buWs eye, round win- 

dozv ; coup d' — , glance. 
tceillet, s.m. pink. 
ceuf, s.m. egg. 
ceuvre, s.m.f. work. 
offenser, v. a. to offend ; s' — , v.r. to 

take offence. 
offrir, v.a. ir. (184) to offer, present. 
oie, s.f. goose. 

oindre, v.a. ir. (175) to anoint. 
oiseau, s.m. bird, fowl. 
oisi-f, ve, adj. idle. 
ombrage, s.m. shade. 
ombrager, v.a. to shade. 
ombre, s.f. shade, shadow. 
omelette, s.f. omelet. 
omettre, v.a. ir. (180) to omit, to leave 

out. 
on, pron. sing. m.f. (129, 274) one, a 

man, a woman, people, they, we, 

you ; — dit, people, or they say, it 

is said ; — m'a dit, / have been 

told. 
oncle, s.m. uncle. 
onze, adj. s. eleven. 
onzieme, adj. s. eleventh. 
Opiner, v.n. to give one's opinion, to 

advise, to vote. 
opiniatrer (s'), v.r. to be obstinate, to 

persist. 
opinion, s.f. opinion, vote. 
opposer, v.a. to oppose ; s' — , v.r. to 

object. 
oppresser, v.a. to oppress. 
or, conj. now, but. 
or, s.m. gold. 

orage, s.m. storm, tempest. 
orange, s.f. orange. 
orateur, s.m. orator, speaker. 
ordinaire, adj. ordinary, common, 

usual, customary ; a 1' — , as usual. 
ordinairement, adv. ordinarily, gen- 
erally. 



ordonner, v.a.n. to order, to command, 

to prescribe. 
ordre, s.m. order, command; de 

premier — , first rate. 
toreille, s.f. ear. 
toreiller, s.m. pillow. 
orgue, s.m.f. organ. 
torgueil, s.m. pride. 
orient, s.m. east. 
origine, s.f. origin, source. 
ornement, s.m. ornament. 
orner, v. a. to adorn, to deck. 
os, s.m. bone. 
osciller, v.n. to oscillate. 
oser, v.a.n. (291) to dare, venture. 
oter, v.a. to take azvay, to re?nove, to 

deprive, to take or pull off. 
ou, conj. or, either, or else ; — bien, 

or else, or. 
ou, adv. (270) where, in or into or 

at or to which, when ; d' — , 

whence. 
oublier, v.a. (98) to forget. 
ouest, s.m. west. 
oui, adv. s. yes, ay. 
ouir, v.a.n. ir. (198) to hear. 
ours, s.m. bear. 
outil, s.m. tool, implement. 
outrager, v.a. to outrage. 
outre, prep. adv. beyond, farther, be- 
sides ; en — , moreover, besides. 
ouvert, e, adj. open, frank. 
ouvrage, s.m. work, workmanship. 
ouvrir, v.a.n. ir. (185) to open, to 

unlock. 
ovale, adj. s.m. oval. 
oxygene, s.m. oxygen. 



P. 



page, s.m. page. 

page, s.f. page {of a book). 

paien, ne, adj. s. pagan. 

tpaillasse, s.f. strazu-mattress. 

tpaillasse, s.m. clown. 

tpaille, s.f. straw. 

pain, s.m. bread, loaf, cake. 

paire, s.f. pair, couple. 



420 



VOCABULARY. 



paisible, adj. peaceable, peaceful. 
paitre, v.a.n. ir. (178) to graze, to 

pasture. 
paix, s.f. peace, rest, hush ! 
palais, s.m. palace. 
palmier, s.m.. palm-tree. 
pampre, s.m. vine-branch. 
panier, s.m. basket. 
paon, s.m. peacock. 
pape, s.m. pope. 
papier, s.m. paper ; — a lettre, 

note-paper, letter-paper. 
tpapillon, s.m. butterfly. 
paque, s.f. pass over. 
paques, s.m.f. Easter. 
paquet, s.m. parcel, bundle. 
par, prep. (302) by, through, a, out 

of, from, on, in, for, by way of ; 

derriere, behind, from behind ; 

— ici, this way, about here ; — la, 

that way, about there; — ou, 

which way, how. 
parage, s.m. parts, latitude. 
paraitre, v.n. ir. ( 1 78) to appear, to 

co?ne in sight, to seem, to look, to 

show. 
parallelement, adv. parallely, paral- 
lel. 
parapluie, s.m. umb?'ella. 
parbleu, int. well! why/ indeed ! 
parce que, conj. because, as. 
parcourir, v. a. ir. (184) to travel 

over, to go or run or look over. 
pardon, s.m. pardon, forgiveness ; 

— ! excuse me! I beg your par- 
don ! 
pardonner, v. a. to forgive, to pardon, 

to excuse. 
tpareil, le, adj. alike, similar, like, 

like it, such. _Q 

tpareil, s.m. equal, match. 
parent, e, s.m.f. relation, relative ; 

— s, pi. parents, relations. 
parer, v.a.n. to adorn, to deck, to 

dress, to parry. 
paresse, s.f. idleness, laziness. 
paresseu-x, se, adj. s.m.f. idle, lazy ; 

idler, lazy person. 
parfait, e, adj. s.m.. perfect, finished. 
parfaitement, adv. perfectly. 
parfum, s.m. perfume, scent. 
parisien, ne, adj. s. Parisian. 
parlement, s.m. parliament. 



parler, v.a.n. to speak, to talk. 

parmi, prep. (298) among, amidst, 
with. 

parole, s.f. word, speech. 

part, s.f. part, share, portion ; de — 
et d'autre, on both sides ; de la — 
de, (303) #;? the part of , from ; de 
ma — ,from 7?ie ; nulle — , nowhere, 
anywhere ; quelque — , so?newhere, 
anyzuhere ; prendre — a, to par- 
ticipate in, to pa?'take of. 

partager, v.a.n. (97) to divide, share. 

parti, s.m. party, side, part, resolu- 
tion, means, course. 

particul-ier, iere, adj. particular, pe- 
culiar, private. 

particulier, s.m. individual, private 
man. 

partie, s.f. part, party, game ; — 
double, double-etitry ; en — , part- 
ly ; faire une — de, to play a game 
at. 

partir, v.n. ir. (136, 183) to depart, 
to set out, to go off ; a — de, 
from. 

partout, adv. everywhere, anywhere ; 

— ou, wherever. 

parure, s.f. dress, finery, orna7nent. 

parvenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to arrive 
{at), to reach, to succeed. 

pas, s.m. step, pace, footstep, strait ; 
faux — , mistake. 

pas, adv. (57, 159, 289) any, no> 
not any ; — du tout, not at all. 

passablement, adv. tolerably, so 
so. 

passe, e, part. adj. prep, past, gone, 
over, faded, last, after. 

passe, s.m. time past, past. 

passe-partout, s.m. master-key, latch- 
key. 

passer, v.n.a. (136) to pass, to pass 
by or atuay, to be over, to fade, to 
hand, to exceed, to surpass ; — 
chez, to call upon or at (. . ,'s); 

— pour, to be considered ; faire 
— , to pass, to hand routid, to 
while away; se — , v.r. to pass 
away, to happe7t ; — de, to do 
without. 

passe-temps, s.m. pastit7ie. 
passion, s.f. passion, love. 
jiassionement, adv. passionately* 



VOCABULARY. 



421 



pate, s .f. paste, dough. 

pate, s.m. pie. 

pathetique, adj. s. pathetic. 

patiemment, adv. patiently. 

patience, s.f. patience, puzzle. 

patient, e, adj. s. patient. 

patiner, v.n. to skate. 

patriarche, s.m. patriarch. 

patricien, ne, adj. s. patrician. 

patrie, s.f. {native) country, father- 
land, home. 

tpatrouille, s.f. patrol. 

patte, s.f. paw, foot, claws ; — de 
devant, fore -feet. 

pauvre, adj. poor. 

pauvrete, s.f. poverty, need. 

tpavillon, s.m. pavilion, summer- 
house, flag. 

payer, v. a. (97) to pay, to pay off. 

pays, s.m. country, land, native 
place. 

paysage, s.m. landscape. 

paysan, ne, s.m.f. adj. peasant, 
country-man, country-woman. 

Pays-Bas, s.m. pi. Netherlands. 

peau, s.f. skin, leather. 

peche, s.f. peach, fishing. 

peche, s.m. sin, trespass. 

pecher, v.n. to sift, to trespass. 

pecher, s.m. peach-tree. 

pecher, v.a.n. to fish. 

pech-eur, eresse, s. adj. sinner, sin- 
ning. 

pecheu-r, se, s.m.f. fisherman, an- 
gler. 

tpeigne, s.m. comb. 

peindre, v.a.n. ir. (175) to paint. ' 

peine, s.f. pain, grief; a — , hardly, 
scarcely, no sooner, very little ; en 
— , uneasy ; etre la — , to be xvorth 
or worth while; donner de la — 
a, to give trouble to; se donner 
de la — , to take pains ; se donner 
la — de . . ., to take the trouble 
to. 

peintre, s.m. painter. 

peinture, s.f. painting, picture. 

pele-mele, adv. s. pell-mell, helter- 
skelter. 

pelle, s.f. shovel. 

pelote, s.f. ball {of thread'). 

penchant, s.m. declivity, slope, 
brink. 



pencher. v.a.n. to incline, to bend, to 

stoop, to slope, to be inclined. 
pendant, prep, during ; — que, 

while. 
pendre, v.a.n. to hang. 
penetrer, v.a.n. to penetrate, to 

pierce, to get in. 
pensee, s.f. thought, idea, opinion, 

mind. 
penser, v.a.n. to think, to believe, to 

bear in mind ; faire — a, to remind 

°f- 
percant, e, adj. piercing, penetrating, 

shrill. 

percer, v.n. a. to pierce, to bore, to 
open, to lance, to cut. 

percevoir, v. a. ir. (189) to collect, to 
perceive. 

perdre, v.a.n. to lose, to ruin. 

perdu, e, adj. lost, ruined. 

pere, s.m. father; — s, pi. fore- 
fathers. 

peril, s.m.. peril, danger, risk. 

perir, v.n. (136) to perish ; faire — , 
to put to death. 

permettre, v. a. ir. (180) to permit, to 
allow ; se — , v.r. to allow one's 
self, to take the liberty. 

perroquet, saw. parrot. 

Persan, e, Perse, adj. s. Persian. 

Perse (la), s.f. Persia. 

persecuter, v. a. to persecute. 

perseverer, v.n. to persevere. 

persil, s.m. parsley. 

per sister, v.n. to persist. 

personne, s.f. person. 

personne, pron. m. (130, 275) any 
one, anybody, any, no one, nobody. 

persuader, v. a. to persuade, to con- 
vince, to satisfy. 

perte, s.f. loss. 

pesant, e, adj. heavy, dull. 

peser, v.a.n. to weigh, to ponder. 

petit, e, adj. little, small. 

petit, e, s.m.f. little ox young one. 

peu, adv. little, not very, few, soon, 
not ; — a — , by degrees, gradu- 
ally ; avant — , before long; dans 
— , shortly ; pour — que, however 
little ; quelque — , a little, some- 
what ; si — que, however, little ; 
sous — , shortly. 



422 



VOCABULARY. 



peu, s.m. small amount, a little, lit- 
tle time ; un — , a little. 

peuple, s.m. people, nation. 

peupler, v.a.n. to people. 

peuplier, s.m. poplar. 

peur, s.f. fear, fright, dread ; de — 
de, for fear of; de — que, for fear, 
lest ; avoir — , to be afraid ; faire 
— a, to frighten. 

peureu-x, se, adj. timid. 

peut-etre, adv. perhaps. 

philosophe, s.m. adj. philosopher. 

piano, s.m. piano ; — droit, cottage 
piano ; — a queue, grand piano. 

piastre, s.f. piastre. 

piece, s.f. piece, bit, room. 

pied, s.m. foot; pointe du — , tiptoe ; 
a — , on foot ; sur un bon — , upon 
a good footing ; mettre — a terre, 
to alight. 

piege, s.m. snare, trap ; donner dans 
le — , to be caught in the trap. 

Pierre, s.m. Peter. 

pierre, s.f. stone. 

piete, s.f. piety. 

pieu-x, se, adj. pious. 

pigeon, s.m. pigeon. 

tpiller, v.a. to plunder. 

pilotis, s.m. piles, pile-work. 

pilule, s.f. pill. 

piment, s.m. Jamaica pepper, all- 
spice. 

pin, s.m. pine, pine-tree. 

pinasse, s.f. pinnace. 

piquer, v.a. to prick, to sting, to bite, 
to goad, to stick ; se — , v.r. to prick 
one's self, to be offended, to pride or 
plume one's self {on). 

pire, adj. worse, worst ; de — en — , 
worse and worse. 

pis, adv. worse, worst. 

pistolet, s.m. pistol. 

pitie, s.f. pity, compassion; avoir — 
de, to pity. 

place, s.f. place, room, square, situa- 
tion, (272) fortress. 

placer, v.a. (97) to place, to put ; se 
— , v.r. to place ox put one's self 

plaider, v.a.n. to plead. 

plaie, s.f. wound, sore. 

plaindre, v.a. ir. (175) to pity, to re- 
gret; a — , to be pitied ; se — , to 
complain. 



plaine, s.f. plain, heath. 

plaire, v.n. ir. (178) to please ; plut a 
Dieu or au ciel ! zuould to Heaven ! 
a Dieu ne plaise, Heaven forbid ; 
s'il vous plait, if you please ; plait- 
il? what did you say? what? se 
— , v.r. to delight or take pleasure 
(in). 

plaisanter, v.a.n. to jest, to joke. 

plaisanterie, s.f. jesting, joke ; — a 
part, seriously ; par — , in joke. 

plaisir, s.m. pleasure, amusement, 
favor. 

plancher, s.m. floor, ceiling. 

plante, s.f. plant. 

planter, v.a. to plant, to set. 

platine, s.m. p la Una. 

plein, e, adj. full (of), filled (with), 
whole, replete, open, bright ; tout 
— , quite full ; tout — de, much, 
many. 

pleurer, v.a.n. to weep, to cry. 

pleurs, s.m. pi. tears, (of vines) bleed- 
ing. 

pleuvoir, v.n. ir. (190) to rain, to 
pour in or shower down. 

pli, s.m. fold, plait. 

plier, v.a.n. to fold, to bend, to give 
way. 

plomb, s.m. lead; a — , perpendicu- 
larly. 

plonger, v.a.n. to plunge, to dive. 

pluie, s.f. rain, sho7ver. 

plumage, s.m. plumage, feathers. 

plume, s.f. feather, pen. 

plupart, s.f. (276) most part, general- 
ity ; la — du temps, generally. 

plus, adv. (57, 290, 301) more, the 
more, most, also ; (with negative) 
any more, any longer, no ??wre, no 
longer, not any more or longer, no 
. . . left; au — , tout au — , at 
most, at best ; — de, more than 
above ; bien — , much more ; de — , 
more, besides, moreover ; de — en 
— , ?)iore and more ; le — , the most ; 
deux fois — , twice as much ; deux 
fois de — , twice more. 

plusieurs, adj. pi. several, some. 

plutot, adv. (206) rather. 

poche, s.f. pocket, pouch, bag. 

poele, s.m. stove. 

poele, s.f . pan, frying-pan. 



Vocabulary. 



4*3 



poeme, s.m. poem. 

poids, s.m. weight, gravity. 

poindre, v.n. ir. ( 1 75) t° d awn > 1° 
break. 

point, s.m. point, dot, stitch, degree, 
full stop ; au — de, so far as; sur 
le — de,, to be very near. 

point, adv. (159) not, no, any, not 
any, not at all. 

pointe, s.f. point, head, tip, dawn i 
break, sting. 

poire, s. f. pear. 

pois, s.m. pea. 

poisson,, s.rn.^j"^. 

tpoitrail, s.m. breast, chest, breast- 
plate. 

poivre, s.m. pepper. 

polaire, adj. polar. 

pole, s.m. pole. 

poli, e, adj. polished, polite. 

poliment, adv. civilly, politely. 

polir, v.a. to polish. 

pomme, s.f. apple; — de terre, po- 
tato. 

ponctuellement, adv. punctually. 

pont, s.m. bridge, deck. 

populaire, adj. popular. 

port, s.m. port, harbor. 

tportail, s.m. (31) front, door-way, 
portal. 

porte, s.f. door, gate. 

porte- crayon, s.m. pencil-case. 

portefeuiile, s.m. portfolio, pocket- 
book. 

portemanteau, s.m. portmanteau. 

porte-monnaie, s.m. purse. 

porte-plume, s.m. pen-holder. 

portee, s.f. compass, range ; a or a la 
— de, within reach of. 

porter, v.a.n. to carry, to bear, to take, 
to bring, to wear, to induce ; se — , 
v.r. to bear, to be inclined, to do, to 
be ; comment vous portez-vous ? 
how do you do ? how are you ? 

portion, s.f. portion, share. 

portrait, s.m. portrait, picture. 

portugais, e, adj. s. Portuguese. 

poser, v.a.n. to place, to put, to set, to 
lay ox put (down), to rest, to lie, to 
pose ; se — , v.r. to perch, to alight, 
to take a position. 

positi-f, ve, adj. positive. 

possecler, v.a. to possess, to have. 



possible, adj. possible. 

possible, s.m. possibility^ utmost ; 
faire son — , to do one's utmost.- 

poste, s.f. post, post-office. 

poste, s.m. post, station, 

pot, s.m. pot, jug, can.- 

pou, s.m. louse. 

pouce, s.m. thumb, inch. 

poudre, s.f. powder, dust ; — k ca- 
non, gunpowder. 

poule, s.f. hen, pool. 

pouls, s.m. pulse. 

poumon, s.m. lungs, lung. 

poupe, s.f. stern, poop. 

pour, prep. (3J, 237) for, on account 
of for the sake of towards, (354) 
in order to, as, though, per ; — 
que, in order that ; comme — , as 
tf as mtich as. 

pourpre, s.m.f. purple. 

pourquoi, conj. adv. why ; e'est — , 
therefore. 

pourri, e, adj. s.m. rotten. 

pourrir, v.a.n. to rot. 

poursuite, s.f. pursuit. 

poursuivre, v.a.n. ir. (174) to pursue, 
to follow, to go on with, to prose- 
cute. 

pourtant, adv. yet, though, however, 
still. 

pourvoir, v.a.n. ir. (190) to provide, 
to supply ; se — , v.r. to provide 
one's self 

pourvu, part. conj. provided. 

pousser, v.a.n. to push, to drive, to 
urge, to grow. 

poussiere, s.f. dust ; il fait de la — , 
it is dusty. 

pouvoir, v.a.n. ir. (190, 291, 323) to 
be able, can, to be able to do, may ; 
n'en — plus, to be exhausted ; cela 
se peut, that may be ; il se peut 
que, it may be that ; je n'y puis 
rien, I cannot help it ; puissiez- 
vous ! may you / on ne peut mieux, 
as well as possible. 

pouvoir, s.m. power. 

pratique, s.f. practice, custom, ctts- 
tomer. 

pratique, adj. practical. 

precaution, s.f. precaution, caution. 

precepteur, s.m. tutor, preceptor. 

precieu-x, se, adj. precious, valuable. 



424 



VOCABULARY. 



precipiter, v. a. to precipitate, to hurl 
or dash down. 

precis, e, adj. precise, formal. 

precisement, adv. precisely. 

predire, v. a. ir. (173) to foretell, to 
predict. 

preferablement, adv. (180) prefer- 
ably. 

preferer, v. a. to prefer. 

prejudiciable, adj. prejudicial, injuri- 
ous. 

prem-ier, iere, adj. first. 

premier, s.m. first. 

premierement, adv. first, firstly, in 
the first place. 

prendre, v.a.n. to take, to seize, to 
catch, to take tip ; se — , v.r. to be 
caught, to catch, to set about ; s'y 
— , to proceed, to go to work. 

preparer, v. a. to prepare, to get ready. 

pres, prep, near, by, close, to, almost ; 
tout — , very near, close by ; (no) 
— de la, in the neighborhood ; a 
peu — , nearly. 

presbytere, s.m. parsonage. 

prescrire, v.a.n. ir. (176) prescribe. 

present, s.m. present, gift, present 
tense ; a — , at present, now. 

presentement, adv. now. 

presenter, v.a. to present, to offer. 

preserver, v.a. to preserve, to keep. 

president, s.m. president. 

presider, v.n. to preside. 

presque, adv. almost, nearly ; — pas, 
scarcely, scarcely any. 

presqu'ile, s.f. peninsula. 

presse, e, adj. in haste, in a hurry, 
anxious. 

pressentir, v.a. ir. (184) to have a pre- 
sentiment of, to foresee. 

presser, v.a.n. to press, to squeeze, to 
urge, to hurry. 

presumer, v.a. to presume, suppose. 

pret, e, adj. ready, disposed. 

pretendre, v.a.n. to claim, to pretend, 
to lay claim to, to p?-estime, to pro- 
fess, to intend, to mean. 

preter, v.a.n. to lend; se — , v.r. to 
comply. 

pretexte, s.m. pretext, pretence. 

pretre, s.m. priest. 

preuve, s .f. proof, evidence. 

prevaloir, v.n. ir. (171) to prevail. 



prevenir, v.a. ir. (187) to precede, to 
prevent, to warn, to inform. 

prevoir, v.a. ir. (190) to foresee, to an- 
ticipate, to provide for or against. 

prier, v.a.n. to pray, to beg, to request, 
to ask ; — en grace, to entreat ; 
faire — , to send, to reqtiest ; je vous 
en prie, pray ; do; please. 

priere, s.f. prayer, request. 

prince, s.m. prince. 

princesse, s.f". princess. 

printemps, s.m. spring. 

pris, e, adj. taken. 

prise, s.f. taking, capture, prize ; £tre 
aux — s, to be fighting. 

prisme, s.m. prism. 

prisonn-ier, iere, s.m.f. prisoner. 

priver, v.a. to deprive, to bereave ; se 
— , v.r. to deprive one's self. 

prix, s.m. price, cost, vahie, worth, 
prize ; de — , valuable. 

probablement, adv. probably, likely. 

probite, s.f. probity, honesty. 

prochain, e, adj. next, nearest. 

prochain, s.m. neighbor. 

proche, adj. prep. adv. near, close. 

production, s.f. production. 

produire, v.a. ir. (172) to produce, to 
yield, to bear, to show, to bring. 

produit, s.m. produce, proceeds, pro- 
duct. 

professeur, s.m. professor, teacher, 
master. 

profil, s.m. profile. 

profiter, v.n. to profit, to take advan- 
tage, to avail one's self 

profond, e, adj. deep, profound. 

profondement, adv. deeply, pro- 
foundly. 

progres, s.m. progress. 

prolonger, v.a. to prolong, to extend, 
to protract. 

promenade, s.f. promenade, walking, 
walk ; — a cheval, ride ; — en ba- 
teau, sail, row; — a pied, walk; 
— en voiture, drive. 

promener, v.a. to take out, to take 
for a walk, to turn ; se — , v.r. to 
take a walk, take an airing, to 
wander. 

promesse, s.f. promise, word. 

promettre, v.a.n. ir. (180) to prom- 
ise. 



VOCABULARY. 



425 



promis, e, adj. s. engaged, promised. 

prompt, e, z.^). prompt, quick, speedy. 

promptement, adv : promptly ', quickly. 

prononcer, v.a.n. to pronoimce, to 
utter. 

prophetie, s.f. prophecy. 

propos, s.m. talk, speech, discourse ; 
a — , to the purpose, proper, in good 
time ; a — ! by the bye Ik — de, 
■with regard to. 

proposer, v. a. to propose, to offer. 

propre, adj. own, proper, peculiar, 
clean, tidy. 

proprement, adv. properly. 

proprietaire, s.m.f. cnvner, proprietor. 

propriete, s.f. property, peculiarity, 
propriety. 

prosperite, s.f. prosperity. 

protec-teur, trice, s. adj. protector, 
protectress. 

protection, s.f. patronage. 

proteger, v.a. (97) to protect. 

protester, v.a.n. to protest. 

proue, s.f. prozv, stem. 

provenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to pro- 
ceed, to arise. 

providence, s.f. Providence. 

provision, % A. provision, supply, store. 

provoquer, v.a. to provoke. 

prudemment, adv. prudently. 

prudence, s.f. prudence, discretion. 

prudente, e, adj. prudent. 

prune, s.f. plu?n. 

Prusse (la), s.f. Prussia. 

psaume, s.m. psalm. 

publi-c, que, adj. public. 

puis, adv. then, afterwards, besides. 

puiser, v.a. to draw. 

puisque, conj. since. 

puissamment, adv. powerfully. 

puissance, s.f. power. 

punir, v.a. to punish. 

punition, s.f. punishment. 

pupille, s.m.f. ward, pupil. 

pupitre, s.m. desk. 

pur, e, adj. pure, real. 

pusillanime, adj. pusillanimous. 



Q- 



[* indicates that qu is sounded as 
"Aquatic." In all other cases, qu 
is sounded like k. ] 



*quadrupede, adj. s.m. four-footed, 
quadruped. 

qualite, s.f. quality, property, ca~ 
pacity. 

quand, adv. when, what time. 

quand, conj. (320) although, though ; 
— meme, though, although, even 
if, notwithstanding. 

quant a, prep, with regard to, as to, 
as for. 

quantieme, s.m. day of the month. 

quantite, s.f. quantity. 

quarante, adj. s. forty. 

quarantieme, adj. s. fortieth. 

quart, s.m. quarter, fourth ; — 
-d'heure, quarter of an hour. 

quartier, s.m. quarter, piece, dis- 
trict. 

quatorze, adj. s.m. fourteen, four- 
teenth. 

quatorzieme, adj. s.m. fourteenth. 

quatre, adj. s.m. four, fourth. 

quatre-vingt-dix, adj. eighty. 

quatre- vignts, adj. eighty. 

quatrieme, adj. s.f. fourth. 

quatriemement, adv. fourthly. 

quatriennal, e, adj. quadrennial. 

que, qu', pron. (interrog. 122, 264; 
265, relat. 125, 267) whom, that, 
which, that, what; qu'est ce que, 
etc. V. 264. 

que, adv. how, hoza much, how 
many. 

que, qu', conj. (163; with indicat., 
307; with subjunct., 293, 310, 
235-332; with comp. of pret. 320, 
but, only, 57; than, 293) that, 
as, when, than, than that, how, 
how many, what, why, till, while, 
whether, if, let, lest, for fear, 
except, but, unless, after, only, 
but, yet, still, notzuithstanding, al- 
though, since, [sometimes untrans- 
lated]. 

quel, le, adj. (62) what, zuhich ; — 
que, whatever, whoever. 

quelconque, adj. (79) whatever, 
any. 

quelque, adj. (282) same, any, a 
few, whatever ; — chose, some- 
thing, anything ; avoir — chose, 
(52) to be the matter with. 

quelque, adv. (281) however, about, 
some. 



426 



VOCABULARY. 



quelquefois, adv. sometimes. 

quelqu'un, e, pron. (276) somebody, 
some one, one, anybody, any one, 
any. 

quelques-uns, unes, pron. pi. some, 
any, a few. 

querelle, s.f. quarrel, row. 

querir, v.a. ir. (186) to seek, to fetch. 

question, s.f. question, query. 

queue, s.f. tail, end, cue. 

qui, pron. (interrog. 122, 264; relat. 
125, 267 ; after superlat. 322) who, 
whom, which, that, some; — 
est-ce — , who, whosoever ; — que 
ce soit, (282) whoever j a — est, 
whose is. 

quiconque, pron. (282) whoever, 
whomsoever. 

quint, adj. the fifth. 

quinzaine, s.f. fifteen, fortnight. 

quinze, adj. s.f. . fifteen, fifteenth ; 
— jours, (a) fortnight ; d'au- 
jourd'hui en — , this day fort- 
night. 

quinzieme, adj. s. fifteenth. 

quitter, v.a. to quit, to leave, to part 
with. 

*quoi, pron. (122, 125, 255, 270) 
which, that, what; de — , of 
which, of what. 

*quoique, conj. (163) although, 
though. 



R. 



raccommoder, v.a. to mend, repair. 

raconter, v.a. to relate, to tell. 

radoub, s.m. (22) refitting, repair. 

rafraichir, v.a.n. to cool, to refresh. 

rage, s.f. rage, madness. 

raisin, s.m. grapes, raisin. 

raison, s.f. reason, sense, judgment, 
satisfaction ; a — de, at the 
rate of, in pi'oportion to ; en — de, 
in consideration of; avoir — , to 
be right ; rendre — de, to give an 
account of, to give satisfaction 
for 



rallier, v.a. to rally. 

ramasser, v.a. to gather, to pick up. 

rame, s.f. oar, ream. 

ramener, v.a. to bring back. 

rameur, s.m. rower, oarsman. 

ranger, v.a. to range, to put in order, 
to put in its place, drawn up. 

rapidement, adv. rapidly. 

rapidite, s.f. rapidity, swiftness. 

rappeler, v.a. (96) to call back, to re- 
call, to re?nember ; se — , v.r. to 
recollect, to remember. 

rapporter, v.a.n. to bring back, to re- 
port. 

rapprendre, v.a.n. ir. (181) to learn 
again. 

rare, adj. rare, scarce. 

rarement, adv. seldom, rarely. 

raser, v.a. to shave (off) to raze, to 
rase. 

rassasier, v.a. to satiate, to fill, to 
surfeit; etre rassasie" de, to be 
tired of. 

rassembler, v.a. to assemble ; se — , 
v.r. to assemble, to meet, to crowd. 

rayer, v.a. to scratch, to erase. 

rayon, s.m. ray, beam, shelf. 

rebatir, v.a. to rebuild. 

rebattre, v.a. to beat again. 

rebelle, adj. s. rebellious, rebel. 

rebut, s.m. repulse, rebuff, refuse. 

rebuter, v.a. to reject, to discourage ; 
se — , v.r. to be disheartetied. 

reception, s.f. reception, drawi?ig- 
room. 

recevoir, v.a.n. to receive, entertain, 
to admit. 

rechercher, v.a. to seek again or after, 
to search. 

recit, s.m. recital, account. 

recommander, v.a. to recommend ; 
se — , v. r. to recommend one's self. 

recompense, s.f. reward. 

recompense^ v.a. to reward, to com- 
pensate. 

reconduire, v.a. ir. (172) to lead or 
take back, to accompany, to see 
home. 

reconnaissance, s.f. gratitude, recog- 
nition, acknoivledgment. 

reconnaissant, e, adj. grateful, 
thankful. 

reconnaitre, v.a. ir. (179) to know 



VOCABULARY. 



427 



again, to recognize, to acknowl- 
edge, to admit, to reconnoitre. 
reconquerir, v. a. ir. (188) to recon- 
quer ", to regain. 
recoudre, v.a. ir. (174) to sew again. 
recounr, v.n. ir. (184) to run again, 

to have recourse. 
recours, s.m. recourse, refuge. 
recouvrir, v.a. ir. (185) to cover 
again or over, to cover. 

recreer, v.a. to create anew, revive. 

recrire, v.a. ir. (176) to write again, 
to answer. 

recroitre, v.n. ir. (178) to grow 
again. 

re9u, e, adj. received. 

recu, s.m. .receipt. 

trecueillir, v.a. ir (184) to gather, to 
reap, to collect. 

recuire, v.a. ir. (172) to . . . to cook 
again. 

redescendre, v.n.a. to descend again, 
to go down again. 

redevenir, v.n. ir. (187) to become 
again. 

redevoir, v.a. ir. (189) to owe still. 

redingote, s.f. overcoat, frock coat. 

redire, v.a. ir. (172) to repeat, to say 
or tell again, to object ; trouver a 
— , or a dire, to find fault. 

redoubler, v.n.a. to redouble, to in- 
crease. 

redoutable, adj. formidable. 

redress er, v.a. to straighten, to set 
right. 

reduire, v.a. ir. (172) to reduce, to 
constrain, to compel j se — , v.r. to 
be reduced. 

reel, le, adj. real, true. 

reelire, v.a. ir. (177) to re-elect. 

reellement, adv. realty. 

refaire, v.a. ir. (180) to make again, 
to mend. 

refugier, (se), v.r. to take refuge or 
shelter. 

refus, s.m. refusal, denial. 

refuser, v.a.n. to refuse, to decline j 
se — , v.r. to deny one's self. 

regal, s.m. entertainment, feast. 

regard, s.m. look, glance; — s, pi. 
eyes, attention, notice. 

regarder, v.a.n. to look at, to behold, 
to see, to consider, to concern. 



regiment, s.m. regiment. 

regie, s.f. rule, ruler. 

regler, v.a. to rule, to regulate, to 

settle. 
regret, s.m. regret, grief, sorrow. 
regretter, v.a. to regret. 
regul-ier, iere, adj. regular. 
reine, s.f. queen. 
rejeter, v.a.n. (96) to throw again, to 

throw back. 
rejoindre, v.a. ir. (175) to join again. 
rejouir, v.a. to rejoice, to cheer ; se 

— , v.r. (139) rejoice, to delight, to 

be glad. 
relever, v.a.n. to raise, to take up, to 

give a relish, to retort, to relieve. 
religion, s.f. religion. 
relire, v.a. ir. (177) to read (over) 

again. 
reluire, v.n. ir. (171) to shine, to glit- 
ter. 
remarquable, adj. remarkable. 
remarquablement, adv. re?narkably. 
remede, s.m. re?nedy. 
remedier, v.n. to remedy, to help. 
remener, v.a. (96) to take or carry or 

lead back. 
remettre, v.a. ir. (180) to put back 

(again), to restore, to put off, to re- 
mit. 
remonter, v.a.n. to go tip again or 

back, to wind up, to remount. 
remoudre, v.a. ir. (175) to grind- 
again. 
remplir, v.a. to fill (again or up), to 

perform, to fulfil. 
remporter, v.a. to carry or take back, 

to obtain, to gain, to carry off. 
remuer, v.a.n. to move. 
renaitre, v.n. ir. (181) to be bom 

again, to come to life again, to 

spring up or rise again. 
renard, s.m. fox. 
rencontre, s.f. meeting, encounter ; 

aller or venir a la — de, (242) to 

go or cotne to meet. 
rencontrer, v.a.n. to meet (with) to 

find, to encounter ; se — , v.r. to 

meet. 
rendormir, v.a. ir. (183) to lull to 

sleep again j- se — , v.r. to fall 

asleep or go to sleep again. 
rendre, v.a. to return, to give back, to 



428 



VOCABULARY. 



surrender, to make, to render, to 
translate, to pay; se — , v.r. to 
render or make one's self, to stir- 
render, to be translated. 

rene, s.f. rein. 

renfermer, v.a. to shut up, contain. 

renomme, e, adj. renowned, famous. 

renoncer, v.n. to renounce, give tip. 

renouveler, v. a. (96) to renew. 

rentrer, v.n. to return, to cozne home 
or in again ; v. a. to put (in) again 
or back. 

repa-itre, ( 1 78) se — , vr. to feed, to 
feast. 

repandre, v. a. to spread, to shed, to 
scatter ; se — , v.r. to spread. 

reparaitre, v.n. ir. (178) to reappear. 

reparer, v. a. to repair, to mend, to 
make amends for. 

repartir, v.n. ir. (183) to set out again, 
to reply. 

repartir, v. a. to divide, to distribute. 

repas, s.m. meal, repast. 

repasser, v.a.n. to pass again, to re- 
pass, to iron, to go or look over. 

repeindre, v. a. to paint again. 

repentir (se), v.r. ir. (184) to repent. 

repentir, s.m. repentance. 

repeter, v. a. to repeat, to rehearse. 

repetition, s.f. repetition, rehearsal. 

replacer, v. a. to replace, to put back. 

repliquer, v.a.n. to reply, to anszver, 
to rejoin. 

repondre, v.a.n. to anszver, to reply, 
to correspond, to respond, to be re- 
sponsible. 

reposer (se), v.r. to rest. 

repousser, v.a.n. to spurn, to reject. 

reprendre, v.a.n. ir. (181) to take or 
catch again, to reprove, to censure, 
to blame. 

representee v.a.n. to represent to per- 
form. 

reprimander, v. a. to reprimand, to re- 
prove. 

reprimer, v. a. to repress, to restrain. 

reproche, s.m. reproach; sans — , 
blameless. 

reprocher, v. a. to reproach, to zip- 
braid. 

reproduire, v.a. ir. (172) to repro- 
dtice ; se — , v.r. to reappear, to 
occur again. 



reprouver, v.a. to disapprove of. 

trepugner, v.n. to be repugnant, to 
feel reluctant. 

requerir, v.a. ir. (188) to request, to 
claim. 

reserve, s.f. reservation, reserve, re- 
serves ; a la — de, except. 

tresigner, v. a. to resign ; se — , to 
resign one's self, to submit. 

resister, v.n. to resist, to oppose. 

resolution, s.f. resolution, resolve. 

resonner, v.n. to resound, to echo. 

resoudre, v.a. ir. (175) to resolve, to 
solve ; se — , v.r. to resolve, to make 
tip one's mind. 

respect, s.m. respect, awe. 

respecter, v.a. to respect, to revere. 

respectueu-x, se, adj. respectful. 

ressemblant, e, adj. alike, similar. 

ressembler, v.n. to resemble, to be or 
look like ; se — , v.r. to be alike. 

ressentiment, s.m. resentment. 

ressentir, v.a. ir. (184) to feel, to ex- 
perience. 

ressort, s.m. spring, lock, elasticity, 
strength, means. 

ressortir, v.n. (184) to go or come out 
again, to resort. 

ressouvenir (se), v.r. ir. (187) to re- 
member, to recollect ; faire — , to 
remind. 

ressouvenir, s.m. remembrance, recol- 
lection. % 

reste, s.m. rest, remainder, re?nains, 
remnant ; au — , du — , besides, 
however, yet. 

rester, v.n. (136) to remain, to be left, 
to stay {behind), to keep. 

restreindre, v.a. ir. (175) to restrict, 
to restrain, to litnit. 

retard, s.m. delay, slowness ; en — , 
late, behind one's time. 

retenir, v.a. ir. (187) to gel back, to 
keep back, to detain, to retain, to 
keep, to hold back or tip, to restrain, 
to carry ; se — , v.r. to refrain, to 
restrain one's self 

retirer, v.a. to draw back, to draw 
out or in, to withdraw, to retire ; 
se — , v.r. to withdraw, to retire, to 
retreat. 

retour, s.m. return, coming back ; — 
sur soi-meme, reflection on one's 



VOCABULARY. 



429 



own conduct; de — , returned, 
back. 

retourner, v.a.n. to return, to go back 
{again), to turn (up). 

retraite, s.f. retreat, retirement. 

retrouver, v. a. to find again, to re- 
cover, to meet again. 

reunion, s.f. reunion, union, meeting. 

reunir, v. a. to reunite, to unite, to 
collect. 

r£ussir, v.n. to succeed, to get on. 

reve, s.m. dream. 

treveil, s.m. awaking, alarm, reveille. 

revenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187), to return, 
to come back, to come round, to re- 
cover, to come to, to recur, to cost, 
to be reconciled or appeased. 

revers, s.m. back, wrong side, re- 
verse. 

revetir, v.a. ir. (183) to clothe, to put 
on. 

revivre, v.n. ir. (181) to come to life 
again, to revive. 

revoir, v.a. ir. (192) to see again, to 
meet again, to revise ; au — , good- 
bye or farewell. 

revolter, v.a. to rouse or cause to re- 
volt, to revolt ; se — , v.r. to rebel. 

Rhin, s.m. Rhine. 

rhume, s.m. cold. 

riche, adj. s. rich, wealthy; 6tre — 
de, to possess. 

richesse, s.f. riches, 7vealth, richness. 

ridicule, adj. ridiculous. 

ridicule, s.m. ridicule, ridiculous 
thing, reticule. 

rien, adv. (57, 159, 275), anything, 
nothing, nobody, no one ; n'avoir 
— , nothing to be the matter with ; 
— que, only ; — moins que, no less 
than. 

rien, s.m. nothing, trifle. 

rincer, v.a. to rinse. 

rire, v.n. ir. (107, 194) to laugh, to 
smile, to joke ; — aux eclats, to 
burst out laughing ; se — de, to 
laugh at. 

rire, s.m. laughter, laughing, laugh. 

risible, adj. risible, laughable. 

risque, s.m. risk, hazard. 

risquer, v.a.n. to risk, to hazard, to 
venture. 

rivage, s.m. shore, bank. 



rive, s.f. bank, shore, border. 

riviere, s.f. river. 

riz, s.m. rice. 

robe, s.f. dress, gown. 

robuste, adj. robust, hardy. 

roc, s.m. rock. 

roche, s.f. rock. 

rocher, s.m. rock. 

roder, v.n. to prowl, to ramble, to rove, 

to roam. 
roi, s.m. king. 
romain, e, adj. s. Roman. 
rompre, v.a.n. (107) to break, to break 

off, to interrupt. 
rond, e, adj. round, rounded. 
ronde, s.f. round, beat. 
ronger, v.a. to gnaw, to nibble. 
roseau, s.m. reed. 
rosier, s.m. rose-bush. 
roue, s.f. wheel. 

rougir, v.a.n. to redden, to blush. 
rouler, v.a.n. to roll {tip), to wheel, to 

turn. 
route, s.f. road, route, way, course ; 

grande — , highroad. 
rouvrir, v.a. ir. (185) to reopen, to 

open again. 
royal, e, adj. royal, regal. 
royaume, s.m. kingdom. 
ruban, s.m. ?'ibbon, string. 
rue, s.f. street. 
mine, s.f. ruin, decay. 
ruiner, v.a.n. to rain, to destroy. 
russe, adj. s.m.f. Russian. 
Russie (la), s.f. Russia. 



S. 



s' [_an elision for se and aiso for si], 
sa, adj. poss. f. her {own). V. son. 
sacrifier, v.a.n. to sacrifice, devote. 
sage, adj. tvise, sensible, good. 
sagement, adv. zvisely, sensibly. 
sagesse, s.f. wisdom. 
tsaillir, v.n. reg. and ir. (185) to p?v- 

ject, to stand out, to gush, to gush 

out. 
sain, e, adj. sound, healthy. 
saint, e, adj. s. holy, sacred. 



43° 



VOCABULARY. 



saisir, v. a. to seize, to grasp, to catch, 
to lay hold of, to understand. 

saison, s.f. season, time. 

salir, v.a. to soil, to make dirty. 

salle, s.f. hall, room; — a manger, 
dining-room. 

salon, s.m. drawing-room, saloon, 
parlor. 

salut, s.m. safety, salvation, salute, 
bow, benediction. 

salutaire, adj. salutary, wholesome. 

samedi, s.m. Saturday. 

sang, s.m. blood. 

sanglant, e, adj. bloody. 

sans, prep. (237, 300) without, were 
it not for, but for; — que, without ; 
— cela, — quoi, otherwise. 

sansonnet, s.m. starling. 

sante, s.f. health. 

•satisfaire, v.a.n. ir. (180) to satisfy, 
to please, to give satisfaction to, to 
gratify, to meet. 

sau-f, ve, adj. spared. 

sauf, prep, save, saving, except. 

saut, s.m. leap, jump, fall. 

sauter, v.n. to leap, to jump. 

sauvage, adj. wild, savage, shy. 

sauver, v.a. to save, to rescue ; se — , 
v.r. to escape, to save one's self, to 
fly away. 

savant, e, adj. s. learned, scientific 
man, scholar. 

savoir, v.a. ir. (191, 291) to know, to 
be aware of, to be acquainted with, 
to tinderstand, to know how, to be 
informed of, to learn, can, to be 
able; faire — , to let know, to in- 
form; a — , — , viz., namely, that 
is; je n'en sais rien, / don't know 
at all. 

savoir, s.m. knowledge, learning. 

savon, s.m. soap. 

Saxe (la), s.f. Saxony. 

Saxon, ne, adj. s. Saxon. 

scandaliser, v.a. to scandalize ; se — , 
v.r. to be scandalized. 

scelerat, s.m. villain, scoundrel. 

scene, s.f. scene, stage. 

schisme, s.m. schism. 

science, s.f. science, knowledge, learn- 
ing. 

sculpter, v.a. to sculpture, carve. 

sculpteur, s.m. sculptor, carver. 



sculpture, s.f. sculpture, carving, 
carved work. 

se, s', pers. pron. (138) one's self 
himself, herself, itself, themselves, 
each other, one another, to one's 
self, to himself, to herself, etc., to 
or with each other, in or within or 
with ox from one's self, etc., between 
or among them or the?nselves. 

sec, m., seche, f. adj. dry, hard. 

secher, v.a.n. to dry, to wither, 

second, e, adj. second, ether. 

second, s.m. second. 

seconde, s.f. second, second class. 

secondement, adv. secondly. 

secouer, v.a. to shake, to loss. 

secourir, v.a. ir. (184) to succor, to 
relieve, to assist, to. help. 

secours, s.m. succor, relief, help, res- 
cue ; au — ! help ! 

secr-et, ete, adj. secret, reserved. 

secret, s.m. secret, secrecy. 

sedition, s.f. sedition. 

seditieu-x, se, adj. seditious. 

seduire, v.a. ir. (172) to seduce, to 
bribe, to tempt. 

sein, s.m. bosom, breast. 

Seine, s.f. Seine. 

seize, adj. s.m. sixteen, sixteenth. 

seizieme, adj. s. sixteenth. 

sejour, s.m. stay. 

sel, s.m. salt. 

selle, s.f. saddle. 

selon, prep, according to. 

semaine, s.f. week. 

semblable, adj. alike, like, such. 

semblant, s.m. semblance, pretence ; 
faire — , to pretend, to appear as if. 

sembler, v.n. to see?n, to appear ; que 
vous en semble ? what do you think 
of it? 

semelle, s.f. sole. 

semer, v.a.n. to sow, to scatter, cast, 

semi, adj. semi, demi, half. 

s£nat, s.m. senate. 

senateur, s.m. senator. 

sens, s.m. sense. 

sense, e, adj. sensible. 

sensibility, s.f. sensibility, feeling. 

sensible, adj. sensible, sensitive. 

sentier, s.m. footpath, path. 

sentiment, s.m. sensation, feeling, 
sentiment. 



VOCABULARY. 



431 



sentinelle, s.f. sentinel, sentry. 

sentir, v.a.n. ir. (184) to feel, to 
smell, to taste, to smell of, to taste, 
to perceive. 

seoir, v.a. ir. (198) to fit. 

separation, s.f. separation. 

separe, e, adj. separate, distinct. 

separer, v.a. to separate, to divide. 

sept, adj. s.m. seven. 

septembre, s.m. September. 

septieme, adj. s.m. seventh. 

tserail, s.m. seraglio. 

s^rieu-x, se, adj. serious, grave, earn- 
est. 

serpent, s.m. serpent, snake. 

servante, s.f. (inaid) servant. 

service, s.m. service, attendance, 
duty ; rendre — , to do a favor. 

serviette, s.f. napkin. 

servir, v.a.n. ir. (183) to serve, to 
wait upon, to be of service or tise 
to, to serve up, to help ; le diner est 
servi, dinner is ready ; se — , v.r. 
to help one's self, to be served up ; 
— de, to use, to avail one's self of . 

serviteur, s.m. servant. 

servitude, s.f. servitude. 

ses, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64). V. 
son. 

tseuil, s.m. threshold, sill. 

seul, e, adj. alone, by one's self, lone- 
ly, only, single. 

seul, e, s.m.f. one, one alone. 

seulement, adv. (290) only, merely, 
solely. 

severe, adj. severe, strict. 

severement, adv. severely, sternly. 

severity, s.f. severity, strictness. 

si, s\ conj. (163, 316, 320, 323), if, 
whether, though, suppose ; que — , 
and if. 

si, adv. so much, (201) yes ; — bien 
que, so much so that. 

siecle, s.m. century, age. 

siege, s.m. seat, siege. 

sien, ne, pron. poss. (241) le — , la 
— ne, les — s, les — nes, his, his 
own, hers, her own, its, its own, 
one's own, of his, of hers. 

sifnement, s.m. whistling, hissing, 
hiss. 

siffler, v.n.a. to whistle, to hiss. 

siffler, s.m. whistle, hiss. 



signal, s.m. signal. 

silence, s.m. silence, pause. 

simple, adj. simple, single, plain, 
silly. 

sincere, adj, sincere, true. 

sincerement, adv. sincerely. 

sincerite, s.f. sincerity. 

singe, s.m. ape, monkey. 

singularity, s.f. singularity, pecul- 
iarity. 

singul-ier, iere, adj. singular, pecul- 
iar. 

sinon, conj. otherwise, or else, if not, 
except. 

sirop, s.m. sirup, syrup. 

sitot, adv. so soon, as soon. 

situe, e, adj. situated. 

six, adj. s.m. six, sixth. 

sixieme, adj. s.m. sixth. 

sixiemement, adv. sixthly. 

Sixte, s.m. Sixtus. 

societe, s.f. society, company. 

sceur, s.f. sister. 

soi, pron. (ill, 257) one's self, itself, 
himself, herself, themselves ; — 
-m$me, one's self, itself, etc. 

soi-disant, adj. would-be, so-called. 

soie, s.f. silk. 

soif, s.f. thirst; avoir — , to be 
thirsty. 

tsoigner, v.a. to take care of, to at- 
tend, to nurse. 

tsoigneusement, adv. carefully. 

tsoigneu-x, se, adj. careful. 

soin, s.m. care ; — s, pi. attendance ; 
avoir — de, (52) to lake care of; 
donner des — s a, to attend. 

soir, s.m. evening, night. 

soiree, s.f. evening, evening party. 

soit, int. be it so / let it be so ! let it 
be f very well! well! 

soit, adv. either, or, either from, 
whether from ; — que, whether, 
or. 

soixantaine, s.f. sixty. 

soixante, adj. sixty ; dix, seventy. 

soixantieme, adj. s.m. sixtieth. 

sol. s.m. soil. 

soldat, s.m. soldier. 

tsoleil, s.m. sun. 

solennel, le, adj. solemn. 

solide, adj. s.m. solid, substantial, 
strong, good, real. 



432 



VOCABULARY. 



solidement, adv. solidly, strongly, 

firmly. 
solidite, s.f. solidity, strength. 
solitaire, adj. solitary, lonely. 
solliciteur, s.m. solicitor, canvasser. 
sombre, adj. dark, gloomy. 
somme, s.f. sum, amount. 
somme, s.m. nap, sleep. 
tsommeil, s.m. sleep ; avoir — , to be 

sleepy. 
sommer, v. a. to sumtnon, to sum 

{up). 
son, sa, pi. ses, poss. adj. (64, 241), 

his {own), her {own), its {own), 

one's {own), their {own). 
songer, v.a.n. to drea?n, to think, to 

consider. 
sonner, v.a.n. to sound, to ring, to 

strike; on sonne, the bell rings. 
sonnette, s.f. bell. 
sort, s.m. fate, lot, fortune, chance. 
sorte, s.f. sort, kind, manner ; de la 

— , thus so; de or en — que, so 

that, so as ; de telle — , in such a 

manner; en quelque — , in a 

manner. 
sortie, s.f. going out, sally, exit. 
sortir, v.n. ir. (136, 184) to go out, 

to leave {the room), to have but just 

left. 
sot, te, adj., foolish, silly. 
sot, te, s.m.f. fool, blockhead. 
sottise, s.f. folly, foolish thing. 
sou, s.m. penny. 
souci, s.m. care, anxiety. 
soucier (se), v.r. to care, to mind, to 

wish, to like, to want. 
soudain, e, adj. sudden. 
soudain, soudainement, adv. sud- 
denly. 
souffrance, s.f. sicfferihg. 
souffrant, e, adj. suffering. 
souffrir, v.a.n. ir. (185) to sitffer, to 

bear, to allow, to be pained or 

grieved. 
souhaiter, v. a. to wish, to desire, to 

wish for. 
sou.1, adj. s.m. (24) satiated, fill. 
soulever, v. a. to lift, to raise. 
Soulier, s.m. shoe. 
soumettre, v. a. ir. (180) to subdue, to 

submit. 
soupcon, s.m. suspicion, touch, 

taste. 



soupconner, v. a. to suspect. 

soupconneu-x, se, adj. suspicious. 

soupe, s.f. soup ; — au lait, milk- 
porridge. 

source, s.f. spring, source. 

sourcil, s.m. eye-brow, brow. 

■sourd, e, adj. deaf, insensible. 

sourdre, v.n. ir. (198) to spring {up), 
gush {forth). 

sourire, v.n. to smile. 

souris, s.f. mouse. 

sous, prep, under, below, beneath. 

souscrire, v.a.n. ir. (176) to sub- 
scribe, to sign, to cotisent. 

soustraire, v. a. ir. (174) to take away, 
to subtract; se — , v.r. to es- 
cape, to avoid. 

soutenir, v.a.n. ir. (87) to support, 
to sustain, to maintain, to keep up, 
to uphold ; se — , v.r. to support 
one's self, to bear up. 

soutenu, e, adj. supported, kept up, 
unflagging, unremitting. 

souterrain, e, adj. underground, sub- 

" terranean. 

souvenir (se) v.r. ir. (187) to remem- 
ber, to recollect, to bear in mind ; 
faire — , to remind ; il m'en 
souvient, / reme}?iber it. 

souvenir, s.m. remembrance, recollec- 
tion, keepsake. 

souvent, adv. often ; le plus — , most 
frequently. 

souverain, e, s. adj. sovereign, su- 
preme. 

spectacle, s.m. spectacle, show, 
theatre. 

spirituel, le, adj. spiritual, intelli- 
gent, witty. 

stagnant, e, adj. stagnant. 

strict, e, adj. strict, rigorous. 

style, s.m. style. 

subir, v.a. to suffer, to endure. 

subitement, adv. suddenly. ^ 

subsister, v.n. to subsist, to exist, to 
live, to continue. 

subvenir, v.n. ir. (187) to supply, to 
provide, to relieve. 

succeder v.n. to succeed, to follow. 

succes, s.m. success. 

succession, s.f. succession, inheri- 
tance. 

sucre, s.m. sugar. 

sucre, e, adj. %igared, honeyed. 



VOCABULARY. 



433 



sud, s.m. south. 

Suede (la), s.f. Sweden. 

suedois, e, adj. s. Sivedish, Swede. 

sueur, s.f. perspiration. 

suffire, v.n. ir. (171) to suffice. 

suffisant, e, adj. s. sufficient, enough. 

suggerer, v. a. to suggest, to intimate. 

Suisse (la), s.f. Switzerland. 

Suisse, s.m. Swiss. 

suite, s.f. rest, attendants, continua- 
tion, sequel, succession, conse- 
quence, result ; a la — de, with, 
after ; de — , consecutively, imme- 
diately ; par — de, in consequence 
of; tout de — ■, immediately, di- 
rectly, at once. 

suivant, e, adj. s. following, next. 

suivant, prep, according to ; — que, 
as, according as. 

suivi, e, ad), followed. 

suivre, v.a.n. ir. (174) to follow, to 
go or come after, to pursue. 

sujet, te, adj. subject, liable, inclined. 

sujet, te, s.m.f. subject, fellcnv. 

sujet, s.m. subject, cause, reason. 

superbe, adj. proud, superb. 

superieur, e, s. adj. superior, above. 

superiority, s.f. superiority. 

suppleer, v.a.n. to supply, to take the 
place of. 

supplice, s.m. execution. 

supplier, v. a. to supplicate, to beseech, 
to entreat. 

supportable, adj. supportable ', tolera- 
ble. 

supporter, v. a. to support, to sustain, 
to stand. 

suppose, e, adj. supposed ; — que, 
supposing. 

supposer, v. a. to suppose, to imply. 

supposition, v. a. supposition. 

supp rimer, v. a. to suppress, to omit. 

supreme, adj. supreme. 

sur, e, adj. sure, certain, safe, confi- 
dent ; pour — , for certain, sure- 

sur, prep. (301, 302, 304) on, upon, 
above, about, zvilh, by, concerning, 
on account of ; — ce, thereupon. 

sureau, s.m. elder, elder-tree. 

sureau d'Espagne, s.m. lilac bush. 

surement, adv. surely, certainly. 

surety, s.f. safety, security. 



surfaire, v.a.n. ir. (180) to ask too 
much for. 

surmonter, v. a. to surmotmt, to over- 
come. 

surnommer, v. a. to surname. 

surprendre, v.a. ir. (181) to surprise, 
to take by surprise, to catch, to 
overhear. 

surpris, e, adj. s-urprised, of sur- 
prise. 

surseoir, v.a.n. ir. (198) to suspend, 
to put off. 

surtout, adv. particularly, above all. 

surtout, s.m. overcoat. 

tsurveillance, s.f. superintendence, 
watch. 

survenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to come 
unexpectedly, to happen, to befall. 

survivre, v.a.n. ir. (181) to survive, 
to outlive. 

suspect, e, adj. suspicious, suspected. 

suspendre, v.a. to suspend, to hang 
ttp, to stop, to defer. 

svelte, adj. slender." 

syllabe, s.f. syllable. 

symphonie, s.f. symphony. 

syrop. V. sirop. 



ta, adj. poss. f. V. ton. 

tabac, s.m. tobacco. 

table, s.f. table, index ; — a. manger, 

dining-iable. 
tableau, s.m. (30) painting, picture, 

table. 
tache, s.f. spot, stain, blemish. 
tache, s.f. task, job. 
tacher, v.n. to endeavor, to try. 
ttailler, v.a. to cut, to carve, to make, 

to mend. 
ttailleur, s.m. tailor. 
taire, v.a. ir. (178) to say nothing 

of; faire — , to silence ; se — v.r. 

to hold one's tongue or peace, to be 

silent. 
talent, s.m. talent. 
tant, adv. so much, as much, so 



434 



VOCABULARY. 



many, as many ; — mieux, so 
much the better ; — pis, so much 
the worse ; — que, as far as ; si — 
est que, if it is true that. 

tante, s.f. aunt. 

tantot, adv. by and by, presently, 
nearly. 

taon, s.m. horse-fly. 

tapis, s.m. carpet, rug. 

tard, adv. late ; au plus — , at the 
latest. 

tarder, v.n. to delay, to be long; il 
me tarde de, / long to. 

tarte, s.f. tart. 

tas, s.m. heap, pile, lot. 

tasse, s.f. cup ; — a the, tea-cup. 

Tasse, (le), s.m. Tasso. 

taureau, s.m. bull. 

te, t', pers. pron. (114, 138) you, 
thee, to you, to thee, at you or thee, 
for you or thee, with you or thee, 
in you or thee, from you or thee, 
yourself, thyself, to yourself, to 
thyself. 

teindre, v. a. ir. (175) to dye, to color, 
to stain. 

tel, le, adj. (276) such, like, similar, 
so, many a, many a man, many, 
some, any ; un — , une — le, so 
and so. 

Tedemaque, s.m. Telemachtis. 

tellement, adv. so much so ; — que, 
so that. 

ttemoigner, v.a.n. to testify. 

temoin, s.m. witness, testij?iony. 

tempete, s.f. storm, tejnpesi. 

temps, s.m. ti7ne, weather ; de — a 
.autre, de — en — , from ti?7ie to 
time, nozo atid then ; faire beau or 
mauvais — , to be fine or bad 
■weather; quel — fait-il ? how is 
the weather? 

tendre, adj. tender, affecting. 

tendre, v.a.n. to stretch, to hold out, 
to lead, to tend, aim, intend. 

tendrement, adv. tenderly. 

tendresse, s.f. tenderness. 

tenebres, s.f. pi. darkness. 

tenir, v.a.n. ir. (187) to hold, to keep, 
to hold fast, to occupy, to possess, to 
take, to stick, to be anxious, to be 
desirous, to care ; (impers.) to de- 
pend; (mil.) to hold out ; je n'j 



tiens plus, / cannot stand it any 
longer, I don't care for it any 
more ; il ne tient qu'a vous de, it 
only depends on you to; se — , v.r. 
to keep, to stay, to remain, to be 
held ; se — debout, to stand up ; 
se — pour, to consider one's self; 
s'en — a, to rely on, to abide by ; 
s'en — la, to stop short. 

tenter, v. a. to attempt, to tempt. 

terme, s.m. bound, time, word. 

terminaison, s.f. termination, end- 
ing. 

terminer, v. a. to tenninate, to end, to 
close. 

terrain, s.m. ground, plot. 

terre, s.f. earth, ground, soil, land, 
estate, world; — sainte, Holy 
Land. 

terrestre, adj. terrestrial, earthly. 

terreur, s.f. terror, dread. 

terrible, adj. terrible, dreadful, 
wild. 

territoire, s.m. territory. 

tes, adj. poss. pi. V. ton. 

testa- teur, trice, s.m.f. testator, testa- 
trix. 

tete, s.f. head, top, brains, wits. 

the, s.m. tea, tea-party. 

theme, s.m. theme, exercise. 

thym, s.m. thyme. 

tien, ne; pron. poss. (241) le — , les 
— s, la — ne, les — nes, thine, thy 
jown ? ypicrs, your own. 

tierce, s.f. third. 

tiers, m., tierce, f. adj. third, pf a 
third person. 

tiers, s.m. third. 

tige, s.f. stem, stalk, trunk. 

tigre, s.m. tiger. 

tire-bottes, s.m. boot-jack. 

tire-bouchon, s.m. cork-screw. 

tirer, v.a.n. to draw, to shoot, to fire, 
to extract, to pull {off or out) ; se 
— , v.r. to get out (of ") ; s'en — , to 
acquit one's self. 

tissu, s.m. tissue, texhire. 

toi, pers. pron. (no) you, thee, /hou ; 
meme, yourself thyself. 

toile, s.f. cloth, linen, canvas, cur- 
tain. 

toit, s.m. roof. 

tomber, v.n. (135) tofalL 



VOCABULARY. 



435 



ton, poss. adj. (64) thy, thy own, 

your, your own. 
tonneau, s.m. cask, tub. 
tonner, v.n. to thunder. 
tonnerre, s.m. thunder. 
torride, adj. torrid. 
tort, s.m. wrong, fault ; avoir — , to 

be in the wrong ; faire — a, to 

7urong, to injure. 
tot, adv. soon, early ; — ou tard, 

sooner or later ; au plus — , as soon 

as possible. 
touchant, prep. (301) concerning, 

about. 
toucher, v.a.n. to touch, to feel, to 

play, to strike, to move, to border, to 

be near, to draw, to join. 
toujours, adv. always, ever. 
tour, s.f. tower, {chess) castle, rook. 
tour, s.m. turn, round, winding, 

revolution, trip, trick, feat ; faire 

le — de, to go round. 
tourment, s.m. tor??ient. 
tourmenter, v. a. to torjnent, to tease. 
tournebroche, s.m. turnspit. 
tourner, v.a.n. to turn, to turn round. 
tout, e, adj. (76) all, whole, every. 
tout, s.m. (279) all, whole, every- 
thing; du — , not at all; pas or 

point du — , not at all ; rien du — , 

nothing at all. 
tout, adv. wholly, entirely, quite, all, 

very, much, just, however, though ; 

— comme, just as or like; — a fait, 

adv. quite, altogether. 
toutefois, adv. however, nevertheless, 

yet, still. 
traduire, v. a. ir. (172) to translate. 
trahir, v. a. to betray. 
trainer, v.a.n. to drag, to trail, to 

carry about, to lag, to linger. 
traire, v. a. ir. (174) to milk. 
trait, s.m. shaft, arrows, draught, 

stroke, act, trait, feature. 
traitement, s.m. treatment, usage. 
traiter, v.a.n. to treat, to deal with, to 

negotiate. 
trai-tre, tresse, adj.. s.. treacherous, 

traitor. 
tranquille, adj. quiet, still, tranquil, 

calm ; sois or soyez — , keep your 

mind easy, don't be uneasy, never 

fear ; restez — , be or keep quiet ; 

laissez-mo.i — , leave me alpn?.. 



tranquillement, adv. quietly. 
transcrire, v. a. ir. (176) to transcribe, 

to copy. 
transgresser, v. a. to transgress. 
transiti-f, ve, adj. transitive. 
transmettre, v. a. ir, (180) to transmit, 

to convey. 
transport, s.m. transport, convey- 
ance, rapture. 
transporter, v. a. to transport, to en- 
rapture. 
ttravail, s.m. (31) labor, toil, pains, 

zvork. 
ttravailler, v.a.n. to work, to labor, to 

toil. 
travers, s.m. breadth, whim, caprice ; 

a — , across, through; au — de, 

through. 
traverser, v.a.n. to cross, to go or pass 

or run through. 
treize, adj. s.m. thirteen, thirteenth. 
treizieme, adj. s. thirteenth. 
trembler, v.n. (330) to tremble. 
tremper, v.a.n. to steep, to soak, to 

temper, to wet. 
trentaine, s.f. thirty. 
trente, adj. s.m. thirty, thirtieth. 
trentieme, adj. s.m. thirtieth. 
trepas, s.m. death, decease. 
tres, adv. very, very much, most. 
tresor, s.m. treasure. 
ttressaillir, v.n. ir. (185) to start, to 

thrill. 
tribun, s.m. tribune. 
triomphe, s.m. triumph. 
triompher, v.n. to triumph, to exult. 
triste, adj. sad, melancholy, dull, sor- 

rmvful, dismal, poor. 
tristement, adv. sadly, sorrowfully. 
tristesse, s.f. sadness, dullness, spr* 

row. 
Troie, s.f. Troy. 
trois, adj. s.m. three, 
troisieme, adj. s.m.f. third, third 

floor. 
troisiemement, adv. thirdly. 
trompe, s.f. horn, trumpet, (253) 

trunk. 
tromper, v. a. to deceive, to cheat, to 

disappoint ; se — , v.r. to make a 

mistake, to be mistaken. 
trompette, s.f. trumpet; ■ — s.m. 

trumpeter. 
trone, s.m. throne ; 



43^ 



VOCABULARY. 



trop, adv. too, loo much, too many ; 
— peu, too little, too few ; de — , 
too much, too many, over, in the 
way ; par — , too, too much ; je ne 
sais (pas) — , / hardly know. 

trou, s.m. hole, gap. 

troupe, s.f. troop, band, company, 
flock, herd, soldiers. 

troupeau, s.m. flock, herd. 

trouver, v. a. to find, to meet with, to 
think; se — , v.r. to find or meet 
each other, to be, find or feel one's 
self, to be found, to happen ; se — 
avec, to meet ; se — bien, to derive 
benefit ; se — mal, to fare ill, to 

tu, pers.pron. (114) thou, you. \_ faint. 

tuer, v.a. to kill, to slay, slaughter. • 

tumulte, s.m. tumult, riot. 

tur-c, que, adj. s. Turkish, r furk. 

Turquie (la), s.f Turkey. 

tuteur, s.m. guardian, trustee. 

tutrice, s.f. trustee. 

tyran, s.m. tyrant. 



U. 

ubiquite, s.f. ubiquity. 

un, e, s.m. adj. art. one, a, an; 1' — , 
the one, one ; V — l'autre, les — s, 
les autres (278) one another, each 
other; V — et l'autre, both; les — s 
et les autres, everybody, all ; V — 
ou l'autre, either ; ni 1' — ni l'autre, 
neither. 

uni, e, adj. even, united. 

unieme, ad], first. 

unir, v.a. to unite, to join. 

usage, s.m. usage, habit, practice, 
custom. 

user, v.n.a. to use, to make use, to 
consume, to wear out. 

ustensile, s.m. utensil, implement. 

utile, adj. useful. 



vache, s.f. cow. 
vaciller, v.n. to vacillate. 
vague, s.f. wave, surge. 



tvaillamment, adv. valiantly, bravely. 

tvaillant, e, adj. valiant. 

vain, e, adj. vain, fruitless, useless. 

vaincre, v.a. ir. (174) to conquer, to 
vanquish, to subdue. 

vaisseau, s.m. ship, vessel. 

valet, s.m. footman, valet, knave. 

valeur, s.f. value, worth; — s, pi. 
(com.) paper, bills ; de — , valu- 
able. 

vallee, s.f. valley. 

vallon, s.m. valley, vale. 

valoir, v.n.a. ir. (191) to be worth, to 
be good, to be or to be worth (as 
much as), to yield ; — mieux, to be 
better, to be worth more ; ne — rien, 
to be good for nothing. 

vanter, v.a. to praise, to boast. 

vapeur, s.f. vapor, steam, smoke. 

vase, s.m. vessel, vase. 

veau, s.m. calf, veal. 

tveille, s.f. zvaking, watch, day or 
night, before, eve. 

tveiller, v.n.a. to be or keep awake, to 
sit or stay up, to watch. 

velours, s.m. velvet. 

vendre, v.a. (105) to sell, to sell for. 

vendredi, s.m. Friday. 

vengeance, s.f. vengeance, revenge. 

venger, v.a. to revenge, to avenge, re- 
sent. 

venir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to come, to 
come in or on or along, to come and, 
to happen, to occur ; — a, to hap- 
pen to, should, were to; — de, 
(203) to have or be just (gone out\ 
etc. ; faire — , to send for. 

Venise, s.f. Venice. 

vent, s.m. wind ; en plein — , in the 
open air. 

ventre, s.m. stomach, belly. 

ver, s.m. worm; — a soie, silk- 
worm. 

verbe, s.m. verb. 

verger, s.m. orchard. 

verite, s.f. truth; a la — , indeed, it 
it is true. 

verre, s.m. glass ; — a vin, wine- 
glass. 

vers, prep. (299) towards, about. 

version, s.f. version, translation. 

vert, e, adj. green. 

vert, s.m. green, grass. 



VOCABULARY. 



437 



vertu, s.f. virtue, property. 
vertueu-x, se, adj. virtuous. 
Vesuve, s.m. Vesuvius. 

vetement, s.m. garment, clothes, 
dress. 

vetir, v.a. ir. (183) to clothe, to dress. 

veu-f, ve, s.m.f. adj. widower, widow, 
tuidowed. 

vexer, v.a. to vex, to annoy. 

viande, s.f. meat, food. 

vice, s.m. vice, defect. 

victoire, s.f. victory, Victoria. 

victorieu-x, se, adj. victorious. 

vider, v.a. to empty, to settle. 

vie, s.f. life, living ; en — , alive, 
living ; rendre la — dure a, to 
make miserable. 

tvieil, le, adj. s. V. Vieux. 

tvieillard, s.m. old man. 

tvieillesse, s.f. old age. 

tvieillir, v.n. (136) to grow old. 

Vienne, s.f. Vienna. 

tvieux, vieil, m., vieille, f, adj. old, 
aged. 

tvieux, vieille, s.m.f. something old, 
old man, old woman. 

vi-f, ve, adj. alive, live, quick, lively, 
sharp. 

tvigne, s.f. vine, vineyard. 

vigoureu-x, se, adj. vigorous, deter- 
mined. 

village, s.m. village. 

villageois, e, s.m.f. villager, country- 
man. 

ville, s.f. town, city. 

vin, s.m. wine. 

vinaigre, s.m. vinegar. 

vingt, adj. s.m. twenty. 

vingtaine, s.f. twenty, score. 

vingtieme, adj. twentieth. 

violette, s.f. violet. 

violon, s.m. violin. 

vis, s.f. screw. 

visage, s.m. face, countenance. 

vis-a-vis, adv. prep, opposite. 

viser, v.n. a. to aim {at), to sign. 

visible, adj. to be seen, visible. 

visiblement, adv. visibly. 

visir, s.m. vizier. 

visite, s.f. visit, call ; faire or rendre 
— , to pay a visit. 

Vistule, s.f. Vistula. 

vite, adj. quick, swift. 



vite, adv. quickly, directly ; au plus 
— , as qttickly or as fast as possible ; 
faire — , to be quick. 

vitement, adv. quickly. 

vitesse, s.f. speed, quickness. 

vivacite, s.f. vivacity, liveliness. 

vivant, e, adj. liviitg, alive. 

vivre, v.n. ir. (181) to live ; savoir — , 
to have {good) manners. 

vivre, s.m. food; — s, pi. provisions, 
victuals. 

voeu, s.m. vow, wish, prayer. 

voguer, v.n. to row, to sail, to go. 

voici, prep. (32) here is, here are, this 
is, these are ; le — , here he is; 
me — , here I am. 

voie, s.f. way, road. 

voila, prep. (32) behold, look! there! 
there or here is, there are, that is, 
those are ; le — , there he is; me 
— , here I am. 

voile, s.m. veil. 

voile, s.f. sail ; a la — , under sail ; 
faire — , to sail ; mettre a la — , to 
sail. 

voir, v.a.n. ir. (192) to see, to behold ; 
to look {at or on) ; faire — , to show ; 
voyons ! let us see ! co?ne ! 

voisin, e, adj. neighboring, near. 

voisin, e, s.m.f. neighbor. 

voisinage, s.m. neighborhood. 

voiture, s.f. vehicle, carriage, coach. 

voix, s.f. voice, vote ; a haute — , 
loudly. 

vol, s.m. stealing, theft ; au — , fly- 
ing, on the wing. \_rob. 

voler, v.n. to fly ; — , v.a. to steal, to 

voleu-r, se, s.m. f. thief, robber ; au 
— ! stop thief! 

volontiers, adv. willingly, gladly. 

vos, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64, 240) your, 
yotir ozun. 

votre, adj. poss. (64) your, your own. 

votre, pron. poss. (125) yours, youf 
own ; le — , la — , les — s, yours, 
your own. 

vouer, v.a. to vow, to devote. 

vouloir, v.a.n. ir. (191, 323) to will, 
to be : tiling, to desire, to like, to 
wish to vant ; en — a, to bear ill- 
will, to be angry with ; que voulez- 
vous ? -- : Mtdo you want? veuillez, 
please. 



438 



VOCABULARY. 



vous, pers. pron. (no, 114, 138, 256) 
you, ye, to or at you, for or with or 
in or from you ; — meme, your- 
self ; memes, yourselves. 

voyage, s.m. travelling, journey, voy- 
age ; de — , travelling. 

voyager, v.n. to travel. 

voyageu-r, se, adj. s. travelling, trav- 
eller, passenger. 

vrai, e, adj. true, real. 

vrai, vraiment, adv. truly, really, in- 
deed. 

vraisemblable, adj. likely, probable. 

vu, e, part, seen, considering. 

vue, s.f. sight, eye-sight, view, pros- 
pect ; a — d'oeil, visibly ; de — , 
by sight ; avoir la — basse, to be 
short-sighted j perdre de — , to lose 
sight of. 



Y. 

y, adv. there, here, at home, in; il 
— a, V. avoir ; — etre, V. etre. 

y, pers. pron. (120, 258) to him, him, 
to her, her, to it, it, to or on the 
subject, to them, them, in him, in 
her, in it, in them, about it, of it, 
for it. 

yeux, pi. of oeil (31). 



zele, s.m. zeal. 
zele, e, adj. zealous. 
zero, s.m. nought, cypher. 
zone, s.f. zone. 



ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 



OF THE WORDS THAT OCCUR IN THE THEMES. 



a, art. (28, 34, 45, 220, 222, 244,) 
un, m., une, f., le, m., la, f., les, 
pi., jtor. 

able, adj. capable (de), en etat (de) ; 
to be — to, pouvoir (ir. 190), 
avoir la force de. 

about, prep. (301), (round) autour 
de, (near to) aitpres de, (with, on 
one's person) sur, (concerning) 
sur, ate snjet de, concemant, 
tonchant, (nearly) environ, a peu 
pres, (on the point of) pres de. 

above, prep, au-dessiis de, pardessus, 
sur, (before, 298) avanl, (more 
than, 301) plus de, plus que ; — 
adv. en haul, (beyond) au-dela ; 
— all, surtout. 

absence, s. absence, f. 

absent, adj. absent. 

absolute, adj. absolu. 

absolve, v.a. absoudre (ir. 175)* 

abstain, v.n. s'abstenir (de) (ir. 187). 

abundance, s. abondance. 

abuse, v.a. (misuse) abuser de, (ill- 
treat) maltraiter, (revile) dire des 
injures. 

accept, v.a. accepter, agreer. 

accompany, v.a. accompagner. 

according to, prep, selon, conforme- 
ment a. 

accordingly, adv. done, e'est pour- 
quoi. 



account, s. compte, m., (narrative) 
re'eit, rapport, m. , on that — , pour 
cette raison ; to give an — , rendre 
compte. 

account, v.a. compter ; — , v.n. 
rendre compte (de). 

accurate, adj. exact. 

accuse, v.a. accuser. 

ache, s. mal, m., douleur, f. 

acknowledge, v.a. reconnaitre, (avow) 
avouer. 

acquaintance, s. con7iaissance, f. 

acquire, v.a. acquerir (ir. 187), un- 
justly acquired, mal acquis. 

acquirement, s. acquisition, f. 

acre, s. a7pent, m. demi-hectare , m. 

across, prep, a travers. 

act, v.n. agir. 

action, s. action, f. 

active, adj. actif. 

admirable, adj. admirable. 

admirably, adv. admirablemeni, J 
merveille. 

admiral, s. amiral, m. 

admire, v.a. admirer. 

admit, v.a. ad?7iettre (ir. 180). b 

adorn, v.a. orner, parer. 

advantage, s. avantage, m. 

adversary, s. adversaire, m. 

adversity, s. adversite, f. 

advise, v.a.n. conseiller (de or que). 

affable, adj. affable, gracieux. 

affair, s. affaire, f. 

afflict, v.a. affliger. 

afford, v.a. (to give) donner, accord- 



440 



VOCABULARY. 



er, (to have the means) avoir le 
moyen {de). 
afraid, adj. effraye ; to be — of, 
avoir peur de, craindre (ir. 175, 

329)- 
Africa, s. VAfrique, f. 
after, prep, apres, (when followed by 

a verb) apres que, (in imitation of) 

cTapres, (according to) selon, sui- 

vant, a, sur. 
after, adv. apres, ensuite. 
afternoon, s. apres-midi, m.f. 
afterwards, adv. apres, ensuite. 
again, adv. (once more) de nouveau, 

encore, encore une fois, (further) 

ensuite, de plus ; not — , (not any 

more) ne . . . phis ; never — , ne 

. . . plus jamais. 
against, prep, contre, (towards) 

vers. 
age, s. age, m. (old age) vieillesse, 

f . ; middle — s, moyen age; ten 

years of — (252) dix ans. 
aged, adj. age (252). 
ago, adv. (147) il y a. 
agree, v.n. s'accorder, (admit) con- 

Tjenir de (ir. 187), (promise, 353) 

^engager. 
agreeable, adj. agreable. 
agreed, adj. d 'accord, (things) con- 

venu. 
agriculture, s. agriculture, f. * 
aid, v.a. aider, assister. 
aim, v.a. viser ; — , v.n. tendre (d). 
air, s. air, m. ; in the — , a c'air. 
Alcibiades, s. Alcibiade, m. 
Alexander, s. Alexandre, m. 
Algiers, s. Alger, m. 
alike, adj. semblable, pareil. 
alive, adj. en vie, -vivant. 
all, adj. s. (76, 279) tout, tous, pi. m.; 

— that, (127, 280) tout ce qui, tout 

ce que. 
all, adv. tout, entierement ; not at — , 

pas du tout. 
allege, v.a. alleguer. 
alley, s. allee, f. 
allow, v.a. permettre {de), (ir. 180, 

327) laisser ; to — a person (. . .), 

permettre a quelqii'un {...). 
almost, adv. presque, (before a 

numeral) pres de. 
aloud, adv. a haute voix. 



Alps, s. Alpes, f. pi. 

already, adv. dejd. 

also, adv. aussi. 

although, conj. (163, 280, 281, 333) 

quoique, bien que. 
altogether, adv. entierement, tout a 
fait, (at the same time) {tout) a la 
fois (286). 
always, adv. toujours. 
ambassador, s.m. ambassadeur, m. 
ambitious, adj. ambitieux. 
America, s. PAmerique, i. 
amiable, adj. aimable. 
among, amongst, prep, parmi (298), 

chez (299), entre. 
amuse, v.a. amuser. 
amusement, s. amusement. 
an, art. V. a. 
ancestor, s. a'ieul, m. ; — s, ancetres, 

aieux, m. pi. 
ancient, adj. s. ancien, (old) vkux. 
and, conj. et. 
angel, s. ange, m. 
anger, s. colere, f. 
angry, adj. fdche ; to be — with, etre 

fdche contre, en vouloir a. 
animal, s. animal, m. 
animalcule, s. animalcule. 
annexed, adj. (246) ci-joint. 
annoy, v.a. ennuyer, tourmenter. 
annual, adj. annuel. 
anoint, v.a. oindre (ir. 175). 
another, adj. (276) tin autre, (after 
Pun) Pautre (279), (one more) 
encore un. 
answer, v.a.n. repondre (107) ; to — 

my purpose, remplir mon but. 
answer, s. reponse, f. 
any, adj. quelque, (every) tout, (any- 
one) quelqii'un, (after a doubt ex- 
pressed, or neg. 275) aucun, 
(some, 39) du, m., de la, f., des, 
pi. (after pas, point, or plus) de, 
(of it, of them) en; — more, 
encore, {neg.) plus. 
anybody. V. one (any — ). 
anything, s. quelque chose, m., (neg. 
57, 275) rien, m., (whatever) quoi 
que ce soil, nHmporte quoi. 
apology, s. apologie, f. ; to make an 

— for, faire des excuses de. 
appear, v.n. paraitre (a), apparaitrt 
{a) (ir. 178). 



VOCABULARY. 



441 



appearance, s. apparence, f., air 

(5 2 > 

appetite, s. appetit, m. 

applaud, v.a. applaudir. 

apple, s. pomme, f. 

application, s. application, f. 

apply, v.a. appliquer, (a)/ — , v.n.r. 
s' 'appliquer\d), s'adresser {a) 

approach, v.a.n. approcker, s'' ap- 
procker. 

approach, s. approcke, f. 

approve, v.a. approuver, recomman- 
der. 

April, s. avril, m. 

arch, s. arcke, f. 

arm, s. arme, f., {\imh)1bras ; with 
open — , a bras ouverts. 

army, s. armee, f. 

around, adv. atitour de, a Ventour. 

around, prep, antour de. 

arrest, v.a. arriter. 

arrive, v.n. arriver (a) (135), (reach) 
parvenir (a) (ir. 1 87). 

arrow, s. Jleche. 

art, s. art, m. 

artist, s. artiste, m. 

as, conj. adv. comme, (because) 
pane que, (since) puisque, (for) 
car, (such as) tel que, (equally, 
86) aussi, (after a comparative, 86) 
que, (as much as) autant que, 
(however, 280) tout . . . que, 
(when^ 308) que. 

ashes, s. pi. cendres, f. pi. 

ashamed, adj. honteux ; to be — , 
avoir honte. 

Asia, s. VAsie, f. 

ask, v.a. demander (376), prier {de) 
inviter (a), (a question) /aire. 

asleep, adj. endormi ; to be — , 
dormir (ir. 183); to fall — , s'en- 
dormir. 

assent, v.n. consentir (a). 

assiduity, s. assiduite, f. 

assist, v.a.n. assister. 

assistance, s. assistance, aide, f., 
secours, m. 

assure, v.a. assurer. 

astonish, v.a. etonner. 

at, prep. (45, 237, 296, 302) d, (in) 
en, dans, (of, from) de, (by) par, 
(on) sur ; — . . . 's, chez (299). 

Atlantic, adj. atlantique. 



Atlantic, s. Atlantique, m. 

attach, v.a. attacker, s" 1 attacker {a). 

attack, v.a. attaqi/er. 

attack, s. attaque, f. 

attain, v.a. atteindre (ir. 175), par- 
venir a (ir. 187). 

attempt, v.a. tenter, essay er {de), 
chercher {a), vouloir (ir. 191, 321). 

attend, v.a.n. /aire attention a, (be 
present at) assister a, (turn one's 
thoughts to) s'occuper {de). 

attention, s. attention, f. 

attentive, adj. attentif. 

attentively, adv. attentive?nent. 

attitude, s. attitude, f. 

attract, v.a. atiirer. 

attribute, v.a. attribuer. 

August, s. a out, m. 

aunt, s. tante, f. 

author, -ess, s. auteur, m. 

authority, s. autorite, f. 

avarice, s. avarice, f. 

avaricious, adj. avare. 

average, s. terme moyen. 

avoid, v.a. eviter, fuir (ir. 183). 

avow, v.a. avouer, declarer. 

await, v.a. attendre. 

awake, awaken, v.a. eveiller, s'e'veil- 
ler. 

aware, adj. informe {de) ; to become 
— of, s^apercevoirXde) (ir. 189). 



B. 



back, adv. en arriere, (returned) de 

retour, (again) encore. 
bad, adj. mauvais (compar. 86), 

(pers : wicked, naughty) mediant, 

(ache) fort, violent. 
badly, adv. mal (compar. 152). 
bake, v.a.n. cuire (ir. 172). 
baker, s. boulanger, m. 
ball, s. boule, f., (of thread) pelote, 

i., (of small arms) balle, f., (of 

cannon) boulet, m., (play) balle, f., 

(dancing) bal, m. 
banker, s. banquier, m. 
banquet, s. banquet. 
bare, adj. nu (246). 



442 



VOCABULARY. 



barefooted, barefoot, adj. adv. nu- 
pieds, pieds nus. 

bark, v.n. aboyer. 

barley, s. orge, f. 

barrenness, s. sterilite, f. 

barricade, v. a. barrer. 

basket, s. panier, m. 

bath, s. bain, m. 

battle, s. bataille, f. 

bayonet, s. baionnette, f. 

be, v.n. etre (54, 58), (make, 69) 
faire (ir. 180), (of feeling cold, hot, 
hungry thirsty, etc., 51) avoir, (of 
one's state of health, 142, 285) se 
porter, se tronver, aller (ir. 194), 
(of one's years of age, of dimen- 
sion, 252) avoir, (of weather, day- 
light, dark, etc., if the verb is imp. 
with 'it,' 147) faire (ir. 180), 
(imp. of time or distance, 146) y 
avoir ; it is, there is, there are, il 
ya; I am to (203) je dois ; it is 
you (in) Jest votes ; it is for you 
or your turn (352) Jest a vous ; it 
is with you as, il en est de vous 
comme de ; (in answers, 202; idi- 
oms, 381). 

beard, s. barbe, f. 

beat, v.a.n. battre, (107) f 'rapper. 

beautiful, adj. beau, bel, m., belle, f. 

(79). 

beauty, s. beaute, f. 

because, conj. parce que, que ; — 
of, a cause de. 

become, v.n. devenir (ir. 135, 187) 
[with a past participle, is often 
rendered by the reflective voice : 
as, to — accustomed, Jaccou- 
tumer; to — animated, s animer, 
etc.]. 

bed, s. lit, m. ; out of — , leve ; to 
go to — , alter se coucher, se 

coucher ; room, s. chambre a 

coucher. 

bee, s. abeille, f. 
beef, s. bceuf, m. 
beer, s. biere, f. 
befall, v.n. arriver (d). 

before, prep. (298) (of place) de- 
vant, (of time, order) avant. 

before, adv. (of place) devant, (of 
time, order) avant, auparavant. 

before, conj. avant q tie (333), avant 



de, que . . . ne, (310), (rather) 
plutot que. 

beg, v.a.n. mendier, (ask) demander, 
prier {de). 

beggar, s. mendiant, m.f. 

begin, v.a.n. commencer, (97, 351), 
(set to) se mettre (a) (ir. 180) ; to 
— again, recommencer. 

beginning, s. co7nmencement, m. 

behave one's self, v.n.r. se conduire 
(ir.172). 

behavior, s. conduite, f. 

behead, v. a. decapiter. 

behind, prep, derriere, (late) en re- 
tard de. 

behind, adv. derriere, (late) en re- 
tard. 

Belgium, s. la Belgiqtte, f. 

believe, v.a.n. croire (ir. 177, ^76). 

bell, s. cloche, f. 

belong, v.n. appartenir (ir. 187), 
etre (a). 

below, prep, sous, au-dessons de. 

below, adv. en bas. 

bend, v. a. courber, plier. 

beneficent, adj. bienfaisant. 

benefit, s. bienfait, m. 

Berlin, s. Berlin, m. 

beside, besides, prep, (at the side 
of) d col/ de, aupres de, (distinct 
from) otitre, en dehors de, (except) 
hors, excepte. 

beside, besides, adv. d'aillcurs ; — 
that, conj. otttre que. 

best, adj. s. meilteur, le meilleur, te 
mieux. 

best, adv. mieux, le ??iieux. 

betray, v. a. trahir. 

better, adj. meilleur, supe'rieur, adv. 
mieux, (more) plus; to be — , 
(preferable, of superior quality) 
valoir mieux ; to get the — , (of a 
person) prendi'e le dessus, mai- 
triser. 

between, prep, entre (298), de, a. 

beyond, prep, au-deld, de, (above) 
au-dessus de, (besides) outre. 

big, adj. gros, grand. 

bill, s. (of birds) bee, m., (account) 
note, f., compte, m. 

bind, v. a. Her, attacher, (books) 
relier. 

bird, s. oiseau, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



443 



birth, s. naissance, f. ; day, s. 

jotir de naissance, m. 
bite, v.a. tnordre. 
bitter, adj. amer. 
black, adj. noir. 
blame, v.a. bldtner. 
blend, v.a. (mix) meler. 
bless, v.a. benir. 
blind, adj. aveugle ; — man, s. aveu- 

gle, m. 
blood, s. sang, m. 
blow, s. coup, m. 
blue, adj. bleu. 
blush, v.n. rougir {de). 
boarding-house, s. pension, f. 
boast, s. vanterie, f. ; to make a — 

of, se vanter de. 
body, s. corps, m. 
boil, v.n. bouillir (ir. 187), v.a. faire 

boui/lir(h: 187). 
bold, adj. hardi. 
bone, s. os, m., (offish) arete, f. 
bonnet, s. chapeau. 
book, s. livre, m. 
bookseller, s. libraire, m. 
boot, s. botte, f., (low) bottine, f. ; — 

-maker, s. bottier, m. 
born, part. »/, (by birth) de nais- 
sance ; to be — , naitre (ir. 181), 
itre ne. 
both, adj. <&&.*:, les deux, Pun et 
V autre (278); — of us, nous deux. 
bottle, s. (233) bouteille, i. 
bow, s. (of the head) salut, (for 
shooting) arc, m., (of ribbon) 
nceud, m. 
box, s. boite, f., (for packing) caisse, 
{., (for money, precious things) 
cassette, f., coffre, m. 
boy, s. garfon, m. 
brandy, s. eau-de-vie, f. 
brave, adj. (83) brave, courageux, 

vaillant. 
brave, v.a. braver. 
bray, v.n. braire (ir. 197)* 
bread, s. pain, m. 

break, v.a. casser, (asunder) (with an 
effort, and fig. Silence, etc. ) rompre 
(107), destroy, briser. 
breakfast, s. dejeuner, m. 
breath, s. haleine, f. ; out of — , hors 

d'haleine. 
bridge, s. (230) ponl, m. 



bright, adj. brillant, clair. 

bring, v.a. (by carrying, and fig. 
news, etc.) apporter, (without car- 
rying) amener, (fig. lead) conduire 
(ir. 172), (induce) amener. 

broad, adj. (252) large, de largeur. 

brother, s. frere, m. ; — -in-law, 
beau -fr ere. 

Brussels, s. Bruxelles, f. 

build, v.a.n. bdtir (102), construire 
(ir. 172). 

bunch, s. (of flowers) bouquet, m. 

Burgundy, s. la Bourgogne, (wine) 
vin de Bourgogne. 

burn, v.a.n. briiler. 

business, s. affaire, f., occupation, f., 
affaires, f. pi., commerce, m., (call- 
ing) e'tat, metier, m. 

busy, adj. occupe, actif. 

but, conj. mais ; — that (310), qtie. 

but, adv. prep, (that, than) que, 
(only) seulemenl, ne . . . que, 
(160, 307); — for, sans. 

butter, s. beurre, m. 

butterfly, s. papillon, m. 

buy, v.a. acheter (a) (96). 

by, prep. (135, 302), par (364), de 
(252), a, en (359), (of measure) a, 
(after a comparative, and after 
'too') de, (in comparing several 
dimensions), sur. 



cabbage, s. chou, m. 

Caesar, s. Cesar, m. 

cage, s. cage, f. 

calculated, adj. propre (a). 

calf, s. veau, m. 

call, v.a.n. appeler (96), rappeler ; — 

on, upon, aller or venir voir. 
called, adj. dit. 
camel, s. chameau, m. 
can, v.n. pouvoir (ir. 196, 291), savoit 

(ir. 191, 291). 
candle, s. chandelle, f. 
cane, s. canne, f. 
cap, s. casquette, f. 
capable, adj. capable (de). 



444 



VOCABULARY. 



capacity, s. capacite, f., qualite, f. 

capital, s. (town) capitate, f. 

captain, f. capitaine, m. 

card. s. carte, f. ; playing — , carte a 
jouer. 

care, s. soin, m. ; to take — , (be- 
ware) prendre garde (291), se gar- 
der bien (be mindful, 52), avoir or 
prendre soin {de). 

careful, adj. soigneux. 

careless, adj. negligent. 

carnival, s. camaval, m. 

carpenter, s. charpentier, m. 

carriage, s. voiture, f. 

carry, v.a.n. porter, emporter ; — on, 
con tinner. 

Carthaginian, s. adj. Carthaginois, e, 
m.f. 

cast, v.a. (throw) jeter ; — down, 
(fig.) abattre. 

castle, s. chateau, m. 

cat, s. chat, m., chatte, f. 

catch, v.a. attraper, saisir. 

Cato, s. Caton, m. 

cattle, s. betail, m. bestiaux, pi. 

cause, s. raison, f., sujet, m. 

cause, v.a. causer, (before an infini- 
tive) /aire. 

cautious, adj. prudent. 

cavern, s. caverne, f. 

cease, v.a.n. (291) cesser. 

celebrated, adj. celebre. 

certain, adj. s. certain, m. 

certainly, adv. certainement. 

chain, s. chaine, f. 

chair, s. chaise, f. 

chalk, s. craie, f., (draw) crayon, m. 

chamber, s. chambre, f. ; — -maid, 
fenwie de chambre, f. . 

change, v.a.n. changer, changer de. 

change, s. changemejzt, m. 

chapter, s. chapitre, m. 

character, s. caractere, m. 

charge, v.a.n. charger, demander. 

charity, s. charite, f. 

chase, s. chasse, f. 

chastise, v.a. chdtier, punir. 

cheap, adj. a bon marc he'. 

cheese, s. frontage, m. 

cherry, s. cerise, f. 

chess, s. e'checs, m. pi. 

child, s. enfant, m.f. 

China, s. la Chine, f. 



choice, s. choix, m. 

choose, v.a. choisir (102); — , v.n 

vouloir (ir. 191). 
Christian, s. adj. chretien, m. 
church, s. e'glise, f. 
Cicero, s. Ciceron, m. 
cigar, s. cigare, m. 
city, s. ville, f. 
civilize, v.a. civiliser. 
claim, v.a. rec lamer, exiger. 
class, s. classe, f. 
clean, adj. propre. 
clean, v.a. nettoyer (97)- 
clear, adj. clair. 
clear, adv. clairement, clair. 
clever, adj. habile, adroit. 
clip, v.a. rogner. 
cloak, s. manteau, m. 
clock, s. horloge, m., (for apartments) 

pendicle, f., o'clock (73, 244, 296), 

heure, f. sing., heures, f. pi. 
close, v.a. clore (ir. def. 198), fermer 
cloth, s. drap, m. 
clothe, v.a. vetir (ir. 183). 
clothes, s. habits, m. pi. 
cloud, s. nuage, m. 
cluster, s. (of fruits) grappe y f. 
coach, s. voiture, f. 
coast, s. cote, f. 
coat, s. habit, m. 
cock, s. coq, m. 
coffee, s. cafe, m. 
cold, &&]. froid ; to be — , avoir froid 

(386) ; it is — , il fait froid (147). 
color, s. couleur, f. 
combatant, s. combattant, m. 
come, v.n. venir (ir. 135, 187), ap- 

procher ; — back, revenir (ir. 187); 

— down, descendre ; — in, entrer ; 

— in again, r entrer ; — near, s^ap- 
procher. 

comedy, s. cotne'die, f. 

comfort, v.a. consoler. 

comfort, s. bien-etre, m., agrement, 
m. 

comfortable, adj. confortable, com- 
mode. 

command, v.a. rommander (327), 
dominer. 

command, s. ordres, m. pi. 

commence. V. begin. 

commerce, s. commerce, m. 

commit, v.a. commettre (ir. 180). 



VOCABULARY. 



445 



communicate, v.a.n. communiquer. 

company, s. compagnie, f., sociele, f. 
compel, v.a. contraindre (ir. 175). 
complain, v.n. se plaindre (ir. 175). 
comply, v.n. se conformer (a). 
comrade, s. Camarade, m. 
conceal, v.a. cacher (' from ') a. 
conceive, v.a. concevoir (ir. 189). 
concert, s. concert, m. 
conclude, v.a.n. conclure (107)? (fin- 
ish) terminer, finir (100). 
condemn, v.a. condamner (a mori). 
condition, s. condition, f., (state) 

e'iat, m. ; in a — to, en etat de ; 

on — , a condition. 
conduct, v.a. conduire (ir. I7 2 )> 

mener (96). 
conduct, s. conduite, f. 
confess, v.a. confesser, avouer. 
confidence, s. confiance, f. 
conflagration, s. incendie, m. 
conformity, s. conformite ; in — with, 

conformement a. 
conquer, v.a. vaincre (ir. 1 74), (a 

country, and fig. to gain, to win) 

conquerir (ir. 188). 
conqueror, s. vainqueur, m. 
conquest, s. conquete, f. 
consent, v.n. consenlir (a). 
consequence, s. consequence, suite, f. 
consider, v.a.n. considerer, (think) 

reflechir. 
consist, v.n. (in) consister, {en, dans 

a), (of) se composer (de). 
console, v.a. consoler. 
constantly, adv. constamment. 
constrain, v.a. contraindre (ir. 1 75)- 
construct, v.a. constrinre (ir. 172). 
contain, v.a. contenir (ir. 187), ren- 

fermer. 
content, adj. content, satis/ait. 
content, v.a. contentir, satisfaire (ir. 

180). 
contented, adj. content (de), satis/ait 

(de). 
contest, v.a.n. contester (293). 
continually, adv. continuellement. 
continue, v.a. cotftinuer (351). 
contradict, v.a. contredire (ir. 173). 
contrary, adj. contraire (a). 
contrary, s. contraire, m. ; on the — , 

au contraire. 
conversation, s. conversation, f. 



converse, v.n. converser. 

convince, v.a. convaincre (ir. 174), to 

be convinced, se convaincre (336). 
cook, v.a. cuire (ir. 172), /aire cuire. 
cook, s. cuisinier, m., -iere, f. 
cool, adj. frais, m., fraiche, f. 
copy, v.a.n. copier. 
copy-book, s. cahier, m. 
corn, s. ble, m. ; market, s. halle 

au ble, f. 
correct, v.a. corriger. 
Corsica, s, la Corse, f. 
cost, v.n. a. coiiter. 
cost, s. prix, vol., (expense) frais, m. 

Pi- 
cotton, s. colon, m. 

count, s. comte, m. 

countess, s. comtesse, f. 

country, s. (in general) pays, m., 
(region) contree, f., (native land) 
patrie, f., (not a town) campagne, 
f. ; house, s. maison de cam- 
pagne, f. 

countryman, compatriote, m.f. 

courage, s. cotirage, m. 

courier, s. courrier, m. 

course, s. cours, m. (race-) course, f. 

court, s. cour, f. 

cousin, s. cousin, e, m.f. 

cover, v.a. couvrir (de) (ir. 185). 

cow, s. vac he, f. 

coward, s. poltron, m. 

cream, s. creme, f. 

create, v.a. cre'er, produire. 

creation, s. creation, f. 

creator, s. createur, m. 

credit, s. credit, m. 

creditor, s. creancier, m. 

crime, s. crime, m. 

criminal, adj. s. criminel. 

Croesus, s. Cre'sus, m. 

cross, v.a. traverser, (again) repasser. 

crown, s. couronne, f., (coin), ecu, m. 

cruel, adj. cruel. 

cruelty, s. cruaute, f. 

cry, v.a.n. crier (97), (weep) pleurer, 
(exclaim) s'' eerier. 

cucumber, s. concombre, m. 

cultivate, v.a. cultiver. 

cup, s. (253) lasse, f. 

curse, v.a. maudire (ir. 173). 

custom, s. coutume, habitude, f. 

cut, v.a. couper, (shape) tailler. 



446 



VOCABULARY. 



D. 



daily, adv. journellement, tons les 

jours. 
damp, adj. humide. 
dance, v.a.n. danser. 
dancing, s. danse, f. ; — -master, s. 

mo it re de danse. 
danger, s. danger, peril, m. 
dangerous, adj. dangereux. 
dare, v.n.a. oser (2$i). 
dark, adj. obscur, sombre ; it is — , il 

fait nuit. 
daughter, s. fille, f. 
day, s. jour, m., (whole day) jou r- 

ne'e ; the — after, le lendemain ; 

from — to — , de jour en jour, d*iin 

jour a V autre ; light, s.jour, m. 

dead, adj. mort. 

dead, s. morts, m. pi. 

deaf, adj. sourd. 

deal, a great — , beau coup, Men. 

dealer, s. marchand {de . . .), m. 

dear, adj. cher (83). 

death, s. mort, f. 

debt, s. dette, f. 

deceive, v. a. tromper, abuser, decevoir 

(ir. 189). t 
December, s. decern bre, m. 
decision, s. decision, f. 
declare, v. a. declarer, annoncer. 
deed, s. action, f. 
deep, adj. profond (83), (in depth) de 

profondeur (252). 
deer, s.f. (stag) cerf, dai?n,ra. 
defect, s. defaut, m. 
defend, v. a. defcndre (108). 
delay, v. a. retarder ; — , v.n. larder 

(353)- 

delicious, adj. dehcieux. 

delight, v.a. (ir. 178) enchanter, se 

plaire (a). 
delightful, adj. delicieux. 
demand, v.a. demandcr, (require) ex- 

iger (327). 
demi, adj. de?m, a demi., 
demolish, v.a. demolir. 
deny, v.a. nier (293, 329). 
depart, v.n. partir (ir. 183). 
departure, s. depart, m. 
.depend, v.n. (on, upon) dependre 

\de), (rely on) compter (sur). 



deprive, v.a. priver. 

deputy, s. depute. 

describe, v.a. decrire (ir. 176). 

desert, v.n.a. abandonner. 

deserve, v.a.n. meriter. 

desire, v.a. desirer, prier (de). 

desire, s. de'sir, m., envie. 

desirous, adj. desireux (de) ; to be — 

(51), avoir envie. 
desperately, adv. en desespere. 
despise, v.a. mepriser. 
dessert, s. dessert, m. 
destiny, s. destinee, f., destin, sort. 
destroy, v.a. (se) detruire (ir. 172). 
destruction, s. destruction. 
determine, v.a.n. determiner, resoudre 

(ir. 175)- 
devote, v.a. devouer. 
diamond, s. diamant, m. 
dictionary, s. dictionnaire, m. 
die, v.n. mourir (ir. 135, 186), to be 

dying with, mourir or se mourir 

de. 
diet, s. diete, (food) nourrilure, f. 
different, adj. different, divers. 
difficult, adj. difficile. 
difficulty, s. difficulty, f. 
diligent, adj. diligent, applique. 
dine, v.n. diner.. 
dining-room, s. salle a manger, f. 
dinner, s. di?ier, m. ; time, s. 

(heure die) diner, f. 
direct, v.a. adresser. 
direction, s. adresse, f. 
directly, adv. dircctement, tout de 

suite. 
disagree, v.n. differer, ( — in opin- 
ion with) rtetre pas de Vavis (de). 
disappear, v.n. disparaitre (ir. 1 78). 
disappointment, s. de'sappointement, 
disaster, s. desastre, m. {revers, m. 
discharge, v.a.n. (duties) remplir, 

s^acquitter (de). 
discontented, adj. meconlent. 
discourse, s. discours. 
discover, v. a. decouvrir (ir. 1 85), 
discretion, s. discretion, f. 
disease, s. maladie, f. 
disembark, v.a.n. debarquer. 
disgraceful, adj. honteux. 
dislocate, v.a. (se) dhnettre. 
I disobey, v.a. desobeir a (102Y, 
display, v.a. deploy er f 



VOCABULARY. 



447 



displease, v.a. deplaire d(\x. 1 7S). 

disposed, adj. dispose (a); well — , 
bien intentionne. 

dissatisfied, adj. micontent. 

dissatisfy, v.a. niicontenter. 

dissolve, v.a. dissoudre (ir. 175). 

distinguish, v.a.n. distinguer. 

distress, v.a. affliger. 

distribute, v.a. distri'buer. 

distrust, v.a. se difier, se mefier de. 

ditch, s. fosse, m. 

divert, v.a. distraire. 

divine, adj. divin. 

do, v.a. faire (ir. 180), (a service) 
rendre, (of the health, (381) se 
porter alter (ir. 194) ; — without, 
se passer (de) ; (auxiliary, 92, 201 ; 
done, 164; idioms, 381). 

dog, s. chien, m. 

dollar, s. dollar, m. 

dominion, s. ; — s, pi. e'tals, m. pi. 

door, s. porte, f. ; out of — s, dehors. 

doubt, v.n.a. douter (293, 329). 

doubtful, adj. douteux. 

down, adv. en bas. 

dozen, s. douzaine, f. 

draw, v.a. tirer, (attract) attirer, (in- 
duce) entrainer, (a picture) dessi- 
ner ; — after, ent?'ainer. 

drawer, s. tiroir, m. 

dream, s. songe, rive, m. 

dream, v.a.n. river, songer. 

dress, v.a. habiller, vitir, (adorn) 
parer ; — v.n, s ) habiller. 

dress, s. habit, m. (gown) robe, f. 

drink, v.a.n. boire (ir. 177). 

drive, v.a.n. (out) chasser, (go out) 
sortir en voiture. 

droop, v.n.a. pencher,, 

drop, s. goutte, f. 

drown, v.a. noyer. 

dry, adj. sec. 

duchess, s. diicliesse, f. 

duck, s. canard, m. 

due, adj. du. 

duke, s. due, m. 

duration, s. duree, f. 

during, prep, pendant. 

dust, s. poussiere, f. 

Dutch, adj. s. hollandais (m.), de 
Hollande. 

duty, devoir, m. 

dye, y.a. .teindre (ir. 175).. 



each, pron. (every) chaque, (every 
one, 275) chacun, e ; — other, 
Pun, f autre (279). 

ear, s. oreille, f., (of corn) epi, m. ; 
ache, s. mal d 'oreille, m. 

earlier, adv. (159) de 7neilleure heure. 

early, adv. de bonne heure. 

earth, s. terre, f. 

easily, adv. aisement, facilement. 

east, s. est, orient, m. 

easy, adj. facile, aise. 

eat, v.a.n. manger (97). 

educate, v.a. clever. 

education, s. education, f. 

effect, s. effet, m. 

effort, s. effort, m. 

egg, s. ceuf m. 

Egypt, s. P£gypte,L 

Egyptian, s. adj. Egyptien, m. 

eight, adj. hu it. 

eighteen, adj. dix-huit. 

eighth, adj. huitieme, huit. 

eighty, adj. quatre-vingts. 

either, pron. Pun on Pautre (278), 
(with a neg. ) ni Pun ni P autre. 

either, conj. soil, on, (negatively) ni 
(289) ; — . . . or on . . . ou. 

either, adv. non plus. 

elder, adj. ami. 

eldest, adj. V. elder, adj. 

elegant, adj. elegant. 

eleven, adj. onze. 

Eliza, s. Elise, f. 

Elizabeth, s. Elisabeth, f. 

Ellen, s. Hilene, f. 

elm (tree), s. orme^ m. 

eloquence, s. iloquence, i. 

else, adj. autre ; — adv. autrcment ■ 
elsewhere, adv. ailleurs. 

embark, v.n. s ' embarquer (pour), 

embarrass, v.a. embarrasser. 

embellish, v.a. embellir (102). 

Emily, s. £ mi lie, f. 

emperor, s. empereur, m. 

empire, s. empire, m. 

employ, v.a. etnployer (97) ; — one's 
self, s^occuper. 

employment, s. emploi, m., occupa- 
tion, f. 

empty, adj.. vide. 



44 8 



VOCABULARY. 



enclosed, adj. inclus, ci-joint (246). 

encourage, v. a. encourager. 

end, s. fin, f., (extremity) bout, m., 

(aim) but, m. 
end, v.a.n. finir (100), achever, 

cesser. 
endeavor, v.n. s" 1 efiforcer, tdcher (de) 

(552) J ,^ 

endow, v. a. douer {de). 
endowment, s. dotation, f. ; — s, 

(221) avantages, m. pi. 
endure, v.a.n. supporter, soufifrir. 
enemy, s. ennemi, e. 
engagement, s. engagement. 
engine, s. machine, f. {a vapeur). 
England, s. P Angleterre, i. 
English, adj. anglais, d' Angleterre. 
English, s. Anglais, m. 
enjoy, v. a. aimer a /aire ; — one's 

self, s'amuser, se rejouir. 
enjoyment, s. plaisir, m. 
enough, adv. (168, 231) assez. 
enrich, v. a. enrichir. 
enter, v. a. entrer (dans or a). 
enterprise, s. enterprise, f. 
entertain, v. a. amuser, (keep up) en- 

tretenir. 
entertainment, s. fete, f., amusement, 

m. 
entire, adj. entier, complet. 
entirely, adv. entierement, tout 

(280). 
entrance, s. entree, f. 
entreaty, s. priere, f. ; by much — 

(346) a force de prier. 
environs, s. environs, m. pi. 
envy, s. envie. f. 
equal, adj. egal, pareil 
equality, s. e'galite, f. 
equally, adv. egalement. 
error, s. erreur, faute, f. 
escape, v.a.n. e'chapper a (376), evi- 

ter, s' 'e'chapper, se sauver (105), fuir 

(ir. 183). 
esteem, v. a. estimer. 
eternally, adv. eternellement. 
Europe, s. PEtirope, f. 
even, adj. (equal) egal. 
even, adv. meme (279). 
evening, s. soir, m., (whole evening) 

soiree, f. ; in the — , le soir. 
event, s. evenement, m. 
ever, adv. (always, 57) toujours, (at 



any time) jamais ; — so, quelque 
. . . que, si . . . que (281). 
every, adj. chaque, tout (76), tons 
les ... / — body, tout le monde ; 

— day, tous les jours ; — one, 
chacun, e, (275) tout le monde, 

— other day, — two days, tous les 
deux jours. 

everything, s. tout, m. (279) ; — that, 
tout ce qui, tout ce que (280). 

everywhere, adv. partout. 

evident, adj. evident (331). 

evil, s. mal, m. 

exact, adj. exact, precis. 

examine, v. a. examiner. 

example, s. exemple, m. 

except, conj. a moins que (with the 
subj.), a moins de (with the inf.). 

except, excepting, prep, excepte, (adj. 
246) hors. 

exception, s. exception, f. 

excessive, adj. excessif. 

exclaim, v.n. s' eerier. 

execute, v. a. execuler, s 'acquitter. 

exercise, s. exercice, m., (translation 
from one's own language into an- 
other) the?7ie, m. 

exercise, v. a. exercer. 

exhaust, v. a. epuiser. 

exile, s. exil, m. 

exist, v.n. exister. 

expect, v.a.n. attendre v io8), s*at- 
lendre, (demand) vouloir (ir. 191), 
exiger (307). 

expel, v.a. chasser. 

expense, s. depetise, f. ; frais, m. pi., 
de'pens, m. pi. 

experience, s. experience, f. 

expose, v.a. exposer. 

extend, v.a. etendre ; — v.n. s-e'ten- 
dre. 

extensive, adj. etendu. 

eye, s. ceil, m., pi. yeux. 



fable, s. fable, f. 

face, s. face, {., (person visage^ 
({&m.)figU7'e. 



VOCABULARY. 



449 



face, v.a. affivnter. 

fact, s. fait, m. 

fail, v.n. faillir (ir. 197), manquer 

(352, 377); 
faint, v.n. s 'evanouir. 
faithful, adj. s. fidele. 
faithfully, adv. fidelement. 
fall, v.n. tomber, choir, e'choir (ir. 

189) ; — down, tomber par terre. 
fall, chute, f. 
false, adj. faux. 
falsehood, s. mensonge, m. 
fame, s. renommee, f., gloire, f. 
family, s. famille, f. 
famous, adj. fameux. 
fan, s. even tail, m. 
far, adv. loin, (greatly) bien ; as — 

as, aussi loin que, (till) j'usqu* a ; 

how — , jusqii'ou ; — from, de loin. 
far, adj. eloigne, lointain. 
fashion, s. fagon, mode, f. 
fast, adj. (swift) vite. 
fast, adv. (swiftly) vite. 
fat, adj. gras. 
fate, s. destin, sort, m. 
father, s. pere, m. ; in-law, beau- 

pere. 
fatigue, v.a. fatiguer. 
fault, s. faute, f., defaiit, m. 
favor, s. faveur, grace, f. 
favor, v.a. favoriser {de). 
fear, v.a.n. craindre (ir. 175, 293, 

326). 
fear, s. crainte, f., peur, f. ; for — of, 

de peur de, de crainte de (346). 
feather, s. plume, f. 
February, s. fevrier, m. 
feed, v.a. 7tourrir (102). 
feel, v.a.n. sentir (ir. 184). 
feeling, s. sentiment, m. 
feign, v.a.n. feindre (ir. 175). 
fell, v.a. couper. 
fellow, s. coiHpagnon ; — -citizen, s. 

conciioyen ; — -traveller, s. com- 

pagnon de voyage, m. 
fertile, adj. fertile. 
fertility, s. fertilite, f. 
festivity, s. fete, i, (321 N, joies, f. pi. 
fetters, s. fers, m. pi. 
fever, s. fievre, f. 
few, adj. peu (de), (small in number), 

petit nombre, (some) quelques ; a 
— , quelques ; but — (57)> ne . . . 

guere. 



fickle, adj. inconstant. 

fiction, s. fiction, f. 

field, s. champ, m. 

fifth, adj. cinquieme, cinq ; Charles- 

the-Fifth, Charles-Quint. 
fiftieth, adj. cinquantieme. 
fifty, adj. cinquante. 
fight, v.a.n. combatlre. 
fill, v.a.n. remplir (102), (' with,' de) 

emplir, rassasier, combler. 
find, v.a.n. trouver. 
fine, adj. (beautiful) beau. 
finger, s. doigt, m. 
finish, v.a. finir (100). 
fire, s. feu, m-. ; arms, s. amies d 

feu, f. pi. 
firm, zd). ferme, solide. 
first, adj. s. premier. 
first, adv. d^abord ; at — , d'abord. 
fish, s. poisson, m. 
fist, s. poing, m. 
fit, adj. propre, bon (d). 
five, adj. s. cinq. 
flag, s. drapeau, m. , (nav. ) pavilion^ 

m. 
flatter, v.a.fiatter. 
flatterer, s.fiatteur, m. 
flattery, s. flatter ie, f. 
flee, v.a.n. fuir (ir. 183), s^enfuir 

(ir. 183). 
flight, s.fmte, f. 
fling, v.n. s^elancer. 
flock, s. troupeau, m. 
florin, s. florin, m. 
flour, s. farine, f. 
flourish, v.n. flezirir (102). 
flower, s. fleur, f. ; pot. s. pot d 

fieur, m. 
fly, v.n. voler, s'envoler; — out, s'en- 

voler, sortir (309). 
fly, s. mouche, f. 
fog, s. brouillard, m. 
follow", v.a. sttivre (ir. 174)- 
folly, s. folic, sottise, betise, f. 
fool, s. sot, m., -te, f., imbecilie, m.f., 

fou, m. 
foolish, adj. sot, bete, ridicule, 

(thoughtless, 78) fou. 
foolishness. V. folly, 
foot, s. pied, m. 

for, prep, pour, (during) pendant, 
(since) depuis, (to) a (250), (be- 
cause of ) a cause de, (for the sake 
oi) par ; but — (300) sans. 



45° 



VOCABULARY. 



for, conj. car. 

forbid, v.a. defendre {de) (108, 327); 
God — ! a Dieu ne plaise. 

force, v.a. forcer {a). 

forced, adj. force. 

forehead, s. front, m. 

foreign, adj. etranger. 

foresee, v.a. prevoir (ir. 192). 

forest, s.foret, f. 

foretell, v.a.n. predire (ir. 173). 

forget, v.a. oicblier. 

forgive, v.a.n. pardonner. 

fork, s. fourchette, f. 

former, adj. premier; the — (119) 
celui-la, m., celle-la, f, ceux-la, m. 
pi. celles-ld, f. pi. 

formerly, adv. autrefois. 

forsake, v.a. abandonner. 

fortnight, s. quinze jours, m. pi., 
quinzaine, f. ; to-day — , d'au- 
jourd^hui en qtiinze. 

fortunate, adj. heureux, fortune'. 

fortune, s. fortune, f. 

forty, adj. quarante. 

forward, forwards, adv. en avant. 

found, v '.a. fonder. 

foundation, s. fondation, f. ; lay the 
— (346) preparer. 

four, adj. quatre. 

fourteen, adj. quatorze. 

fourteenth, adj. quatorzieme, qua- 
torze. 

fourth, adj. quatrieme, quatre. 

fox, s, renard, e. 

France, s. la France, f. 

Francis, s. Franfois, m. 

Frankfort, s. Francfort, m. 

frankly, adv. franc hem ent. 

Frederic, s. Frederic, m. 

free, adj. libre, exempt {de) ; — 
-way, s. passage, m. 

freedom, s. liberie, f. 

freely, adv. franc he??ient. 

freeze, v.a.n. geler (97). 

French, adj. / ran ca is, de France. 

Frenchman, s. Francois, m. 

frequent, v. a. frequenter. 

frequently, adv. frequemment, sou- 
vent. 

fresh, zft). frais. 

Friburg, s. Fribourg, m. 

Friday, s. vendredi, m. 

friend, s. ami, e. 



friendly, adj. atnical. 

friendship, s. amitie, •{. 

frighten, v.a. effrayer (97). 

from, prep. (236, 250, 303) de, (far 
from) loin de, (of time) depuis, 
(commencing on) a partir de, (out 
of) par, (at) a, (reason) a cause de 
(237), (on the part of, as coming 
from, of messages, etc. ) de la part 
de ; — under, de dessous. 

fruit, s. fruit, m. 

fruitful, adj. fertile, fecond. 

fulfil, v.a. remplir, (satisfy) satis- 
faire (ir. 180). 

full, adj. plein. 

funeral, s. fune'railles, f. pi. 

furnish, v.a. fournir. 

furniture, s. meubles, m. pi. 

future, s. avenir, m. ; in — , for the 
— , a Vavenir. 



gain, v.a.n. gagner, (a victory) 
remporter, (make, 319) faire (ir. 
180). 

game, s. jeu, m. (hunt) gibier, m. 

garden, s. jardin, m. 

gardener, s. jardinier, m. 

garment, s. vetement, m. 

gate, s. porte, f. 

gather, v.a. rassembler, recueillir (ir. 
184), (fruit) cueillir (ir. 184). 

general, s. general, m. 

generally, adv. generalement. 

generous, adj. genereux. 

generously, adv. genereusement. 

Geneva, s. Geneve, f. 

genius, s. genie, m. 

gentleman, s. (term of courtesy) 
monsieur, m., (man of rank) gen- 
tilhomme, gentlemen, pi. mes- 
sieurs, m. pi. 

gentleness, s. douceur. 

gently, adv. f. doucement. 

geography, s. ge'ographie, f. 

George, s. Georges, m. 

German, adj. allemand, d' Allemagne. 

German, s. Allemand, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



45 : 



Germany, s. V Allemagne, f. 

get, v.a. obtenir (ir. 187), amasscr 
(269) ; — v.n. (become) devenir 
(ir. 187), se faire (ir, 180); — in, 
entrer ; — over, passer, renoncer 
(a) ; — up (rise) se lever. 

gift, s. don, m. 

gigantic, adj. gigantesque. 

girl, s. file, f. 

give, v.a.n. donner (a) (89), (pleas- 
ure, pain, etc.) faire (ir. 180); 
— back, rendre {a); (idioms, 
382). 

glad, adj. aise (de), content. 

gladly, adv. avec plaisir. 

glass, s. vcrre, m. (233). 

glitter, v.n. brillcr, reluire (ir. 1 71). 

globe, s. globe, m. 

glory, s. gloire, f. 

glove, s. gant, m. 

go, v.n. aller (ir. 135, 194, 297), se 
rendre, (walk) marcher, (depart) 
partir (ir. 183), s'm aller, (take) 
prendre (ir. 180), (I am going, 
etc., 203) ; to — and see, aller 
voir; — away, s'en aller (ir. 194), 
partir (ir. 183) ; — back, retour- 
ner, s'en retoumer ; — for, aller 
chercher ; — in, entrer ; — far 
from, s' eloigner de ; — on, contai- 
ner ; — out, sortir (ir 184), (of 
fire, light) s^eteindre (ir. 175). 

God, s. Dieu, m. 

goddess, s. de'esse, f. 

gold, s. or, m. 

gold, adj. d'or. 

good, adj. bon (compar. 86), sage ; 
to be — for nothing, ne valoir rien. 

good, s. Men, m. ; — s, pi. (com.) 
marchandises, f. pi. 

goodness, s. bonte, f. 

goose, s. oie, i. 

Gospel, s. Evangile, m. 

govern, v.a.n. gonverner. 

governor, s. gouverneur, m. 

gown, s. robe, f. 

grammar, s. grammaire, f. 

granary, s. grenier, m. 

grand, adj. grand, grandiose ; — 
-child, s. petit-fils, m., petite-fille, 
f. ; — father, grand-pere, m. ; — 
mother, s. grand^viere, f . ; aunt, 



grand" 1 tante, f. ; — -son, s. petit- 
Jils, m. 

grant, v.a. accorder. 

grape, s. raisin, m. 

grass, s. herbe, verdure, f. 

grateful, adj. reconnaissant ('for,' 
de). 

gratitude, s. reconnaissance. 

graze, v.a.n. paitre (ir. 178). 

great, adj. grand (82). 

greatly, adv. bien, beaucoup, fort. 

greatness, s. gj'andeur, f. 

Greece, s. Grece, f. 

greedy, adj. avide {de). 

Greek, adj. grac. 

green, adj. vert. 

grief, s. chagrin, m. 

grind, v.a.n. inondre (ir. 174). 

ground, s. terre, f. ; on the — , par 
terre. 

grow, v.n. croitre (ir. 178); — old, 
vieillir. 

guide, v.a. guider, conduire. 

guilty, adj. coiipablc. 

gun. s. fusil, m. ; — -powder, s. 
poudre a canon, f. 



H 



habit, s. habitude, f. ; to be in the 
— of, avoir P habitude de. 

hair, s. cheveu, m. 

half, s. moitie, demie, f . ; — adj. 
demi (246). 

hand, s. main, f. 

handkerchief, s. mouchoir, m. 

handsome, adj. joli, beau. 

happen, v.n. arriver, se passer. 

happily, adv. heureusement. 

happiness, s. bonheur, m. 

happy, adj. heureax ; most — , en- 
chant e (311). 

hard, adj. dur. 

hardly, adv. V. scarcely. 

hardship, s. fatigue, f. 

hare, s. lievre, m. 

harvest, s, moisson, recolte. f. 

haste, s. hate, f. ; to make — , se 
depecher. 



45 2 



VOCABULARY. 



hasten, v.a* hater ; — v.n. se hater 
{de), se depecher, s'empresser {de). 

hat, s. chapeau, m. 

hate, v.a. hair (102). 

hatred, s. haine, f. 

have, v.a. avoir (48), posseder, I have 
just (203) je viens de; (in an- 
swers, 182, idioms, 380). 

hay, s. foin, m. 

he, pron. adj. il, m. (114), lui, m. 
(110, 255), celui, m. (119, 270). 

head, s. tete, f. ; ache, s. mal de 

tete, m. (230), mala la tete, m. 

heal, v.a.n. guerir, se guerir. 

health, s. sante, f. 

heap, v.a. entasser, amasser. 

hear, v.a.n. entendre (108), ouir 
(ir. def. 198), (listen to) ecouter ; 
to — from (a person), avoir des 
nouvelles de. 

heart, s. cceur, m. 

heat, s. chaleur. f. 

heaven, s. del, m., cieux, pi. 

heavy, adj. lourd, pesant. 

heighten, v.a. relever. 

helm, s. gouvernail, Union, m. 

help, v.a.n. aider, assister, (forbear) 
s^empecher {de). 

help, s. aide, f., secours, m. ; to cry 
for — , crier an secours. 

hen, s. poule, f. 

hence, adv. d'ici, dans (298). 

henceforth, henceforward, adv. di- 
sormais, dorenavant. 

Henry, s. Henri, m. 

her, pron. pers. (no, 114) elle, (obj. 
of a verb) la, (to her) lui, (posses- 
sive, 64) son, sa, ses, (demonstra- 
tive) celle. 

here, adv. ici ; — is, — are, void, 
voila. 

heretofore, adv. jusquVci, autrefois. 

herewith, adv. ci- joint. 

hers, pron. poss. (125) le sien, la 
sienne, les siens, les siennes, (pron. 
pers.) a elle, d'elle. 

herself, pron. (in) elle-meme, elle, 
soi-meme, (257), soi, (in a reflect, 
verb, 138) se; by — , settle. 

hesitate, v.n. hesiter. 

hide, v.a. cacher. 

high, adj. haut (252), eleve, grand. 



highway, s. grand chemin, route, f. 

hill, s. co lline, f. 

him, pron. pers. (no, 114) le, lui ; 

of — , en ; to — , lui, (demonstra- 
tive) celui. 
himself, pron. (in) lui-meme, lui, 

soi-meme (257), soi, (in a reflect. 

verb, 138) ' se. 
hinder, v.a. empecher {de) (294). 
his, pron. poss. (64, 125) le sien, la 

sienne, les siens, les siennes (pron. 

pers. ) a lui, de ltd. 
history, s. histoire, f. 
hit, v.a.n. f rapper, (a mark) attein- 

dre{\r. 175). 
hoard, v.a. amasser. 
hold, v.a. tenir (ir. 187). 
holiday, s. jour de fete, m.,fete, f. 
homage, s. hommage, m. 
home, s. chez soi, in., maison, f. ; at 

— , chez soi, (57) a la maison, 

(225) par soi-meme. 
Homer, s. Horn ere, m. 
honest, adj. (83) honnete. 
honey, s. miel, m. 
honor, v.a. honorer ('with,' de). 
honor, s. honneur, m., honneurs, 

pi. 
hope, s. esperance, f., espoir, m. 
hope, v.a.n. esperer j — for, espe'rer 

(97, 3 2 7). 
horse, s. cheval, m. 
hot, adj. chaud y it is — (147) il fait 

chaud. 
hour, s. heure, f. 
house, s. maison, f., in or at or to the 

— (dwelling) of (37, 299), chez; 

. . . my, his, your — , chez moi, 

chez lui, chez vous, etc. 
how, adv. comment, (exclam.) que 

(307), comme ; — much, — many, 

combien. 
however, adv. (yet) cependant, toute- 

fois, pourtant, (before an adj., 

281) quelque . . . que, si . . . que. 
human, humane, adj. humain. 
humiliate, v.a. humilier. 
humming-bird, s. oiseau-mouche, m. 
hundred, adj. cent. 
hunger, s. faim, f. 
hunger, v.n. avoir faim. 
hungry, adj. affame ; to be or feel — 

(51) avoir faim. 



VOCABULARY. 



453 



hunt, s. chasse, f. 

hunter, s. chasseur, m. 

hunting, s. chasse, f. (233). 

hurt, v.a. fa ire mal, (wrong) nuire a 
(ir. 172), fair tort a, gdter ; to — 
one's self, . . . sefaire mal. 

hurtful, adj. nuisible. 

husband, s. mari. 

hypocrisy, s. hypocrisie, f. 



I. 



I, pron.yV (29, 114), moi (no, 255)/ 
it is — , c'est moi ( 1 1 1 ). 

idea, s. idee, f. 

idle, adj. oisif (lazy) pa?'esseux. 

idleness, s. oisivete, paresse, f. 

if, conj. si (163, 316, 320, 322, 323). 

ignorance, s. ignorance, f. 

ignorant, adj. ignorant. 

ill, adj. (sick) nialade. 

ill, adv. mal ; — -treat, v.a. mal- 
traiter. 

illness, s. maladie, f. 

illustrious, adj. illustre. 

imaginary, adj. i??iaginaire. 

imagination, s. imagination. 

imagine, v.a.n. imaginer, se figu- 
re)'. 

imitate, v.a. imiter. 

immediately, adv. immediatement, 
tout de suite, tout a Vheure, sans 
de'lai (256). 

immortal, adj. immortel. 

impious, adj. impie. 

importune, v.a. importuner.' 

impose, v.a. imposer. 

impossible, adj. impossible. 

impregnable, adj. imprenable. 

improperly, adv. mal a propos. 

improve, v.a.n. ameliorer, faire des 
progres. 

in, prep. (304), dans (236, 297), en 
(45, 236, 297), a (45, 237, 250, 
296), chez, entre, (by) par, de (86, 

. 2 3°)- 

in, adv. adj. s. en dedans, y. 
inauspicious, adj. funeste. 
incapable, adj. incapable. 



inch, s. pouce, m. 

inclined, adj. enclin (a), porte (d) 

inclosed. V. enclosed. 

inconsistent, adj. inconsequent. 

incorrect, adj. incorrect. 

increase, v.a.n. accroitre, croitre (ir. 

178), s 'augmente?'. 
incredible, adj. incroyable. 
incur, v.a. encourir (ir. 184), s'at- 

tirer. 
indeed, adv. vraiment, en effet. 
induce, v.a. engager {a). 
industrious, adj. laborieux, dili- 

S enL 
industry, s. travail, m., activite, f. 
inexhaustible, adj. inepuisable. 
inform, v.a.n. informer. 
ingenious, adj. ingenieux. 
inhabit, v.a. habiter. 
inhabitant, s. habitant, e. 
inherent, adj. inherent {a). 
injure, v.a. nuire a (ir. 172). 
injury, s. injure, f., tort, m. 
injustice, s. injustice, {., tort, m. 
ink, s. e7icre. f. 
inkstand, s. e7icrier, m. 
innocence, s. innocence, f. 
inquire, v.a.n. sHnfomier {de), de- 

mander (376). 
insatiable, adj. insatiable. 
insect, s. insecte, m. 
insensible, adj. insensible. 
instead of, adv. au lieu de. 
instruct, v.a. instruire (ir. 1 72). 
instruction, s. instruction, f., en- 

seignement, m. 
instructive, adj. instructif 
instrument, s. instrument, m. 
intelligence, s. intelligence, f., (news) 

tiouvelle, f. 
intemperance, s. intemperance, f. 
intend, v.a. se proposer {de), avoir 

I ''intention {de), entendre. 
intention, s. intention, f. 
interest, v.a. interesser, sHnteres- 

ser. 
interest, s. ijite'ret, m. 
interrogate, v.a.n. interroger. 
interrupt, v.a. interrompre. 
into, prep, dans, en, a, entre ; — it, 

them (things), dedans, y. 
introduce, v.a. introduire (ir. 172). 
invent, v.a. inventer. 



454 



VOCABULARY. 



invention, s. invention, f. 

invite, v.a. inviter (a). 

Ireland, s. VIrlande, f. 

Irish, adj. irlandais, d'Irlande. 

iron, s./er, m. 

iron, v.a. repasser. 

island, s. He, f. 

it, pron. (nominative) il, m., elle, f., 
(obj. of a verb) le, m., la, f., (114, 
255, 260), (dative) lui, m. f., 
(imp.) il, ce, c> (73, in, 255), 
cela ; at — , by — , for — , from — , 
of — , en, y ; to — , y (114, 120, 
258). 

Italian, adj. italien. 

Italy, s. Vltalie, f. 

its, pron. poss. (64, 241) son, sa, ses, 
le sien. V. his. 

itself, pron. lui-meme, m., elle-meme, 
{., soi-mime, m. (257), lui, elle 
(258), soi (257), (in a reflect, verb, 
138) se. 

ivory, s. ivoire, m. 



jailer, s. geolier, m. 

James, s. Jacques, m. 

January, s. Janvier, m. 

jealous, a&). jaloux. 

jealousy, s. jalousie, f. 

jewel, s. bijou, m. 

John, s. Jean, m. 

join, v.a. joindre (ir. 1 75). 

journey, s. voyage, m. 

joy, s. joie, f. 

judge, v.a.n. juger (97). 

judge, s. juge, m. 

judgment, s. jugement, m. 

Julius, s. y#/<?J, m. 

July, s. juillet, m. 

June, s. juin, m. 

just, adj./z^rte. 

just, adv. juste; — as, tout comme, 
tel que (277) ; I have — , je viens 
de (203), je nefais que (204). 

justice, s. justice, f. 



K. 

keep, v.a. tenir (ir. 187), garder, (de- 
tain) retenir, (have in custody) 
conserver, garder, (observe) obser- 
ver, (save from danger) preserver ; 
— , v.n. se tenir, — (from) se gar- 
der (de). 

key, s. clef, f. 

kill, v.a. tuer. 

kind, s. genre, m., jw&, f. 

kind, adj. bon ; be so — as (191) 
veuillez (bien). 

kindly, adv. avec bonte, bien. 

kindness, s. bonte, f. 

king, s. roi, m. ; street, la rue 

royale. 

kingdom, s. royaume, m. 

kitchen, s. cuisine, f. 

knife, s. couteau, m. 

knock, v.a.n. f rapper ; — down, 
abattre (303). 

know, v.a. (to be acquainted with 
through the senses ; to have expe- 
rienced, viz., seen, heard, smelt, 
tasted or felt before) connaitre (ir. 
178), (to be aware or conscious of, 
to have learnt by the application of 
the mind, by heart, etc.) savoir (ir. 
191, 291), (recognize) reconnoitre 
(ir. 178). 

knowledge, s. savotr, m., science, 
connaissance, f., connaissances, f. 
pi. 



laborer, s. ouvrier, m. 

laborious, adj. laborieux. 

labyrinth, s. labyrinthe, m. 

laconic, adj. laconique. 

lady, s. dame, f., (title) lady ; young 

— , demoiselle. 
land, s. terre, f., (country) pays, m. 
landlord, s. proprietaire, (of hotels 

and inns) aubergiste, m. 
language, s. langage, m. 
large, adj. gros, grand* 



VOCABULARY. 



455 



last, adj. dernier (83) ; at — , enfin, 

a la fin. 
last, adv. dernier ement, (last time) 

la dernier e fois. 
late, adj. adv. tard, (of the dead, 

247) feu, (behind time) en retard. 
lately, adv. dernier ement, V autre 

jour (286). 
latter, adj. dernier; the — (119) 

celui-ci, celle-ti,ceux-ci, celles-ci. 
laugh, v.n. tire (ir. 107, 194) se 

moquer {de). 
launch, v. a. lancer. 
law, s. loi, f. 
lawyer, s. avocat, m. 
lay, v.a. mettre (ir. 180), placer. 
lazy, adj. paresseux. 
lead, s. plomb, m. 
lead, v.a.n. condtiire (ir. 172), mener 

(96), induire (a) (ir. 172). 
leaf, s. feuille, i. 
league, s. (distance) lieue, f. 
lean, v.n. (rest) s'appuyer. 
learn, v.a.n. appj-endre (ir. 181) 
learned, adj. savant. 
learning, s. science, f. 
least, adv. moins (153) ; at — (mini- 
mum) au moins, die moins. 
leave, s. permission, f., (of absence) 

conge. 
leave, v.a.n. quitter, laisser, (not to 

take away, not to go to) laisser, 

(depart) partir. 
left, adj. gauche; to the — , a 

gauche. 
leg, s. jambe, f. 
lend, v.a. preter. 

length, s. longueur, f. (252, 302). 
lest, adj. moindre, plus petit. 
less, adv. moins, (before a noun) 

moins de ; the — , moins. 
lesson, s. lecon, f. 
lest, conj. de peur que or de (335). 
let, v.a. (allow) laisser, permettre (ir. 

180), (cause to . . .) /aire (ir. 

180), (hire) louer ; — him come 

(310, 335) quHl vienne. 
letter, s. lettre, f. 
liable, adj, sttjet (a). 
liar, s. menteur, m. 
liberal, adj. liberal, envers. 
liberty, s. liberte, f. 
lie, v.n. (speak false) mentir (ir. 

184). 



lie, v.n. etre situe ; — down, se 

coucher. 
life, s. vie, f. 

lift (up) v.a. lever {g6),'e'lever. 
light, s. lumiere, f., (day) jour,'xa. j 

to be — , f aire jour. 
light, adj. le'ger. 
lighten, v.a. eclairer ; — v.n. /aire 

des eclairs. 
like, adj. pareil (a); to be or look 

— , ressemblef (a), avoir fair 

{de). 
like, adv. comme, tel que, 
like, v.a.n. aimer (a), (wish) vouloif 

(ir. 191); I should — to, je vou* 

drais. 
lily, s. lis, m. 
limit, v.a. limiter, borner, restreindre 

(ir. 175). 
line, s. ligne, f. 
linen, s. toile, f. 
lion, s. lion, m. 
lip, s. m. levre, f. 
listen, v.a. ecouter. 
literature, s. litterature, f. 
little, adj. petit (compar. 86). 
little, adv. pen (compar. 152), guhe, 

(before a noun) peu de, guere de ; 

but — (57) ne . . . guere. 
live, v.n. vivre (ir. 181), (reside) de- 

meurer. 
lively, adj. vif, anime. 
load, v.a. charger, (bestow) com- 

bier. 
lock, v.a.n. fermer (d clef). 
London, s. Londres, m. 
long, adj. long, de longueur (252, 

302) ; a — time, longtemps (adv.). 
long, adv. longtemps, (long since) 

depuis longtemps ; as — as, so — ■ 

as, tant que ; how — ? combien de 

temps? depuis quand? 
long, v.n. tarder ; I — to (353) // me 

tarde de. 
look, v.n. regard er, (look like, 52, 

247) avoir Pair, (seem) paraitre 

(ir. 178), sembler ; — on, upon, 

regarder ; — for, (seek) chercher. 
looking-glass, s. miroir, m., glace, 

lord, s. maitre, m., (title) seigneur, 

(God) Seigneur, m. 
lose, v.a.n. perdre (107) ('by,' a). 
loss, s. perte, f. 



45 6 



VOCABULARY. 



lot, s. sort, m. 

lottery, s. loterie, f. 

loud, adj. haut,fort. 

Louisa, s. Louise, f. 

love, v.a. aimer ; — dearly, cherir. 

love, s. amour, m. 

low, adj. das. 

luck, s. chance, f. ; good — , bonheur, 

m., bonne fortune, f. 
Lucretius, s. Lticrece, m. 
lustre, s. lustre, m. 
luxury, s. luxe, m. 
Lyons, s. Lyon, m. 



M. 



machine, s. machine, f. 

mad, adj. fou (79), insensi, (of hy- 
drophobia) enrage. 

madam, s. ma dame, f. 

magistrate, s. magistral. 

magnificent, adj. magnifique. 

mail, s. (post) malle, poste, f. 

maintain v.a.n. mamtenir (ir. 187), 
nourrir. 

make, v.a. /aire (ir. 180), (render) 
rendre ; to — one's self under- 
stood, se faire comprendre (idioms, 

381). i f 

man, s. homme, m., men, pi. hommes, 

(people) gens, m. pi. 
mankind, s. les hommes, m. pi. 
manner, s. maniere, fagon, f. ; — s, 

pi. mceurs, f. pi. 
many, adj. (42) beaucoup (de), bien 

(des) ; — a (276), tel ; a great — , 

very — , beaucoup (de), bien (des); 

as — , autant, (before a noun) 

autant de ; as — as, autant que, 

tant que ; how — ? combien(de)? 

too — , trop, (before a noun) trop 

de. 
map, s. carte. 
March, s. (month) mars, m., (mil.) 

marche, f. 
market, s. (233) marche, m., halle, f. 
marriage, s. mariage, m. 
married, adj. marie. 



marry, v.a. (give or unite) marier, 

(take to one's self) epouser ; — 

v.n. se marier. 
Mary, s. Marie, f. 
master, s. maitre, m. ; — -key, s. 

passe-partout, m. ; — -piece, s. 

chef-d'oeuvre, m. 
master, v.n. dompter, s^emparer {de). 
mathematics, s. mathe?natiques, f. pi. 
matter, s. matiere, f., affaire, chose, 

f. ; what -is the — ? qu'est-ce qu'il y 

a? what is the — with you (52) ? 

qu'est-ce que vous avez, qifest-ce 

qu'il a. 
maxim, s. ?naxime, f. 
may, v. auxil. pouvoir (ir. 190, 335); 

you — have seen, vous avez pu 

voir. 
May, s. (month) mai, m. 
me, pron. me, (114), w'(no). 
meadow, s. prairie, f. , pre, m. 
meal, s. repas, in., (flour) fa?'ine, f. 
mean, s. milieu, m, ; — s, pi. moyen, 

m., (pecuniary) moyens, m. pi., 

ressources, f. pi. ; by — s of, #« 

moyen de. 
measure, s. mesure, f. 
meat, s. viande, f. 
medal, s. ??iedaille, f. 
meddle, v.n. j<? ;«<?&r (afe). 
medicine, s. medecine, f. 
meet, v.a. (pers.) rencontrer. 
member, s. me?nbre, m. 
memory, s. memoire, f. 
mend, v.a. raccommoder, reparer, (a 

pen) tailler. 
mention, v.a. mentionner, parler de. 
merchant, s. negociant, (retailer) 

marchand (de . . .). 
merciful, adj. mise'ricordieux. 
merit, s. ?nerite, m. 
messenger, s. messager, m. 
metal, s. metal, m. 
middle, adj. du milieu. 
midst, s. milieu. 
mild, adj. doux. 

mile, s. mille, m. \_laiti£re, f. 

milk, s. lait, m. ; — -woman, s. 
milk, v.a. traire (ir. 174). 
miller, s. meunier, m. 
mind, s. esprit, m., (opinion) avis, 

m. ; to change one's — , changer 

d'avis. 



VOCABULARY. 



457 



mine, pron. poss. (125) le mien, la 
mienne, les miens, les miennes, 
mes, (pron. pers.) a moi, de moi ; 
this drawing is — , (belongs to me) 
ce dessin est a moi ; a friend of — , 
(65) un de mes amis. 

mine, s. mine, f. 

minute, s. minute, f. 

mirror, s. miroir, m. 

miser, s. avare, m. 

miserable, adj. miserable. 

misfortune, s. malheur, m. 

Miss, s. mademoiselle, f., demoiselle, 
f. 

miss, v.a.n. manquer (377). 

mistake, v.a.n. se tromper {de, sur). 

mistake, s. (taking one for another) 
meprise, f., (error) erreur, f., (fail- 
ing) yfrz/fe, f. 

mistress, s. maitresse, f. 

mistrust, v. a. se mefier, se defer de. 

mix (up), v.a. meler. 

mock, v.a.n. se moquer de, rire de 
(ir. 194). 

modern, adj. s. moderne. 

modest, adj. modeste. 

modesty, s. modestie, f. 

moment, s. mo7?ient, m. 

Monday, s. lundi, m. 

money, s. argent, m. 

monk, s. moine, m. 

month, s. mois, m. 

monument, s. monument, m. 

moon, s. Inne, f. ; light, s. clair 

de lune, m. 

moral, s. morale, f. 

more, adv. plus, davantage '(287), 
(before a noun) plus de, (again) 
encore du or de la or des ; no — , 
pas davantage, ne . . . plus (57, 
290) ; once — , encore tine foisj 
the — , plus. 

morning, s. matin, m., (whole morn- 
ing) matinee, f. ; good — , bonjour. 

mortal, adj. s. mortel. 

most, adj. le plus, (most part, 276) 
la plupart. 

most, adv. s. le plus (153), plus, 
(extremely, highly) tres, fort, 
bien. 

mother, s. mere, f. 

motive, s. ??wtif m. 

mountain, s. montagne, f. 



mouse, s. souris, f. 
mouth, s. bouche, f. 
move, v.a. (set going) mouvoir (ir. 

195), (shake) ebranler, (furniture) 

demenage?', (affect) emouvoir (ir. 

190). 
Mr., Monsieur, M., Mr. 
Mrs., Mada?ne, Mme. 
much, adv. s. beaucoup, bien, (before 

a noun) beaticoup de, bien du or de 

la or des, (very) tres, fort ; very 

— , beaucoup, bien (286); how — ? 

com bien ? 
multitude, s. multitude, f. 
murder, v.a. assassiner. 
murder, s, meurtre, m. 
murmur, v.a.n. murmtirer. 
music, s. musique, f. ; master, s. 

maitre de musique. 
must, v.n. imp. falloir (ir. 148, 190, 

330), devoir (ir. 189) ; we — (163) 

on doit ; ilfaut. 
mutable, adj. inconstant, variable. 
my, pron. poss. (68) mon, ma, mes. 
myself, pron. (in) moi-meme, moi, 

(in a reflect, verb, 138) me. 



N. 



name, s. nom, m. 

napkin, s. serviette, f. 

narrow, adj. etroit. 

nation, s. nation, f. 

native, adj. (of a place) natal. 

natural, adj. ?iaturel ; — philoso- 
pher, naturaliste, m. 

nature, s. nature, f. 

naughty, adj. mediant. 

near, adj. pres de, voisin, prochain. 

near, prep. adv. pres, pres de ; — it, 
them (things), aupres. 

nearly, adv. de pres, a peu pres, 
pi'esque, pres de. 

neat, adj. propre, soigne'. 

neatly, adv. proprement. 

necessary, adj. ne'cessaire ; to be — , 
falloir (ir. 147, 190). 

necessity, s. necessite, f. 



45^ 



VOCABULARY. 



need, v. a. avoir besoin de ; v.n. etre 

ne'cessaire {de), falloir (ir. 147, 

190). 
needful, adj. necessaire. 
neglect, v. a. negliger. 
neglectfulness, s. negligence, f. 
neighbor, s. voisin, e. 
neither, pron. (279) ni Vun (I'une, 

{,), ni V autre. 
neither, conj. (57, 289) ni, nonplus ; 

— ... nor (57) ni . . . ni. 
Nero, s. Neron, m. 
nest, s. nid, m. 
never, adv. jamais, (with a verb, 57) 

ne . . . jamais. 
nevertheless, adv. neanmoins, cepen- 

dant. 
new, adj. neuf, (different, additional, 

novel, of a later season) nouveau 

(79)- 
New Orleans, s. la Nouvelle-Orleans. 
news, s. nouvelle, f., nouvelles, f. pi. 
newspaper, s. journal, m. 
next, adj. (of place) voisin, (of place 

and order) suivant, (of time to 

come, coming) prochain. 
next, adv. apres, ensuite. 
nice, adj^. joli, gentil. 
niece, s. niece, f. 
night, s. nuit, f. ; last — , cette nuit, 

la nuit derniere, hier au soir ; to 

be — , /aire nuit. 
nine, adj. neuf. 
nineteen, adj. dix-neuf. 
ninety, adj. quatre-vingt-dix. 
ninth, adj. neuvieme, neuf. 
no, adv. non, pas ; O — ! q tie won 

(308). 
no, adj. (57, 76) aucun, nul, pas, 

point, pas un, ne . . . pas, ne . . . 

point de (159); — more, ne . . . 

plus (289). 
nobility, s. noblesse, f. 
nobody, s. (57, 130) personne, ne 

. . . personne, personne . . . ne. 
noise, s. bruit, m. 
noisily, adv. bruyamment. 
noisy, adj. bruyant. 
none, adj. pron. aucun, nul, pas un, 

aucun ne, pas un ne (275) ; I have 

— , je rten ai pas. 
noon, s. midi, m. 
nor, conj. ni, ni . . . ne, et . . . ne. 



Normandy, s. la Normandie, f. 

nose, s. nez, m. 

not, adv. (57, 58, 159, 289 ; without 

pas 291), ne . . . pas, ne . . . point, 

nan, pas. 
nothing, s. (57, 130) rien, ne . . . 

rien, rien . . . ne (adverb, in no 

way), nullement ; — but, ne . . . 

que. 
notice, v. a. remarquer, s'apercevoir 

de. 
notwithstanding, prep, malgre ; — 

adv. neanmoins. 
nourish, v. a. nour rir (102). 
novel, s. roman, m. 
November, s. nove?nbre, m. 
now, adv. maintenant, a present, 

done. 
nowise, adv. nulle??ient. 
nowhere, adv. nu lie part. 
number, s. (quantity) nombre, m., 

(sign of distinction) nut?ie'ro, m. 
nut, s. (walnut) noix, f. 
nymph, s. nymphe, f. 



O. 



o, int. oh, 6 ! 

obedient, adj. obeissant. 

obey, v.a. obeir (101). 

object, s. objet, m., but, m. 

obligation, s. obligation, f. 

oblige, v.a. obliger (a), (do a service) 

obliger (de). 
obliged, part. adj. (indebted, in duty 

bound) oblige (' to,' a, ' for,' de), 

(compelled) oblige" (' to,' de) ; to 

be — , falloir (ir. 148, 190). 
observation, s. observation, f. 
observe, v.a. observer, remarquer. 
obtain, v.a. obtenir (ir. 187), acque- 

rir, remporter. 
occasion, v.a. causer. 
occupation, s. occupation, f. emploi, 

m. 
occupy, v.a. occuper; to — one's self 

in or with, s^ occuper a (352). 
ocean, s. ocean, m. 
o'clock. V. clock. 



VOCABULARY. 



459 



October, s. octobre, rri. 

odious, adj. odieux. 

of, prep. (42, 235, 250, 342) de, 
(among) entre ; a brother — mine, 
un frere a moi. 

offence, s. offense, injure, f. 

offend, v.a. offenser, manquer (d). 

offer, v.a. offrir (d) (ir. 184), pro- 
poser (a). 

officer, s. ojficier, m. 

oft, often, oftentimes, adv. souvent ; 
as — as (244), toutes lesfois que. 

oh, int. oh ! 6 / 

oil, s. huile, f. 

old, adj. (68, 79, 252) vieux, vieil, 
age ; to be ten years — , avoir dix 
ans, etre age de dix ans ; how — 
are you ? quel age avez-vous ? 

omen, s. augure, m. 

omit, v.a. otnettre (ir. 180). 

on, prep. (304) sur, (at, to, about) 
d, (of, from, towards) de. 

on, adv. dessus. 

once, adv. tmefois; — more, encore 
line fois ; at — , tout de suite, tout 
a coup, tout dhm coup (286). 

one, adj. tin, une, un seul, une 
seule j not — (76) aucun, mil. 

one, pron. (man, people, they, 129) 
on, (somebody) quelquhin, m., 
(the — ) celui, m., celle, f. ; any — , 
quelqifun ; (neg. 275) personne ; 
some — , quelqii'un ; the — , V. 
that; — another. V. each other. 

one's, pron. son, m., sa, f., ses, pi. 

one's self, pron. soi-meme, soi, (in a 
reflect, verb, 138) se. 

only, adj. seul, unique. 

only, adv. seulement, ne ... que, 
(57, 160, 307), Hen que. 

open, v.a. ouvrir (ir. 185). 

open, adj. ouvert. 

opera, s. opera, m. 

opinion, s. opinion, f., avis, m. ; to 
be of — , etre d^avis. 

opportunity, s. occasion, f. 

opposed, adj. oppose ; to be — , s' op- 
poser. 

opposite, adj. prep. adv. oppose, vis- 
a-vis {de). 

or, conj. ou (265), (negat. ) ni ; — 
else, ou Men, autrement. V. also 
either. 



orator, s. orateur, m. 
orchard, s. verger, m. 
order, s. ordre, m., (rule) regie ; in 

— to, afin de (346), pour ; in — 
that, afin que, pour que. 

order, v.a. ordonner, commander, 

/aire (ir. 180). 
origin, s. origine, f. 
other, adj. (276) pron. autre; — s, 

— people, les autres, d'autres, au- 
trui. 

otherwise, adv. autrement. 

ought, v. def. devoir (ir. 189), fal- 

loir (ir. 148, 190). 
our, pron. poss. (64) notre, nos, pi. 
ours, pron. poss. (125) le notre, la 

notre, les notres, (pron. pers.) d 

nous, de nous. V. for examples, 

mine, his, hers, yours, 
ourself, pron. (m) nous-meme ; 

— ves, pi. nous-me?nes ; nous, (in 

a reflect, verb 138) nous. 
out, adv. dehors, hors ; — of (299) 

hors de, (of numbers) de, sur. 
outlive, v.a. survivre a (ir. 181). 
outside, adj. exterieur ; — adv. en 

dehors, dehors. 
over, prep. (305) (on, upon) sur, (a 

top of, more than) au -dessus de. 
over, adv. dessus, par-dessus, (ended 

action) passe, fini. 
overwhelm, v.a. accabler (de). 
owe, v.a. devoir (ir. 189). 
owing, adj. du (a), d cause (de), 

grace (a). 
own, adj. (241) propre ; one's — , 

son propre, son (sa, ses), (when not 

used before a noun) le sien, d soi, 

sien, etc., (coming from) de soi, 

(relations), les siens. 
ox, s. boeuf, m. 



P. 



pagan, s. adj. pa'ien, m. 

pain, s. douleur, {., ma I, m. ; to take 

— s, se donner de la peine ; to give 

— , /aire de la peine. 
painful, adj. douloureux. 



460 



VOCABULARY. 



paint, v.a.n. peindre (ir. 175). 

painter, s. peintre, m. 

painting, s. peinture, f. 

pair, s. paire, f. 

palace, s. palais, m. 

pale, adj. pale. 

paper, s. papier, m., (newspaper) 
journal, m. 

paradise, s. paradis, m. 

pardon, v.a.n. pardonner. 

pardon, s. pardon, m, ; I beg your 
— , je votes demande pardon. 

parent, s. pere, m., mere, f. ; — s, pi. 
parents, m. pi. 

park, s. pare, m. 

part, s. partie, f., (share) part, por- 
tion, f. 

particularly, adv. surtout. 

party, s. parti, m. 

pass, v.n.a. passer, (occur) se passer. 

passage, s. passage, m. 

passion, s. passion, f. 

passionate, adj. passionne, emporte. 

past, prep, au-dela, de, (of age) 
plus de, (of time) passe, apres ; 
half- — two (73) deux heures et 
demie. 

patience, s. patience, f. 

patient, s. malade, m.f. 

pay, v.a. payer (97), (visits, re- 
spects) rendre, faire (ir. 180). 

peace, s. paix, f. 

peach, s. peche, f. 

pear, s. poire, f. 

peasant, s» paysan, m., -ne, f. 

pedestal, s. piedestal, m. 

pen, s. plume, f. ; — -holder, s. 
porte-plume, m. ; — -knife, s. 
can if, m. 

pencil, s. crayon, m. 

people, s. (nation) peuple, m., na- 
tion, f., (individuals : anywhere) 
gens, m.f. pi., (207), (considered 
together, within certain limits) 
monde, m., (if a number is men- 
tioned, persons) personnes, f. pi., 
(inhabitants) habitants, m. pi., 
population, f., (common folks, 
lower class) peuple, m., (they, 
one, 129, 274) on; — say, on dit. 

perceive, v.a.n. (see, with the eye or 
mind) apercevoir (ir. 189), (find 
out, notice, by the mind only) 
s'apercevoir de. 



perform, v.a.n. faire, executer, s'ac- 
quitter de, (theat., tows,.} jouer. 

perhaps, adv. peut-etre. 

perish, v.n. perir, deperir. 

permit, v.a. permettre (ir. 180). 

pernicious, adj. pernicieux. 

persecute, v.a. persecuter. [Perse. 

Persian, s. adj. Persan, e. mod.; ana, 

persist, v.n. persister, s'obstiner. 

person, s. personne, f. ; — s, pi. gens, 
m.f. pi. 

persuade, v.a.. persuader. 

Peru, s. le Perou, m. 

perusal, s. lecture, f. 

Peter, s. Pierre, m. 

Philip, s. Philippe, m. 

philosopher, s. philosophe, m. ; natu- 
ral — , naturaliste, m. ; — 's stone, 
s. pierre philosophdle, f. 

physician, s. medecin, m. 

piano, s. piano, m. 

pickle, v.a. mariner, confire (ir. 
172). 

picture, s. tableaji, m. 

pie, s. (of meat) pate, m., (of fruit) 
tarte, f. 

piece, s. morceati, piece, f. 

pier, s. pile, f. 

pierce, v.a.n. percer. 

pin, s. epingle, f. 

pink, s. ceillet, m. 

pinnacle, s. pinacle, m., degre, m. 

pious, adj. pieux. 

pitiless, adj. impitoyable. 

pity, s. pitie; it is a — (33°) e'est 
dommage. 

pity, v.a.n. avoir pitie de, plaindre 

(ir. 175)- 

place, s. place, lieu. 

place, v.a. placer (97). 

plain, adj. uni, (simple) simple, 

( common ) ordinaire. 
plan, s. plan, projet, m. 
plank, s. planche, f. 
plant, s. plante, f. 
plate, s. (a dish) assiette, f. 
play, v.a.n. jouer (377), (idioms, 

3^3). 
play, s. jeu, m., (drama) piece, f., 

(theatre) spectacle, m., comedie, f. 
pleasant, adj. agreable. 
please, v.a.n. plaire a, faire plaisir 

a (ir. 178); if you — , sHl vous 

plait. 



VOCABULARY. 



461 



pleased, adj. content (de). 
pleasure, s. plaisir, m. 
Pliny, s. Pline, m. 
plum, s. prune, f. ' 
plunder, s. butin, m. 
pocket, s. poche, f. 
poem, s. poeme, m. 
poet, s. poete, m. 
poetry, s. poe'sie, f. 

point, s. point, m., (sharp end) 
point e, f. ; on the point — of, le 
point de. 
poison, s. poison, m. 
poison, v.a. etnpoisonner. 
polite, adj. poli. 
political, adj. politique. 
pond, s. etang, m. 
poor, adj. pauvre (83), (bad) man- 

vais. 
pope, s. pape, m. 
poplar, s. penplier, m. 
portal, s. portail, m. 
portion, s. portion, part, f. 
post-office, s. bureau de poste, m., 

poste, f. 
pot, s. pot, m. (233) 
potato, s. pomme de terre, f. 
pound, s. livre, f., (coin) livre 
sterling. 

poverty, s. pauvrete, f. 

powder, s. poudre, f. 

power, s. pouvoir, m. 

powerful, adj. puissant. 

practise, v.a.n. pratiquer. 

praise, v.a. louer (133). 

praise, s. louange, f., eloge, m. 

pray, v.a.n. prier (97). 

preach, v.a..n.prec/ier. 

precede, v.a. preceder. 

preceding, adj. precedent. 

precious, adj. precieux. 

precisely, adv. pre'cise'ment, au juste. 

prefer, v.a. preferer (97). 

prepare, v.a. preparer. 

presence, s. presence, f. 

present, adj. present ; to be — at, 
assistcr a. 

present, s. present, m., cadeau, m. ; 
at — , a present. 

present, v.a. presenter, (give) /aire 
present de. 

preserve, v.a. (from) preserver {de), 
(keep) consert'er, (in sugar, etc.) 
conjire, (ir. 172), (save) sauver. 



pretend, v.a.n. (feign) feindre (ir. 

175). 
pretty, adj. jolt, gentil. 
pretty, adv. (158) assez ; — much, 
— near, a peu pres, presque, assez. 
prevent, v.a. prevenir (ir. 187), (hin- 
der) empecher (de) (294). 
price, s. prix, m. 

pride, s. orgueil, m. 

prince, s. prince, m. 

princess, s. princesse, f. 

principle, s. principe, m. 

printer, s. imprimeur, m, 

prison, s. prison, f. 

prisoner, s. prisonnier, m. 

prize, s. (capture) prise, f., (reward) 
prix, m. 

probable, adj. probable (331). 

probity, s, probite, f. 

procure, v.a. procurer. 

prodigious, adj. prodigieux. 

produce, v. n. produire (ir. 1 72). 

product, s. produit, m. 

professor, s. professeur, m. 

profit, v.n. profiler ; to — by, pro- 
filer de. 

progress, s. progres, m. 

project, s. projet, m. 

promise, s. promesse, f. 

promise, v.a.n. pro?nettre (ir. 180). 

prompt, adj. prompt. 

proper, adj . propre, convenable. 

property, s. propriete, f., Mens, m. 

proposal, s. proposition, f. 

propose, v.a. proposer. 

prosperity, s. prospe'rite', f. 

protect, v.a. proteger. 

protector, s. protecteur, m. 

proud, ad), fer, orgueilleux. 

prove, v.a. prouver. 

provide, v.a.n. pourvoir (ir. 190). 

provided, conj. (333) pourvu que. 

providence, s. providence, f. 

prudence, s. prudence, f. 

Prussia, s. la Prusse, f. 

public, adj. public, m. 

punctual, adj. pone tu el, exact (a). 

punctuality, s. exactitude, f. 

punctually, adv. ponctuellement. 

punish, v.a. punir (102). 

pupil, s. (of the eye) pupille, pru- 
ne lie, {., (scholar) Sieve, m.f. 

purchase, v.a. acheter (' of,' a). 

pure, adj. pur. 



462 



VOCABULARY. 



purpose, s. but, m., dessein, m., 
usage, m. 

purse, s. bourse, f., porte-monnaie, m. 

pursue, v.a.n. poursuivre (ir. 174). 

pursuer, s. persecuteur, m. 

put, v.a.n. mettre (ir. 180), placer 
(97) J — °ff> (postpone) remettre 
(ir. 180), differer, renvoyer ; — 
on, mettre (ir. 180) ; — out, mettre 
dehors, (a fire, etc.) eteindre (ir. 

175). 
Pyrenees, s. pi. Pyrenees, m. pi. 



quantity, s. quantite, f. 
quarrel, s. querelle, dispute, f. 
quarter, s. quart, m. ; — of an hour 

(73) quart d" 1 he ure, m. 
queen, s. ra>^, f. 
question, s. question, f. 
question, v.a.n. questionner, douter 

^(329). 
quick, adj. vif, prompt. 
quick, adv. vite. 
quiet, adj. tranquille, calme. 
quire, s. main, f. 
quite, adv. tout a fait, tout (280). 



R. 



railroad, s. chemin defer, m. 
rain, v.n. imp. pleuvoir (ir. 190). 
rain, s. pluie, f. 
raise, v.a. lever (96), elever (321), 

enfler. 
rapidly, adv. rapidement. 
rare, adj. rare. . 
rather, adv. plutot (286). 
read, v.a.n. lire (ir. 1 77); — over 

again, retire (ir. 177). 
ready, adj. pret (a). 
real, adj. reel, vrai. 



really, adv. reellement, vraiment. 

reap, v.a.n. recolter. 

reason, s. raison, f. 

recall, v.a. rappeler (96), (to the 

mind, remember) se rappeler. 
receive, v.a. recevoir (ir. 189), ac- 

cueillir (ir. 184). 
recognize, v.a. reconnoitre (ir. 178). 
recollect, v.a. V. remember, 
recommend, v.a. recommander. 
recompense, s. recompense, f. 
red, adj. rouge. 
redouble, v.a.n. redoubler. 
reduce, v.a. reduire (ir. 172). 
reed, s. roseau, m., canne, 1. 
re-enter, v.a. renlrer (dans). 
re-establish, v.a. retablir. 
reflect, v.a. reflechir. 
reflection, s. reflexion, f. 
refuse, v.a.n. refuser. 
regard, s. e'gard, m., consideration, 

f. ; with — to a P e'gard de, quant a. 
region, s. region, f. 
regret, v.a. regretter. 
regret, s. regret, m. 
regular, adj. regulier. 
reign, v.n. regner, (prevail) dominer. 
reign, s. regne, m. 
rejoice, v.a. rejouir ; — v.n. se re- 

Jouir(de) (139). 
relate, v.a.n. raconter, rapporter. 
relieve, v.a. soulager, sccourir (ir. 

184), subvenir a (ir. 187). 
rely, v.n. compter (sur), se reposer 

(szir), s^appuyer, se fonder. 
remain, v.n. rester, demeurer. 
remedy, s. remede, m. 
remember, v.a. se rappeler (97), se 

souvenir de (ir. 187). 
remonstrance, s. remontrance, f. 
render, v.a. rendre. 
renew, v.a. renouveler (96). 
repair, v.a.n. reparer. 
repeat, v.a. repeter, (by heart) reci- 
ter. 
repent, v.a.n. se repentir de (ir. 184). 
reply, v.a.n. repondre. 
report, v.a. rapporter. 
report, s. bruit, m. nouvelle, f. 
repose, v.a.n. se reposer. 
represent, v.a. representer. 
reproach, v.a. reprocher, bldmer. 
reproach, s. reproche, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



463 



repugnance, s. repugnance, f. 
reputation, s. reputation, f. 
request, v. a. demander, prier. 
require, v.a. demander, (as a right) 

exiger (327), (want) avoir besoin 

de. 
resemble, v.a. ressembler a. 
resolve, v.a. resoudre (ir. 1 75)» se 

re'soudre (a). 
respect, v.a. respecter. 
respect, s. respect, m. ; with — to, 

quant a, sur. 
respectful, adj. respectueux {envers). 
rest, v.n. se reposer, (lean) s'appuyer. 
rest, s. repos, m. 
restless, adj. (anxious) inquiet. 
restrain, v.a. re'primer, restreindre 

(ir. 175), 
result, s. resultat, m. 
retain, v.a. retenir (ir. 187). 
retire, v.a.n. {se) retirer. 
return, v.n. (go back) retourner, 

(come back) revenir (ir. 187) ; 

— v.a. rendre, (send back) ren- 

voyer. 
return, s. retour, m. 
revenge, v.a. se venger de. 
reward, v.a. recompenser (' for,' de). 
reward, s. re'compe?ise, f. 
Rhine, s. Rhin, m. 
ribbon, s. ruban, m. 
rich, adj. riche. 
riches, s. richesses, f. pi. 
ride, v.n. a. (on a horse) monter {a 

cheval). 
ridiculous, adj. ridicule. 
right, adj. adv. droit, bon Men, 

juste ; to be — (pers.) avoir rai- 

son {de). 
right, s. droit, m., raison, f., titre, 

m. ; to the — , a droite ; to be in 

the — , avoir raison. 
ring, s. bague, f. 
ring, v.n. sonner. 
ripe, adj. mur. 
rise, v.n. (get up) se lever. 
risk, v.a. risquer, hasarder. 
rival, s. rival, e. 
river, s. riviere, f. 
road, s. route, f., chemin, m., voie, 

f., (of streets) chaussee, f. 
rob, v.a. voter, (deprive) priver {de). 
Roman, adj. s. romain. 



Rome, s. Rome, f. 

roof, s. toit, m. 

room, s. chambre, f. 

rose, s. rose, f. 

round, adj. rond. 

round, adv. V. around, adv. 

royal, adj. royal. 

rubbish, s. de'combres, debris, m. pi. 

rule, v.a.n. gouvemer, (over) regner. 

rule, s. regie, f. 

ruler, s. souverain ; regie, f. 

run, v.n. courir (ir. 184), (to) ac- 
courir, (319) achever ; — away, 
s'enfuir (ir. 183), — over, passer 
sur, (of fluids) deborder, (read cur- 
sorily) pa rcourir (ir. 184). 

Russia, s. Russie, f. 



sad, adj. triste. 

sadness, s. tristesse, f. 

safety, s. surete, f. 

St. Helena, s. Sainte-Helene, f. 

St. Petersburg, s. St. Petersbourg, f. 

sake, s ; for the — of, a cause de, 

par egard pour, pour avoir. 
sale, s. vente, f. 
salt, s. sel, m. 
same, adj. (279) meme, the same 

thing {la meme chose) ; all or just 

the — , tout de mane. 
satisfied, adj. satis/ait {de), content 

{de). 
satisfy, v.a.n. satisfaire (ir. 180), 

satisfaire a (377). 
Saturday, s. samedi, m. 
savage, adj. s. sauvage, m.f. 
save, v.a. sauvcr, (spare) epargner. 
save, prep, sauf, exceple. 
say, v.a. dire (ir. 172); it is said 

(274) . . . on dit ... 
scarce, adj. rare. 
scarcely, adv. a peine. 
scholar, s. ecolier, eleve, m. 
school, s. ecole, f. ; at — , d Vecole. 
science, s. science, f. [cain, m. 

Scipio Africanus, s. Scipion PAfri- 



464 



VOCABULARY. 



scissors, s. ciseaux, m. pi. 

scold, v.a.n. gronder. 

scripture, s. Ecrituresainte, f. 

sculpture, s. sculpture, f. 

Scythian, adj. s. scythe, des Scythes. 

sea, s. mer, f. 

season, s. saison, f. 

second, adj. second, deuxieme, (of 

the month) deux. 
secret, adj. s. secret, m. ; to keep a 

— (342), (se) taire (ir. 178). 
security, s. surete, f., garantie. 
see, v.a.n. voir (ir. 192), (under- 
stand) comprendre (ir. 181). 
seek, v.a-n. chercher, (ask) deman- 

der. 
seem, v.n. sembler, paraitre (ir. 178). 
seize, v.a.n. saisir (102), s'emparer. 
seldom, adv. ratement. 
self, pron. s. (ill, 257) soi-meme, 

soi, se. 
sell, v.a. vendre (105) ; — v.n. se 

vendre ; to be sold, a vendre. 
send, v.a.n. envoyer (ir. 194); — 

away, renvoyer ; — for, envoyer 

chercher, /aire venir. 
sense, s. sens, m. 
sensible, adj. sensible (a), (common 

sense) sense, (conscious) en pleine 

connaissance. 
sentiment, s. sentiment, m. 
September, s. septembre, m. 
seriously, adv. serieusement. 
servant, s. serviteur, domestiqite, m., 

servante, f. 
serve, v.a.n. servir (ir. 183). 
service, s. service, m. 
set, v.a. poser, placer (97),_ mettre 

(ir. 180) ; — off (start) fdire par- 

tir ; — out, v.n. (of the sun, etc.) 

se con c her ; — off or out, partir 

(ir. 183). 
seven, adj. sept. 
seventeen, adj. dix-sept. 
seventh, adj. septieme, sept. 
seventy, adj. soixante-dix. 
several, adj. plusieurs. 
sew, v.a.n. coudre (ir. 174)- 
shade, shadow, s. ombre, f. 
shall. V. p. 54, 90, 201. 
shame, s. honte, f. 
share, s. part, f. 
share, v.a.n. partager (97). 



she, pron. adj. elle (no, 1 14, 225), 

celle (119, 270). 
shed, v.a. verser, repandre (108). 
sheep, s. mouton, m., brebis, f. 
sheet, s. (of paper) feaille, f. 
shepherd, s. berger. 
shine, v.n. luire (ir. 171), briller. 
shining, brillant, beau. 
ship, s. (chiefly for war) vaisseau, 

(chiefly for trade) navire, (general 

term) bdtiment, m. 
shirt, s. chemise, f. 
shoe, s. Soulier, m. ; — maker, s. 

cordonnier, m. 
shoot, v.a. (fire arms) tirer, (go out 

shooting) chasser. 
shop, s. magasin, boutique (de . . .). 
short, adj. court, petit; to be — 

-sighted, avoir la vue basse. 
should. V. p. 54, 90, 201, 235. 
shoulder, s. epaule, f. 
show, v.a. viontrer. 
shun, v.a. eviter, fuir (ir. 183). 
shut, v.a.n. fermer ; — in, enfermer. 
shutter, s. volet. 
Sicily, s. la Sicile, f. 
sick, adj. malade. 
side, s. cote, m. 
siege, s. siege, m. 
sight, s. vue, f. 
sign, s. signe, m. 
sign, v.a. sigjier. 
signify, v.a.n. signifier. 
silence, s. silence, m. 
silent, adj. silencieux ; to be or keep 

— , se tai?-e (ir. 178) 
silk, s. sole, f. 
silk, adj. de sole. 
silly, adj. niais, sot. 
silver, s. argent, m. 
silver, adj. d 'argent. 
simple, adj. s. simple, m. 
sin, s. pe'che, m. 
since, conj. depuis que (292), que 

(308), (inasmuch as) pu isque. 
sincere, adj. sincere. 
sincerity, s. since'rite, f. 
sing, v.a.n. chanter. 
singer, s. chanteur, m. 
single, adj. seul. 
sink, v.n. (j - '^ enfoncer, (decline) de* 

choir (ir. 189). 
sir, s. monsieur, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



465 



sister, s. soeicr, f. ; — -in-law, belle- 
sceur. 

sit, v.n. (seat one's self*) s'asseoir (ir. 
192) ; down, s'asseoir ; (to dinner, 
to table) se mettre (ir. 180) a ta- 
ble. 

situated, adj. situe. 

situation, s. situation, place, f. 

six, adj. s. six. 

sixteen, adj. seize. 

sixteenth, adj. seizieme, seize. 

sixth, adj. sixieme, six. 

sixty, adj. s. soixante. 

size, s. grandeur, f. 

skate, s. pa I in, m. 

skate, v.n. patiner. 

skilful, adj. habile, adroit. 

skin, s. peau, f. 

sky, s. ciel, m. ; skies, pi. (clouds) 
nues, f. pi. 

slander, v. a. medire de (ir. 172). 

slate, s. ardoise, f. 

slave, s. esc lave, m.f. 

slavery, s. esclavage, m. 

sleep, v.n. dormir (ir. 183). 

sleep, s. sommeil, m. 

sleepy, adj. ; to be — , avoir so?nmeil. 

slow, adj. lent. 

slumber, v.n. so?nmeiller. 

small, adj. petit. 

smell, v.a.n. sentir ; — sweet (285) 
sentirbon. 

smile, v.n. sourire (ir. 107, 194), 
('at,' pers., a; things, de). 

smoke, s. fumee, f. 

smoke, v.n. a. /timer. 

snow, s. neige, f. 

snow, v.n. neiger (146). 

snuffers, s. ?nouckettes, f. pi. 

so, adv. ainsi, (therefore) done, (to 
such a degree) si, tellement, tant, 
aussi, (used after an adj. or a verb) 
le, en, que oui, (provided that) 
pourvu que ; — that, — as to, de 
sorte que, de manure que. 

soap, s. savon, m. 

society, s. socie'te, f. 

Socrates, s. Socrate, m. 

soft, adj. (yielding, not hard in sub- 
stance) mou, mol, (not rough, and 
fig. not hard or harsh or strong) 
doux, delicat. 

softly, adv. (gently) doucement. 



soil, v.a. salir (102), souiller. 

soldier, s. soldat, m. 

solid, adj. solide, (not hollow) massif. 

some, adj. art. adv. (some or other, 
a small amount of, . a short . . ., a 
few) quelque, quelques, pi., (an 
indefinite quantity or number, 39) 
du, m., de la, f., des, pi., (of it, of 
them, 120) en, (about) environ, a 
peu pres ; pron. quelques-uns. 

somebody, s. pron. (129) quelqiCun, 
on. 

something, s. pron. quelque chose, 
m. ; — else, autre chose, m. 

sometimes, adv. quelquefois, (when 
repeated) tantot. 

somewhere, adv. quelque part. 

sen, s. fits, m. 

soon, adv. bientot, tot, (early) de 
bonne heure, tot ; as — as, aussi- 
tot que, des que (320). 

sooner, adv. plus tot (286). 

sore, adj. (tender) douloureux, sensi- 
ble ; to have — eyes, throat (52) 
avoir mal aux yeux, a la gorge. 

sorrow, s. chagrin, m., douleur. 

sorry, adj. fdche (' for,' ' to,' de), af- 



sort, s. sorte, espece, f. 

soul, s. dme, f. 

source, s. source, f. 

south, s. sud, midi, m. 

sow, v.a.n. semer (96). 

spacious, adj. grand, vaste. 

Spain, s. V Espag7ie, f. 

Spanish, adj. espagnol, d'Espagne. 

sparrow, s. moineau, m. 

speak, v.n.a. parler, dire (ir. 172). 

speaker, s. orateur, m. 

spectacles, s. lunettes, f. pi. 

spell v.a.n. epeler, (write) ecrire, (is 
spelt) s'e'erit (ir. 175). 

spend, v.a.n. depenser, (time) passer. 

spirit, s. esprit, m. 

spite, s. depit, m., malice, f . ; in — 
of, en depit de, malgre. 

splendid, adj. spletidide, magnijique. 

spoil, v.a. corrompre (107), gdter, 
abimer, de truire (ir. 172). 

spoon, s. cuiller, f., (for salt or ice) 
pelle, f. 

spread, v.a. etendre, (scatter, pub- 
lish) repandre (107), 



466 



VOCABULARY. 



spring, v.a.n. (leap) sauter. 

spring, s. (season) prin temps, m., 

(elastic -body) ressort, m. ; in the 

— , au prin temps. 
stair, s. — s, pi. escalier, m. ; down 

— s, en bas ; up — s, en haut. 
stand, v.n. se tenir (debout) (ir. 187), 

(be placed) etre place, etre situe ; 

v.a. (bear) supporter. 
standard, s. drapeau, m. 
star, s. etoile, f. 

start, v.n. (set out) pa rtir (ir. 183). 
starve, v.n. mourir de faim, (with 

cold) mourir de froid. 
state, s. e'tat, m., condition, f. 
stay, v.n. rester, demeurer. 
steal, v.a.n. voter. 

steam, s. vapeur, f. \_peur, m. 

steamer, steamship, s. bateau a va- 
steel, s. acier, m. 
step, s. pas, m. 
stick, s. baton, m., canne, f. 
still, adj. cahne, tranquille. 
still, adv. encore, (nevertheless) ce- 

pendant, ne'an??ioins. 
stocking, s. bas, m. 
stone, s. pierre, f. 

stop, v.a. arreter ; — v.n. s^arreter. 
store, s. provision, f., (warehouse, 

shop) magasin, m. 
storm, s. orage, m., tempete; f. 
story, s. histoire, f., conte, m. 
strange, adj. etrange. 
stranger, s. etranger, m. 
street, s. rue, f. 
strength, s. force, f. 
strict, adj. strict, exact. 
strike, v.a.n. frapper, (of clocks, 

etc. ) sonner. 
string, s. (twine) ficelle, f., (of shoes, 

etc.) cordon, m., (of mus. instrs.) 

corde, f. 
strong, adj. fort. 

studious, adj. studieux, attentif (a). 
study, s. etude, f. 
study, v.a.n. etudier. 
stuff, s. (cloth) etoffe, f. 
style, s. style, goiit, m. 
subject, s. sujet, m. 
sublime, adj. sublime. 
submission, s. soumission, f. [180). 
submit, v.a.n. (se) soumetlre a (ir. 



succeed, v.a.n. (follow) succe'der (a), 

suivre, (be successful) re'ussir, 

pamenir (ir. 135, 187). 
success, s. succes, m. 
successively, adv. successivement, de 

suite (286). 
such, adj. tel (276), pareil, (these, 

those) ces ; (adverb.: thus) tel, 

ainsi, (so) si; — a one, un tel, 

m., tine telle, f. ; — a man, ten tel 

hotnme ; — as, tel que. 
suddenly, adv. subitement, tout a. 

coup (286). 
suffer, v.a.n. souffrir (ir. 185), endu- 

rer, (undergo) subir. 
suffice, v.n. suffire (a) (ir. 171, 343). 
sufficient, adj. suffisant, (adverb) as- 

sez ; to be — , suffire (a) (ir. 171, 

33Q> 343)- 
sufficiently, adv. suffisamment, as- 

sez. 
sugar, s. sucre, m. 
suit, v.a. convenir a (ir. 187). 
sum, s. somme, f. 
summer, s. ete, m. 
sun, s. soleil, m. 
Sunday, s. dimanche, m. 
sup, v.n. souper (' on,' de, avec). 
superstition, s. superstition, f. 
supplicate, v.a.n. supplier. 
support, v.a. supporter, (help) ap- 

puyer, soutenir (ir. 187). 
suppose, v.a. supposer, (fancy) j-'z'w- 

aginer. 
supposed, part, suppose '(246). 
sure, adj. sur. 
sure, surely, adv. surement, vrai- 

ment. 
surprise, s. surprise, f. 
surprising adj. snpre?tant. 
surrender, v.a.n. (se) rcndi'e, livrer. 
surround, v.a. entourer. 
survive, v.a.n. s:trvivre, (a) (ir. 181) 
suspect, v.a.n. soupgonner. 
suspend, v.a. suspendre. 
sustain, v.a. soutenir (ir. 187). 
Sweden, s. la Suede, f. 
sweet, adj. doux. 

swim, v.a.n. nager, (float) fiotter. 
Switzerland, s. la Suisse, f. 
sword, s. e'pe'e, f. 
symbol, s. symbole, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



467 



table, s. table, f. 

tailor, s. tailleur, m. 

take, v.a. prendre (ir. 180), (bring 
with one's self, and without carry- 
ing) conduire (ir. 172), metier 
(96), (by carrying) porter, (off, 
away) emmener (96), emporter, en- 
lever (96), oter, (a prize) rempor- 
ter, (hire) loner ; — up, prendre 
(ir. 180), (pick up) ramasser; — 
from, depouiller {jusqiCd) ; — 
charge of, se charger de ;' — part 
in, se meler ; — off, oter. 

talent, s. talent, m. 

talk, v.n. parler, causer ('about,' 
'over,' de). 

talk, s. conversation, f. 

tart, s. tonrte, tarte, f. 

task, s. tdche, (of schools) devoir, m. 

taste, v.a.n. gouter. 

taste, s. gout, m. 

tasteful, adj. de bon goiit. 

tea, s. the, m. ; cup, s. tasse a 

the, f. 

teach, v.a. enseigner, apprendre (a) 
(ir. 181 >. 

teacher, s. maitre, m., -sse, f., profes- 
seitr, m. 

tear, s. larme, f. ; — s, pi. larmes, f. 
pi., pleurs, m. pi. ; to burst into 
— , fondre en larmes. 

tear, v.a. dec hirer. 

tedious, adj. ennuyeux. 

Telemachus, s. Telemaque, m. 

tell, v.a.n. dire {a) (ir. 172), (relate) 
raconter, (inform) apprendre (ir. 
181), informer {de) ; I cannot — , 
je ne sais pas, je ne saurais votes 
dire. 

temper, s. caractere, m. ; out of — , 
de mauvaise humeicr ; to lose o.'s 
— , to get out of — , s'' emporter, se 
fdcher. 

temperate adj. sobre, mod ere. 

ten, adj. s. dix, m. 

tend, v.a.n. garder, avoir soin de; — 
v.n. tendre (a). 

tender, adj. tendre (83). 

tenth, adj. dixieme, dix. 

term, s. terme, m., condition, {., 
(charge) prix, m. 



terminate, v.a.n. terminer, finir 

{par). 
terrible, adj. terrible. 
than, adv. que (86), de (287), que 

. . . ne (293). 
thank, v.a. remercier {de) ; — you! 

merci / 
thanks, s. remerciments, m. pi., 

(owing to) grace {a) ; — ! merci ! 
thankful, adj. reconnaissant ('for,' 

de). 
that, pron. dem. ce, cet, m., cette, f., 

ce . . . -la, cet . . . -la, cette . . . -Id 

(62), celui, m., celle, f., (that one) 

celui-ld, m., celle-ld, f. (119), (that 

thing) cela, fa, m. (120), (it, so) 
*le; — which, (what) ce qui (nom. ), 

ce que (obj.) or ce qti' (120, 126), 

(that is to say) c ^est-d-dire (308). 
that, pron. relat. V. who, whom, 

and which, 
that, (conj., 163; with indicative, 

308; with subj., 325) que, (in 

order that) afin que (333), pour 

que, que (310). 
the, art. (28, 34, 218, 221 ) le, m., 

la f., les, pi. 
theatre, s. theatre, m. 
thee, pron. pers. toi (no), te (114). 
their, pron. poss. leur, leurs (64, 

241). 
theirs, pron. poss. (125) le leur, la 

leur, les leurs. 
them, pers. pron. eux, m., elles, f. 

(no), (obj. of a verb) les, (to 

them) leur (114) ; at — , by — , for 

— (of things)/, en (120). 
theme, s. theme, sujet, m. 
themselves, pron. (in, 257) eux- 

memes, elles-memes, eux, elles, (in 
a reflect, verb) se (138). 

then, adv. (at that time, in that case) 
alors, (afterwards) ensuite, puis, 
(therefore) done; since — , depuis 
ce temps-la, depuis. 

there, adv. (place not mentioned 
before) la, y, (place mentioned be- 
fore) y, (emphatically) Id; — he 
or she. is {or goes) le or la voild ; 

— they are, les voild ; — is or are, 
V. be. 

these, pi. of this ( V. this), pron. 
dem. (62) ces, ces . . . -ci, ceux-ci f 
celles-ci {il y a, 147), 



4 68 



VOCABULARY. 



Theseus, s. The'see, m. 

they, pron. Us, m. dies, f. (114), 

enx, m., elles, f. (no), (those) 

ceux, m., ^//^, f. (119), (people, 

anyone) #;z (119, 274). 
thick, adj. (252) epais, d'epaisseur. 
thief, s. voleur, m. 
thine, pron. poss. (125) le tien, la 

tienne, les tiens, les tlennes, a toi, 

de toi. V. mine, 
think, v.a.n. penser, (believe) croire 

{que) (ir. 177, 327). 
third, adj. troisieme, trois. 
thirst, s. soif, f. 
thirsty, adj. ; to be or feel — , avoir 

soif. 
thirteen, adj. treize. 
thirty, adj. trente. 
this, pron. dem. ce, cet, m., cette,^., 

ce . . . -ci, cet . . . -ci, cette . . . -ci 

(62), (this one) celui-ci, m., celle- 

ci, f. (119), (this thing) ceci, cela, 

ce (120). V. that, 
those, pi. of that ( V. that), pron. 

dem, (62) ces, ces . . . -Id, ceux, 

celles, ceux-ld, celles-ld ; — are, ce 

sont, ce sont Id, voild. 
thou, pron. tu (114), toi {no). 
though, conj. (163, 333) quoiqice, 

bien que ; quelque . . . que (281). 
thought, s. pcnse'e, f. 
thoughtless, adj. insouciant. 
thousand, adj. (68) mille, (of the 

date) mil. 
thread, s. fil, m. 
threaten, v. a. menacer. 
three, adj. trois. 
throat, s. gorge, f. ; a sore — , un 

mal de gorge (230), mal d la gorge 

(52). 
through, prep, a travers, par, (in the 

middle, in) dans, (by means of) 

par. 
throughout, prep, d^un botit d P au- 
tre. 
throw, v.a. jeter (96) ; — off, jeter a 

bas. 
thundei-, v.a.n. tonner. 
thunder, s. tonnerre, m. ; storm, 

s. orage, m. 
Thursday, s. jeudi, m. 
thus, adv. ainsi. 
thy, pron. poss. (65) ton, ta, les. 



thyself, pron. (in) toi-mSme, toi, (in 
a reflect, verb, 138) te, toi. 

tile, s. Utile, f. 

till, prep. conj. V. until. 

time, s. temps, m., (of the clock), 
heure, f., (with regard to repeti- 
tion, 160) fois, f. ; a long — , long- 
temps ; at one — (at once, former- 
ly) aictrefois, tout d'un coup 
(286) ; at the same — , en meme 
temps ; at — s, parfois, quelques 
fois; in good — , d temps ; it is 
— , il est temps (330). 

timely, adv. apropos. 

timid, adj. timide. 

tire, v.a.n. (se) fatiguer. 

to, (particle used before an infinitive) 
a (347) de (342), (in order to) 
pour (354), afin de ; (sometimes 
untranslated). 

to, prep, d (435, 232, 250), en (236), 
(into) en, (towards, of behavior, 
with regard to, 250, 299) envers, 
(towards, of direction) vers (299), 
(as far as, till) jusqifd, (about, 
244) vers, (of the hour, 72, 244) 
moins. 

to-day, adv. aujourd^hui. 

together, adv. ensemble. 

tolerably, adv. passablement, assez. 

to-morrow, adv. demain ; the day 
after — , apres demain. 

ton, s. tonfie, {.' 

too, adv. trop, (also) aussi, de plus. 

tooth, s. deiit, f. ; — -ache, s. mal 
de dents, m. (230), mal aux dents 

(52). 
touch, v.a.n. toucher (a). 
towards, adv. (250, 299) vers, envers, 

pour: 
towel, s. essuie-mains, m. 
town, s. ville, f. ; in — , en ville. 
tradesman, s. marchand, m. 
traduce, v.a. V. slander, 
train, s. (rail) train, m. 
tranquillity, s. tranquillite', f. 
translate, v.a. traduire (ir. 175). 
translation, s. traduction, version, f. 
travel, v.n. voyager. 
traveller, s. voyageur, m. 
treasure, s. tre'sor, m. 
treat, v.a.n. t?'aiter, regaler, ('with,' 

'to,' de). 



VOCABULARY. 



469 



treatment, s. traitement, m. 

tree, s. arbre, m. 

tremble, v.n. tre?nbler. 

tribute, s. tribut, m. 

triumph, v.n. triompher (de). 

troop, s. troupe, f. 

trouble, v. a. troubler, tourmenter ; to 
— one's self, se de'ranger, (be un- 
easy about) sHnquieter (de). 

trouble, s. trouble, m., (affliction) 
peine, f., (annoyance) ennui, m. 

Troy, s. Troie, f. 

true, adj. vrai. 

truly, adv. vraiment, sincerement. 

trunk, s. malle, f., coffre, m., (of ele- 
phants, insects) trompe, f. 

trust, v.a.n. (rely on) se fier a, avoir 
confiance en, (in trust) confier a. 

trusty, adj. fidele, constant. 

truth, s. verite, f. 

truthful, adj. vrai. 

truthfulness, s. veracite, f., verite, f. 

try, v.a.n. essayer, (test) eprouver, 
(endeavor) tdcher (de), (tire) fati- 
guer. 3. 

Tuesday, s. mardi, m. 

tumult, s. tumulte, m. 

turn, v.a.n. tourner, (change) chan- 
ger, converiir (en), (direction) (se) 
diriger or tourner (vers), (move 
toward) se diriger (vers). 

turn, s. tour, m., (service) service, 
m. ; by — s, in — , tour a tour. 

tutor, s. precepteur, mailre, m. 

twelfth, adj. douzieme, douze. 

twelve, adj. s. douze; — o'clock 
(noon) midi, m., (midnight) mi- 
nuit, m. 

twenty, adj. (67) vingt. 

twitter, s. gazouillement, m. 

two, adj. deux. 

tyrant, s. tyran, m. 

Tyre, s. Tyr, f. 

Tyrian, s. Tyrien, m. 

Tyrolese, s. adj. Tyrolian, adj. Tyro- 
lien, m., -ne, f. 



U. 



ugly, adj. laid, vilain. 
umbrella, s. parapluie, m. 



unable, adj. incapable (de). 

unanswerable, adj. sans replique. 

uncertain, adj. s. incertain, m. 

uncle, s. oncle, m. 

uncomfortable, adj. gene, mal a son 
aise, (things) incommode. 

uncommon, adj. rare, extraordi- 
naire. \_dessous de. 

under, prep. adv. sous, dessous, au- 

undergo, v. a. subir, eprouver. 

understand, v.a.n. comprendre (ir. 
181), (suppose, to mean) entendre, 
(know) s' entendre a or en. 

undertake, v.a.n. entreprendre (ir. 
181), se charger de, s' engager (a). 

undoubtedly, adv. sans doute. 

unexpectedly, adv. tout d'un coup 
(286). 

unfit, adj. pen propre (a), more — 
(371) moins conv enable, inepte. 

unfortunate, adj. s. infortune, mal- 
heureux. 

unfortunately, adv. malheureuse?nent. 

ungrateful, adj. ingrat. 

unhappy, adj. malheureux. 

unheard, adj. — of, inou'i. 

unite, v.a. unir. 

United States, s. Etats-Unis, m. pi. 

universal, adj. s-* universel. 

universe, s. univers, m. 

unjust, adj. injuste. 

unjustly, adv. injusteznent, mal. 

unknown, adj. inconnu (a). 

unless, conj. a moins que (292, 333), 
(with the subj. and ne) que . . . ne 
(310), a moins de, (before an 
inf.), excepie, sinon. 

unlikely, adj. invraisemblable. 

unmerited, adj. immerite. 

unpleasant, unpleasing, adj. d/sa- 
gre'able. 

until, prep, jusqifa, jusque. 

until, conj. Jusqu'd ce que (310, 

333> 334)- 
up, adj. leve. 
up, adv. en haut, (standing) debout, 

(out of bed) leve. 
up, prep, en haut de. 
upon, prep. V. on. 
us, pron. notis (no). 
use, v.a. (377) user de, (employ) se 

servir de (ir. 183), employer ; — 

v.n. (pers.) avoir coutume (de). 



470 



VOCABULARY. 



use, s. tisage, m. ; for the — of, a 
V usage de ; to be of — , servir (ir. 
183) or itre utile (a) ; to make — 
of, se servir (ir. 183), user (377). 

useful, adj. utile. 

useless, adj. inutile. 

usual, adj. usuel. 

usually, adv. ordinairement. 



V. 



vain, adj. vain; in — , en vain; to 
be in — avoir beau. 

valley, s. vallee, f. 

valuable, adj. precieux. 

value, s. valeur, f. 

variety, s. variete, f., Men des. 

various, adj. different. 

vegetable, s. legutne, m. 

verb, s. vcrbe, m. 

verse, s. vers, m. 

very, adj. mime, (only) seul ; the — 
thing, la chose mime. 

very, adv. (286) tres,fort, Men. 

vessel, s, vaisseau, m. V. ship. 

vice, s. vice, m. 

vicinity, s. voisinage, m., environs, 
m. pi. 

victory, s. victoire, f. 

Vienna, s. Vienne, f. 

view, s. vue, f., coicp d'ceil, m., in- 
tention, f., (opinion) idee. 

vigor, s. vigueur, force, f. 

village, s. village, m. 

vine, s, vigne, f. 

vinegar, s. vinaigre, m. 

violet, s. violette, f. 

violin, s. violon, f. 

virtue, s. vertu, f. 

virtuous, adj. vertueux. 

visit, v.a. visiter ; — v.n. faire des 
visiles. 

visit, s. visile, f . ; on a — , en visile 
(chez). 

voice, s. voix, f. 

volume, s. volume, tome, m. 

vote, s. vote, m., voix, f. 

vow, s. vceu, m. 

vowel, s. voyelle, f. 



W. 



wait, v.a.n. attendre (107), (at table, 
etc.) servir (ir. 185). 

waiter, s. garfon, m. 

wake, v.a.n. F. awake. 

walk, v.a.n. marcher, (go on foot) 
alter a pied, (come on foot) venir 
a pied, (take a walk) se promener. 

walk, s. marche, f., (for pleasure) 
pro?nenade, f., (path) allee ; to go, 
to take a — , alter (ir. 194) _/«*/*£ 
une promenade. 

wall, s. #zwr, m. 

walnut, s. noix, f. 

want, v.a. avoir besoin de, falloir 
(ir. 148, 190), (be destitute) man- 
quer de, (wish) vouloir (ir. 191), 
desirer. 

want, s. manque, (need) besoin, m. ; 
for — of, faute de. 

war, s. guerre, f. 

warm, adj. chaud ; to be — (5 1 )* 
avoir chaud. 

warm, v. a. 11. chauffer, s'echauffer. 

warn, v.a. avertir (de). 

wasp, s. guipe, f. 

waste, v.a.n. (lose) perdre. 

watch, v.a. veiller (sur). 

watch, s. (time-piece) montre, f., (at 
night) veille, f., (guard) gardj, f . ; 
to keep a strict — , veiller avec 

soin (sur) ; maker, s. horloger, 

m. 

water, s. eau, f. 

water, v.a. arroser. 

way, s. chemin, m., roicte, {., voie t 
f., (direction, side) cote, m., 
(means) moyen, m. ; which — ? de 
quel cote '? par ou ? this — , par ici ; 
that — , par-la. 

we, pron. nous (no, 114, 255), (any- 
one) on. 

weak, a.dj./aible, de'bile (129, 274). 

weakness, s. faiblesse. 

wealth, s. richesse, {., richesses, f. 
pi., Mens, m. pi. 

wear, v.a. user (377), (have on) 
porter. 

wear, s. user. 

weather, s. temps, m. ; how is the 
— ? quel temps fait-il? 



VOCABULARY. 



471 



Wednesday, s. mercredi, m. 

week, s. semaine, f., knit jours, m. 
pi. ; this day — , d'aujourd'hui en 
huit ; yesterday — , ilyaeu hier 
huit jours. 

weep, v.a.n. pleurer ; to — bitterly, 
(359) fondre en larmes. 

welfare, s. bien-etre, m. 

well, adj. bien, bon, bien portant ; to 
be — , se porter bien. 

well, adv. bien. 

west, s. ouest, Occident, m. 

west, adj. de P ouest, ouest, occiden- 
tal. 

West Indies, ks Indes occidentals. 

western, adj. V. west. 

wet, adj. mouille. 

what, pron. rel. adj. que, quoi (122, 
265, 270), qu'esi-ce qui, qu'esi-ce 
que (264), quel, m., quelle, f., 
quels, m. pi., quelles, f. pi. (62), 
(exclam.) quel . . . que (307), ce 
qui, ce que (126, 270), (that of 
which, what ... of) ce dont, (as) 
comme, (how much) combien. 

whatever, pron. rel. (76, 282, 283) 
tout ce qui, tout ce que, quelque, 
quelconque, quoi que ce soil, quoi 
que, (when used adjectively) quel 
que, quelle que, quels que, quelles 
que, tout ce qui,- tout ce que 
(280). 

when, adv. (286, 309) quand, lorsque, 
(used for in ox on or at which) que, 
ou, (after ' scarcely ' or ' hardly,.' 
308) que, (and — ) (309) et que. 

whence, adv. d'oii. 

whenever, adv. toutes les fois que. 

where, adv. oil ; any — , partout ; 
from — , d'ou. 

whereas, adv. tandis que. 

whether, conj. (310) soil que, que, 
(with the subj.) soil, (if) si. 

which, pron. rel. adj. (122, 125, 
263, 267) qui (nom.), que (obj.), 
(after a prep.) lequel, m., laquelle, 
i., lesquels, m. pi., lesquelles, f. pi., 
(which one) lequel, m., (the one 
which) celui (m.) or celle (f.) que, 
(used for 'what,' before a noun) 
quel, quelle, quels, quelles ; of or 
from — , dont, duquel, etc. ; to — , 
auquel, a laquelle (ou, 270). 



whichever, whichsoever, pron. le- 
quel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles, 
quelque . . . que. 

while, s. temps, instant ; a little — 
ago, tantot (286). 

while, adv. pendant que, tandis que. 

whisper, s. ; in a — , tout bas. 

white, adj. s. blanc, m. 

whither, adv. ou. 

who, pron. rel. (122, 125, 264, 267, 
270) qui. 

whoever, pron. rel. (282) quiconque, 
qui que ce soil, qui. 

whole, adj. entier, tout (76, 280), 
the — town, toute la ville. 

wholesome, adj. sain, salutaire. 

whom, pron. rel. (125, 264, 268) que, 
(after a prep.) qui, lequel, laquelle, 
lesquels, lesquelles ; (what person) 
qui ; of or from — , de qui, dont. 

whose, pron. rel. (123, 264, 268) 
(followed by a noun nom. of the 
verb) dont le (la, f., les, pi.), (fol- 
lowed by a noun obj. of the verb) 
dont ; — book is this ? a qui est ce 
livre. 

whosoever. V. whoever. 

why, adv. pourquoi, (for which) pour 
lequel or laquelle ; — conj. mais ; 
— not ? pourquoi pas, que . . . ne 
(292, 307). 

wicked, adj. mechanl. 

wide, adj. (252, 302) large, de lar- 
geur. 

width, s. largeur, f. 

wife, s. femme, f. 

will, v.a. vouloir (ir. 191), ordonner 

(327)- 
will, v.n. auxil. vouloir (ir. 191). V. 

also, p. 54, 90, 201. 
will, s. volonte, {., testament, m. ; 

good , bienveillance, f. 

William, s. Guillaume, m. 

willing, adj. dispose (a), pret (a) ; to 

be — , vouloir (ir. 191). 
willingly, adv. volontiers. 
win, v.a.n. gagner. 
wind, s. vent, m. 
window, s. fenetre, croise'e, f. 
wine, s. vin, m. 
wing, s. aile, f. 
winter, s. hiver, m. 
wipe, v.a. essuyer (97). 



472 



VOCABULARY. 



wisdom, s. sagesse, f. 

wise, adj. sage. 

wish, v.a.n. de'sirer (327), vouloir 
(ir. 191), souhaiter ; I — 097)> 
je voudrais. 

wish, s. de'sir, souhait, m. 

wit, s. esprit, m. 

with, prep. (305) avec, (by) par, a 
(250), (from, of) <& (250), (in) en, 
dans, (among) ckez, (in the estima- 
tion or eyes of) aupres de, devant, 
(cook, done in, mixed with) an, 
m., a la, f., aux, pi. 

within, prep, dans, en. 

within, adv. en dedans, dedans, (at 
home) a la maison, chez soi. 

without, prep, sans (300); — conj. 
(with the subj.) sans que, a moins 
que, que . . . ne (310, 333). 

woman, s. femme, f. 

wonder, s. merveille, f. 

wonderful, adj. ?nerveilleux. 

wood, s. bois, m. 

wooden, adj. de bois. 

wool, s. laine, f. 

word, s. (as a mere sign printed, 
written, or even pronounced) mot, 
m., (of utterance only) parole, f., 
(form of expression) terme, m., 
(assurance, promise, pledge) pa- 
role, f. ; to keep o.'s — , tenir pa- 
role or sa parole. 

work, v.a.n. travailler. 

work, s. travail, m., (thing done or 
to be done) ouvrage, (literary or 
artistic production) ceuvre, f. 

world, s. monde, m. 

worse, adj. plus mauvais, pire. 

worst, adj. le pire, le plus mauvais. 

worth, adj. qui vaut ; to be — , 
valoir (ir. 191). 

worthy, adj. digne {de), brave (83). 

would (sign of the conditional). V. 
p. 54, 90, 201, 235. 

wound, v.a. blesser. 

wound, s. blessure, f., coup, m. 

wretched, adj. miserable. 

wrist, s. poignet, m. 

write, v.a.n. ecrire (ir. 175). 

writing, s. ecriture, f. ; — -master, 
maitre d } ecriture, m. 

wrong, adj. faux, mal ; to be — 
(pers.) avoir tort (de). 

wrong, s. mal, m., injustice, {., 



tort, m. ; to be in the — , avoir 
tort. 
wrong, v.a. /aire tort d. 

Y. 

yard, s. cour, {., (measure) metre, m. 

year, s. anne'e, f., an m. ; last — , 
f anne'e derniere or passe'e ; next 
— , P anne'e prochaine ; new — , 
jiouvelle anne'e, noiLvel an; New 
— 's Day, jour de Van, m. ; New 
— 's gift, e'trennes, f. pi.; to wish a 
happy New — , souhaiter la botine 
anne'e. 

yellow, adj. s.jaune, m. 

yes, adv. oui, si (201), que oui, que 
si (308). 

yesterday, adv. hier ; the day before 
— , avant-kier. 

yet, conj. cependant, que . . . ne 
(3io). 

yet, adv. encore. 

yield, v.a.n. ce'der (a). 

yonder, adj. ce, cet, cette, ces, ce . . . 
Id, etc. ; adv. la-bas. 

you, pron. (no, 114) vous. 

young, adj. jeune ; — men, — peo- 
. pie, jeunes geits, m. pi., la jeu- 
nesse, f. 

younger adj. plus jeune. 

your, pron. poss. (64, 65) votre, vos, 
pi. 

yours, pron. poss. (125) le votre, la 
votre, les votres, (pron. pers.) a 
vous, de vous ; a friend of — , un 
de vos amis ; — truly, sincerely, 
or faithfully, tout a vous, votre tout 
devoue. 

yourself, pron. (in) vous-meme, (in 
a reflect, verb, 138) vous. 

yourselves, pron. (in) vous-memes, 
(in a reflect, verb, 138) vous. 

youth, s. jeunesse, f., (lad) jeune 
homme, m. 



zeal, s. zele, m. 
zealously, adv. avec zele. 
zero, s. zero, m. 
zone, s. zone, f. 



INDEX. 



Where two figures are given separated by a dash, the first refers to 
page, the second to paragraph ; e.g., 146 — 2 means page 146, paragraph 2. 
Often several paragraphs are named in succession, e.g., 64 — 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 
6, 7. In the few cases where more than two paragraphs are referred to, it 
was thought better to name all, than risk confusion by a varying use of the 
dash. 

About, autour de ; different significa- 
tions, 301 — 1. 

Abo7Je, expressing time, number, 
301— II. 

Absolve, absoudre ; irr. See note of 

Accents. Acute (e), 16 — 14 and .note. 

See 97 verbs in eger, 4th line ; 

changed into grave (e) in verbs, 

note of 97, as esperer. 
Grave (<?) 16 — 15 and notes. 96, 

which verbs take it, note 2. 
grave on h, to ; la, there ; ch, 

dejh ; on h and u, 15 — 6. 
Circumflex on vowels, 15 — 7. 

Acquerir, to acquire, irr. 187. 53. 
Adjectives. Demonstrative, 62 — 
h 2, 3. 

Indefinite, L. XVI., also indexed 
in their alphabetical order. 

Interrogative, L. XII. 62 — 4, also 
indexed in their alphabetical 
order. 

Of Nationality, note of 84. 

Formation of Feminine and Plur- 
al, L. XVII., general rules. 
Particular rules. Adj. in e 
mute, 78 — 2, in el, eil, n, 78— 
3 ; in/ 78—4 ; inx, 78—5 ; in 
er and et, 78 — 6 ; in c, 78 — 7. 



A, name and pronunciation — 15 — 

10, 11. 
A (II y a), there is, etc., impersonal 
verb, model, 146 — 2 and 147, 
Note 1, 2. 
A (a), to, prep., 15 — 6. Special 
use, without article, 232 — 1, 
2. — Expressing purpose, means 
of, 232 — 2, 233. When two 
words express use, etc., see 
whether the second begins with 
vowel or h mute, 233 — 3. 

Denoting place, time, manner, 296 
— 1, 2, 3, 4 ; destination, direc- 
tion, 297 — 4, 5 ; places where 
things are sold or stored, the in- 
gredients of dishes and drinks, 
2 33 — 4> 5> with the article. 

Exception in note : denoting kinds 
of hunting, shooting, etc., with 
the article, etc., 233 — 6. 

In expressions when with is or 
may be used, 233 — 7, and 234. 

Expressing property, possessive 
case with etre, 240 — 4. 

Before names of places for to, at, 
in, 237—8. 

Must be repeated before each 
noun, 296. Rem. 



474 



INDEX. 



A djectives — (cent' d). 

List of irr. formation of the 
f em. , 79 — 8 ; another list — 79 — 
9 and note. 

Plural of adj., 79 — 10. 

In a partitive sense. Notes of L. 
XVIII. , XIII. 

Possessive, L. XII., 64 — 1 ; 65 — 2, 
3, 4, 5, 6, 7. — The form of their 
feminine and plur., 64 — I. Re- 
peated before each substantive, 
65—2 ; 239—1, 2. 

Expressed before nouns denoting 
degree of relationship, 65 — 7 ; 
240 — 2. 

Instead of English poss. adj. the 
article is used, 240 — 5 and notes. 

After changer and redoubler the 
Engl. poss. adj. replaced by de, 
240 — 6. 

A few gallicisms, 242 — 10. 

Their place with nouns P. I., L. 
XVIII. and P. II. 248—1 ; 

249—2, 3, 4- 
Their complement with de, a, en, 

etc., 250 — I, 2, 3, 4, 5 ; 251 — 5. 
Of- dimension, 251 — I ; 252, — 5 

3, 4, 5- 

Agreement of, 79 — 11 ; 246 — 1. 
If an adj. belongs to two nouns 
sing., 246 — I ; if nouns are of 
differ, genders and joined by 
et, and, 246 — 2 ; if by ou, or, 
246—3. 

Some used as adverbs, 153 — 8 and 
285 — 2, 3, and notes. 
Adverbs of manner, 151 — I ; 152 — 2 
and notes ; in ant and ent, two 
exceptions. 

Some taking final e, 152 — 4. 

Compared, 152 — 5. Irreg. form, 
152 — 6. 

When some take de or d, 285 — 4. 

Follow the simple verb, 287 — 5 ; 
but adv. of time can have other 
places, 287 — 6. 

Of place, 155 — I ; of time, 155 — 2 
and 156. 

their place Rem. 1, 2, and N. B. 

Of number, quantity and com- 
parison, 158. 



Adverbs — (cont'd). 

Adverbial locutions, 159. 
Of negation, 159 — 1 ; in com- 
pound tenses, 159 — 2. 
Ne without pas, 159 — 3, 4. 
With Infinitive, 160 — 5 ; without 

verb, 160 — 6, 7, 8. 
Of time, 286 — 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 
Irregular in their comparison, 152 
— 6. 
Age, how to express, 68 — 6, etc. 
Ago, rendered by il y a, 147, note 

2. 
Ai and ei, pronunciation, 18 — 26, ay, 

18, fifth line. 
A'ietil, ancestor, double plural, 214 — 

4- 
Aimer, to like; aimer autant, pre- 
' ferer, govern the second verb 
with infinitive, 341 — 6 and note. 
A Her, to go, irr., and s'enaller, go 
away, 194 — 69, and 203 ; 

to be going, to be on the point of, 
note of 322 — 22. 

II y va, idiomatic, third line be- 
fore last, list of verbs, 383. 
Apercevoir and s" 1 apercevoir, to per- 
ceive, irr., 189 — 55, model of 
that class. 

a distinction between both, foot- 
note of 374. 
Appeler. When the / is doubled, 

96 — 1. 
Apres, after, before verbs, not used 
without avoir, 358 — 5 ; 

apres que, conjunct., with sub- 
ject., 358—6. 
Articles, definite, le, la, V, 28 — I, 2, 
3. Plural of le, 30 — 1. 

Contracted with de, etc., 34 — 3; 
contracted with a, 34 — 6. 

Expressed, 220 — II. 

Used in French, not in English, 
218— 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 
11, 12. 

Expressed before names of coun- 
tries, provinces, rivers ; moun- 
tains ; but not before countries 
and islands whose names are 
like those of the cities, 235 — 1, 
2. 



INDEX. 



475 



Articles, definite (cont'd). 
When suppressed before names of 

countries, 235 — 3. 
Exception in note, and 236 — 2, 3, 

4 ' 

If the name of the country is ac- 
companied by an adjective, dans 
is used with the article when ac- 
companied by adject, superla- 
tive, 247 — 6. 

Definite is omitted, 221 — 1, 2; 
222 — 3. 

Partitive, 39 — 1, 2, 3, 4. 

Their place. P. 1. L. xviii., and 
248 B. 1 ; 249—2, 3, 4. 

Indefinite, 28 — 4 — a replaced by 
the definite le, la, les. 220 — 
10. 

Omitted generally in French be- 
fore national or professional 
names, 222 — 1, note and excep- 
tion. 

When in apposition, 222 — 2 ; in 
the title of books, 222 — 3. 

After quel, what, meaning sur- 
prise, 222 — 4 ; 

Before the words quantite, nom- 
bre, force, etc., 222 — 5 ; after 
Jamais, 222 — 7. 

Supplied by par, denoting time, 
wages, etc., 222 — 6. 

When verb and noun make one 
expression, 223 — 8, and a list. 

In many proverbs, 224 — 1 ; 

In enumeration, 224 — 2 ; 

After ni, ni, 224 — 3 ; after prep, 
and nouns, when one expres- 
sion, 224 — 4, 5 ; after verb and 
noun forming one expression, 
224—6. 
Asseoir, simple transit, to seat, and 
reflect, to seat one's self, irr., 
192 — 66. 
Assez, enough, precedes nouns and 

adj., 158 — foot-note. 
At, &, de, chez, in different relations, 

302—1. 
Attendu, whereas, invariable, rule 

366 — 12 and note. 
Auctin. Indefin. neg. pron., 275— 
4, 5 J 57—3- 



Avant, before, priority of time, or- 
der, 298. Avant de before an 
infinitive, 299, third line. Avant 
que with subj., 310 — 6. 

Avoir, to have, irr., L. viii. Inter- 
rogative, 59 and 60; neg., 58. 
Idiomatic, 51 L. ix. Avoir 
qtcelque chose, 52 — 2. Avoir 
Fair, 52 — 3. Impersonally, 146 
■ — 2. Instead of ago, 147 — note 
2. 



B 



Bas, low, used sometimes as adj. 

and adv., 153 — 8 and 285 — 2. 
Battre, to beat, irr. , il bat, 107 — I. 
Beaucoup and bien, much and not 

compared, 286 — 2. 
Bien, well and very, 286 — 2. 
Boire, to drink, irr., 177 — 19. 
Bon, adj. and adverbially, 247 — 4. 
Bouillir, to boil, irr., 186 — 50. 
Both, tons deux, etc., before nouns, 

278 — note I ; with and, 278 — 

note 2. 
Braire, to bray, defective. 197 — 70. 
Brave, two senses, 83 — 7. 
By, par, and differ, senses, 302 — I, 

2, 3, 4, S> and SOS- 
Rendered by par after conwiencer 
and Jinir only, 360 — note. 



C, name and pronunc, 1 — 1 ; 22. 
Rules 44, 45 and notes. 

Ce, this and that ; and cet, cette, ces, 
demonstrative adj., 62 — 1. 
ci added to ce, celle, etc., 62 — 2. 
Before a masculine noun begin- 
ning with vowel or h mute, 62 
— 3 ; ce is also a pronoun, but 
invariable, used before the rela- 
tive meaning that which, 120—- 
4; ceci, cela, absolutely, 120 — 5 

Cedille, 5, 15—8. 



476 



INDEX. 



Celui, fem. celle, that, demonstr. 
pronoun, 119 — 1. Celui, celle, 
ceux, preceding a relative pron. 
are rendered by he, she, they, 
who, 119— 2. 
Used with prep, de instead of 
Engl, possess, case, 120 — 3, and 
remark. Ce, pronoun, is also 
adj. and invariable before a rel- 
ative, meaning that which, 120 

Instead of ceci, cela, etc., with 
prep, de and a, en andj, may 
be used, 120 — 6, and examples. 

Cent, hundred ; taking the plur., 68 
— 2. 

Cesser, to cease, reg. takes ne with- 
out pas, and exception, 291 — 5. 

Chacum, chaque, each, indef. pron., 
275—2; adj., 75-1. ; 

Cher, dear, sometimes adj. et adv., 

83-7. 
Chez, at, etc., 37 — 3; P. II., Less. 

XVI., 299. 
Choir et echoir, to fall, irr., 197 — 72. 
Ciel, heaven; plur. cieux, et dels, 

214—3. 
Cities, etc. , when to put a before the 

names, 45 — 5. 
Clore et 'dclore, to close, to hatch, 

irr., 198—73, 74. 
Commencer, continuer ; with & and 

de, 351 — 20. 
Co?nparison, degrees of, L. XIX., 

86 — 1 and notes. 
Complements of adj., 250 — I, 2, 3, 

4; 251—5-8; 252, 2, 3, 4, 5. 
Conclure, conclude, irr., 107. Rem. 

4, its except. 



D 



D, name and pronunc, 13. Spe- 
cial rules, 22 ; like t, 29 — 3. 

Dans, in, to, bef. the name of a coun- 
try, 236—5. 

Davantage, more, its place, p. 42. 
Rem. on plus and davantage, 
287-4- 



De contracted with le and les, 34 — 3, 

4, and bef. un, 34 — 5. 
Used without article for measure, 

weight, adverb of quantity, rem. 

42 — I, 2, and rem. after pas, 

point, jamais, 42 — 3. After 

nouns denoting material, 42 — 4. 

Instead of by, 135 — 2. 
When used, L. IV., 228. After 

adverbs of quantity, 228 — 1, 2, 

and foot-note. 
After adject, of dimension and 

age, 229 — 3, 4. When an Engl. 

adj. is rendered by a noun, 229 

— 5- 
Used as in Eng. after common 

nouns followed by its proper 

name, 229 — 6, and exceptions. 
Instead of with, from, of, by, in, 

230 — 7. Instead of than, que, 

230—8. 
For in, after superlatives, 230 — 9 ; 

always repeated, 296. Rem. 
See compl. of adj., 250, L. VIII. 
In compound Fr. nouns, 230 — 10, 

and 231 — 2. 
Dechoir, to fall, irr., 189 — 56. 
Demain, to-morrow, 156, N. B. 
Demi, half, adj. or adv. when it 

agrees or not, 246 — 2. 
Dernier, last, two senses, 83 — 7. 
Devant, before, prep, of place, 298. 
Devoir, to owe, etc., 189 — 54, irr. 

and idiom., 203. 
Diceresis, trema, 15 — 9. 
Diphthongs, pronunc. 18 — 30 ; 19 — 

3 X > 3 2 - 

Dire, to say, irr., 172 — 7. 

Do (to), /aire, and idiom, how to 
render, L. XLVII. 

Done, then, how to render, 164 — 
6. 

Donner, to give ; idiomatical use, 
382. 

Dont, whose, relative pron. for per- 
sons and things, 268 — 4 ; but 
replaced by lequel, etc., when the 
noun following whose in Engl, 
is governed by a prep., 268 — 5 
and 269. 

Dormir, to sleep, irr., 183 — 35 



INDEX. 



477 



Du, past participle of devoir, in- 
variable when followed by an 
infinitive, 366 — 1 1. 



E, name, Alph., pronounce unac- 
accented, 16 — 12, 13; 26 — ob- 
serv. and 61. 

E, with accent (e) acute, 16 — 14, 
and note; with grave (e) and 
circumflex (/), 15 and note, 
sounding like Fr. a, 16 — 16, and 
between g, a and o, 17. 
/ changed into e in words like 

es-perer, as a model, 97. 
ei, 18 — 26; eu, oeu, 18 — 28, note. 

Ecrire, to write, irr., 175 — 17. 

Efforcer and j' — , to endeavor ; 
takes h or de, when? 352 — 4. 

Effrayer, to frighten ; when y is 
changed into i, 97 — 5. 

Elision of #, *?, ?', P. II., 205, of art. 
la; of je, me, te, le, ne, ce, se, 
que. Exceptions : about le, la. 
Elision before oui and onze. 
Elision of e in lorsqtie, puisque, 
quoique ; before il, elle, on, un. 
Remark on entre and presque ; 
i of si is elided before il, Us, on- 
ly, P. II., 205. 

Employer, employ, irr., 97 — 5. 

En, prep, meaning in, at, to, bef. 
names of countries, 236 — 4. 
Without the art., 297. Exception 

down the page, etc. 
Pron., complem. of verbs, second 
pers. sing, imperat, 90. Foot- 
note. 
Instead of son, sa, ses, 276 — 10. 
Pers. pron., 258 — II ; 259 — 2 
and note ; as Preposition, re- 
peated, 296. Rem. 
The only prep, before Pres. Par- 
ticiple. 

Encore, still ; what position it may 
have, 256 — 5. 

Entendre, hear; important govern- 
ment followed by infinitive, 379 
— 8. 



Entre, between; distinction with 
entre and par mi, 298. 

Envers and vers, toward ; distin- 
guished, 299. 

Es — es, contraction of en les, legal 
and academ., 300. 

Esperer, to hope, changes / into e, 
when ? 97. 

Essnyer, to wipe, irr. when the y is 
changed into i, 97 — 5. 

Est-ce que? model of interrog., 92 
— 2 and 3. 

Et, and, t silent ; and expressed be- 
fore un in counting, 68, eleventh 
line. 

Etre, to be, 54, L. X., interrog. and 
neg., 57 — 1. See idioms, 381. 
Takes h and de, 352 — 5. 

Eu, past part, of avoir and its pro- 
nunciation in the verb, 18 — 28, 
and its general sound. 

Excepts, except, 246 — 2, 2, and 366 
— 12. 

Expres, adj. and adv., express, ex- 
pressly, 153, 7. 



F, pronounced or silent, 22 ; para- 
graph of 45, when like a v. 

Faire, to do, make, cause, 341 — note 
2. Faisant, making, pronunci- 
ation and derivation, 18 — 26. 
Impersonal, about the weather, 
147 — 3 ; idiomatic, 381 and 
382; irr., 180 — 27; Important 
on Faire, 378 — 6. 

Falloir, to be necessary, impers., 
147 — 4 and interrogative. Con- 
struction for I must, etc. Rem. 

1 followed by que, 148. Rem. 
2. When followed by a noun, 
meaning to want, 148. Rem. 

2 and 3. 

Faillir, to fail, irr., 198 — 75. 

Fait, past participle of faire, in- 
variable when before an in- 
finitive, 366 — 10. 

Feindre, to feign, irr., 175 — 14. See 
note of peindre. 



478 



INDEX. 



Feu, adj., late, deceased ; how to 

use it, 247—3. 
Fleurir, bloom, flourish. Two 

forms accordingly, 102 — Rem. 

2. 
Fois, time, 160 ; vocabulary and 

foot-note. 
Fort, adv., very, 286 — 2. 
From, de, variously ' rendered, 

303 — I ; from — one's house, 

304 — 2 ; From . . . to ; de 

. . . en, 303 — 3 and note ; 

meaning deptiis, 304 — 4. 
Fuir, to flee, irr., 183 — 32. 



G, name, Alph. pronunc. before i, 

e, y — GN — 4, etc., etc. 
Gallicisms, of poss., 239, 240; adj. 

in Fr. from 241—7 to 242 

— 10. 
Genders. Masculine, 206 — 1, 2, 3, 

4> 5> 6, 7 ; by termination, § 2 — 

1, 2, 3. 
Feminine, by signification, 207 — 

1, 2, 3. Except in names of 
countries, 207 — 3. 

Feminine, by termination, 207 § 4 

—1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 
Of Compound Substant, 208 — 1, 

2, 3 ; when the first component 
is a noun, 208 — 1, 2, 3. 

Double gender of some nouns, 
208 — III., 1 and on 209 

Masculine nouns applied to wo- 
men, 209 — 2, and note, and vice 
versa, 209 — 2, 3. 

Formation of feminine appella- 
tions, 209 — IV., 1, etc. Those 
in an, on, ien, t, etc., 210 — 2 ; 
many in e mute changed in esse, 
210 — 3 ; those in eur — euse, 
210 — 4 ; many in teur — trice, 
210 — 5 ; a list of irregul. form- 
ation, 210 — 6. 
Gens, people. Observe the anomaly 
of gender ; adj. preceding not 
ending in e mute and preceded 
in turn by a definitive, as lotit, 



Gens — (cont'd). 

certain, takes feminine form, 
207 — 6 ; otherwise, gens takes a 
masculine adj., 208, three first 
lines. 

Gesir, to lie (obsolete), except pres. 
participle gisant and derived 
tenses ; on tombstones, here 
lies — See note, 198 — 78. 

Government of verbs, L. XXIV., 
373 — I. Differ, from Eng. 
List of verbs taking prep, a, 
373 — 2. In Engl, of or from 
generally de in French, ex- 
cept, 374 — 3 ; verbs with dif- 
ferent governments, 376 — 4 ; 
and from 377 to 378. 

Gtiere, (ne) but little, adv. neg. 57 — 
3- 



H 



H, mute or aspirate, 23 — 48, 49, 
50. Rem. List of aspirated 
words, 23. 

Hair, to hate, irr. See 102, Rem. 
1, about the suppression of the 
diaeresis. 

He, II and lui, pers. pron. subject, 
L. XXIV. ; he who, 270 — 9 and 
notes ; 271 — 12. 

Hier, yesterday, 156 — N. B. 

Honnete, honest, two senses accord- 
ing to place, 83 — 7. 

Hors, out, 299 — 1, 2, 3 and notes of 
300. 

Hozv, adv. , comment, que ; how 
much, how many, combien de, 
158 ; rendered by que admir- 
ative or exclamat., 307 — 2. 

However, adv. before adj., 281 — 13. 



I 



I, pronunciation, 16 — 18; ///. liquid, 

24—53- 
/// with // not liquid in some 
words, 24 — 54. 



INDEX. 



479 



II, he, it. When it is translated by 
ce, 73 — 9. He, she, il, elle, 
XXIV. L. no, etc. 
lis, elks, they — id. 

In, dans, expressed -by de, 86 — 5 ; 
by en, 236 — 4 ; denoting pain, 
etc., 304 — 2. 
Expressing time, 304 — 3. 

Included, y compris, and inclosed, 
ci-joint, 246 — 2. 

Indicative mood. Use of its tenses, 
313 — 1. Present for the fu- 
ture, 313 — 2 ; for the Preterit, 
313 — 3. The Present used also 
for the English Perfect, 313 — 4. 

Imperfect. What it denotes, 314 — 
5 ; in narrations, 315 — 6, 7. 
After si, if, 316 — 8 ; instead of 

Conditional, 316 — 9 and note. 
Preterit in Fr., what it expresses 
(Historical) contrasted with Im- 
perfect in narrations, 317 — 10, 
11, 12. 
Perfect or compound of the Pies., 
318 — 13 and note ; this trans- 
lates the past form did, when ? 
319 — 14. Instead of the com- 
pound future in conversation, 

3I9—I5- 

Compounds of Imperfect and 
Preterit ; which auxiliaries ? 
After which conjunction, 320 — 
16. Distinction to be made if 
the Preterit is connected with 
compound of Imperf., 320 — 17, 
18. 

Future tense, 321 — 19. After 
quand, etc., 321 — 20, instead of 
Imperat., 321 — 21 and note. 

Shall and will rendered by verb 
Vouloir, 321 — 21 and note. In 
the sense of Imperat., 322 — 22 
and note. Future after si, 
whether, 322 — 24. After si, on 
condition that, the Future ren- 
dered by the Present, 322 — 25, 
26. 
Infinitive mood, P. II. L. XX. 
Taking place of nouns, 338 — 1 ; 
339, notes 1, 2, 3 ; where in 
English are two Imperat., the 



Infinitive mood — (cont'd). 

second in the Infin. in French, 
339 — 2 ; after a precedent verb, 
339 — 3 ; after how, where, why, 
339 — 4 ; without prep, after 
A Her, etc. , 339 — 5. List of such 
verbs, 340 ; see 341, note 1, 2. 
After a comparison que de used 
for than, 343 — 1 1. See note § 

6, 341. 

After any preposition except En, 

341—7- 
Preceded by de after some adj., 

342. 

After some impersonal verbs, 343 

— 10. 
Preceded by de after certain verbs, 

344—12 and 345. 
After some prep, and conjunct., 

346—I3- 

With prep, h when the English 
verb is passive; after a subst. 
when the next verb requires the 
prep, in ; after certain adj. and 
a list, 347—14, I5> l6 > and 348 
with ex. and notes. 

After a list of verbs, 349—17, and 

350- 

After verb Etre for progressive 
form in English, 350 — 18. 

In abbreviated or contracted sen- 
tences, 351 — 19. 

After commencer, continuer, d or 
de, 351—20. 

After verbs whose list takes h or 

^ 353—21. 
With prep, pour, 354 — 22, 23. 
Instead of a separate clause in 

English, 354—24- 
When followed by a subordinate 
sentence with que, 379 — 8. 
Instruire, to instruct, irr. , and others 

of same etym., 172 — 6. 
Issir, to be born, defect., 198 — 79, 
the past participle only, issu, 
used. 

J 

J, name, Alph. — 13; pronunc, 23 
— 5 1 - 



48o 



INDEX. 



Ja?nais, never, with ne, 57 — 2. 

Joindre, to join, irr. like others in 
i7idre, 175 — 16. 

Jouer, to play, reg. , important idiom 
senses, 383. 

Jiisqiih ce que, till, until, conjunc- 
tion governing subj., 168, end of 
list. 
JusqtCh, till, until, prep, for time, 

3°4— 4- 
Jusqtia, to, speaking of extent, 

3°4— 4- 



L, pronunc, 21 — 42; final, silent, 

21 — 40. In English 1 is silent 

in few words ; it keeps its sound 

in French, 22 — 43. 
Liquid, 23—52; 24—53, 54, etc., 

and exceptions. 
La, feminine art., 28 — 1 and 3; 34 

— 4. Les, plur. See articles. 
Laisser, to leave, meaning transmit, 

followed by a ; meaning to cease, 

by de ; meaning to let, without 

prepo., 352 — 6. 
Le, masc. art. , 28 — 2, 3 ; 34 — 4. Les, 

see articles. 
Contracted with de (du), 34 — 3. 
Contracted with a {an), 34 — 6. 
Le, la, les, them, pers. pron., 114, 

etc.; objects; their position, 116 

— I, 2, 3, 4. 
Lequel, laqtcelle, etc., which, 268 — 

3, used instead of dont if the 

noun which follows whose in 

English is governed by a prep., 

268 and beginning of 269 and 

foot-note. 
Lendemain {le), the next day, 286 

— I. 
Leur, poss. adj., 64 — I, agrees in 

number. 
Le, la leur, poss. pron., agrees in 

number, 125 — I. 
Pers. pron., to them, invariable. 

Examples, 116, 2. 
When translated by a eux instead 

of leur, 256 — 4. 



Linking of final consonants, 26 — 60, 
and notes. 

Lire, to read, irr., 177 — 18, and com- 
pounds. Q 

Look, to, avoir Pair, 247— "5, takes 
prep, de before verl?^ 

Lui, disjunctive pers. p 1 ,i4e or 
him, used by itseL <v .after a 
prep, when in dative case gov- 
erned by a verb meaning to him 
or to her. See beginning of L. 
XXV. Coupled with another 
pers. pron. in the imperative, 
neg., 116 — 6. 
Place with imper., affirm., 116 — I, 

3- 

Lui and leur always placed after 
another pers. pron., 116 — 2, 3, 

4- 

When lui is used for he, 255 — 2. 

When lui is expressed by o) lui, 

256 — 4. Same remarks for leur, 

to them. 
Luire, to shine, irr. and compound, 

171— 1. 
L?un et Vautre, 278 — I and notes. 

Dun ou Vautre, 278 — 2. L?un 

Tautre, 279 — 4. 



M 

M, pronunc. Alphabet. See in ital- 
ics, 24—54. 

Ma, my, poss. adj. fern. See list 
of, 64, L. XIII. Always ex- 
pressed before a name of rela- 
tionship, when addressing per- 
sons, 65 — 7 ; never before a fern, 
noun commencing with vowel, 
65—3. 

Manger, to eat ; note on the modifi- 
cation of termination, 97 — 3. 

Manquer, to fail, takes h or de, 352 

Me, me or to me. Placed before the 
verb, 115 — 2. If the verb is 
neg. , me goes after the neg. ne, 
115 — 3. In interrogations me 
obj. begins the sentence, 115 — 
4. Placed after the verb im- 



INDEX. 



48l 



Me— (cont'd). 

perative neg., 115 — 5. If the 
verb ■ is affirm, it resumes its 
pla , 116 — 6. Where it is 
placed *when the verb has two 
prorioTr^s obj. In the impera- 
Uv indirect obj. is moi and 

no' i.c, and its place if there are 
two pronouns object, 116 — 3. 

Meilleur, better, adj. compar. of bon, 
irr., 86—3. 

Mhne, same and self, 1 1 1 — 2 ; and 
adv., even, 279 — 7. 

Mener, to lead, reg., but observe 
when it takes accent e, 96. 
Mener having the sense of to take ; 
see foot-note, 98. 

Mentir, to lie, irr., 184 — 37. 

Mes, my, poss. adj. plur. of mon, ma. 
In such expressions as a friend 
of mine, un de mes, 65 — 6. 

Mettre, to put, irr. and its com- 
pounds, 180 — 28. 

Mieux, better, adv. compar. of bien, 
well, 152 — 6. 

Mil, thousand, in dates, 68 — 5. 

Mille, one thousand, translated with- 
out a or one; takes not the 
mark of the plural, 68 — 4, and 
244—2. 

Moi, me, disjunctive pers. pron., 

can be followed by mhne for 

myself, 1 1 1 — 2 ; when a stress 

is laid upon, 111 — 3. 

Its place after the verb in the im- 

perat. neg., 115 — 5. 
When connected with another 
pron. intheimper. neg., 116 — 4. 
When it is alone, separated from 
the verb, and subject, or gov- 
erned by a preposition, 258 — II. 

Moins, less, adv. of quantity, L. 

XXXV. Au moins, at least ; h 

moins que with subj., 292 — 13. 

Degree of comparison, 86 — 2 ; 

about le plus, le moins, 153 — 7. 

After au moins observe the place 

of a pers. pron., 256 — 5. 
Aloins, adverb of quantity, is fol- 
lowed by de ; in a comparison 
by que, 287 — 4. 



Mon, my, masc. poss. adj., instead 
of ma, feminine, 65 — 3. 

Monsieur, mister, sir, 36, foot-note. 

More, plus, compared with than, que. 
When adv. of quantity, takes de, 
287-4. 

Moudre, to grind, irr., 174—12. 

Mourir, to die, irr., 186 — 49. 

Mouvoir, move, irr., 190 — 58. 



N 



N, pronunc, 19—33. In nasal com- 
binations, 20 — 35, N. B. and 36 ; 
21 — 37, and exceptions, 38 and 

39- 

Naitre, to be born, irr., 181 — 30. 

Names of persons and towns, 44 — 
1, 2 ; of countries, 45 — 3. Ex- 
ceptions, 45 — 4, 5 ; of rivers and 
mountains, 237 — 7. 
Of hours, 73 — 7 ; of months, vo- 
cabulary, 73 — 8. 

Nasal sounds, 19 — 33 and note ; 20, 
35, 36; and 21—37, 38, 39. 

Ne, negative, whether it belongs to 
a verb or not, 289 — I, and fol- 
lowing examples. 
If it belongs to the verb, ne ac- 
companies the negative particle, 
289 — 2 and examples. 
Ne alone before a second verb, 
when neither is before the first, 

289, foot-note. 

When there is no more, etc., in 
Engl., 290—3. 

A r e is not expressed with the verb 
with, not only, 290 — 4. 

Ne without pas, with three verbs, 
291—5. 

Ne without pas, with savoir, to 
know, negative, 291 — 6. 

Ne without pas after prendre gar- 
de, 291—7. 

Ne with its negative completing 
particle before an infinitive, 

290, note. 

With two negative sentences in 
connection, ne alone is used, 
291 — 8, and in an interrog. sen- 
tence, 292, note 2. 



482 



INDEX. 



Ne— (cont'd). 

Ne without pas, used after why 
not often rendered by que ne in- 
stead of pourquoi, 292 — 9. 
When pas is not used after voila, 

etc., 292 — 10. 
A few more idioms with ne, 292 — 

11, 12, 13. 
Ne used in French when there is 
no neg. in English in a compar- 
ison after que, 293 — 14 and note. 
After the verb douter, negative and 

interr., 293 — 15. 
After douter, affirm, and negative 

interr., 294 — 16, 17. 
After empecher, 294 — 18. Place 
of ne and pas, 57' — I. 
Nearly, pres and presque, before a 
number, pres de, 245 — 5. 
Elision of e final of presqtie, the 
paragraph after 2, page 205. 
Negations, L. XL — 57. Place of ne 
and pas, 57 — I ; jamais, per- 
sonne, aucun, mil, ni, in their 
alphabetic order, and 58, Rem. 
Neiger, to snow, impers., 146. 
Ni, ni, ne, neither, nor, 57 — 3, and 

58, Rem., and 289, foot-note. 
Nobody {ne), personne (ne), with a 
verb preceded by ne, and when 
the verb is understood, ne is 
omitted, 57 — 2 and 130 — 4. 
Ne not required before the verb 
when personne is in a sentence 
interrog. or of doubt, 275 — 3. 
Ne a.iier personne subject, 283, note 
of 19. 
None (ne), aucun (ne), requires ne 
before the verb, 57 — 3. 
Indefm. adj. for individual things, 
76 — 3, as an indef. pron., 130 — 

3- . 

Requires not ne in a sentence in- 
terr. or of doubt, 275 — 3 and 
note. 

Meaning pas tin, 275 — 5 and ex- 
amples top of 276. 
Not/iing (ne), rien (ne), 57 — 3, by it- 
self does not take ne, 130 — 4. 

Does not take ne in a sentence in- 
terr. or of doubt, 275 — 3, 4. 



Nouns, their plural, 30 — I. Excep- 
tions in s, x, z, 30 — 2. 

In au, eu, x the mark of plur., 30 
— 3 ; plural of seven nouns in 
ou, 31, Rem. Ending in al, ail, 
plural aux, 31 — 4 and Rem. ;_a 
few having an irreg. form of 
plural, 31 — 5. Two forms of 
plural for nouns in ant and ent, 
except dent, 214 — 1 and note. 

List in al and ail which have not 
the plur. in aux, 214 — 2 and 
note. How compound words 
form their plural, 214 — 5 and 
215 — 2, 3, 4. A list of nouns 
having a different sense in the 
singular and plural, 215 — 6. 

Some nouns having no singular, 

215—7- 
Nu, bare; when it agrees or not, 

246 — 2. 
Numbers, cardinal, L. XIV., 67, 
and P. IL, L. VIL, 244—1, 2, 

3> 4- 
Collective, 69 — 7. 
Ordinal, L. XV.— 1. 
With proper names, 72 — 4. 
Fractional, 72—6. 
In dates of months, 72 — 3. 
Proportional, 73 — 8. 



o 



O sounds long, 17 — 19; — short, 20; 
— id., 21 ; — silent, line follow- 
ing, 17 — 21; oi, oy, 32; — nasal, 

33- 

Occuper (s'e), takes a or de, 352 — 8, 
to be engaged in. 

GZil, eye, plur. yeux, 214 — 4. 

Offrir, to offer, irr., like others in 
frir and vrir, 184 — 43. 

Old, age ; with to be, to express age, 
68—6. 

On and upon, stir, prep., 304 — I. 
After to play and others, de, 304 
— 2 ; before the days and dates 
on is dropped, 305 — 3 ; denoting 
time it is translated by en, 30^ 
—4- 



INDEX. 



483 



On, they, people, one, indef. pron., 
and Von, with etymology, 274 
— I. Examples top of 275. 
Notes 1 and 2. 

One's, how to render, 241 — 8. 

Ou, or, and ou, with the accent, 

where, 15 — 6 ; d^oic, par oil, 270 

—8. 

Oil, meaning when and in which, 

last line, top page, vocab., 156. 

Oublier, to forget; observe the termin- 
ation when two z''s meet, 97 — 6. 
Takes the prep. de. 

Ouvrir, to open, irr., 185 — 45. 

Over, sur, and other senses, 305. 

Own, propre ; connected with pos- 
sess, pron., 241 — 7; one's, 241 
— 8 ; its, their, 241 — 9. 



P, name and pronunc. Alphabet, 
13 ; not silent as in Eng. in 
a few words, 22 — 43. 
Silent in some words, notes of 24 — 

54- 

P ait re, to graze, irr., 178 — 25. 

Par, by ; denoting outward action, 
translated by de to express in- 
ward act of soul, 135 — 2 and 
302 — I. In affirmations and 
swearing, 302 — 2 ; preceding a 
noun of measure, etc., 302 — 3. 
Translated by sur when followed 
by an adjective of dimension, 
302—4. 
Translated by un coup de, express- 
ing blow, wound, etc., 302 — 5. 

Paraitre, to appear, irr., 178 — 24. 

Parmi, among, 298. Examples and 
difference with entre. 

Participles. Present, which tenses 
are derived from, 89 — 4 ; a 
primitive tense, 89 — 2. 
Invariable, 357 — 1 ; when adject., 

agrees, 357—2. 
When as a substantive in Engl., 
translated differently in Fr., 
357—3- 



Participles — (cont' d). 

Rendered in Fr. by Pres. or Im- 
perf. Ind., 357—4. 

The Pres. Part, governed by prep. 
in English, is in the Pres. In- 
finitive in French, 358 — 5 ; used 
substantively in Engl, with a 
poss. adj., how rendered in Fr., 
358-6. 

Pres. Participle called gerund 
when preceded by the prep, en, 
corresponding to by, on, etc., 
etc -> 359—7- 



Denotes means, 



359- 



simul- 
; ^60, 



taneous action, 359 — 2 
note, and 8. 

Past, a primitive tense, 89 — 2 ; 
which tenses are formed with, 
89-5. 

Three rules : used adjectively, 363 
— I ; with etre, 363 — 2 ; with 
avoir and etre, 363 — 3. See 
examples when it does not agree 
with the noun, 364, top of page. 

In reflective verbs, agrees with the 
second pron., 364 — 4. 

It does not agree with the indirect 
object, why and when, follow- 
ing paragraphs of 364 — 4. 

Of a neuter verb conjugated with 
avoir, invariable, but not if it is 
with Etre, 365 — 5. 

Of an Impers. verb, invariable, 

3 6 5— 6. 

Past Partic. does not agree with 
en, object, 365 — 7. 

Between que — que is invariable, 
365-8. 

W ith what it agrees when followed 
by an infinitive, 365 — 9. 

Past Partic. of /aire, followed by 
an infinitive, never agrees, 366 — 
10. 

The Participles du, pu, voulu, 
may have an infinitive under- 
stood, and then are invariable, 
366 — 11. 

About the Participles attendu, ex- 
cepted etc., 366 — 12. 

Absolutely taken as in Engl., 
3 6 9— !• 



484 



INDEX. 



Participles — (conf d). 

Used with ayant, 369 — 2. 
In the place of subordinate sen- 
tences beginning with a con- 
junct., 370—3. 
Partir, to leave, irr., 183 — 36. 
Partitive sense, L. V., how to ex- 
press, 39 — 1, 2. 
Never understood, 39 — 3. When 
an adjective precedes nouns, 

39—4- 
Expressed by de alone after nouns 

of measure, etc., 42 — 1. 
After adverbs of quantity, 42 — 2. 

Exception in Remark. 
After pas, point, jamais, de is 

used without art., 42 — 3, 4. 
Partitive art. omitted after some 

prepositions, 224—4, an d 5. 
Partitive art. also omitted after 

some verbs, 224 — 6 and 225 — 

7- 
Passe, past, used as prep, with 

others, 366 — 12, and refer to 

363—1, 2, 3, 4. 
Payer, to pay, changes y into i, 

. 97—5- 
Peindre, to paint, irr., like verbs in 

indre, 175 — 14. 
Penser, to think, reg., when it must 

take a or de, 378 — 10; an ex., 

287—5. 
Peut-etre, perhaps. What position 

of pers. pron. with it, 256 — 5. 
Placer, to place, the c may take a 

cedilla, 97 — 4. 
Plaindre, to pity, irr. verb in indre, 

!75— 14- 
Plaire, to please, irr., takes &, 

178 — 22. 
Pleuvoir, to rain, irr. impers., 

190—59. 
Plupart (la), most, indef. pron., 

takes de and an article, 129 

and 276 — 7. 
Plus (le), the most, qualifying a 

verb or etc., 153 — 7. 
Plus, more, rem. on plus and 

davantage, 287 — 4. 
Poindre, to dawn, irr. in indre, 

175 — 16, etc. 



Pourvoir, to provide for, irr., takes 
a, 190 — 60. 

Pouvoir, to be able, irr., 190 — 61. 

Pour, for, after partir, etc., 237 — 9. 

Prendre, to take, irr. and deriva- 
tives, 180 — 29. 

Prepositions. List, 36 — I. When 
the article is not used after, 37 
— Rem. 2. 
How to express some Engl, prepo- 
sitions which are indexed in al- 
phabetic order. 

Pronouns. Disjunctive personal. 
Their list, no — I. 
They all may take the word meme, 

in — 2. 
Used when preceded by c'est, it is, 

in— 3- 

Which applies to mankind in gen- 
eral sense, in — 4. 

Conjunctive. List 114, L. XXV. 

In the nominative, 115 — 1, and 
255 — 1 and repeated, note. 

Direct or indirect obj., place be- 
fore verbs, 115 — 2. 

If the sentence is negative, where 
is it placed ? 115 — 3. 

In interrogative sentences, place 
of the object, 115 — 4. 

Placed after imperative affirma- 
tive, 115 — 5. 

With imperative negative placed 
before, 116 — 6. 

Their place when there are two 
governed by verbs, 116 — I. 

How two pronouns of third pers. 
are governed, 116 — 2. 

With two pron. governed by im- 
perative affirm, or negative, 116 
—3 and 4. 

In the first and second pers. should 
be repeated, 255 — 1 and note. 

In case on emphasis, when must 
it be repeated? 255 — 2. 

When a verb relates to subjects of 
different persons, 256 — 3. 

When the verb governs two pron. 
in different objects, 256 — 4. 

A pers. pron. may follow the verb 
after some conjunctions, 256 — » 
5- 



INDEX. 



485 



Pronouns — (cont'd). 

When two pers. pron. limit a verb, 
let them be disjunct, 257 — 6. 

How to render pers. pron. with 
reflective verbs, 257 — 7, 8, 9. 

The person, pron. itself, se, soi, 
rendered by elle, 258 — 10. 

When used alone, always disjunc- 
tive, 258 — 11. 

The pron. en and y, 259 — 2 and 
3, alphabetical index. 

Demonstrative, list, 119 — I, fol- 
lowed by relative corresponding 
to the English pers. pron. he 
and who, 119 — 2 and 269 — 6. 

Used with preposition de instead 
of Engl, possess, case, 120 — 3 
and Remark. 

On ce, ceci, celle, etc., 120 — 4, 5, 
6. See them in their alphab. 
place. 

Interrogative, 122, list. Lequel, 
which ? when not used alone, 
followed by de, 122 — I, exam- 
ple, and foot page, and 263 — 1. 

Used only of persons, qui, 123 — 2. 

The interr. who? whose? to 
whom? whom? 264 — 2. 

Whose, a qui, instead of whom, 
123 — 3. Instead of the simple 
qui, qui est-ce qui, nom. and 
qui est-ce que, obj., 264 — 3. 

When que is neuter, 123 — 4 and 
5. See in alphabetic place. 

Que, for, qu' est-ce qui, or qu' est- 
ce que, what, 264 — 4. 

Be careful about qui est-c'e qui, 
who? or qu? est-ce qui, what? 
264—5. 

About que and quoi, disjunctive 
and conjunctive, 265 — 6. 

In antithetical questions with or 
(as you or I) the French differs 
from the English, using the prep. 
de, 265 — 7. 

In antithetical questions with or, de 
may be omitted, 265 — 8. 

Possessive. From what they are 
formed, 125 — 1. 

And what sort of agreement, note 
of, 125 — 1. 



Pronouns — (cont' d). 

Relative. Qui, quoi, lequel, in- 
terrogative and relative, 125 — 2 
and 267 — 1. 

The form of qui when object., 125 
— 3. Example and foot-lines, 
and 267 — 2. When whom or 
which follow a prepos. they are 
expressed by qui and lequel, 
etc., 268—3. 

Dont is used for persons and 
things, and de qui for persons 
only, 126 — 4. 

Whose, of whom, of which, com- 
monly expressed by dont, 268 — 
4 ; but lequel is used if whose 
is preceded by a prep., 268 — 5. 

Relative pron. never left out, 269 
— 6. 

Remark and examples on dont, 
126. 

After prepositions qui refers to 
persons, and lequel to things 
and animals, 126 — 5. 

Lequel used instead of qui, when 
separated from its noun, 126 — 6. 
That which, meaning what, 126 
— '■'j. Quoi, what, used as a 
relative, when connected with 
prep., 270 — 7. 

Adverbs of place, ou, etc., used 
sometimes instead of relative 
pron., 270 — 8. 

When ce qui, ce que, ce dont begins 
the sentence, dest is used, 271 
— 11. 

Indefinite. List, 129 — 1. See them 
in their alphabetic place. P. 
II., about on, chacun, aucun, 
personne, somebody, la filu- 
pa?t, another, autrui, tel, etc., 
each of them are alphabetically 
indexed. L. XII., 274. 



Q, pronunc. Alphabet and last line 
of 24 — 54, obs. 

Quand, when, and lorsque, id., dis- 
tinction between these tv/o 
words, 286 — 3. 



486 



INDEX. 



Quantieme, what day, 72 — 3. 
Quatre-vingt, eighty, takes the plur. 

when ? 68 — 3. 
Que, that, conjunct, with indicative, 

307—1. 
What, admirative, 307 — 2 ; in 

exclamations, 307 — 3 ; instead 

of why, pour quoi, neg., 307 — 

4- 
After c'est, 307 — 5 ; after c'est-h- 

dire, that is to say, 308 — 6. 
After affirmative oui, etc., 308 — 

7 ; instead of since, 308 — 8. 
Used for when after a~ peine, 

scarcely, etc., 308 — 9. Not 

omitted as in Engl., 308 — 10. 
Not only expressed but repeated, 

309 — note. 
Replacing Engl, conjunct, 309 — 

II. 
With subj. meaning whether, 

310 — 1 ; meaning till, 310 — 2. 
For the third pers. of Imper., let, 

Meaning so that, 310 — 4; mean- 
ing but or but that, 310 — 5. 

Used after avant, a moins, sans, 
310 — 6, and see the Rem. in a 
parenthesis, 311. 

Relative pron. whom, which, ob- 
ject of the verb, 125 — 3, and 
267 — 2, and 269 — 6. 

Sometimes omitted in Engl., never 
in French, 125, foot-lines. 

Never que governed by prep., 
268-3. 

Qtie meaning what, interrogative, 

123—5- 
Quel, quelle, and plural, what, 

which, adj., affirm, and inter- 
rogative, 62 — 4. 
Quelconque, whatever, placed after 

nouns and agrees in number, 

76—4. 
Qui, who, which, relative pron., 

125 — 2, 3 ; governed by prep. 

refers only to persons, 126 — 4, 

5- 

Used in objective case inter- 
rogatively only for persons, 
123—2. 



Qui que, whoever, and quiconque, 
282 — 16, 17 ; with the subj., 
282 — 17 ; 283 — 18 ; for nobody 
whatever and ne before verb, 
283 — 19 and note. 

Quoi, what? interrogative pron., 
122, first line of L. XXVII. 
Neuter, disjunctive and with 
prep. , 123 — 4 ; Relat. pron. , 
125 — 2, and 270 — 7. Distinc- 
tion between Quoi and Que in 
interrogations, 265 — 6. 

Quoi que, whatever, subj. or object, 
of verb in subjunct., 283 — 20, 
and with nothing whatever, 
283—21. 

Quoique, in one word, conjunct, with 
subj., 163— 1, 333—n. See 
list. 



R 



R, pronunc. Alphabet, 13 ; 24 — 55. 

Silent in words mentioned in 

notes. 
Recevoir, to receive, irr., 189 — 55. 
Repentir, se, to repent, irr., followed 

by de, 184 — 39. 
Resoudre, resolve, irr., 175 — 13, two 

past participles. 
Rire, laugh, irr., 107 — Rem. 3, 

takes de before nouns. 
Rompre, break; see L. XXIII. , 

Rem. 2, 107. 



S, pronunc, 24 — 56; 57 and notes. 
Saillir, to project, irr., 185 — 48 and 

deriv. 
Same (the), le meme, etc., 279 — 5 ; 

meaning the same thing, 279 — 

6. 
Sans, without, prep. , 300 ; sans que, 

conjunct, with subj., 333 — 11. 
Savoir, to know, irr., 191 — 62, etc., 

note. 
No prep, before following verb : 

When used negatively, sense of 

doubt, takes no pas, 291 — 6. 



INDEX. 



487 



Se, soi, himself, etc., one self, 1 

r, and in — 2 and 4; 257 — 7, 
8,9- 

Sentir, to feel, irr., 184 — 38. 

Servir, to serve, irr., 183 — 34. 

Should, often rendered by the con- 
ditional of the verb devoir, 
323—29. 

Si, if, 163 — 2 ; whether, 322 — 24, 
25 ; 323 — 28. Si loses i before 
il, 163 — 2, note, and P. II. , 
205. Yes, affirmative answer 
to negative question in the list, 
L. XXXV. Adv. of affirma- 
tion, etc., 158. 

So, ainsi, rendered by le, la, les, 
260 — 1, 2 ; 261 — 3, note, and 4. 

Some, any, partitive, 39 — 1, 2, 3, 4. 
Some one, somebody, etc., 
276 — 6. 

Son, his, her, its, instead of sa, fern, 
before vowels or H mute, 65 — 
3- 

Sotiffrir, to suffer, irr., 185 — 44. 

Subjunctive mood, P. II. , L. XIX., 
I, 2. The leading clause being 
in the present or future, note 
1 ; if in a past tense or condi- 
tional, note 2. See foot-note, 
326. 
Which verbs govern the sub]., 

327— h 2 > 3> 4; 3 28 ~ 5 and 
notes 1, 2. 

After verbs of fear, doubt, etc., a 
list, 329— 6 ; 330 — notes 1, 2, 
3- 

After impers., 330 — 7. After il y 
a, when? 331. 

In relat. dependent clauses begin- 
ning with qui, que, etc., 331 — 8 
and following Rem. 

After qui, preceded by a superb, 
332 — 9 and note. 

After ordinal numbers, 332 — 10 
and exceptions in note. 

After a list of conjunct., 333 — 1 1 
and ex. 

After que, replacing some con- 
junct., 334 — 12 ; or replacing 
si, 334—13. 



Subjunctive mood — (cont'd). 

After attendre, to wait, till ren- 
dered by que, and after a few 
expressions as Dusse-je ! Should 
I ! Puissiez-vous ! Would that 
you ! etc., 334—15 and 335. 

Such, tel, telle, etc., indefinite pron., 
two significations, 276 — 1 1 and 
277. 
Such a, an, how to render, 277 — 

12. 
Such as, tel que, 277 — 13, 14. 

Sujffire, to suffice, irr., 171 — 2. 

Suivre, to follow, irr., 174 — 9. 

Supposed, suppose, 246 — 2, etc. 



T, name, Alphabet, pronunc. like ss, 
.25 — 58, 59, and following rem. 
Euphonic, 29 — 3. 

Taire, conceal, irr., 178 — 23. 

Tard, late, 156 N. B. T6t, tantdt, 
soon, — id, rem. I, 2; N. B., 
286—1. 

Tarder, to delay ; takes a, 353 — 10. 
Impers. de, following ex. 

Tel, such and many a, 276 — 11 ; un 
tel, such a, 277 — 12 ; tel que, 
such as, 277 — 13 and 14. 

Tenir, to hold, irr., 187 — 52. 

Till and until, j 'usqu 'a ce que ; with 
subj. only, que after attendre, 
333— «» prep.y'z/^'a, 304—4. 

Time, fois, 160 ; vocab. and foot- 
note. 

To, ci, prep, expressed by en, 236 — 
4 ; a, before places, 237 — 8. 

Ton, thy, masc. form before fern, 
nouns instead of ta, 65 — 3. 

Toujours, always, still, 156. Rem. 
1, 2, N. B. 

Tout, all, adj., its double meaning 
and plural, 76 — 2 and, 130 — 3. 
Indefinitive pron., everything be- 
tween auxiliary and past partici- 
ple, 279 — 8. 
Le tout, the whole, 280 — 9. How 
to render all that, everything 
whatever, subj. orobj., 280 — 10. 



48S 



INDEX. 



To ut— (cont'd). 

In the sense of quite, adv. be- 
fore adjective or past participle 
or a feminine adj., 280 — II. 
In connection with que standing 
for as, although, etc., 280 — 12. 
Its gender when connected with 
another adj. bef ore gens, people, 
207 — 6. 

Tu, toi, thou, conjunct., pers. pron., 
subj., 115 — 1. 
Disjunctive, pers. pron., subject., 
no — I. Can be followed by 
raeme, in — 2; when a stress 
is laid upon it, in — 3; when 
used alone, 258 — 1 1. 

Traire, to milk, irr., 174 — 8. 

Tres, fort and bien, adv., very, 286 

—2 

Tressaillir, to start, irr., and saillir, 
185—47. 



u 



U, name, Alph. pro nunc, 17 — 22, 

23. Except. 
Un, one, linking of, note of, 26 — 60. 
Un, one, agreement, 68 — 2. 
Unieme, first, when? 72 — 2, and 

when premier, 72 — 4. 
Upon and on, sur, 304 — 1 ; after 

the verbs to play, to live, to 

depend, and the like, rendered 

by de, 304 — 2 



V 

V, name and pronunciation, Alpha- 
bet, 13. 

Vain {en), vainly ; position of the 
pers. pron. following, 256 — 5. 

Vainer e, to conquer, irr., 174 — 10. 

Valoir, to be worth, 191 — 63. 

Venir, to come, irr., 187 — 51 ; mean- 
ing to happen, takes a, 352 — 9 ; 
meaning to have just, takes de, 
352, foot-note. See P. I., L. 
XLVIL, 203. 



Verbs, first conjugation, orthography 

of some, 96 ; some terminated 

in ter and eler, double t and /. 
With ending in e mute in some 

tenses, 96 — 1, etc. 
Exception for acheter and others, 

which take <?, 96, and dissyllabic 

in eler, enter, ener, ever, the 

grave accent, 96 — 2. 
Terminated in cer, 97. Model, 

note 4, when taking cedilla. 
Terminated in ayer, oyer, uyer, 

changing y in i, 97 — 5. 
Terminated in ier, 97 — 6. 
The termination e mute takes acute 

accent, 92, rem. 3. 
One way in French for the pres. 

and imperf. indicative, 92, rem. 1. 
The second pers. imperative takes 

s with en, y, foot-note, 90. 
Compound tenses, models, 91. 
Interrogative and neg. form, 92 — 2. 
Second conjugation regular, L. 

XXII. Finir, the model. 
Third conjugation, L. XXIII. ; 

vendre, the model. 
Seven only in oir, like recevoir, to 

receive, 88, foot-note. 
Neuter, a list, conjugated with 

tire, 135—4. 
Neuter, conjugated with avoir and 

etre, 136 — 5. 
Passive, L. XXX.; agreement of 

the past partic. with subj., 133 

— 1. 
Reflective, L. XXXI. , model ; list 

of these, neuter and passive in 

English, 142. 
Interrogative, 141 and model. 
Impersonal, conjugated with avoir, 

list, L. XXXII. — 1 ; others may 

become impers., 145 — 2 and 146. 
Model of the impers. y avoir, there 

to be, 146 — 2. 
Irregular, formation of the tenses, 

170, 171— 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 
List of irreg. verbs in re of the 

first class, 171, etc. ; 174, etc. ; 

177, etc. ; 180, etc. 
List of irreg. verbs of the second 

class ending in ir, 183, etc. 



INDEX. 



489 



Verbs — (cont'd). 
List of irreg. verbs of the third 

class ending in ir, 186, etc. 
List of irreg. verbs of the third 

class ending in oir, 189, etc. 
Third class irreg. verbs continued, 

194. 
Defective verbs, list, 197. 
Alphabetic list of irreg. and de- 
fective verbs, 199. 
Vetir, to clothe, irr., 183 — 33, and 

compounds. 
Vite, quick; sometimes as adj. and 

adv., 153—8. 
Vivre, to live, irr., 181 — 31. 
Voir, to see, irr., 191 — 65. 
Vos, your, plur. of 

Votre, your, from politeness used 
before Monsieur, Madame, etc. , 

65-5. 

Vtitre (le), yours, with circumflex 
and article, 125 — 1. 

w 

What, quel, interrogative adj. , 62 — 4. 
Meaning that which, 126 — 7, and 

271 — 10, II. 
A stronger meaning for interroga- 
tions, 264 — 4 and 5. 
Distinction between que and quoi, 

265 — 6 and note. 
Taken alone, interrogatively, first 

line of L. X., P. II. 
Whatever, followed by a substantive, 

agrees, 282 — 14. 
When followed by to be, divided 

in French into quel, adj., and 

que, 282 — 15. 
Not meaning all that which, but 

whatever, may be the thing, etc., 

283—20. 
Meaning qtielconque, 76 — 4. 
When or in which meaning time, oil, 

156, last line of list. 
Which, quel, interrogative, 62 — 4 

and 122; L. XXVII. , lequel 
As a relative, qui and que ; after a 

preposition, never used but for 

persons; always repeated in 

foot-lines, 125 — 3 and 126 — 5 ; 



Which— (cont'd). 

P. II., 267 — 1, 2 and note ; 264 

—3, 4, 5- 

While, tout, only in one occasion, 
360-8. 

Who, interrogative pron., qui? L. 

XXVII., and 264—2, 3, and 5. 

Relative, referring to persons, 125 

— 2 and 267 — 1. 
Preceded by he, she, they, ren- 
dered in French by celui, celle, 
ceux, etc., qui, 270 — 9. 

Whoever, etc., quiconque, 282 — 16, 
17, 18. 

Whom {que), direct object of verb, 
125 — 3 and 267 — 2. 
Interrogative, direct obj. of verb, 
or governed by a prep, in French, 
qui, 264 — 2, 3. 

Whose (of whom, of which), dont, 
for persons and things, 268 — 4 ; 
but if the noun following whose 
is governed by a prepos. , lequel 
only is used, 268 — 5. 

Will, how to render, L. XLVIL 

With, avec, rendered by de, 305 — 1 ; 
by a, 305 — 2, and note. 
Not expressed in French after the 
verbs rencontrer, to meet ; to 
trust with, and some others, 305 
— 3 and 306. 

Would, often rendered by the con- 
ditional oi.vouloir, 323, 29. 



X 



At 



X, name and pronunciation, 
phabet, 25 in 59. 
Like ss, like z, 25 in 59. 
Sign of the plural, 30 — 2, 3 ; 31, 
Rem. 4, 5, in a few nouns. 

Y 

Y, name in Alphabet, pronuncia- 
tion, 17 — 24, 25, and foot-line. 

Meaning tu It, to them, 90 — foot- 
note. 

Meaning in it, at it, to it, and with 
penser, to think of, and its 
place, 259 — 3. See ex. third 
line before last. 



Henry Holt & Co's 

Educational Works. 



ENGLISH. 

V^f The prices are for cloth lettered, unless otherwise expressed. 

American Science Series, for High Schools and Colleges. 121110 

I. Newcomb & Holden's Astronomy, $2.50. II. Packard's Zoology, 
$3.00. III. Bessey's Botany, $2.75. IV. Martin's Human Body, 

$2. 75. V. Walker's Political Economy $225 

Bain. Brief English Grammar. i8mo. Boards, 45c; Key 45 

Higher English Grammar 1 00 

Composition Grammar 1 40 

Cairns. Quantitative Analysis. 8vo 200 

Corson. Handbook of Anglo-Saxon and Early English. i2mo 250 

Cox. Mythology. i6mo 90 

Freeman. Historical Course for Schools. i6mo. 

I. General Sketch of History, $1.40. II. History of England, $1.10. 
III. History of Scotland, $1.00. IV. History of Italy, $1.00. 
V. History of Germany, $1.00. VI. History of the United States, 
$1.25. VII. History of France. 1 00 

Gardiner. English History for Schools. i6mo 100 

Introduction to English History. i6mo 1 00 

Gostwick and Harrison. Outlines of German Literature, iamo . . 2 50 
Handbooks for Students and General Readers : — Ball's Astronomy, 60c. ; 

McGuthrie's Practical Physics, 60c. ; Johnson's The Studio Arts, 60c. ; 

MacAllister's Zoology of the Invertebrates, 60c. ; Zoology of the 

Vertebrates, 60c. ; Both parts in one volume, $1.00 ; Johnston's 

American Politics, $1.00; Lounsbury's English Language, $1.00; 

Ball's Mechanics, 60c; Bain's Higher English Grammar, $1.00; 

McNab's Botany, $1.00 ; Otis' Elementary German 90 

Koehler. Practical Botany. i2ino 2 50 

Macloskie. Elements of Botany 

Newcomb. Algebra for Schools $1.20 (Key $1.20); Plane Geometry and 

Trigonometry, with Tables, $140; Algebra for Colleges, $1.75 ; 

(Key $1.75;) Elements of Geometry, $1.60; Plane and Spherical 

Trigonometry, with Tables, $2.00; Trigonometry (separate) $1.50; 

Tables (separate), $1.40. Analytical Geometry. Calculus. 

Sewell and Urbino. Dictation Exercises. i6mo. Boards 55 

Shute. Anglo-Saxon Manual. i2mo 1 50 

Skinner. Approximate Computations. i6mo 1 20 

Siglar. English Grammar. i2mo. Boards 70 

Taine. English Literature. Condensed for Schools. i2mo .- 175 

White. Classic Literature. i2mo 2 00 

Yenge (Miss). Landmarks of History. I. Ancient. iamo, 95c. ; 

II. Mediaeval. i2mo, $> 1.00 ; III. Modern. i2mo , 1 30 

I 



STANDARD EDUCATIONAL WORKS. 

FRENCH. 

-ffiisop. Fables in French. With a Dictionary. i8mo $065 

Bibliotheque d'Instruction et de Recreation . 

Achard — Clos-Pommier, et les Prisonniers, par Xavier de Maistre, 85 
cents. Bedolliere — Mere Michel. New Vocabulary, by Pylodet, 75 
cents. Biographies des Musiciens Celebres, $1.25. Ercktnan-Chat- 
rian Consent de 1813. With Notes, $1.10. Fallet — Princes de TArt, 
$1.50. Feuillet — Roman d'un Jeune Homme Pauvre, $1.10 Foa-~ 

Contes Biographiques. With Vocab., $1.00. Petit Robinson de 

Pans. With Vocab., 85 cents. Mace — Bouchee de Pain. With Vocab., 
$1.25. Porchat — Trois Mois sous la Neige, 85 cents. Pressense— 
Rosa. With Vocab., $1.25. Saint Germain — Pour une Epingle. 
With Vocab., $ 1.00. Sand— Petite Fadette, $1.25. Segur— Contes 
(Petites Filles Modeles : Les Gouters de la Grand'-Mere), $1.00. 
Souvestre — Philosophe sous les Toits, 75 cents. 

Borel. Cours de Themes. i2mo. 75 

Grammaire Francaise. i2ino 1 60 

Buckingham's-Eugene. French Grammar and Exercises. i2mo 160 

Elementary French Lessons. i2mo 75 

Delille. Condensed French Instruction. i8mo 50 

Fisher. Easy French Reading. With Vocabulary. i6mo 59 

Fleury. Histoire de France. i2mo 140 

Ancient History. Translated, with Notes. i2mo 85 

Gasc. French-English Dictionary. 8vo 375 

Do do i8mo. Pocket Edition, $1.40; 2 vols 1 60 

Translator. (English into French) 1 25 

Gibert. Introductory French Manual. i2mo 85 

Janon, De. Recueil de Poesies. i6mo 100 

Lacombe. Histoire du Peuple Frangaise. i6mo 75 

Maistre (X de). OLuvres Completes. i2mo 14° 

Voyage au tour de ma Chambre. i2mo. Paper 40 

Moutonnier. Les Premiers pas dans L'Etude du Francais. i2mo 125 

Musset. Un Caprice (Comedie). 121110. Paper 3° 

Otto. French Conversation Grammar. i2mo. Roan, $1.60; Key 75 

Hocher's French Reader. i2mo. Roan 14° 

First Book in French. i6mo. Boards 4° 

Introductory French Lessons 125 

Introductory French P.eader. izmo. Boards 1 00 

Parlez-vous Francais? or, Do you Speak French? i8mo. Boards 50 

Plays. College Series of Modern French Plays. With English Notesby 
Prof. B6cher. ismo. Paper. La joie Fait Peur, 30 cents ; La Bataille 
des Dames, 35 cents ; La Maison de Penarvan, 35 cents ; La Poudre 
aux Yeux, 35 cents ; Les Petits Oiseaux, 35 cents ; Mademoiselle de la 
Seigliere, 35 cents ; Lu Roman d'un Jeune Homme Pauvre, 35 cents ; 
Les Dogits de Fee, 35 cents ; Jean Baudry, 35 cents. The foregoing 

in two volumes. . i2mo. Cloth. Each vol * ■*• 

Modern French Comedies. Le Village, 25 cents : La Cagnotte, 35 cents ; 
Les Femmes qui Pleurent, 25 cents ; Les Petites Miseres de la Vie 
Humaine, 25 cents; La Niaise de St. Flour, 25 cents ; Trois Proverbes, 
30 cents ; Valerie, 30 cents : Le Collier de Perles, 30 cents. The three' 
last named have vocabularies. 
French Plays for Children. With Vocabularies. i2mo. Paper. La 
Vieille Cousine : Les Ricochets, 25 cents : Le Testament de Madame 
Patural ; La Mademoiselle de St. Cyr, 25 cents ; La Petite Maman ; Le 
Bracelet, 25 cents ; La Lotterie de Fr?ncfort ; Jeune Savante, 25 cents, 
Students' Collection of Classic French Plays. i2mo. Paper. With full 
notes by Prof. E. S. Joynes. Corneille. Le Cid, 50 cents. Racine. 

z 



STANDARD EDUCATIONAL WORKS. 



Athalie. 50 cents. Moliere. Le Misanthrope, 50 cents. The foregoing 
in 1 vol. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50. Moliere. L'Avare, 50 cents. 

Racine. Esther, 40 cents. Corneille. China 

Pylodet's Beginning French. i6mo. Boards 55 

Beginner's French Reader. With illustrations. i6mo. Boards 55 

Second French Reader. With illustrations 1 10 

La Literature Francaise Classique. i2mo 1 60 

La Literature Francaise Contemporaine. i2mo 1 40 

■ Gouttes de Rosee. French Lyric Poetry. i8mo 65 

Mere L'Oie. Illustrated. 8vo. Boards 50 

Riodu. Lucie. French and English Conversations, nmo 75 

Sadler. Translating English into French, nmo 1 25 

Stern and Meras. Etude Progressive de La Langue Franfaise. . i2mo. 1 50 

Witcomb and Bellenger. French Conversation. i8mo 65 

Zender. Abecedaire, French and English Primer. i2mo. Boards 50 



GERMAN. 
I$£~ The prices are for paper covers, unless otherwise expressed. 

Andersen. Bilderbuch ohne Bilder. With Notes, nmo $0 30 

Die Eisjungfrau, etc. With Notes. i2mo 50 

Carove. Das Miirchen ohne Ende 25 

Evans. Otto's German Reader. Half Roan 1 35 

Eichendorf. Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts. i2mo 50 

Elz. Three German Comedies, nmo 35 

Fouque. Undine. With Vocabulary. i2ino 40 

Goethe. Egmont. With Notes 50 

Herrman und Dorothea. With Notes, nmo 35 

Grimm. Venus von Milo ; Rafael und Michel-Angelo. nmo 50 

Heine. Harzreise und Das Buch Le Grand, nmo. Cloth 

Heness. Der Leitfaden. nmo. Cloth 150 

Der Sprechlehrer unter seinen Schiilern 1 35 

Heyse. Anfang und Ende. nmo 30 

Die Einsamen. nmo 25 

Keetels. Oral Method with German, nmo. Half roan 160 

Koerner. Zriny. With Notes 60 

Klemm. Lese und Sprachbuecher. In 8 concentrischen Kreisen. nmo 

Geschichte der Deutschen Literatur 1 50 

Lessing. Minna von Barnhelm. In English with German Notes, nmo.. 50 

Emilia Galotti. nmo 40 

Lodeman. German Conversation Tables, nmo. Boards 35 

Miigge. Riukan Voss. nmo 30 

Signa die Seterin. nmo 30 

Nathusius. Tagebuch eines armen Frauleins. nmo 60 

Otto. German Grammar, nmo. Roan, $1.60 ; Key 75 

Evans' German Reader. With Notes and Vocab. nmo. Roan.. 1 35 

First Book in German. nmo. Boards 35 

Introductory Lessons ; or, Beginning German, nmo. Cloth 95 

■7 Introductory Reader. With Notes and Vocabulary, nmo. Cloth 1 20 

Translating English into German, $1.00. Key 1 00 

Prinzessin Use. With Notes, nmo 25 

Putlitz. Was sich der Wald Erzahlt. nmo 30 

Badekuren. With Notes, nmo 30 

Das Herz Vergessen. With Notes, nmo 30 

Vergissmeinnicht. With Notes, nmo 2| 

Ruenzler. German Manual. 8vo. Boards ,,, %q 



3 



. STANDARD EDUCATIONAL WORKS. 

Schiller. Jungfrau von Orleans. With Notes. i2mo, 50 cents. — Wallen- 
stein's Lager . With Notes. i2mo, 40 cents. — Die Piccolomini. With 
Notes. i2mo, 50 cents. — Wallenstein's Tod. With Notes. i2mo, 50 
cents. — Wallenstein, complete, nmo. Cloth, $1.50. — Der Neffe als 
Onkel. With Notes and Vocabulary, 50 cents. 

Simonson. German Ballad Book. With Notes. i2mo. Cloth 140 

Sprechen Sie Deutsch ? or, Do You Speak German? i8mo. Boards.. 50 

Stern. Studien und Plaudereien. i2mo. I, $1.35. II 150 

Storme. Easy German Reading, iomo. Cloth 95 

Storm. Immensee. With Notes, nmo 25 

Tieck. Die Elfen ; Das Rothkappchen. With Notes. i2mo 35 

Whitney-Klemm German Series. i2mo. Cloth. I. Rudiments of Ger- 
man II. German by Practice, $1.10. III. Elementary German 
Reader, $1.00. 

Whitney. Prof. W. D. German Grammar. i2mo. Roan 1 50 

German Reader, nmo. Roan 1 80 

German-English and English-German Dictionary'. i2mo. Cloth.. 3 50 

German Texts : Annotated by leading instructors and edited by 

Prof. W. D. Whitney. i2mo. Cloth. I. Lessing's Minna von Barn- 
helm, 75 cts.— II. Schiller's Wilhelm Tell 75 cts.— III. Goethe's Faust, 
80 cts. — IV. Goethe's Iphigenie auf Tauris, 75 cts. — V. Schiller's 

Maria Stuart, 80 cts. — VI. Lessing's Nathan der Weise 75 

Wilhelmi. Einer muss heirathen ; and Benedix, Eigsnsinn. i2mo 35 

Witcomb and Otto's German Conversations. ByL. Pylodet. i8mo. Cloth 65 



ITALIAN. 

Cuore. Italian Grammar. i2mo. Roan $1.50 ; Key 75 

Ongaro. La Rosa Dell' Alpi. With Notes, nmo. Paper 7s 

Montague. Italian Grammar. i2mo 1 25 

Nota (Alberto). La Fiera. With Notes. i2mo. Paper 75 

Parlate Italiano ? or, Do You Speak Italian? i6mo. Boards 50 

Pellico. Francesca da Rimini. i2mo. Paper 75 

SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE. 

Caballero. La Familia de Alvareda. nmo. Paper. 95 

Habla Vd. Espafiol ? or, Do You Speak Spanish? i6mo. Boards 50 

Habla Vd. Ingles? or, Do You Speak English ? i8mo. Boards 50 

Lope de Vega y Calderon. Obras Maestras. umo. Cloth 1 90 

Montague. Spanish Grammar. i2mo 125 

Spanish Hive; or. Select Pieces from Spanish Authors. i6mo. Cloth.. 1 25 

Fallais Portuguez ? or, Do You Speak Portuguese ? i6mo. Boards... 50 

Fallais Inglez ? or, Do You Speak English? i2mo. Boards 50 

HEB REW. 

Deutsch. Key to the Pentateuch. 3 parts (1 now published). Per part. 150 

Fuerst. Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon. 8vo. Half morocco 900 

HENRY HOLT & CO., Publishers, New York. 

4 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003 108 817 3 




■n 

HHIII 



(III 
y.'i'.'i'.'vivi'iv 



